The Castle Report: Recent Episodes
Darrell Castle
Once again, Darrell Castle discusses war but with a little diplomacy and an historical reminder that technology constantly changes but human nature never changes.
Transcription / Notes
THE HUMILIATION FACTOR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of August in the year of our Lord 2026. I’m afraid my beat is war once again but with a little diplomacy and an historical reminder that technology constantly changes but human nature never changes.
For the history lesson I have to go back to December 7th, 1941, and perhaps even a few days before that. This story is important because of the title to this report but also because yesterday, August 6 was the 81st anniversary of the dropping of the atomic bomb on Hiroshima Japan. The United States was engaged in diplomacy with Japan regarding Japan’s invasion of China and Roosevelt’s refusal to sell them more oil until they left China. The Japanese had to import virtually all their raw materials and they got oil primarily from the U.S.
The Japanese had behaved so horribly in China that Roosevelt tried to persuade the Europeans to join him in a conditional boycott but they refused so he decided to do it himself. If you want to know more about how the Japanese behaved in China I recommend Iris Chang’s book “The Rape of Nanchang, The Forgotten Holocaust of World War ll.
Well, at least the two sides were talking to each other through diplomats around a conference table in Washington D.C. The Japanese knew that if the U.S. continued to refuse to sell them oil they would have to get it by conquering the oil and rubber rich nations of the South Pacific so they made plans to do just that. Those nations could not be conquered with the U.S. Navy at large in the Pacific so Japan’s plan included that Navy’s destruction in an attack we know as Pearl Harbor.
Admiral Yamamoto, commander of the Japanese Fleet, had given orders that a war warning had to given to the American diplomats about one hour before the attack but delays of various kinds caused the warning to be delivered one hour after battleship row was burning. The Japanese believed that when the decadent, luxury loving, American people were confronted with this debacle they would demand that their leaders negotiate a way out of it.
There were an awful lot of American members of Congress and the Senate who were in office because they were opposed to fighting European wars. There was an America first contingent which measured about 140 members. How could any nation so divided muster the will to fight a long bloody war, but the Japanese were catastrophically wrong in their assessment. Immediately after the attack the America first group voted to disband. Charles Linberg, the most outspoken and most famous antiwar advocate tried to join the Army Air Corps.
Men lined up around the block in every city in America. School boys lied about their age to enlist. Keep in mind that in Japan every radio receiver in every military unit was tuned to American broadcasts in order to discern the mood of the people. Military transcriptionists took down every word of every broadcast and on December 8th at 12:30 PM they were turned in for FDR’s speech. He spoke for only 6 minutes and none of it was a call for patience or negotiation but instead he called it a day that will live in infamy. The American people and the President were fueled to righteous anger by the deceptive nature of it. The term sneak attack was on everyone’s lips and worse because it happened while the two sides were negotiating.
That’s a long history report, folks, but there is a reason for it. The reason is that another sneak attack, conducted while the two sides were negotiating has now happened. The anger, the determination to fight on no matter how long it took that fueled American resolve is now being felt by citizens of The Islamic Republic of Iran. Yes American diplomats were negotiating with Iranian diplomats when the U.S, and Israeli bombers struck.
The attack didn’t just destroy Iranian military targets, but it killed their supreme leader and almost his whole family including his 14-month-old granddaughter. The next day American bombs struck a girls school and around 160 little girls were killed but just to make sure it was hit again. How are these people supposed to feel about negotiating with America to end this war. How can they be expected to ever trust an American’s word again.
The problem continues almost daily as U.S. negotiators, if there are any besides the president, continue to go back on their word which is diplomat speak for lying. For example, the 14-point Memorandum of Understanding the president announced the other day called for Iran to control the Strait of Hormuz. The next day the president reneged on that point. I read someone the other day and I can’t remember who said it, but he said President Trump should get the Nobel Peace Prize because he has ended the Iran War 7 times and number 8 is coming soon.
Think about the mindset that the U.S. sneak attack must have created in the minds of the Iranian people. Before it happened there did seem to be a lot of unrest and a lot of division. People were in the streets protesting the harsh measures of the regime and that regime proceeded to kill thousands of them. I imagine the President was told that his sneak attack would have the same effect on the Iranian people that the Japanese thought Pearl Harbor would have on the American people. Both those assumptions were catastrophically wrong.
Instead of causing the Iranian people to riot and overthrow their government it brought them together. The hated Mullahs were once again respected leaders. Thousands attended the Ayatollah’s funeral. I think it was Mark Twain who said history doesn’t repeat itself but it rhymes. Now the situation is so much worse for the U.S. and of course for Israel which was, apparently, the reason for the sneak attack. The Strait is at least a very dangerous place and ships can’t sail without extreme danger. The entire world’s economy teeters on the brink of depression. Oil and other needed mineral resources are soaring in price since about 20% of them have to pass through that chokehold.
Meanwhile the President has announced a new deal being brokered by his Board of Peace involving peace in Gaza. The lynch pin would require Hamas, a terrorist group financed by Iran, to give up its arms and identify all its tunnels etc. In other words, Hamas would cease to exist and Israel would leave Gaza so that the U.S. and the Middle East members of the Board such as the Saudis and the Gulf States could rebuild it and everyone would prosper.
The moment the deal was announced Netanyahu said the President sent it to him and he didn’t like it. He said Israel would not leave Gaza until Hamas completely disarmed and Hamas Says it will not disarm until Israel leaves. Qatar is apparently kicking Hamas out of its country and rumors have it moving its operations to Turkey which is apparently the President’s hope for the role of ensuring Middle East peace.
My point in all this is that it is humiliating and embarrassing, or it should be. This country is supposed to be trusted because we have laws and rules, and we are supposed to stand for something. There are things we simply will never do and financing another country’s crimes is one of those things. The first law of the land of course is the Constitution because it says it is the supreme law of the land. It restricts the power of leaders and they all take an oath to it but for most that means nothing.
The standard of completely disarmed is virtually impossible to know or measure and that leaves the door open for this conflict to continue indefinitely. In the meantime, Reuters reports that the U.S. has expended more than 80% of its antimissile defense missiles. The Iranians are very smart people and they have been for a long time. They just keep putting missiles into U.S. bases and into Israel knowing that only a few will get through but it requires the U.S. to expend its supply and what then. The President announces what turns out to be a temporary halt to bombing, I guess.
The U.S. position with regard to Israel and the Middle East is indefensible and I guess that’s why they no longer try to defend it. The attitude seems to be the old one made famous by Baghdad Bob. You are not seeing this so just move on because everything is fine. I chose humiliation as the title of this Report because it is humiliating for a great nation to force people to pay for their own destruction. A foreign nation somehow persuades the U.S. to give it money so it can use that money to buy U.S. politicians who will then vote to fund its expansionist wars.
I’ll close this report on our humiliation with a few words from old friend and economist Bill Bonner. “No matter how cynical you are, its probably not enough. Perhaps Donald Trump is playing a different game altogether. He marshalls DOGE to cut spending but does not actually cut a dime out of the swollen federal budget. He makes grand theater out of tariffs but trade deficits continue unmolested. No more foreign wars, he pledges and then attacks Iran.”
Finally, folks, the way out of this seems very difficult to bear but wouldn’t it be better to quit now so we can manage the withdrawal rather than wait until we are forced out. The Iran War was a mistake we should admit and we are sorry we made it. We are especially sorry for those Iranian school girls and we will pay compensation to their families. It’s the same decision made by the French after Dein Bin Phu when we decided to take up their war.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the testimony or better said, the refusal to give testimony, of Doctor Anthony Fauci before the Senate Committee headed by Senator Rand Paul.
Transcription / Notes
THE SCIENCE TAKES THE 5TH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the testimony or better said, the refusal to give testimony, of Doctor Anthony Fauci who was the Director of the National Institute of Health Division of Allergy and Infectious Disease for about 30 years especially during the COVID years. He finished his medical residency in the 1960’s and has been a government bureaucrat since then.
Yes, Dr. Fauci who famously remarked when told that we should follow or stick to the science said, “I am the science.” For years it seems Senator Rand Paul had been trying to get Dr. Fauci to testify before his Senate committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs but the science steadfastly refused. Finally, Senator Paul was able to persuade the members to issue a subpoena and that compelled the science to show up at the hearing with his team of lawyers. Senator Paul had to have his lead attorney escorted out of the hearing by security because he was disruptive and acting like his narcissistic client.
President Biden issued or rather his autopen issued a pardon to Fauci for any crimes he may have committed during the last 10 years. In other words, a preemptive pardon in case some charging agency decided to indict him for oh say mass murder. The committee obviously knows he can’t be charged for the crimes he may have committed so what was the purpose of the subpoena.
The purpose was to put him in a position to do one of two things but he was unwilling to do either. Either he would admit to some of the most horrible crimes in American history none of which could bring prosecution, or he would lie about them under oath which would constitute the crime of perjury and that is a new crime for which he has not been pardoned. Here’s the opening statement from the science read as part of his opening attack on Senator Paul.
“Although it pains me to do so, because of the respect I have for the Legislative Branch for government, and my decades long record of cooperating with congress, under the advice of my attorneys, I will invoke my right under the Fifth Amendment of the Constitution to refrain from answering your questions.”
So, he told them that he would not testify or answer any questions at all. When Senator Josh Hawley got his turn to ask questions he asked him what day is today and the science simply repeated the same quote. Senator Hawley said let me be clear you have no 5th Amendment protection because you were pardoned but obviously the Senator got a little carried away because a pardon does not take away the bill of rights. It even protects those for whom it has been nothing more than toilet tissue for their years of government service. However, it is an open question as to whether a person can be compelled to give answers to questions about crimes for which he cannot be prosecuted.
The real problem with all this is a class of people who know they are completely above the law and nothing they do no matter how evil can ever reach them. Apparently they view the rest of us as sheep to be sheared. When these folks look in the mirror they are very happy with what they see. Fauci was one of the highest paid government employees in history and still receives the highest pension, and he is quite aware of his untouchability.
The hearing followed the release of a diary that Dr. Fauci kept personally during the COVID nightmare. Yes, this man is so incredibly egotistical that he kept a written record of his crimes. How did Rand Paul come to have possession of Fauci’s private diary. He was so confident that he was untouchable he put his diary on a government server. Senator Paul released the diary to the public and social media ran with it but interestingly mainstream media did not.
The diary is more than 1000 pages of private thoughts and is now a permanent record of the pandemic’s entire existence. It presents this so-called expert in a very unfavorable light and I’m not surprised he didn’t want to talk about it. He knows his media friends will cover for him as they always have. He comes across as one who was very aware of his growing celebrity and the adept way that he learned to play the game of Washington politics. He seemed to understand how to play President Trump and that the President didn’t have the confidence to fire him.
The science was preoccupied, even in dire moments for the nation, of his growing fame. There are multiple entries recorded in his own writing of his adoration pictured in the media coverage. He made note of each flattering article, for example quoting the science from his comments about a Washington Post article in May of 2020, “its not hyperbole to say that today I am the most famous and talked about person in the country and one of the most recognizable persons in the world.”
Some of his proudest moments were regarding calls or meetings with adoring celebrities. Comments such as “great call” with Barbra Streisand in which he gave her advice on the mRNA vaccine. He also made note of his interactions with Julia Roberts, Steph Curry, and many others. It all concludes with his embrace of Hunter Biden at the Kennedy Center Honors night with a special note about what he thought the reaction to the photo would cause. My guess is that he did not tell Ms. Streisand that five months after he had the vaccine he had a myocardial infarction which I believe is doctor speak for heart attack.
Well, that’s enough about the good Dr.’s ego but what did he record of actual substance. On January 26, 2020, he wrote that epidemiological and genomic data showed the first infection occurred in early December and was unconnected to the Wuhan market. “Now we know the market was not the source it was the amplifier.” To me that is an admission that he knew the source was not natural but lab produced. That is despite the years of statements that he was certain it was of natural origin.
He recorded his now famous conference call with other members of the science of virology and only two of them believed it had a natural origin and the rest thought “deliberate insertion was possible” They discussed the possibility of accidental or deliberate release by a lab as the source. He knew all that time that it was lab grown and he had financed its gain of function using your money.
Doctors and scientists tell us that gain of function occurs when there is an existing virus which is harmless and usually doesn’t jump from animals to humans. That virus is then combined with another in a lab creating a new virus completely. That virus is much more dangerous and much more transmissible thus it has gained in function.
These horrible crimes for which normal people across the world suffered terribly were all pardoned by President Biden or were they. Whether or not the autopen was an actual pardon is an ongoing question. Hear this quote from the clemency warrant that made the pardon.
“For any offenses against the United States which he may have committed or taken part in during the period from January 1,2014, through the date of this pardon arising from or in any manner related to his service as Director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, as a member of the White House Coronavirus Task Force or the White House COVID-19 Response Team, or as Chief Medical Advisor to the President.”
The President is supposed to issue a pardon to correct what he views as an injustice and the pardon is therefore personal to him but there is no evidence that President Biden reviewed all 39 pardons he issued including several family members and the entire Select Committee to Investigate the January 6th Attack on the United States Capitol.
This all raises the question of whether the pardon is Constitutionally valid. One other question I have is that if he has been pardoned why is he afraid to testify and answer simple questions. What is he afraid of but I guess nothing screams out innocence as loudly as taking the 5th. The answer I believe is that he would have to admit mass murder if he answered truthfully and the new, unpardoned crime of perjury if he lied.
In conclusion, I want to give you a few words from Paul Craig Roberts.
“The COVID virus was a man-made virus. The work to make the virus easily spreadable was funded by Fauci, first at a North Carolina University and then in Wuhan China. The virus was meant to be deadly, but was not, as a backup human extermination tool, a deadly “vaccine” was created and mandated by ignorant and corrupt governments and employers, including the Biden Secretary of Defense.”
This information has been extensively and thoroughly documented. Books such as Soren Korsgaard’s The New September 11th and Tom Woods Diary of a Psychosis come to mind as examples of extensive documentation.
Finally, folks, this is a vitally important case for the future of our country. Once again from Mr. Roberts, “Clearly in our stupidity and our ignorance we are not safe. Soon there will be a second attack on us. Bill Gates gloats about it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks.
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the concept of a war criminal. Who gets to define what a war crime is and once that is established, who determines when someone has committed one of the criminal acts defined as a war crime?
Transcription / Notes
WHAT IS A WAR CRIMINAL?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat is still war today, but with the added distinction of talking about what some choose to call war criminals. The question for today then is who gets to decide what a war crime is and who decides if someone has committed one of those crimes he has defined as a war crime.
The International Criminal Court, established by the 1998 Rome Statute and beginning operations in 2002 has been given the right to declare certain people war criminals and to issue indictments against that person which should involve arrest and prosecution. We know from our American system that charges and indictment do not make one guilty, but in the minds of certain people it gives an opportunity for selectively prosecuting those with whom they politically disagree.
This war crimes talk started again when NYC Mayor Zohran Mamdani ran for office on a promise to arrest Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu if he ever came to New York. Well, Bibi has announced that he will attend the United Nations meeting in NYC to be held in September. The mayor’s plans, announced in an interview with the New York Times, brought a storm of protests from supporters of Bibi including the President of the United States who declared on social media that the mayor’s plans would not and could not happen.
In response the mayor admitted that he is not the president and is not even congress or the U.S. attorney general so his plans would not be fulfilled. He went on video and said his legal team had exhausted “every avenue available” under the law and concluded “we do not have the independent legal authority” to arrest the head of state of a foreign country who is attending a UN meeting which happens to be located in NYC. Some may have reacted with outrage if the mayor had ordered the NYPD to arrest Netanyahu but since he is now not planning to risk that those people are reacting with outrage anyway and calling him a dishonest politician.
I want to leave the mayor and talk about war crimes in general but I can’t do so until I mention the first lady of the city of New York. Yes, right now, as I record this she is conducting a conference for Muslim women with the stated purpose of informing them that Mary, yes that Mary. The mother of Jesus, who delivered the child on that Christmas was not only not Jewish but was actually a Muslim. What, how can that be. Well, it can’t because of a fact apparently unknown to the first lady of our greatest city. That fact is that when Jesus was born, Muhammad, the founder of Islam, was not born for another 570 years.
Well, be that as it may facts are often lost on people today especially when those facts do not fit a person’s world view.
Back to the International Criminal Court which issued the indictment against Prime Minister Netanyahu and has often referred to him as a war criminal. The ICC has no jurisdiction in the United States which refused to join the 125 nations which signed the agreement. I remember the debates around it quite well and the US representatives were afraid that it would be used to prosecute members of the US military engaged in combat in some politically sensitive spot.
Congress instead did the opposite by passing the American Servicemember’s Protection Act which was designed to shield the US personnel from ICC prosecution. The ICC might be seen as a kind of virtue signaling organization or perhaps it is deeply idealistic and committed to peaceful resolution of conflict. How does it select its targets or how does it decide who is a war criminal and who should be left alone. Do you need to be engaged in actual war to be a war criminal or can you simply commit acts of extreme violence.
My own view is that the term war criminal or war crimes is decided by winners. Would Hitler, his generals and bureaucrats have been criminals if they had won the war. Would some division of the UN have ordered them arrested, no of course not, but instead many of them were hanged and some chose cyanide as the best option. Over in Japan several Japanese officers were hanged as war criminals. One general split his stomach open in 1945 but American doctors saved his life so he could be hanged in 1948.
Back in 1908 there was another tribunal, at that time at the Hague, which decided to define rules for the conduct of armed conflict. That tribunal dealt primarily with humane treatment of prisoners of war and dignified rules for how civilians were to be treated. Keep in mind that in 1908 war planes, poison gas, and machine guns had not been invented. I don’t think those people could have imagined the horror that would rain from the sky onto civilian populations for over the next 100 years.
I have studied the war archives from World War ii as much as I could especially after the internet made them all available to anyone. My conclusion is that the US authorities went out of their way to abide by the rules of the Geneva Convention which was part of the Hague series of international agreements. The Geneva convention defined how prisoners of war were to be treated and most nations knew that if they followed it their enemies were more likely to do so.
So, with a few exceptions, it was the policy of the US to follow it and even NAZI Germany followed it to a large degree. The Japanese however, had other ideas. Their treatment of American prisoners was exceptionally brutal. The percentage of prisoners who died in captivity under the Germans was about 2% but under the Japanese it was more like 60%.
Now, let’s return to Bibi for a moment. Is he or is he not a war criminal. To some extent it’s a matter of opinion and is usually determined by the winners. Right now, I would call him a loser at least in the matter of international politics and especially in the matter of armed conflict. He has no friends and everyone in the UN except the US hates him. His cities and military bases are badly damages by Iranian missiles and drones but does any of that make him a war criminal.
No, but he and his IDF have violated virtually every one of the rules for armed conflict established by the various international conventions I just mentioned. He has repeatedly targeted civilians and civilian infrastructure. In fact, he doesn’t recognize the difference between civilian and military targets. Testimony accuses him of mistreating, even torturing prisoners of war and many have accused IDF soldiers of brutally raping them with objects that destroyed their intestines. Testimony seems to indicate that he intends to destroy an entire people group through warfare and starvation.
I would call those things war crimes, but remember the victors get to determine such things and as long as the US military is solidly behind him it’s hard to say he is defeated. In fact, he and his country most likely would cease to exist without the US. He would be arrested if he set foot out of Israel without the US. That brings up an interesting point and that point is that if Donald Trump is his enabler and before Trump Joe Biden received more money in the form of contributions, donations, bribes, or whatever you choose to call them does that make them war criminals too.
During the Nuremberg trials of NAZI officers, a new charge was invented to cover the massive crimes of which those people were accused. Since the normal criminal code of any of the victorious allied nations was insufficient they invented the crime they called crimes against humanity. Is Bibi guilty of crimes against humanity, is Donald Trump.
The president has vowed to attack civilian infrastructure as a result of Iranian attacks against Hormuz shipping and the deaths of US. Soldiers. When I saw that a 19-year-old woman was killed in a missile attack against her base in Jordan I was very destressed. Many of those men who landed at Omaha Beach were 19 years old but they were not beautiful young women with babies ahead of them. In fact, those men fought for people back home like her. They fought for each other and for their families and their way of life which were threatened by a terrible enemy.
The death of that young woman just lays out the complete moral depravity that has infected this government and the entire globalist system. I pray for her family and that we can find a way to prevent such willful death and destruction.
Finally, folks, we’ve talked about the subjective nature of the term War criminal but sometimes the label may be appropriate. I’m certainly tired of sending teenaged women to fight and die for the benefit of a foreign leader and his vision. This country seems to be looting our tax dollars for people who are not American and might legitimately be called war criminals.
God forgive us if that is true.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses war once again because it seems that the more we are told a political solution has been reached, the more missiles and drones are fired at more targets. Then retaliation has to come so, no solution.
Transcription / Notes:
THE ENEMY GETS A VOTE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is war once again because it seems that the more we are told a political solution has been reached more missiles and drones are fired at more targets and then retaliation has to come so no solution.
The president is in a difficult position but it is apparently of his own making. He is not an Eisenhower with many years of experience commanding vast armies in some of the biggest campaigns in human history. He instead is forced to rely on his team of advisors and so they tell him where he should go and what the consequences will be. They must have told him that Iran was ripe for the taking and would fall just like Venezuela but Iran is different and any experienced military person should have been able to see that.
Power unhinges people and people who seek it are often unhinged to start with. That is part of the reason Mr. Jefferson told us that every 20 years or so we should have a revolution to reset things such as personal liberty. He reminded us that government agents are not saints or angels but they are instead ordinary humans with all the vices and weaknesses of other ordinary humans.
President Trump started rearranging his group of military advisors as soon as he was elected because having no real military experience himself I suppose he wanted people around him who would put the best spin on what he wanted to do. Do you think I can force Iran, a real and very large country, to surrender and concede its own desires using only naval and air forces. Oh yes, Mr. President, Iran will crumble when attacked and the people will rise up and overthrow the government and that will be it except that you will be an international conquering hero.
To get the team of advisors who would tell him that certain changes had to be made. The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs who is supposed to be his top military advisor announced his retirement one month after the inauguration. The Secretary of Defense was changed which is normal for the new president but then the Department of Defense became the Department of War. I admit that is a more honest name and cuts out some hypocrisy but it sends a very bellingerite message.
So, this war, this attack against a country that was apparently no threat to the United States was supposed to resolve problems standing in the way of the Greater Israel Project but it had the opposite effect. Israel is much weaker and in a more tenuous position and Iran is much stronger and in a more commanding position because of the war. When I say Israel is weaker I mean that it literally has no friends except the United States and is for the most part hated around the world.
A nation that has sponsored terrorism through proxies across the Middle East is now seen as the heroic barrier to Israel’s genocide. The United States has suffered a humiliating defeat or at least it is unable to keep the Strait of Hormuz open with its navy. U.S. bases across the Middle East have been repeatedly attacked by Iranian missiles and drones as have U.S. allies in the region. Just the other day Jordan which has tried very hard to stay out of the struggle and says it has no foreign bases had 10 or 12 missiles fired at its bases and suffered considerable damage.
The bottom line for U.S, interests is that Iran has proven to the world, the U.S,. Israel and other allies that the promises of protection cannot be met. If one of the Gulf States, for example, responds to an Iranian attack it is swarmed by Iranian missiles and drones and much of their military bases have been severely damaged already. The bottom line for Israel, well let’s look at it.
Israel has no political way out of this that I can see. Israel’s goal from the beginning has been the destruction of Iran which would leave Israel in complete domination of the Middle East south of Turkey. Israel simply cannot accomplish its goals without the U.S. but its leadership acts as if it doesn’t care what the U.S. president wants. I can tell you what he wants with a fair degree of certainty. He wants out of this debacle before it creates a worldwide depression.
Bibi apparently cares nothing for the United States and its people or its survival. For example, last week reports are that Bibi and the president had a lengthy phone conversation and President Trump asked him to leave southern Lebanon so he could meet one of the Iranian demands before peace. Bibi has still not complied with that request and perhaps has no intention to comply and if so Trump has no way out.
Israel is not interested in peace right now, only war. Israel has not let go of its original goal and that was the complete destruction of Iran. Bibi said when it started that he had been waiting for this war for 40 years. So, let’s get this straight. The United States started bombing Iran because Israel wanted and demanded it. The bombing only hurts the U.S. and makes it weaker and it is now threatening the world economy with depression. Israel will not do the basics that would allow the U.S. to escape and so Trump feels trapped, blames it all on the Iranians and restarts the bombing on an even more massive scale.
Why would Donald Trump, an obviously proud and even vain man, put up with such shabby and embarrassing treatment by this ally of 9 million people which could not continue to exist without the U.S. That is the question of the day isn’t it. Could it be revelations from the Epstein files. Possibly, but I don’t think so because the Democrats had those files before his election and they didn’t use them. Could it be money. I’m sure there’s money involved but I don’t think its pure greed for Trump because he is already a multi billionaire.
Could it be something as simple as nuclear blackmail. That’s pretty horrible to contemplate but I suppose it’s possible. How would that work, who knows for sure, but maybe something like this. If you don’t help me destroy Iran I will do it myself with nuclear weapons. Or maybe we have planted dirty bombs all over Washington just in case. Let me be clear folks that I have no information at all to suggest that has happened I’m just wondering where the control comes from.
When Trump was campaigning in both 2016 and 2024 he ran on an antiwar promise. He said he would be remembered for the wars he didn’t start and that was a very appealing message to me. All I know for sure is that after the assassination attempt in Butler Pennsylvania he emerged a completely different man. First he ordered a halt to the investigation which raises all kinds of red flags. Why would you order the FBI and Secret Service to stop investigating an attempted assassination. He became close friends with super war hawks like Lindsey Graham and many others.
Trump is apparently trying to get a little distance from Bibi by using Turkey and putting the Turks forward as the next rising power which could replace Iran and hopefully control Syria and Lebanon which of course includes Hezbollah. Years ago, Turkey, although a NATO member agreed to buy S-400 air defense systems from Russia. NATO was outraged because that would give Russia inside knowledge of NATO aircraft, radars, etc. The U.S, congress sanctioned Turkey and delisted it from the F-35 program.
Now trump says despite the congressional ban he will sell the F-35 to Turkey as well as selling them or allowing their purchase of Taal engines for the new stealth fighter they are trying to build so if they have those engines they can make their own 5th generation fighter. The U.S. congress is not the only group outraged by the deal. Can you imagine what Israel thinks about it. I’m pretty sure Bibi would want the U.S. to destroy Turkey after it destroys Iran but I’m just guessing folks.
This is not how diplomacy has been conducted in the past folks. One party never releases partial information about any deals until the paper is signed. In other words, there should be no release of information that we have a deal, the Iranians called me begging me to stop bombing, but that is what he has been doing. There is indeed something really weird about this war and the negotiations. I’ve lived awhile and I’ve been a student of history during most of that and I can’t remember the U.S. attacking a country for no obvious reason, not even a bogus one that could be used as cover, so it’s quite a departure from the American way.
Or maybe we were born from war. We fought wars of expansion and a war that freed enslaved people, wars to help out friends in Europe and now wars apparently to maintain military control over the earth so maybe it’s not such a departure.
In conclusion, since the enemy gets a vote as the generals like to say, and the enemy votes to continue the war one side can’t just make it all go away by proclaiming that it has. Ther is no political solution but there are a few military solutions one of which makes sense. Number one the U.S. and or Israel could destroy Iran with nuclear weapons. That would be the most catastrophic disaster in the history of man’s time on earth. Number two the U.S. could invade, conquer and occupy Iran with ground troops. That solution would be very bloody and costly in terms of human destruction but also would severely damage the world economy and would probably provoke a worldwide depression.
The only solution that makes any sense is the simplest one and that is to disengage. Not only from Iran but from the Middle East itself. Just come home from there and announce that the Project for a New American Century has been flushed. Announce that the U.S. will feed its own people, rebuild its own infrastructure, and bandage its internal wounds for a while.
Finally, folks, I see the Castle Report not as reporting the news which you have probably heard but just giving you my take on it. Ron Psul has been doing that for 30 years.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for Listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 4th of July and how Americans traditionally celebrate the independence of our country from England. For those who say they won’t celebrate because they are not getting everything they want from America, I say perhaps you don’t understand what the ideals of America really are supposed to be or perhaps it is because in your heart this is not your country.
Transcription / Notes
250 YEARS OF BEING AMERICAN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of July in the year of our Lord 2026. Tomorrow is the 4th of July when traditionally we celebrate the independence of our Country from England. To those who say they won’t celebrate because they are not getting everything they want from America I say perhaps you don’t understand what the ideals of America really are supposed to be or perhaps you don’t celebrate because this is not your country.
That is more than just a snarky, love it or leave it comment, because I have traveled and even lived abroad and when you do that you might like the country you are in but you don’t love it. To love a country, it has to be in your blood or your DNA. Terra Ferma or firm ground or the land under your feet is yours to live on and to defend with your life if necessary. It used to be that almost everyone felt that way so what happened.
Many things have happened but mass immigration from the Third World has had a profound effect on our culture and our politics. Now we elect members of congress who aren’t even American. Many other things happened of course but paramount among them was that our attitude and the attitudes of our politicians changed profoundly. For one thing the new media allowed us to finally get a glimpse at what the global ruling elite really are.
Let’s just start from World War ll and go forward from there. With a few notable exceptions prior to that war, America minded its own business for the most part. One of those exceptions was Woodrow Wilson deciding to spend thousands of American lives to rescue Britain and France from Germany and Kaiser Wilhelm. Staying out of European wars is pretty good practice and it always has been, but we seem to struggle with that from time to time.
When World War ll ended and NAZI Germany was defeated, Japan was defeated, and the lesser Axis powers were gone, America had about 10 million men in uniform and under arms. To some extent we demobilized and most of those men were sent home to their factories and farms but something else happened as well. We did not completely demobilize and instead we decided we could garrison the entire world. The idea was that in the event of a Soviet attack in Europe American troops could not be reinforced by ship due to Soviet submarines so the strategy was to forward garrison them. Now it can’t be done because of missiles and drones so it was never a viable concept and leaving would be the most obvious strategy.
We kept bases and troops just about everywhere including occupying the countries we had just defeated. People still loved us because after all we had just saved civilization from a return to the dark ages. Even with troops everywhere for the most part we still left other people alone to decide their own leadership. Korea and Vietnam were two places we intervened to prevent our great enemy, The Soviet Union, from expanding its politics into other countries against their will. We were at least able to convince ourselves that was the reason.
By the end of the Vietnam War a new generation was coming on the scene and that one had not fought and did not seem to remember World War ll. The bodies piled up and they filled the cemeteries. The American people finally started to listen to the new generation and the war became very unpopular. When we finally just left after all those dead, the Communists did prevail but now 50 years later Vietnam is one of the capitalist “miracles” of Southeast Asia.
In the meantime, we still had our great enemy, The Soviet Union” to occupy our time and resources and it kept our war production factories running at full speed. The philosophy that we lived with since World War ll had been containment or just don’t let them expand but don’t try to defeat them. Ronald Reagan said he had a different philosophy and it was “we win, they lose.” He and Gorbachev negotiated an end to the Soviet Union which was collapsing under the economic weight of cold war competition and maintaining 16 totally dependent colonies which could produce nothing.
The end of the Soviet Union was probably the greatest opportunity for world peace in modern history but we failed miserably and the world is still suffering from that failure. Instead of living up to the deal we made with Gorbachev we agreed to advance NATO to the very border of Russia. The purpose of NATO was to defend Europe from the Soviet Union which didn’t even exist anymore so it made no sense and NATO made no sense.
A new great enemy was needed and quickly found, When the Soviet Union was dissolved into the Russian Federation we had Saddam Hussein’s invasion of Kuwait and the new enemy of radical Islam was found. Along with that a few very bright and very sinister American Neocons drafted the Project for a New American Century and that ambition has been followed since then. Invade and conquer the countries around the Middle East and make this an American century.
Other countries such as Russia and China had their own ideas about this unipolar American world and there has been conflict since then. The attitude of America and that of mind your own business and let others do the same changed into something else. We are the sole superpower and we run the world. We claim the right to intervene anytime, anywhere we choose in the world and we don’t care what you think about it.
If we don’t like the people who lead your country and your leaders are misbehaving, we will invade and change your leaders if you do not comply. That attitude has kept us constantly at war and it has changed the way the world sees us. The situation has been made much worse because it has become obvious that for whatever reason America has become nothing more than the military arm of Greater Israel. Much of the world sees that and they see that Israel would not exist and would not do what it does without us and so the world hates us along with Israel. Yes, the world and much of the United States literally hates Israel.
Before the attacks on Gaza, Iran and Lebanon, support for Israel was one of the most reliable things in politics, but now in just a few years its all changed. The fact that we are fighting wars for nothing but the policy of Greater Israel is becoming so obvious no one can ignore it except those who are bought and paid for. That the Israeli lobby is using our money to buy our leaders is very distressing and most see that. Even the dependable white liberal and Northern Jewish alliance has been broken.
Couple all that with the results of the war being humiliation for the U.S. and people are very dissatisfied. Recent polls reveal that the Iran War is more unpopular than Vietnam in its final stages. The war is saying something about us that is hard to take and that is that our leadership from Congress to the Senate and the Presidency are bought and paid for and possibly blackmailed for even worse reasons. So, we the people are supposed to send our sons and now even our daughters to die for that. No thanks the people are saying.
Well, that is quite enough about what is wrong with us right now so let’s look at some good news. The good news is that Washington is not America because it has become something almost foreign. We are America and when the world meets us and sees that the world recognizes it. The World Cup of soccer is a very good example of that happening and it has been very uplifting to watch. Huge stadiums filled with foreign fans shouting USA along with the Americans. Stadiums full of people from around the world singing American folk songs.
I saw a video of one German woman who said “if you want to hate America watch the news, if you want to love it drive its roads and meet its people. The outpouring of affection most of the fans have expressed has been heartwarming in the extreme. Even back in the Vietnam days more than 50 years ago I found that most people liked Americans but they did not like the American government.
For the first time in recent memory people are at least beginning to see that this is not just a Democrat/Republican issue but one that affects the entire country the same. In other words, I have been right all along and they are all in it together. Their differences and name calling are just theater for us and unfortunately sometimes we watch but many have stopped believing. I’m not talking about the people who have been conditioned through propaganda to hate each other so leaders can loot them. The leaders are all in it and if one is not he or she is quickly gone.
In conclusion, is there a way back. Yes, I think there is and it starts with disengagement from not just Israel but from the Middle East. I noticed that Bibi has returned to Washington for the 7th time during the Trump presidency. Tell him we are leaving and that he is on his own. We will sacrifice no more lives for the desires of a foreign leader.
Finally, folks,
Happy 4th of July. Celebrate with fireworks and hot dogs. Honor America as it should be and could be again if the people wanted it badly enough.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Father’s Day, what it means, and why it is important to honor fathers.
Transcription / Notes:
FATHER’S DAY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of June in the year of our Lord 2026. I previously did a Report on Mother’s Day and what it means so today I will be talking about Father’s Day, what it means and why it is important to honor fathers.
Yes, we are two days away from Father’s Day which falls on the 21st of June this year. It is dedicated as a Federal Holiday falling on the third Sunday of June each year. The holiday was started in Spokane, Washington in 1910 by a woman named Snora Smart Dodd who was inspired by a Mother’s Day sermon and she wanted to honor her father in the same way.
Her father was a Civil War veteran named William Jackson Smart who was the father of 6 children. His wife died in childbirth and he raised his 6 kids alone. His daughter thought that he had lived his life with honor so she persuaded local authorities to set aside a day to honor her father and all the others. In1972 President Nixon made it a federal occasion and now we celebrate it each year by honoring or remembering our fathers.
The National Retail Federation (NRF) tells us that the average gift per person given to each father in terms of dollars is $196.23. Interestingly for this year June 21st is the summer solstice or the longest day of the year in the Northern Hemisphere which means it is the day of maximum daylight. So, I guess we can spend more daytime at all those cookouts with our fathers.
In this Report I will endeavor to make recognition of fathers something you can easily see as vitally important. Social scientists tell us that data overwhelmingly confirms that children born to their married parents have much better outcomes than children born to single mothers. The data indicates that children born to married parents are “significantly more likely to be on track” at every life stage than children who are born to unmarried parents.
Children who are “on track” are those who achieve age-appropriate benchmarks for every stage in life. At the end of elementary school an on-track child has mastered basic math and reading skills, has behavioral competencies that predict later success, has a strong relationship with parents and is in good health. From elementary school to adulthood the child born to married parents is more likely to be on-track and significantly so than the child born to single or unmarried parents.
The report from which I am quoting said that even babies benefit greatly from married parents. A baby born to an unmarried mother is three times more likely to need Medicaid or other government assistance to pay for the delivery of the child and is twice as likely to have received late or no prenatal care. That child is twice as likely to be born prematurely and much more likely to be born at a low birth weight. That child is 14 times more likely to have been fathered by a man not identified on the birth certificate (29% versus 2%). This all serves to illustrate the importance of fathers involved in the upbringing and in the lives of their children but there’s a lot more.
The data also shows many other problems which present themselves when a father is not involved in the raising of a child. The study shows that the absence of a father leads to children who report feeling abandoned, struggling with their emotions, and experiencing self-loathing, increased behavioral problems, poor academic performance, much higher rates of delinquency, youth crime, promiscuity, teen pregnancy, drug and alcohol abuse, and homelessness.
If that were not all fatherless children are at greater risk of suffering physical, emotional, and sexual abuse and many times more likely to experience physical and emotional maltreatment with the risk of fatal abuse 100 times greater. The report from the Institute for Family Studies concludes that there is a growing list of disadvantages for children in households without fathers but the report concludes that current U.S. welfare policies tend to encourage fatherlessness. The current policies subsidize unmarried parenting by paying for prenatal care, delivery and postnatal care while allowing the men who fathered the children to escape accountability.
The authors of the article conclude that as a society, and especially our churches we have to start recognizing the value of fatherhood again. Our education system in general seems to be failing right now and the belief is that our moral standards have fallen first and a large part of that failing is how we view fathers. The poverty rate in the black and Hispanic communities lowers by 80% when the parents are married.
So, why wouldn’t fathers want to remain with the children they fathered. Why wouldn’t people want to get married and remain married if the statistics I just recited are true. That’s a good question but it seems that our society now sets up marriage to fail from the outset. There are many exceptions to that such as mine for example. I’m in the 49th year of my marriage and many people ask me how I do it because they recognize that lifetime commitment is unusual enough to deserve explanation.
To continue the point of absent fathers and no marriage I reviewed a recent report done by The American Enterprise Institute in which the authors looked at the issue from a purely economic standpoint. The report was entitled; “Land of Opportunity: Advancing the American Dream.” From their report I learned that one of the chief things causing failure or at least lack of success is the gap between married and non-married Americans.
In the middle of the last century and I mean the 1900’s, one in 20 children were born out of wedlock. Now it’s two in five. America has the world’s highest rate of children living in single parent homes: 23% in the U.S. against 7% internationally. Forty percent of millennials from intact, two-parent families graduated from college and 77 % achieved middle class incomes or higher.
For those who didn’t grow up in intact families, only 17% graduated from college and 57% achieved middle class income. They are twice as likely to be incarcerated, even after other socioeconomic factors are considered. Quoting from the article for a moment.
“Research using tax-return data suggests that neighborhoods with high rates of single parenthood cultivate lower social mobility, including among kids who themselves are not raised by single parents.”
The conclusion from the research is that absence of fathers on their offspring has very long-term negative effects on the well-being of children.
This study concludes that among all races marriage protects against poverty. From a personal perspective I can say that for 46 years I counseled thousands of people in my law office and my conclusion has been that divorce especially for women and their children leads to a life of poverty. Married parents regardless of race and education suffer significantly less poverty than unmarried mothers.
Another interesting thing about these reports is that the phenomenon is not happening evenly but it seems to have a self-perpetuating pattern. For example, from 1970 to 2018 marital births dropped by 29 points overall but they dropped 47 points for the bottom education group and just 6 points for the top. From the early 1960’s to the late 2010’s marriage rates fell by roughly 46 percentage points for the least educated young women compared with 17 points for the most educated which leaves those least able to bear the cost of single parenthood the most likely to experience it.
Government, for whatever reason seems to be putting its thumb on the scale to tilt the outcome against marriage. The institution of marriage is obviously the most important factor in raising children and for income mobility, but that is not how the government views it apparently. For example, a couple with two kids, with each parent earning $30,000 receives around $5000 in earned income tax credits benefits if they remain unmarried. They lose all the benefits if they marry which is in effect a tax on marriage.
Medicaid, housing vouchers and SNAP benefits all phase out and punish couples who get married whereas they do not if the couples live together without marriage. It seems that careful research keeps finding the same conclusion regarding economic success and opportunities for children despite efforts to debunk it.
In conclusion, I would like to thank the occasion that is Father’s Day for the opportunity to be honored by my wife and our daughter. In addition, it gives me the opportunity to talk about something besides war and the opportunity to put into words something that I have observed over a very long legal career.
Speaking of families, I have a family obligation next week so there is no Castle Report next week.
Finally, folks, may God bless you and your families. If you can’t visit your father on Sunday, at least give him a call because he will be so glad you did.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a bill currently working its way through the U.S. Congress which would, if passed, literally integrate the U.S. and Israeli militaries and would put funding for the Israeli military on auto pilot. Will it pass and be signed by the President? Many people seem to think it will so he takes a look at it today.
THE ISRAELIZATION OF THE U.S. MILITARY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th of June in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about a bill currently working its way through the United States Congress which would, if passed, literally integrate the U.S. and Israeli militaries and would put funding for the Israeli military on auto pilot. Will it pass and be signed by the President. Many people seem to think it will so we take a look at it today.
Yes, unfortunately it seems that certain members of the House of Representatives and the Senate of the United States are now ready to complete the process of uniting the two countries militaries. The first bill introduced in the House would have literally combined the two. Many of the Israel first politicians are already dual citizens so why not complete the process and stop all the hypocrisy. Just go ahead and make the U.S. military the official enforcement arm of Israeli foreign policy.
The most egregious provision of the original bill is that the benefits due to American veterans like me, such as medical and educational benefits would have also been available to all Israeli veterans. That would have been a supreme insult to every American veteran who has ever served. The last time I checked there were about 15 million living American veterans so why not just insult them all while they are still alive. Just tell them all that “your service to this nation meant nothing” but certainly no more to America than an Israeli veteran meant to America.
Fortunately, that portion of the bill was pulled before it advanced but there are rumors that it is still out there in Congress or at least in some of their minds and it will be added back in. The bill being considered is the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) which would fund the U.S. military for another year. According to members of the House whose opinions I have read, there is near certainty that Section 224 of that bill will pass through the House and become law with the President’s signature.
Congressman Ro Khanna, Democrat, and Thomas Massie, Republican tried to pass an amendment to delete Section 224 but the amendment failed. That section will set up a “United States-Israel Defense Technology Cooperation Initiative” that integrates US-Israeli military research and development co-production of weapons systems, licensing agreements, AI, directed energy. Data integration, and missile defense. It creates the framework for bilateral research and development, co-production of weapons, joint ventures, licensing agreements, and virtually every manner of U.S.-Israeli military cooperation. The Director of this “Initiative” who will be responsible for coordination of the work will reportedly be an Israeli.
The funding will come 100% from the U.S, treasury through part of the $1.5 trillion defense budget requested by President Trump. The purpose as stated is to fully connect the functionality of the U.S. military with that of the Israeli military in what is being described as an equal partnership that will include the government of Israel and the Israeli Defense Forces as full partners.
There will be intelligence sharing and in fact the bill includes a requirement that intelligence must be shared. Israeli forces will be included in the planning process of how U.S. weapons are developed and procured. This serves to explain at least in part why Netanyahu has been indicating recently that Israel might be willing to forego some of the mandatory $3.8 billion the U.S. gives it every year. He obviously knows there is an even bigger slice of American Pie coming his way via Section 224.
The intelligence sharing portion of the bill was introduced by Senator Tom Cotton of Arkansas which he calls “US-Israel Intelligence Sharing Enhancement.” Interestingly, at the same time the New York Times recently carried an article entitled “Pentagon Sees Growing Espionage Threat from Israel.” The article is sourced to the Defense Intelligence Agency which says that the espionage threat from Israel is at the highest possible level and even says that Israel eavesdropped on negotiations between the United States and Iran conducted in Pakistan.
The senators pushing this bill often refer to Israel as our best friend and most trusted ally but at the same time the DIA has that country listed as the highest possible espionage threat. Just to keep following this espionage threat let me tell you or remind you of a couple of things this best friend has done during its roughly 78 years as a political nation.
In 1984 when a man named Yitzhak Shamir was prime minister and Ronald Reagan was the US president; Israel dispatched an American of dual citizenship named Jonathan Pollard to do some spying against the US. Pollard worked in the US defense establishment and had access to some of the most highly classified military secrets. He stole and delivered the entire 10 volume DIA manual of in person or human intelligence operatives all over the world.
The manual contained the names and locations of US intelligence operatives working in the Soviet Union and Communist China both countries in a desperate cold war with the US. Pollard delivered the manual along with many other vital intelligence documents to his handlers in Israel. Can you guess what our best friend and most trusted ally did with the manual and other information. Yes, that’s right, they gave it to the Soviet Union and Communist China in exchange for “favors”.
Thousands of US personnel along with foreign operatives working with US Intelligence were arrested and many were killed so I guess as the saying goes with friends like that who needs enemies. Pollard did his work in 1984 and in 1987 he was sentenced to life in prison and he served exactly 30 years plus five years of probation. He was then allowed to move to Israel where he has hero status. The American Ambassador to Israel, Mike Huckabee, had him over to the US Embassy for a little get together recently.
That Pollard incident illustrates the one-sided relationship the US has with Israel quite clearly but as bad as it was it was not the worst. No, the worst happened in 1967 when a man named Levi Eshkol was Prime Minister of Israel and Lyndon Johnson was US President. In fact, last Monday the 8th of June was the 59th anniversary of the Israeli attack on an American ship named USS Liberty.
The Liberty was an intelligence gathering ship operating in International Waters in the Eastern Mediterranean when it was attacked by air forces of Israel. This attack was not an accident or improper identification or anything except a deliberate act of murder. The Liberty, an unarmed vessel, was relentless bombed and strafed by Israeli jets while clearly flying the American flag.
The attack severed the radio mast and cut off the crew’s ability to send a distress call but one crewman managed to climb on deck despite strafing fire, raise an antenna and get off a distress call. Out in the Med a US carrier heard the message and immediately launched jets for a rescue effort. I can tell you from a lot of personal experience that there is nothing that motivates US soldiers, sailors, airmen, and Marines like coming to the rescue of brothers in trouble.
Unfortunately, the US Commander in Chief, Lyndon Johnson personally ordered the Carrier captain to withdraw his jets. They left Liberty to die on its own but the little ship and its crew refused to die. 34 men were killed and 171 wounded but the ship would not sink and made it back to port. The pilots of our most trusted friend and ally even machine-gunned wounded sailors in the water something honorable men do not do even when their nations are at war.
No real investigation by government investigators with subpoena power has ever been conducted to my knowledge. Oh, there was a cursory inquiry as there always is but according to reporter Donald Jeffries who did a yeoman’s job of private investigation and who has written extensively about the matter President Johnson ordered the board of inquiry to rule it an accident.
Why did the Israelis attack the USS Liberty. Without going into a lot of what amounts to guesswork, it was probably because Israel was fighting what came to be known as the six-day-war against a coalition of enemy nations one of which was Egypt. The Liberty was to be sunk and the incident blamed on the Egyptians which would have given the US an excuse to enter the war against Egypt as retaliation. In both the Liberty attack and the Pollard incident not a single thing regarding US policy toward Israel changed. Not one dollar was cut from the very generous support.
Compare this to the reaction upon news this week that an Apache Attack Helicopter had been shot down in the Persian Gulf near Hormuz. The President said he would retaliate with a massive bombing attack and would “take over” Iran’s petroleum industry. I don’t believe the story which makes no sense but not much in this war makes sense. An Apache is an attack helicopter with a mission of finding and destroying enemy armor but it can be used for armed reconnaissance as well. Perhaps that was its mission over the Gulf. It landed in the water with no injuries to crew so no I don’t believe it and it was probably done by Israel if it was done at all. I don’t think it was more than an excuse to resume the war.
Finally, folks, the US has reportedly given Israel more than $300 billion since its founding in 1948 but it is on the brink of an even more egregious relationship whereby it combines its military with that of Israel. Something causes Washington politicians to shower our money that we work for on Israel and to support it while it robs the US at home and commits mass murder abroad. Why is the question. If all our politicians are blackmailed prostitutes shouldn’t we have some knowledge of our worth, How much do they get from the pimps who own them.
At least that’s the way I seen it.
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses President Trump’s angry, profanity laced tirade directed at Prime Minister Netanyahu of Israel. Did it really happen and if so why did it happen and if it did not happen, why say that it did.
Transcriptions / Notes
TRUMP UNLOADS ON NETANYAHU
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of June in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is war and as usual there is no shortage of war to talk about but today I discuss President Trump’s angry, profanity laced tirade directed at Prime Minister Netanyahu of Israel. Did it really happen and if so why did it happen and if it did not happen then why say that it did.
Its no secret that Trump wants the U.S. role in the war against Iran ended and quickly. The war has placed the world’s economy in jeopardy and therefore its end is imperative. To that end Trump has been negotiating with somebody representing Iran while using Pakistan as the broker. Every time it looks positive and Trump announces that fighting has stopped it turns out to be a little premature.
Trump says we have a deal ending the war and fighting has ceased. In response gas prices in the U.S. come down and the stock market soars. The next step is for Israel to continue attacking in Lebanon as if there were no peace talks. Apparently Trump got tired of it this week and placed a call to the Prime Minister. The story, reported at first by people physically present for the call, and later admitted by the President himself went something like this.
Trump called Netanyahu F-ing crazy and accused him of ingratitude. “You’d be in prison if it weren’t for me. I’m saving you’re a**. Everybody hates you now. Everybody hates Israel because of this.”
In the meantime, whether Netanyahu got the message or not Israel continued its war in Lebanon as if nothing had happened. According to Lebanese news agency NNA, the Israeli attacks continued and Hezbollah continued attacks against Israeli forces inside Lebanon. Lebanon’s Embassy in Washington said Hezbollah would refrain from further attacks if Israel would show the same restraint but Israel does not seem interested. Israel announced that the fighting would continue but it would not strike Beirut while talks were ongoing.
Israeli and Lebanese Ambassadors are in talks at the State Department in Washington. That makes me wonder if the Lebanese government has the authority to negotiate for Hezbollah. I guess one answer to that question is that Hezbollah is the Lebanese government. Israeli Defense Minister Israel Katz said that President Trump backed the strikes in Southern Lebanon. It’s all very conflicting and confusing but there is one other possibility.
There is a possibility that the phone call never took place at all or if it did then the whole thing was a stage show between Trump and Netanyahu staged for our benefit. Why would the President stage a profanity laced conversation he had with a foreign leader. To me the better question is why would he allow that conversation to be publicly leaked and then why would he admit that he said those things. I suppose the answer lies in his response to criticism he has been getting from the media and from people in his own party about how he does the bidding of Netanyahu and that he says America First but in practice its Israel First.
I don’t know what is true here but if it were all fake it would be to bolster his image of a strong leader who doesn’t tolerate disrespect from allies. I don’t know which version is true but it is very suspicious that the administration made such a big deal out of what should have been a private conversation. Israel, through its defense minister, has said that it would be remaining permanently in Southern Lebanon so why does this tiny country of 9 million seem so aggressive and so intent on expansion.
For one thing its tiny size relative to its neighbors makes it very vulnerable. At its widest point it is only 71 miles wide and at its narrowest point it is only 9 miles wide. In other words, defense in depth is virtually impossible because it has no avenue of retreat to fall back and regroup as any retreat would put enemy forces right in Israeli cities. Therefore, it must attack constantly to push back its enemies who state clearly that they seek its destruction. Looking at Israel from the Israeli position they probably see their status as expand or die.
Since defense in depth is essential and determines if a country has enough space to recover from an initial attack Israel believes it must constantly seek to push out its borders because a defeat on its borders leaves it extremely vulnerable. Now, with the new form of unmanned warfare coming to light with drones and missiles one of Israel’s chief advantages is taken away or diminished.
That advantage is pilot courage and training which thanks to the U.S. is some of the best in the world along with top-of-the-line aircraft it all serves to make Israel a foe to be reckoned with. Drones and missiles are rapidly changing the dynamics of war and Israel and the U.S. are apparently late to the game and a little behind in how best to defend against them. Israel’s tactic seems to be to attack with as much force and with tactics as ruthless as necessary to push the enemy back as far as possible.
I admit this is guesswork, but to much of the world the Israeli tactics is genocide but to Israel they just don’t care because for them it is survival. Israel, it seems to me, could be controlled enough for the U.S. to make peace because it lives in a very bad neighborhood and without the U.S. Israel could not exist as a sovereign nation. It is a little unrealistic to think Israel, with its 9 million population would never face a superior force or coalition of forces.
Therefore, Trump’s phone call, if it did happen and was not a preplanned exhibit was probably necessary although the crass profanity which is so very common now could have been tempered. That type of profanity is so common it no longer has any meaning except that its user has no appropriate vocabulary. It reminds me of a different time when Harry Truman reportedly used the word Damn in the presence of Madame Chiang Kai- Shek the widow of Chaing who had been ruler of China until he was overthrown in the Maoist revolution. Madame Chaing resented it and complained and it was a front-page scandal.
A few Presidents have apparently resisted Israeli pressure to attack Iran. If the testimony of Obama’s Secretary of State is accurate then he is one who did and George Bush would not do it either but lots of Israeli money poured into the campaign of one who would and did do it. Often, national leaders opt for whatever they think necessary for staying in power rather than what they truly believe to be in the national interest. The smaller the group they actually have to please and make happy the better or at least that makes it easier.
If staying in power and the national interest happens to coincide well that’s just great, but in my opinion they rarely do.
Finally, folks, there are reasons for why people do things but quite often we don’t know what the real reasons are. In Truman’s day we were different and perhaps a little naïve about leaders and maybe we still are.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the resignation of Tulsi Gabbard from her position as Director of National Intelligence, and why she made the decision to resign. Was it because of her husband’s illness or something else.
Transcription / Notes
TULSI’S GONE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of May in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the resignation of Tulsi Gabbard from her position as Director of National Intelligence, and about why Tulsi made the decision to resign. Was her decision because of her husband’s illness or was it something else.
Tulsi never seemed to fit into Washington like a typical Washington politician. She never seemed willing to lie and cheat her way to the top as is typical of Washington. From the beginning of her prominence, she seemed a little too honest and too forthright for Washington politics. Nevertheless, she was a politician having served as a Democrat in congress from the state of Hawaii.
She left congress and ran for president as a Democrat but lost in the primary to Joe Biden. She became disenchanted with the Democrat Party and decided to back President Trump in his run for that office. President Trump appointed her Director of National Intelligence, in theory the most important national security position in the country. The U.S. now has 18 intelligence agencies or departments if you count their various components and they all report to the Director of National Intelligence, but once in the office I imagine that the DNI found out who holds the real power in the intelligence world.
When I learned a few weeks ago that the CIA had apparently broken into, raided, or whatever you want to call the CIA’s visit to their boss’s office, I knew Tulsi would soon be gone. Whistleblower James Erdman blew his whistle in congress and testified that the CIA had “seized” documents from their secure area in the office of the DNI. Some of the files they seized related to the assassination, or perhaps their assassination, of JFK.
They apparently also took the files related to MKULTRA which was and probably is the CIA’s experimental program designed to alter and control human behavior through the use of mind-altering drugs and torture. They sought to and apparently did learn the art of mind control including control of whole populations through these experiments. There are people who exist now who are suing the CIA in an effort to get some answers to the questions of what happened to their minds and the minds of their parents because of MKULTRA.
That’s not all they got because apparently they got the files on “Havana Syndrome” in which U.S. diplomats and others stationed in Havana and other places were apparently subjected to some kind of mind-altering rays. In response to the CIA raid, Representative Anna Paulina Luna (R-FL) and James Comer (R-KY) chairman of the house Oversight Committee, sent a preservation letter to the CIA demanding that all evidence related to the taken or stolen material be preserved. I imagine the CIA got a good laugh over that letter as they endeavored to show naive members of Congress who actually runs this country.
Apparently someone spoke to someone and explained the facts of life as it exists in Washington because when that letter of preservation became public people started to backtrack their statements. Even Erdman, the whistleblower said no I didn’t say it was a raid instead I just said CIA refused to comply with “lawful oversight and documented everts to circumvent oversight.”
He testified to Congress that not only did CIA refuse to comply with the directives of the ODNI Director’s Initiatives Group (DIG) investigations into the origins of COVID-19 and other “phenomena” but retaliated against those who did not support their own conclusions. Quoting long-term CIA agent Erdman,
“The CIA illegally monitored the computer and phone usage of DIG personnel, their investigations, and contact with whistleblowers, which significantly impacted Director Gabbard’s implementation of several Eo’s issued during this administration and tasked to the DIG.”
In addition, “when the DIG ceased operations, the CIA also took back 40 boxes of JFK files and MKULTRA files being processed for declassification by DNI Gabbard.” The CIA’s spying was referenced as tracking every keystroke of DIG personnel as they processed files directed by presidential EO to be released or unclassified. These files included files concerning JFK, RFK, and MLK assassinations, the origins of COVID-19, Crossfire Hurricane, The Biden Administration’s domestic surveillance, Anomalous Health Incidents (AHI) and Unidentified Aerial Phenomena.
So, just speculating here folks, but trying to do it with logic I think it went something like this. The President appoints this intelligent and experienced, but most importantly honest woman to head the nation’s intelligence organizations. He then says that as he campaigned on a pledge to be transparent and release long classified files he issues an Executive Order (EO) to that effect. Tulsi, his DNI, who most likely took the job based on a promise to be forthcoming, sets out to obey the President’s EO.
She appoints a working group from among those in the office of the DNI which she calls DIG to sort through the files to determine if there was anything that should not be released. The CIA completely ignored that report to DNI which was Tulsi and in fact they ignore or refuse to abide by the direct written orders of the President of the United States. They break into, or raid, if that is better, her office, take the files and even congress can’t get them back. My conclusion, then, is that this case reveals as clearly as anything has who or what runs this country. I knew when I heard the story of what happened and looked into it that Tulsi would not be able to remain in the administration. Who would want to be director of the office that controls American intelligence agencies, all 18 of them, if one of those agencies was completely exempt from you, their boss’s orders, and apparently didn’t even follow the orders of the President.
So, is that why she resigned because she didn’t say that it was. In fact, she didn’t complain about the President’s inability or unwillingness to control the CIA but instead she thanked him and the American people for the opportunity to serve. In her letter she cited her husband Abraham and his diagnosis of a “extremely rare form of bone cancer” as the reason. She said he had stood by her every step of the way including when her Army guard unit was deployed to East Africa and through her political campaigns so she wanted to be with him full-time during such a difficult time.
In 18 months as DNI she restructured the office, cutting its size and saving the American people more than $700 million per year. She launched many investigations and sought the release of previously classified material related to the programs previously listed. She has declassified more than 500,000 pages thus far. Her National Counterterrorism Center stopped thousands of narco-terrorists from entering the country until finally its head, Joe Kent, publicly resigned citing the Iran war as the reason.
I saw her interviewed on the Shawn Ryan Podcast the other day and she was very forthright as she normally is. She said that the people who opposed her in her efforts were very intolerant of anyone who believes in God because in their minds they are God. They are the ultimate deciders of right and wrong and their choices are never wrong because they determine what right is. If a person opposes them, even if their boss opposes them, that person is on the way out.
She said that before she goes at the end of June she will release many files related to the programs in question. Likely, these files will be released in weekly installments over the weeks of June. Her deputy director, Aaron Lukas, will serve as acting director until a permanent director is appointed. I predict without knowing one way or the other that the new director will have a CIA or perhaps military, meaning ex-General background. Politicians seem to be sweating over the prospect of files related to Crossfire Hurricane or the Russia gate hoax and other weaponization of law programs.
I’m just speculating because I admit I don’t know but I will wager that Tulsi grew very weary of constantly trying to follow presidential directives and being stymied at every turn while doing so. That type of constant stress is very difficult to bear long term. Why would the CIA take her JFK files along with the other assassination files.
That’s a good question isn’t it but the answer is very obvious but unsayable in public. Yes I know the assassinations were all done by lone nuts who were killed or prosecuted without any real investigation but nothing to see here folks just move along.
Finally, folks, Tulsi seems to be an intelligent, honest woman who loves her country and its people and who puts them before any political party. There aren’t many left like her and I for one will miss her. I wish her well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s recent summit with Premier Xi in China and points out the similarities with President Nixon’s summit in China in 1972.
Transcription / Notes
NIXON WENT TO CHINA TOO
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of May in the year of our Lord 2026. President Trump just completed a three-day historic summit with Premier Xi in China. He is not the first President to visit China since President Nixon made that trip in 1972 when China was a far different nation than today as it was in the throes of suffering through the Maoist revolution.
This is the Friday before Memorial Day when we pause to remember the fallen and for most it is the start of a 3-day weekend, but for Joan and I it is a different sort of anniversary to remember. Forty-nine years ago, on this date we saw each other for the first time because we were introduced on a blind date with mutual friends. So, we met forty-nine years ago on this date and we have been together ever since but our actual anniversary, the forty-nine will be in December.
This Memorial Day falls 81 years after the end of World War ll, seventy-seven years after the end of the Korean War, and fifty-one years after the end of the Vietnam War. I guess the other wars, the desert wars, are still going on. Since we are into a little nostalgia this week and to prevent burying the lead it was 54 years ago that Nixon made his historic trip to China. It was historic because China and the US, although friends in World War ll had been bitter enemies for 23 years or since the Maoist revolution.
The governing principle upon which the Chinese government has been based for all those years now 77 has been that capitalism would inevitably fail, and communism would ultimately triumph around the world. The triumph would come by way of revolution as it did in China but with the aid of countries where the Communist revolution had already occurred. That principle explains why the real enemy of the Western forces fighting in Korea and Vietnam was China and Russia, not North Korea and North Vietnam.
When Nixon arrived in China in 1972 the Communist Revolution had been ongoing since 1949 or 23 years but China had not fared well under Communism. It was a desperately poor, agrarian society in which the people were making little or no progress. There was very little indoor plumbing, especially in rural areas, and very little access to electricity. GDP per capita was barely at subsistence levels. Unlike today, China was technologically backward with a massive military but unable to technically compete.
Trade with China was at $95.9 million and Nixon sought to build a bridge across the hostility of that world. He famously declared it “the week that changed the world.” President Clinton had a different approach to China because he apparently believed that massive technology transfers and resulting economic success would ease tensions and result in a more peaceful world.
In 2000 he gave the Chinese PNTR or Permanent Normal Trade Relations and supported Chinese membership in the WTO or World Trade Organization in 2001. Before Chinese entry into the WTO the US-China trade deficit was about $83 billion but by 2015 it was $367 billion. Chinese imports into the US also surged massively with an estimated replacement of US jobs at about 2.4 to 3.4 million. Communities built in the US around the manufacture of electronics, clothing, furniture, automobiles, and other products were devastated and became just the rust belt.
Nixon visited a weak, agrarian society but the new economic policies turned it into an economic and military superpower. Now President Trump has visited this country which has been hostile to the United States for 77 years. Trump’s approach to negotiating is to assume he has the strength in the relationship and to use it to his advantage. Tariffs, export controls, global alliances, and military power are all used in an effort to help benefit US farmers, manufacturers, energy workers, and many others.
I predict that Trump’s trip to China will prove similar to Nixon’s in some ways. They both sought direct personal negotiation producing tangible economic benefits to both sides with protection from dangerous strategic competition. There is a knowledge or at least an assumption that President Clinton’s belief that economic success alone would moderate strategic behavior did not work and guardrails have to be installed and adhered to.
Nixon engaged an impoverished third-world China for the purpose of using it to counter the Soviets. Trump engaged a powerful superpower to prevent it from obtaining or maintaining dominance in key areas. He got a public commitment from Xi to stop supplying weapons to Iran and to not aid in Iranian nuclear efforts. I have some thoughts on Xi’s statement about Iranian efforts to develop nuclear weapons.
In my view his statement meant nothing or it was what in the law is referred to as legal fiction. He said that Iran should not have nuclear weapons and Iran should reopen the Strait of Hormuz. Well of course for the world’s economies the Strait should be reopened; a no brainer. Both sides know that nukes are not the reason for the attack on Iran and not the real reason for the continuation of the war.
Thomas Massie just found out in his Republican primary what the real reason is. If the Israel lobby or the friends of Israel wants you out of congress then you are out of congress. There aren’t many surviving Republicans who are not totally sold out the Israel lobby. Rand Paul is an example and Thomas Massie was another. So almost no Republicans and about the same number of Democrats although some Democrats seem to survive without total subservience.
If there are grounds for optimism coming from the summit they can be found in Xi’s public speech or at least that’s how I see them. The English version of Xi’s speech comes to me via George Friedman and his Geopolitical Futures so quoting Mr. Xi.
“Honorable President Donald J. Trump, ladies and gentlemen, friends, looking back at the cause of China-U.S. relations, whether or not we could have mutual respect, peaceful coexistence and win-win cooperation is the key to whether the relationship can advance steadily. The world today is changing and turbulent. China-U.S. relations concern the well-being of over 1,7 billion people of both countries and affect the interests of the over 8 billion people of the world. Both sides should rise up to this historic responsibility and steer the giant ship of China-U.S. relations forward steadily and in the right direction.”
To me that statement says this is a multi-polar world and if we are to progress together and for the good of the world’s people you must recognize that. If you are willing to do that then 77 years of hostility can end at least open hostility can end. President Trump probably had the speech examined by his China people and he probably pointed out the thousands of Chinese spies who occupy every university of note, every corporation of note and even hold political office.
Yes the mayor of Alameda, California has confessed to being a Chinese agent. There are hardly any members of Congress or the Senate who haven’t slept with at least one Chinese spy. Mr. Xi let me ask you this if the Chinese are so smart and so technologically proficient why do you have to steal your technology and your scientific advances from us. I’m just guessing but I imagine all those things were discussed.
In short, China needs the American market to save its economy. In recent years economists have noted that Chinese domestic consumption has fallen off a cliff, but production is soaring. Thar means that China cannot absorb nearly enough of its production and needs the American market to do that. America needs China and Russia to help it find a face-saving exit from its war against Iran. You both control Iran and we will endeavor to control Netanyahu.
To carry my point a little further Xi mentioned the Thucydides Trap in which the ancient Greek Geopolitical Thinker pointed out that when a rising power collides with an old power war is always the result. Xi said he hopes that can be avoided for China and the U.S. If that is the case and both sides want to avoid war then talking is at least the first step and a necessary one. To that end they have scheduled another summit for Washington in September, I think.
Finally, folks, it seems to me that China has everything to lose and nothing to gain by war with the United States. George Friedman pointed out the fact that he mentioned Thucydides but did not mention Lenin, or Marx, and to me that’s pretty significant and could mean a turning away from 77 years of false assumptions. Why are these two men meeting and negotiating, well, I think necessity is the mother of invention and right now they need each other.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle returns to the discussion of war by talking about a war not spoken of so much since it has been driven from the headlines by the war against Iran.
Transcription / Notes
VLADIMIR PUTIN, DONALD TRUMP, AND THE DECLINE OF EMPIRES
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of May in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is once again war but we visit a war not spoken of so much since it has been driven from the headlines by the war against Iran. Yes, we don’t hear much about Ukraine these days but it continues to cost lives, and resources and it continues to threaten the global geopolitical order.
I’m sure you remember, if you are a long-term sufferer of these Reports, that back in 2014 in the eastern provinces of Ukraine the people voted overwhelmingly to become or remain part of the Russian Federation but that decision didn’t sit well with Victoria Nuland who was the U.S. State Department representative there. She helped instigate a revolution that replaced the pro-Russian government with one more pro Europe and that led to a Russian invasion and the current war.
Mr. Putin, like President Trump, has found that sometimes wars are easier to get into than they are to get out of. I remember from the war archives reading the discussions from the Japanese general staff when they were planning the battle of Midway. The admiral who was to command their carriers said this will work if the Americans do exactly what we expect and want them to. Well, the Americans didn’t do what the Japanese expected and the Ukrainians haven’t done what the Russians expected.
When a Nation which seems to have overwhelming power goes to war against a much weaker opponent the powerful nation expects a quick and decisive, not to mention cheap, victory. Some examples would be the Soviet Union in World War ll, the Iranians of today, and the Ukrainians that are the subject for today. I mention World War ll a lot because last week the 9th of May was the annual celebration in Moscow of the Russian victory over Nazi Germany in the Great Patriotic War.
This year the celebration was different because for the first time in 18 years, Russia’s Victory Day parade had no tanks, no missile carriers, and no armored columns going through Red Square. Smaller regions in Russia have their own smaller parades and celebrations and many of those have been canceled altogether. The people of Moscow were told to expect to have no internet service on May 9th. The reason for all the caution and the stepped down celebration was fear of Ukrainian drone and missile attacks.
Yes, that’s right folks, the Russian Federation, successor to the Soviet Union, cannot traditionally celebrate its victory over Nazi Germany because once again it is at war inside its own borders. The ironic thing is that once again the war is being fueled, at least partially by German arms. The two wars being fought right now, Ukraine and Iran, in which larger more powerful nations attacked smaller weaker ones are changing the dynamics of global politics and showing us once again that the unexpected results of war can totally change the geopolitics of the world. Ukraine, supplied to the tune of hundreds of billions in arms and treasure, primarily by the United States but also by the European nations has apparently perfected drone and missile warfare and has become one of the world leaders in that technology. Ukraine is now a world leader as we will see but recently Great Britain, desperate to prolong the fight I guess, gave the Ukrainians 120,000 drones from their own inventory.
Ukraine, just an agricultural region on the border of Russia and only of any significance because of its proximity to Russia has become one of the world’s most proficient practitioners of the new art of unmanned warfare. They are so proficient that they attack deep inside Russia seemingly at will to the point that the Russian people are afraid to conduct a parade in their community.
Thousands of armed drones roam the skies looking for targets and although they are relatively easy to shoot down they are unstoppable in those numbers. Reports are that Iranian missiles and drones reach their targets about 10% of the time but that is against sophisticated air defense systems dedicated to stopping them. Against thousands, 10% is still a lot of destruction and in Ukraine/Russia I understand that they are virtually impossible to defend against.
People will tolerate what they are told will be a short and decisive war but only for so long. The propaganda sent to them daily and now through Social Media minute by minute grows tiring when the people realize that it is all just lies. Reports coming from Russia indicate that Putin is feeling the heat of public dissatisfaction with the war. Nobody will tell us exact casualty figures but they obviously number in the hundreds of thousands. War you never have to feel and never see unless you look for it is one thing but when the numbers of dead reach that high and especially when the economy is crumbling as is Russia’s people notice.
To that end, last week, President Putin made a phone call to President Trump and proposed a new economic relationship with the United States. The internal pressure on President Putin seems to be working because he is now saying the war is coming to a settlement when there is no battlefield evidence that is the case. He says now that he wants a negotiated settlement and he wants the Europeans to be a part of it. Ironically, he seems to have singled out Germany as the leader in the settlement negotiations.
He has maintained all along that he will not recognize Zelensky as the legitimate leader of Ukraine and would therefore not meet with him. That attitude has changed and now he wants to meet with him and he wants the Europeans to help the two of them broker a deal. I admit I am guessing here, but I think it’s an educated guess. Putin always wanted to make Russia a part of the European community but the EU bureaucrats would not have him at their parties. These recent inquiries indicate to me that he wants to renew the efforts to make Russia part of Europe.
Ordinarily, I don’t think the Europeans would give him the time of day but the world is far from ordinary right now and they just might listen this time. Why, because of Iran and behind that Israel. Putin might be trying to take advantage of anti-US sentiment in Europe due to the war in Iran. The Europeans obviously want no part of that adventure that Mr. Trump started so perhaps a Europe-Russia détente is now possible. European politicians have made some astonishingly anti-US statements lately.
Spain has doubled down on its refusal to let the US use its own bases in Spain for attacks on Iran. One of the leading candidates for Prime Minister of Spain is running on a campaign to take Spain out of NATO as a way to prevent that country from becoming involved in fighting Israel’s wars. So, Putin seeks to turn the clock back to when relations between Russia and Europe were better, but that was when Russia was weaker than now. Just as in the U.S. regarding Iran there is massive and growing opposition in Russia to the war in Ukraine. The Russian economy is reeling and rumors are that the power brokers in Russia have turned against him. He has reportedly increased security at his private residences.
It will be interesting to see how the U.S. will react to all this. President Trump left for China on Tuesday for a three-day summit with Mr. Xi. That summit has been in the planning process for months and has continued discussions despite the Iran war. The summit will obviously be primarily about the economic relationship between the U.S. and China but I’m sure Iran will be an important topic. China had Iranian officials in China just prior to Trump’s visit. The question being asked By American media is, will Trump trade Taiwan for Iran, but we will see.
Meanwhile back here in America the empire appears to be in decline and is always looking for someone to accelerate the process and Donald Trump appears to be the right man for the job. The empire killers of debt and war are now out of control. The debt has passed 39 trillion and interest payments have passed one trillion per year. Cutting taxes is a good idea if the cuts are matched with spending cuts but the President is removing the fuel tax to bring prices down with no corresponding spending cuts. The wars continue to cost more each day with no end in sight.
So much of the world’s economy depends on the price of oil so Trump starts a stupid war that closes the most important oil spigot in the world. It appears now that the U.S. cannot force Iran to do anything without risking major retaliation and resulting damage to the world economy with much higher oil prices. So, we are told the ceasefire is still in effect when it clearly isn’t. According to U.S. intelligence Iran has 75% of its missile capacity intact and almost all of its underground facilities have been reopened. Iran is now a superpower in control of the most important waterway in the world. Russia’s and other adversaries which depend on selling oil have had their incomes increase. So that all adds up to quite an achievement with no visible upside at all.
Finally, folks, if the American Empire is in decline under the weight of debt and war what better man could we have to manage it.
At least that’s the way I see it.
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle doesn’t talks about war today, but about mothers and Mother’s Day.
Transcription / Notes
MOTHER’S DAY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of May in this the year of our Lord 2026. I am so happy today because my beat is not war but mothers which will make most people happy and uplifted because after all who doesn’t like and respect mothers and stories about them.
Mother’s Day as a national holiday had kind of a dual start or I guess you could say dual founders. Both of the women who started the day as a way to honor and support mothers did it because of the severe rural poverty and resulting infant mortality in their native Appalachia. In 1887 Mary Towles Sasseen from Henderson Kentucky led her class since she was a teacher, in what is believed to be the first observance of Mother’s Day. Mary traveled around Kentucky and Ohio trying to have the day recognized as a national holiday but she died in 1906 before that happened.
Schools in several states adopted the idea and in 1926 the Kentucky legislature passed a resolution officially recognizing Mary as the founder of the day. The creation of Mother’s Day as a national holiday is usually attributed to three women Ann Reeves Jarvis, Julia Ward Howe, and Ann’s daughter Anna M. Jarvis. Ann, known as “Mother Jarvis,” was an Appalachian homemaker who taught Sunday School lessons.
Mother Jarvis saw the extreme poverty and lack of education among the Appalachian rural poor which resulted in a high infant mortality rate and a high rate of the death of mothers during childbirth. She set out to educate and help the women who needed it the most and she was eventually joined by the other two women. Anna, Ann’s daughter, led the fight to honor her mother and to have the day become a national holiday and at her church the year after Ann’s death a service was held on May 10th to honor not just Ann but all mother’s. In 1948 Anna died in what was then called a sanitarium from dementia.
Yes folks I am happy to have something to say that is not about war and what better subject than Mothers. Oh, I could bring war into it of course by talking about the mothers who are photographed holding their starving babies perhaps for the last time. I could even tell stories I have personally seen concerning mothers in war-torn countries who would do literally anything for enough money to feed their babies but I will not do that today and instead I will report on stories of mothers right here in America.
Speaking of mothers right here in America many of my friends who are a little less conservative politically than I am, are very concerned about the plight of mothers. They are particularly concerned about infant mortality the same as what those women I mentioned who started national recognition of mothers and that came to be Mother’ Day. I wonder so I ask them why they care so much about infant mortality. I point out to them that one day they advocate for “a mother’s right to choose” and the next day they are fighting to save infants from mortality so what gives.
OH, wait I get it now those infants still inside their mothers are not really babies but just protoplasm or more generously just part of the woman’s body. If so, then killing the child is not really murder because we have defined the child out of existence. I guess its like the war powers resolution which unconstitutionally gave the president the power to make war on his own without congressional involvement. He is required to report to congress within 60 days but when that is over he just says no the war is over and we won and this is a new war with a new 60 days. My point is that murder is murder but homicide is a legal term awaiting interpretation.
Anyway, we all have or had mothers at some point but for many our mothers are long since dead and we have only the memories. Joan and I were both blessed by God with very good mothers who cared for us and loved us to the end. It sounds like a cliché but there is nothing like a mother’s love for her child. She will sacrifice to the point of giving up her own life for that child.
Let me give you an example from the animal kingdom. In my home office I have a bay window with my desk right in front of it. There are a few azalea bushes right outside the window and sometimes birds nest in them, especially cardinals which like to nest close to the ground. A couple of years ago I was working at my desk when I noticed a nest with a cardinal sitting in the nest. I didn’t know it but she was sitting on her eggs to hatch them. I watched her for a few days and she would sit there through rainstorms with the rain pounding down on her and through wind that looked like it would blow away her nest.
The male would come by from time to time just to check on her I guess. One day the eggs hatched and she had to feed the babies so she would go away and get worms for them and sometimes the male would contribute but the mother acting on instinct would give her life up for those babies. When they were at an age instinct told her was right she threw them out of the nest and said fly or die trying. They either fly or a cat eats them.
We humans have developed a more humane way of dealing with our young than the animal kingdom but there are similarities. The cardinal mother would never think of killing her young for some always good reason but our humanity has allowed us humans to do that. When our babies are a certain age we still know that it is time for them to leave the nest. Sometimes we call that time graduation and sometimes it’s marriage.
“Therefore, a man shall leave his father and his mother and hold fast to his wife, and they shall become one flesh.” Genesis 2:24
That verse becomes more and more clear as we age because the child means everything especially to the mother. She would literally take a bullet for that child and then one day the father takes his daughter’s hand and gives it to her husband and she has a new family which is now her first love as it should be. For the mother that child will always be her child but for the child which probably now has children of her own it’s different.
Well, that’s about enough glorification of the role of mothers for one day and one Castle Report.
Finally, folks, visit your mother this Sunday for Mother’s Day. If you just can’t get there at least give her a call because I promise you she wants to hear your voice.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle provides some options to end the war that Washington is currently fighting against Iran.
Transcription / Notes
OPTIONS TO END THE WAR AGAINST IRAN
Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of May in this the year of our Lord 2026. Yes today is May Day but my beat once again is war. This time I am looking for options to end the war that Washington is currently fighting against Iran.
Donald Trump began the U.S./Israel war against Iran apparently because he wanted to deny Iran the chance to build its own nuclear weapon. That was at least the stated reason for starting the war. Suppose you are Iran and the U.S, demands that you dismantle and cease your nuclear weapons development program. Would you have any reason to comply with that demand considering what has happened to other countries in the Middle East.
Acquiring nuclear weapons might be the only way left to prevent becoming a victim of a regime change war. Think about it like this for a moment. Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Iran, Venezuela, Russia and North Korea have all been demonized by the U.S. in one way or another this century. The only two that remain uninvaded, Russia and North Korea have nuclear weapons and the others do not. The leaders of those countries who do not have nuclear weapons are dead or locked in prison.
I ask myself if the United States would be threatened if Iran were allowed to develop nuclear weapons and my conclusion is that it would not. Israel would be threatened because a nuclear armed Iran would serve as a blocking force to the expansion of Israel and Netanyahu’s plans for greater Israel. If Iran had nuclear weapons Operation Epic Fury would not have happened or at least logic tells me. Why then, other than Bibi’s influence, did Donald Trump launch this war.
He must have been told and must have believed that the Iranian government would collapse and flee in the face of overwhelming U.S. and Israeli air attacks. If he believed that then he must not be a student of history because that theory has never worked throughout the history of air power. It worked in World War II as part of a combined arms attack that involved millions of troops fighting around the world in ground combat. Later wars like Korea, Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan it was assumed that air power and destruction from the air would make the difference but it did not.
If a belief that Iran could be forced or persuaded to surrender or agree to U.S./Israeli demands as a result of destruction from the air was the cause of the attacks then obviously that was a false conclusion. Perhaps senior U.S. military leadership were and are students of military history and they warned the president that the strategy would fail and that explains in part why so many have been relieved. I admit that I have no inside information that leads me to that conclusion just logic and history.
Having said all that what are the options Trump has in front of him right now. Here are a few that come to my mind but I’m sure there are others I just can’t think of right now. First, he could just pack up and come home ala Ron Paul’s advice to come home and mind your own business. That would mark the end of the unipolar world and an admission that the empire stage of American history is ending and what results it would leave in the Middle East are anyone’s guess.
Second, he could just continue the blockade and the air war in the hope that it would finally work. Third, he could launch a ground invasion of Iran like the other wars the U.S. has fought recently in which air power proved unable to force surrender. Invading Iran with ground troops would be different from the other multi decade wars because I doubt that it could be done with minimal U.S. casualties.
Iran is a much bigger country with very different terrain across the country. It might even require a general mobilization of the American population with a draft and a conversion to war time production. It would most likely involve tens of thousands of casualties with many of our best young people coming home in boxes. In other words that would be one of the stupidest things an American president could possibly do, but they often do things that seem stupid to me.
Fourth, he could resort to the weapons he is trying to prevent Iran from acquiring. He could tell the Iranians that unless they comply with his demands he will use tactical nuclear weapons to destroy their known nuclear and missile sites. He could threaten to increase the intensity and frequency of the attacks until they complied. The results of the fourth option would be so catastrophic that I don’t even need to talk about them. It would forever remove from America the belief that we were once a moral and religious people.
Fifth, he could reach a negotiated settlement and to that end Iran offered a suggestion which was quickly rejected but only in part. Iran suggested that the blockade would be lifted and the Strait would be open for free commerce. That would obviously leave Iran in a position to close it anytime the nuclear negotiations did not go their way. The question of nuclear enrichment would be deferred until some day in the future when the sides would start talking again.
A lot of people would have accepted the settlement offer except that Trump knows what it really means. It would revert the conflict to status quo as if the war had not been fought except for the fact that Iran’s infrastructure along with much of its leadership are gone. The other message the settlement will send is if we close the Strait you cannot force it open with air power or your navy. That message was not one Donald Trump was willing to accept so he said; what part of no nuclear weapons did you not understand.
For now, the war continues and the blockade continues. It appears that the blockade is far more effective than air power proved to be. The blockade is hurting Iran economically to the point they want relief from it so perhaps soon they will relent and the president’s ego could be salved with victory. He admitted when he announced that the settlement was rejected that the blockade was more effective than the bombing. “They are choking like a stuffed pig and it is going to get worse for them.”
Perhaps the analogy of a stuffed pig is not the proper one to use with the Mullahs but that is Donald Trumps style not mine. He went on to say that they want to settle. They don’t want me to keep the blockade but I don’t want to lift the blockade because I don’t want them to have a nuclear weapon. Iran had to do their tough talk as well saying it would engage in “unprecedented military action.”
U.S. Central Command Admiral Brad Cooper said “Right now there are 41 tankers with 69 million barrels of oil that the Iranian regime can’t sell. That’s an estimated $6billion-plus from which Iran’s leadership cannot financially benefit. The blockade is highly effective and U.S. forces remain fully committed to total enforcement.”
The Pentagon’s accounting office announced this week that so far the war has cost about $25 billion in taxpayer money. When I hear that I raise an eyebrow because I have a good idea what it costs to maintain a carrier battlegroup at sea and in-flight operations. I know what it costs to keep a carrier-based aircraft in combat mode let alone a massive B-52 or one of the stealth bombers. Tens of thousands of troops deployed with some 32thousand at least, bombs and missiles dropped on Iran. I just don’t think all that can be done for $25 billion.
The money is one thing but the war has cost at least 15 American lives and about 400 wounded although casualty figures have been very hard to come by. Let’s not forget the billions of dollars reportedly incurred in damage from Iranian missiles to U.S. bases across the entire region. Damage assessment in the Gulf States and in Israel to U.S. property has been almost impossible to obtain accurately so why lie about the $25 billion. If that department lies each year about the trillions that go unaccounted for by the GAO or Government Accounting Office I suppose it’s not a stretch for them to lie about the cost of war.
So, I will assume that the Iranians are politically astute enough to know how this war is affecting U.S. politics. It is terribly unpopular and is a threat to control of the House and Senate. In addition, I spoke to a gentleman the other day who had recently been in Ireland. He said that in the U.S, terms of measurement gasoline was running about $12.50 per gallon and heating oil was unaffordable for most people. That condition probably exists across Europe and would probably make Iran have confidence to just hang on because political pressure will force Trump’s hand. Time will tell if that works or not.
Finally, folks, according to UNICEF about 1800 Iranian children have been killed or wounded by the war on Iran. I don’t know if that number is accurate but if the accurate number is more than zero it’s too many. However, as you are painfully aware my opinion is that this war is a stupid waste of lives and resources and should end as soon as possible. Having said that the men and women fighting it are my brothers and sisters and I stand with them always.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the war against Iran and the efforts to keep the Strait of Hormuz open for the commerce of the world along with the unexpected results being felt around the world.
Transcription / Notes
SOME UNEXPECTED RESULTS OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of April in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking again about the war against Iran and the efforts to keep the Strait of Hormuz open for the commerce of the world along with the unexpected results being felt around the world as a result of this war.
Let me start with a brief refresher regarding the history of the U.S. war with Iran before I get into unexpected results. The U.S. government back in 1953 started this long conflict by its overthrow of Mosaddegh who was popularly elect and his replacement with the Shah who was always seen as a U.S. puppet. If what I just said is true and I obviously believe that it is, then the U.S. has been in this conflict for 73 years. In 1953 the Korean War was just shutting down so maybe a new conflict was needed in the Middle East to feed the war machine, who knows.
Fast forward to today and we find that often history does repeat but barely is it noticed because it will always be different this time. We have lots of propaganda coming out of the war from both sides and unlike propaganda in earlier wars today’s propaganda reaches the whole world instantly through social media. In World Wars, for example, propaganda was designed only for the home populations of each side. Don’t worry we are winning etc. Except for the Tokyo Rose broadcasts to the U.S. Navy and the Axis Sally broadcasts to the U.S. bomber crews the propaganda was primarily to keep the population’s backs in the war effort.
To that end a ceasefire is announced from time to time and that mere announcement will usually calm the headlines and the markets for a brief time. The other side quickly violates the ceasefire or denies that it exists and the whole thing starts over. President Trump says they have agreed to everything and the Iranians say no we will keep our uranium and the Strait remains closed. It appears to be just propaganda back and forth or perhaps just wishful thinking, and the confusion is exacerbated by Iran’s lack of known leadership.
We do know a few things that appear to be factual, however. Six or seven weeks ago, the U.S. and Israel launched a preemptive attack, surprise attack, sneak attack depending on your point of view. This attack was launched in the midst of negotiations ala Pearl Harbor. When the Japanese did it they thought and hoped it would demoralize the American people into negotiations favorable to Japan but it had the opposite effect and I submit this attack did the same to Iran.
The U.S. dropped unprecedented amounts of bombs and missiles on Korea and Vietnam but neither surrendered and that fact of history seems to have gone unnoticed by the administration. The Iranians believe they are victims of an unprovoked attack which cost them dearly in terms of lives, treasure, and infrastructure. They think they are entitled to compensation for that and I submit that one way or another they will get it. In the meantime, the war is actually helping Iran by raising oil prices worldwide thus helping the Iranian export prices. They could insist on tolls through the Strait of Hormuz which they had never imposed before this war. I suspect that no permanent peace agreement will happen without compensation from the U.S. and/or Israel. Either way it would be on the backs of U.S. taxpayers.
My guess is that this war will continue for a time that we could call indefinite and here is one reason why. Trump apparently started this war at the behest of Netanyahu but now he aggressively insults and attacks anyone he perceives to have said a negative word about him and that includes foreign leaders. He doesn’t seem to understand that people remember the insults and foreign affairs of a great nation can’t be conducted like kids jostling each other on a school ground.
The problem of war in the Middle East is more than likely unsolvable as long a s Israel exists especially with its current leadership. Therefore, expect to be at war for a long time at least until it finally destroys the U.S. economy. Speaking of the U.S. and world economy let’s look at some results of the war or at least some things made worse by it. This all comes at a time when rising debt levels and rising interest obligations are pushing the U.S. into a more fragile state.
According to MoneyWeek U.S. debt has now exceeded 39 trillion. It has been only five months since it blew past 38 trillion. The debt has doubled since Trump was sworn in for his first term or about 10 years ago. No amount of bluster and bombast will erase certain facts such as the U.S. approaching 40 trillion amid rising interest rates, along with a coming debt crises. The U.S. has about 9 trillion of debt that must be refinanced or rolled over this cycle. Presumably short-term treasuries can be sold at about 3.5% but what if they can’t and it takes 5%. That would be catastrophic and would accelerate the crash to unstoppable speed.
I admit I’m no economist but that’s the way it looks to me from the numbers. The disturbing thing is that Washington seems to take no notice of it at all. This fiscal year, 2026 the defense budget or war budget as its now called is about $950 billion. Trump has requested an almost 60% increase to $1.5 trillion for fiscal year 2027. That’s all caused by the war right. Well, no, I’m afraid not folks because that doesn’t even include the costs of the Iranian war so he’s saying we need a 60% increase just to keep up. The U.S. has dropped tens of thousands of bombs and missiles on Iran and has lost a few aircraft along with great damage to bases all over the Middle East.
The U.S. has had to move its military out of the Persian Gulf region and move its carriers at least 1000 kilometers or about 620 miles from the conflict to avoid missile attacks. So, one unexpected result of the war is that the U.S. multibillion-dollar carriers are very vulnerable to cheap drone and missile attack. Iran apparently has quite a stockpile of those and reportedly China is resupplying them all the time.
Iran has an ace up its sleeve in this international poker game of death and that ace is the Strait of Hormuz. The Strait is a narrow strip of water that links the Persian Gulf to the rest of the world. Before the war started approximately 20 million barrels of oil per day or about 20% of global production passed through the Strait along with 20% of global LNG exports according to the U.S. Energy Information Administration.
The Strait is so vitally important to the world economy that it’s a fair guess that disruption for a prolonged period would provoke a worldwide depression. Iran has spent decades accumulating the means to shut the Strait down. It has commanding geography with a thousand miles of coastline and many inlets where missiles can be stored and launched. The U.S. has discovered that even the U.S. Navy cannot police all of them. Just this week reportedly 24 Iranian tankers slipped through the U.S. blockade. If the Strait is not completely closed it is too dangerous for normal commercial shipping.
Oil and natural gas are everywhere and in everything. They are the most important of all commodities that the world depends on. The Far East today is the manufacturing center of the world or the world’s workshop and Middle East oil and gas keeps the Far East working. Until this war is resolved we can probably count on oil above 100$ per barrel and increasing shortages of many things we are used to having in abundance.
Ultimately the real danger is worldwide food production and the increasing cost of food caused by ever lower crop yields. This threat to the world’s food supply is being caused by the drastic reduction in fertilizer because so much of it is shipped through the gulf. The world needs fertilizer to grow crops and feed people and that is gradually being strangled. Once again, the unexpected results of war.
Perhaps the markets of the world have just been waiting for a pin to pop the bubble so we will see that higher prices for fuel will result in higher prices for everything and that is as inevitable as night follows day. The result of all this and the result of the war will be a significantly lower standard of living for the people of the world. So, propaganda tells us the Strait will remain open and the Mullahs will never have a nuclear weapon. Neither statement appears to be true at the current time so that leaves the U.S. in a very difficult position.
The U.S. could admit defeat and leave thus admitting that the Empire cannot fulfill its promises or the U.S. could resort to the unthinkable but I don’t see many other choices. In any event the petrodollar world appears to be ending. I heard Marco Rubio, the Secretary of everything say that Brazil, the largest country in South America just concluded a deal with China to trade in the Chinese currency.
The U.S. relies on the dollar as the world’s reserve to bully and sanction other countries but if they are not trading in the dollar then sanctions are no threat. So, the world is changing rapidly and not in favor of the American people or at least that’s my take on it.
Donald Trump has hung an Albatross around his neck and removing it is job number one. He might have to allow a strategic retreat to a more defensible line. The failure to reach that conclusion has resulted in the destruction of many armies and the loss of many wars. So, admit it was a mistake and find some way to reverse course no matter what Israel says about it. The longer he persists the worse it will get because he simply is not all powerful like he apparently thought he was, and neither is the United States.
Finally, folks, I hope this was just a tragic mistake and not something preplanned and far more sinister but the unexpected results of it are apparently only unexpected by us normal people who are concerned about working, living, and raising our kids in a peaceful world.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about whether or not the United States should leave NATO and whether that decision would bring about a new U.S./Iran order in the Middle East.
Transcription / Notes:
THE END OF NATO
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of April in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat today is once again war but I am so tired of war each week that I have decided to carve a niche out of the unexpected results of our current war and that is NATO and its possible end for the United States.
I’m sure you all know what NATO is but as a refresher it is a treaty (North Atlantic Treaty Organization) in which the U.S. along with the other members agreed to come to each other’s aid if attacked. The purpose was to prevent and protect against a Soviet attack in Europe like the NAZI’s had done.
Everything worked fine when there was a Soviet Union to fight and to protect against. The cold war justified the massive defense spending by the U.S. which allowed Europe to rebuild from the war’s devastation and to provide generous welfare benefits to its citizens. The fall of the old enemy, the Soviet Union, triggered a crises in NATO because there was no longer a justifiable reason for its existence.
The collapse of Russia and with it, communism, put the alliance under tremendous strain especially when rising debt levels in the U.S, caused economic hardship. People would ask why are American forces still deployed in Europe. Why can’t Europe protect itself from perceived threats. Why do our families have to bear the brunt of Europe’s defense. NATO continued to exist although the reason for its formation no longer existed.
The reason smells like the Military Industrial, Intelligence, Security Complex and I am sure that was a lot of it, but some vehicle of justification had to be found for NATO’s continuation and so found it was. NATO still exists today, and American troops are still deployed in Europe today although the reason is now obsolete. Moving the alliance to the borders of Russia along with a coup that replaced Ukraine’s government of pro-Russia elected officials with anti-Russia officials might justify its existence. Who knows, maybe a new war could be started that would require hundreds of billions in new spending.
That is exactly what happened and the Obama, Biden, and Trump administrations have handled it the same way. Pour money and weapons into Ukraine to fuel its war against Russia. Make the war last longer and be much worse than it otherwise would be. Perhaps if Ukraine were allowed to use American weapons to attack deep inside Russia then Russia would be provoked enough to attack outside Ukraine but so far that has not happened.
Meanwhile back to present day and we find that although the U.S. poured hundreds of billions into Ukraine ostensibly for the defense of Europe, when President Trump decided to launch a stupid, pointless, unprovoked attack against Iran Europe seemed to want no part of it. Trump seemed to think that Europe should have been willing to support the U.S. out of gratitude for all the money and all the graves of America’s sons scattered across Europe. NATO was much weaker than when the U.S. and Europe saw Russia as an existential threat. The Ukraine war, despite all the bluster and propaganda, proved that Russia could not even conquer that small corner of Ukraine on the border of Russia.
My theory, then, is that Europe no longer feels threatened by Russia despite all the rhetoric to that effect but it does feel threatened by the millions of Muslims it has invited into its countries and who now live among European populations. So, Europe offers no help in Trump/Israel’s war against Iran. Shockingly, even with our long special relationship with the UK, Prime Minister Starmer would not allow the U.S. to use bases in England, which the U.S. at least partially paid for, to refuel and rearm aircraft used against Iran.
Many U.S. administrations, including the Trump Administration, have criticized Europe for not bearing more of the expense and sacrifice for its own defense, Trump has said that this is not 1949 which was the year NATO was founded and Europe is perfectly capable of defending itself. This hostile rhetoric back and forth along with the changing political climate in Europe in which the European general outlook was fast becoming one of subservience to the new global world run or at least managed by the bureaucrats in Brussels.
Trump, J.D. Vance, and Marco Rubio have all made it clear that the U.S. would not follow that path so Europe says no help in Iran. Even the European effort to keep the Strait open is virtually nonexistent. There is nothing in the NATO charter that requires member states to support the U.S. efforts in Iran. The U.S. was not attacked which would have triggered the article 5 common defense clause so there is no Charter obligation in their eyes. How about just friendship and gratitude as Trump would put it.
I suppose the Europeans say that friendship doesn’t extend that far and in fact we don’t even like you because you are crass and won’t play by our globalist playbook so why should we anger all the Muslims in our countries. Supposedly, Iran has missiles that could reach Berlin and possibly even further and they have proven that these missiles are still there and they cannot be stopped if fired in volume.
So, I understand why Europe does not want to support the U.S. in its attack on Iran, but I don’t understand why the U.S. remains in NATO. I am very onboard with Trump’s constant threats to leave NATO because the time is long passed when that should have been done. Unfortunately, I don’t think it will happen because leaving NATO would require congressional approval and I don’t think there is nearly enough support in congress to leave. Of course, another aspect is that the U.S. created NATO and accepted the defense of Europe not as a protection racket but as a strategy to keep European nations from building armies and invading each other which lead to two world wars.
To me, this NATO issue along with the two-week ceasefire in Iran represent the best possible chance for a new order to emerge from the chaos. Not a new world order as traditionally talked about but an order in which the U.S. adopts a foreign policy designed to truly benefit the U.S. and its people. That would mean ending the special relationship with Israel and the beginning of treating it like we treat any other country.
Ending the special relationship with Israel is job number one if Trump truly wants to extricate the U.S, from the Iranian war, and I think he does. Israel and its American lobby obviously do not want the war to end even if the Strait remains closed and the global economy suffers. It appears that he is not any more grateful than NATO for U.S. help. If that is the case and Trump constantly threatens to leave NATO because “they have been of no help to us “then why doesn’t he threaten Israel with abandonment.
The answer to that question would certainly explain a lot. The two-week ceasefire brokered by Pakistan, apparently, was something that had great promise for a new U.S./Iran agreement that could have remade the Middle East. The idea of joint U.S. and Iranian control of the Strait makes sense to me and I saw it as a way to pay for the rebuilding of Iran by charging all those European and Asian tankers a toll for passage.
Before the war about 127 ships per day on average passed through the Gulf and now it is 6. If each of 127 ships was charged an average of $100,000 for passage that’s roughly $355 million per month using my crude math. That money would go a long way toward rebuilding Iran from the rubble it now is. Reports say that the U. S. alone has dropped some 32,000 bombs on Iran since the attacks started and that figure doesn’t include what Israel has dropped. In any event the U.S. taxpayer pays for all of it and we are U.S. taxpayers and therefore responsible.
This is a free country right or at least that’s how much of the world views it so since we are a “democracy” we the people are responsible for its actions. That sounds good in theory but in fact we have no real way to change anything and when we are given the illusion that we can all we seem to do is make a terrible situation worse. My toll charge system probably would not work because it would increase the price of everything but for the U.S. I’ll wager its cheaper than war.
Here in the real-world Trump reportedly told the Iranians that they have a chance to be Persians again. That is a tremendous offer and it shows he does understand at least some of the history of the Persian people. Iran was created by Great Britain from ancient Persia after World War 1 and Trump is offering them an olive branch they could use to regain control of their oil and shipping from Lloyds of London and the English banking system. Why not leave NATO for a new order in the Middle East.
Why not, well I’m glad you asked. The answer is Israel, its American lobby, and the neo-con globalist war party that seems to own everything including all our lives. It is probably more than a coincidence that J.D. Vance is going to Pakistan to continue the very intense negotiations that brought this cease fire to life. J.D. is probably the least neo con of anyone in the administration. Could this really end in 5 weeks. Vietnam 15 years, Afghanistan 23 years, Iraq 18 years approximately so we’ll see.
Finally, folks pray this cease fire accomplishes more than the neo con war party wants it to accomplish and pray for peace.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle turns his attention away from the pressing issue of war and looks at Christians and Christianity as we near the end of Holy Week.
Transcription / Notes:
THE RESTORATION OF LIBERTY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of April in the year of our Lord 2026. I’m very happy that I have something to talk about besides war today. This is in fact Good Friday and in honor of that date and with Easter Sunday just a couple of days away I turn my attention away from the pressing issue of war and look at Christians and Christianity as we near the end of holy week.
First, I want to say a few words about the title of this Castle Report and where that title comes from especially since we are currently in the 250th anniversary year of America. My argument is that the founders rather than trying to build a utopian perfect world were seeking the restoration of liberties they once had. The Declaration, written by Thomas Jefferson but inspired by the thinking and writing of John Locke and by the life and words of Jesus Christ as expressed by Jefferson as nature’s God reflect that desire for the return of liberty.
They had witnessed the excesses of the French Revolution and the results of mob rule or what we today might call democracy and they sought to build something based on the rights of the individual rather than the collective and that is what for individuals is called liberty. They sought a way to protect the lives they had built in their world and the lives they fought for from the reach of foreign imperial rule. That is one reason why I cringe when America today goes abroad to impose its will on others especially when there seems to be no provocation.
Speaking of foreign imperial rule an incident occurred this past Palm Sunday in the ancient city of Jerusalem in modern day Israel. There is a church located in the Christian quarter of the city known as the Church of the Holy Sepulcher. That church was built in the 4th century on the site where Jesus’ empty tomb was believed to be located. In other words, it is about 1800 years old and it is one of the holiest sites in all of Christendom.
It is simultaneously the seat of the Armenian, Greek Orthodox, and Catholic Patriarchates of Jerusalem. Last Sunday, Palm Sunday, those gentlemen wanted to go inside the church to do a live simulcast to their congregations on that Palm Sunday but they were barred from doing so by the Israeli police. The announcement was made that it was for “security reasons” but no synagogues were closed that day. The church has a long history of remaining open even during two World Wars so the explanation was doubtful.
Denial of the Church to the people was so outrageous that even U.S. Ambassador to Israel, Mike Huckabee was critical. Huckabee is usually a spokesperson for the Israeli government and so his words stung a little. My understanding is that when Israeli authorities heard his mild rebuke they rescinded the order. I don’t know if that is true or not but in any event the Palm Sunday opportunity to minister to their worldwide congregations was lost.
Meanwhile back in America a couple of incidents happened this Holy Week that are worthy of note. A young professional basketball player named Jaden Ivey lost his job because of his refusal to remain silent in the face of what he considered intimidation by his team regarding its affiliation with the LGBTQ community of activists and especially Pride Month celebrated in America in June.
Jaden was raised in a basketball family and I guess it is in his DNA because his mother is currently the head coach of the Notre Dame women’s basketball team. He had a stellar college career and was drafted by the Detroit Pistons where he spent several seasons. He also was selected to play on the U.S. national junior team. In February of this year, he was traded to the Bulls where he played in 4 games before suffering a season ending knee injury.
He started to speak out against what he considered to be forced imposition of the LGBTQ agenda within the NBA. He said as a committed Christian he considered it “unrighteous.” He said a few other things such as he thought Catholicism to be a false religion. He made all these comments on his private twitter account but if you are an NBA player nothing you say is private so the Bulls quickly released him. To their credit they didn’t try to lie and say it was because of injury, etc. They announced the reason as conduct detrimental to the team which triggers a clause in his contract that permits them not to pay him his contract balance.
So, they are, in effect, saying that expressing one’s Christian faith is conduct detrimental to the team. The problem for Jaden is that with a knee injury no one will sign him until they see proof of complete recovery so he should consider filing suit for religious discrimination and recovery of the balance of his contract. My guess is that on the contract at least, they would pay him.
So, Christians are not welcome in the NBA or at least no vocal ones. It would be some justice if no Christians bought tickets or watched the team on TV so we will see. People voice their disapproval but nothing will change until we stop buying tickets.The Christian persecution, so evident in the NBA has also infected the NFL. Yes that’s right the mighty NFL bends its knee to the even mightier LGBTQ lobby. It seems that Jaden had some friends in the NFL who knew him and who respected his Christian faith.
A player named Treveyon Henderson with the New England Patriots chimed in on his friend’s behalf. “Blessed are those who are persecuted for righteousness’s sake for theirs is the kingdom of heaven, Mathew 5:10.” Well that created quite a stir and in his required news conference New England Coach Mike Vrabel was asked about it. He made a long statement about how much he liked and respected Treveyon and how we want them, meaning players I guess, to be able to express themselves but we want them to be “educated.” My guess is that Treveyon’s education matches up quite well with his coach so I submit that what he really meant was reeducated. Perhaps the NFL is trying to bend to Communist China as the NBA has done. I understand they do some reeducating in North Korea as well. The Germans used to call it “ideological education.” So, Coach Vrabel is in good company when he wants his player to be educated.
There seems to be a growing number of players across professional sports who are Christian and more and more are willing to say it publicly, but it is very obvious that their leagues and this modern immoral society would prefer that they remain silent. Well, this is Easter weekend and I’m paraphrasing now but when Jesus rode into Jerusalem and the people cheered for him didn’t the Pharisees say rebuke your disciples and then he replied If they remain silent the stones along the rode will praise me.
Finally, folks, I bring this Good Friday Castle Report to an end with a statement, just a feeling really and that feeling is that there is something going on in this world now that is different. Not just the open persecution of Christians or the obvious belief that the persecution is OK or even desirable, but the fact that this Mideast war seems different. The major religions of the world are looking at it from different positions and they see it through different books but they are saying this might be what our book has been pointing to.
The Restoration of Liberty would help though.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about war and the President’s statement that it is basically over and we won. Is that statement true and what are the most recent developments in Iran.
Transcription / Notes
THE WAR HAS BEEN WON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of March in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about war today and the President’s statement that it is basically over and we won. Is that statement true and what are the most recent developments in Iran.
What is war but the most horrific thing in which a country, a people, can engage. It is killing on an industrialized scale and from the carpet-bombing campaigns of WWll to the guided munitions of today it is about killing. It is the young men of a country being ordered by the old men of that country to kill the young men of another country but they kill everybody, men, women, little schoolgirls, everybody. Unless done for purely defensive purposes it is immoral and unconscionable. Was Iran an imminent threat to the U.S. No case for that has been made as far as I know. Joe Kent, Counterterrorism Director said there was no imminent threat and his boss, Tulsi Gabbard, refused to state under oath that she knew of such a threat.
Well, last weekend the President said he had quite enough of the Iranian closure of the Strait of Hormuz and its impact of the world’s economies, it’s rapid increase in the price of fuel and the price of everything here in the U.S., and its downward effect on his poll numbers. He gave the Iranians 48 hours to open the Strait or he would destroy their power system by attacking power plants.
Apparently, the new Supreme Leader of Iran was not amused nor was he in a mood to accept the threats. It appears to me that President Trump is desperate to end America’s part of this war with some kind of deal, any kind of deal that would free up the flow of oil. The new leader, Mr. Khamenei, has suffered enough he most likely thought, so why should he voluntarily end the President’s suffering.
His father, his mother, his sister, his nephew and his brother-in-law were all killed by the U.S./Israeli military. His father was not only the Supreme Leader of Iran, but he was also the spiritual leader of his faith that being Shia Islam. So, let bygones be bygones the Americans said to him just move on there’s nothing to see here so let’s move on. He was not going to submit meekly to the threats and he said that if the U.S. attacks his energy, he would attack energy infrastructure all around the gulf.
Once again the bible speaks to us and says, you reap what you sow. I am not sure right now who is in charge in Iran, of the speaking to diplomats or of the Iranian military because supposed leadership and armed forces leadership are often different. Americans play similar games because Trump is saying the war is over and we won and at the same time diplomats are begging to negotiate while the Israelis are still attacking. That, I suppose, is just psychological gamesmanship.
Here’s a quote from Iran’s armed forces spokesman. “We are watching your cowardly officials and commanders, pilots and wicked soldiers. From now on, based on the information we have on you, the promenades, resorts and tourist and entertainment centers in the world will not be safe.”
The U.S. warned Americans across the world to exercise increased caution. So, was this a threat to the start of another worldwide terrorism campaign against Americans amusing themselves. Well, perhaps because that’s the sound of it to me. Did he mean only the resorts in the Middle East such as those in Dubai or did he mean worldwide such as those in the U.S. Time will tell I guess but it was an ominous threat. Americans residing in Iraq were warned to leave immediately as well.
Then we heard that Mr. Trump had decided to postpone the attacks for five days while negotiations were ongoing. It gets really confusing at this point because we are told that chief negotiator, Steve Wittkoff and Jared Kushner, the President’s son-in-law, were at a point where a partial deal was in place pending further negotiating. The Iranians said that no deal was in place and further they would not speak to Wittkoff and Kushner anymore. If any further talking which had not occurred were to be done only J.D. Vance and Marco Rubio would be acceptable.
I understand why they prefer Vance because for one thing he is Vice-President and for another he has been sidelined through all this and my guess is that he was opposed to the attacks in the first place. Trump has made many statements about offered solutions to the Strait including joint U.S. and Iranian control of it but recently he offered a 15-point peace plan to end the war. He once again said he would unleash hell if the plan was not accepted.
The plan went something like this; without giving you all 15 points, the Strait would be opened immediately and remain open. Iran would reject nuclear weapons forever and cease enrichment of uranium. Iran would allow international inspections and abide by their decisions. Iran would restrict its missiles to the short-range defense only type and would immediately cease attacks around the region and would cease attacks through its various terrorist proxies.
The U.S. would do its part by ceasing its bombing campaign and the U.S. would assist Iran with development of peaceful nuclear energy. Washington says it wants a framework agreement for a ceasefire until details can be negotiated over a period of a month. So, we are given some hope that the bloodshed might end soon, but as usual those hopes were dashed very quickly. Last Wednesday Iran completely rejected the 15-point plan and said it would not negotiate. Instead, it would run the Gulf shipping lanes along with its proxies in the area. Iran offered its own five-point plan in response most of which has zero chance of acceptance. They want the U.S. to fix or pay for the damage it caused in Iran.
Iran continues attacks inside Israel and continues to attack Gulf States friendly to the U.S. Reportedly Bibi Netanyahu has urged Trump to not make a deal until all the Mullahs are gone from Iran. I have even seen a report that Mr. Bin Salman down in Saudi Arabia has joined Israel in that urging. Iran’s response is one of anger from their armed forces while diplomats pretend to talk.
“Someone like us will not come to terms with someone like you” the IRGC spokesman says. Trump says we are in negotiations right now, but the Iranians, officially anyway, say no we are not so go figure.
In the meantime, the U.S. is not acting as if this war is ending soon. The Saudi report also said that U.S. ground troops should be used to remove the Mullahs from power. Notice I said U.S. ground troops not Saudi ground troops. The U.S. has a Marine Expeditionary Unit on its way to the Gulf onboard an LPH. There is normally between 2500 and 5000 Marines in such a unit. This week about 3000 members of the 82nd airborne division have deployed to the Middle East. This historic division which jumped into occupied France prior to the D-Day landings in 1944 contains some of the best troops in the U.S. military.
Trump says that he is confidant he is dealing with the right people. I know one thing he usually doesn’t bluff so these Marines and airborne troops are rather ominous to me and it is starting to take on an Armageddon type of vibe. The importance of all this to the world’s economies is enormous. Aside from the bloodshed and destruction the Gulf and its Strait connect the oil rich nations of the Persian Gulf to the rest of the world and about 30% of the world’s oil passes through that Strait every day. For some nations, such as China, the percentage is higher.
Many other nations are very concerned about how the closure of the Strait effects their economies. India said it plans to deploy five warships near the Gulf to protect its interests. England, France, and Germany have all sent warships to the region but the British Navy is apparently not what it used to be. I guess it has been allowed to deteriorate because to this point the UK could only muster one out of date destroyer to contribute. In fact, listen to a few words from a recent article in European Business Magazine.
“For over 300 years, Lloyd’s of London has underwritten maritime insurance for the tankers and cargo ships that carry the world’s oil, gas, and goods. Its dominance over the Strait of Hormuz, the narrow chokepoint through which approximately 30% of the world’s seaborne oil supply passes represented one of the most quietly powerful financial monopolies in history. Control the insurance, and you control who can sail. Control who can sail, and you control the flow of energy that powers the global economy.”
That article is really telling us that the 300-year imperial world order has changed and that created a vacuum and as we know power abhors a vacuum. Into that vacuum stepped the U.S. Navy offering the protection that insurance underwrites. The British Crown’s 300-year-old chokehold on global energy insurance has been severed by the U.S. when the UK got cold feet at the wrong moment. America now controls the physical protection of the most critical oil shipping lanes and the world knows it. The world order has indeed been changed on purpose or by accident it has changed.
I wonder if the UK prime minister, Keir Starmer, is embarrassed by this development. My guess is that he is but he seems to have no idea about what to do. He is in the middle of a terrible scandal involving close associates of the PM and the Epstein files. He has a lot of Muslim voters in his country now so he doesn’t want to be seen as supporting Donald Trump and I suppose that contributed to the embarrassing decline of the British Navy which can’t even protect its own base in Cyprus.
In conclusion, world order has changed for certain. Is Trump that smart and just playing 3 or 4d chess while the world plays checkers. I don’t know the answer to that but I know that American dead to this point numbers about 15. About 290 have been wounded and about 255 of those have returned to duty and 10 are in very serious condition. Can we trust the Iranians to keep a deal they agree to with the U.S. while Israel just sits fuming and waiting. Can we trust the Mullahs not to murder the tens of thousands of protesters they know about and who trusted the U.S. to remove their regime. No, is my answer to all of that.
Finally, folks, did the U.S./Israeli war machine kill the new Supreme Leader’s father, mother, sister, nephew and brother-in-law. My research indicates that the answer is yes and if so what does that say about the prospects of peace. Would you make peace if you were him or would you say no we will fight to the last drop of blood. Yes, me too. Does the last drop of revenge include atomic weapons in the hands of terrorists. I pray that it does not.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Today, Friday, March 20, 2026, Darrell Castle talks about the resignation of Joe Kent as Director of the National Counterterrorism Center and especially about the ramifications of the letter he publicly released explaining his resignation.
Transcription / Notes:
GOODBYE JOE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about the resignation of Joe Kent as Director of The National Counterterrorism Center and especially about the ramifications of the letter he publicly released explaining his resignation.
Yes, Joe is gone and I for one will miss him in government because he was not afraid to ask questions and to encourage legitimate investigations into things which didn’t make sense from the official government explanation. First, let’s take a brief look at who he is and how he became Director of Counterterrorism.
He was born April 11, 1980, so next month he will be 46 years old. He enlisted in the U.S. Army after 9-11 and made it through Ranger School where he served with the 75th Rangers. He requested special forces where he spent his 20-year army career. He served 11 combat tours in the Middle East wars. In 2018 he left the army and became a paramilitary operative for the CIA. He was married to Shannon and they had two children. She was also a military officer and a navy cryptologist and in 2019 while serving in Syria she was killed by a suicide bomber.
If the loss of Shannon was as devastating for him as it would have been for me it’s easy to see why he left military service and tried to enter politics. He ran for the U.S. Congress in 2022 and 2024 winning the Republican primary but losing to the Democrat in his Washington district. He voted for George Bush in 2000 and 2004 but then became more of a Libertarian and supporter of Ron Paul. I thought of him in Libertarian and Ron Paul terms while I was dabbling in politics myself.
He liked the anti-globalist, antiestablishment message of Donald Trump and after Trump’s election in 2024 He eventually served as chief of staff to the Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard. In July 2025 he was appointed Director of the Counterterrorism Center but from the start he had difficulties. I suppose that being on the inside of government exposes one to things that you either accept as part of the team or you become a pain in the butt to those who do. Joe made statements in favor of harsh views of Iran such as if it were up to me I would just take them out so something changed over the course of that year in his views.
Well, Joe concluded that a foreign government was somehow complicit in the death of Charlie Kirk and he encouraged Tulsi, his boss, to look into it. When Kash Patel, the director of the FBI found out that Joe was doing that he took him off the President’s Daily Briefing group and he disappeared for a while. He, like Charlie, lobbied the President to resist the advice to go to war with Iran. Whether Joe was correct with the opinions he expressed in his resignation letter, or not it seems now that going to war with Iran was not a very good idea.
Why, because you can bomb them ala Curtis Lemay, back to the stone age and they will just crawl out of the rubble and fire ballistic and drone missiles at the ships passing through the Strait of Hormuz.
Ground invasion of Iran is impossible because of the terrain and size of the place but I just read where a Marine Expeditionary Force has boarded an LPH in Japan on its way to the Persian Gulf. I spent some time on LPH ships a little over 50 years ago so I know what those Marines are probably tasked with. The H stands for helicopters and that means the old days of Marines climbing down rope ladders to the landing craft are over. Everything is done by helicopter insertion and you need air superiority for that. I guess they have that except for the danger of some Iranian waiting in a spider hole with a man portable missile.
Reports are that the Strait is about 90% closed to international shipping and it is damaging the world economy severely. The President calls on our former European allies but most decline as does NATO. Why would NATO decline to help keep the Strait open since they need the oil as much as anyone. I have a book in my library entitled Statesmen of the Lost Cause. It’s about the southern politicians of the Civil War of course, but it reminds me of the NATO refusal because those countries view it as a lost cause or a fool’s errand.
The Europeans apparently view it as a lost cause but I do not because I know what the U.S. military can do especially when things look bad. The Europeans are certainly qualified to speak on lost causes because their entire bureaucracy known as the EU plus UK is a lost cause. They celebrate St. Patrick’s Day in Dublin but third world immigration has destroyed the cohesion of the Irish people. What they are really afraid of and angry about is that Donald Trump refuses to bend his knew to their global government run by unelected bureaucrats in Brussels.
However folks once again it seems that Ron Paul has been proven to have been correct in his warnings. “This is surely one of the worst military disasters in U.S. history. There are no military options available beyond the unthinkable, the use of nuclear weapons. The only viable option that remains is one that was often urged in the Vietnam War: Just get out. Now! No return to U.S. bases, no security guarantees to Gulf States. End the U.S. empire in the Middle East and elsewhere. If not, it’s only going to get worse.”
Well, amen Doctor Paul but now let’s take a look at what Joe said in his letter of resignation. I won’t quote the entire letter but I will just give the paragraphs that have upset so many in the war/uniparty.
“I cannot in good conscience support the ongoing war in Iran. Iran posed no imminent threat to out nation, and it is clear that we started this war due to pressure from Israel and its powerful American lobby.”
To counter that statement the administration relies on Press Secretary Karoline Leavitt who said his Israel pressure accusation was a false narrative started by Democrats and the liberal media. “As President Trump has clearly and explicitly stated, he had strong and compelling evidence that Iran was going to attack the U.S. first. “
Yes Karoline we heard that explanation clearly from Secretary of State Marco Rubio who told us that if Israel attacked first Iran would attack U.S. interests and we knew Israel was going to attack. I would call your statement more in the nature of an admission than proof of a lie.
From Joe’s letter: “Early in this administration, high-ranking Israeli officials and influential members of the American media deployed a misinformation campaign that wholly undermined your America First platform and sowed pro-war sentiments to encourage a war with Iran. This echo chamber was used to deceive you into believing that Iran posed an imminent threat to the United States, and that you should strike now, there was a clear path to a swift victory. This was a lie and is the same tactic the Israelis used to draw us into the disastrous Iraq war that cost our nation the lives of thousands of our best men and women. We cannot make this mistake again.”
Well, Karoline responded by giving us a long list of threatening things Iran did and said before the attacks started. I say in response that Iran did not have two carrier battle groups deployed against the United States and it did not have strategic bombers such as the stealth bombers and the old but reliable B-52’s.
The toothpaste is out of the tube now and things are being said that cannot be unsaid. This statement by a counterterrorism official is an open challenge to U.S. war justification and it has brought down on Joe’s head the kind of attacks one might expect. If you are critical of Israel or of U.S. military efforts on Israel’s behalf that makes you anti-semantic in today’s media world. The last report I saw about Joe was that he is currently being investigated for being a Nazi.
Joe Kent is a 20-year military veteran of U.S. special forces and as he puts it a gold star husband. His wife, Shannon, a navy cryptologist was killed in in Syria by a suicide bomber in 2019. Everything he said in his letter seems true to me. I am certainly no insider but it looks obvious in the absence of conflicting evidence that his portrayal of the situation is accurate.
Still, it seems irresponsible to write and publicize such a letter. I wonder if he could have gone to his superiors in private instead of this public letter while his country has troops in harm’s way. Oh, but he said he did do that by going to Tulsi and Vice President J.D. Vance both of whom apparently agree with him. Perhaps that is why they seem to have been sidelined while Marco Rubio who is Secretary of State, not National Security Director or Vice President always seems to be out front. He told them he was going to resign but I don’t know if he told them he would make it public. I’m guessing but my guess is that he got nowhere by making his views to those above him in private so he decided to go public.
In conclusion: His letter seems very close to giving aid and comfort to the enemy while his country is at war. This is a very difficult decision and one I’m sure he gave a lot of thought. Those of you old enough to remember Vietnam might remember the same controversy with the Pentagon Papers but this letter is far worse because it is an accusation of massive death by mistake and deception. Another phrase I remember from Vietnam is my country right or wrong. Apparently Joe couldn’t take it anymore and had to let us know.
Joe’s letter could have devastating effects on the mid terms as well as 2028. Could it be just raw political positioning i.e. those on record as opposing the war win and those who supported it lose. I suppose it’s possible but time will tell.
Finally, folks, goodbye Joe you gotta go because the truth cannot live in the government today. One could extrapolate what Joe said and if one’s conclusion is that he was accurate in his letter thoughts might go to mass murder but we certainly don’t want to go there with our own government.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the fact, proven over centuries, that war is easy to start but hard to get out of and if one gets out, the continuing effects exist long into the future.
Transcription / Notes
THE SHELF LIFE OF THE IRANIAN WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 13th day of March in the year of our Lord 2026. Once again my beat is war and Friday the 13th seems like a good day to talk about something so unpleasant. I will be talking about the fact, proven over centuries, that war is easy to start but hard to get out of and if one gets out the continuing effects exist long into the future.
Yes, this is Friday the 13th once again and we are only two days from the Ides of March which was the date of Julius Ceasar’s assassination on 15 March 44 BC. He was born in 100 BC so by my rough calculations that would make him 2126 years old today. Why talk about Ceasar more than 2000 years after his death, because he has been the gold standard for leaders who became emperors since then. Emperors in Rome, for example, continued to be called Ceasar after his death and today we ask as did Shakespear, upon what meat doth this our Ceasar feed that he has grown so strong.
Our Ceasar today has certainly grown strong. But I submit that his meat is money and especially oil. Reports say that the U.S. has borrowed more than $50 billion per month for the last 5 months and that this war is costing in excess of $1 billion per day. The more important problem is oil and how much does it cost. The price of oil at the pump for the American consumer is what will determine if the U.S. can stay at war indefinitely or will have to declare victory and come home. It’s really hard to just come home when you have demanded unconditional surrender in an undeclared war.
Gas prices have accelerated but there are still a few desperation moves to temporarily moderate them. For the average American rising gas prices mean lowered standard of living because the real effect is similar to a cut in pay. The employer doesn’t increase wages because it costs more to get to work so you have a lower standard of living and lowered optimism. Oil effects virtually everything price wise because everything has to be made or harvested and transported and that drives up the cost of living for each American.
Iran is a major source of oil for the world or at least it was. Iran was a major supplier of oil to China with about 45% of China’s 11 million barrels per day of imports passing through the Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz. That Strait is now closed by Iranian mines and anti-ship missiles. The administration has made it clear that the Iranian navy and air force are no more so this closing is a little hard to understand. Reports stated that the U.S. Navy sank 10 or 11 mine layers earlier this week so my question is why not sink them before they laid the mines.
The end of Iranian oil has created opportunities for others to step up production which I imagine has made Russia and Vladimir Putin quite happy. The world price of oil is rising rapidly which puts money into Rusia for domestic use and to prosecute the Ukrainian war. Trump is very aware of the effect of rising oil prices on his poll numbers and on the upcoming mid-term elections so he has taken steps to alleviate it. He and Mr. Putin had what was described as a very good call on the 9th and Russia has been freed from sanctions to sell its oil on the world market. It will be a little higher in price for China than the cheap Iranian oil but nevertheless it will help. Trump is also freeing up several million barrels from the strategic petroleum reserve something he criticized Biden for doing to help his poll numbers.
China has to be hurting from all this war and oil strangulation because reports are that about 90% of Chinese oil came from Venezuela, Iran and Russia and now only Russia is left. Perhaps telling China that it will no longer get energy from the Western Hemisphere or from U.S. allies is the point of the war. That is just speculation on my part but with the attack on the cartels in collaboration with other South and Latin American countries it makes sense. Rising energy prices will be hard for China’s export driven economy to absorb because it makes all their exports less affordable worldwide. Trump is scheduled to travel to China later this month to meet with Xi Jinping so we’ll see how that goes.
So, as the title of this Castle Report suggests the U.S. and Israel need to end the war before prices in the U.S. rise so much they effect public support for the administration. There are many events from war that can be hidden or censored from the public but it is hard to hide price increases at the pump. Casualties can be hidden to a certain extent for example getting real casualty figures has been close to impossible so far. We learned this week that at least 8 Americans and today 4 crewmen in a refueling tanker died so 12 are now dead and about 150 wounded. Some of those are gravely wounded with brain injuries and burns and may not recover. Those numbers have been censored but they leak out so accurate or not, we can’t be certain.
The other thing that is easier to censor from Americans is damage to infrastructure and casualty figures from others targeted because they host Americans. The U.S. bases and embassies in several of the Gulf States including Saudi Arabia have been seriously damaged by missile and drone attacks. In addition, the attacks have hit infrastructure and civilians which have nothing to do with Americans.
These problems are much harder to solve because no one seems to know who is currently in charge in Iran. The Supreme Leader is dead and his son was appointed in his place. He might be dead or wounded but for some reason he seems to no longer be in charge. The very religious and new Islamic supreme leader apparently owns about $140 million of prime real estate in London’s billionaire row. Does he control the military, the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps or (IRGC) and if not who does. There are indications that no one does and the IRGC is acting on orders of individual officers. That would explain why the new leader apologizes to the Arab states which Iran attacked and said it was a mistake which would not be repeated. The attacks continued after his apology as if it had not been made.
The U.S. cost of living and that of the world for that matter is why the Strait of Hormuz seems likely to be the deciding point of the length of U.S. involvement. A war of conquest with a ground invasion of Iran would probably be long, bloody, and very expensive and therefore can’t happen. Oh, wait I’m sorry I mean it can’t happen if there are rational, non-insane people making the decisions. The key to the war, then, is the battle to keep the Strait open and with it the flow of oil. Air power can probably destroy the IRGC and that should make it somewhat easier, but we have known since the end of World War ll that air power alone will not make determined people give up their homeland.
The options then seem to me to be destroy the IRGC very quickly, which may or may not be possible, somehow get a new regime into power which can control them and which also may not be possible, or just fight it out however long it takes in the Strait. I guess some combination of all three is also possible. I am certain that Trump wants out of this mess, but I doubt if the Israelis do.
He held a meeting this week with the heads of various defense firms and told them to ramp up production of missiles both cruise and Patriot air defense missiles so the U.S. is running low. The Iranians answer by making 100,000 suicide drones at $20,000 each instead of the multi-million missiles to attempt to shoot them down. The Iranian tactic seems to be the rope-a-dope whereby the U.S. fires all its missiles then the Kamikaze drones counterattack. People tried to warn Trump but apparently he wasn’t listening or had bad advisers as well.
My own view, and this is pure speculation on my part, is that Trump believes that World Warlll has already started but it is a cold war right now pitting many forces against each other. We have what Reagan called the axis of evil consisting of China, Russia, Venezuela, Iran and North Korea. Two of those are gone and the rest are nuclear armed. Trump is apparently trying to cozy up to Putin which I imagine makes Xi a little nervous.
Then we have the forces of the European global elite as managed by the World Economic Forum and its great reset of global bureaucracy and its unelected world government. Opposing those we have the American way of individual nation states living in freedom so that seems like the battle to me.
In conclusion, I remember the wise words of a man I once heard say that if I am proud of anything about my life I am proudest of my humility. Well, I echo that now and admit that I know very little firsthand just what logic and research produce so I use my best guess powered by some experience. I know from history that the Middle East contains a lot of people with long memories. Apparently they are still settling disputes that happened over 1000 years ago.
Finally, folks, children don’t start wars they just die in them. It is a terrible thing to go to war and this one seems especially brutal. It appears that this attack was unprovoked and that makes it even sadder. I pray that it ends soon.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the war, declared by President Trump, against the nation of Iran. Does he have Constitutional authority to declare war; why would he do so; and what does it mean?
Transcription / Notes
PRESIDENT TRUMP DECLARES WAR AGAINST IRAN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of March in the year of our Lord 2026. My beat is war today and war is obviously the most important story in the world right now as President Trump, unilaterally it seems, decided to make war against a nation that apparently had not harmed the U.S. and was not a threat to the U.S.
Why then did President Trump do it. I’ll give my thoughts on that but first let’s look at what he did. The U.S. spent a few months building up forces in the Middle East region while negotiating or pretending to negotiate a settlement. The U.S. demands became increasingly more difficult for the Iranians to comply with including give up the use of peaceful nuclear power except for medical purposes. Surrender all enriched uranium that you currently possess and allow international inspection. Give up all offensive missiles and drones. Cease all support for your terrorist proxies across the region. Finally, you must change your head of state and give up your oppressive theocratic government.
Well, those are some bitter pills for a sovereign country to swallow and some people believe they were designed to lure the Iranians into complacency while a serious attack was always the plan. The battle forces assembling in the region would have said to me were I head of state in Iran, prepare for serious war. I would have made defensive preparations such as moving my leadership and especially myself to a safe area. Iran didn’t do that and with the Ayatollah’s rejection of the peace proposal on Friday, he was dead within 24 hours.
Once again, the U.S. war machine and the high-tech war fighting ability of the U.S. are amazing and a demonstration for the world. Two carrier battle groups including the largest warship in the world. Two hundred fighter jets which, by the way, cost $10,000 for each hour of flight operations so if they were all in the air at once which they often were, that’s $2 million per hour. The last time I looked these figures up it cost about $25 million per day to keep a carrier battle group at sea and in-flight ops. Fifty thousand U.S. personnel, we are told, are currently engaged in combat.
Six U.S. soldiers are known dead having been killed in Kuwait from an Iranian missile or drone strike. It seems that the Iranians misread he reactions of their neighbors because they reacted by attacking everyone in the region, thus driving the entire region into a military alliance with the U.S. The U.S. at the time of this recording has launched over 2000 sorties against Iran and the Iranians have fired over 500 missiles and over 2000 drones about 10% of which get through,. Iran attacked U.S. bases and civilian targets in countries including Israel, The Gulf Arab States, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, and Iraq. Only one has been fired at Turkey even though the U.S. has bases in Turkey. These figures don’t consider the Israeli attacks which were, of course supplied by the U.S. for the most part. The arrangement was apparently that Israel would attack command and control systems and assassinate personnel including the head of state while the U. S. attacked the ability of Iran to retaliate with missiles and drones.
So, does the President of the United States have the Constitutional authority to take the nation to war. My short answer is no but ever since the Korean War the U.S has held the view that as Commander-in-Chief the President can constitutionally command the military to do what he wants but that is not my view and it was not the view of the founders. Commander-in-chief means that once war is declared by congress he runs it. Our system of government does not allow one individual to put the entire population at risk by unilaterally and individually making war.
What about the War Powers Resolution passed in 1973 which gives the President authority to commit troops to battle anywhere in the world for 90 days without congressional approval. Anyway, he said he briefed the 8 leaders of congress known as the gang of 8. My opinion is that the War Powers Resolution is unconstitutional. No one seems to care anymore what that document says or what it means and very few want to be limited by its words. So, to prevent the restraint it requires, congress passed a resolution essentially amending it and as I said that is unconstitutional.
However, I admit that the resolution is what he used and even though it is misused and misapplied it gives him a pretty good argument for unlimited power. Most in congress will no longer argue that the President does not have authority to do what he has done. So, having looked at what he did now we ask why he did it. Part of the answer was the usual i.e. the Iranians are terrible people who arrest a protester and hang him the next day. Prison guards routinely rape virgin girls who are arrested by the moral police because they believe that when they murder the girls they will be barred from heaven.
Most of the explanation he gave had to do with nuclear weapons. Although just a few months ago he “obliterated” their nuclear program they were, he said, rebuilding it. The International Atomic Energy Agency of the UN said that Iran was enriching to 60% and only nuclear armed countries did that. Iran was supplying the whole hostile world including Russia with drone and missile technology. My understanding is that Iran’s hypersonic technology came from China. There is an elephant in the room that he did not mention and that is Israel. This entire war is so obviously at the behest of Israel that I can’t understand why the U.S. is not a little humiliated by it. Netanyahu said publicly that what Israel and the U.S. are doing is something he has dreamed of doing for 40 years.
The real reason diplomacy could not work was not any of the things listed but something Marco Rubio announced to reporters on Monday.
“It was abundantly clear that if Iran came under attack by anyone, the United States or Israel, or anyone, they were going to respond and respond against the United States. We knew there was going to be an Israeli action, we knew that would precipitate an attack on American forces, and we knew that if we didn’t preemptively go after Iran before Israel launched those attacks, we would suffer higher casualties.”
So, if you reason this out and apply logic the reason we attacked Iran, killed many civilians, destroyed much infrastructure was that if we hadn’t our ally would have gone rogue and launched its own war thus exposing the U.S. to much higher casualties. In that sense, then operation Epic Fury was an act of self-defense, against Israel. The nation of Israel puts Israel first so I wonder why the U.S. won’t do the same.
Why won’t U.S. leaders tell our ally you launch your jets which you got from us and you will lose all American support and all-American bases in the Middle East or you can restrain your murderous impulses and remain our ally. The answer to that question probably explains the whole war but who knows the answer for sure. Maybe the answer is in the Epstein files but who knows. I know that when JFK gave Israel a firm no on their development of nuclear weapons he didn’t live long and LBJ quickly reversed his decision.
So, whatever the relationship between U.S. presidents and Israeli leaders throughout Israel’s history President Trump is inclined to listen to Bibi and neocons in America rather than his Maga base. He promised the Maga people he would not start another disastrous, stupid, pointless, and very costly Middle East war but here we are. It appears that for the second time in President Trump’s second term he used negotiations as a cover for a decision already made to go to war. Launching a military strike during negotiations could have the long-lasting effect of destroying trust in U.S. diplomacy so it’s risky.
Another reason for this that I admit is not obvious but this attack is an attack on China and Russia as well as the other BRICS. The U.S. does not want WWlll in the traditional sense because in today’s nuclear world that would result in a worldwide catastrophe with no winners, only losers. Instead, today’s war is about trade, money, commerce, etc. Who gets to run the world order of today. World orders come and go and they have throughout the centuries. In fact, the world order that emerged in 1648 formed by the Peace of Westphalia or the treaty by that name makes the most sense to me. It lasted It ended the 30 years war in which Europe was devastated and starving. It lasted from 1648 to 1803 when it was destroyed by Nepoleon. The treaty involved much of old Europe including the Holy Roman Empire and it allowed a world in which nations agreed they would stop unprovoked attacks on each other and would not assassinate each other’s leaders. It brought peace and allowed the people of Europe to prosper and be fed again.
Eventually, world orders and peace agreements always break down into violence and bloodshed. Today, the new order of the world is trying to form and it has devolved into proxy wars, economic wars, cyber wars, biological wars, sabotage wars, and information wars. Russia and China resent U.S. dominance and attempt to topple it while the U. S. will hold it by any means necessary.
In conclusion, I don’t know anything about this war for certain but I try to use logic to make the best guess possible. I know that China has stopped export of oil and gas and restricted its domestic use. China imports 11 million barrels per day 45% of which comes through the gulf. Perhaps Chinese tankers could buy the new U.S. provided insurance thus bypassing Lloyds of London which has run shipping for over 100 years. Could that result in a new U.S., China, Russia alliance, who knows.
Finally, folks, I close with the words of Ron Paul now 90 years old but as wise as ever. “Here’s a plan: End this today. Return the destroyed U.S. bases to the countries where they are located. And just come home. That is what a real “America First” movement looks like.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the State of the Union Address by reviewing a few of the things President Trump said and the reaction of his opponents, as well as providing a Constitutional response.
Transcription / Notes
SOTU – A RESPONSE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of February in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the State of the Union Address delivered last Tuesday by President Donald Trump. I will comment on a few of the things he said and on the reaction of his opponents to those things and then I will do what I am often asked to do and that is give a Constitutional response.
The President spoke for almost two hours the longest speech in SOTU history. He spoke mostly about the achievements of his second term and he mentioned that America is entering a golden age. He emphasized patriotism and heroes and he invited many of them to the speech including the gold medal winning men’s Olympic hockey team.
According to the reports I’ve seen more than 70 Democrats chose not to attend the speech but most of them did and they exercised their choice which was to set and glare straight ahead or occasionally to boo him. He noticed and called them out repeatedly for their failure to muster even the most basic bipartisanship in moments that should have been beyond partisan politics.
For example, the President invited “a woman who has been through hell,” Anya Zarutska, whose daughter Iryna fled war torn Ukraine only to be murdered on a train in Charlotte North Carolina. Yes, the killer had many past felonies only to be released on bail when he killed Iryna with a knife. The Democrats could not muster any energy to stand for her mother.
That was bad but not the worst moment for Democrats. He held them up for the whole country to see in their worst moment and they went for it. “One of the great things about the State of the Union is how it gives Americans the chance to see clearly what their representatives really believe. So, tonight, I’m inviting every legislator to join with my administration in reaffirming a fundamental principle. If you agree with this statement, then stand up and show your support. The first duty of the American government is to protect American citizens, not illegal aliens.”
Who, in good conscience could not agree with that statement and Republicans certainly did. They stood, clapped, and whistled for a full two minutes in a raw, spontaneous reaction, but the Democrats didn’t even move. Not a shuffle or even a courtesy clap, just nothing. He let that sink in for a moment then twisted the knife. “isn’t that a shame? You should be ashamed of yourselves, not standing up.”
I think people noticed as post speech polls indicated especially since illegal immigration was the most important issue of the 2024 election. His invitation to stand was not an attack on immigrants, nor was it hateful. Instead, it was a simple invitation to endorse common sense publicly. The American people elect and pay their leaders and in exchange for power and the honor of election those leaders must prioritize the needs of their constituents. It is the most basic social contract of the American government and it’s hard to see how anyone could not grasp it immediately.
However, I will point out that the theme transcends immigration. Whether you call it America first or you simply understand that we are all Americans and illegal immigrants especially murderers, torturers, and rapists are not, it is or should be a basic requirement of holding office. Washington is now filled with politicians who have agendas that take priority in their minds over Americans. Yes, for some its Ukraine first, for some its Somalia first, and for some perhaps even the President its Israel first.
Now, let me finalize this concept and attempt to link it to Constitutional government and what that would mean. My view is that anyone who thinks that there is a single group who should come ahead of Americans in the minds of officeholders should not be in politics. Let them get a job in Silicon Valley, but please stay away from politics. In reference to the Constitution, I want to say a few words about Iran and what appears to be steamrolling toward an extended war.
Like refusal to stand for the concept that American politicians should put the interests of Americans ahead of those of illegal immigrants, American politicians are bound by oath to the Constitution to oppose the drive to fight wars and attack other countries which have not harmed America in any way on behalf of others. This coming war is so obviously unconstitutional that I wonder if anyone in Washington even knows what it means anymore. I will also point out that if the U.S. Constitution is not enough for some of our globalist neo-con politicians, it is also a clear violation of the U.N. Charter which the U.S. signed in 1948.
The charter forbids attacking countries which have not harmed you and are not a threat to you but the U.S. has done that many times especially since 1991. A nation does not have to attack to violate the charter because even threats and intimidation are also forbidden. The threat to Iran of you have 10 days to comply with my demands or something very bad will happen to you is an obvious violation. The idea of I am much stronger than you and you have something I want so if you don’t give it to me I will take it by force is also an obvious violation.
I oppose an attack on Iran for many reasons and the Chairman of the Joint Chiefs, General Dan Caine apparently agrees with me. He has reportedly warned the President that an act of war against Iran carries significant risks including a prolonged conflict with high casualties. I understand that General Caine has the President’s respect so maybe his views will prevail over Bibi’s but I doubt it. Rumors abound that on one of Bibi’s six visits to the Trump White House he threatened the President with what is known as the Samson option. In other words, it you don’t do this thing for me I will bring down the entire temple by attacking Iran with nuclear weapons. There can be no reasonable doubt at this point that the coming war is for the purpose of greater Israel. If you don’t believe me I invite you to listen to Tucker Carlson’s interview with Ambassador Mike Huckabee conducted in Israel about a week ago. In that interview Huckabbe essentially admitted it and said it would be OK.
Back to honoring the U.S. Constitution I have spent 37 years of my life defending it along with Western Civilization itself. I now have no confidence that the battle can be won. In other words, it appears that I lost the battle and a return to Constitutional government is impossible. As you probably know, I was a presidential candidate for the Constitution Party and I knew then that by some chance if I was elected it would mean great sacrifice and possibly even death so let’s look at why I feel that way.
Politicians seek power to get ahead, and to use the near monopoly on violence the government has to achieve those goals. They become seekers of largesse, and there are other words to describe it, but they seek largesse and they exchange it for votes and for special treatment. Subsidies for certain industries are clear examples of this. The subsidies given to corn farmers require corn ethanol to be mixed with gasoline. Now the corn producers say they could not survive without that largesse and any corn state politician who seeks to cancel it better consider a new line of work.
The original ethanol requirement was to prevent global warming but the current President says it’s a hoax, but the subsidies continue. Subsidies, bailouts, welfare, giveaways, and other shakedowns are not only unconstitutional, but they are also normally unnecessary and inefficient. For example, tariffs are essentially subsidies for selected industries, paid for by price hikes on consumers. The largesse that tariffs represent are put in place to favor a select group of beneficiaries and disfavor everyone else.
Over time, the largesse builds up and becomes a huge drag on the economy. I grew up as a farmer’s kid and we kept pigs whose meat the pigs sacrificed to feed us through the winter. With so many piglets sucking their mama the sow, the poor sow grows weaker and weaker, A once healthy, dynamic sow goes into decline and stagnates but the pigs are so addicted they cannot stop sucking until their mother can no longer feed them. So, I tell you what is necessary if this empire is to be saved from the disaster that appears inevitable but word of warning if you actually tried to do these things you would probably not survive.
Empires have come and gone throughout history. They turn their money to trash by currency debasement, for example our own currency has lost 99.9% of its value relative to gold and we ask why things cost so much. Affordability crises they call it without any understanding of what actually causes it. Eventually, civil war and the struggle for remaining largesse destroys the empire and starvation and poverty are the result.
Old friend and economist Bill Bonner shares three essential things for a good beginning and I agree with Bill on all of them. So,” 1. protect the integrity of U.S. money and the money system. 2. Do not spend more than you take in, ever. This year revenue is projected at $4.9 trillion and spending is projected at $2 trillion more than that. 3. No wars, and I mean no wars that are not purely defensive.”
This sacrificial candidate and hopefully President should announce no more deficits ever. No tariffs, no sanctions, no printing money to pay the debt and no more inflation because a balanced budget is non-negotiable. To do this, abolish the FED immediately. You will have to cut $2 trillion in spending and people will not take kindly to that but rip the band aid off quickly. Take your case directly to the people and tell them look folks we may be the greatest nation in the history of the world but we are going broke. Someone has to do it and if not me who, if not now, when.
Explain to the voters that in fiscal year 2019 the $4.9 in revenue would have funded the entire government and it is going to again, this year. One other thing, this all depends on taking control of the military, industrial, intelligence, security, and spy complex so that must be done in conjunction. Remember the last President to attempt to control it was JFK. Never fear, just go on TV and tell the people why you are cutting $500 million from the war budget.
Finally, folks, what are the chances the people would support a President who was determined to save his country and return to the Constitution? So close to zero that they could safely be listed as zero.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the continuing saga of Jeffrey Epstein and what that saga means for the relationship between the global ruing elite and the people.
Transcription / Notes
EPSTEIN AND THE DESTRUCTION OF TRUST
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of February in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about the continuing saga of Jeffrey Epstein and what that saga means for the relationship between the global ruling elite and the people.
Yes, folks we are faced with a moral dilemma today and that dilemma is what to do when we find out that the ruling elite of the West, not just America but the West has completely abandoned the moral bedrock upon which the whole system is based. Western Civilization also known as Christian Civilization is based on a system of moral principles and if those principles are adhered to by everyone the system works and we can pass it on to our offspring.
Now that entire belief system has been turned upside down and destroyed and that is of great concern to me. The elite, and I will call them that for lack of a better word, but hopefully you know what I mean by that term. The elite know that their power is also based on moral authority which they don’t even believe exists. Their goal is to keep us from learning of their complete moral depravity because that might mean the end of their privileged and protected lives.
The elites understand that once their complete amorality is understood by the masses, the West, and especially America, loses its façade of moral superiority that has always anchored our lives. Their fear is that if they have no moral authority and we know it why should we have any. When that cynicism flows downhill and infects the general population there is nothing left to hold us together.
The sad and destructive part of all this is that we know for certain that it is not just a few very sick individuals as we have been led to believe but it goes much deeper than that. No, this pedophilia, to use a polite word, is a systematic, organized, and ritualized practice. These networks could only exist when backed by deep institutional protection. Political, police, judicial, and media, all cover for and protect them on a global scale.
These recent revelations have led people to believe that the entire system is rigged against them. They see their lives as akin to a sporting event in which the refs play for the other side and the goalposts are constantly moved. They believe their country and the West have been stolen by a few super rich individuals who get further and further ahead because they have gamed the system while the rest of us fall further and further behind. This all paints the picture of a rupture between the ruling elite and the people.
People have seen the level of horror that the files have revealed so far and they know that is only about half of it. They know in their hearts that elections will no longer solve their problems if they ever would. The level of distrust and anger among the people is and should be bipartisan. I am not the only one to see this picture because the ruling elite understand it as I do and they are a little afraid right now.
Their reaction is foot dragging, redactions, and lies about the files. The other day Pam Bondi said that we have seen the final release and there won’t be anymore and so we are moving on from this. Well, no Pam we are not moving on from this no matter how much you would like to. If you are ordered to redact the files and keep them hidden then honor, if there is any left, requires you to resign. I also heard the DOJ say that if these files were released unredacted it might cause the collapse of the system. Well, that’s a chance I am willing to take to clean the system because allowing it to continue as is simply cannot happen.
The administration seems to be taking the approach of trying to say OK folks we’ve been transparent and there’s nothing else to see here so move on. This is just a few sick individuals but we know them so that’s it. Humpty Dumpty, in other words as in the old nursery rhyme. I don’t think it will work here any better than it did hundreds of years ago.
Humpty Dumpty sat on a wall
Humpty Dumpty had a great fall
All the king’s horses and all the king’s men
Couldn’t put Humpty together again.
No, this system is broken and everybody knows it. The distance between the ruling elite and the people grows wider each day. In recent decades the economy has been changed or rigged if you prefer toward a debt-based financialized economy at the expense of the American dream. This has happened across the West as the system after the fall of the Soviet Union believed the thousands of years of nation states was at an end. From 1991 on the world would be a globalized trading bloc based on commerce rather than war and defense.
It didn’t work and all it seemed to accomplish was to destroy the poor and hollow out the middle class who were the backbone of the American dream. Just base everything on debt and worry about the interest later but huge cracks appeared in that system. Off shoring of manufacturing left nations dependent for critical resources such as antibiotics in the complete control of adversaries. Now, after seeing the total depravity in the files we realize who our leaders really are.
How can we be really sure of anything anymore. What is so fantastic is or was the belief that it can’t be believed or so depraved would never have happened. Would you believe me if I told you that Epstein was murdered by the very people on whose behalf the blackmail was committed. What if I told you that he is still alive as a lot of evidence points too.
Jimmy Dore on his podcast the other day put forward a lot of evidence that he is still alive. Evidence such as a guard saying a transport van took him away on a day they normally didn’t move prisoners and a day before he supposedly died. What about the director of the FBI and his top assistant telling Congress that he committed suicide when there is a lot of video evidence that he didn’t. Is it hard to believe that people who would rape a six-year-old child and worse commit murder to cover it and to allow their sadistic and depraved circle to continue.
We have some important names worth mentioning such as Les Wexner, founder of Victoria’s Secret, Bath and Body Works, Abercrombie and Fitch, and La senza among others. He is also suspected of connections with Massad. He gifted Epstein a $70 million mansion in Manhattan and a 7000 plus acre ranch in New Mexico among other things. He is now an unredacted co-conspirator but he said he was conned and just didn’t know.
Richard Branson of Virgin Group (catchy name huh) which has Virgin Records, airlines, trains and other things. He once emailed Epstein and said he could be there if Epstein brought his harem. Too many other horrific things to mention but a lot and I mean hundreds of emails with code words such as beef Jerky, pizza and grape soda, Tinkerbell which is the name Jes Staley former CEO of Barclay’s Group used for one of his victim. Oh, and I forgot Snow White, another big one. U.S. prosecutors are looking at Staley for rape and causing great bodily harm.
Andrew Windsor, the former prince was arrested yesterday so perhaps those who are facing prison will talk about the rest, we’ll see.
Finally, folks, we know some of who they are and some of what they have done and they know that we know but they also believe they are protected in their satanic ritual attacks on our children. From Hollywood to boardrooms to the great capitals, they seem to be corrupt, demonic, and satanic in ways we just couldn’t comprehend until now.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle shares his thoughts on those who seem caught up in the Epstein files and if correct, suggests that every system of power on earth is currently run by satanic pedophiles.
Transcription / Notes
THE DEVIL IS IN THE DETAILS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of February in the year of our Lord 2026. Friday the 13th and it is apparently a very unlucky day for some of those caught up in the Epstein files. Who is caught up in the files, just about everybody who is anybody it seems, all the rich and powerful, but as I said in the title the devil literally is in the details.
Yes, folks it is rather shocking to find that the whole world is run by satanic pedophiles but that is what the recent release of over 3 million documents that constitute about half of the Epstein files seem to be telling the world. Royal families torn apart, heads of state, cabinet secretaries, titans of banking and industry, owners of sports teams, ex-commissioners of sports leagues, but most of all billionaires were all very connected to Jeffrey Epstein. He connected them apparently through blackmail, greed, and money to his satanic pedophile circle of the most disgusting.
It is indeed unusual to find a politician of national status who was not enamored with Epstein and what he had to offer but not him. No, not the one man that many put all their hopes of catching in this net. The man they all wanted to be guilty, even demanded be guilty came out smelling like a rose. Orange Man Bad, President Donald J. Trump it seems was the whistle blower who called the police and said this woman is evil and Epstein is disgusting, get them out of here.
Last Monday, the DOJ unsealed a document which revealed that in 2006 Donald Trump called the police to report Epstein’s behavior. This woman, Ghislaine Maxwell is his procurer and an evil person you should look into her and I saw the way Epstein reacted around the teenage children of some of my guests so I threw him out. Well, good on you Mr. President, you are a lot of things, but apparently satanic pedophile is not one of them.
There are so many names in these files and it is all so sordid I won’t go over the whole mess which I’m sure you are familiar with by now. However, I have to mention a few names who are particularly bad. Bill Clinton, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor (formerly known as Prince Andrew), and perhaps the worst of all Bill Gates. Mr. Gates, with a net worth of hundreds of billions came out of this with his reputation shattered. For five consecutive years ending in 2019 I think, but maybe 2018 he was the most admired man on the planet. He was Time Magazine’s man of the year primarily because he was spending 10’s of billions pushing his vaccines around the world.
I saw him give a TED talk in the early 2000’s in which he openly said that his real goal was population reduction. I’m not talking about slowing the birthrate folks I’m talking about killing people. He said we could reduce the world’s population by 15% through vaccines but that was a drop in the bucket compared to what needed to be done. He built and sold vaccines around the world, in particular Africa, disguised as life savers but in reality life takers. He is therefore a mass murderer and guilty of crimes against humanity. When you really think about it he is one of the worst criminals in human history. His toady here in America, Tony Fauci, destroyed many lives, killed many people, injured many people, destroyed business and commerce, and they should be treated accordingly by the Justice system.
The system will pursue you to the ends of the earth for a $100 tax bill so we will see what it does with mass murderers. Now, Mr. Gates has already been punished to some degree by the loss of his reputation. I knew there was something going on when I heard him start fishtailing on the climate change is going to destroy the world scenario. He said he was mistaken and it is actually not catastrophic at all. I suppose he could have truthfully said climate change will not destroy the world because that’s my job.
Back on Pedo Island for a moment, Gates spent a lot of time with Epstein and even more time at Epstein’s Manhattan mansion. There was a constant stream of “schoolgirls” passing through the Manhattan home because countless emails described them as such. There is perhaps the most telling email of the millions in which Epstein emails himself about a request by Bill Gates, boy genius, founder of Microsoft, for antibiotics so he could secretly give them to his wife Melinda because he was afraid he would infect her with a sexually transmitted disease he caught from “those Russian girls.”
His personal assistant for many years, a man who had been the Gates right hand for decades said yes, he helped his boss deceive his wife Melinda, helped him set up liaisons with married women, but when the requests went criminal he resigned. If anything, good comes from this sordid mess perhaps it will be the destruction of this evil, mass murderer. I feel sorry for Melinda though. I am obviously completely opposite her politics but I ha to see her humiliated in such a way.
Melinda worked at Microsoft when it was young and he really was a boy genius. The story goes that she rejected him many times but he was relentless and finally they were married. When she finally couldn’t tolerate the humiliation anymore she divorced him and ended up with many billions out of the separation. I’ve seen a couple of interviews with her since this started and to her credit she neither covers for him nor throws him under the bus. Instead, she just says that’s something you will need to ask my ex-husband about.
Here in America Representatives Thomas Massie, Republican, and Ro Khanna, Democrat are responsible for the bipartisan Epstein Files Transparency Act. They said the secrecy and redactions are still unacceptable and they will continue to pursue release of the rest. Redaction is illegal to protect reputation and only legal to protect national security, child identity, etc. The two representatives have said that the files reveal children as young as 9 years old so it is more than likely far worse than I can tell you at this point. The release of these files has caused a widespread look at child abuse, i.e. rape, in and out of satanic rituals that apparently have nothing to do with Epstein. I saw an interview with a woman who is now an adult and in a position to help what she called survivors and she recalled being sexually raped at age six through nine when it entered the satanic phase and got worse. I found her believable especially in light of what has been revealed.
Our British friends have been especially hard hit by all of this. In fact, it is so bad that it could bring down the British government. Ro Khanna said the King and Queen should answer questions because this is not a good look for the monarchy and in fact if the investigation doesn’t proceed it could be the end of the monarchy. Massie and Khanna seem to be different from most members of congress. Maybe they are just celebrating not being mentioned in the files who knows.
They do not grant the respect for noblesse oblige granted by many Americans to the British royalty. Khanna, in particular sounds at times a little like Patrick Henry rebelling against the colonial crown.
“I don’t think the appropriate punishment is you no longer get to be prince, there’s got to be more than that. I don’t understand the British custom that someone’s asking the queen a question and the Queen is offended that she’s being asked a question.” Personally, I think where Massie and Kahanna are headed with all this hyperbole is that they are sure that this problem is a lot more widespread in the Royal family than just Andrew. If so, this could be an extremely dangerous moment for the Windsors. The King maintains a lot of sympathy at this point for his swift removal of his brother but we will see what comes next. What will be uncovered next probably has them on pins and needles.
The story is pretty clear about one thing and that is that Jeffrey Epstein was a low life grifter but he had something that attracted the rich and powerful like flies to a portable toilet. The news stories focus on sex because I suppose they think that is what we want to hear but the real story apart from the rape of children is one of power, greed, corruption, and treason. Epstein filmed heads of state and other powerful, rich, and influential people raping little children and then blackmailed them with the films. Many didn’t seem to mind and they came back again and again for more.
There is a series of emails from Epstein to his urologist, a licensed physician, whereby Epstein asked for drugs to treat erectile dysfunction and the dr. gave him the prescription and then said when you take them I look forward to pizza and grape soda. Now is that a conversation two men who are close to normal or sane have. Pizza and grape soda are mentioned time and again in the files. Maybe we should rethink that Pizza-gate non-story. Just when you think it can’t get anymore horrifying it has a way of doing so.
Now there is very convincing evidence that Epstein did not commit suicide but was murdered or perhaps is still alive. Murder seems to be the most likely end of the man to me and there are never before released videos of shadowy figures moving to his cell the night of his death. The most telling is a death announcement released by the authorities announcing his death the day before he apparently died. Yes folks, Manhattan U.S. Attorney Geoffrey S. Berman announced Epstein’s death a day before he supposedly died.
Very strange indeed but not if you consider the total impact of all this information. The world is run by satanic pedophiles it seems, but why the fascination with small children. More importantly, on whose behalf is all this blackmail being conducted. That would seem to be the most important question of all but as Bill Gates pointed out Epstein is dead now and we can’t ask him.
In conclusion, my fear is that we and especially our young people will become numb and accept as normal that satanic pedophiles run every system of power in the world. People must be prosecuted and go to jail or there really is a dual system of law. One for us and one for the rich and powerful.
Finally, folks, this sordid mess is much worse than I have been able to tell you. What has been done to children and is still being done is too horrible for me to mention. The people involved, all of them, whoever and wherever they are must pay dearly.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about what is going on in Minneapolis as well as the state of Minnesota — what is going on there, does anyone care, and what about fraud.
Transcription / Notes
MINNESOTA IS A STRANGE PLACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of February in the year of our Lord 2026. Although I am a little late for the party I will be talking about what is going on in Minneapolis as well as the state of Minnesota. What in the world is going on there and does anyone care about the violence and death, and also what about the fraud.
Was a 37-year-old ICU nurse really a threat to the ICE agents in Minnesota? Do Americans who film such agents as they try to do their jobs belong on government lists. Should the presence of ICE agents in Minnesota be eliminated since the politicians and the people apparently are violently opposed to their presence. The answers to these questions, unfortunately, almost always depend on one’s political party affiliation. Republicans back ICE in its deportation efforts while Democrats stand with Alex Pretti. Sometimes these positions require members of both parties to abandon the principles they once held dear.
The struggle this time around has often centered on the real culprit, the ruling class. Everything seems like a diversion or distraction. When you see the Minnesota politicians parading around talking about the demonization of the Somali community one might wonder if they are just trying to distract attention away from the billions in fraud from which they allegedly received hefty amounts.
When the administration doubles down on its hardline response by sending in more and more agents even after people have been killed one wonders if this is in reality an effort to distract us from the coming stupid pointless war against Iran. Yes the U.S. sent another carrier battle group into the Persian Gulf as an obvious threat to attack at the moment of Trump’s or Netanyahu’s choosing. Yes, Bibi has or soon will be coming to America for the 6th time in the Trump presidency perhaps to deliver to the president his strike options for the coming attack on Iran. A diversion for our attention is therefore a welcome side benefit thanks to the violence of the protesters in Minneapolis.
I can’t help but wonder why the president has made no effort to explain to the American people why an attack on Iran is in their best interest. He seems to go from one reason to another as one justification is erased, another takes its place. He first gave us the nuclear threat or weapons of mass destruction we have heard many times before. Then, we are told the nuclear enrichment sites were obliterated in a previous American attack. Then CIA, Mossad, and who knows how many others, allegedly launched a violent protest movement directed at regime change. When the Iranian regime put down the uprising with extreme violence that became another excuse for an attack.
The sides are talking now about a way to avoid war but I get the impression it is simply a brief delay for some reason or another. A similar delay is going on in Minnesota as the sides are talking and Mr. Homan has agreed to withdraw 700 agents. Could the agreement be this, look Governor Waltz if you will stop inciting this violence and let us at least arrest the murderers and rapists among you then you can keep the millions you stole from the American people. I don’t know if that is true but it sounds plausible to me.
What about fraud? Let’s talk about that for a moment. The fraud conducted by the “Somali community” escorted into the country by Barack Obama and Joe Biden and grouped together in Minnesota so they could have political power and even elect their members to congress to lecture us about racism. We are expected to concentrate on the seeming insanity of the ICE protesters and ICE agents instead of the money and where it goes.
The last figures I have seen reveal that Somali welfare fraud in Minnesota is estimated at $9 billion. That is $9 billion of Medicaid and other welfare stolen from people who work and from people who need the help and shuffled off to various fraudulent enterprises run by the Somali community. That is just the amount found to have been stolen in Minnesota. It’s predicted to be even worse in California, Illinois, Maine, New York, and perhaps other Democrat states.
Who knows how many billions of dollars of your labor have been stolen. Well, Elon Musk says he knows the various forms of fraudulent payments given away by the federal government amount to $1.5 and $2 trillion per year which is about 25% of annual government spending and which coincides almost exactly with the deficit. In other words, if these figures are correct that $2 trillion the government spends over what it takes in is all fraud. Almost all this fraud goes to perpetuate various deep state programs and to line the pockets of Democrat voters and especially their politicians. That’s why they fight so hard to make us ignore it and to detract us from investigating it.
Now, let me say a few words about the killing of Alex Pretti by ICE agents in Minneapolis. Mr. Pretti apparently was killed when the agents first disarmed him of his legally possessed handgun, then threw him to the ground and shot him in the back many times. The object he was waving in his hand was a cell phone and to say they thought it was a gun made no sense because he had been disarmed by them. It does remind one a little of the bad old days of Democrat presidents when conservatives feared the Feds rather than supporting them.
I’m thinking specifically of the incident in which Vicki Weaver had her head blown off by an FBI sniper named Lon Horiuchi while she stood in her cabin door holding her child. Agents also killed the Weaver’s 14-year-old son by shooting him in the back. I knew Randy Weaver quite well back then as we had met at many speaking engagements and he was often at gun shows where I campaigned for office. The government today says there is no comparison with Vickie and Alex Pretti because she was unarmed. The truth is that Vickie had a .380 handgun in a holster under her dress just as Pretti had a legal gun in his possession. Once again they, the ruling elite that is, distract us from the real enemy.
I’ve seen and heard Mr. Pretti described as a beloved ICU nurse and a peaceful man. I have no argument with the beloved description since I have no evidence to dispute that but the peaceful part I definitely dispute. To me, he appeared to be a man so fanatical in his system of beliefs that he was out of control and violently so. He was a nurse, which is a profession of the most noble among all if it is practiced correctly. Who can’t tell stories of heroic nurses sitting with the dying or helping one through some of the most trying moments of life.
Well, there was another nurse whose name goes unmentioned, but not for me. I say her name and I hope her parents are not offended by that but I feel compelled to speak for her because she really was peaceful. Her name was Laken Riley and she was peacefully jogging on her Georgia college campus when she was assaulted, raped, and murdered by an illegal criminal invited into this country by Joe Biden. Why, I ask, do none of the protesters care about Laken. She goes unmentioned by Democrat politicians and their protesters because I guess she just doesn’t fit their political agenda.
Laken’s benevolence, her altruistic pursuits, her many accomplishments, her hopes and dreams count for nothing because she did not meet the Democrat politician’s definition of someone they should care about. Sadly, Laken went out for a jog and she didn’t come back the same fate has happened to literally dozens of women and girls at the hands of criminals whose cages were opened by Joe Biden. Just to name a few Sarah Root, Rachel Morin, Jocelyn Nungaray but there have been countless others.
Jocelyn is of particular importance to me but I don’t say much about her because she was a 12 year of child when she was very brutally murdered by five of Joe Biden’s criminal invaders. No one speaks for her I suppose she is an embarrassment to the entire spectrum of what the ruling elite are trying to accomplish in this country and this world. That’s probably enough about the women who have been murdered but there is one more and very recently.
In Illinois recently a man named Joe Abraham has gained attention because he has had the audacity to speak for his 20-year-old daughter Katie, killed while stopped at a traffic light by a drunk illegal named Julio Cucol-Bol. Mr. Bol fled the scene but Katie was killed instantly. At least she didn’t have to endure the torture that Jocelyn did. This case reminds me of that most appealing argument that to deport criminals would be forced separation of families. Well, the Abraham, Riley, and Nungaray families among countless others were certainly separated.
None of these women are ever spoken of by Democrats and there have been no protests or demonstrations objecting to the government’s policy of inviting violent criminals to walk among us. I suggest that when we see and hear the violent protests about ICE we try to remember the real victims who for Democrat politicians and their supporters remain nameless but for their families the loss is never ending.
In Conclusion, I want to conclude by recommending a book that was just released and which I had to get an early copy to read. Peter Schweizer’s “The Invisible Coup, How American Elites and Foreign Powers Use Migration as a Weapon.” That book opens for you the war that has been prosecuted against us by people who hate us and intend to destroy us, and unfortunately that often includes our leaders.
Finally, folks, what in the world does this all mean? That’s a topic for another day perhaps next week, we’ll see. Remember the nameless fallen ones and pray for peace here and abroad.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s speech at the World Economic Forum in Davos Switzerland presented earlier this week and the important issues surrounding the speech including Greenland, Iran, Gaza, Ukraine, and of course Minneapolis.
Transcription / Notes
TRUMP SPEAKS TO THE WEF
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of January in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about President Trump’s speech at the World Economic Forum in Davos Switzerland which was given on Wednesday of this week. I will also talk about some of the important issues surrounding that speech including Greenland, Iran, Gaza, Ukraine, and of course Minneapolis.
Yes, President Trump traveled to Davos this week accompanied by a large U.S. delegation including Secretary of State Marco Rubio. California Governor Gavin Newscom was in attendance although not part of the US delegation. He was quick to gather a news event to question everything the President said. So, the President spoke for over an hour to the richest, most powerful, most pompous and self-important people in this world.
He used the occasion to sign the Board of Peace Charter, officially launching a new international organization tasked with overseeing the peace process between Israel and Hamas to end the war in Gaza. Trump said as he signed, “This Board is the chance to be one of the most consequential bodies ever created, and it’s my enormous honor to serve as its chairman.”
Founding members of the board were in attendance including Bahrain, Morocco, Armenia, Azerbaijan, Bulgaria, Hungary, Indonesia, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kosovo, Pakistan, Paraguay, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Turkey, Uzbekistan, Mongolia and the United Arab Emirates. Missing was Bibi Netanyahu because he has an international warrant out for him and he would most likely have been arrested.
Could the Board of Peace end up replacing the United Nations? President Trump seems to think so, “I wish the United Nations could do more. I wish we didn’t need a Board of Peace. The UN just hasn’t been very helpful. I’m a big fan of the UN’s potential but it has never lived up to its potential.” Trump, despite his criticism, didn’t call for the dissolution of the UN.
I suppose he left that duty to me and I have been actively calling for its dissolution since about 1990 when I became associated with the Constitution Party. Many people agree with me but find it very difficult to say so. I supported Ron Paul’s presidential campaigns partly because of his end the FED rhetoric and his criticism of international bodies such as the UN. I fear that the Board of Peace will become just another bureaucracy but we will see whether it can really achieve peace in Gaza. The proposal calls for Hamas to lay down its arms which it has publicly refused to do.
Jared Kushner, the president’s son-in-law presented a slide show detailing the architectural plans for the Gaza strip. I hope those plans include the Palestinians still alive but we will see. Perhaps they can find jobs in the fabulous hotels and resorts that are supposed to be built. In the meantime, the IDF has reportedly killed at least 466 Palestinians since the ceasefire started as well as 3 journalists one of whom worked for Bari Weiss the new head of news at CBS.
When invited to speak at WEF Denmark announced that it would not be attending because of Trump’s position on Greenland. Perhaps the Danes don’t quite understand the art of the deal. He renounced any plans to acquire Greenland by force and worked out a deal with NATO to allow US use of Greenland and in return plans for tariffs on EU members were canceled. Trump believes, and it makes sense to me, that the US needs influence there as a hedge against long term adversaries in the Arctic like China and Russia, for example.
He assured them that US acquisition of rights in Greenland was not only, not a threat to NATO but would greatly enhance the security of the alliance. He said the new agreement would involve the Danes with the Golden Dome, and mineral rights. In case you don’t know Golden Dome is a new missile defense system being built. Mark Rutte, the head of NATO, said after his meeting with Trump that the discussion about Greenland had changed. Now the discussion is about how the arctic region can be protected and secured.
George Friedman is a geopolitical analyst of impeccable reputation and I have been a subscriber to his publication, Geopolitical Futures for many years. In regard to Greenland George said in his recent newsletter that he admitted for the first time he just could not explain or figure out something. He could not explain why Trump would place tariffs on NATO allies in order to acquire interest in Greenland.
Now that Trump has lowered the temperature of the discussion the point may be moot but I think he does not have the same regard for the Europeans that many others have. In fact, I think this whole new Strategic Strategies Report that the administration just released is an announcement that the security agreement that has existed since World War ll has run its course and is now over. The US will consider its own hemisphere and its own defense first. In other words, this is all a continuation of the American Revolution which for 250 years has not been able to separate the American people from the European bankers.
The bankers got their prize with the formation of the Federal Reserve which was formed to take control of the US financial system and keep the American people in debt slavery forever. The FED prints its own money and loans it to the US so it can be used to pay US interest on the debt that it has, thus 38 trillion debt and one trillion of interest. Take, for example, Mark Carney the Prime Minister of Canada. He is former governor of the Central Bank of England and former governor of the Central Bank of Canada and though in office, still associated with powerful banking and investment firms.
That may be rambling a bit but it’s still all very true. Trump went on in his speech with his usual carrot and stick approach. “Certain places in Europe are not even recognizable, frankly, anymore, they’re not recognizable, and I love Europe, and I want to see Europe do good, but its not heading in the right direction.” He mentioned his Scottish and German heritage and said the people of the United States care deeply about Europe. He used part of his time to tout what he called restoring the American dream.
He mentioned his Executive Order to prevent Wall Street Corporations from buying single family homes thus driving up the cost of rent and making owning a home much more expensive. “Families live in homes, not corporations.” Well, amen to that quote Mr. President, that is exactly right. My approval of that action and the quote is not very libertarian but then I am not a libertarian.
The US is not going to subsidize the whole world he told the assembled Davos men and women. Global tariffs were implemented to address the large trade deficits the US was experiencing adding that many countries were taking advantage of the United States. He went on to brag about the economic changes and success that he believes the US is experiencing. So, my conclusion is that he went to Davos to conclude a Greenland deal and to sign the Board of Peace agreement but mostly to explain himself to these people.
Wars still rage in Ukraine, Gaza, and Iran. The one in Iran seems to be heating up again with the Ayatollah publicly admitting to over 5000 protesters killed. Many reporters from inside Iran report more than 10,000. The Ayatollah has taken a very hard line calling the uprising sedition and blaming the United States and Israel for it and threatening full scale war. Trump has ordered his military leaders to give him strike options that could be done so something is most likely coming. US strategic bombers have been seen over the Persian Gulf region.
I said I would say a few words about Minneapolis so here they are. That city seems to be the tip of the iceberg that is the massive fraud being committed against the US government but mainly against the working, taxpaying Americans. If you work and a portion of your labor and money you need to feed your family is taken from you by the IRS apparently a good deal of that is used to feed the terrorists in Somalia and to line the pockets of politicians across America. The politicians look the other way and run interference for the fraudsters and they are then rewarded with millions of fraudulently acquired dollars. It seems that California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and others may even be bigger than Minnesota.
You are certainly aware that ICE is in Minnesota trying to round up, arrest and deport illegal criminals but the politicians who have been receiving millions in bribes from the illegals have been protecting them and attacking ICE agents. I suppose they believe that if they scream loud enough we the people will join the criminals, but then who will pay the taxes.
This disorder went so far as to involve an attack or at least a forced disruption of Sunday Services at a Baptist church called Cities Church in St. Paul. Yes former news reporter Don Lemon led the mob into the church and disrupted people who were worshiping God on a Sunday morning. Lemon gave a lot of sanctimonious words about how protest is protected by the 1st amendment. He is really attacking Christianity and trying to eliminate the right of Christians to worship freely which is sacrosanct in the 1st amendment. It seems that in Minnesota they really love and value sanctuary except when it involves places that actually are sanctuaries.
Contrast my city of Memphis with Minneapolis and notice the difference. Memphis has now had two good mayors in a row and the difference is astounding. The mayor didn’t want federal authority here but he said if it’s coming let’s cooperate and use it to benefit the city. The guard came to help with the street patrols so the MPD could do police work. ICE was here arresting illegal criminals as they found them. Two statistics illustrate the whole thing and the difference. Car left down 70% and murders down 44% and people can walk their own streets at least better than before criminals were allowed to take over our cities.
Finally, folks, wither you hate Donald Trump or love him pray for peace. Our children will appreciate it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Iran today and exploring the possibilities for changing the regime there from one run by Islamic fundamentalists to one run by the ex-Shah’s son, Reza Pahlavi.
Transcription / Notes
REGIME CHANGE IN IRAN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of January in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be talking about Iran today and exploring the possibilities for changing the regime there from one run by Islamic fundamentalists to one run by the ex-Shah’s son Reza Pahlavi. What does the US want in Iran and what is it willing to do to have it.
Yes, it seems that revolution is in the air once again in Iran but this time it seems to be different. Every few years people grow weary of the Ayatollah’s strict laws, its moral police, etc. and they take to the streets to protest. This time it seems to be different for several reasons. The protests are much more massive and widespread this time and the people are showing great courage because the last report I saw showed more than 2500 dead and 10,000 arrested so not just protests but war in the streets it seems.
The Iranians don’t waste much time on niceties such as a fair trial either because they arrest a protester one day and publicly hang him the next as a warning to others. Another reason why this time might be different is that the US President is clearly fully supporting the protesters with his words and promises of military action. The primary reason, however, is that this time there are real reasons other that the resistance to fundamentalist Islam. The last large-scale protests happened when a young woman was arrested by the moral police and she ended up raped and murdered in their custody.
The regime is apparently then made up of very bad people and that is always involved in the unrest. This time, in addition, there is a critical, life threatening nationwide water shortage caused or at least made worse by the regime’s misuse of water facilities, reservoirs, etc. The water shortage is so bad that the capital city of Tehran is threatened with water rationing. For a city of 9 million that would be catastrophic. The final straw in this round of unrest has been the skyrocketing inflation and destruction of the purchasing power of the Iranian rial. The rial has been devalued so much that Iranian reports now express inflation in terms of dollars. It has lost 60% of its value since last June.
So, the regime is bad and the people are courageous. Hundreds killed and thousands arrested which for many is the same thing. The US, through its chief executive, threatens to “hit them very hard.” The US currently has about 2000 troops next door in Iraq and all US bases in the region are on high alert. The US Central Command and certain regional partners have opened a new Middle East Air and Missile Defense command center at the US airbase in Qatar. Reports yesterday said that US troops are now being evacuated in expectation of an Iranian attack.
If you have any doubt about whether the US considers itself to be responsible for policing the world and making it right in the US President’s eyes those doubts should be erased. When one country has regime change fostered on it quite often it makes a lot of other countries mad and this situation is no different. The US announced a 25% tariff on countries that do business with Iran and that has made the Chinese very angry, Iran is a key part of China’s multi-trillion-dollar Belt and Road Initiative and they desperately want the Mullahs to stay in power. So, the US is, in its own eyes, the policeman of the world.
The Iranians seem genuinely disturbed this time unlike all the other times. Their repressive tactics don’t seem to be working as well this time. I guess all the Mossad and CIA agents on the ground in Iran encourage the people to carry on. Reports coming out of Iran are that many in the regime want to talk diplomatically with the US this time to avoid a US attack. Talks were scheduled but when Trump heard that people were being killed and hanged he canceled the talks.
My opinion is that the regime wanted talks not to diplomatically agree to reforms but to preserve their power. The other problem with talks is that if the US held talks and agreed for the regime to stay in power with US blessing then the US administration would lose its standing. Right now, the people protesting, undoubtedly with Mossad and CIA encouragement, are literally dying and risking their lives to bring about the downfall of the Ayatollah’s rule and they expect the US to refrain from diplomatically supporting it.
We now have about four decades of diplomatic efforts with Iran without any noticeable results except to make the situation worse so I suppose talking to them and sending them money is pointless. It makes sense to me to stop business and encourage our allies to stop business with a regime that commits such human rights abuses as long as it’s universally applied. That’s the problem though isn’t it. The concept of isolating human rights abusers is not universally applied and everyone knows it including the Iranians. It’s hard to stay on the moral high road under such circumstances.
Iran, ever the implacable adversary, as usual is talking tough. Would a sensible leader threaten war with an adversary many times stronger when that leader has what appears to be a weakened or destroyed armed forces. The Ayatollah is doing just that but I don’t think he is insane, no, he is living out the Islamic book as he perceives it. It tells him seek death instead of life and wash the cities of the world with blood and constant war until the 12th Imman, the Mahdi comes and makes the world into what the books tells him it should be and will be.
Rather than insanity he really does literally believe the words in the Islamic Holy Book written almost 1400 years ago. Western leaders don’t understand that because they believe nothing. Religion, whether Christianity or anything else is just a ruse they use to get elected. They really believe nothing and worship only the god of power to which they are utterly addicted. This man, the Ayatollah, the unbending foe is different. He will pretend to negotiate for a better deal but when his gullible adversaries in the West deliver he will not comply because he believes the words in that book and nothing else matters to him. He warns the US, through his foreign minister, that he is ready for war if Washington wants to test it. I’m sure he is ready and he apparently doesn’t mind how much his people suffer. Why doesn’t he get them some food and especially water. I guess it’s because he doesn’t know how and besides the book doesn’t tell him to do that.
Why won’t he make a deal with the great Satan for water technology and resources, well the answer to that question is obvious by the name of his adversary. The foreign minister said if the US wants war like it did before, Iran is ready for it but he hopes the US will choose the wise diplomatic option. The other way leads to criminal war like the abduction of Nichalos Maduro did. He hopes the US will negotiate rather than make war for Israel’s interests.
There is a man here in the US who has been very vocal in support of the protestors on social media. That man is Reza Pahlavi, the son of former Shah Mohammed Reza Pahlavi, who has been living in exile in the US since the ouster from power of the Shah in 1979 Islamic Revolution. He has been very active with international media appearances as well as social media and the other day he met with Trump’s chief Middle East negotiator, Steve Wittkof. Some of the demonstrators in Tehran shout long live the Shah. My guess is that they are too young to remember what life was really like under the Shah.
Pahlavi, to my knowledge, has not stated his true intentions with respect to Iran but he is scheduled to travel to Mar-a-Lago to meet with Trump as well as to deliver a speech at the Jerusalem Prayer Breakfast. Very interesting indeed because that makes me think of the real reason for all this. Who are the American politicians who favor the interests of a foreign country over that of the American people. Just about all of them it seems. Last Tuesday, the US ambassador to Israel, Mike Huckabee, said there is no room in his party for those who do not support regime change wars. He said all should be in on overthrowing the Iranian government allegedly on Israel’s behalf.
There are many polls which show the Ambassador is dead wrong (no pun intended) about that. Polls show that far more Americans support my position of come home and mind your own business rather than the Ambassador’s position of fighting for greater Israel in the Middle East. Did Trump commit an act of war against Iran when he sent stealth bombers a few weeks ago. The real question is not was the attack an act of war but was the attack at the bequest of a foreign leader and if so will that same leader request or demand another attack on Iran this time. My conclusion is that yes, he will do it despite the undeniable fact that the American people are sick of foreign wars that have nothing to do with them but are beneficial to foreign nations and their leaders.
Meanwhile, in Iran the regime has shut down the internet across the country in an effort to prevent people from organizing meetings and protests. Elon Musk has provided his Starlink system and anyone in Iran can access it without charge he says. There are rumors that the Chinese have provided technology to Iran to disable Starlink. Anytime it is so obvious that an entire people group is not free it causes anger and outrage here in America. In response the Iranians have threatened to assassinate President Trump pledging that “this time we will not miss.”
Well, a regime that murders and hangs its own people and which is mired in a water crises and inflation might want to consider a more low-key approach especially when that regime’s past performance against the US air force is considered. For now the ISW reports that protests have been suppressed by security forces but could erupt again at any time so we will see.
Finally, folks, to close this Castle Report here is an interesting quote from Paul Craig Roberts.
“The United States is a strange place. Americans pledge their allegiance to the United States of America, but their government pledges allegiance to Israel. President Trump parades around as if he is master of the world, but he is not even master of his own country.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the raid in Venezuela, the capture or arrest of Nichalas Maduro and his wife and whether it was beneficial to anyone.
TRUMP’S VERSION OF THE MONROE DOCTRINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of January in the year of our Lord 2026. I will be discussing the raid in Venezuela and the capture or arrest as the DOJ calls it of Nichalas Maduro and his wife and their criminal prosecution by US Federal authorities in the federal district court of New York. Did it benefit anyone, was it right or wrong, was it legal or illegal.
Yes, folks 2026 has barely started and it has already been quite a year. Was the capture of Maduro an indication by the administration that one year of his term is complete and now the gloves come off. I certainly think that was one of the many intentions of the raid, but not the most significant by any means. What then was the real intent or reason for the raid. The truthful answer to that question is, I don’t know and neither does anyone else. We look at it and we see the results short term but what was in his mind only he knows for sure.
Let’s look first at the legality of the raid. In my opinion it was clearly legal if US law is the judge. The 1973 War Powers Resolution allows the president to deploy military forces; however, he chooses without prior approval of congress if he decides its in the national security interest of the United States. Its’s more than a little hypocritical for any Democrat with a microphone to scream illegal because they could always repeal the War Powers Act but they don’t/ Why not, because they use it too, and they want it available.
When Hillary Clinton rejoiced at the death of Muammar Gaddafi who was killed in a US bombing attack while apparently asleep in his bed, was that illegal. What about when George Bush sent American forces into Iraq and eventually hanged Saddam Hussein, was that illegal. In fact, Trump should be thanked by Maduro and his supporters in congress because he could have sent a cruise missile through his window but instead he arrested him. The DOJ insists this was a law enforcement action whereby a wanted fugitive was arrested in a foreign country.
So, the question is, what do you mean by illegal. Clearly it does not violate US law so perhaps you mean it violates your sense of consciousness or morality. Well, most of what the US government does violates my sense of morality but that is not the judge. I guess the argument then is that it violates international law. My answer is that international law is a nebulous concept that doesn’t even exist anymore. International law was invented at Nuremburg as a way to justify dealing with Nazi war criminals when there was little real evidence of the crimes with which they were charged. In other words, it began and ended at Nuremburg.
OK then, did anything good come out of the raid. Yes, lots of things, starting with the way the raid was conducted. This was perhaps the greatest and most successful special forces raid in history. Conducted in a foreign capital with very few known casualties. As I said he could have just put a warhead on Maduro’s forehead but he didn’t so in that sense the rule of law is intact. To carry that thought forward, the President has this very elite force the best of the best and he is committed to using them to accomplish his foreign policy rather than mobilizing vast armies with coalition partners at a cost of hundreds of billions.
Everyone around the world took notice and the countries you would expect voiced their disapproval, but at the same time they know he is not bluffing and when he warns that he will act it is prudent to pay attention. It was a demonstration of what the US military can do especially when you consider that Venezuela supposedly had the latest version of Russian and Chinese anti-air defense system. It was Trump’s version of, we are still here and we are still the best so pay attention.
The other benefit that it is hard to argue against is that Maduro is a very bad man and Venezuela will be better off without him. There was an election in 2024 which was won by Edmundo Gonzalez but Maduro used his military to hold on to the most addictive thing in the world, power. He was so bad as a leader that 20% of the Venezuelan population left the country. I personally know many Venezuelan people some of whom live here in America and some in Venezuela and they are happy he is gone. The pro Maduro crowds of young white liberals marching through the streets of New York are really anti-Trump not pro Maduro. I guess one can justify supporting a vicious dictator if it means hurting Trump.
The crowds of Venezuelan people rejoicing in the streets of Caracas are far more important than those in New York. Sometimes I think the people in such demonstrations have lost touch with reality. Certainly, they have lost touch with the needs of ordinary people if they ever had touch with them. It reminds me of when Trump sent the National Guard into the most crime ridden cities to help slow violent crime. Washington DC was the first but my city of Memphis was also included. The people in New York marching against the deployment were probably the same as the pro Maduro crowd but in the streets it was different.
I talked to many people in my law office who live out there with reality and that reality is constant fear of violent crime. People told me in no uncertain terms that they were glad to see the Guard on the streets and they felt safer walking or going shopping. The people of the cities worry about whether their kids will be killed in a drive by, and so they are glad for protection. So, Maduro was a very bad man who caused many to leave their country and many more were starving. Yes, he was a leader who lived in palatial luxury while his people starved.
Venezuela has one of the largest deposits of petroleum in the world but the people have no gas. We learned after Maduro’s capture that the infrastructure of pumping and getting oil to market was in such a poor state that it could take ten years to fully bring it up to speed. Venezuela has all this wealth under its soil and under its ocean but no one cared enough for the people to exploit it for their benefit. Will the American oil companies that are competing for Venezuelan oil use it for the people’s benefit. Well, that is a good question but I believe that while trump is president they will.
Right now, Venezuela is left in a highly volatile and uncertain phase of its history. Who will lead after Maduro. Delci Rodriguez, Maduro’s vice president is in charge as I record this. She talked tough but only for a moment and then she saw the light and started saying something like I will be glad to cooperate with the Americans and I am just glad to be here. That is of course another point and that is that he did leave her in power and let natural progression take its course.
Opposition leader and Nobel Peace Prize winner Maria Corina Machado said that she would like to see Gomzalez given power because he won the election in 2024 but Trump seems committed to let the laws of succession take their course. So, the next several months are very uncertain and many questions remain. Will Roddriguez accommodate US pressure and demands, defy them, or perhaps some hard line socialist from Maduro’s old party, The United Socialist Party of Venezuela, will try to seize power. One thing should be obvious though and that is that the US military will be used if it becomes necessary so the leaders of that country obviously know that.
So, the President is reimposing the Monroe Doctrine to protect US interests in this hemisphere. When President Monroe announced his doctrine in 1823 or 24 it was to be a two-way street. To the European colonists he said stay out of our hemisphere and we will stay out of yours. Spain had colonies so it was primarily directed at them and it eventually took the Spanish-American War to get Spain out of the Caribbean. It would be hard to argue that the US has stayed out of European affairs since the US has fought two World Wars and currently has bases and troops all over Europe. In addition, the US has China surrounded by bases and carrier battle groups so two-way street, no not yet.
Perhaps it indicates a return to the old Monroe doctrine whereby the US watches its own back yard and lets others do the same. I for one would be happy if that were the policy. In regard to that thought Trump has repeatedly referred to the Venezuelan oil deposits as “our oil. “Is he bringing a Machiavellian concept of might makes right to the table with that expression. No, he is referring to the contracts US companies had with the Venezuelan government before Hugo Chavez took power in 1998. One of Chavez’s first acts was to nationalize the oil industry thus stealing all the oil, at least from an American point of view.
So, Trump is referring back to the pre-Chavez days and saying by contract that oil is ours and you should thank me instead of criticizing me for enforcing contracts and the rule of law. None of that had anything to do with Nicholas Maduro of course since it happened long before he took power. Chavez named Maduro as his successor from his death bed in 2010. Venezuela is supposed to have free elections but if you know the history of that region you know that often free elections are in name only.
You’ve probably noticed that I have spent very little time on the topic of drug interdiction. That’s because the whole concept is ridiculous and had very little to do with US military action. Slowing the flow of narcotics into the US was at best a side benefit but it made for good theater. Interestingly, Bibi Netanyahu made his fifth visit to the Trump White House just before this happened. Bibi has been complaining for some time that Venezuela was allowing Iran to train its terrorists there and he wanted something done about it. So, was it an Israeli operation? I don’t know since knowing is virtually impossible but I will wager it didn’t hurt.
Finally, folks, from all this talk you might get the impression that I am in favor of this attack but no I’m afraid not. America first to me means that we have enough problems at home to last all of our lifetimes and I think the American people are about sick of Foreign policy. Rather than empire building or the imperialism of Pax Americana our concerns are or should be here at home. I reject these grandiose schemes in favor of home and family the way it should be. Let us raise our children in peace and prosperity and keep the price of ground beef modest.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle ushers in 2026 by talking about the world as he sees it today along with some year-end thoughts about the past, the present, and the unknown future.
Transcription/Notes
BLESSED ARE THE PEACEMAKERS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 2nd day of January in the year of our Lord 2026. In this Castle Report I will be talking about the world as I see it today along with some year-end thoughts about the past, the present, and the unknown future.
“Blessed are the peacemakers for they shall be called the children of God.” Those are the words of the Prince of Peace whose birth we just celebrated, and his words have been the bed rock of Western Civilization for over 2000 years. The decorations, gifts, and celebrations are just one of our connections to a Christian culture that has held Western Civilization together throughout its history. My thanks once again for Dr, Ron Paul’s recent Liberty Report where he so eloquently sets these concepts out.
Somehow it all seems different now. The mayor of New York City has been sworn in on the Quran rather than the bible. The nation itself with debt having surpassed $38 trillion Continues its enforcement of the Wolfowitz Doctrine which is part of the project for a new American century. Paul Wolfowitz put his name on a policy that still seems to drive the American government even under the America first president. Simply put, that doctrine says that American hegemony will dominate the world and no competitor which threatens that policy will be allowed to rise. The U.S. military will be used to destroy any competition.
In practical terms, it means that the U.S. government will continue to use its military to bankrupt the country while exporting misery and suffering to others in pursuit of a global military empire on the framework of ancient Rome. My argument for you today is that this policy places the U.S. government in direct opposition to the title of this Castle Report. This year marked the first time the Defense budget item has surpassed the $1 trillion mark. Congress was so enthusiastic about it that they voted more money than the president asked for.
The $1 trillion doesn’t include interest on the defense related debt, veteran’s affairs such as hospitals and lifetime care for the wounded and components of other agencies and departments with items related to defense so it is much larger than the published amount. Those who are responsible for such things probably still have a chance to save the economy if they did the responsible thing but instead they repeatedly do the opposite of the right thing.
President Eisenhower was the last president to recognize what was happening and to refuse its allure. He also warned President Kennedy who tried to heed the warning but he died for those efforts. I paraphrase President Eisenhower’s famous speech from 1953 entitled “The Chance for Peace” each of these dollars spent on military offense and the maintenance of the US global empire rather than on defense of our own nation is taken from the mouths of the hungry and off the backs of hardworking American families.”
The new National Security Strategy document recently released by the Trump administration has set off a firestorm among those who favor warfare to solve every perceived problem. The document seems to be a reversal of the foreign policy doctrine that has existed since the end of World War ll. That policy included the formation of NATO with the US as the unofficial guarantor of military security. The US would accept responsibility for the defense of Western Europe and ensure that the Soviet Union was held intact. In return the US would have reserve currency status and would through that status control the world’s economy.
Reserve currency status ensured that the US would have the means through the accumulation of debt to fund its military in all circumstances. This was also a recognition by Europe that it was free to devote virtually all of its resources to rebuilding and to the welfare projects that would keep its citizens comfortable and thereby avoid revolution. The new strategy document seems to refute that policy and it appears to place Europe in some responsibility for its own defense.
The Europeans don’t like the policy shift at all but they are at least verbally adjusting to it. They came up with a way to obtain loans of up to $100 billion for Ukraine to continue the war to the last Ukrainian. The last few years have seen them trying to provoke a new war with Russia and this new policy might have a chilling effect on that desire. The US also included $800 million in the defense bill for Ukraine.
Joan and I were talking about all this over breakfast the other day and she pointed out that people are starting to see fraud despite media refusal to discuss it. Some of those things like the fraud of the Somali community in Minnesota and the election fraud in Georgia now freely admitted are obvious. We also have the American people seeing their standard of living eaten away by inflation and an economy declining because it’s burdened by debt. People are becoming aware of all this more and more as they see their country committed to the defense and foreign policy of a country far away.
The people have come to realize that if they express criticism of that country’s foreign policy the argument requires them to defend a charge of antisemitism instead of the policy. The same is true of the billions of fraud in Minnesota because the Governor of that state said that criticism was white supremacy so the argument is a defense of that charge instead of the fraud. Joan’s position is that people are not ignorant despite media’s refusal to report and investigate they are aware of what is going on.
My response to her was yes, you are right but that puts us in the most dangerous position possibly ever. People see rampant crime and theft by government and they see government saying America first but its foreign policy seems to put another country’s interest first, and that creates a dangerous, revolutionary atmosphere. I’m afraid that people are becoming aware that one of the founding principles which helped make America great is being erased and that principle is the empowerment of the individual over the power of the collective to demand obedience and compliance. In the American culture the individual counts and I’m afraid many are losing sight of that. The individual can take a stand against injustice without fear of reprisal from government.
When governors have no argument against fraud except those who uncover it and point it out are white supremacists, and when senators have no response to pointing out the foreign policy faults of another country except to accuse those who object of antisemitism it means thee government officials have lost the argument because they have nothing to say. The real problem happens when government loses the argument as it has currently, which makes fraud and waste obvious to anyone. People try to change the system through voting but they see that it does not change very much. The worst frustration is that the dangerous revolutionary civil war tension is created when people see it, understand it, but nothing is ever done.
They see fraud costing billions and they know that is just the tip of the iceberg. They see their money taken by the IRS to fund the wars in favor of other nations. They see fraud at every level and yet they are struggling to get by and they cannot get by without accumulating debt, which becomes unpayable. They know the difference between their debt and government debt is that they actually have to answer for theirs.
Some of the things which have changed the lifestyles of the American people since the end of the covid confinement are really startling for the American families. Since covid, gas for utilities up 48.8%, car maintenance and repair 48.8%, car insurance 56.1%, coffee 46.1%, electricity 40.4%, meat 38.1%, used cars 33.6% bread 29,4%, milk 24.1%. I could go on and on with these numbers but just ask yourself if your income since covid has increased by anything close to these numbers.
So, we can see the elements of an explosion building and smoldering. Couple this to the knowledge people have that they must send their children to schools which are run by people who hate them. Their children will be indoctrinated by teachers who hate them so their children will become like those who hate them and look to people who have caused the problem for the answer thus the inauguration of the mayor of our greatest city on the Quran. I know what you must be thinking, it’s not everyone of them and there are some officials who really do care.
Yes, I know about those people, but the truth is that the ones who claim to care make some angry speech to that effect and then go on about their business as if nothing happened. That is the demoralizing truth that we face here in the first month of 2026.
In conclusion, whether we know it or not, we are all beneficiaries of the religion created by the one who is the author of the title of this Castle Report. The moral doctrine created by that religion has curbed power and defended the weak and helpless for over 2000 years. When you lay aside those moral principle you have power unleashed, enforced through force, and not limited by anything, to paraphrase Lenin.
Finally, folks, as we start 2026 I close with another quote from President Eisenhower or at least I paraphrase him,” the people of the world are so desperate for peace that sooner or later the governments will have to step aside and let them have it.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses President Trump’s 28 point proposed peace plan along with a few words about the other war, the one in the Middle East.
Transcription / Notes:
PEACE IN UKRAINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of December in the year of our Lord 2025. Although the title of this Castle Report is peace, my beat is war today and as usual there is no shortage of war to talk about. Specifically, I will be discussing President Trump’s 28 point proposed peace plan along with a few words about the other war, the one in the Middle East.
Yes, President Trump is proposing peace in Ukraine. Perhaps he wants to turn his attention to other wars and potential wars or maybe he feels bad about campaigning that he could end the Ukraine war in 24 hours with just a few phone calls. I will be telling you what I propose the U.S. do in Ukraine and the Middle East but before we get to that listen to this important information.
I am currently in the last month of my 46-year legal career which ends with the end of December. I still find it hard to say the word retirement but I guess that’s what is happening to me. The profession of law has been great for me over the years. I worked hard to respect the profession and it returned the affection, but it doesn’t give its favors, one has to earn them. The law allowed me the opportunity to earn a good life and I am very grateful for that. No top-down collectivized system told me what my life would be, instead I was free to chart my own course and achieve all that my ability could achieve. Having said all that, this is a very stressful and very busy month for me so this will be the last Castle Report for this year. I will join you again on the first Friday in January God willing. I plan to continue telling you each week what is wrong with the world and what I think the solutions should be.
The President of the United States has proposed a 28-point plan to end the Ukraine war so let’s take a look at that plan and compare it to what my version of a peace plan would look like. President Trump promised he would end the war 24 hours after he was elected. That was a little unrealistic as time has confirmed, but nevertheless it could have ended rather quickly. War means intervention by the United States and the best antidote to intervention is obviously non-intervention.
No threats, no sanctions no weapons, no intelligence, no coordination, no missiles fired deep into Russia, and no need for elaborate peace plans. The real fix is much simpler than all that, just come home and mind your own business which is $38 trillion of debt. The President must know that intervention by the U.S. started the whole thing and this plan, though well meaning, is just more of that intervention. The U.S. has had its hands in this mess from the get-go and any plan has to consider that.
The Orange Revolution in the early 2000s began it and the Maidan Revolution in 2014 completed the process from which conflict the U.S. apparently thought would result in a NATO military presence on the very border of Russia. Unless we come to understand the origin of this conflict it’s hard to see how we can help resolve it. The two so-called revolutions that I mentioned were attempts to manipulate Ukraine into a hostile relationship with Russia from which Ukraine had no possibility of victory even with U.S. and NATO help. Looking back at the 2014 coup we see two U.S. senators John McCain and Lindsey Graham actually present in the capital of Ukraine demanding publicly that the people of that country overthrow their duly elected government and replace it with one more favorably inclined toward the U.S.
Victoria Nuland, the State Department spokesperson for many presidents, including Joe Biden, was caught on one of those open mic telephone calls planning who would run the post-coup government. She took cookies to the protesters and bragged that we achieved it all with only $5 billion. So, as a result of this intervention, the U.S. is left trying to manage a problem that it created in the first place. Hundreds of thousands of dead and hundreds of billions of U.S. money expended and apparently all for nothing.
No, actually it was not a war for nothing, so what was it for. A recent report tells us at least the main purpose. While the U.S. is $38 trillion in debt and Europe is trying to manage its decline under the weight of spiraling crime, collapsing birth rates and demographic destruction some in Europe and the U.S. are doing quite well. The global arms industry without which the bloody struggles in Ukraine and the Middle East would not be possible are enjoying record profits.
The world’s biggest weapons manufacturers posted an all-time record $679 billion in revenue in 2024. The globalists and neo-cons or whatever you choose to call them live to fuel these companies and make them happy. A report from the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) reports what we already knew and that is that while the middle classes and poor are decaying rapidly, arms makers are thriving as never before. The U.S. companies lead the world of course with 39 companies making $334 billion.
European companies are working hard to keep up the 26 largest enjoyed a 13 Percent increase in sales. Sweden’s powerful Saab led the way with a 24 percent jump in profits. One other company, a Czech based company, though smaller than Saab was given the lead in feeding the Ukraine meat grinder and its revenue increased 200 percent. Israel didn’t want to lose out so its companies which send weapons to conflicts all over the world increased profits by 16 percent.
The SIPRI Report concludes that the arms giants are “capitalizing” on high demand. Therefore, they and the politicians they bribe have zero incentive to make peace. In World War two the situation was different because literally everyone including the President of the U.S. had sons or other relatives in the conflict but now the cannon fodder role is left for others.
Russia’s situation has seemed dire politically and economically at times, but not for Russian arms makers. Combined, their increase in 2024 was 23 percent. One might reasonably conclude that this whole war thing taken in its entirety is a conspiracy to destroy as many people as possible in order to make record profits. The people of the West may fear walking the streets of their cities but they never have to fear for the health of their “defense firms” because they are on the job.
For the first time ever, several Middle East companies have cracked the top 100. The deal is so sweet everyone gets in on it. These companies anxiously search the world for rare earth metals to keep the killing going as long as possible. Could that have anything to do with all the talk and deal making about the Chinese controlling the rare earth market. Back in the Middle East Dubai’s Edge Group made $4.7 billion much of it through drone and missile technology which they sell worldwide. For the first time Turkey’s defense sector took in $31 billion combined. So, when we discuss peace and whether this or that plan will work we have to keep in mind that war is by far the most profitable racket on earth and the global elites who pontificate about climate change and moral values are the same ones who profit from the bloodshed.
We should at least mention Just a few of the points in the President’s 28-point plan. 1. Ukraine’s sovereignty will be confirmed. 2. A full and comprehensive non-aggression agreement will be concluded between Russia, Ukraine, and Europe and all “ambiguities” of the past 30 years are hereby resolved. 5. Ukraine will receive “reliable” security guarantees. 7. Ukraine agrees to enshrine in its constitution that it will not join Nato and Nato agrees to include language in its charter that it will not accept Ukraine as a member.
-
Nato agrees to not deploy troops in Ukraine. 10. The U.S. will receive “compensation” for its guarantee. If Ukraine invades Russia it will lose the guarantee. If Russia invades Ukraine there will be a decisive, coordinated military response and all sanctions will be reimposed. If Ukraine, without cause, launches a missile at Moscow, the security guarantee will be dissolved. 11, Ukraine retains the right to EU membership. 12. A global package for the reconstruction of Ukraine will be prepared. The World Bank will develop the funds for this effort. 13. Russia will be reintegrated into the global economy. Sanctions will be gradually lifted. 17. The U.S. and Russia will reimpose arms control treaties including Start-1.
-
Crimea, Luhansk, and Donetsk will be recognized, including by the U.S., as Russian. 24. A humanitarian committee will be established to resolve humanitarian issues including exchange of all prisoners and bodies. 25. Ukraine will hold elections 100 days after the treaty is signed. 28. After the agreement is signed a ceasefire will immediately go into effect and all parties will withdraw to agreed upon lines.
So, one thing that comes immediately to mind is that there are a lot of ambiguous terms in the agreement that will have to be defined and resolved. Right now, nobody seems to like it. Warhawk, Lindsey Graham hates it so it has that going for it. Zelensky hates it because there are a few Ukrainian people still alive and there are more profits to be made if he could just persuade Trump to give him more money. Russia seems at least willing to talk about implementation so despite the fact that it is perhaps not the best solution it is a solution so I pray that it works.
Finally, folks, I pray that the U.S. will not bend to the will of Netanyahu and Zelensky, and their lobbyists in the U.S.. Come home close down much of the wasteful foreign “defense” spending. Mind our own business, reduce the deficit and defend America and its people. That’s my peace plan.
At Least that’ the way I see it,
Until January 2nd or thereabouts folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the economy in general as well as the United States economy specifically, and why American families are struggling financially.
Transcription / Notes
IT’S THE ECONOMY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the economy in general as well as the United States economy specifically. You probably remember when Democrat policy advisor James Carville told then candidate Bill Clinton, “it’s the economy stupid.” He was correct and the advice is still correct today.
Remember that next week is Thanksgiving so there will be no Castle Report. I will join you again on Friday December 5.
Carville was a very effective political operative in those days and was apparently able to convince Mr. Clinton that the people who would elect him or his opponent cared more about their standard of living than they did about any foreign policy issue. They should have cared more about donating their children to the foreign policy whims of whoever was in office but when push comes to shove everyone has to eat. A family of four, and those relationships used to exist, is acutely aware of what food and gasoline cost.
I’m a layperson in economics in the sense that I’m not trained in economics but I do have a family with the same economic needs as everyone else. Most importantly I have been a bankruptcy attorney for 46 years which has kept me in the forefront of the economic needs of ordinary people. Tens of thousands of people and businesses have told me about their struggles in cities all over the country and I have helped them find a way through their economic troubles.
With all that said let’s look at some of the economic facts that trouble the country right now. When I say, as I do from time to time, that an economic catastrophe is coming with the only question being when it will arrive, why do I believe that. Not much makes sense these days since America is the hottest economy attracting trillions in capital but inflation is still present and it seems that almost weekly another major corporation announces layoffs or store closings. Last week the fast-food chain, Wendy’s, announced that it would be closing 400 restaurants. Amazon announced that it would be replacing about 30,000 employees with robots.
The economy depends on federal spending and that is now completely out of control. My fear is that so many irreversible commitments have been made that the federal government is not capable of living within its means and if true that would signal eventual disaster. Fiscal year 2025, which ended on September 30 of this year posted a deficit of $1.8 trillion. Deficit means that the government spent $1.8 trillion more than it received in revenue. It’s simple if you think about it from the standpoint of your family. Suppose you make $75 thousand per year but you spend $100 thousand and you do that year after year. You know what is going to happen eventually and that means you will be in my office to consult about bankruptcy.
You can keep the plates in the air for a while by borrowing, pay day loans and the like, and by using one credit card to pay another until there is no more credit limit left on any cards. You can last for a while by just making interest payments on the cards but then you can’t even do that. This problem gets worse and worse until it becomes unfixable and bankruptcy results. That is exactly what the federal government is doing to manage its spending. One of the major warning signs of impending trouble that economists always warn us about is when interest becomes the biggest item in the budget.
It doesn’t exceed medical expenses or social security yet but this year, ominously, interest was higher than the massive defense budget. Just as you do with your credit cards the government has to borrow just to pay the interest. In other words, the government is paying debt by incurring more debt which drives the debt and next year’s payments even higher. This all means that annual interest, which now exceeds 20% of tax revenue will continue to increase. The debt is purchased primarily by foreign governments, central banks, large corporations, commercial banks and individual investors. Recently, in an ominous trend, those foreigners have been net sellers of U.S. debt.
That means that the financing of the debt falls to domestic investors meaning you and me. People individually, through retirement accounts or through purchase of some investment fund, finance government debt with their savings. It is necessary that individual Americans do well because they have to save to invest in U.S. debt. Unfortunately, this year net savings is on track to be less than $1trillion, the lowest figure in many years while the deficit is on track to be roughly $2 trillion.
This all means there are not enough foreign buyers and not enough domestic savers to finance the debt so the only option is for the banking system, i.e., the Federal Reserve, to create the money to pay for the excessive spending. I say excessive because if you spend more than you make with no plan to pay it, I call that excessive. When you get yourself into that cycle you have to stop, to reverse course before it is too late. It’s almost like alcoholism or some other addiction. You can stop for a while, but then it’s too late and you can’t stop on your own.
Inflation is the result when money is created and pumped into the economy without any corresponding increase in production. Energy, it is estimated, is about 50% of the cost of producing everything. When you make energy decisions on a national level that cut back available energy and add to the costs, everything increases in price across the economy. When politicians of one party or another decide to put on their virtue signaling act by refusing to allow domestic production it costs everyone. Everything families use, food, fuel, autos, and clothes for individuals cost more and the products necessary for business from machinery to microchips increase as well.
There is no corresponding increase in wages for people so their standard of living is diminished. If a person usually pays $2.75 per gallon for gas and uses 20 gallons per week that is $55 per week so if it goes to $3.00 he just took a $5.00 reduction in his standard of living. People see this happening and they circle the wagons by cutting back on spending. When people reduce spending huge corporations such as Walmart and Amazon cut back as well which means jobs are lost and the process gets worse and worse. Lay-offs are becoming common and technology such as AI along with robotics makes reducing the workforce easier to do.
As I said earlier, Amazon has announced plans to replace 30,000 workers with robots. Those machines never have sick days, they take no vacations, they do not get pregnant, and they don’t worry about retirement. Bad policies from the federal government and most policies are bad, make our lives more complicated and more expensive. For example, Obamacare was called The Affordable Care Act but it has made the cost of healthcare much higher and the cost of insurance is skyrocketing.
There are several indicators that can be followed to track the status of the economy. The first and most obvious is shipping records. The giant container ships that you see pictures of and view on television represent the health of the population economically. Timber is another indicator and prices are lower this year. That’s good for consumers because it means things made from timber are also lower but it also bodes ill for the overall health of the economy. Lower demand for timber means lower demand for new houses. Builders aren’t building as much and that means the housing market is slow.
Not many are looking to build a new home because they can’t afford it. Instead, people who have low-interest rate mortgages are sitting tight which means fewer homes on the market and higher prices. The young suffer because they don’t have a lower interest rate loan and houses are rising so they can’t afford to move out of their apartment to have a family. Most people who start a family want a place with a yard for their kids to play in, I know I did when my daughter was born. High home prices mean that for the first time in U.S. history, the average age of first-time home buyers is above 40.
The president sees all this as well as I do and he is very conscious of the fact that his tariffs have added to the cost of everything whether he admits it or not. A tariff is a charge whether we call it a tax or not, it is a fee we charge foreigners for the privilege of having access to the American market. The result when it ripples through the economy is more money burning a hole in the government’s pocket and higher prices for individuals. The president sees that and he hears the crying so he comes up with a plan to send $2000 to each American below a certain income. I’m opposed to it for many reasons but the primary one is that it will fuel more inflation and make everything cost more and be self-defeating. Who wouldn’t want an extra $2000 he hasn’t earned but in the long run it will not help. My local newspaper, which is owned by the USA Today group and therefore is an almost exact copy of the New York Times, except the sports coverage is not as good, said in an article I received last Wednesday that the cost of it “could be $600 million” while the tariffs have brought in only $300 million.
So, the cost could be this or that but I assume everything in the article is slanted and a lie so you can’t depend on it for information. Instead, the paper should say, look folks, this country is $38 trillion in debt and on track to spend $2 trillion more than it takes in so to have some chance to avoid a catastrophe use the money to at least reduce the deficit.
Finally, folks, is there any way to restore the system and avoid what I have called a looming catastrophe? Sure there is, just see the results Javier Milieu has achieved in Argentina in only two years. Cut spending and stop only tying excessive spending to fraud. Just say we can’t afford it anymore. Close overseas bases and stop fighting other people’s wars. Come home and mind your own business. Wasteful programs, and that is almost all of them, will have to go. So that is the obvious formula but will we attempt it, no I’m certain we will not.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until December 5th folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about an interview of a British veteran that was conducted on Good Morning Great Britain on Veteran’s Day earlier this week and the “viral” result of his comments.
Transcription / Notes
ALEC PENSTONE WAS RIGHT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. Last Tuesday the 11th was Veterans Day here in America or what they still call Armistice Day in Great Britain. I will be talking about that by using an interview of a British veteran named Alec Penstone that was given on British television and the “viral” result of his comments.
Mr. Penstone was selected as the veteran to be interviewed and to represent all British veterans on the British television show Good Morning Britain. His interview was live and obviously intended to convey to the British public that the TV show, its hosts, and the network in general are just as patriotic and honoring of veterans as the general public. In other words, they intended to traffic from his honor and his willingness to serve in a time when service required great sacrifice.
Mr. Penstone, now 100 years old served in the British navy on Arctic Convoy duty. The convoys carried goods from Great Britain and America around the Arctic route to Russia. Without those convoys Russia might have been defeated and knocked out of the war and the 3 million men, 3000 tanks, and 4000 aircraft committed by the Nazis to the defeat of Russia could have been used on the Western front to oppose the D-day landings so it was vital service.
Yes, it was vital but also very dangerous because ships were hunted by German submarines and surface raiders. Being hit by a German torpedo or naval gunfire was certain death in a freezing Arctic ocean but men like Mr. Penstone were there and willing to endure the conditions to prevail. I tell of his exploits to show you that the man was and is a genuine war hero and not just someone sitting in an office drinking coffee while others were out in the mud and blood.
So, the hosts of the show sought to bask in the honor and dignity of the man and I suppose absorb some of it onto themselves but it just didn’t go according to script. The question was ‘what are your thoughts on Remembrance Day and what does it mean for the country”. The old sailor responded like this.
“I can see in my mind’s eye those rows and rows of white stones. All the hundreds of my friends, everybody else who gave their lives. For what? The country of today. No, I’m sorry the sacrifice wasn’t worth the result that it is now.”
The female host taken aback by the man’s honesty said, “Oh Alec, I’m sorry you feel like that” Perhaps Alec has some mental illness or a touch of dementia, after all he is 100 years old. The male host decided to give him a chance to explain his answer. “What do you mean by that, though? “Maybe this would, give the man a chance to denounce all those British people who have been protesting the fact that Great Britain, the country he fought for, is no longer British. If that is what they expected, he left them disappointed. “What we fought for was our freedom. We find that even now, it’s a darn sight worse than when I fought for it.” Yes, that was his answer and the hosts were a little unprepared for it. I’m going to use a little poetic license and say that he fought so that Western Civilization might endure and he, with tears in his eyes, knows that it has not.
The host in conclusion of the interview said, “it’s our job now, isn’t it, to make it the country that you fought for.” I will answer Mr. Penstone and say no that isn’t your job because your job is to make it the opposite of the country he fought for. I don’t think you want this to be a Christian nation with traditions and people who defended that concept against Vikings, Romans, and Nazis, but that is why he fought. Well, I have put my words in the mouth of this Centenarian war hero who fought Nazi Germany to preserve his country’s freedom so I will give an account of why I think he is correct.
Mr. Jefferson said in his declaration that when you make such charges you must explain them. “A decent respect to the opinions of mankind requires that they should declare the causes which impel them to the separation.” I will, then, give some reasons why I think freedom here in America is not what it was and certainly not what it was intended to be.
When people see what is happening in America they know something is wrong and since they have experienced nothing but the globalist-dominated propaganda of what amounts to public education they are driven to grasp at a charismatic leader who promises relief through ideas as dumb as socialism. It works like this, they see that 90% of all wealth and that might be a low estimate, is controlled by 10% of the people and again those numbers are probably a little low but that is what the economists tell us.
The young are propagandized but that doesn’t mean they are stupid. The charismatic leader tells them we can just make everything free for you and we can make the 10% or less pay for it. The young suddenly realize that although they hardly have any of the wealth, they have more than 50% of the votes and that gives them the power to attempt the looting. There is an old adage in economics that says money goes where it is treated the best. So, anyone who has any money that will be looted by the charismatic leader flees to safer ground. They see the storm troopers on the horizon and they flee before it is too late.
In America, minorities have rights that can’t legally be taken by the majority. The majority looks around and concludes that it can arrange things to discriminate against any people that it wants too. That’s what all the redistricting of congressional districts have been about for the last 60 or so years and what the drive for equity and egalitarianism has been about. It’s all a globalist scheme to mold humanity into an amorphous mess that is easily controlled by charismatic leaders chosen and funded by them. It can’t and won’t work but it is also the opposite of the freedom that Mr. Penstone fought for. That is freedom of the individual to work, study, and achieve to limits of one’s own merits not to have a person’s status in life dictated by a centralized control mechanism.
I could give examples of places socialism has been tried and failed all day long but there is no time for that. I will just say that the new mayor of New York City is sometimes called a communist but he is not because that utopian dream is not achievable. Lenin and Stalin tried to achieve it but they only got to an advanced form of socialism. Yes, Stalinism is just the advanced state of socialism.
Let me move on now to other destroyers of the American dream. They are destroyers of the individual and national freedom that Mr. Penstone fought for. They are examples of the surrender of independence upon which concept America was founded. Yes since World War ll at least, if not before, America has gradually come to be controlled by some type of globalist conglomerate. How else could you explain what I am about to describe.
The U.S, plans to build a military base in Israel at an estimated cost of about half a billion dollars. That is the prebuilding estimate and of course the actual cost will escalate because it always does. I could stop there and tell you that this idea is perhaps the most stupid idea ever conceived by the minds of people totally controlled by globalists. I need, however, to describe what seems to be happening and of course I still hold out hope that it won’t happen but it is under way as I speak.
The base will be located in Israel along the Gaza Strip and will house several thousand American troops whose mission task is to maintain the ceasefire in the region. It is the result of a negotiated agreement between the U.S. and Israel. I have to stop and ask what in the world is going on here. I just can’t understand how and why American parents are supposed to send their children in harm’s way because it’s in some other country’s best interest. This seems like absolute madness to me and is proof positive that the president and through him the entire administration is totally under the control and domination of a foreign country and its advocates here in the U.S.
Wait a minute though doesn’t that violate every principle that this country was founded on and that hundreds of thousands have died to protect. Yes it does folks but we are doing it anyway. My guess is that there won’t be too many peeps from congress about this on either side of the isle. Why, well obviously, they are controlled by the same lobby representing the same country that seems to have the president’s full support. They line up at the microphone to compete and debate who is the most pro-Israel among them. Woe to any member who fails this test because he or she will be quickly out of office or at best pushed into a no influence corner of the room.
Let’s take a moment to take the 10,000-foot view of this as they say and by the way this base is supposed to house 10,000 troops. So, to summarize, decades of American support, American money, American blood going all the way back to 1948. Washington has destroyed at least 5 countries in the region so now it is being tasked with the cost of rebuilding and rehabilitating the region and all its people from ordinary people to insane terrorists.
I’m going out on a limb here I know but I’m going to say that when all those Maga voters voted in the last presidential election they thought they were voting for America first. They voted for what was in America’s best interest not the best interest of another country. This is complete madness and I can’t think of another word for it. I am in a state of disbelief coupled with sadness and topped off with extreme anger so I guess that makes me an extremist.
Finally, folks, do you think that if the nation channeled all this energy, all this brainpower, all this money, and all the lives spent fighting for the interest of some people on the other side of the world it would do some good in New York City, Memphis, Los Angeles, and in fact all 50 states. I think so and I therefore conclude and submit to you that Alec Penstone is right.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 250th Birthday of the U.S. Marine Corps, the NYC mayoral election held last Tuesday, and how a self-described socialist won the election.
Transcription / Notes
THE MARINE CORPS LIVES FOREVER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of November in the year of our Lord 2025. Next Monday the 10th of November is the 250th anniversary of the birth of the United States Marine Corps, an organization that I served with for four years more than 50 years ago. The title comes from a belief drummed into our heads back then, Marines live and they die but the Marine Corps lives forever.
I am not going to spend this entire report taking you down memory lane because there are just too many bad things to talk about. This Report that I do each week is in a way a journey through the sewers of the world. People often ask me why don’t you ever talk about any good news and my answer is, because I just don’t see any. Often, good news is in the eye of the beholder and it depends, to quote an old saying, on whose ox is being gored. The point is though that someone’s ox is always being gored and politics seems to be the art of making it the other guy’s ox.
I wonder if other people with military experience remember it the same way I do. I remember mostly the pleasant times of friendships with my buddies, of sitting in bars with them all over the world. When I served in the Marine Corps the number of Lieutenants was very small so you could walk into a military bar anywhere in the world and odds are you would see someone you knew. We all had the same thing in common and that gave us purpose and camaraderie. That’s what I remember most of the time and I forget the moments of sheer terror and extreme boredom that went along with it.
I take great pride in my Marine Corps service and in its 250-year existence. I guess its one of those, you had to be there kind of things, but this 250th reminds us that next 4th of July will be the 250th anniversary of the United States. That’s right the Marine Corps existed before the country a fact that was pounded into us by our leaders in the early days. Those are some of the things I remember as I look back over more than 50 years but now it’s time to move back into the real world of today.
Sometimes even the real world doesn’t seem real or we might say that can’t be real and with AI you never know for sure. We try one fantasy and when it fails we try another. We use one imaginary problem to escape from a different problem that perhaps was not a fantasy but was caused by reliance on a fantasy. For example, last Tuesday New Yorkers tried to escape from one of those fantasies by embracing an even more toxic fantasy. Time will show the results but if history is any indicator the results will be horrendous. That is the result history has given each and every time populations have tried to indulge in the New York fantasy. Yes, the people of New York elected a self-described socialist as their mayor. The race was not very close and Republican Curtis Sliwa did not get enough votes to deny the second-place candidate the race, but Andrew Cuomo lost despite spending more than $65 million. He did not have the message and New Yorkers apparently are tired of the same old corrupt politicians so they voted for a new George Sorus funded candidate. Yes, George, it seems, owns a lot of American politicians.
I obviously don’t know the mind of each individual New York voter but apparently Mamdani found his appeal among the young and that generation, the one coming behind my daughter voted him into office. That generation knows they are struggling and they know that what they were promised turned out to be a fantasy that could not deliver anything but promises. Go to college using debt to obtain a meaningless 4-year degree and have a pretty good middle class job which doesn’t provide nearly enough to live in this new credit-based economy, especially in an expensive Democrat city.
These young people know that the average age of first-time home buyers is now 38 years old and that is the generation ahead of them not their generation. So, they are struggling and the promises they have relied on, the promises that gave their parents a good life are just not there for them. No matter what happens with interest rates, and despite the efforts of the federal government to stimulate the economy with more debt it just gets worse because debt is the economy and debt is toxic. They turn to a man who is basically foreign to all those promises because he comes from a different place and he is backed and funded from different sources that, in my carefully researched opinion are intentionally destructive.
He has a different answer for them and his solution is very simple. Why has no one before him thought that these problems could be alleviated by just making some things free. City run grocery stores should solve the high cost of food, right. What about the cost of running perhaps the world’s biggest public transportation system, and the cost of using public transportation. Pretty simple, just make it free along with free childcare and we can reduce rent with a rent stabilization freeze. Now, we know from experience that rental real property will not be maintained or upgraded because landlords can’t raise rent to cover it, but oh well.
How do we pay for all of it. Well, that is simple too we just take the money from the rich and give it to the poor so that makes the new mayor a kind of modern-day Robin Hood. There are problems out there in this economy that will be solved one way or another. If they are not solved through some type of action, they will solve themselves in some version of collapse. The fantasy of everything free will not solve the problems I am talking about because this economy is based on credit and debt and that is getting out of hand. Everything free is the opposite of the correct solution which is to pay down debt or at least do something to stop or even slow down its increase.
I don’t see any evidence of that solution being tried in fact it just gets worse and worse. Delinquencies in debt are rising rapidly, in auto, credit card, and student loan debt. According to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, delinquencies hit a record $18.4 trillion in the 2nd quarter of 2025. The national debt hit $38 trillion which causes strain across the economy as service on all that debt puts downward pressure on our standard of living. So, those are a few of the problems that confront the general government and now confront the people of New York City.
The new mayor makes it very clear that he wants to be a national figure by declaring war on Donald Trump and by making his successful campaign about Trump. He seems to have convinced his supporters that there is a vast pool of money and they are not getting their share and that is because of greed. If the people who control the vast pool of money were not so greedy and so selfish then they would release the money so the New York voters could have their financial problems relieved by getting things they used to pay for free. All this greed seems to make the new mayor very angry and he finally revealed that anger in his victory speech.
He seems to be an egalitarian as well, this mayor, because he intends to cancel New York’s school programs for gifted students. So, the gifted students will join all the others at the bottom so we can’t have meritocracy whereby a young person is able to achieve all that a free society allows. Instead, your gifted child will be confined with all the non-gifted ones hopefully in the middle, but more likely at the bottom. If that is your message, Mr. or Ms. politician, apparently those at the bottom and in the middle will support you in large numbers.
There is a possibility that this socialist victory in New York City will turn out to be a positive for Republicans nationwide. The new mayor sees himself as a national figure as I said and that might not be such a bad thing. The Democrat victories which seem so significant are concentrated along the coasts and in the large Democrat cities. In other words, this self-described socialist mayor obviously made significant inroads with his audience and his message resonated with them. On the other hand, it’s the same audience and doesn’t indicate any new trend. This new mayor then, is the new face of the Democrat Party and we will see how that plays outside the coastal Democrat strongholds.
The elite of the current Democrat Party don’t want this socialist as their new face, but he claims it anyway so they spend time distancing themselves from him after he won. The Republicans should learn from this because the message is that people are concerned about bread-and-butter issues, literally. Sometimes the elite in Washington seem unable to relate to ordinary people who care more about the cost of ground beef than what new missile the Chinese are testing. The government shutdown which is interfering with food stamps is a good example. People are dependent on them and can’t seem to live without them since most of their lives have been spent eating food courtesy of other taxpayers.
I’m just saying that the current officers of our government in Washington have not taken advantage of what the Democrats have done. My message might be, they admit they have forced this government shutdown to obtain political leverage so they get their leverage and you don’t get food. The people on the other side of the politics of the new mayor need to understand that there are legitimate reasons why people voted for him and those reasons should be addressed. It’s not much different from when Trump was elected and instead of asking why, and what are the voters concerned about, Democrats developed only one message. Trump is bad, he’s a racist, he’s a fascist and other than that we have nothing to say. So, the millions who voted for him have no concerns worthy of being addressed just like our new mayor. If Republicans want to succeed perhaps they should find someone capable of addressing and refuting his policies.
Finally, folks are the voters who elected Donald Trump irredeemable fascists whose views are not worthy of consideration. Are the voters who elected Mamdani crazy Neo-Marxists who represent a coming insane generation and are therefore too crazy to hold serious opinions. No to each question, but I do predict the election of the new mayor will end in socialist disaster and the slide into the abyss of our once greatest city will accelerate. However, the future looks bright for real estate agents in Florida and Texas.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle speaks to the best and worst of times as a good description of our times, today.
Transcription / Notes
THE BEST AND WORST OF TIMES
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. Yes, this is Halloween day, a traditional spooky, bad news day, but I have decided to use this spooky day and borrow a bit from the classic novel written by Charles Dickens entitled “A Tale of Two Cities”. Mr. Dickens opened his novel with “It Was the Best of Times; It Was the Worst of Times” and that is a pretty good description of our times, today.
Dickens wrote those words in 1859 as the title and opening of his novel which was set in London and Paris during the French Revolution. “It was the best of times, it was the worst of times, it was the age of wisdom, it was the age of foolishness, it was the epoch of belief, it was the epoch of incredulity.” That sounds so much like today because the more things change the more they stay the same and as we all know technology constantly changes but human nature does not. The setting of Dickens’ novel was an age of radical opposites that faced each other much like today, but today they are not cities but political divisions.
Here in present-day America, we have opposing forces and contrasting views everywhere you look. In New York City, for example, there seems to be a very good possibility that the people of that once great city will elect a man named Zohran Mamdani as mayor in the upcoming election. The man is often described as a communist as well as an Islamic fundamentalist at the same time. Those two terms are, of course, contradictory because communism was founded and still is based on atheism while Islam is obviously based on a belief in God.
He does seem to have some radical ideas based on economic theories which have been failures everywhere they have been tried. He is not the first to suggest that public transportation be free without any corresponding explanation of where he would get the money to pay for it. See folks, nothing government does is ever free because someone always pays and the politicians want the people to give them the authority to decide who they will steal the money from. I suppose that is true democracy whereby the mob is empowered to loot anyone not voting with the majority. Once again it proves the wisdom of the founders who believed in individual rather than collective rights.
Just wind the clock back a century or so and you will find the words of Thomas Paine who wrote a revolutionary pamphlet called Common Sense. One article or series of articles in the pamphlet was called The Crises. He began that section with the words, “These Are the Times That Try Men’s Souls” and that phrase seems more appropriate today than ever. That phrase is especially true here on Halloween Day as many vitally important things hang in the balance such as NYC and whether that city will ever be great again or whether it will continue its slide into the abyss.
So, Mr. Mamdani is an example of the worst of times. The best of times is an amazing contrast whereby the people of Argentina, after decades of socialist experiments, which left that once powerhouse of an economy in a state of collapse decided to change course. What could be more wonderful than the joy of seeing voters reject the allure of socialism for the second time. Argentina’s president, Javier Milei, has led his party to a landslide victory in the elections held last Sunday. Radical spending cuts and free-market reforms defined the two years of his presidency and the people of Argentina have endorsed his efforts and decided to continue the road to recovery. That’s the very good news from Argentina.
The bad news or at least I have decided to see it as bad news is that Donald Trump agreed to extend a $40 billion loan to Argentina which has defaulted three times since the year 2000. Never mind the chances of repayment, the president told the Argentine people that the money would only be coming if Milei was reelected which as I said, he was. Does that sound like an open bribe, yes it does, but at least it is open for anyone to see and at least the money is for Argentine trade with the U.S. It is not a Joe Biden kind of bribe whereby he and Hunter get the money personally.
So why is the bribe a bad thing. Well, for one thing this is a bailout and the American people voted for America first which means no bailouts. They especially did not vote for a bailout of a foreign country which might involve lower prices for their soybeans, beef etc. Oh well, we move on, and anyway, encouraging free markets, especially in this hemisphere, is not such a bad thing.
Milei, in office for a little less than two years, has reduced inflation by 90% and cut the budget by 100%. Argentina is no longer in the desert as Mr. Milei described its condition when he took office. The nation has climbed out of its permanent recession and now has the fastest growing economy in the Americas. GDP growth is more than twice that of the U.S. Real wages have tripled and poverty has been cut by 40%. So, why is the $40 billion necessary? That’s a very good question.
In the meantime, the president is on a trip to the Far East where he has made trade deals with five countries that will bring, reportedly trillions in trade and hopefully more work for Americans. He stopped in Malaysia to sign a peace deal he helped negotiate between Cambodia and Thailand. He also met Japan’s new prime minister Sanae Takaichi who is a lot closer to Mr. Trump on how she views the world than most Asian leaders. The trade deal with Japan, worth billions for the U.S, includes rare earth minerals thus reducing the U.S. dependence on China.
In a gesture of friendship and trust, Prime Minister Takaichi donated 250 Japanese cherry trees to help with President Trump’s beautification of Washington efforts. She mentioned in her glowing speech that Japanese fireworks will be used in D.C. as part of the July 4th celebration of the 250th anniversary of the U.S. thus the 250 trees. She and the president watched part of the world series game together and that was I believe the 3rd game which went 18 innings won by the Dodgers which has many Japanese players.
She knew that Trump and former Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe were close friends. Unfortunately, Mr. Abe is now deceased so she gave Trump his putter as a gesture of goodwill and she told him Shinzo would have wanted him to have it. Trump obviously appreciated the touching nature of the gift and expressed sadness at Mr. Abe’s death, and he said he accepted the gift on behalf of the United States. So, these nations, once enemies in a long and bitter war which ended in a nuclear explosion are now good friends so I’m going to put that down as some of the very best of times.
The bad times always seem to happen at the same time, and this time they were on the other side of the world. Despite the peace agreement brokered by President Trump the Israeli Prime Minister, Bibi Netanyahu apparently used the cover of Trump in the Far East to attack Gaza with American fighter jets and American bombs. The Israelis accused Hamas of killing one Israeli soldier so the attacks reportedly killed 104 people according to the Gaza Health Ministry which of course is run by Hamas. The Israeli attacks came after Israel accused Hamas of shooting an Israeli soldier which caused Mr. Netanyahu to order an “immediate and powerful” attack on the rubble already destroyed by powerful Israeli attacks over the last two years. The health ministry announced that 46 of the dead were children and 20 were women. This area of the world is a difficult to impossible place to find peace, and good times are hard to come by.
The problem or at least part of the problem, seems to be that both sides in this dispute feel religiously entitled to all the land in the region and neither will be satisfied with anything less than the total departure of the other side. This might be a good time for the U.S. to stop its involvement including furnishing the weapons for the attacks. Such a policy shift would indeed be the best of times for America.
Continuing our examination of the worst of times the U.S. proxy war against Russia seems to be on the verge of expanding into Eastern Europe and other NATO member states. President Trump has made some policy changes taking a harder line against Russia in any possible peace negotiations and that is reportedly due to the influence of Marco Rubio who seems to be very good at the job of Secretary of State but who also may have more than a little neocon in him. U.S. sanctions on Russian oil haven’t worked that well, but now they have intensified and seem to be having their effect, and some of the drone attacks inside Russia have been against Russian oil and oil storage facilities.
Some of the European countries seem to be at odds with the European Union’s position with regard to Russia. Hungary, Slovakia, and Romania are three which have expressed such reservations. You probably remember that Joan and I founded and run a Christian Mission/Orphanage in Romania for orphaned children, mostly but not all Gypsies. I tell you that to explain that I pay particular attention to any news concerning Romania because it could affect our mission which is home to about 50 kids who have no other home to go to.
So, on the good news front the U.S. just announced that it plans to withdraw 800 U.S. soldiers stationed in Romania, as part of a broader restructuring of its forces in Europe. One thousand troops as well as aircraft, drones and other assets will remain in Romania. The U.S. Army 3rd infantry division took over command of U.S. forces in Romania replacing the 1st Armored Division. Perhaps that decision is a recognition of my theory that the tank is an anachronism on today’s battlefield.
IN light of our theme of the best of times and the worst of times here are a few things to close with. In the past two and one-third months ending October 15th the U.S. national debt increased by more than one trillion dollars. In light of the debt which now exceeds 38 trillion why is the U.S. continuing to fight and underwrite Israel’s wars or anyone else’s for that matter. How can the U.S. afford to loan anyone anything or bomb any one except in a dire act of self-defense. All the sanctions on Russia and China as well as other countries which do business with them accomplish not much but make more enemies and higher prices.
Finally, folks, I could go on with this best of times and worst of times analysis all day but instead let me close with some thoughts from George Washington. He and the other founders were of European ancestry and he saw and knew their political systems. He said we Americans should leverage our relative isolation and disentangle ourselves from the conflicts and eternal hatreds of the old world. We should focus on trade with everyone and prosperity for all. No entangling alliances because they just make us beholden and put us in the middle of wars that should be none of our business. That sounds like pretty good advice to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the military actions taken by president Trump against the nation of Venezuela as well as some other South American and Latin American nations. Is stopping drug trafficking and importation of narcotics into the United States all there is to it?
Transcription / Notes
A NEW MONROE DOCTRINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the military actions taken by President Trump against the nation of Venezuela as well as some other South and Latin American nations. I argue that there is more involved in these actions than an effort to stop drug trafficking and also assert that countering the import of narcotics into the United States is at best a side benefit of the action against those countries.
The original Monroe Doctrine has been the policy of the United States for a little over 200 years, but it has been more or less abandoned in recent years. Is Donald Trump trying to reassert that doctrine with his military efforts in the Western Hemisphere, I think he is and I will make my case today. First, let’s look at the Monroe Doctrine and what it was originally intended to be.
It was first formulated or at least spoken of by President James Monroe in 1823 during his state of the union address to congress. He laid out before congress a foreign policy position that opposed European colonialism in the Western Hemisphere. Essentially, he just told the Europeans, and at the time Spain was the primary nation, that we will leave you alone in Europe and not interfere in your affairs and in return this hemisphere is off limits to you. Intervention in the affairs of nations in this hemisphere by foreign powers would potentially be treated as a hostile act against the United States. This doctrine was the grand foreign policy strategy during the 19th century.
The Spanish American War at the end of the 19th century and the beginning of the 20th was the capstone or high-water mark of that policy when the United States removed Spain from its last two remaining colonies in this hemisphere. The 20th century brought with it two world wars and an America victorious and willing to intervene anywhere and at anytime it wanted to. Instead of non-intervention in European affairs the U.S. now has in the neighborhood of 750 military bases on foreign soil all over the world.
The doctrine has been argued about and debated since the Spanish American War, but now everything is different and far more dangerous because of nuclear weapons and the reality that one mistake by one psychopathic leader could unleash a worldwide catastrophe. We also have a new war called the war on drugs that has been raging since President Nixon proclaimed it in the early 1970’s. That war has been fought, lost and fought again since then by almost every president since Nixon. Every president at least pays lip service to stopping the scourge of drugs coming into the United States. It seems that each time one drug is somewhat controlled a new, even worse one takes its place. Cocaine, fentanyl, and other synthetic opioids for example.
Unlike other presidents Trump seems to be approaching the problem as an actual war rather than using war as a turn of phrase. He has stated that the U.S. is in a “non-international armed conflict” with drug cartels he has designated as terrorist organizations. The Trump administration delivered that notice to congress after a strike on an alleged drug boat from Venezuela. There have been several strikes since then all against supposed drug boats. The scene is usually a high-speed boat carrying several people speeding across the Caribbean when a drone unleashes a hellfire missile and the boat and all its contents disappears.
Designating a group as a terrorist organization is more than just saying we don’t like those people. It deprives that group of many of the niceties of American law such as due process of law and its proponents argue that it permits the non-judicial killing of members of that group. You may recall that President Obama used it when he used to analyze and revise his kill list each Tuesday morning. He used it to kill an American citizen named Anwar al Awlaki somewhere in I believe North Africa, perhaps Somalia. He took a lot of heat for killing an American citizen without any due process but he just said he’s a member of Isis, a designated terrorist organization.
So, that’s how it works, if you are a member of an organization designated as terrorist you are fair game. That’s why designating Antifa as terrorist is so significant and why a few of the group’s members have apparently fled the country. So, an actual shooting war is being conducted against the drug cartels who are of course terrorists. The President of the United States has not limited his invectives to the cartels but has extended the attacks to include the leaders of other countries, at least with words.
The Attorney General, Pam Bondi, has accused President Nicolas Maduro of Venezuela of heading up one of the world’s most notorious drug trafficking operations. She said his involvement in the drug trade is a direct threat to the national security of the United States. “He is one of the largest narco-traffickers in the world and a threat to our national security. Therefore, we’ve doubled his reward to $50 million.” Yes, the United States has officially, through its chief lawyer, its attorney general, put a reward on the life of the leader of a foreign country.
It has long been rumored or suspected that the drug cartels pay the leaders of South and Latin American countries in drugs such as cocaine instead of cash. That policy, if true, converts the leaders into drug traffickers because they must deliver the drugs to the end users in the United States, thus the drug boats. The administration said its report to congress was required by the National Defense Authorization Act after the U.S. conducts a military attack. The terrorist designation includes several known cartels such as Venezuela’s Tren de Aragua, Mexico’s Sinaloa Cartel, and El Salvador’s MS-13. The report said the drugs smuggled by these organizations kill tens of thousands of Americans each year and constitute an “armed attack” against U.S. citizens.
The U.S. forces remain positioned to carry out operations as necessary to prevent further deaths or injuries to American citizens by eliminating the threat posed by these terrorist designated organizations. So, in furtherance of that goal the United States has positioned a very powerful array of its armed forces in the Caribbean including many warships. Keep in mind that these ships are not Coast Guard cutters, but navy warships and on those ships and otherwise deployed are some 11,000 U.S. military personnel.
The president also announced that he has authorized the CIA to conduct operations inside Venezuela. That is in addition to eight warships, a nuclear-powered submarine, several B-52 strategic bombers and fighter jets. This display of military power is supposedly due to drug smuggling and illegal immigration into the United States. When I hear that I raise an eyebrow because it makes no sense to me. There is an economic term called ROI which is return on investment and I don’t see how this investment can be returned if that is the only reason.
Recently the admiral who commanded the Central Command or SOUTHCOM, admiral Alvin Holsey resigned from his position. Perhaps he had doubts about the legality of what he was ordered to do but the reason for his resignation is publicly unknown. The term resignation used by an officer of general rank is very significant because such officers simply do not resign, it just isn’t done. If he wanted to leave the service he would instead announce his retirement and if the navy was not in desperate need of his service his retirement would be approved.
A serving officer has no right to resign without approval. The military in which he serves could reject his resignation but the navy did not do that and his resignation, effective December 1st I believe, was quickly accepted. The whole process that transpired is very revealing but of what no one is saying. I know one thing and that is that his leaving his position was apparently welcomed by the navy. So, what in the world is going on down there. Let’s take a look at some possibilities.
I personally don’t think for a minute that this military display with all its threats is for the purpose of fighting a drug war. That part of it, if anything, is simply a side benefit. No, this is a reimposition of the Monroe Doctrine and this time it is not directed at Europe but China. President Trump is telling China, the Western Hemisphere is ours, we control it, so stay away. Maduro in Venezuela, and Gustavo Petro in Columbia are on notice that the U.S. is not going to permit China to continue dominating the economies and militaries in those countries. To Trump apparently that may require enacting regime change by force in those countries.
There is an island just off the coast of Venezuela called Marguerita Island known colloquially as terror island because it is a training base for Middle East terror groups. I first heard of what was allegedly happening on that island from a report by Glen Beck who reported it on his podcast. Yes, Hamas, Hezbollah, and the Houthis are alive and well allegedly, off the coast of Venezuela. These people are apparently trained, equipped and sent back to the Middle East to lead and conduct terror campaigns, and of course, some are transported into the U.S. If that were all it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Venezuela in particular but Columbia also are two countries with one of the largest deposits of petroleum and other valuable minerals on earth. Right now, the benefit of all that oil, rare earth minerals, etc. is going to China and Trump wants to see that change.
Using his usual method of negotiating he offers them the carrot and the stick. The stick is a $50 million bounty on their leader as well as ships full of U.S. Marines on their near shore and the CIA doing what it does in their cities. The carrot is that all of this display of what we can do to you goes away if you just do two things that are obviously in your best interest. Stop training terrorists and sell us your oil and minerals. In return your people will no longer live in poverty, your medical system will no longer be non-existent and your leaders will be a friend of the U.S. instead of having bounties on their heads.
Tensions are escalating and apparently none of these leaders will back down until it’s too late. The U.S. appears to be on the verge of air strikes inside Venezuela. Perhaps full-scale war can still be averted but we will have to wait and see folks. As you are painfully aware I’m opposed to non-defensive, regime change wars.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell talks about the peace agreement or ceasefire orchestrated by President Trump to end the slaughter in Gaza and return the hostages to their families.
Transcription / Notes
DAY OF REJOICING
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the peace agreement or ceasefire if you prefer, orchestrated by President Trump to end the slaughter in Gaza and return the hostages to their families.
Yes, it was a glorious day anticipated for two years and on the day they arrived 65,000 people gathered in Hostage Square to welcome them home. Many did not survive but for those who did it was indeed an emotional and glorious day. Imagine the joy of seeing your loved one who survived two years of captivity underground in the tunnels of Gaza. For two years you didn’t know whether he was alive or dead and what suffering he might be enduring.
The peace might not hold and it might be just a temporary pause in the slaughter but the hostages are home and for that moment it was glorious. Everybody around the world celebrated and called Donald Trump a hero. When Trump spoke to the Knesset, the Israeli Parliament, one of the speakers referred to him as a giant of Jewish history. Everybody celebrated except of course the ceasefire protestors in America. It seems that what they had been screaming about for two years was somehow not enough. I suspect that they see their only policy which is, Trump is bad, slipping away. If they had no policy at all that would be good because the more policies your politicians have the poorer you are. No policy is usually the best policy.
Can’t you just let yourself be happy for one moment because these hostages are free. For more that 730 days since October 7, 2023, when Hamas kidnapped about 250 people from Israel, they endured a terrible ordeal, and finally about 20 of them were released. In total, 120 made it home alive and 130 did not survive the ordeal. The scene of their return reminded me of the films about when the survivors of the Holocaust stepped off the trains and entered freedom.
These dates the dates of the start of the war and the end, carry significance in the Jewish calendar but I don’t pretend to understand it, and I wonder if Hamas understands it. For the hostages after years of captivity, starvation, physical abuse, and torture, hidden away in oxygen deprived tunnels their conditions reminiscent of those described by the Psalmist in Psalm 107: 10-14.
“Some sat in darkness, in utter darkness, prisoners suffering in iron chains, because they rebelled against God’s commands and despised the plans of the Most High. So, he subjected them to bitter labor; they stumbled and there was no one to help. Then they cried to the Lord in their trouble, and he saved them from their distress. He brought them out of darkness, the utter darkness, and he broke away their chains.”
So, there is or was peace if only for a moment but it was a sweet smell at last. How did it happen when so many had tried but no one had succeeded at this level. I can see several differences between Trump’s approach and all the others, but let’s let Victor Davis Hanson speak about it for a moment. I’m paraphrasing him but for one thing, Trump approaches negotiations from a position of strength rather than weakness. Remember the one hostage who said than when Trump was elected they started treating them better. No more spitting on them and forcing them to dig their own graves because they were obviously afraid of him. Trump was very successful in cutting off the money supply to Hamas and the other Iranian proxy terrorist armies. His sanctions on Iranian oil were squeezing the country’s ability to make war and supply the proxy armies.
His attack on the Iranian nuclear enrichment sites destroyed or at least set back the Iranian efforts at building a nuclear weapon and that took away the threat that Netanyahu and other Israeli leaders had screamed about for 46 years. He supplied Israel with the weapons and the permission to attack and destroy the three Iranian proxy armies. Hamas, The Houthis, and Hezbollah, were all reduced to ineffectiveness by the relentless Israeli attacks. The American attack on Iran demonstrated a military capability that was so incredible that people on both sides had to take notice.
Israel destroyed Iran’s antiair capability and embarrassed that nation before the world which respects and understands only strength. He was clever enough to notice that there is no great Arab or Palestinian leader such as Arafat to always hamstring negotiations. Instead, he assembled a coalition of Arab countries to act for the Arab/Palestinian cause. Egypt, Saudi Arabia, the Emirates, primarily Qatar. These countries all have the ability, the money, and the manpower to rebuild Gaza. Mr. Hanson makes sense and gives a little clarity to something very unclear but here are some of my own observations.
Trump’s approach, unclear to me and I guess to both sides came to the forefront when it had to. You can say many things about that man but if you are honest you have to admit that he is quite a negotiator and like a good trial lawyer he knows that negotiations have to be set up in advance and strength has to be demonstrated in order to achieve success. For his entire time in office, he has been building the appearance of a very strong country, second to none. He sent Hegseth to publicly admonish the general officer corps and let the world know that he expected a warrior class to lead in the military.
He used the carrot and stick approach in dealing with friend and foe alike. Who knows what passed in private conversations with Netanyahu and I have been very critical of his seeming control of Trump which he publicly bragged about. When Netanyahu attacked Qatar, an American ally with American weapons he was infuriated and humiliated and he didn’t just let it pass. Bibi had to call from the oval office and say he regretted the decision. He calmed the fears of the Qataris by forming a mutual defense agreement with Qatar pledging American support if they were attacked. He wouldn’t have had to do that if Bibi was a little more rational.
When the Saudis expressed apprehension about Israel’s nuclear weapons and apparently told him that every country in the Middle East was being held hostage by Israeli nukes and Bibi’s irrationality he took action to calm them. He arranged, with American blessing, a deal between the Saudis and Pakistan, a nuclear armed country, in which they pledged to come to each other’s aid if attacked.
Perhaps most importantly he doesn’t seem to hold grudges and doesn’t want to “bring democracy” to countries which have never had it and don’t want it. He respects their culture and traditions and treats them accordingly. When he attacked Iran’s nuclear sites he said he now wants to make Iran great again. He holds out the carrot by offering a way for the nations of the Middle East to have prosperity if they have peace, and he tries to convince them to put aside thousands of years of generational hatred for prosperity which comes through peace, not war.
The leaders of Middle East countries, because of the actions and attitudes I just mentioned, now see America differently. Whether completely true or not America is the global leader in AI, robotics, crypto and other next generation technologies and therefore, America and its chief executive need to be accommodated. To wrap up this section on how he did it, he left them with no alternative. There is no alternative to the bombed out starving rubble that is Gaza. There are a lot of crazy people over there but apparently enough sane ones to make some difference.
This peace may be only temporary or perhaps it will require more war to enforce it, but for that one day at least, there was rejoicing. Both sides appeared to violate the agreement as soon as it was signed. Israeli forces killed five Palestinians who approached their lines after signing. The Palestinians were told not to approach military positions but it is unclear whether these five were Hamas fighters or just starving Palestinians. The agreement requires Hamas to disarm and stop fighting. It does not permit Hamas to occupy and run Gaza.
Somehow in all the rubble the Hamas units found new uniforms which look clean and in good military grade condition. They, at this point, have asserted control where Israeli units have pulled back. They have rounded up people said to have collaborated with the Israelis and publicly executed them by shooting them in the back of the head while being forced to kneel. The scene reminded me of all those black and white videos of the Nazis doing the same thing to Jews. Hamas, despite agreeing to disarm, seems to think it can reassert control over Gaza and continue stealing U.N. aid and charging starving people for food, but Trump says if that is what they think then they have another think coming.
Journalists in Gaza report that Hamas is moving rapidly to reassert control. Hamas has brought upon the people of Gaza nothing but brutality and death but once again they respect only strength and brute power. According to Reuters they have killed more than 30 people in battles with rival forces after signing. I guess there is more than one group which would like to have control of the rubble and the world aid coming in. The public executions of supposed collaborators is an obvious attempt to terrorize already terrorized civilians.
Trump was not amused by Hamas’ refusal to abide by the agreement they signed or at least a spokesman signed for them. “Well, they’re going to disarm because they said they were going to disarm, and if they don’t disarm, we will disarm them. I don’t have to explain that to you, but if they don’t disarm, we will disarm them. They know I’m not playing games. OK.”
He went on to say that he spoke to Hamas and said you’re going to disarm right. They said yes sir we are going to disarm, that’s what they told me so they will disarm or we will disarm them. Got it.
It’s just as hard to predict how the war hawks here in America will react to peace as it is Hamas. There appears to be nothing a good war hawk hates more than peace. Chief war hawk Lindsey Graham said that Israel is planning another invasion of Gaza.
Finally, Folks, to that I say that Israel is still a sovereign country but if it does anything to foul this peace deal so painstakingly built it will do it without American tax dollars, American equipment, and American support, at least I hope so, anyway.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the second anniversary of the attacks by Hamas against the nation of Israel and its people on October 7, 2023. What is going on in the Middle East, especially in Gaza today and is all the mass trauma a reaction to October 7th or is there more to it than that?
Transcription / Notes
THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE HAMAS ATTACKS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the 2nd anniversary of the attacks by Hamas against the nation of Israel and its people on October 7, 2023. What is going on in the Middle East especially in Gaza today. Is all the mass trauma a reaction to October 7 or is there a lot more to it than that. This was recorded too late for the settlement in Gaza but I don’t think that changes my report.
The question I have and will explore in this report is this, is the nation of Israel and especially its leader, Bibi Netanyahu, as bad as they are portrayed in virtually all media today. For example, here is a quote from Paul Craig Roberts just to get us started.
“Today the world faces an even more absurd situation. Israel, a tiny country with no resources except American money and protection, has Western foreign policy, and apparently also Russia’s, in its tiny hands. For a quarter century Americans have fought to destroy Arab nations for the sake of expanding Greater Israel. American soldiers were told by their lying government that they were dying and being permanently disabled to protect America from a non-existent Muslim terrorism, when in fact they were dying for Greater Israel.”
Do you think that statement is true, and if you do why do you think so. Is your belief in whether it’s a true or false statement just based on how you view the world or how you think the world should be or is it backed by evidence or even personal experience. There are reasons to accept it as true that were not clear to me before the war in Gaza but have been made clear as a result of international condemnation for the way Netanyahu has conducted that war. In regard to Israel controlling American foreign policy, that seems to be a reality. It should trouble or even enrage any American to think that a country of 9 million controls the military and state department of this country of 330 million. That statement is especially true when you consider the spying on America, and other less than friendly actions against Israel’s only friend in this world.
Tucker Carlson has been the prime mover in bringing that situation to the attention of the American people. Tucker points out certain things about the behavior of the United States and that of Israel and asks why. There are usually no good answers to his questions, which presents even more questions but now it seems that there may be changes happening.
“I think the good news is that the government of Israel, in particular, the prime minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, has pushed it too far. And he did that in part by running around telling people what he thought was true, apparently, I control Donald Trump. I control the United States Congress. I control the United States. He said that to political allies. And opponents in his country said it to foreign heads of state. I control these people. Don’t you worry.”
That quote from Tucker is a true statement in that Mr. Netanyahu actually said that out loud to other people. I’ve seen the videos of him saying it which he apparently didn’t know was being filmed. He also said that If the Israeli people kicked him out of office his replacement likely would not have that level of control. I just don’t understand why Donald Trump would put up with it. Blackmail, bribery or some other form of extortion. I don’t think Donald Trump needs the money so it has to be something more sinister than raw greed.
Apparently, the statement about control was too much even for Trump, who has been loyal all the way to Bibi. In response he said he would not allow Israel to annex the West Bank and his proposed peace plan does not include Israeli occupation of Gaza. We’ll see what happens with regard to the West Bank and the peace proposal as Trump talks to different people because he has been known to change his mind.
Leadership in the U.S. military apparently has a hard time accepting Israelis in their command structure. The people out there on the front lines of battle are our sons and daughters and putting their lives on the line for an ungrateful foreign country doesn’t sit well with me or them. Here’s another true story exposed by Tucker that occurred during the recent 12-day war between Israel and Iran that culminated in a U.S. attack.
IDF officers were at the Pentagon during the war. They enraged American officers by just barging into meetings, giving orders, making demands, and nobody did anything about it. They apparently did the same thing with the Secretary of Defense’s office during the Iraq war. Netanyahu defends his actions by calling anyone who disagrees antisemitic. The term he has grown fond of is “Woke Reich” I suppose to paint anyone who criticizes his policies as a Nazi. Tucker has been relentless and very courageous in his efforts to portray Israel accurately. He doesn’t use any harsh language or call anyone names he just gives known facts that hardly anyone wants to talk about.
For example, he is willing to point out to the American people several actions Israel has taken that no nation with any self-respect should put up with and certainly not from a foreign nation that could not exist without the assistance of the U.S. For one thing the 1967 attack on the USS Liberty, a U.S. ship in international waters strafed and bombed by Israeli fighter jets supplied to Israel by the American taxpayers. Despite the attacks on an unarmed ship the Liberty and its crew in the finest tradition of the U.S. Navy refused to die. Not content to kill many U.S. sailors on the ship they strafed and machined survivors in the water.
Why would this ally do such a terrible thing. It was apparently to blame the attack on Egypt thus drawing the U.S. into their six-day war. No list would be complete without the tremendous amount of Israeli spying on the U.S. military and technology companies. He, that is Tucker, accuses Israel of selling U.S. secrets and technology to China. Despite all this and much more U.S. politicians demonstrate continued slavish loyalty to Israel. A quote by Nikki Haley who I believe was in the Republican primaries at the time comes to mind. She said, and I’m paraphrasing, Israel doesn’t need the U.S. the U.S. needs Israel. I, along with Tucker, ask in what world could that statement possibly be true.
The murder of Charlie Kirk, a close friend of Tucker’s, apparently caused him along with Charlie, to start asking if the things assumed about Israel are really true. I don’t know maybe it was Tucker who influenced Charlie rather than the other way around. That would make sense in a weird way, Tucker talks to Charlie and speaks at his conferences about Israel and what is happening in Gaza. Charlie’s audience was predominantly College and high school age people and virtually none of those people support Israel in Gaza.
So, Tucker points out that there are very serious problems and serious Christian issues with Israel and Gaza and Charlie listens to him. Charlie refuses to toe the line and take the money any longer and that was the thing that got him killed. Even though Charlie was a grown man and a very intelligent one who could speak for himself, I would not want that on my conscience. Am I saying that Israel or Bibi Netanyahu killed Charlie Kirk, no but there is an amazing series of coincidences involving Israel’s demands and Charlie’s turning down reportedly $150 million.
One other thing and that is Bibi’s going public and on video calling for various social media sites to censor American citizens. I heard him tell people on video to approach Elon Musk about his site X. He’s not an enemy Bibi said, he’s a friend so he can be convinced by mutual acquaintances. Convinced of what or to do what and the answer is to censor Americans and do the bidding of Bibi Netanyahu and post his propaganda on X.
This information puts Tucker Carlson in a very unique position at this point in history. The information he presents should infuriate the American people and that, of course, is the reason he is doing it. So, there is the human costs of fighting wars for the benefit of Israel. The thousands of American dead, the hundreds of thousands, perhaps millions of non-American dead, the permanently disabled requiring lifetime care which brings up the cost is terms of money.
The U.S. gives to Israel as a free gift $3.8 billion per year to do with as it sees fit. I point out that the U.S. has a $37 trillion debt. Do we give money to any other country without any say in what that country does with the money. That’s not even what galls me so much. Speaking of gall what about using that money to buy the U.S. Congress and Senate. Members of congress tell me that each member of the house and senate has his or her own AIPAC lobbyist assigned. In case you don’t know that is the American Israeli political action committee. So, they buy us and they use our own money to do it. Pretty smart any way you look at it. If that were all it would be plenty but as usual it gets worse. Since the date that we remember as October 7, 2023, the U.S. has given Israel about $30 billion for its wars in Gaza, Iran, Yemen, Syria, Iraq, Lebanon among others. That’s more per year than Israel’s annual defense budget prior to that year.
But Bibi doesn’t have to worry about his budget. He doesn’t have to worry about replacing used up military equipment or maintenance on his F-35 stealth jets because he has the U.S, which as he puts it, he controls. There are U.S. troops on the ground in Israel right now manning two THAAD missile batteries which are designed as anti-missile defense weapons.
In conclusion, although not mentioned in the peace proposal, Blackrock, the gigantic American hedge fund is funding several companies which support Israel. The report is from Francesca Albanese, UN special rapporteur for the occupied Palestinian territories. Gaza apparently has one of the world’s largest gas deposits off its coast and Trump is no dummy when it comes to the use of natural resources. Israel has virtually no resources so could it be that Gaza will provide the funds for its own development into fabulous new cities envisaged in Trump’s proposal.
Finally, folks, in Exodus we are told that the Lord God through Moses, his servant, said to Pharaoh, let my people go. When Pharaoh refused 10 plagues were sent on him. When he still refused despite all previous plagues God said let my people go or I will strike your first born dead,. Pharaoh again refused and suffered the consequences. I wonder if God could once again sending plagues to punish, but this time with role reversal. I don’t know, but perhaps the theologians could shed some light.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s 20-point proposal to bring peace or at least the absence of war and famine to Gaza.
Transcription / Notes
WILL THERE BE PEACE IN GAZA
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd of October in the year of our Lord 2025. I have decided to talk about what seems to be most important for the United States and the world in this report. The government shutdown will have to wait but it might be a good thing anyway. President Trump’s 20-point proposal to bring peace or at least the absence of war and famine to Gaza is my beat for today.
The people of Gaza are certainly important and certainly worth talking about because they and their land are central to Mr. Netanyahu’s plan for the Middle East. Israel seems to appear in almost every discussion about almost everything today. Keeping all that in mind, I have a question to ask before I begin the discussion of Trump’s proposed peace plan.
According to articles by Max Blumenthal who has done yeoman’s work on the subject, Charlie Kirk had expressed to him his one fear and it was not trans people, homosexual activists or anyone of that ilk. No, he said that what he feared the most was the “the Israeli regime backed by powerful and wealthy Jewish donors in the United States.” He went on to allege that Bibi Netanyahu offered Charlie $150 million to come back into the Zionist fold but Charlie chose to keep his honor.
According to Blumenthal, sources within Charlie’s inner circle said that Charlie and Erika had been attending Catholic Mass together. Why is that important, well Mr. Netanyahu was apparently very frightened by it. Candace Owens, close friend of Charlie’s and a recent convert to Catholicism confirmed that for several weeks before his murder Charlie had been distancing himself from the Israeli donors. The investigation by Blumenthal revealed through conversations with Charlie’s inner circle, that many members of that circle as well as members of the Trump administration, believed that Israel killed him. Blumenthal admitted that such beliefs might not be correct, but he was shocked that they were so widespread even with no help from the media.
Reportedly, Israeli donors were furious and shocked that Charlie refused Bibi’s money and more importantly his invitation back to the fold. Apparently, Charlie discounted Bibi’s open boast that he controlled America. Afterall isn’t it obvious that both American political parties support Israel’s policies one way or the other. Those donors thought they could threaten Charlie with the end of his career if he didn’t cooperate. He was obviously aware of the threats and intimidation but that did not stop him. I could make this entire report about Charlie again, but I promised Gaza in the introduction so how is Gaza related in any way to Charlie Kirk. Apparently Charlie was separating from the views of his Israeli donors over Gaza and that links them together, but one more thing about Israel and Mr. Netanyahu before I let it go. Foreign Agents Registration Act documents reveal that the Israeli government is paying pro-Israel influencers $7000 per Instagram and Tik-Tok post for each post spreading Netanyahu’s propaganda. So, we know they were putting that $4 billion U.S. taxpayers give them each year to good use.
Before I get into Trump’s peace proposal I will ask the question that if members of the Trump Administration really believe that the Israelis killed Charlie as his inner circle believes then how can the U.S. Government, the shining light on the hill, the bastion of freedom, the world’s example of rule by law and not by men continue to act as if nothing happened. The answer to that question would appear to be very frightening indeed.
Well, having said all that Donald Trump, like so many presidents before him, has developed a plan for peace in the Middle East, specifically Gaza. Netanyahu quickly accepted the plan publicly, but Hamas has said it might reject it because it benefits only Israel. I’m fairly well acquainted with the plan and I don’t see that about it. It would allow the withdrawal of Israeli forces, the release of remaining hostages, and it would allow the people of Gaza to be fed, to get medical care, etc.
The plan is much too long for me to discuss all 20 of its points but I will choose just a few of the more important or obvious ones to summarize and give my own thoughts. 1. Gaza will be a deradicalized terror-free zone that does not pose a threat to its neighbors. Well, that’s easier said than done and it obviously requires the terrorists to stop acts of terror and revolutionary resistance to the new rule.
- Gaza will be redeveloped for the benefit of the people of Gaza, who have suffered more than enough. Sounds good, at least in principle but I don’t understand what redeveloped means and it is not defined. Who pays for all this redevelopment and if Israel is to contribute where will that money come from.
3,4, and 5. If both sides agree then the war will immediately end. IDF will withdraw to the line agreed upon in the proposal. All military activity will cease and all hostages alive and dead will be released within 72 hours. Once hostages are released Israel will release 250 life sentence prisoners along with 1700 Gazans detained since October 7, 2023. The 2nd anniversary of that attack is next week so it is a fine time for peace.
6,7, and 8. Hamas fighters will decommission their weapons and commit to peaceful coexistence. All Hamas members who do that will be given amnesty. Those who wish to leave will be given safe passage to other countries. I hope that safe passage doesn’t include the United States. Humanitarian aid will immediately commence and both sides pledge to refrain from interfering with the UN’s effort to deliver the aid. The Rafah passage will be reopened according to what was laid out in past decrees.
- Gaza will be governed under the temporary transitional governance of a technocratic apolitical Palestinian committee responsible for running day-to-day public services. The committee will be made up of qualified Palestinians and international experts with oversight by a new body the “Board of Peace.” Which will be headed and chaired by Donald Trump and will also include Tony Blair, former Prime Minister of Great Britain. I knew from other sources that Blair was coming in to run this thing if it is enacted.
10, and11. A Trump economic development plan to rebuild and energize Gaza will be created by convening a panel of experts who have helped to birth some of the thriving, modern miracle cities in the Middle East. A special economic zone will be established with preferred tariff and access rates to be negotiated with participating countries.
-
Hamas agrees to not have any role in the new government and all terror networks including tunnels and arms stashes will be destroyed and not rebuilt.
-
A guarantee will be provided by regional partners to ensure that Hamas, and their factions comply with their obligations and the New Gaza poses no threat to its neighbors or its people.
-
This seems to me to be the most important one because upon security depends all the others. The U.S. will work with Arab and international partners to develop a temporary International Stabilization Force (ISF) to immediately deploy to Gaza. I don’t know if some of these troops will be American but I am certain that the force and this proposal is why Netanyahu was invited to the White House last week for the fourth time this year. While he was there, Trump forced him to call the Qatari government and apologize for his attack and attempt to kill the Hamas leaders invited there by the U.S. for peace talks. He used American fighter jets and weapons systems to attack an American ally without even paying the U.S. the courtesy of informing them.
He really didn’t say I’m sorry I did it because Bibi would have trouble saying that. Instead, he said he regretted the decision to do it. By the way, apparently the attack killed only Qatari citizens and no Hamas terrorists. In response to the call and to Trump’s executive order guaranteeing Qatar’s security, the Qatari government agreed to once again host the peace talks and I would expect them to participate in the new Gaza peace keeping force.
-
Israel will not annex or occupy Gaza.
-
An interfaith dialogue will be established based on the values of tolerance and peaceful co-existence by emphasizing to the Gazans and Israelis the benefits to be derived from peace.
-
I will end the plan’s summation with this 19th point and that is the hope and intent that if this works the conditions will finally be there for a credible pathway to Palestinian self-determination and statehood which is recognized as the aspiration of the Palestinian people.
In conclusion, I conclude this report with a quote from Bibi Netanyahu which is a not so veiled threat. “If Hamas rejects your plan, Mr. President, or if they supposedly accept it and then basically do everything to counter it, then Israel will finish the job by itself. This can be done the easy way or it can be done the hard way, but it will be done. We prefer the easy way, but it has to be done. All these goals must be achieved because we didn’t fight this horrible fight, sacrifice the finest of our young men, to have Hamas stay in Gaza and threaten us again and again and again with these horrific massacres.”
Trump has been maneuvering in the Middle East the entirety of his time in office. Next week is the 2nd anniversary of the October 7th, 2023, Hamas attack and as I said earlier it would be a perfect date for a peace settlement. I pray that it works and it holds.
Finally, folks I argue that the current relationship with Washington’s special ally, Israel, is not in the national security interest of the United States. Furthermore, the Constitutional Republic or if you prefer, our democracy, is severely threatened by the donor class and its control of the institutions of government. That Israeli billionaires have so much control of American policy tells me that America will soon be at war with Iran.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues analyzing the murder of Charlie Kirk especially the aftermath including his memorial service.
Transcription / Notes
WAS CHARLIE’S MURDER A FORT SUMTER EVENT?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will continue talking and analyzing the murder of Charlie Kirk especially the aftermath including his memorial service. Was this event of such magnitude that it could be a Fort Sumter level tectonic separation of opposing forces. I only know that the official explanation of the murder is not truthful because it simply could not happen that way.
Since the assassination of President Kennedy this has been an assassination nation with so many that it would be impossible to list them all in this report. Wikipedia has a 12000-word article and even that doesn’t include them all. We all remember the three big ones JFK, RFK, and MLK but there are literally dozens more of lesser significance. Very few rise to the level of professionalism that the murder of Charlie exhibited. Most killings or attempted killings were done with a handgun from close range.
Even the attempt on Donald Trump’s life in Butler, Pa. was done rather clumsily and would not have been possible without the incompetence of the Secret Service. Charlie’s murder, on the other hand, was very professional similar to JFK’s assassination in that it was done from long range with a scoped rifle and with only one shot to a lethal area of his body. That shot was planned and carried out by a lone nut who was 22 years old, living with his trans lover, and who had little to no experience in long range shooting especially with that rifle.
There are so many inconsistencies in the official explanation that it’s hard to keep up with them. I’ve seen interviews with military, i.e. Navy Seal snipers, who say that shot under the circumstances was impossible. I’ve seen videos attempting to prove that he was shot from close range with a small caliber handgun. Apparently the medical examiner’s preliminary report said that there was no exit wound which, if true, would be impossible with a 30.06 caliber rifle from 200 yards. That bullet would tear through human flesh like a knife through butter from that range and that’s not speculation it’s a fact. I hate to be gruesome about it but a 30-06 round would have blown his head apart.
So was there an exit wound or not because if not then the official story is a lie. The whole thing is a lie and a fabrication and I am totally convinced of that. The official narratives of many stories include impossibilities that we are expected to believe. For example, the way building 7 came down blocks from the World Trade Center in its own foundation footprint. We are told it was weakened by the towers, collapsed and fell, an obvious impossibility told without any embarrassment.
In Charlie’s case there are many flaws in even the long-range rifle story that as yet have no explanation. The video shows the shooter on the roof he used as a firing platform. He then got up and ran without a rifle apparently until he reached the edge of the roof where he climbed over and dropped down, again without his rifle. He then ran off into the woods where he left his fully assembled rifle with the spent cartridge still in the chamber. In other words, he didn’t cycle the bolt to chamber another round in case he had to fire again to kill his target or to defend himself. The explanation for his running without his rifle, then it appearing in the woods, is that he disassembled it at the scene and put the barrel in his pants so it would not be visible. So, he took the time to do that at the murder scene, then ran with a rifle barrel in his pants and climbed down from a high roof then went into the woods, reassembled the rifle, wrapped it in cloth and left it there. He was only there seconds after the shot and trained experts take about 1 minute to disassemble that rifle.
Virtually none of that story is believable and much of it is impossible but that is what we are supposed to believe. When we question the official explanations they call us conspiracy theorists, but couldn’t they at least show us the respect of coming up with a lie that is at least possible instead of one that is impossible. So, if the official explanation is impossible then what happened. If I knew the answer I would probably be working somewhere else but let’s look at some of the events leading to the murder.
Charlie had apparently been receiving credible death threats which lead him to employ a layered security team to protect him from lethal events. Normally, unless the target is a high-profile politician protected by the Secret Service, the threats will come from close range so I guess that’s what his team expected. In other words, they didn’t expect a professionally executed political assassination but that’s what they got. The murder then, is probably one of the most professionally executed political assassinations since JFK. Hindsight is 20-20 as they say but no roof surveillance and no drones is negligent by any security team.
Charlie had always been an absolutely committed supporter of Israel and its Zionist projects throughout the Middle East or at least that’s what I thought. He had apparently been undergoing a change of heart and was growing into a much bigger problem for the supporters of Israel than anyone knew. Tucker Carlson spoke at one of Charlie’s events and gave a very courageous speech in which he laid out much of the problems involved in the relationship between the U.S. and Israel.
Tucker, who apparently pointed out his topic in advance to Charlie, pointed out if Americans understood that their elected officials, at each branch of government are being systematically blackmailed and bought by a ruthless foreign government they would, most likely, be outraged and demand change. A few members of Congress including the Muslim members, but also Marjorie Taylor Greene who has been one of Trump’s most ardent supporters voted to cut U.S. funding to Israel. Perhaps they realized that Israel was using the money they gave it to buy and blackmail the U.S. government.
I don’t want to sound overly harsh toward Israel, especially since I have no way of knowing for sure except from what others say and write but some things are self-evident and not speculation. For one thing, if what I said in the preceding few sentences is true that is very bad indeed and something should and must be done to free the U.S. from the grip of its lost and corrupt politicians. There is another side to this story and that is that it would be fair to say the Israel is an assassination nation. Just pick up a copy of Ronen Bergman’s very authoritative book, “Rise and Kill First.” That book explains that Israel’s foreign policy is and always has been assassination of its perceived enemies. Israel seems to have the mindset that if anyone in the world threatens its intentions that person will be killed. In Fact, as Ron Unz pointed out about the revelations of the book, Israel’s body count probably exceeds all the other nations of the world combined.
With the attacks against Iran, Syria, Yemen, Iraq, Lebanon to name a few the assassination nation seems to have put the tactic into overdrive. From reading comments made by Charlie’s inner circle there appears to be a belief held by most if not all that Israel killed him just as it has killed so many other threats. Charlie was changing and that is indisputable right now. He was taken to a meeting on Long Island at the estate of billionaire Israeli supporter Bill Ackman. The purpose of the meeting, according to people who were also there was to reign Charlie in or make a last-ditch effort to keep him in the Israeli camp. People around the world in a very key demographic were starting to listen to Charlie’s message so he needed to be silenced.
Charlie reportedly refused their offers and even resented the intimidation and threats. This view of who killed Charlie may or may not be correct but it is apparently widely held by those who worked with him. According to Ron Unz, even several Trump administration members suspect that Israel killed him. Can you imagine continuing to fund such a nation if you thought it killed Charlie Kirk because I can’t imagine it.
Charlie was a young man going in harm’s way with regard to his changing view of Israel, previously one of his biggest supporters. I guess it goes something like this, we will support you and your organization with large sums of money if you continue to say nice things about us and our efforts in Gaza, but if you don’t then all bets or off. Oh, and by the way we are going to use U.S. taxpayer money to fund you and your organization just as we use it to blackmail and purchase U.S. elected officials and surrounding bureaucrats.
What you can’t do Charlie, is use the money we give you to lead or encourage all those under 30 Christian Maga soldiers away from our cause because we need them as cannon fodder to fight our wars. See Charlie our goal is to become the dominant power in the Middle East while expanding the physical borders of Israel and we can’t do that while Iran with all those hypersonic missiles and its new state of the art Russian anti-air defense integrated network, still exists. We cannot destroy Iran by ourselves and we are going to need your audience to go into Iran and do it for us. So, walk softly Charlie and tread lightly because as the drug cartels say to the Mexican politicians, you can have the gold or the lead, which do you choose.
Apparently, Charlie chose the lead which does indeed make him a Christian martyr because he died for the faith he held. His honor would not let him take the money anymore and that makes Charlie one of the most honorable men of this age. The outpouring of support from literally hundreds of thousands at his memorial service reflects that sentiment. I’m told that around 100 million people watched the service on TV worldwide.
I can’t overstate how significant that is folks. Hundreds of thousands in the arena, in an adjoining arena and standing outside in the Arizona heat. I watched it and I personally thought it was maybe the greatest event I have seen on TV in my lifetime. I will also point out that my lifetime encompasses the entire existence of Television.
The event was a five-hour long combination of old-fashioned gospel revival meeting held with almost everyone who is anyone in each branch of government today. Very rarely do the president and vice-president appear in public at the same event at the same time. Of course, Charlie’s widow stole the show with her public forgiveness of her husband’s murderer. Whether she forgave the right person is another question for another day, but Trumps kindness to her was very touching and obviously from the heart.
Finally, folks, I don’t know who killed Charlie but I do know that the official explanation is impossible. The 10’s 0f thousands who cheered Charlie’s death are very sad, misinformed people. The genie is out of the bottle, the toothpaste is out of the tube, or however you want to say it but people are starting to see what is happening to this country and more and more outrage is building. I’m afraid the ships are on their way to Fort Sumter as I speak.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle, Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about recent events, in the history of America, from assassinations to simple murders and how we never seem to get the complete and truthful picture of what happened.
Transcription / Notes
IT ALL SEEMS LIKE A GIANT PSYOP
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about recent events in the history of America from assassinations to simple murders and how we never seem to get the complete and truthful picture of what happened.
If we go back in history only so far as World War ll we find that psychological warfare was an important weapon for all combatants. It was important but also primitive compared to the worldwide grip it holds on us today. Sometimes it was millions of leaflets dropped from airplanes across Europe and sometimes it was Tokyo Rose broadcasting from Japan to American sailors opposing the Japanese navy. There were no video cameras, no satellites, no social media, and no internet whereby everyone was monitored and ordinary people could become celebrities overnight.
Sinister forces became the status quo and opposing the status quo became very dangerous. President Eisenhower saw these forces coming to power in the world and he warned President Kennedy about them. President Kennedy, a genuine war hero, and a man of courage and determination took those warnings to heart and tried to oppose the forces that were fast becoming the status quo. He died for his efforts and even though it’s been 62 years future leaders have all understood that you oppose the status quo at your own risk.
JFK’s brother Robert, who was most likely our next president, opposed those same forces and was determined to punish those who murdered his brother. The same year gave us Martin Luther King who also opposed the status quo and a man who argued for peace abroad and racial reckoning at home. Those three men met the same fate at the hands of a lone nut or so we are told. Hardly anyone today believes the demonstrably stupid explanations of their murders but at the time we still had some tiny amount of faith that our leaders might tell the truth occasionally but today, of course, we know better.
Recently, in one of his Liberty Reports, Ron Paul, age 90 gave a pretty good explanation as he addressed the assassination of Charlie Kirk.
“The turbulent 1960’s saw several killings of major US figures, including JFK, RFK, and Martin Luther King, who were challenging the status quo and pushing for a shift away from the Cold War confrontationist mentality. The real assassins of these peace leaders from last century were Nihilists who did not believe in truth. They only believed in power—the power that comes from the barrel of a gun. Rather than compete in the marketplace of ideas they preferred to snuff out any challenges and therefore decapitate any possibility that our country could take a different course.”
There were many other assassinations, of course, during that same time period. Those of us who lived through it wondered what had become of us but then as usual it got worse. A couple of others worth mentioning were John Lennon, influential man obviously who talked often about peace and voiced opposition to America’s wars. He was killed outside his Manhattan apartment by Mark David Chapman. John Hinckley, connected distantly to the Bush family, tried to assassinate Ronald Reagan who was in the process of peace with our worst enemy, the Soviet Union. I forgot to mention Richard Nixon who was ending the Vietnam War and who opened trade with China. The nation had just experienced several high-profile political murders so killing him might have aroused even the insouciant Americans’ ire. Nixon didn’t have to be assassinated because we had people who could false flag him and politically assassinate him.
I mention all this history of death and destruction to present recent history as a massive psychological warfare experiment on the American people. I didn’t even mention 9/11 and the J-6 scandal but they are part of the same experiment. We are always given completely ridiculous explanations that make no sense at all and the people who voice skepticism are lumped into a CIA invented phrase called conspiracy theorists. Yes, the CIA invented that word to cover people who questioned the status quo that they were imposing on us to explain JFK’s murder. Since then, the truth or at least the pursuit of it is referred to very negatively by those who conspire.
There are interesting things about most of the high-profile murders and things the lone nuts seem to have in common. I have always suspected that they might all share the same MK Ultra history but I don’t know that and anyone who might knows to keep his mouth shut. Many of the assassins seem to have been reading or have in their close possession the same books. The most famous of these was J.D. Salinger’s “The Catcher in The Rye.” I read that book in school as many did and I always scratched my head and wondered what message he was trying to convey.
Mark David Chapman reportedly opened the book and read it after he shot John Lennon. John Hinckley had the book with him when he shot Ronald Reagan and supposedly even Lee Harvey Oswold had the book in his apartment. I don’t know about the old hillbilly James Earl Ray but I suspect he didn’t read much. I do wonder though if Tyler Robinson was reading that book but I suppose we will never know. We will never know the truth about anything the government does because it has been and still is conducting a psyop on behalf of others. Who or what are the others, well, if we knew that it might be possible to change course but somehow anyone who tries to find out has a way of ending up dead.
What does Charlie Kirk have to do with any of this or where does he fit in this picture. Charlie was apparently evolving toward the same break with the status quo as those who learned the hard way that it would not just be accepted by the status quo. He is dead now and can’t speak for himself but we have testimony from some of his close friends including Tucker Carlson who appeared as a speaker at one of Charlie’s conventions. Tucker, as you probably know, is very skeptical about the relationship between the US and Israel.
He said in a video speech after Charlie’s death that he considered it humiliating that the US has become so ensnared by this ally that it is nothing more than the military arm of its foreign policy. How did that happen and can we ever escape he wonders and he said that Charlie expressed the same doubt to him. Charlie was apparently changing away from simply signing off on whatever President Trump wanted for US foreign policy. Supposedly he personally went to the White House to urge Trump to resist the pressure to attack Iran but he was rebuffed.
The apparent assassin, Tyler Robinson, said in many texts to his trans lover, and to others that Charlie was full of hate. I wonder if he ever stopped to ponder the irony of hating someone because of his supposed hate. In any event Charlie was apparently evolving toward changing his views about foreign policy as well as other ways and that simply can’t be allowed if you have influence and a national audience. Charlie was, arguably, the most influential voice among college and high school students in the nation so his words were a matter of grave concern to the status quo. He was starting to speak nationally about the troubles of the generation he represented.
He addressed income disparity, but more importantly the reality that these young people face. They are massively in debt not just for student loans though they have those too but just in credit card debt which everyone needs now in order to live. Hardly anyone can live without relying on credit for essentials. Essentials such as gas, food, etc. have to be charged so that fixed costs such as rent and utilities can be funded by one’s job. The result of all this is that many if not most of that generation will not be able to afford a simple little house to raise their family in. They probably don’t even have families though because who can afford to get married and have children.
Many prominent people who were close friends of Charlie reported that he was changing. Ron Paul can testify that the youth of this country are inspired by the ideas of liberty, peace, and prosperity. We went through about 20 years when Dr. Paul was out there expressing those ideas in his pursuit of the presidency. He didn’t win though and so he is still alive. Tucker told of Charlie’s visit to the White House and his expression of doubt about Israel’s war in Gaza and what it is doing to so many. Charlie was under intense pressure to cancel Tucker from speaking at his programs and Tucker offered to decline but Charlie said no because the issue was too important.
The friends of Israel were the ones pressuring Charlie and he lost a great deal of the funding of his non-profit because of his inviting Tucker to speak. Well known conservative podcaster, Candace Owens, a close friend of Charlie’s, stated on one of her programs that Charlie was undergoing a spiritual crises and was turning away from his past embrace of militarism and in favor of America-first non-interventionism, particular regarding current problems in the Middle East.
In conclusion folks, was Charlie murdered directly through a lone nut or indirectly through clever use of the lone nut by powerful forces who could not tolerate such a shift in the views of such an influential leader. We don’t know and we will probably never know because the forces of darkness are allied against our knowing.
The explanation for the murders of JFK, RFK, and MLK makes no sense and in fact it’s impossible for them to have happened as we have been told. The explanation for 9/11 is even more impossible but we are supposed and expected to believe them. We are considered to be very strange and weird if we don’t believe them. Some believe when belief supports their political views and disbelieve when they don’t.
Polls show that most people don’t believe the explanations for the murders and even 9/11 but they pretend they do because who can know for sure what happened and who wants to be a weirdo.
Finally, folks, in response to all the mocking laughter online and in congress and the press about Charlie’s murder, I heard a line from comedian Dave Chappelle which seems appropriate. “When a hero falls the cowards rejoice”. I wish Charlie nothing but eternal rest with the Prince of Peace whom he served for much of his young life.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the brutal and horrifying video taped murder of a young woman named Iryna Zarutska who escaped from the national graveyard that is Ukraine only to be murdered in the urban graveyard that is today’s American cities.
Transcription / Notes
LIFE AND DEATH IN CHARLOTTE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the brutal and horrifying video taped murder of a young woman named Iryna Zarutska who escaped from the national graveyard that is Ukraine only to be murdered in the urban graveyard that is today’s American cities. We have no shortage of murder to talk about today but Charlie Kirk’s assassination happened too late for this Report and anyway everything has been said but in light of the subject of today the milk of human kindness is running a little low right now.
Yes, Iryna finished her shift at the pizzeria in Charlotte where she worked. Still in her work uniform with her hair up under the company’s ball cap she boarded the light rail train for the ride home and immediately started concentrating on her phone just like every other person her age would do.
She was just doing what any person navigating America’s inner-city jungle would do and that is just sit down, mind your own business, don’t talk to anyone and don’t look anyone in the eye. You have to be very careful in today’s cities because the person nearest you could be a psychotic murderer. There was such a man in the seat behind Iryna that day. The man had 14 prior arrests and charges pending including assault, robbery, and other violent felonies and yet as is the custom of our George Soros funded District Attorneys the man roamed Charlotte freely.
The interesting thing about Iryna’s horrible murder is that it is not unusual. According to the Charlotte and Mecklenburg County Police Union her murder was just another day at the office in Charlotte. So, she escaped from war-torn Ukraine but not from the urban war against humanity that is being waged in our cities each day. The man lounged across two seats behind her as can be clearly seen on the video.
His attack on this tiny woman was so savage as to make description difficult. I will just say that he leaned over her and stabbed her three times in her neck which produced a look of horror on her face that is hard to forget. Blood gushed from her neck and covered her seat and the floor. DeCarlos Brown jr., career criminal, said I got that white girl as he walked away with blood dripping from his knife.
Perhaps the most horrifying part of the video murder was the utter apathy and lack of empathy of the other passengers to what amounts to a public execution. One man at least tried to help her but all the others were completely unmoved by the scene. All faith in humanity, if there was any left, is now gone but worse all faith in this country’s ability to survive what has happened to it in the last 12 years or so is gone.
This is unfortunately not new. When I was in college more than 50 years ago we studied what was then called the bystander effect. Onlookers fail to intervene or even assist a young woman as she is dying on the floor of a Charlotte light rail train car. Undeterred by the horror all around them, prosecutors, funded by the George Soros Open Society Foundation, choose the righteous political narrative of their own beliefs rather than the rule of law or even the relief of human suffering.
In Charlotte, the mayor is Vi Lyles who has been in office since 2017 so she has been repeatedly reelected which should cause the voters of that city to live in shame. Thia attack, not a one off, nor an isolated incident but just life in Charlotte as it is thanks to mayor Lyles and the Charlotte City Council. This is an elected public official who has referred to the police as terrorists and has spent her time in office making life for the city’s residents unsafe and a daily struggle for survival.
The mayor is apparently so intent on being a political idealogue in the mold of the LA and Chicago murder capitals that she could not even bring herself to say Iryna’s name. Her insensitivity to this horrible murder was almost as horrifying as the indifference of those present at the scene. She was quick to urge compassion for Decarlos Brown a man who jammed a knife into the neck of an innocent woman three times and then said I got that white girl as he walked away. Well, mayor it seems that all my compassion has been expended for Iryna and I don’t have much left for Decarlos.
The mayor made no public announcement of the changes she would be making to the Charlotte transit system with additional security measures because there aren’t any. She just encouraged others not to demonize the homeless. Cases like Iryna’s are difficult for Democrat mayors because despite all efforts by them and national media to not report the story the story does get out and it reveals to the whole world what they are doing.
For example, we didn’t learn of the murder for several days after the attack because apparently the mayor worked very hard to prevent release of the tape out of “sensitivity for the victim’s family.” I suggest the real motive for secrecy was out of sensitivity for the mayor’s reelection campaign. The mayor’s primary was last Tuesday the 9th and the mayor came through in fine fashion. She prevailed easily over four other Democrat opponents and will vanquish some hapless Republican in the general election.
With all precincts reporting their results showed the mayor with 70.8% of the vote. If she prevails in the general election, normally just a formality, she would be the city’s second longest serving mayor. So, she gave a quote to the Charlotte Observer.
“I’m very, very humbled by the idea that we can continue to work together for this community and this city to be a place that people choose to live and have the opportunity to thrive.”
So, the murders will continue in Charlotte just as they do in Chicago, St. Louis, Baltimore, Memphis, and many other Democrat run cities. The people who sit on the city councils and who occupy the mayor’s offices in these cities don’t seem to mind the carnage very much as long as it is just their black constituents killing each other. Nobody notices the hundreds of murders every year in these cities because it is the children of their voters killing each other. When some politician comes along and suggests that perhaps things could be better he is immediately called a racist. Why the people who routinely allow the release of criminals to rob, rape, and kill again and again, aren’t called racist is a mystery to me.
Sometimes district attorneys will run for office on a pledge to not prosecute criminals. I have actually seen such a campaign and I have seen it become successful. When you see one you don’t have to look very far for George Soros money because it is there. Elon Musk was right about that man because he is an enemy of humanity. The Democrat candidate tells potential voters who are almost exclusively black, that if elected he will stop prosecuting black criminals.
The people become convinced that it will correct some of the racism they perceive to be the cause of their suffering. Once the new district attorney is elected and the old policy of putting criminals in jail so they can’t prey on innocent people has ended the people quickly learn that they are the victims of this new savior. The city is quickly overrun with criminals because of the DA’s catch and release policy. The police catch them and bring them in and the system releases them to continue criminality.
When this system happens as it has been happening in cities across the country things start to deteriorate in the city. There is an element of fear about the city and people start to view it as dangerous. Sporting events like professional football and basketball along with college sports start to suffer in attendance. People conclude that it might be better to watch the game on TV rather than risk murder on public transportation.
There is a ripple effect outward from the city center as the criminals venture out where people live, work, and eat at restaurants. Shopping malls deteriorate and close and any new shopping has to be built far out of the city. Once there is an example of public crime in a shopping area whether street robberies or mob violence, that mall is doomed. The result of all this is public perception, whether admitted by the local newspapers or not, that the city is crime-ridden and dangerous and so as soon as anyone is able they leave and only come back to the city reluctantly for work.
In the case of Charlotte and the murder of Iryna there is a new cause for panic among Charlotte’s public officials. The murder caused some federal oversite because of the very national, very horrifying nature of it and the indifference of Charlotte’s mayor. Perhaps the case will have implications beyond Charlotte since FBI Director Kash Patel and the Secretary of Transportation are looking into it.
Secretary Duffy said, “If mayors can’t keep their trains and buses safe, they don’t deserve the taxpayers ‘money.” He went on to say that federal funding of transportation is at risk for cities that don’t work hard to curb violence on public transport.
The DOJ charged DeCarlos Brown with a federal indictment that could make him eligible for the death penalty. Pam Bondi said, “We will seek the maximum penalty for this unforgivable act of violence—he will never again see the light of day as a free man.” Well Pam, that’s fine and I guess it’s all you can do but Iryna is still just as dead.
Perhaps Mayor Lyles, the district attorney, the city council and the judges who signed off on all 14 releases should have to respond in damages to Iryna’s family. Maybe they could leave war torn Ukraine and come to safe America.
Finally, folks, it is very hard not to be filled with hate toward those who hate us which has been so clearly proven this week. It’s hard but I’m trying because I don’t want to be like them.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the deterioration of freedom and the imposition of top-down control of speech and thought in the mother country that once believed in the concept of freedom.
Transcription / Notes
FREE SPEECH OR INCITEMENT TO VIOLENCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of September in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the deterioration of freedom and the imposition of top-down control of speech and thought in the mother country that once believed in the concept of freedom.
From at least the year 1215 when the Great Charter the Magna Charta was imposed on King John by the British nobles English people have had the proud belief that they were free. King John did not resist but accepted the concept in writing that the law applies equally to all Englishmen, King and commoner alike. When the American colonies rebelled it was at least in part because they wanted the rights of ordinary Englishmen which they believed they were.
In a system that is euphemistically referred to as democracy, people are supposed to choose their own leaders so the government is the people. That is the belief that we accept as true even when we know it no longer is true if it ever was. I am talking about Great Britain right now rather than the United States because things are happening in Britain that would not be tolerated here or at least I hope it would not be.
By way of disclaimer, I haven’t been to England in many years to see firsthand for myself what is happening, but I read and follow the stories continually reported by others. Great Britain seems to be in the middle of a crises involving immigration and the rights of immigrants versus the rights of Englishmen. The English government and recently the courts have clearly taken the position that immigrant rights are preeminent and that has led to a crises that many believe is the precursor to civil war. Why would a government of the people choose to prosecute its own people for just talking about immigrants in a negative way. Unbelievable, yet we accept it as true because it is happening right now in Great Britain.
For example, consider the case of British comedian Graham Linehan. I admit that I was completely unfamiliar with the man until I, like the rest of the world, read his words and followed his story. His story is all the more disturbing because it is not at all unusual in England today. Mr. Linehan was in America doing some type of project in Arizona. When he attempted to board his flight to London he was singled out and subjected to extra screening, etc. He chalked it up to the joys of air travel today but when he arrived in London he found it was a lot more than just inconvenience.
“The moment I stepped off the plane at Heathrow, five armed police officers were waiting. Not one, not two—five. They escorted me to a private area and told me I was under arrest for three tweets. In a country where pedophiles escape sentencing, where knife crime is out of control, where women are assaulted and harassed every time they gather to speak, the state had mobilized five armed officers to arrest a comedy writer for this tweet (and no, I promise you, I am not making this up).” OK, here is the tweet, or printed statement, or expressed thought, however you want to say it that got him arrested. “If a trans-identified male is in a female-only space, he is committing a violent, abusive act. Make a scene, call the cops and if all else fails, punch him in the balls.”
There were three tweets in total as the officers told him but I won’t quote the others because there is profanity in them. This case is significant and we hear of it because the victim is a prominent man who apparently has a popular presence on British television. They confiscated his belt, carry- on bag, and electronic devices and put him in a holding cell. This case is common and is happening all the time but we know of this one for the reason I stated.
Why do so many Middle Eastern and African migrants make their way, illegally to England. There is freedom in England to a far greater extent than in the places they escape from. Freedom to speak and behave as they please for them but not for Englishmen. No, if an Englishman said online what the migrants are free to say he would be thrown in prison. There seems to be a two-tiered system of freedom in Great Britain right now. One tier for migrants and one for Englishmen. The one for Englishmen requires them to be very careful what they say or put online. If they insult migrants or trans people they could be hauled into court and dealt with very harshly by an unsympathetic judge.
I’ve been receiving emails from contacts in Great Britain giving their opinion of what is happening because they know of my interest. I’m told that if I were in England the Castle Report from last week and this one would get me arrested. When speech that used to be free is unapproved or unliked by the state it could be termed as an incitement to violence. The emails that I mentioned invited me to attend a rally in London on Saturday the 13th which I believe is a week from tomorrow. The rally is being organized by concerned people both male and female and they hope to have a million participants from around the world in attendance. If I were 20 years younger I like to think I would be there but that is easy to say now since I am safe here in America.
Free speech is very important because without it people are not really free but it is not the most important thing at risk in this struggle. The real issue and one that simply cannot be lost if freedom is to continue is who is in charge of Great Britain. Is it the people through self-governance, or a group of George Soros-funded elitists who have gained power and will not surrender without a fight. More than 10,000 arrests happen every year in Great Britain for online comments, more than Russia and many other countries we usually think of as not free.
There are many in Great Britain who are starting to say that if free speech is incitement to violence according to the state then so be it and let it come. I’ve been surprised by all of this madness so far and the numb, uncaring attitude of people sometimes amazes me, but I will be beyond shocked if the British people totally surrender their freedom without a fight. That belief leads me to conclude that the British government is flirting with civil war. There might still be a little fight left in the English despite decades of education and decades of poison poured into their bodies.
I’m not the only one to see danger in the way the British government is behaving. Piers Morgan responded to the arrest of Mr. Linehan with this statement posted on X; “What’s happened today is absolutely ridiculous. Five armed cops arresting him at Heathrow for tweets mocking the scandal of biological men invading women’s spaces? When it comes to free speech, Britain’s turning into North Korea.”
The Prime Minister of Great Britain, Keir Starmer, seems to sense the danger as well and is trying to occupy both sides of the argument at the same time. He issued an order back in July that the U.K. Home Office was to assemble an “elite team of police officers” to monitor social media for “anti-migrant sentiment” in a new investigations unit to “flag early signs of potential civil unrest.” Starmer has made several statements since then apparently trying to appease those who would prefer to see England remain English.
Statements such as if you want to live in the UK you should speak English. “I want to see every asylum hotel closed.” He does have precedent for telling the big lie because I think it was the propaganda minister of the nation Britain defeated in a big war that was the master teacher of the big lie. I suppose the idea is that if you can convince enough people to believe you they will just chill out and accept tyranny and bondage where they once had freedom.
Mr. Starmer also criticized the police for the Linehan arrest, not because it was terribly wrong and an unlawful arrest but because it detracted the police from more important duties. What he didn’t criticize was the 10,000 times each year it happens to ordinary Englishmen who don’t happen to be famous or prominent. Mr. Linehan was released from custody on condition that he stay off X. Ok Mr. Linehan you can have the illusion of freedom as long as you stay off X. See Mr. Linehan what you did by speaking your mind publicly is now a crime in the UK, but you are prominent so if you just shut up and leave the tyranny to us we will allow you that illusion.
The police were nice to him, Mr. Linehan said and seemed to be “just doing their jobs.” Yes they were just going about the duty they were assigned and doing their jobs. I don’t know who sworn officers in the UK swear to but I doubt if their oath requires them to enforce tyranny. That’s the issue though isn’t it and always has been. Who is the police force and more importantly the military loyal to. Here is America they take an oath to the Constitution rather than to a specific person, ala Nazi Germany, or to the government. In the UK right now, I don’t know who they agree to support. British police and British military have a history of support for tyranny which to some extent provoked the American Revolution. The British navy needed sailors and their press gangs would roam the countryside kidnapping men from their homes and pressing them into service. They would stop American merchant ships on the high seas and kidnap merchant sailors.
The Americans didn’t like that and they organized resistance which resulted in 250 years of freedom and independence. We argue and test in our courts the issue of free speech but it is still pretty important here in America. I hope we never see the day when people are grabbed off the street and imprisoned for something they said. It’s hard to imagine, but tyranny often comes gradually rather than suddenly so every violation has to be dealt with in order preserve the system that so many have died to build and protect for future generations.
Finally, folks, pretty much every week we read about some horrible crime committed by migrants in the UK. Quite often those crimes are against children and more often than not against working class girls. Thousands of young girls have endured the crime of rape at their hands. The British government has so far chosen to imprison those who complain and free the criminals. Apparently, however, many of those working-class girls are getting tired of it and that, at least in part, is why the rally in London is scheduled on the 13th.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the 80th anniversary of the end of World War Two. How have the allied leaders handled the inheritance of the victory they were given by the blood of their ancestors? Are they behaving like victors?
Transcription / Notes
EIGHTY YEARS AFTER WORLD WAR TWO
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. This is Labor Day weekend and a 3-day vacation for most of us but the day after Labor Day is an anniversary to remember. It is the 80th anniversary of the end of World War Two. Where do we stand today with the inheritance that all those men gave us so many years ago. How have the allied leaders handled the victory they were given by the blood of their ancestors. I will look at some of the things that are happening in our world today to see if the allies have truly behaved like victors.
Next Tuesday, the 2nd of September is the 80th anniversary of the signing of the Japanese surrender documents ending World War ll. The surrender was signed on the deck of the battleship USS Missouri while it was sitting at anchor in Tokyo Bay. The Americans had the people you would expect in attendance such as Chester Nimitz, the Commander of the U.S. Pacific Fleet, and General Douglas MacArthur Commander of the Southern Pacific Region, who accepted the surrender on behalf of the victorious allied nations.
General MacArthur was appointed Proconsul of Japan which made him the virtual ruler of that nation on behalf of the occupying American forces. General MacArthur ruled with a compassionate, but firm hand and in a few short years the nation of Japan once a radioactive, burned our wasteland was a G-20 economy. The Japanese were resistant at first but with the encouragement of their emperor they started to buy into MacArthur’s program and they rebuilt their country as a model of American capitalism.
There were many other people on board the Missouri that day including people honored because they were seriously wounded in the Pacific War but also ex-prisoners of the Japanese who survived years of harsh treatment. When I was a child one of our neighbors was boy scour leader for my scout group. He had served on the Missouri and was pretty good at crafts so he built a scale model of the ship about 3 feet long and kept it in a separate room of his house. He had tremendous pride in his service and in being present for history.
There are very few of the veterans of that war still living and soon there will be none so every chance we get to honor them should be taken. August 14th the last fighter ace of the war died at the age of 103. His name was Thomas McPherson and he was the pilot of an F6F Hellcat fighter flying off the carrier USS Essex. In case you don’t know a fighter ace is someone who shoots down five enemy planes in aerial combat. When the war was over Tom went back home to Nebraska and became a mail carrier where he spent his working life. He was a boy scout leader and worked in his church just living a quiet and peaceful life of service. Many gallant aces, many empty places as the pilots would say at dinner. There were many aces, but none still alive from WWll. We still have aces from Korea and Vietnam of course although they are going quickly as well.
So, how the world has changed in 80 years. The U.S. dropped two atomic bombs thus ending the war but today 9 nations are believed to have nuclear weapons with about 12000 warheads in existence. Sometimes when I look at it all and I see where we are today I have to wonder who won the war. There are so many places today where the world seems to have turned upside down. Old friends are now bitter enemies and vice versa. China and Russia, our friends during the war but now enemies.
Dr. Ron Paul, who just celebrated his 90th birthday a few days ago talked about America first in one of his Liberty Reports. He pointed out that the President promised us that he would put America first at home and abroad. He said he would start no new wars and he would get us out of the existing ones. That promise still has a ways to go before it can be fulfilled. The President apparently has been unable to resist the temptation to get involved in what he called Joe Biden’s war while he was campaigning.
He faced a dilemma with trusted people offering him conflicting advice. The people who need Russia to continue as our worst enemy told him we must continue to supply every weapon and every dollar requested by Ukraine to fight the Russians. The military, intelligence, security powers, that many believe make the foreign policy decisions for the U.S., wanted that view to prevail of course. The other side said you were right Mr. President, this war is easy to end or at least for us to get out of, just stop and come home.
The President’s new policy, just announced, is a compromise. The U.S. will continue to manufacture new weapons and will send $100 billion worth of them to Europe who will then pay the American defense contractors and send the Weapons on to Ukraine. Through the “compromise” the defense people are happy because they reap the profits, but the U.S. can say we are stepping out of it so this is a European war. Like the mafia used to say, it’s a good deal because everybody wins and nobody loses.
In Israel and Gaza America first seems to have faltered as well. The U.S. is committed to billions more without addressing the issue of the slaughter and starvation. The President has admitted publicly that he believes the starvation is real and is happening but no recognition through policy changes. In the meantime, Israel continues to launch airstrikes across many countries daily. Iran is bombed almost continuously as is Yemen including the presidential palace. Syria, Iraq, and of course Gaza are all under Israeli air assaults.
If I take the position that these strikes are defensive in nature and are therefore necessary, I still must ask how Israel is paying for it. Most of the countries that make up Israel’s enemies list have to make choices as Iran is painfully aware. Do you build water infrastructure or do you support proxy terrorist groups and pursue nuclear enrichment. Those are questions and decisions that must be answered and made by most but not by Israel. Why, because you and I, the American taxpayers have their back. We back stop their military which leaves their own revenue available for other things. How is any of this America first. Well, as the President said, since he invented the term he gets to decide what it means. Trump is concerned about all this because he reportedly remarked to a big donor recently that the starvation is costing him his base. Dr. Paul’s advice is still the best, “just come home.”
Alarmingly the U.S. is starting to get militarily involved in Latin and South America and has sent 4000 U.S. Marines to waters off the coast of Venezuela. In response that country is mobilizing and seeking volunteers to fight the invading Yankees. I hope the war hawks and neocons in his group of influential advisors don’t convince him that America first means a stupid, costly war in this hemisphere.
Across the Atlantic things are not going well for what used to be called Western Civilization. In Great Britain only about 39% of Londoners are British and the country seems to have surrendered to the invaders. Where is Winston Churchill when you really need him. What Nazi Germany was unable to accomplish in five years of total war, the North African and Middle Eastern invading rape gangs have accomplished while being welcomed and celebrated by the British Government. In fact, Europe is currently in crisis perhaps one of the worst and maybe the worst since the war.
Apparently powered by some type of self-loathing and fear of being called Islamophobic, Europe has opened its doors to people who apparently come to seek European welfare and European children. Here in America if literally thousands of young girls were being raped by gangs of Islamic invaders I like to think we would resist, but not in England. No, folks the mother country has surrendered and turned its children, but apparently only the working-class girls over to the rape gangs. People are literally up in arms and in the streets over this. I am appalled that it has taken so long and I ask what happened to all those men whose fathers climbed in their Spitfires and Hurricanes and went into the sky to face the invading Nazis.
I have been waiting for people to rise up and resist and maybe that has started, but resistance has a long way to go. Great Britain seems to be the worst in all of Europe to appease the invaders while punishing their own people for their resistance. For example, just a couple of days ago in Scotland, a couple of Scottish girls aged 12 and 14 decided they would not submit to rape as they were expected to. In Dundee, Scotland, the two girls were pursued by a gang of invading child rapists and it is of course all captured on video since surveillance cameras are everywhere.
When the rape gang cornered the girls, the 14-year-old drew her knife and a hatchet in an act of resistance and she drove them off. The Scottish police, of course, quickly arrested the girl and imprisoned her for resistance. The 14-year-old had a knife and a hatchet she used to defend her 12-year-old sister. She could be heard screaming don’t touch her she’s only 12.
So, in the old country whose ancestors fought Vikings, Romans, Nepoleon and finally Nazi Germany the current government of cowards and traitors has surrendered its working-class girls to the invaders. The non-working-class of course drive their little girls in armored limousines and live behind gates and guards. The police said the 14-year-old was reported with a bladed weapon so they arrested her. She will be charged accordingly.
On July 14, 1789, the French people decided not to submit anymore so they stormed the Bastille to free political prisoners and gather weapons. France has never been the same and July 14 is a national holiday in France. I will admit folks, that the thought of all those girls being raped by criminal invaders with no one to defend them fills me with rage. People should free that girl by any means necessary and imprison her captors.
Finally, folks, am I encouraging civil war in a foreign country, no but maybe it’s coming. Child rape is the bottom of the satanic pit and permitting is as low as it is possible for a government to go. The English people, not the limousine crowd, but the people, should defend their children by any means necessary or die trying.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Israel, Bibi Netanyahu and his project for Greater Israel. What is the concept of Greater Israel and how does it relate to the Israeli destruction of Gaza? Is this retaliation, self defense or is there more to it than that?
Transcription / Notes
GREATER ISRAEL AND THE PROSPECTS FOR PEACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about Israel, about Bibi Netanyahu and his project for a Greater Israel. Is he really working to expand Israel’s borders across the Middle East or is it simply self-defense. Is the Israeli destruction of Gaza retaliation and protection from terrorists or is there more to it than that.
There are many things I could be talking about right now such as the Trump-Putin meeting in Alaska followed by Trump’s “summoning” Zelensky to Washington, followed by Giorgia Meloni’s recognition of Europe being left out of the deal. She quickly called Europe’s leaders and suggested they accompany Zelensky to Washington to plead their case before the real leader of the world. Ms. Meloni appears to be the upcoming star in Europe but instead of those subjects I turn my attention back to the Middle East, which is the center of much of the world’s trouble right now.
I will confess that I never believed the rumors of the Project for Greater Israel and thought it was just that, rumors, until now. What changed my mind well, it was just paying attention and following the actions and words of the leader of Israel, Bibi Netanyahu who has now confirmed for us and the whole of the Middle East that he is, in fact, on course for a Greater Israel.
He did an interview with an Israeli television channel about a week ago and in that interview he stated unequivocally that he was committed to the concept of a Greater Israel and that he believes that his expansionist policies and dreams are a biblical project. In other words, to paraphrase Ghostbusters, he is on a mission from God. I must say that in response to his words and actions that he views the nature of God differently from my view. He said that the project is a generational thing passed on from leader to leader but in the past leaders have missed opportunities and made mistakes which he is endeavoring to correct.
He did not state specifically what countries or territories would be included in Greater Israel, but it is clear that it goes way beyond historical Palestine, Gaza and the West Bank. He has already destroyed many of the surrounding countries to the point that they hardly have governments anymore. Think of Syria, Iraq, and Lebanon, and also Yemen which has a government apparently run by terrorists.
Which country is left and which country is often referred to as the head of the snake. I guess that means that from Iran spews all the venom that is financing supplying and encouraging terrorism across the region. The snake’s head must be severed from its body and he has an ongoing project to do just that. Let me get into a little of what seems to be going on in Iran right now. This week Israel continued its war against Iran by conducting airstrikes across the country. Fires burned across Tehran and around the country including a gigantic explosion and fire at an oil storage depot.
Israel then, has reduced and is in the process of destroying not just Iran’s capacity to make war, but its capacity to live and feed its people. The conditions inside Iran right now appear to be terrible and not just from Israeli attacks but because Iran is suffering from an extreme drought and water crises. There has been a decline in rainfall, granted, but also decades of mismanagement of water resources and crumbling infrastructure from war and neglect. Sometimes the priorities of our leaders are not the same as ours and the priority for the last 46 years in Iran has been the development of nuclear weapons, and the funding of terrorist proxies across the region.
If you can’t make money out of thin air as we can in America, then it is difficult to pay for everything and choices have to be made. The decision to neglect water resources is bordering on catastrophic for the Iranians. Rationing power is one thing but for a nation of 90 million with a very large capital city it really would be catastrophic to ration water. Right now, about 2000 villages receive water only by tanker and the President, not the Ayatollah but the President, is warning of an “unimaginable situation.”
The crisis is apparently at a very critical level with millions at risk. Rainfall has declined about 46% this year but you may notice that I attribute most of the empty reservoirs and crumbling water infrastructure to war and most of all neglect and mismanagement while most reports attribute it to climate change. To me that makes no sense at all because it’s as if climate change only affects one country in the region while sparing the others. No, it’s the Ayatollah, nuclear ambitions, along with Israel that is keeping the Iranians thirsty.
Mr. Netanyahu is not without sympathy for the Iranians, however because immediately after the recent attacks he went on video and sent them a message. The Israeli attacks came right after the Iranian President, a mister Masoud Pezeshkian, made his unimaginable situation statement to the nation. I will paraphrase Mr. Netanyahu’s statement as best I can because although I watched the video I do not have a transcript.
He told them that this war isn’t necessary and more importantly their water crisis isn’t necessary and could be resolved very quickly. Israel would help them and could resolve the problem as soon as the “tyrants” are out of power. So, I suppose, that means changing your government to one favorable to Israel and we will help you. So, what kind of help could Israel provide to the head of the snake if the head were severed. He told them and the whole world during his speech.
“The thirst for water in Iran is only matched by the thirst for freedom.” He compared the Iranian regime’s treatment of its citizens to his struggle against it. “Your dictators impose tyranny and poverty upon you—just as they impose war on us.” He then gave them a clear incentive to change their government by whatever means necessary. “So here is the great news. The moment your country is free, Israel’s top water experts will flood into every Iranian city bringing cutting edge technology and know-how. We will help Iran recycle water; we’ll help Iran desalinate water.” So, a policy for the Iranian people wrapped in a humanitarian package.
Time and space require me to leave Iran for the remainder of this report so I can continue to make my case for Greater Israel. There are many examples other than Israeli experts pouring into every town and village in Iran. Once again, I ask in regard to Gaza is, it self-defense and retaliation or is there more to it and once again the Israeli leadership answers the question for us. A week ago, last Thursday Israeli Heritage Minister Amichay Eliyahu responding to a question from the press about the destruction of Gaza said.
“The government is racing ahead for Gaza to be wiped out. Thank God we are wiping out this evil. We are pushing this population that has been educated on “Mein Kampf.” Gaza will be cleared for Jewish settlement and Jewish towns won’t be fenced inside cantons. All Gaza will be Jewish although Arabs loyal to Israel will be tolerated. We aren’t racists. We are fighting those who fight us.” He went on to say there is no hunger in Gaza but we don’t need to worry about hunger in the strip, let the world worry about it.
Many people think that mentioning the things that Israel appears to be doing is hurting Israel and its cause against its hostile enemies but to me it is their behavior that is hurting them in the press. Support for Israel, its standing in the world, and especially for Netanyahu are plummeting across the world as more and more information comes to light. If the Israeli government is committing atrocities on a mass scale in Gaza and you love Israel you should be alarmed and concerned about Israeli policies as I am. I am afraid that if Israel doesn’t reverse course soon the world will see it as a nation of barbarians.
If that were all it would be plenty but folks, as usual it gets worse. Recently one of those famous hot mic incidents occurred or at least the audio from the statement leaked to the press. The statement came from IDF Major General Aharon Haliva, the former head of Israeli military intelligence and a man seen by the press as a centrist and critic of the current Israeli government.
“For everything that happened on October 7, for every one person on October 7, 50 Palestinians must die. It doesn’t matter now if they are children. The fact that there are already 50,000 dead in Gaza is necessary and required for future generations.”
That statement says many things combined in a few brief words. Number one, it’s an admission that there are at least 50’000 dead in Gaza and many of them are children. The death reports are apparently not fake or exaggerated. The IDF is not in Gaza just to go after Hamas and those civilians are more than collateral damage. Netanyahu lies when he denies the death count and furthermore it makes no difference if the dead are children. The man who speaks for the IDF and the Israeli government wants blood and children and women or men are simply irrelevant. The intentional killing of innocents is not a crime or even a tragedy to him it is necessary and it must happen.
If the killing of 1200 civilians was an act of terrorism and it was, then what is the killing of 50,000. One must ask who is the greater terrorist. It might be possible to save Israel’s reputation who knows for sure, but to do so Israel must change course and right away. The United States, it seems to me has a moral obligation in this struggle as well. After all the United States supplies at least 69% of the Israeli weapons.
Finally, folks, does God through a command in the bible require the United States of America to send billions in money and weapons to Israel to be used to slaughter children in Gaza. Again, I’m no theologian but does the passage in the bible that warns believers to bless Israel refer to the Netanyahu government of today no matter what that government does or is it referring to the people of God in general. We have to decide that question and whether we care one way or the other. I suggest we do that right away.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the face-to-face meeting being conducted today between President Trump and Russian Premier Vladimir Putin in Anchorage, Alaska. He will discuss which player has the most at risk and the most to lose from this meeting. Results aren’t known yet, but its promise is something to discuss.
Transcription / Notes
THE PEACE PRESIDENT RETURNS—MAYBE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the face-to-face meeting being conducted today between President Trump and Russian Premier Vladimir Putin in Anchorage, Alaska. Which player has the most at risk and the most to lose from this meeting. We don’t know the results of the meeting yet but its promise is something to discuss.
Why have this meeting in Alaska and not in some European Capitol. Who knows for sure but a reasonable guess would be that Putin is under sanctions that make it very difficult for him to travel in Europe and after all, Russia and Alaska go way back. I won’t go back any further than the 1860’s when both nations were involved in very disastrous wars with very different results. The U.S. Civil War resulted in a Union victory but cost many lives and split the country for over 100 years.
Russia was involved in a war in Crimea against England and France which it lost and which also had catastrophic loss of life and completely depleted the Russian treasury. Czar Alexander ll was desperate for cash and in 1867 he negotiated a deal with the U.S. to sell the Americans Alaska for $7.1 million. That seems like a bargain for the U.S. and it was but remember that was about 165 years ago when $7.1 million was real money. This week, in contrast, the U.S. passed $37 trillion in debt and is now dangerously close to $1 trillion per year in interest payments.
What about today, why Alaska. For one thing Anchorage lies 4,350 miles from Moscow and 3,400 miles from Washington so it is a comparable trip for both. It was hastily arranged and we are told that the meeting last week between Mr. Putin and Trump’s negotiator, Steve Witkoff, brought a request from Mr. Putin for a face-to-face with President Trump which was quickly agreed to. Vice President Vance told us that Mr. Zelensky will not be in attendance because his presence would not be productive.
I don’t blame the U.S. side for that and I would not have invited him either. This is a war between the U.S. and Russia and everybody seems to know that except Mr. Zelensky. His country has provided the bodies for the proxy grist mill but it is a U.S. war. My hope and my prayer are that Trump will continue his quest for the Noble Peace Prize but in regard to Mr. Zelensky, after 45 years as a lawyer and after countless mediations I have learned that more is usually accomplished if the two competing sides are kept separate with the impartial mediator going back and forth.
Ukraine and Gaza are two blights on Trump’s Nobel Peace Prize resume at this point but this is a chance to resolve one of them, and it is right in his hands today. The Europeans have basically already rejected the deal even though they don’t know what it is yet. If he makes a deal with Putin and the Europeans reject it if I were him I would just say O.K. since you prefer war to peace you pay for it because there will be no more American weapons and no more American money poured down this rat hole. Polls show that 70% of Ukrainians want to end the war right now. Zelensky may want to fight to the last Ukrainian and last U.S. dollar but his people don’t.
Let’s take a quick look at Trump’s peace resume thus far. I argue that in many ways he is the most anti-war President in recent history. In his first term he brokered the Abraham Accords that normalized relations between Israel and four Arab nations, United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Sudan, and Morocco. The agreement ended hostility that had existed since Israel’s founding in 1948. This was the first real peace deal since President Carter’s deal between Egypt and Israel. Full relations with those four countries brought much prosperity with trade deals, embassies, air service, etc.
He met with the Little Rocket Man on his home soil of Korea, Kim-Jong-Un, and thereby lowered tensions on the Korean Peninsula and sent a message that diplomacy was at least possible if people could talk. Just this week Armenia and Azerbaijan signed a formal peace agreement at the White House ending a bloody war that had cost thousands of lives. Trump brought the two Presidents together and brokered a deal thought to be impossible because the conflict had lasted decades.
A catastrophic war between Pakistan and India was well underway with both sides suffering casualties when Trump intervened with diplomacy. The agreement called for the end of military hostilities, communication channels reopened to coordinate security for both sides. Since both countries are nuclear armed the potential for disaster was obvious. Last month Cambodia and Thailand reached a Trump negotiated ceasefire in their cross-border war that killed many and left hundreds of thousands without shelter.
In June of this year Rwanda, where the genocide that cost perhaps a million lives occurred and the Democratic Republic of the Congo were engaged in a war that had gone hot and warm but never cold for decades. Trump negotiated a deal wherein both sides agreed to respect borders, end aggression against the other and perform joint security coordination. Those things that I have mentioned make up a pretty good resume for peace. Unfortunately, under most presidents, the CIA wants the wars hotter to feed the always hungry appetites of the defense contractors, but apparently not so much now.
Gaza is a problem and that’s for sure, but Israel is the one that has to be dealt with in solving that problem and dealing with Netanyahu is not so simple. Whatever hold he has over American leadership seems rather shameful to me and if I were an American leader and I didn’t carry any dirt I think I would be embarrassed at having to cow tow to our ally in such a fashion, but how can we know for sure. Israel is a problem but not the problem for today. Right now, Russia and Ukraine are before us to be considered. So, Mr. Putin, we are told, requested this face-to-face so he could let Trump know what his concerns are and thereby just maybe those concerns would be addressed.
If we think of this meeting as a poker game with Trump, Putin, and Zelensky as the players which player has the most at risk and which has the most skin in the game. I think Putin has the most at risk and the most to lose because even though Russia seems to be gaining momentum in the war Putin’s goals have not been met. Like the U.S. in Vietnam, even though your army is not defeated on the battlefield, by not winning you lose. Putin’s people are getting restless and wondering if any of the sacrifice is worth it if victory is not possible. In addition, the Russian economy is suffering under U.S. sanctions so a successful meeting is vital to Russia.
Mr. Zelensky also has a lot at risk but not as much as Putin. Ukraine has no pretensions about being a great country and its losses have been horrible. Zelensky may run around Europe begging for money but the truth is his army is almost out of manpower. Old men and boys now man the ranks and his lines are crumbling before the Russian attacks. Zelensky wants a simple ceasefire especially aerial ceasefire to stop the Russian drone attacks. Russia has been attacking Kiev with drones but in response to the Ukrainian attack against the Russian nuclear bomber bases.
Trump has only his own reputation as a peacemaker along with U.S. prestige at risk along with a few hundred billion of debt of course. Therefore, my conclusion is that this meeting is more important to Putin than anyone else. He can keep fighting and maybe eventually prevail but at what cost. Does he want Russia out of the sanctions and into the normal family of nations. Time will tell if Trump has those chips on the table.
Russia has apparently signaled the U.S. that it would like to end the war if it could keep Crimea and the eastern provinces that it currently occupies. Mr. Putin is at least willing and able to talk to President Trump, something he was unable to accomplish with President Biden or Victoria Nuland, Biden’s coup instigator.
The President’s press secretary, Karoline Leavitt; “The president is agreeing to this meeting, at the request of President Putin, and the goal of this meeting is to walk away with a better understanding of how we can end this war…sitting face-to-face rather than speaking over the telephone will give this president the best indication of how to end this war and where this is headed.”
Meanwhile, Zelensky has a different view.
“Any decisions made against us; any decisions made without Ukraine—they are simultaneously decisions against peace. These are dead decisions; they will never work. And what we all need is a real, living peace, one that people will respect.”
To me that would be a very insulting and infuriating statement and as President of the United States I would not put up with it but we will see how Mr. Trump views it. The Europeans seem to have Ukraine’s back on the issue and their statement is that any peace has to include Ukraine. The Europeans, however, are irrelevant and don’t even have a seat at this table.
Well, then what would the best way out of this debacle look like. From my limited perspective Trump would say to them, this is the deal, there is no other deal. If you don’t accept this deal and live with it then you are on your own so goodbye and good luck.
The deal that I have agreed to with Mr. Putin is that Crimea remains Russian where it has belonged for hundreds of years. Russia keeps the Russian speaking Eastern provinces that it occupies as a buffer against Ukraine and NATO. We mutually pledge ourselves to maintain security and respect for each other’s territory. The sanctions imposed on Russia because of Russia’s initial invasion are hereby lifted and full economic cooperation between the United States and Russia are now in force. Furthermore, we acknowledge that the Nord Stream pipeline will be back in place with shared costs of rebuilding and repair. Europe will have plenty of cheap natural gas again and will therefore not have to buy it from the U.S. and transport it across the ocean. Everyone stops fighting immediately and with peace will come much prosperity and safety for the people of all three nations.
Finally, folks, that is what I think should and could happen, but there are many things such as rebuilding that time will not permit me to cover in this report.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle recounts the atomic bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, Japan, around the 80th anniversary of the events and where it leaves us in the world today.
Transcription / Notes
COLONEL PAUL TIBBETS AND THE ATOMIC AGE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. Two days ago, on August 6th we remembered the 80th anniversary of the atomic bombing of Hiroshima, Japan. Tomorrow the 9th of August is the 80th anniversary of the atomic bombing of Nagasaki, Japan. I will talk about those events and about where they leave us in the world today.
During World War ll the United States was in a technological race with Germany to develop a war winning atomic weapon. The U.S. had some of the smartest people on earth working on the weapon which came to be called “The Manhattan Project.” Einstein gave his theoretical advice and Oppenheimer ran the effort to build a potentially world destroying weapon. No one knew for sure what this weapon would do when it was unleashed. The only thing certain was that its explosive power would be like nothing seen before on earth.
I am certainly no scientist and I am not scientifically educated but as I understand it the microscopic particle that makes up matter, called the atom contains enormous energy and if it could be split that energy would be unleashed by way of explosive power. Some scientists were afraid that the explosion would not be able to be contained and would continue until it destroyed the entire universe but they went ahead with it despite the unknown.
The allies throughout the war fought a clandestine effort to prevent German scientists from finishing their work first. Many people gave their lives in that effort but eventually German industry was destroyed and only Japan was left. The decision to use the weapon against Japan was President Truman’s alone. I understand from much reading on the subject that he was in Europe to conclude the German surrender when he received word that the weapon known as “Little Boy” was ready. His response was “use it.”
Winston Churchill once famously said, “I think history will be kind to me because I intend to write it.” The point is that history is written by the winners not the losers. I have read many histories of the end of the war and the decision to use the bomb and my conclusion is that the historical perspective depends on your world view today. I read something this week which asserted that Japan was begging to surrender but Truman wanted to use the bomb so he ignored them. The supposed reason was to send a message to the Soviet Union that the same thing could happen to them.
The Soviet angle as a secondary reason makes sense but I see no evidence of Japan begging to surrender. In fact, after the surrender when MacArthur was proconsul in Japan surviving Japanese troops tried to lead a rebellion against the surrender. The real question for debate is, was the dropping of the atomic bomb justified or was it the most heinous crime against humanity in history. Everyone has his opinion, but from the perspective of the Marines and soldiers on the beaches and in the jungles of Asia I doubt that they wanted to invade the Japanese home islands. Perhaps if some of those who condemn the decision had been at Tarawa, Saipan, Iwo Jima, or Okinawa they would see it differently.
In any event on August 6th, 1945, a B-29 Super fortress flown by Colonel Paul W. Tibbets Jr and with a crew of 12 more men lifted off the runway on the island of Tinian and headed for Japan and a mission that would forever alter our world. I saw an interview with Colonel Tibbets just before he died and the interviewer gave him a chance to express his sorrow at what he did but he said no I have no regrets. “I viewed my mission as one to save lives. I didn’t bomb Pearl Harbor. I didn’t start the war. But I was going to finish it.”
Colonel Tibbets continued to maintain the same message discipline until the end. He retired form the U.S. Air Force as a brigadier general in 1966 never once expressing any remorse. He anticipated protests after his death in 2007 so he requested that no headstone be placed over his grave. Instead of a burial with highest honor in Arlington, his ashes were scattered over the English Channel by his French born widow, Andrea.
Most of the crew of the Enola Gay, the B-29 named after colonel Tibbets’ mother kept a low profile for the rest of their lives. The bombardier who released the bomb, Major Thomas Ferebee, who had seen much aerial combat throughout the war said like Colonel Tibbets, that he thought the bombing saved more lives than it took. The Navigator who guided the bomber to its release point, Captain Theodore Van Kirk, in a final interview in 2005 said, “War is war. And in war, you do what you have to do to win. It was a different time and a different place.” Captain Van Kirk died in 2014, the last surviving member of the crew.
One man, co-pilot Captain Robert Lewis, had a different perspective on the event. In his logbook written during the return flight to Tinian he wrote, “My God, what have we done.” Captain Lewis had problems with the event but some of his crew disputed the theories about his logbook and they reported that he expressed no such regrets. He expressed his emotional struggles in much writing throughout his life until he died in 1983. The photographs of the blast which became world-famous were taken by tail gunner Sergeant Bob Caron who was the only crewmember to see the blast. He lived a quiet and peaceful life after the war, and eventually wrote his memoirs called, “Fire of a Thousand Suns.”
I could go on and give you the reactions and personal stories of every man on that crew but time and space restrain me. The men all maintained personal pride and professionalism for their military duty, and they did not glorify the destruction itself. The men, as life went on for them, watched as the world was forever changed by what they did. Their single bombing mission became the centerpiece of global geopolitics and in many ways it still is. I will argue that even when it isn’t the centerpiece today, it should be.
To give credence to the Japan will not surrender theory, the Japanese leadership had been repeatedly warned that a new terrible weapon would be unleashed on them if they did not surrender but they refused. When Hiroshima was gone from the earth requests for surrender were again made and again they refused. August 9th, 1945, brought another B-29 on another mission this time headed for the city of Nagasaki and carrying a bomb known as “Fat Man.” After that attack about a week went by when the Japanese general staff were in constant discussion but on August 15th the emperor announced to his military leaders and to the nation via radio message that he had agreed to the allied terms of surrender.
That message brought much weeping from the Japanese people because surrender was not a concept they understood. The thing that made island combat so difficult against the Japanese was their determination to fight to the last man. Often in an island battle 10’s of thousands would die and only a tiny handful would ultimately surrender. The potential loss of life in an invasion of the home islands was therefore obvious. The surrender papers were finally signed on the deck of the battleship Missouri in Tokyo Bay on September 2, 1945. The war was over, but I suppose I should reserve that story for another anniversary on another day.
Where does the atomic age find us today 80 years later. If the theory about President Truman using the bomb to send a message to the Soviet Union is true it obviously didn’t work because it took the Soviets only about 3 years to develop their own weapon. So far. Fat Man was the last atomic bomb used in anger against an enemy but the danger, the horrible possibilities are always there. During the Korean War, General MacArthur wanted President Truman to authorize atomic weapons when China entered the war on behalf of Norh Korea but cooler heads prevailed.
In 1962 U.S. intelligence discovered that Russia had placed and was continuing to place offensive nuclear missiles in Cuba, just 90 miles from U.S. soil. Perhaps you are old enough as I am to have lived through the Cuban Missile Crisis, but it was a time of great danger and fear here in America. When I delivered my newspapers each day I could see the blankets hung over windows to prevent injuries from flying glass. People expected a nuclear attack to come at any moment but once again cooler heads prevailed. President Kennedy agreed to remove some missiles from Turkey at least those Khruschev could see from his summer villa on the Black Sea. Premier Khruschev agreed to remove the missiles from Cuba and the world was spared a nuclear holocaust.
Would that happen today or asked differently, do both sides still have cooler heads which hopefully would prevail. I’m not certain of the answer because the rhetoric coming from discussions or non-discussion with Russia are very disturbing. Disarmament treaties have been abandoned and Russia is surrounded by nuclear weapons. My fear is that at some point sooner rather than later, Putin will say no more. In response to a Russian warning Trump publicly ordered two nuclear attack submarines “to the appropriate places.” Something that would never have happened during the dark days of the cold war.
I could go on all day with a discussion about the coming catastrophic war but in the interest of brevity I will say that when events move inevitably forward day by day so that a nuclear armed nation feeling that its back is to the wall, makes a final decision that leads to catastrophe, then it’s too late. Cooler heads must prevail before that happens, but where are they today. President Trump has had some spectacular success with trade negotiations lately, but negotiation is the wrong word for him because he doesn’t negotiate, he dictates terms. Long-term allies seem to accept him as in charge and they have repeatedly given in to his demands.
I’m not sure that Russia can be treated like that without consequence. The Russians are supposed to make peace but how, and what does that even mean. Make peace by surrendering or what. Who knows I guess. Well. in a recent interview with the Atlantic, a publication long at odds with the President, and one he accused of printing damaging lies about him he explained his position on world affairs. “I run the country and the world. “That sounds like a clear definite statement of American hegemony over the world to me.
Finally, folks, when you are a nuclear armed superpower having cordial relations with other nuclear armed superpowers seems like a very good idea to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Gaza and what is going on in that narrow strip of land in which so many have died and are dying. Who or what is responsible for all that death and destruction? Is it really happening, is it faked, just propaganda? This report is the result of his search for evidence that may reveal the truth.Transcription / NotesCAN STARVATION BE FAKEDHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of August in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about Gaza and what is going on in that narrow strip of land in which so many have died and are dying. Who or what is responsible for all that death and destruction. Is it really happening, is it faked, just propaganda. This Report is the result of my search for evidence that may reveal the truth.The President of the United States said recently that he did not agree with Bibi Netanyahu who stated that there is no starvation in Gaza. He said that everybody needs to step up including the Israelis to make sure food gets to the area. “We can save a lot of people, I mean some of those kids. That’s real starvation; I see it and you can’t fake that. So, we are going to get even more involved.” What exactly that statement means is unclear but the President seems to be shifting his views or perhaps he is evolving as more comes to light.The President then, has accepted as fact that children are starving in Gaza so who is responsible and what can be done about it. The Israeli population does not deny it nor do they regard it as a curse according to recent polls. Most Israeli citizens believe that the Israeli actions in Gaza are in response to the attacks of October 7, 2023, in which some 1200 Israeli civilians were killed and some 250 hostages were taken and about 50 of which are still unaccounted for.A letter recently went out from over 1000 Rabbis in which they abhorred the violence committed by Hamas but they seemed to admit that the Israeli response to paraphrase the letter, is well, overkill. “The killing of huge numbers of Palestinians in Gaza, including those seeking food has been widely reported across respectable media and cannot reasonably be denied. The severe limitation placed on humanitarian relief in Gaza, and the policy of withholding of food, water, and medical supplies from a needy civilian population contradict essential values of Judaism as we understand it.”I interpret that letter as an admission by the Rabbis that the things mentioned are happening. Not everyone agrees though, and as I said Mr. Netanyahu denies that any starvation is happening. The President has seen the videos of starving children and has undoubtedly been briefed by his various intelligence agencies and has become convinced that it is happening. The picture, now viral or iconic around the world, of the woman holding her baby with a diaper made from a plastic bag she found is the convincing one.It has not convinced everyone though because that picture has been analyzed by many and found lacking. Some see adults in the background and say they seem healthy and well fed. The Israelis say the baby is not starving but has some sort of genetic disorder so the picture is staged for sympathy. I’ve looked at that picture many times and I don’t know about the genetic disorder, perhaps that is so, but that baby is starving to death. Whatever other conditions he has does not change the fact that the baby is starving.The Rabbis’ letter seems to admit that these conditions are being intentionally caused by the Israeli government and its supporters. Death and destruction are the inevitable consequences of war as we are well aware, but this seems to have reached an unusual level of inhumanity. Once again, we are told nothing is happening here folks, you are not seeing this. Bombing, strafing and shelling are the definition of war but how about the intentional starvation of mass numbers of people.
Darrell Castle talks about what the Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard, called a treasonous conspiracy by officials at the highest levels of the Obama White House to subvert the will of the American people.Transcription / NotesTHE VERY DEFINITION OF A COUPHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of July in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about what the Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard, called a treasonous conspiracy by officials at the highest levels of the Obama White House to subvert the will of the American people. Before I begin I want to take a moment and recognize that this month is the 15th anniversary of the Castle Report. Yes, folks I have been doing this for 15 years. It was conceived in a hotel in the state of Idaho back in 2010 after a discussion with some friends in the Constitution Party about how we needed people to speak on the issues. I said I will do it but only if no one tries to control what I say or what I talk about and to this point no one has. I will admit that sometimes I wonder if anyone cares about the issues enough to control what I say.Yes, Tulsi made some explosive accusations and she has released the documents to prove them. I’m starting to think that perhaps it was not a good idea for Hillary Clinton to refer to Tulsi as a Russian agent during the 2016 primary campaign. Perhaps it was not even a good idea to have her placed on the terrorist watch list so she would be unnecessarily searched in every airport she traveled through. Maybe you should not have had Tulsi followed by dog teams and maybe you should not have taken her electronic gadgets including her U.S. Army issued laptop and phone as she traveled through airports.Yes, what goes around comes around and now the way Tulsi has been treated by Democrats, especially since she used to be one, is and has been shameful but am I saying she released the documents for revenge. No, I’m not saying that because the documents speak for themselves and Tulsi has demonstrated the honor expected of a 20-year army officer to this point. Revenge can be sweet though, and as they say it is a dish best served cold.How explosive are Tulsi’s allegations let’s take a look. By the way I assume that everyone is aware of what I’m talking about in regard to the completely false Russia gate accusations against Trump so my intent is to look at the possible ramifications. The word treason is often used because it is a capital offense with no statute of limitations and so the charges can be brought no matter how long ago the alleged offense occurred. Think about it like this folks; the senior official in charge of all American Intelligence operations is now stating unequivocally that former President Obama and the subordinates of his team intentionally sabotaged the peaceful transfer of power in 2016. She tells us, in effect, that they violated their oaths, betrayed their sworn duty to the American people, and attempted a coup against the legitimate government of the United States. In other words, they set out to weaken and then overthrow the government of the United States. They did all this, allegedly, not on behalf of some foreign power, but on behalf of their own power. They had power and they wanted to keep it because I suppose they had the power addiction really bad and they just couldn’t be bothered about the rules of the game. So, do those charges constitute treason. The United States Constitution Article 3 Section 3 defines treason.“Treason against the United States, shall consist only in levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in open court.”So, again do the allegations constitute treason. I suppose one could try to allege that the acts constituted war against the...
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of Jeffrey Epstein and the list of his customers which doesn't exist along with the subjects of his blackmail which as we know does not exist either.DOES THE EPSTEIN LIST REALLY MATTERHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. There are many things of vital importance today such as war in the Middle East and war in Ukraine but I have decided to continue my discussion of Jeffrey Epstein and the list of his customers which doesn’t exist along with the subjects of his blackmail which as we all know does not exist either.Just to refresh your collective memories a little bit last week the Department of Justice (DOJ) announced that Jeffrey Epstein did not maintain a client list of prominent people who were being blackmailed by Jeffrey Epstein acting as the agent for the Israeli Intelligence Service, Mossad. There are many reasons why the list is so important and why it threatens what’s left of government credibility.First of all, it’s extremely frightening to think that we have a government that is completely untrustworthy in all respects. I’m not talking about Democrats and Republicans I’m talking about the U.S. Government in general. Who would want to pay taxes voluntarily or serve in the military of a government like that. To further complicate things throughout history when people have lost faith in their government’s credibility revolution has been the result. Two prominent examples would be the French Revolution of 1789 and the Russian/Communist Revolution of 1917. In both cases the government which came forward to save the country from chaos and mass murder was far worse and killed far more people than its predecessor.Here in 2025 America, we have a government which came in with such promise for most of us and certainly for the President’s followers who were known as MAGA. Together, America was going to be great again. MAGA had certain goals which carried the campaign to victory. There would be an end to illegal immigration and there would be deportation of illegal criminals. So far so good although Democrats in congress fight each and every deportation even when the one being deported is a known criminal. Now we hear rumors that Trump might be considering some form of amnesty but his base rebelled when that test rumor was circulated.The answer to the rebellion was simple. Amnesty was proposed piecemeal and in a disguised fashion. The folks in big agriculture, the restaurant business and chicken slaughterhouses need their cheap labor so maybe the President would consider an exemption for workers in those industries. The heart of MAGA was of course the hope of peace. This president was going to bring peace and withdraw America from forever wars. Trump said in his campaign that he could end the war in Ukraine with a few phone calls but now six months after inauguration the war rages on and it has become his war.Just this week he decided to bully Vladimir Putin by giving him 50 days to comply with Trump’s demands or he would “ruin Russia financially.” Zelensky said that it is too long and just wastes time and lives. I guess he just wants to get on with killing. He is shipping “billions of dollars” of new weapons to Ukraine including long range missiles designed to reach deep into Russia, but now he says they won’t be used to hit Moscow. I hope that someone reminded the President that Russia has about 6000 nuclear warheads with systems to deliver them which cannot be defeated conventionally. He would also be wise to remember that Genghis Khan, Nepoleon Bonaparte, and Adolph Hitler were all unsuccessful in their efforts to intimidate and then conquer Russia.The point is that with a couple of notable exceptions the peace president is no more. The notable exceptions were Marco Rubio’s successful negotiations to bring peace to the Pakistan-India War and a war in Africa which had been on again off again for decades.
Darrell Castle talks about the case of Jeffrey Epstein and the memo recently released by the Trump Administration which asserted that Epstein killed himself, had no client list, and no blackmail.Transcription / NotesJEFFREY EPSTEIN, PAM BONDI AND THE MORAL ROT OF AMERICAHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of July in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the case of Jeffrey Epstein and the memo recently released by the Trump Administration which asserted that Epstein killed himself and that he had no client list, and no blackmail. Was that memo truthful or just a pack of lies.It’s pretty clear that the evidence supports the pack of lies position, but we the public are supposed to believe those lies or at least pretend that we do. So, there were no pedophiles who happened to also be rich, famous, and powerful. There were no blackmail examples for us to consider and we have a bogus video not even on the correct floor where his body was found to tell us there was no murder. Yes, the saga of JFK and the Warren Commission Report continues and we the people are expected to look the other way for political reasons or to prevent the embarrassment of the country. I suppose it would be embarrassing if information were to be released showing that the CIA along with foreign intelligence agencies conspired to kill President Kennedy or that Jeffrey Epstein was a CIA asset.The explanation for Epstein is so ridiculous that almost no one could believe it but they tell it with a straight face. I don’t know whether they think that due to decades of life in their schools we are too stupid to understand or whether we are so morally corrupt that we just don’t care. O.K. having laid the groundwork for my outrage let me get into why I’m outraged and why you should be as well.First of all, I think Pam Bondi is a fine prosecutor and an excellent choice for attorney general. I was happy when Trump nominated her because I was aware of her record as the Florida Attorney General. Her intelligence and hard work were often disguised from adversaries by her physical beauty. I don’t want to be forced to alter my opinion of her but I do have some questions that need answers.Pam are you now and have you been lying to the American people about the Epstein matter or were you just confused. No, I don’t think you were confused because you are just too smart for that so the question becomes did you willfully and knowingly lie to us because if you did you should be bothered by the hypocrisy. Were you ordered to lie and invent that nonsense memo that went out because it was an obvious pack of lies.If you were ordered to lie or just expected to lie out of loyalty I understand that. I don’t agree with you but I understand. Most of us at some point in our lives are faced with a decision about loyalty to the one who appointed us or to a higher one. If you lied out of loyalty as I said I understand but I am very disappointed because you lied to the most loyal supporters of the President’s agenda. There is no going back from this story and I am sorry for what it has done to you and to your career, nevertheless we the people deserve the truth although we no longer expect it.We don’t expect it because we accept the vile corruption at every stage of government as normal. We aren’t even bothered by it anymore because it’s just, well, normal. See Pam, that’s what makes the systemic corruption of today much worse than the systemic corruption of yesteryear. When JFK was assassinated we were naïve about corruption and we didn’t understand that the government of this country had changed drastically. When we discovered that we were supposed to believe that a lone nut killed the President we did believe it and when we learned that was a pack of lies something died inside us.Pam, you and the administration you work for had a chance to change all that.
Darrell Castle gives his best guess about some of the reasons for the attack on Iran's nuclear enrichment sites.Transcription / NotesWHY DID THE U.S. ATTACK IRAN?Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of June in the year of our Lord 2025. Next Friday is the 4th of July so barring some catastrophe there will be no Castle Report next week. I hope you have that day off so you can celebrate Independence as Joan and I will. Today, I speak not of Independence but of war once again as I try to discern some of the reasons for the U.S. attack on Iran’s nuclear enrichment sites.I will admit that the reasons for the actions of nations at this moment are normally nothing more than someone’s or a group of someone’s best guesses so I will make some guesses of my own today. The attack raised an important Constitutional issue because the Constitution gives only Congress the authority to declare war. That was just one example of the wisdom of the founders because the decision to go to war puts the entire nation’s survival at risk. Perhaps, in this modern era we are expected to think differently and see that this attack was not such a Constitutional question because the last time the U.S. followed the Constitution in going to war was December 1941.Most politicians now on both sides of the aisle think and state publicly that the formal declaration of war is a relic of the past and just isn’t done anymore. So, we are constantly at war but nothing is ever declared and that is very convenient for those who love war. The two political parties have apparently reached a consensus to let the president handle the decision alone and afterward they can criticize or praise him at their leisure. It’s all just part of the theater of the absurd that we watch every day on our televisions or smart phones.Technology and speed are completely different now than in the days of the founders or even 1941. In the early days a debate about going to war might take months and there was little or no chance your adversary could learn of it before you acted but now those decisions take microseconds. It seems that in government today there are simply no secrets despite any top-secret classification, except for the very important secrets like JFK, RFK, MLK, the Epstein files, and of course 9/11. Those are the things we normal Americans are not supposed to know.For example, someone in the Pentagon or the defense intelligence agency leaked the top-secret bomb damage assessment or (BDA) of the attack which said it was unknown whether or not the nuclear enrichment capability of Iran survived the blast generated by 14 MOABs or mother of all bombs. A criminal investigation is underway to find the leaker. President Trump had previously told us that the nuclear sites had been “obliterated” by the bombing. When asked about it later he said that he got his BDA from Israeli Mossad agents who physically observed the sites. It turns out now that even the Iranians admit severe damage to the sites.Wars tend to be worse than expected. The ones who enter them expect and hope that the duration will be short and victory will come decisively and quickly but then reality sets in. For example, one could say that the Ayatollahs have been at war with Israel and the U.S. for forty-six years or the entire time they have held power in the Islamic Republic of Iran. They constantly inflame their people and incite international fear by leading chants in the streets of Tehran of “death to America” and “death to Israel.” It’s not much of a stretch to believe that those two nations would see that as declaring open warfare and act accordingly. When someone screams for your death for 46 years perhaps you should consider paying attention because he might just be preparing the means to bring his ambitions into reality. That is one reason then for the attack i.e. to end the death to America threat.
Darrell Castle talks about the attack by the nation of Israel upon the nation of Iran and what involvement the U.S. will have in the war.
Transcription / Notes
IRAN CANNOT HAVE A NUCLEAR WEAPON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of June in the year of our Lord 2025. My beat is war today and there is obviously a big one to talk about and that is the attack by the nation of Israel upon the nation of Iran. Will the U.S. attack Iran’s nuclear sites on behalf of Israel. We hold our breath to learn what Netanyahu will have the U.S. do.
I have been a bit unsure about how to approach this Report since I’m pretty sure that virtually everyone knows about Israel’s attack by now. What most may not have considered is that in less than a week Israel, a nation of about 9 million people almost completely destroyed Iran’s ability to make war either offensively or defensively. Iran, a nation of about 90 million people or roughly 10 to 1 in population was believed to be at the end of a decades long pursuit of a nuclear weapon or that is at least what Israel keeps telling the world.
Donald Trump told Iran that he wanted to negotiate an end to its nuclear ambitions and he gave them 60 days to enter into a deal to end their nuclear program. He at first seemed willing to allow enough enrichment for peaceful nuclear power but later backed away and said no enrichment at all. Iran said well, then we can’t have a deal so at midnight of the 61st day Israel attacked and destroyed all the above ground nuclear facilities of Iran and assassinated many of Iran’s top military leadership along with its nuclear scientists.
Now, it’s pretty clear that when Trump invited them to negotiate what he really meant was accept my demands or suffer the consequences. So, what was Iranian leadership thinking by continuing nuclear enrichment and refusing to talk. I obviously don’t know the workings of the Mullah’s minds but I can use what I do know to make a reasonable guess. I think they did not recognize in time that the world has changed dramatically in a very short time. Since the October 7, 2023 attack by Hamas, Israel has essentially been at war dismantling the Iranian proxy, terrorist armies bit by bit. The terrorist proxies are the way Iran spread its control across the entire region.
The three Iranian proxy groups Hamas, Hezbollah, and the Houthis have all been reduced to ineffectiveness by the Israel attacks. Hamas, what is left of it, is a pile of rubble. The Houthis are under constant air attack and Iran publicly abandoned them. Hezbollah had its leadership destroyed in a now famous exploding cell phone attack, and their sponsor in Syria has been overthrown. Israel attacked the Iranian anti-air defense system a few months ago and rendered it ineffective obviously. Apparently Israel’s intelligence arm, the Mossad had so completely infiltrated Iran they built an Israeli military base inside Iran.
Iran apparently didn’t recognize any of that and whether by inertia, or poor thinking just continued business as usual. With all their terrorist groups anemic or destroyed they literally have no friends left. Nations like Saudi Arabia, Egypt, and the Emirates may pay lip service to Iran but secretly I suspect they are cheering the Israelis on. The other change that Iran didn’t see was that Russia, their once staunch ally has been strangely silent other than offering asylum to Iranian leadership. Russia is no longer a Middle East power and protector of Iran because it has all it can handle in Ukraine. Perhaps Russia is secretly happy about the war because it detracts the U.S. from Ukraine and most importantly it might raise the price of oil worldwide thus helping Russia’s one product economy.
China, Iran’s other powerful friend is presently trying to resolve a trade war with the U.S. and seems to have no desire to involve itself in a Mideast war although there are rumors of Chinese resupply of Iranian munitions. So, the Iranians, I presume, thought that they would do what they always have done and that is lie, bluster, and obfuscate knowing that one red line after another would be set and ignored. They apparently thought Trump was bluffing as Obama, and secretary of state Blinken had been for so long. If they could do that long enough they just might have their nuclear weapon.
All these things were miscalculations on the part of Iran but when Israel attacked, Trump still continued the invitation to negotiate which as I said is another way of saying it’s my way or the Israeli way. Unfortunately, he added a new wrinkle to his new demands and that is a term we haven’t heard since World War ll, unconditional surrender. In response to Trump’s new demand the Ayatollah said,: “Tehran isn’t threatened by absurd rhetoric.” Well, the rhetoric may be absurd but the bombs are not and any sensible person should be able to see that.
Is the Ayatollah a sensible person or is he completely insane. I don’t know the man but my answer is no he is not insane he is instead driven by an ideology that comes from a book written almost 1400 years ago. That book and its surrounding literature forms the basis of this man’s belief system and that belief system says seek death instead of life. Wash the cities of the world in blood so the 12th Imman, the Mahdi can return and make everything the way the book promised it would be.
The biggest mistake the West makes with the Ayatollah is that no one in Western leadership can understand that this man actually believes the words in that book and that will always drive his action. He doesn’t seem like he wants to die but he doesn’t hesitate to bring death to his own people and to many others. No, he is trying to live out the book as he perceives it and that means never ending war until it finally brings forth the Mahdi.
The Christian book, on the other hand, talks about a rising figure as well, but it refers to that figure as the antichrist, or the man of sin. It is amazing how similar these two figures, portrayed in two books, one over 2000 years old and one over 1300 years old, are to each other. Is the Islamic Mahdi, the Christian antichrist. I don’t know so I leave it to the theologians but I do say the portrayals are eerily similar. My point in all this theology to say that to understand the Ayatollah you must know at least something about his book because that book will predict how he will react to the demand of unconditional surrender.
What does this all taken together tell us about the question of will Donald Trump attack Iran with a bunker busting 30,000-pound bomb. I think he will do it because neither of them will back down and because Netanyahu wants him to. The only hope is that the Ayatollah is holed up in a bunker somewhere and has given control of the decisions to others who might want to spare the Iranian people more bloodshed.
To start America’s part Trump told the 10 million residents of the Iranian capital city 6000 miles from Washington to evacuate immediately. What do those words mean that the U.S. through its chief executive, plans to do to the capital of this foreign country, I’m afraid we are about to find out. Keep in mind the rhetoric of America First, but Trump said that since he invented that rhetoric he gets to decide what it means. Maybe America First means always doing the will of Bibi Netanyahu and if so that makes the U.S. nothing but an Israeli vassal.
What it means right now is that the Chief Executive of the United States is about to plunge the 330 million residents of his country into another Mideast war. The country against which the U.S. will direct its overwhelming military power has literally zero chance to harm the U.S. either militarily or economically. He told the Iranians, a proud people whose long history he probably doesn’t know, that they must flee their capital immediately.
What are all these threats and all this bloodshed and all this bluster about. I guess its about Iran’s ability to make its own weapons of mass destruction right. Well, no, I’m afraid not folks, not it the Director of National Intelligence is to be believed. Tulsi Gabbard, the DNI, said that Iran has no nuclear weapons and is not developing them. In response Trump said “I don’t care what she thinks. “Tulsi seems to me to be a uniquely honest and intelligent woman and I say uniquely because she is in Washington D.C. where those traits are virtually non-existent.
Tulsi, ever the one with class, refused to throw the President under the bus but I bet their next meeting was strained. I wonder why the U.S. has seventeen different intelligence agencies tasked with gathering information for the president all headed by Tulsi Gabbard if the President’s foreign policy knowledge makes them all unnecessary. I also wonder if anyone knows that wars in this region of the world were ongoing more than a thousand years before Jesus was born on this earth.
Old friend Bill Bonner points out to us that in the book of Joshua 10:40, 11:15 that Joshua taking his directions from God Himself left no survivor, but he utterly destroyed all who breathed, just as the Lord, the God of Israel had commanded. Bill points out that the land must have looked a lot like modern-day Gaza.
Tehran is apparently next in the sequence of events that as I have pointed out is several thousand years old. We hear quite often a justification for Israel’s actions as Israel has a right to defend itself. Iran also has the right to defend itself but what it lacks is the means to do so. Yes, Iran appears defenseless, prostrate before its conquerors, its destroyed armed forces no match for the combined fire power of the United States and Israel.
Some of you may be old enough as I am to remember the Shah, Reza Pahlavi who ruled Iran from 1954 to 1979 until he was overthrown by the Islamic revolution. The Ayatollahs have therefore been in power for 46 years. The Shah and his son went into exile in 1979 and he died in 1980 but his son by the same name still lives and wants desperately to return to Iran once the Ayatollah is removed. This is no endorsement of the Shah or his monarchy but if he could keep the U.S. out of it so much the better. The son says he wants traditional democracy this time instead of monarchy.
Will cooler heads prevail. No, I don’t think so folks because voices in opposition like Tucker Carlson and Steve Bannon are dismissed in insulting ways but listen to War Hawk, Lindsey Graham who insists that there should be American boots on the ground in Iran. “We live in a world where you’ve got to confront problems. I can’t guarantee your freedom and your safety unless you’re willing to fight for it. If we don’t fight for our freedom we will lose it.”
How our freedom depends on American troops in Iran the senator doesn’t explain but I do know that he has no plans to be one of them.
Finally, folks, put me down as vehemently opposed to American attacks on Iran and America fighting Israel’s wars. This country has already destroyed five countries for Israel and Iran, the head of the snake as the neocons call it is next. Here in America the Big Beautiful Bill proposes to remove 40% of the fee’s doctors receive through Medicare. Infrastructure is collapsing while airliners fall from the sky but we have a trillion plus “defense” budget and money to drop 30,000-pound bombs on countries that have not harmed us and are not a threat to us. $37 trillion of debt is a far worse threat.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the riots in Los Angeles currently ongoing as well as attempts to put them down with National Guard troops and even U.S. Marines. The question, what does that portend for America and our future?
Transcription / Notes
ANARCHY AND TRUE CHAOS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of June in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the riots in LA currently ongoing as well as attempts to put them down with National Guard troops and even US Marines and what that portends for America and our future.
I am recording this Castle Report as the chaos and anarchy rages on in the once great and beautiful city of Los Angeles California. Those words, chaos and anarchy, were the words chosen by Senator John Fetterman (D-PA). “I unapologetically stand for free speech, peaceful demonstrations, and immigration—but this is not that. This is anarchy and true chaos. My party loses the moral high ground when we refuse to condemn setting cars on fire, destroying buildings, and assaulting law enforcement.”
Senator Fetterman’s party, the Democrat Party, at least the California branch of it, is apparently convinced that they are gaining a political advantage from the pain they have inflicted on their city and state. Governor Gavin Newsom is treating the event as a campaign launch for the 2028 Democrat nomination for the office of President. He makes tearful speeches and he blusters like a tough guy saying go ahead and arrest me and get it over with. I guess he thinks we are all on pins and needles awaiting his martyrdom.
The mayor of Los Angeles, Karen Bass, is at least presently in the state, unlike when she allowed two of the most beautiful cities in America Pacific Palisades and Malibu to burn to the ground just a few weeks ago. She and Governor Newsom turned in mutually disgraceful performances by allowing the city to burn and now, well they seem to have some weird affinity for fire. Newsom and Bass together have only one answer to the problems of Los Angeles and that is Trump did it. They have no answers, no policy solutions, just Trump must be responsible.
The recent presidential election and even current polling data seem lost on them. Never mind the reverse morality of letting your city be overrun by people crossing the border illegally. They don’t see the effect that thousands of people flying Mexican flags while burning cars, attacking police, looting etc. has on the rest of the country. The optics are very bad but they just don’t get it. They say the protests are peaceful and just over exuberance, while in the background fires are burning. It’s like that scene from the movie Police Story where Leslie Neilson’s character says nothing to see here folks please move along while the background has a view of Warsaw after the German invasion.
Bass and Newsom are representative of many politicians who focus on power plays of jurisdictional dispute and efforts to appeal to emotions for people who don’t want to go back to where they came from while Mr. and Ms. Average American are focused on the need for law and order. It’s pretty easy for a person living in my city of Memphis to see those videos and conclude, thank God I don’t live in LA where the politicians don’t seem to care anything about the people who elect them except as political talking points and numbers.
For a few days after the presidential election, it appeared that Newsom was pretending to move closer to the center because he noticed the results of pretending to be on the extreme left. Perhaps he noticed that illegal immigration was the number one issue to normal Americans so these riots were a perfect chance for him to appear sane. Just say a few words that might lead someone to think you care about law and order. Just give the appearance that you care about the lives and property of the people of California, but no, you just can’t seem to read the handwriting clearly on the wall.
Instead of law and order you say this; “He’s exacerbated the conditions. He’s lit the proverbial match. He’s putting fuel on this fire. Donald Trump needs to pull back. He needs to stand down. Donald Trump is inflaming these conditions. This is Donald Trump’s problem right now, and if he can’t solve it we will.” This man, Newsom, is pitifully out of touch with the reality of the situation. His regrets are not of the people whose property is being destroyed and certainly not for ICE agents and other law enforcement who are targeted for doing their jobs. People across the country could see the slick politician for what he really is.
If you want to talk about a bad look just look at the videos of people burning cars, throwing rocks, and now looting wrecked businesses all while waving Mexican flags. As the Babylon Bee paraphrasing George Bush put it, they do the rioting Americans just won’t do. These people obviously had difficult or unhappy circumstances in their own country and so they came here without the legal necessity of applying for entry. They riot and write death to America on the buildings they burn so one has to ask, why are you here. If you hate America, why are you here and why do you resist going back to the place that you obviously prefer. Why do you resist with violence the efforts of law enforcement to give you an all expenses paid trip back to where you came from.
Normal people must wonder, how could you choose foreign rioters over your own people. Isn’t your first obligation to your own. Your own would be your family first that is your wife or husband and your children who should come first, then those around you similarly situated. If someone kicked in your door and invaded your home would you mind. If someone kicked in your door, set fire to your car and home, would you mind. If someone burned your business and destroyed your financial way of life would you mind. If someone raped your wife or children would you mind.
Saying all that leaves me with a question and that is how you could choose people who do that over us normal people. I just don’t get it folks because many people repeatedly vote for politicians who pledge to do just that and I mean by that choose the perpetrators of violence and chaos over normal people. This situation is going down a very scary path and we might never be able to recover as people. The scary path is that Steve Bannon just might be right and we are at war. We are obviously constantly at war abroad as in Ukraine and the never-ending struggle for dominance in the Middle East but the war against Western Civilization is being fought in our streets right now.
War is a terrible thing and total war i.e. with fully committed resources is designed to kill and destroy and it doesn’t particularly care who gets killed. For example, the last total war was World War Two and in that struggle the allies sent 1000 bombers in a single raid over German cities with incendiaries and high explosives which killed hundreds of thousands. Were those civilians on the ground under the bombs innocent. That depends on how you look at it I guess because the people at home knew that if their own people were to be spared the war had to be won. They had an advantage over the normals of today and that was almost universal agreement on who should win. Now, after decades of propaganda in schools, under Marxist professors and with almost total media ownership by the left it is different.
Even with all that I still don’t get it. The people burning cars throwing rocks, destroying a once great city all while waving the flag of a foreign nation, I don’t get the attraction. My first reaction to anarchy and true chaos is apparently different from that of almost 50% of the population. My first thought is if they are illegal send them back and if they are criminals put them in prison then send them back unless you can work out a deal as was done with El Salvador to imprison them there.
This Castle Report, then, is not so much a report on what is happening but is instead my opinion of what that means. For example, this weekend the U.S. Army will celebrate 250 years of its existence. That is 250 years of sacrifice for our freedom and way of life in order to preserve it for future generations. I know what you must be thinking is that many of those wars were unnecessary but I’m not talking about the politicians I’m talking about the soldiers. They believed they were fighting for freedom and our way of life when they fought the enemies assigned to them by their civilian leadership.
This same weekend that we celebrate the army the revolutionary forces burning LA have announced a nationwide series of street protests which have a chance of morphing into LA in your neighborhood. Right now, in LA we have a kinetic battlefront in the ongoing war against the United States of America itself. This war is an effort designed to destroy this country so that it can fit nicely into the Great Reset of the World Economic Forum and the Agenda 2030 of the United Nations as well as whatever exists in the satanic minds of George Soros and Bill Gates.
This appears to me to be a well-organized resistance movement against the United States as a country. I’ve seen many videos of tactical gear of the kind the military uses being delivered to the rioters new and still in the original boxes. It has been planned alright and so the question is how we resist. I suggest it should not be by electing more Gavin Newsoms. His reaction is to file a lawsuit against President Trump. I have a copy of it on my desk but I decided not to spend my time on it today.
In conclusion folks, the effort to rip America apart from the inside out by tearing apart the very souls of our people must be resisted. I haven’t even mentioned the deployment of thousands of National Guard as well as 700 Marines from the 1st Division. The president said the Marines are there to protect federal property and I’m certain they can do that. I have some experience with the Marine Corps and I know that in my day we were offensive troops and you didn’t send us unless you wanted people to be dead. Deploying active-duty military inside the U.S. is problematic, granted, unless this really is looked at as war.
Finally, folks, do we have the right to have our own country. Do we have the right to exist as people who live in freedom and leave others alone. I submit that we do and I recommend that we get to work preserving that right now.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent attack on one leg of Russia’s nuclear triad and what that means for the United States, for Europe, and of course for Russia.
Transcription / Notes
ATTACKING THE NUCLEAR DETERRENT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th of June in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about a recent attack on one leg of Russia’s nuclear triad and what that means for the United States, for Europe, and of course for Russia. This, I suppose, is the second part of my Castle Report which focused on the changing face of war and my conclusion that it means the end of the aircraft carrier as the dominant force of naval warfare, and the end of the tank as the dominant force of land warfare.
Yes, the blitzkrieg of Heinz Guderian and the great carrier battles are most likely relics of past wars now but the future of war looks even more terrifying to me. Why, well because death now comes from an unmanned robot controlled by some technician perhaps thousands of miles away in a Quonset hut, with little to no human interaction.
Today the attack by Ukraine deep inside Russia severely damaged Russia’s strategic nuclear delivery system. The three great nuclear powers, the U.S., Russia, and China all have what is normally referred as a nuclear triad which prevents any leg of the three-legged stool from keeping that nation from responding to a nuclear attack.
That triad consists of long-range nuclear bombers, submarine launched nuclear missiles, and intercontinental ballistic missiles. The triad of final nuclear defense prevents either of the three nations from final defeat in a total nuclear catastrophe which would leave the victor without much to celebrate. Over and over, I warn that total defeat of Russia is not possible while that nation’s missiles are still in their silos and their submarines still patrol the oceans.
Nevertheless, a few days ago Ukraine launched a massive drone attack 2700 miles inside Russia which destroyed several of Russia’s long-range strategic bombers. Initial reports said 41 planes destroyed, but even Ukraine admitted that the number was more like 13 destroyed and several damaged. The Russians say that only 5 were destroyed so we can conclude that some were destroyed but how many is anyone’s guess.
Apparently, these bombers were some of Russia’s most prized aerial assets and were vital to their nuclear triad. These aircraft were of a type no longer in production so replacing them will be very difficult and costly if it is even possible. In response, Russia of course launched its own massive drone attack inside Ukraine with 472 drones and 7 ballistic and cruise missiles. That will not be the end of the Russian response because Putin told President Trump in a recent phone call that he will have to respond so maybe the deep state is close to getting its war.
This attack was more than just a bold and aggressive strike deep inside Russia against Russian air bases, it was a glaring example of the new face of war that is unlike anything the world has seen before. The Ukrainians proved with one attack how outdated the old aircraft carrier on the seas and battle tanks on the land now are. They made their own aircraft carrier out of a semi-truck and transported that carrier full of armed drones into Russia using personnel who appeared to be Russian.
I have seen conflicting reports but recent after-action reports say 36% of Russian strategic aircraft worth about $2 billion were destroyed. This attack came on Sunday the day before peace talks were held in Turkey to try to resolve the conflict. It gave Zelensky a chance to brag about just having destroyed another chance at peace. Anyway, the peace talks went nowhere and reportedly lasted only 3 hours. So, all that work, preparation and expense apparently for nothing. Sometimes it seems to me that everyone in charge of anything is crazy. Maybe that’s a kind of quiet requirement of seeking and holding power. Only the truly insane need apply.
Mr. Zelensky made a speech at the start of negotiations which was part gloating and part thanks to Europe and America for sending their best weapons which allowed him to wound the nuclear bear. Quote from Mr. Zelensky.
“First, as before, our top priority is supporting our defense, and I’m grateful for all the support packages and for every investment in weapons production in Ukraine, and for the development of production in your countries as well. Europe, together with America has better weapons than Russia. Our operation, Spider Web, yesterday proved that Russia must feel what its losses mean.”
That is just a few lines from his longer speech but its meaning is pretty clear. It confirms to the world that this attack was from Europe and America against Russia, it seems to be the hot version of a war that has been raging against Russia since peace was declared in 1989. That peace was to end the cold war but it just passed from cold to hot. But, you say, that makes no sense and you are correct it makes no sense unless you are insane and want to gamble with the lives of everyone on planet earth. Apparently there are people anxious to do that very thing.
Since Mr. Zelensky gave America and Europe some credit for this attack against the Russian bomber fleet based all the way up in Siberia we should look at the actual planning and execution of that mission and for that we consult the CIA. To do that we have former CIA analysist, Larry Johnson as quoted from an interview with Judge Andrew Napolitano. He said that the U.S. would likely give President Trump plausible deniability so he could wash his hands of it. This attack was personally planned and commanded by Mr. Zelensky they tell us but I don’t need a CIA analyst to conclude that can’t be true. However, Mr. Johnson doesn’t believe it either. “Sorry, folks, but I don’t buy it. This attack was not something a guy like Zelensky, whose skill set being a former homo-erotic dancer and actor, was prepared for.
The official line is that the president did not know about it but his recent warnings to Mr. Putin might lead one to conclude that he was embarrassed by Mr. Putin’s refusal to accept terms and end the war. The president promised us he could end the war but every time he tries someone throws in a monkey wrench into his Nobel Peace Prize so perhaps the president was living up to his warning that something very bad was going to happen. Perhaps, on the other hand, this attack was planned before he took office and he really didn’t know because apparently he didn’t know that swarms of Ukrainian drones attacked Putin’s helicopter near Moscow.
Mr. Johnson concluded that this attack, which was 2700 miles inside Russia, and far away from the frontlines in Ukraine, had to have been orchestrated by NATO and the CIA. “In a NATO proxy war against Russia, with Ukraine serving as the proxy, somebody in Washington and/or London had to have been involved in an operation as sophisticated and strategic as the one that went down in Russia on Sunday. I guarantee you, at least one if not more officers, within the Central Intelligence Agency knew about this and may have been involved with the planning for it and the operation of it.”
When Judge Napolitano pressed him on how sure he was of CIA, MI6 or Mossad involvement he said: “100 percent. Just the operations of initiating, of turning the drones on. Think of the process. You’ve got them hidden under this roof, so the roof has to open up. That requires an external command. The reports are they were using the Russian phone network. Maybe? But I think Starlink, Elon Musk’s operation, was involved with this as well. It was reported that U.S. Defense Secretary Pete Hegseth was watching the attack in real time. Which means, if true, he absolutely knew it was coming on.”
So, Mr. Johnson, an experienced, street wise CIA analysist is 100% sure that someone in the CIA was at least aware of this attack and may have been involved in executing it. What does that tell us about the U.S. government. To me, saying the president didn’t know is not believable except for the plausible deniability excuse because I just don’t see Mr. Zelensky risking U.S. wrath even if he had the ability to do it. The only other possibility is that the CIA is now so independent that it is literally a separate government.
Is the president in charge of this country or is it the CIA as rumors suggest. This is a sobering thought because many voted for this man because he pledged to end the war. If he just can’t persuade them to stop fighting I would understand but what I don’t understand is why the U.S. continues to fund the fighting and bloodshed. I sound like a broken record, I know, but I am thinking that we are ruled by a tiny elite somewhere that really enjoys killing. If the president knew about this attack he loses credibility as a peacemaker.
Furthermore, I predict this attack will have the opposite effect that it was intended to have. Rather than bring Russia to the bargaining table as Mr. Zelensky thought it would I predict that Russian gloves are going to come of and we are headed for World War lll against Russia. It is a stupid murderous avenue to go down but that’s the way it appears to me.
In conclusion, this attack which apparently took months to plan was executed the day before peace talks began. That tells me that someone or some group did not want the talks to be successful because the war must go on. Peace with Russia is something the average insane lunatic cannot permit.
Finally, folks, we plunge on and every day we get closer to the world of all-digital, all-knowing total surveillance powered by artificial intelligence, but our overlords must think that war is necessary for us to get there. Perhaps when their dream is realized we will beg for their help to end it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the war between India and Pakistan which began over an apparent terrorist attack in the disputed territory of Kashmir a few weeks ago. He alleges that the real winner in the war so far has been China.
Transcription / Notes:
WHO WON THE INDIA-PAKISTAN WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 30th day of May in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the war between India and Pakistan which began over an apparent terrorist attack in the disputed territory of Kashmir a few weeks ago.
Yes, rather than hide or delay the lead I will tell you right away that there is no real winer as yet but in the initial battle the winner was China and in this report I will attempt to defend that view. First, to set up my argument it will be necessary to review a little history. It is often said that generals fight the last war and in many respects I believe that to be an accurate assessment.
For example, coming out of WWl the navies of the world viewed the battleship as the future of naval warfare because it had proven so decisive in the naval battles of that war. The air arm of the navy didn’t begin until the 1920’s and that was just a primitive experiment. In the 1930’s seagoing nations started to develop aircraft and aircraft carriers and to experiment with them but the battleship was still expected to dominate the next naval war. Even the Japanese put their effort into battleships including the Yamato, the world’s largest.
When the war started with the attack on Pearl Harbor and then the battle of the Coral Sea and Midway it was soon obvious that aircraft carriers were the future, not battleships. The U.S. had three carriers in the Pacific after Pearl Harbor and the Yorktown was lost at Midway June 4, 1942, but within 2 years they had 17. When the war ended and the U.S. had the world’s money so it could buy anything it continued to put its effort into the ships that won the war in the Pacific. When nuclear power entered the navy the cost of an aircraft carrier continued to skyrocket until today it exceeds $13 billion.
Only one nation can afford to build and equip 13 of those ships and as a result the U.S. Navy has dominated the seas since WWll. Other nations such as China, Russia, North Korea, and Iran had to find some cheaper way to keep up and they did. While the U.S. was building $13 billion aircraft carriers to project power around the world those nations devoted their resources to building relatively cheap missiles to counter them.
My theory then is that the aircraft carrier, like the battleship before it, has had its day and the future of warfare will be robotic, ai generated, and probably in space. With that background we look at what is happening in one of the most dangerous corners of the world today and that is Kashmir where the borders of Pakistan, India and China converge. The immediate cause of the outbreak of war was a terrorist attack on April 22 that killed 26 Indians. People get really upset when they are attacked by terrorists and they demand that their nation’s government do something.
The Indians did do something and that resulted in one of the most interesting air battles since WWll. During the battle of the Coral Sea in 1942 the U.S. and Japanese navies fought a battle in which each side had ships sunk but the opposing ships didn’t even see each other. The battle was entirely between carrier-based aircraft from about 200 miles apart. The Indians and Pakistanis engaged in an air battle using the latest fighter aircraft in their inventories and the interesting thing is that the entire battle was fought in what pilots call BVR or beyond visual range combat. BVR is completely different from the air combat maneuvering and the dogfighting videos we see from WWll.
It pits aircraft, their radars, and guided missiles against each other at extremely long ranges. Each aircraft tries to acquire radar lock on his opponent before the opponent can acquire him and then he fires a missile along that radar lock guide straight to the other aircraft.
The French build formidable weapons systems and they build the defense mechanisms to protect those systems. For example, the French built the air defense system used by Saddam Hussein in the first Gulf war. The U.S. was finally able to persuade the French to reveal the best counter to that system. Now, international conglomerates build weapons systems for everybody so sometimes it’s hard to know the players, but in Kashmir it was a little more clear. That’s because the Pakistanis used Chinese missiles and most importantly the Chinese integrated air combat system incorporated into their own air combat system.
The Indians used primarily French equipment especially the Dassault Rafale fighter which French reports sometimes refer to as a flying masterpiece. The Rafale is a 4.5-generation aircraft meaning it is reported to be superior to the 4th generation but not quite the 5th generation. It is a multi-role fighter capable of speeds of 1.8 Mach and it has stealth capability at least partially.
Well, the Indians did retaliate for the terrorist attack which they believed to have originated from Pakistan. On the morning of May 7th India launched what they called Operation Sindoor consisting of missile and drone attacks on ground targets inside Pakistan. This is where the story gets a little confusing because a third player enters. The Indians get aircraft from France primarily but also from Russia such as the Mig 29 and SU 30. Pakistan has some U.S. F-16’s but none were used in this battle.
Back to history for a moment because this reminds me of how NAZI Germany entered the Spanish Civil War as a way to test aircraft and pilots for the coming war. When WWll started in Europe the German pilots were already experienced veterans. The Chinese apparently did the same thing with their integrated air combat system supplied to Pakistan. They supplied an entire integrated system not just their aircraft because the French Rafale was superior to Pakistani jets at least the French thought so.
What happened in the air battle remains undisclosed but we know that they fought from behind their own borders and at ranges which at times exceeded 100 miles. The battle reports are very sketchy and as a result it is very difficult to learn exactly what happened but apparently the Indian jets were able to destroy some Pakistani aircraft on the ground but in the air it was a different story, apparently. Western news outlets including the New York Times and the BBC reported that the air battle showcased the increasing lethality of Chinese jets and missiles against Western aircraft. In other words, the Chinese have had little recent warfighting experience against peer rivals so this was a chance to test their systems.
The Chinese and Pakistanis have claimed 5 Indian jets destroyed in air combat while losing none of their own. Three Rafales, one Mig-29, and one SU-30 but it is not possible currently to confirm the accuracy of that. The three Rafales are reported as definite with the other two as possible. They were downed by Chinese J-10C aircraft armed with PL-15E long range air to air missiles. To the West this says that after many years and many billions, along with IT theft from the West, the Chinese were finally able to test in real combat and the result was rather alarming.
The Chinese navy is acting as if this battle was definitive as to their superiority. They conduct naval drills across the Pacific and have encircled Taiwan in drills as if to say it’s a matter of when not if. China’s focus on technology and economics leave its new military systems largely untested in real world combat especially against an enemy as formidable as the U.S. Still, this Pakistani test was something for them to crow about and it has apparently given them a high level of confidence.
The Chinese aircraft company Chengdu Corporation has joined with Pakistan Aeronautical Complex to jointly develop the latest Chinese fighter jet the JF-17. Is any of this good news for the West, I don’t think so but neither should we exaggerate it. The Chinese have supplied Pakistan with entire systems of avionics, engines and weapons which all worked together and apparently the Indians were relying on their 4.5 Gen fighter, the Rafale, but not an integrated system and that reliance was not effective. The Chinese have put a lot of effort into making the Pakistani air force top of the line with training in how to use their systems. Other countries have reported problems with Chinese equipment and some have had to ground their Chinese jets because they could not get them to work properly within their own systems, but the Chinese personal involvement with the Pakistani air force seems to have solved the issues of concern.
India and Pakistan are both countries today but that is a relatively short development. Independence occurred for them in 1947 when Great Britain withdrew from colonial status and granted independence. The result has left a lot of disputed borders and unfinished business between the two. This current war is a long line of struggles over Kashmir. It is far more dangerous than ever because both countries are nuclear armed. Are they crazy enough to use nuclear weapons over a border dispute. I would never rule out the craziness of those who run countries. There seems to be something about power that drives people mad and after all what good is power if you don’t use it.
There are some very disturbing aspects to this war if you want to call it that. It is fast escalating just as the war in Ukraine escalated with new weapons including drones, satellite surveillance and targeting, artificial intelligence, hypersonic missiles, some of which are nuclear capable. These systems have all been deployed and they weren’t even available for the last India-Pakistan War which ended about 2003. Escalation happens faster when new systems are deployed because there is a need to match or respond to them. For example, India is now in discussions to purchase the most advanced Russian S-400 missile defense system to counter Chinese missiles.
Another disturbing aspect to this struggle is that both countries have attacked inside the other country far from the dispute in Kashmir just as in Ukraine. I imagine that the leaders of both countries are working around the clock to find ways to destroy each other.
Finally, folks, war is an idiotic trait of the depravity of man and this one is just a fine example of the early stages of the progression to the next level of technology.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses how thoroughly, completely, and totally the American people have been lied to and how Joe Biden’s diagnosis of metastasized cancer is evidence of those lies.
Transcription / Notes:
THE OPPOSITE OF DEMOCRACY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of May in the year of our Lord 2025. This is Memorial Day weekend which is a time we are supposed to pause and remember those who fell in battle throughout the 250 years of America’s existence. Just a three-day weekend for most people but for some a sad time and a reminder of lives that could have been. The purpose of this report today is not to discuss Memorial Day but to discuss how thoroughly, completely, and totally we have been lied to and how Joe Biden’s diagnosis of metastasized cancer is evidence of those lies.
The lies I just mentioned are of such profound importance because they go to the very heart of this Constitutional Republic or what the Democrat Politicians often refer to as “our democracy.” The lies were not just the usual wink of a politician’s eye as if to say you know what I mean, right. No, these lies were not subtle and they were designed to systemically and ruthlessly mislead us as to the condition of Joe Biden and to deceive us in order to place an unelected cohort in the office of president of the United States.
Every institution and every person that vouched for him and told us that he was sharp as a tack and that he ran rings around everybody should lose all credibility and should never be believed or trusted again. When he was a non-campaigning candidate in 2020 apparently just sitting at home while others did the work and spoke for him most of us knew something was wrong. He was elected anyway or was he.
Now, with this open deception I suppose it’s OK if I say publicly, no, that election was not fair it was stolen. How do I know that, well, I don’t but these people apparently lie about even the fact that their candidate is not the real candidate but who knows. I just know now without a doubt that the entire four years of his presidency was a complete lie and a fraud against the American people and their guarantee of the ability to freely select leaders. We could see the confusion in his eyes—his inability to complete a sentence—his stumbling walk—his falling asleep at critical moments, his shaking hands with ghosts. To point these things out was just pandering to extremists or cruelty, or worst of all, disinformation.
We all saw it, but they covered it up. The White House staff insisted that he was sharp as a tack behind closed doors. Jake Tapper, who now spends his time selling his book refuting everything he once said was different when the machine he once worked for had power. Back in those days he told us that he knew the man and never saw any evidence of decline. The sycophant media told us he was more engaged than ever. Press secretary Karine Jean-Pierre, blamed a cold or a childhood stutter for the fact that he couldn’t make a 10 minute speech and remain coherent. This was warfare conducted psychologically against the American people and against common sense.
The old quip—who are you going to believe me or your lying eyes became reality instead of just a clever line. Leaked memos and emails from the White House admit the issues he suffered from and the treatment including stimulants used to keep him going. Whoever was exercising power in his place wanted desperately to keep it. He became, in effect, a Potemkin president or kind of like a movie set which is designed to confuse and hide the reality that the great naval battle just filmed was fought in a small swimming pool.
Every decision made during his entire presidency is now in question. When I say in question I really mean discredited and invalid. The $93 million green energy spending scam– the 1500 last minute pardons—the open borders admitting known criminals from the prisons of the world-and especially the disastrous withdrawal from Afghanistan resulting in the deaths of 13 Marines. Those thing should be investigated but thinking about it now what really should happen is that everything signed by autopen while he was in office should be declared invalid by the Supreme Court.
This situation is like a thriller movie and The Manchurian Candidate comes to mind except there is no Manchurian. There is only a very dark cabal, hidden from public view running the country, funding wars, and fundamentally changing America. The American people had nothing to do with any of this except they believed the fantasy about kindly old Joe Biden looking out for the little people. In reality, the cabal remained busy trying to install policies that would outlast his term including funding for the Ukraine war.
Let’s just talk about media complicity for a moment. The media didn’t just get it wrong—no, they intentionally suppressed and deceived us. The New York Times, The Washington Post, MSNBC, CNN, and many others all had medical experts to defend Biden’s vigor and to accuse any questioners of being right wing extremists, conspiracy theorists, etc. I am reminded of the retort to the accusation of being a conspiracy theorist—I will quit believing in conspiracies if you quit conspiring.
Regarding the currant admitted diagnosis of metastatic prostate cancer and bone cancer, we are told that he hasn’t had a PSA exam since 2014 so he had no symptoms and didn’t know. That is such a stupid lie that it insults the intelligence of the dumbest American. Doctors tell us, and I mean all doctors now, that his cancer was a slow mover so he has had it for as much as 10 years. Knowing that, he knew in 2020, Dr. Jill knew in 2020 and whoever was running this country knew in 2020.
Aside from the implications of the country having a completely nonfunctional figurehead president, what about the cruelty of a wife who loved power, money, and its pleasures so much that she would do that to her husband. When did Dr. Jill, his medical staff who continued to report that he had good health know that he had cancer and why didn’t they disclose that to the American people. We are told now and I suppose we are expected to believe that the president and even when he was vice president with access to the best medical team available in this world did not know that he had cancer. I refuse to believe that which is unbelievable.
Did he receive any aggressive treatment for such aggressive cancer such as surgery, chemo, or radiation or perhaps all three. If he did receive those treatments none of it was ever disclosed and if he did not, well I guess that means Dr. Jill just waited until it became terminal. Was this what it appears to have been, a cold, calculated, very cynical decision to let this demented man who didn’t know the difference go without treatment so the cabal could run things for a few more years.
Why now, why release this report now since the election is over. Perhaps the announcement was just intended to distract us from all the years of deception and keep us from looking behind the curtain. Maybe the autopen scandal was getting too close for comfort so now the cabal can say, look folks, old Joe has cancer so cut him a break and just let it go. Even Donald Trump is speaking out on the subject. Quote from the president.
“Joe Biden was not for open borders, he never talked about open borders, where criminals of all kinds, shapes, and sizes, can flow into our country at will. It wasn’t his idea to open the border, and almost destroy our country, and cost us hundreds of billions of dollars to get criminals out of our country and go through the process we are going through now. It was the people who knew he was cognitively impaired, and that took over the autopen. They stole the Presidency of the United States and put us in great danger. This is treason at the highest level. They did it to destroy our country.”
So now we are expected to just forget and forgive because Joe has cancer. Well, no we can’t and won’t do that for many reasons. The first is that the guilty need to be exposed and punished, but will that ever happen, I don’t know but it seems doubtful given what has transpired. Another reason is that the presidency isn’t just a ceremonial title or something that any demented, incompetent, sick person can hold while other more competent and far more sinister execute the duties of the office as they wish.
The American presidency is the most powerful executive role on the planet and given the currant power of America’s military I would say it’s the most powerful position in world history. It requires mental clarity, physical stamina, and above all, moral responsibility. None of these traits were present in Joe Biden and yet the cabal pushed him into the race, apparently denied him cancer treatment so they could use him to steal power. I have to point out that his wife was involved in all these subterfuges and was above all most guilty of the abuse of her husband.
They lied to us, the cabal lied to us, Dr. Jill lied to us and most importantly the media, which is supposed to be a watchdog, lied to us. Can the media in this nation ever regain any degree of trust and more importantly should it be able to regain trust. I just don’t see that happening in my lifetime because the American people, a large percentage of them anyway, are angry and demanding answers. Our media, watchdogs over power, deceived us about who held power for at least four years.
The last reason for continuing the investigation, arresting those to whom the evidence points, and seeing the guilty punished, is that if we fail in that regard they will do it again because they are just that wicked.
In conclusion folks, one other thought occurs to me about our former president. Perhaps he had slow moving prostate cancer as do many men his age but then he was subjected to many mRNA vaccines and boosters and the slow-moving cancer morphed into an aggressive turbo cancer that doctors tell us is common among the vaccinated.
Finally, folks, this information is hard especially because it reminds us that at least for several years we have not had democracy, but it’s opposite. Despite all that enjoy a three-day weekend and don’t forget to remember.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about Present Trump’s trip to the Middle East and how it reflects Trump’s vision of the world — how it can be more peaceful and prosperous for everyone.
Transcription / Notes
WHY NEO-CONS HATE TRUMP
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of May in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about President Trump’s trip to the Middle East which should be finishing just about as I record this report. The trip reflects Trump’s vision of the world and how it can be more peaceful, and prosperous for everyone, in other words the anti-neo-con view of the world.
President Trump is currently on a Presidential trip to several Middle East countries including Saudi Arabia, his first stop, and then several of the Gulf Arab States including Qatar, the second stop. While he was in Riyadh, he spoke to the new leader of Syria which is interesting because until the fall of Assad that man was listed as a wanted international terrorist. Apparently Mr. Erdogan of Turkey joined in the conversation by phone and lobbied Trump to lift the sanctions on Syria which Trump agreed to do. His reception by the Middle East countries has been phenomenal and met with similar joy as his election was met with joy by his supporters. That joy is in reality hope for what could be and hopefully will be with the Trump Presidency.
When Air Force One entered Saudi air space six Saudi jet fighters came out and flew escort for the descent into Riyadh. The Crown Prince, Bin Salman came out to personally greet his arrival something he publicly did not do when President Biden visited. A long purple carpet stretched from the airplane steps to the waiting limousines while American music played from loudspeakers. The Saudis even rigged up a mobile McDonalds restaurant on the trailer of a large truck in reference to the President’s legendary fondness for McDonalds cheeseburgers.
Trump seems to have an affinity for Middle East people and especially their leaders because he shares a few things in common with them. He doesn’t drink and he does not condemn their culture and way of life. Let me pause here for a moment and give a little history to illustrate my point.
First we have George H.W. Bush’s war to oust Saddam Hussein from Kuwait with its “this aggression will not stand rhetoric.” Then we have 8 years of Bill Clinton’s no fly zone over Iraq with its starvation of hundreds of thousands, allegedly. We then follow that with 8 years of George W. Bush’s Global War on Terror with its invasion of Iraq and Afghanistan. We follow that with 8 years of Barack Obama’s Afghanistan the good war as opposed to Iraq the bad war. Donald Trump comes in and tries to extricate himself from Afghanistan but Joe Biden finally does it, albeit with an extreme cost. Joe Biden almost immediately becomes embroiled in a European war between Ukraine and Afghanistan so it’s basically been a 25-year struggle of war which means killing, dying, and total destruction.
The leaders of the Middle East apparently see this man Trump with his prosperity instead of war rhetoric and they like it and are hopeful. His statements before the trip reflected the new attitude and purpose of the trip. He said he wanted to make new deals for peace and profit and that went over especially well in the Saudi Kingdom. Quote from the President, “a land of peace, safety, harmony, opportunity, innovation, and achievement right here in the Middle East is within our grasp.” That was apparently music to the ears of Bin Salman and when you think about it’s hard for me to find fault with that ambition.
Perhaps Trump’s joyous reception is because his approach to foreign policy in general and the Middle East in particular, in contrast to all those presidents I just mentioned, is not ideological. To illustrate here’s a quote from the President that was apparently well received in Saudi ears, “too many American presidents have been afflicted with the notion that it is our job to look into the souls of foreign leaders and use US policy to dispense justice for their sins.” In closing he said, “I believe it is God’s job to sit in judgment—my job is to defend America and to promote the fundamental interests of stability, prosperity, and peace.”
That view of American policy toward the Middle East is the exact opposite of how those former presidents I mentioned seemed to view their roles. The purpose of those wars, we were constantly told, was to democratize and liberalize those countries. There were always just a small handful of rogue states and just a handful of religious fanatic terrorists who actually seemed to believe the words in that book written about 1200 years ago. If the US could just win its wars thus bringing regime change to those rogue states the rest of the Middle East would be inspired to accept Western values including its modern view of women and especially homosexuals. Then the Middle East would become Switzerland.
Believe it or not, the entire Middle East resisted the approach although some nations pretended not to because they thought cooperation with America was better than war with America. Other neo-cons supported the wars for different reasons, but essentially the wars were non-partisan. So, for 25 years they have all been in it together although for different reasons. For example, the classic neo-con treatise, also non-partisan, was the Project for a New American Century which demanded that America not liberalize the Middle East but subjugate and destroy it so that this century would be dominated by America as it ruled the world order. Despite having different reasons, then, both liberals and conservatives supported the wars including the necessity of killing and dying and of course the bombing of infrastructure into rubble.
This is going to be quite a juggling act for the President over the next few months and years. One of the balls he has to juggle to achieve his vision of a peaceful and prosperous Middle East is Israel. I don’t know how much history Donald Trump knows especially the history portrayed in the bible, but there are people in the Middle East who have literally hated each other for thousands of years. A thousand years before the American Revolution the people in that region hated and made war against each other. Before most of the region was divided into countries as it is today they hated each other. Great Britain, as part of the treaty that ended WWl, divided the sand into lines that they called countries. To some extent that kept a damper on much of the tribal warfare until the state of Israel appeared in 1948 and it has been either war by Israel against its enemies or war by the United States against the enemies of Israel. Donald Trump comes into the picture with a completely different perspective.
Trump seeks prosperity instead of war and perhaps that explains at least part of the hatred of neo-cons on both sides of the isle against him. Is the U.S. congress Israeli occupied territory as Fritz Hollins said it was. If so, then Trump will have a difficult time overcoming the voices united against him but time will tell on that. Worthy of note is that the one Middle East country not on the President’s agenda is Israel. Is that a not-so-subtle message, well it seems that way to me. Word of warning to the President, the last president who had problems with Israel’s expansionist goals was John Kennedy as well as future candidate for president, Robert, his brother. The rest of them, JFK’s successors, all seem to have learned their lesson.
Well, President Trump has survived two assassination attempts that we know of, one of which wounded him and he didn’t miss a beat so maybe that display of guts and bravado makes him more admirable to Middle East rulers. It’s pretty clear that he has not allowed hatred, threats, and intimidation by the media to sway him from his agenda. So, he is left with some real head scratcher problems if he is to accomplish anything on this visit besides commerce. Can he make peace while war rages on between Israel and Hamas as well as Israel and the Houthis. Apparently the Iranians, in anticipation of talks with Trump, told their proxies, the Houthis in Yemen to stop attacking American assets.
If you are looking to find peace with its accompanying prosperity, attacking American warships with the President in the region would be a very bad look so back off. The Houthi restraint might be temporary but it is on for now and that is better than nothing. Trump also seems to be a man who knows when to hold um and when to fold um which is a very desirable trait in a president. Too many times, the US has started a war with no way out so when he saw that developing in the Red Sea he just declared victory and went home.
The Israelis, on the other hand continue the war against the Houthis conducting daily bombing strikes all over Yemen. They continue to pound the rubble of Gaza dropping thousands of tons of bombs into what appears to be rubble worse than pictures of some of the German cities after WWll. There are reports and pictures coming out of Gaza of starvation on a scale that defies all the semblance of humanity. Are those reports true, exaggerated, or lies. I don’t know the answer to that, but if they are true it’s hard to see how any civilized person could continue to be a party to it. Mass starvation of children, as Joe Biden would say, come on man.
In conclusion folks, I want to bring this Castle Report to a conclusion with a quote from Dr. Ron Paul, “Having ignited the tinder box of the region with US backing, Israel has now found itself friendless in a region increasingly hostile to its policies and even its very existence. Now there are indications that the Trump Administration is tiring of this entangling alliance as the MAGA base looks more warily on foreign interventionism…Ties forged by trade and friendship produce peace and prosperity and are far preferable to endless neocon war cries.”
Finally, folks, the rumor is that Trump is encouraging the Saudis and Gulf Arabs to formally recognize the State of Israel. In return, the United States would recognize Palestine as a separate state entitled to have an embassy and all accompanying benefits of sovereignty. If that rumor is true it explains why neo-cons hate him so much. He works for peace rather than war.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the use of politics to address the world’s problems and how that use or lack of use, specifically regarding the disputes in the Middle East and in Ukraine, makes good political campaigning but fails to actually solve the problem.
Transcription / Notes
WHEN POLITICS FAILS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 9th day of May in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the use of politics to address the world’s problems and how that use repeatedly fails. Specifically, how the use or lack of use of politics to solve the disputes in the Middle East and in Ukraine make good political campaigning but when push comes to shove politics fails to solve the problems.
The dictionary defines politics as: “the activities associated with the governance of a country or other area, especially the debate or conflict among individuals or parties having or hoping to achieve power.”
We might be able to glean something from that definition, but it really means that normally politics is a precursor to war rather than preventing war. This Report then is not really about politics but about war. Yes, I suppose you might be able to conclude that the Castle Report is a report on war and my opposition to it. Here is an analogy, your kid sister is waiting on the school bus to bring her home from school and some bully slaps her and runs away. When confronted the bully denies having anything to do with it but you know and everyone knows that he did it. Retaliation is therefore a must. That bully has to be shown that he cannot insult you and yours with impunity so you attack him when he is on the way home just as he did your sister.
Does it end there, not likely. The bully approaches his friends for help and since his friends compete with you in local business they agree to supply the bully with people and weapons knowing that it will hurt you. The story just goes on and on without ceasing and when great nations are involved, great destruction results but also great profits for those who make the weapons. Those who make weapons and those who gain power because they are financed by those who make weapons seem to delight in war and want war to continue without end. They talk about peace but they never do anything to bring peace because they don’t really want it to happen. Politics fails then to solve the problems as it almost always does because politics is quite often false and meant to fail.
I look at the Middle East, specifically Gaza, and I try to apply my human reasoning to what is going on there. The story seems to change week by week or even day by day and it becomes so murky that it is very hard to make sense of it. I suppose that is because war is idiotic and senseless so how can one make sense of the Middle East. The attacks of October 7th by Hamas against civilians in Israel killed about 1200 people most were innocent meaning non-military targets. In other words, the object was to create terror and you don’t do that by attacking military targets you do it by murdering women and children.
That is what Hamas appears to have done, murder women and children. Stories of murder, rape and torture have been documented and if anything, they tend to downplay what really happened. I understand now that many more than 1200 were killed because many died of wounds later. I can’t blame Israel for retaliating with the purpose of not letting their people continue to be exposed and vulnerable to such attacks. The question becomes then; how much retaliation is enough and how much goes way beyond what can be justified as self-protection.
I read many people who report the Israelis as genocidal maniacs because of their alleged intentional killing of Palestinian children, etc. What the reporters or commentators of that version don’t seem to realize is that is exactly what the Israelis accuse Hamas of doing. Those who support the Palestinians in the struggle say the Israelis intend to kill every Palestinian so is that true or are these people really just anti-Semitic or more plainly do they just hate Jews. There seems to be a lot of hatred on both sides and that is for sure. Hatred seems to go back far beyond the life spans of anyone now fighting so I guess that means people are born hating and they pass the hatred on to their offspring. It seems then that a place with that type of historic ethnic conflict is a good place to stay away from.
I could look at every war the United States has fought since WWll and take apart the decision to go to war and the tactics of the war and it would appear to be nothing but a giant hypocritical boondoggle to benefit the ruling elite. The reason it would look that way is because that’s actually the way it is. None of this constant warfare makes any sense for the United States. We are here in North America, protected by the earth’s two greatest oceans, with no enemies on our borders. We have no real enemies abroad who threaten our existence except those we seem to intentionally create. Despite all that, we are constantly at war, constantly killing and constantly dying, constantly exhausting our revenue to build newer and bigger weapons. Why?
There has to be something extremely sinister at work because all those impeccably educated Ivy League geniuses who have run things for generations can’t be that stupid. A lot of them are educated idiots, granted, but not all of them, so they seem to be a self-perpetuating kind of Ivy League death factory. We don’t even have the excuse of hundreds of years of ethnic hatred like they have in the Middle East. There are many in America who try to give us ethnic hatred based on race, gender, etc. but that is obviously to keep the people divided so they don’t recognize what is being done to them.
This is a free country, right, so why don’t we do something about it. That’s a good question, but political partisanship blinds us to reality, I suppose, and it definitely keeps the real enemy obscured from us and that is the real purpose. I ask myself quite often, what does this have to do with the United States and the answer is almost always the same, absolutely nothing. There are always people who think we should go abroad and fight the enemies of other people but rarely are those experts expected to do the killing and dying. What about any of these foreign adventures and military intervention in other people’s foreign wars and ethnic struggles is an America First concept. I have yet to see it and it is not why the people tried to upset the apple cart in the last election.
There are undoubtedly many things that Marjorie Taylor Greene, the representative from Georgia, has said or done that is silly and we could get a good laugh out of it but on the subject of America First she is absolutely correct and she said it very well.
“I represent the base and when I’m frustrated and upset over the direction of things, you better be clear, the base is not happy. I campaigned for no more foreign wars. And now we are supposedly on the verge of going to war with Iran. I don’t think we should be bombing foreign countries on behalf of other foreign countries especially when they have their own nuclear weapons and massive military strength. And on top of that, now we are told that we have signed a deal for mineral rights in Ukraine, in order to pay us back for the hundreds of billions of dollars that we gave Ukraine and they used for money laundering, sold the weapons we gave them to our enemies, and their leader is a dictator who canceled elections, was involved in the first impeachment of Trump, and campaigned for Biden.
Didn’t we learn our lesson when we went to war in Iraq and killed Saddam Hussein because of weapons of mass destruction? Did we ever find any? And did any of that oil over in the Middle East make us rich? The answer is no; we are 36 trillion in debt today.”
To that I say amen Marjorie, well said, you have my attention and I trust that of the American people who can still think with some logic. She’s not finished though.
“I also campaigned on accountability for the communist and tyrannical acts made by the government during Covid. Yet the Covid vaccine still has FDA approval even though there are millions of reported injuries and deaths, and this mRNA vaccine is known to have horrific side effects and does not stop people from catching Covid. And to this day, it’s still on the vaccine schedule, why on earth is this happening? Hasn’t big pharma made enough billions and billions and billions of dollars on this lie?”
She goes on and on but I must stop there since I intend to end this Castle Report with some good news. My thanks to Tom Woods and his newsletter for reporting the MTG speech to me.
So, good news first from the Middle East. I have no good news from the struggle in Gaza but the United States campaign against the Houthis seems to be over or at least on hold for a while. The U.S. has announced that it will stop the round the clock bombing attacks on Houthi targets in Yemen because the Houthis announced that they will stop their attacks on shipping in the Red Sea. I suppose that means that we are expected to believe that the Houthis have capitulated in their struggle to make the world pressure Israel to stop its attacks on Gaza. The Houthis have thrown in the towel, quit, cried uncle, or however you want to say it, but it means that the war is over or more likely on pause for a while.
Starting today the U.S. and China will hold trade talks in Switzerland on May 9-12. China will be represented by its Vice Premier and the U.S. by the Secretary of the Treasury. It will be the first meeting of high-ranking officials from the two countries since the Trump administration announced tariffs of up to 145% on Chinese goods. Will the talks resolve the dispute or amount to anything. That remains to be seen but at least they are talking instead of fighting.
In Russia, today the 9th of May they are celebrating Victory in Europe day when the Germans surrendered ending the Great Patriotic War. The Chinese Premier, Mr. Xi is in attendance so he could not be at the trade talks in Switzerland. Mr. Putin announced a 3-day ceasefire for the event so no fighting for the Russians although Mr. Zelensky in Ukraine sees it differently and has made numerous drone attacks near the ceremonies in Moscow.
The Indians launched missile attacks into Pakistan killing many people in retaliation for Pakistani attacks in India killing many people. The Pakistani defense minister says Pakistan would like to deescalate the tensions if the Indians would be willing to listen.
The world takes a breath for a little good news but even though this is good news it is really just rearming so nothing much ever seems to change at least not for long.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Today, Darrell Castle talks about remembering two anniversaries that are very significant in the history of the United States and the entire world. He shares how he believes they affect us today many years past those anniversaries, some of which he has personally experienced.
Transcription / Notes:
ANNIVERSARIES TO REMEMBER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of May in the year of our Lord 2025. I pause today to remember some anniversaries that are very significant in the history of the United States of America and of the entire world for that matter. In addition, I will endeavor to talk about the world as it appears to me today many years past those anniversaries some of which I have personally experienced.
Next week the 8th of May is the 80th anniversary of the German surrender in WWll. I talk of that surrender today because it will happen before my next Castle Report. In Russia they remember what is called Victory in Europe Day on May 9th instead of the 8th. Russia usually has a military parade before the Kremlin in Moscow to memorialize the Great Patriotic War as they call it. However, they don’t memorialize what happened for 40 years after the war. The Stalinist show trials and millions of dead are nothing to celebrate I guess. From my American viewpoint I talk about the anniversary to honor those who served and especially those who died. This year, 11 world leaders have announced that they will attend the celebrations in Moscow including the Chinese Premier Xi but I haven’t heard of any Americans in attendance. If I were president I would be there or at least send a high-ranking representative.
When General Eisenhower visited the airborne divisions on the night they were to jump into occupied France for the D-Day Invasion he said we may never see their like again and at this point I will say that he was right, at least I don’t see their like right now. Long before D-Day the Americans had some catching up to do because Germany had been fighting in Europe for two years and only Britain held them at bay across the Channel for two years alone.
I risk being overly dramatic about the war against Germany but on the other hand, that would be very difficult to do since the courage and sacrifice of the men who fought the war is hard to exaggerate. For example, right after Pearl Harbor the 8th Air Force was formed and assigned to defeat the Luftwaffe which at that time was the best AirForce in the world and believed to be unstoppable. The 8th had 8 pilots and no airplanes at the time. Three years later by the D-Day landings the Luftwaffe had been driven from the sky, their experienced pilots were dead, and their country’s infrastructure was a pile of rubble.
That happened because 55,000 young men gave their lives in the skies over Germany and France. A B-17 crew of 10 men had to complete 25 missions to get a break at home for a while. The average life expectancy was 15 missions and the chances of surviving 25 missions was 1 in 4. That improved when the P-51 Mustang fighter was available later because it had the range to escort the bombers all the way to Berlin and back.
The Germans were fine warriors, dedicated men who fought hard for their country but on May 8th, 1945, they reached a state of unconditional surrender. Hitler was dead, apparently, and the head of state was Grand Admiral Carl Doenitz who had commanded the U-Boat campaign and later the German Navy. Doenitz sent General Afred Jodl to sign the German surrender and Jodl tried to time it so as many German soldiers as possible could make their way West and surrender to the Americans. Eisenhower told him that if he did not surrender immediately he would close the West to Germans and they would be left to the tender mercies of General Zhukov and the Red Army.
No German wanted to be at the mercy of the Russians because of the merciless way they had conducted warfare inside Russia. Germans who were taken prisoner by the Russians, hundreds of thousands, had a way of never returning alive. Well, Jodl signed the articles of surrender on German home ground and with Russian officers in attendance.
Eisenhower was a national hero, of course, the most popular man in the free world and he was destined to be president a few years later. The free world did not include the Far East at that time because the war against Japan continued until August, but that is another anniversary for another time. In looking at the German surrender and thinking of the men who fought their way across North Africa, Sicily, Italy, France, and finally Germany itself my conclusion is that as Americans we have lost the honor of calling ourselves worthy of them.
You would have thought that WWll, with its millions of deaths, would have taught the world a lesson and it did teach ordinary people the horrors of war but for the ruling elite well, they never seem to get enough of it. For example, the Soviet Union which probably would have been defeated by Germany without the resupply conveys of American and British supplies, started to believe that it should be at the head of the post war world order. To that end it set about spreading its idiotic ideology of Communism around the world.
In totalitarian countries like North Korea and China it found fertile ground and thus just 6 years later the world was at war again in Korea. That invasion of North Korea invading the South in an attempt to unite Korea under communism cost about 35,000 American lives just to get back to pre-war neutrality. However, Korea is not the anniversary that I remember today, because from all this carnage emerged even more carnage in the form of Mao and his cultural revolution with its 50 million dead.
This week we remember the 50th anniversary of the end of the Vietnam war. 50 years ago, after a couple of years of negotiations about prisoners and the shape and position of the conference table the final papers were signed. Most prisoners were released and for some of those men they were tortured, starved and imprisoned for six years. The war in Vietnam, formerly Indochina or more accurately French Indochina, in reality lasted 30 years.
In 1945 after the Japanese had been defeated, General Eisenhower and President Truman agreed that the Asian colonies which existed before the war should be returned to their European owners. Ho Chi Mihn didn’t appreciate that and began a war of independence against France or perhaps he just continued the one he had fought against the Japanese. When he finally defeated the French in 1954 and the French agreed to leave Vietnam General Eisenhower still would not agree to free elections in Vietnam. In about 1960 the U.S. saw that the communist North was winning the war and decided to take the place of the French. The rest is history but there are lessons in the 15 years the U.S. spent in that hellhole of a country. I knew many of the men who fought there from those of General Officer rank all the way to private. They were taken from the farms, factories, gas stations, high schools and homes of America and sent into that meat grinder which they knew nothing about and should never have been forced to care about.
The lesson in my opinion as I look at the 50th anniversary is that the lives of those who serve are precious and should not be sacrificed so carelessly. People fight hard when someone invades their country and determined guerillas with a willingness to accept any casualties are pretty hard to defeat, especially when they have the help of local powers who know that you will not risk total war with them to prevail. It was thought better by U.S. leadership to sacrifice all those men rather than risk war with China or Russia in order to prevail.
That is indeed a valuable lesson but did we actually learn it, obviously not. The lesson is valuable but it is not the real lesson. The real lesson is to let people run their own countries in the way they see fit. How much sacrifice are you willing to bear in order to set the world in the order that pleases you. Looking back after 50 years this whole thing stinks to high heaven. The decision to fight in the first place and the decision to not seek victory smells of the military industrial complex and the new globalist world order.
One is reminded a little of the disease of cancer when thinking about it. The money is not in curing cancer, it is in treating it. Keeping the patient alive with very expensive lifetime treatment is a lot more lucrative than curing his disease. It pleases those who profit in money and power to keep eternal war going and that, at least in part, explains some of the hatred against Donald Trump. He appears to be at least trying to find peace in the currently ongoing wars.
Speaking of current wars, the India-Pakistan war in the Kashmir region seems to be on again and is rapidly escalating toward full-scale war. The Chinese, right on the border, seem to favor Pakistan in this struggle and I suspect they have an easier time controlling Pakistanis than Indians but that is just a guess. The Pakistani defense minister said this week that considering the Pakistani incursion that killed 27 Indians he expects an Indian reprisal and he announced that war is imminent. Both countries are nuclear armed and the defense minister said Pakistani nuclear forces were placed on high alert.
What does any of this have to do with the United States, nothing. For that reason, I am hopeful that the U.S., as much as it appears to love war, will let these people fight among themselves without our help. I’m certain many defense contractors are licking their chops at the prospect of how profitable this war could be but I pray that Donald Trump is able and willing to resist them.
The struggle between Israel and Iran takes a new twist almost every day. Recently Netanyahu said that he expects to be finished in Gaza by September or perhaps a little sooner. That sounds encouraging until you think that it means several more months of pounding the rubble that is now Gaza. It also means that Israel will be free to turn its attention fully upon Iran.
In Ukraine the war rages on but Putin said he would ceasefire for three days around the celebrations in Russia of Victory in the Great Patriotic War. Ironically, the area of fighting right now is where the greatest armored battle in history took place between the great German, Heinz Guderian, and the Russian Commanding General Marshall Zhukov, so it seems that not much changes in this world. Certainly not human nature.
Finally, folks, what is the correct American foreign policy to remember these anniversaries. Come home, mind your own business, not isolation but instead fortress America. The correct way for me to remember is to raise a glass and remember so I think I’ll do that tonight.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the war in which Europe currently finds itself as well as the seemingly inevitable war against Iran and its affiliates.
Transcription / Notes
WAR LASTS FOREVER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of April in the year of our Lord 2025. I talk of war today as we are about two weeks away from May 8th which is the 80th anniversary of the German surrender in WWll or what became known as victory in Europe Day. I speak today not of the German surrender but of the war in which Europe still finds itself as well as the seemingly inevitable war against Iran and its affiliates.
It is very easy to get into a war and so very hard to get out of one. The efforts to resolve the conflict between Ukraine and Russia have become more difficult because neither side has been defeated. They have killed each other and invented new technological methods of warfare but neither is in a position of absolute defeat. Many seem disappointed that the war might end and they look for ways to make it continue. The only way it can continue is if the United States and Europe remain committed by supplying the money and hardware the Ukrainians need to continue the struggle.
Even if the U.S. decided to continue the supply chain the Ukrainians are running out of bodies. Even U.S. money and weapons might not be enough and so some are urging the use of U.S. and European troops to continue the fight against Russia. France seems to be seriously considering the idea. I have read that the usual argument in favor of U.S. commitment is that China is supplying Russia and some Chinese officers have been captured inside Ukraine where they were apparently learning about the incredible drone warfare campaign Ukraine has developed. I guess you don’t need so many bodies if you can fight each other with robots.
The situation in Ukraine reminds me of the U.S. efforts to extricate itself from Vietnam. Once again it’s easy to get into but hard to get out of. The U.S. was never defeated militarily and U.S. troops were not defeated on the battlefield but neither did the U.S. win and so by not winning it lost. History is filled with examples of committed guerilla forces fighting and winning against technologically superior forces. The American colonists against the British Empire for example. The more powerful force, usually with long supply lines, grows ever more exhausted and the war appears unwinnable so they simply look for a way to quit, but sometimes the guerillas will not allow them to quit and keep their dignity.
President Trump now finds himself in the position of fulfilling his promise of ending the war but the war is a lot more important to Ukraine and Russia than it is to the United States. The stated reasons for U.S. involvement, i.e. to weaken Russia have failed and it appears Russia is more resilient than previously thought. It appears to be the same situation the U.S. found itself in as it tried to leave Vietnam. The Viet Cong achieved their goals of uniting their country under their rule and the U.S. finally decided to accept that and just go.
The Ukrainian situation has similarities because Russia occupies Crimea and several provinces in the Eastern border region of Ukraine proper, while Ukraine still occupies some positions inside Russia although not many. Ironically, this Kursk frontier is the exact same region where the Russians fought invading Nazis during WWll. Not much changes except technology because human nature never changes.
Vice President Vance conveyed the President’s thoughts about efforts to end the struggle in that if his final offer is rejected the U.S. might simply abandon the process. If the U.S. went away and took its bombs and bullets with it then Zelensky and Putin could resolve matters on their own. The U.S. negotiating team seems to be growing weary as Secretary of State Rubio has stepped back from it, according to J.D. Vance.
“We’ve issued a very explicit proposal to both the Russians and Ukrainians and its time for them to either say yes or for the U.S. to walk away from this process. We’ve engaged in an extraordinary amount of diplomacy.”
Trump expects Ukraine to agree to U.S. recognition of Crimea as part of Russia but apparently not the Eastern Provinces which are in Russian hands after 3 years of war. Ukraine would be barred from joining NATO but could join the European Union. All sanctions imposed on Russia since 2014 would be lifted and the U.S. and Russia would pursue greater economic cooperation. Ukraine would receive a “robust security agreement” from Europe but the details of that agreement were sketchy. Ukraine would receive money to help rebuild but again the details were unclear. I raise an eyebrow at that but again the costs of peace are cheaper than war. A summit was scheduled in London yesterday to hopefully reach an agreement, but the summit has already failed because Zelensky rejected Trump’s “final offer.”
Meantime, the U.S. is involved in another war currently raging in the Middle East. What we are seeing now could be a precursor to an even bigger war coming soon or maybe not, if sanity prevails. President Trump has made many statements toward the Houthi tribes in Yemen as well as the Mullahs in Iran. For example, last month he told the Houthis that “hell would rain down on them” if they did not stop their attacks on shipping in the Red Sea. The attacks have not stopped and in fact have intensified. Hell has been raining down now for several weeks.
The U.S. has deployed another Carrier Battle Group to the area to support the continuous air strikes. The logistics of constantly supplying ammunition, bombs, food, and fuel to so many ships so many miles away has to be taking its toll on the navy. Why do it at all. Does it make any sense at all for the U.S. Navy to accept responsibility for keeping sea lanes open for others. Very little of the shipping passing through those lanes benefits the U.S. with most of the cargo going to Europe. Once again, the U.S. has gotten into something that is hard to get out of. History could reveal to the President that air power alone is rarely decisive against a determined foe. The bottom line is that a full-scale ground assault will be necessary to completely destroy the Houthis ability to cause trouble and I doubt if even that will work.
There is another reason for doing it, of course, besides keeping shipping lanes open. The real reason is to degrade all of Iran’s proxies in the Middle East and thereby deprive Iran of allies. Since the attacks of October 7th by Hamas against Israel the Israelis have been at war in Gaza. Dennis Kucinich tells us that in an area the size of Detroit, the Israelis have dropped over 100,000 tons of bombs. Most of those bombs are U.S. made by the way. The point is that Hamas, another Iranian proxy, has been degraded to the point that it is no longer much of a threat or of much help to Iran.
Israeli air attacks in Syria and the overthrow of the Syrian regime of Bandar Assad has destroyed or severely damaged Hezbollah the other Iranian proxy terrorist group. The fall of Assad deprived Iran of the ability to resupply Hezbollah and left them without many obvious allies in the area. The Iranians apparently recognized their predicament and have publicly abandoned the Houthis. Trump seems to want peace instead of war, but it is difficult when the one who wants war is Israel.
Apparently, during Netanyahu’s second trip to Washington he told Trump that he was going to attack Iran with or without U.S. participation. To me, if I had that decision to make it would be one of the easier ones. I would just say that I hope you don’t do that because if you do it will involve the immediate end of all U.S. military and monetary aid to Israel. Trump didn’t take my approach but he did say that he wanted to resolve the matter diplomatically if possible. When asked about Israel’s postponement of its attack he replied, “I wouldn’t say that I postponed it, but I’m not in a rush to do it.”
Trump has a Middle East trip coming up and one of the stops will be in Turkey to meet with Erdogan. The Turkish newspapers are full of stories about the upcoming meeting and how it can help resolve the Iran matter peacefully. By the way, folks Google has given us access to newspapers all over the world. If you want to read inside information from Turkey or Israel, it used to be difficult because of language but now you just click English and the articles are automatically translated.
Well, Turkish newspapers tell us that Trump gave Netanyahu what they termed a historic reprimand by telling him “You should be reasonable too.” Trump, himself, confirmed that Netanyahu went to the White House with a plan to attack Iran. The Turkish paper suggests that Trumps decision to negotiate instead of fight did not please Netanyahu but since it was the President of the United States he had no choice but to accept the decision.
Trump and the people he has assembled understand that his real fight is with China and it’s a fight for leadership of the world. That’s why he wants the Russia-Ukraine War to end and he wants the U.S.- Israeli war against Iran not to start. The talks are coming along nicely according to Turkey and involve supervision of Iran’s nuclear activities and lifting of sanctions against Iran. Both are fiercely opposed by Israel and that’s a problem.
In conclusion, involving your country in foreign military adventures is insane. The U.S. doesn’t have to do what it has been doing for the past 85 years. It should instead rethink its place in the world because fortress America sounds a lot more sensible than wasting blood and treasure on foreign battlefields when there is no national interest involved.
Finally, folks, in addition to the military aid provided to Israel during times of crises such as now, the U.S. provides 4 billion each year that has no known purpose except a kind of welfare which decades of administrations have seen as a kind of moral duty. The Israelis need that money because they recycle it into the U.S. Congress and other key defense decision makers. In other words. The Israelis have figured out a way to buy the U.S. Congress and make us pay for it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the Annual Threat Assessment of the U.S. Intelligence Community just issued and signed off on by the office of the Director of National Intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard.
Transcription / Notes
THREAT ASSESSMENT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Good Friday on the 18th day of April 2025. I will be talking about the Annual Threat Assessment of the U.S. Intelligence Community just issued and signed off on by the office of the Director of National Intelligence who at this moment is Tulsi Gabbard. This report gives the assessment of threats the U.S. faces from each country in the world where a threat is perceived to exist and is the combined assessment of the 17 intelligence agencies that are under the authority of the national director.
This report, which is published annually, is hot off the presses, but I don’t recommend that you read all 33 pages as I have unless you have a high tolerance for being terrified. Yes, once you have read this report you will wonder how the people who deal with this information every day manage to sleep at night. I will take this opportunity to share the highlights of the threat assessment as determined by U.S, Intelligence with you so you don’t have to read it and risk being terrorized.
The forward to the report introduces us to what is about to be presented. Terrorist and transnational criminal organizations, and I suppose that means drug cartels and their national supporters directly threaten our citizens and are directly responsible for more than 55,000 U.S. deaths from synthetic opioids in the last year, a 33% increase over the previous year.. It is amazing to me just how destructive the scourge of drugs has been to America. Those who are addicted seem to have an uncontrollable desire for the drug which enslaves them. I suppose the drugs at first, promise a good time or relief from bad times, but deliver, instead, misery and death.
I certainly believe that the U.S. government should consider as threats the nations enabling the cartels who do it for money and power. It’s a difficult problem indeed, for the cartels, thanks mostly to China, apparently control virtually all of Mexico and have made significant inroads into the governments of the various border states especially Arizona.
“Western Hemisphere based TCOs and terrorists involved in illicit drug production and trafficking bound for the United States endanger the health and safety of millions of Americans, contribute to regional instability.” Well, that’s a no brainer isn’t it so I wonder why no one in the government takes the time to explain to Mr. and Ms. Average American exactly what is happening and why such action against the cartels is necessary to save our lives. It is apparently profit for India, but for China they do it at cost because it’s a weapon to weaken and destroy the U.S. Mexico and its politicians are apparently so intimidated and terrified by the cartels and their multi billions in monetary assets that they do the cartels bidding.
In case you had any doubts about whether or not international terrorist groups are still active and still intent on doing harm not only to the U.S. Government but citizens as well you can now remove any doubt. “ISIS most aggressive branches, including ISIS-Khorasan (ISIS-K), and its entrepreneurial plotters will continue to seek to attack the West, including the United States, via online outreach and propaganda aimed at directing, enabling, or inspiring attacks, and could exploit vulnerable travel routes.”
Well, that’s encouraging isn’t it to know that ISIS seeks to exploit your travel routes. The Report tells us that the New Year’s Day attacker in New Orleans was influenced by ISIS propaganda, as well as the Afghan national who was arrested in October for planning an election day attack in the name of ISIS. The intent of the attacks was to demonstrate to us and the world that ISIS could attack inside the US at any time. There are other international criminal groups outlined in the Report but for time’s sake we move on to threats that involve entire nations.
When the report speaks of China it uses the abbreviation PRC for the Peoples Republic of China. The PRC maneuvers constantly for ways to shape its power and influence in the world and for ways to gain advantage over the West, particularly the U.S. It uses its military to project power over Taiwan as well as the various claims it asserts in the East and South China Seas. Have you ever wondered when there are infrastructure problems in the U.S. why so many things seem so dysfunctional. China just might be behind it because cyber-crime and cyber terrorism are two to China’s greatest weapons and this report makes it clear that all that potential damage is just sitting there, pre-positioned, and waiting to be used in any conflict with the U.S.
The bottom line for China as outlined in this report is this; “China presents the most comprehensive and robust military threat to U.S. national security.” China is using complex, whole-of-government campaigns featuring coercive military, economic, and influence operations short of war to assert its positions and strength against others, reserving their more destructive tools for full-scale conflict. So, China uses its influence buying, its bribery of U.S. officials, its fentanyl production, its cyber-attacks, its spying inside the U.S., its theft of intellectual property, its theft of actual property, its ownership of vast amounts of U.S. farmland and its control of the manufacture of life saving medication as a kind of soft power to gradually weaken the U.S. so that it is less and less capable over time.
“The PRC remains the most active and persistent cyber threat to U.S. government, private-sector, and critical infrastructure networks. The PRC’s campaign to preposition access on critical infrastructure for attacks during crises or conflict tracked publicly as Volt Typhoon…demonstrates the growing breadth and depth of the PRC’s capabilities to compromise U.S. infrastructure.” The report goes on to say that recent telecommunications compromises are PRC attacks. I could go on all day with more and more threats from China but there are others to talk about.
Russia views its ongoing war in Ukraine as a proxy conflict with the West and because it so views the conflict it carries increased risks of unintended escalation. “Regardless of how and when the war in Ukraine ends, Russia’s current geopolitical, economic, military, and domestic political trends underscore its resilience and enduring potential threat to U.S. power, presence, and global interests.” Despite enormous costs incurred in the war Russia has proven to be very adaptable and resilient.
That is in part at least, because of the expanded backing of China, Iran, and North Korea. President Putin appears to be resolved and determined to pay a very high price to prevail. It seems to me then, that U.S. actions have driven Russia into the hands of China with its surrogates Iran and North Korea as well as enabling Russia and Putin to become stronger rather than weaker. Even the sanctions have forced Russia to form and expand the BRICS economic alliance as a way of working around the sanctions. More and more nations are joining therefore more and more nations want to help Russia avoid the sanctions.
Russia has suffered substantial ground losses in the war without losing any strategic capability. In other words, the campaign to weaken Russia has been a complete failure and completely counterproductive. The war has afforded Moscow a wealth of lessons regarding combat against Western weapons and intelligence in large-scale war. More than likely that information and experience will involve challenges in future conflicts including other adversaries with whom Moscow shares the information. Once again the U.S. actions have made its enemies stronger and will probably involve future unnecessary casualties. The word that keeps coming to mind regarding U.S. policy is self-destructive and especially stupid unless U.S. planners want to make the world less safe.
Finally, for Russia, it has the largest and most diverse nuclear weapons stockpile that, along with its deployed ground, air, and sea-based delivery systems, could inflict catastrophic damage to the Homeland. In other words, nuclear conflict with Russia would most likely mean planetary annihilation and should be avoided at almost all costs. Flirting with nuclear war shows a very dangerous mind and is hard for any rational person to see as anything but insane. Once again I could go on all day with this Report’s assessment of Russia but there are other threats to consider.
In my view this is the most important paragraph in this entire Report and it renders current U.S. policy a little hard to understand. “We continue to assess Iran is not building a nuclear weapon and that Khamenei has not reauthorized the nuclear weapons program he suspended in 2003, though pressure has probably built on him to do so.” Did you get that folks, because when I read this it really mystified me. U.S. intelligence, the best that we have, says in writing, that it assesses that Iran is not building a nuclear weapon. In light of that statement how can the U.S. threaten Iran with “something really bad.” Why move strategic bombers with their 30,000-pound bunker buster bombs within striking distance because “Iran cannot be allowed to build nuclear weapons” if your own best intelligence assessment is that Iran is not building a nuclear weapon.
In conclusion, my own thoughts apart from this assessment is that the U.S. is in essence demanding that Iran demilitarize and I don’t see that happening. Iran is a theocracy but so is Israel and therein lies the rub. I see nothing good coming from the U. S. being involved in a religious war on the other side of the world and the last thing the U.S. needs to lose right now is an aircraft carrier.
Finally, folks, the assessment tells us that our struggles with Iran have made its allies China, Russia, and North Korea, harder to deal with and collectively they are much more powerful than any of them alone. In other words, according to U.S. Intelligence, as usual, U.S. involvement has made the situation much worse.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle endeavors to give his opinion on the subject of tariffs and what they mean for the United States.Transcription / NotesRESETTING THE ORDERHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of April in the year of our Lord 2025. It’s difficult to leave the subject of war and talk about tariffs but I have been waiting for the wars to pause long enough for me to do it. The wars haven’t cooperated, but I have to pause them for this week since the subject of tariffs can no longer be ignored.I don’t claim to be an economist but I do know something about economic history so, I will, therefore, endeavor to give an opinion on the subject of tariffs and what they mean for us. I used to study the marketing theory of one of the great marketers in the world today, Dan Kennedy. People would pay handsomely for Dan’s advice and they would often ask him, so what should I do, this or that, and his answer was, yes. In other words, he would advise them to implement all those ideas at the same time. President Trump seems to have adopted that shotgun approach to how he deals with the US economy and its relationship with the world.The tariff seems to be the base of Trump’s economic program and he has announced the implementation of 10% baseline tariffs on all imports but he has now temporarily paused them for 90 days. My understanding is that all reciprocal tariffs are paused except China which stands at 125%. He said that “yippy” globalists and “queasy” skeptics fueled his decision. I guess that means people were getting nervous and that made him nervous.Tariffs are a tax on the importers of goods and the people who buy the finished products from the imported goods ultimately pay the tax. True, the buyer is free to not buy but in any event the tax money goes to the government and that explains the idea that tariffs will help reduce the deficit and therefore debt. The problem is that if we think about it the flaw in that reasoning is that increased revenue comes at the cost of decreased production thus offsetting any gains. Tariffs tend to slow down production wherever they are imposed. That is a concept proven time and again by history. The Chinese are a little uppity right now so their 125% tariff stays in place. The UN tells us that China now has 31% of world manufacturing and that is expected to increase to 45% by 2030. The idea then is to spur US manufacturing and that is a good thing but only if people have enough income to afford the products. Trump asserts that this tariff will correct decades of unfair trade practices that have disadvantaged American workers and industries. Quote from the president; “For too long, other nations have taken advantage of our open markets while imposing barriers to our products. Those days are over.” Think about it like this; a banana republic sells bananas to us and we sell them cars. We import twice as many bananas as that country does cars so there is a trade deficit and we put a 100% tariff on bananas so problem solved. The difficulty is that the banana republic now can’t afford nearly as many cars so it’s self-defeating. What he is attacking and threatening, then, is the order of the world that has existed since the end of WWll. It’s a globalist order in which the United States controls the world’s access to money with its reserve currency status while foreigners make stuff and exchange it for US debt and a promise to make interest payments on it.The economic world order alters or changes from time to time as it did with the end of the gold standard in 1971. Things seemed to work well until the first really expensive war collided with the civil rights movement in which millions of additional Americans had to be included in the social fabric of America, its welfare, and its politics. President Johnson talked from time to time about how difficult it was to pay for both at the same time.
Darrell Castle talks about efforts to end the war in Ukraine as well as the apparent military buildup in the Middle East for a coming US attack against Iran and its Nuclear Research Facilities.Transcription / NotesPEACE WITH RUSSIA—WAR WITH IRANHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of April in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about efforts to end the war in Ukraine as well as a recent New York Times article which attempts to explain the war against Russia. I will also talk a little about the apparent military buildup in the Middle East for a coming US attack against Iran and its Nuclear Research Facilities.Last Sunday, March 30, 2025, the New York Times published an extensive article by investigative reporter Adam Entous entitled “The Partnership: The Secret History of the War in Ukraine.” Mr. Entous claims to have interviewed many sources in various countries while working on the report which he says took over a year to complete. His report provides some answers to the question of how Ukraine was able to effectively keep Russia at bay and on the defensive for over three years.You know my position by now that the Times has become nothing more than a mouthpiece for the Democrat Party so this article which started a year before the presidential election is puzzling. I suppose the idea is that it can’t hurt Biden now so why not publish and reveal what many of us have suspected all along. I certainly suspected it but I admit that I didn’t suspect the extent of US involvement alleged by the Times article. Mr. Entous would have had to talk to and probably clear his article through some very high-ranking individuals and the Russians were certain to see it right at the time when negotiations with Putin are at a critical stage.The article then, is an admission to Putin of America’s vast involvement in and orchestration of the war conducted by the United States directly against nuclear armed Russia. “The United States was woven into the killing of Russian soldiers on sovereign Russian soil.” The article alleges that the United Staes waged and is still waging an undeclared, unauthorized war against Russia. American officers, some deployed inside Ukraine, have been selecting targets for attack and authorizing individual strikes, making those officers in essence combatants.The article presents a picture of the war in which the American military, entered into an informal partnership with the Ukrainian Government and the US planned everything Ukraine did. Everything from large scale troop movements to every long-range strike were planned by American officers who even directed Ukraine’s counter-offensives. The Americans decided what Russian troops and civilian targets to attack, transmitted targeting data and launch codes to the Ukrainians for the weapons provided by the taxpayers of the United States.The intelligence gathering system was vast including satellite surveillance as well as people on the ground, and it allowed for everything from big picture battle strategy down to precise targeting information for individual soldiers on the field. The US command center in Wiesbaden, Germany oversaw and reviewed each long-range HIMARS missile strike against Russians and advised Ukrainians of how to position their launchers and how to most effectively time the strikes.One European intelligence officer quoted in the article said that the US was so closely involved that it was effectively part of the “kill-chain.” The American effort was known as Task Force Dragon and was far more detailed and involved than I have time to review in this report. The last thing I will say is that the US provided information that allowed for the sinking of the Moskva, the flagship of the Russian Black Sea fleet and also the missile attack against Kerch bridge which runs from the Russian mainland to Crimea.Well folks, this information and a lot more than I have ment...
Darrell Castle talks about the recently released 80,000 files, so far, concerning the assassination of President John F. Kennedy and the immense power of the deep state.Transcription / NotesJFK’s GRAVEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 28th day of March in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the recently declassified and released 80,000 files, so far, concerning the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. Those files remind us of the immense power of the deep state and how its members tend to close ranks when threatened because they derive great wealth and power from their membership,I remember that day quite clearly because I was 15 years old and at a high school track meet when the news told the world what supposedly happened. The coach told us the track meet was over and school was closed for the day. It was scary and a sobering time for a 15-year-old trying to make sense of the world anyway, but this Report is not a rehash of the assassination but instead it is a look at what it all means for the world and how its aftermath still resonates in the world today.That day was an eye opener for some people but for most of us it has taken decades for our eyes to fully open. Polls taken throughout the 1950’s revealed that over 70% of Americans trusted the government and believed that it would do what is right “most of the time.” A follow up question showed that most of the time meant “just about always.” November 22, 1963, began a long decline in the public’s confidence that is greater today than at any other time in our history. That former trust in government is gone and today’s polls show only about 22% still trust in government.Was the assassin an individual or group of individuals with some ideological difference of opinion that drove the action or was the murder simply an effort to grab the reigns of power. Which of the two explains JFK’s murder. Was Lee Harvey Oswald the assassin. If so, was he a solo actor or part of a greater conspiracy.We have learned that the government can’t be trusted to tell us the truth about anything and it and its representatives seem quite often to have sinister motives. Those motives, whatever they may be, sometimes prove fatal for those little people, sometimes referred to as the masses. Those people are viewed by the government and its representatives as sheep to be sheared, or as fodder for the cannons of whatever stupid, senseless war government chooses for us the next time. So, if they know we no longer trust them what can they do to ensure support and loyalty from the masses.Philosophers over the centuries have written of the formula governments use to keep us motivated and committed to their next scheme. The simplest part of the formula is to make sure there is always a sinister bad guy, or government of bad guys that threaten us and our way of life. If we don’t go abroad and fight the bad guys on their home turf we will have to fight them here on our own turf sooner or later. There is never enough time to analyze whether the bad guy is truly bad and truly means to do us harm before the bombing, or other means of war are launched. The end result is usually a lot of dead people and a lot of money added to our future as debt.JFK’s death and the cover-up of the truth behind it explains what the government and its spokespeople have come to call conspiracy theories. There are few things as bad as wearing that label because it means you are not evil like a racist, just naïve and probably stupid because you don’t believe the government’s obvious lies. I will admit that it is far easier to just accept whatever cockamamy explanation the government gives us for its crimes.For example, resisting the government’s COVID policy was very difficult although healthier in the long run. The COVID pandemic was the worst government psyop in our history. Nobel laureates and scientists of the world line...
Darrell Castle talks about the wars currently on-going in the world and how they are being used to form a new order of the world.Transcription / NotesTHE U.S. AND RUSSIA HAVE COMMON INTERESTSHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 21st day of March in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the subject I hate the most, and that is war which seems to be almost everywhere. The partial ceasefire in Ukraine, the open fire now in Gaza, and the U.S. war in the Red Sea/Gulf of Aden and Bab-el-Mandab against the Houthis.War shapes the world order and I guess it always has. For example, the military defeat of Napoleon in 1814 led to the Congress of Vienna which cemented Great Britain as the leader of the new world order instead of France. I suppose since those countries controlled the world it would be OK to call that a world war resulting in the new order which existed until World War One or 1914. The victors in WW l set the order with the formation of the League of Nations which totally collapsed when Germany decided that it would be a better world leader than Britain. The victors in World War ll formed the new order with the United States as its leader and the United Nations to cement the order permanently.The Soviet Union, which was one of the victors in WW ll didn’t accept the U.S. as world leader and that resulted in a 40 year long world order which became the cold war. The end of the cold war brought an end to the Soviet Union which dissolved into the Russian Federation. The global elite of the world had to find a way to continue the struggle to feed the eternal death machine so the conflict between NATO and Russia continued. We won’t move one inch closer to Russia Reagan told Gorbachev but later presidents reneged on that promise and the struggle continued.NATO was formed out of the shared belief that the Soviet Union was a direct threat to Western Europe and so an alliance pledging together that if one were attacked it would be considered an attack against all. The colonial possessions of the members were to be excepted from that deal as the French possessed Vietnam or Indochina as it was known then. That agreement didn’t change much over the years and so the world order remained in a post-World War Two state of mind with the United States growing ever stronger militarily and Europe growing ever weaker.Europe was fine with it because all those countries could let their militaries deteriorate since the U.S. had their backs. The Europeans did not even live up to the paltry, relatively speaking, of 5% on defense that the NATO agreement called for. The U.S. constantly urged them to spend more but why should they because the U.S, nuclear umbrella was there to cover them. Donald Trump appeared on the scene and started his America First rhetoric exposing the obvious that the NATO agreement and the way it was enforced was extremely unfair to the U.S.The Europeans were stuck and have continued to be stuck in a 1939 mindset which told them the Russians are coming, but the Russians never came. They wanted to constantly poke the bear but they had nothing with which to defend themselves against the bear. The U.S. wanted a unipolar world with the U.S. at the head and the Europeans were fine with that as long as they could spend their tax revenue on their welfare and other social relief programs to pacify the masses. In the meantime, the U.S. and its people languished under the ever-increasing weight of 36 trillion of debt increasing by 2 trillion per year. The weight of constant wars and constantly increasing burdens of wounded veterans to care for, the people becoming ever more impoverished, the middle class driven into poverty and unpayable debt.Now, I’m taking a little poetic license here folks and speaking for Donald Trump but I think it went something like this. Trump takes office having already looked at the world and seen the order of it.
Darrell talks about several things that taken together, in his opinion, represent an attempt by President Trump to reset the global order.Transcription / NotesRESETTING THE GLOBAL ORDERHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of March in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about several things that taken together, in my opinion, represent an attempt by President Trump to reset the global order. Some of those things include a proposal for a ceasefire in Ukraine, along with the US and Europe’s special relationship and the attitude of the US toward Russia.US national security advisor Mike Waltz and Secretary of State Marco Rubio went to Jeddah, Saudi Arabia for talks with Ukrainian officials about a proposal for ending the Ukraine/Russia war. It’s a very difficult thing to end a war unless you are able to raise your flag over the enemy capitol. Getting two warring sides to just stop fighting and stand in place is very difficult because one side or the other always has the advantage or momentum and wants to keep it.This particular peace conference was apparently brokered by the Saudis who had several representatives in attendance. One important party missing from the meeting was Russia which will obviously have to be onboard if the ceasefire has any chance of working.Ukraine agreed to the discussions and quickly agreed to the deal when Zelensky’s visit to the oval office didn’t go so well and Trump cut off aid and Intelligence information to Ukraine. Without that intelligence including targeting information, Ukraine could not prosecute the war so Zelensky swallowed his pride and accepted the deal. Now, it has to go to Russia for approval and that might be difficult because Russia seems to think it has the advantage. Several Russian missile attacks against Ukraine have occurred since the deal was made but that is probably just trying to appear dominant before Putin talks to Trump or whoever it turns out to be.This ceasefire proposal is set to last for 30 days as a way to start negotiations to end the war. Again, it’s difficult because both sides think they have won or at least should win and winners expect to dictate terms not to negotiate. Trump’s attitude has been to let Zelensky know that the US billions were going to stop flowing and it is in his best interest to make the best deal possible. That deal will not include NATO membership or a US guarantee of security for Ukraine, hopefully. Why couldn’t Europe just admit Ukraine to NATO on its own? No, it can’t because admitting new members has to be unanimous.Rubio was quoted as saying that Ukraine has to be ready to do difficult things and Russia would also have to make difficult decisions. When asked what difficult decisions he said that both sides would have to conclude that the conflict could not be resolved by military means. Rubio said that the President wants the war to end and Ukraine has accepted that premise and we hope the Russians will accept it as well. My interpretation of that diplomat speak is that Ukraine will have to permanently concede the eastern Russian speaking provinces along with Crimea to Russia. Who will maintain this proposed ceasefire line, I’m not sure but I hope it’s not the USA just as it does in Korea. No, that would be very unacceptable and I hope that Trump would not go along.Yesterday, in advance of any US—Russia meeting Putin rejected the ceasefire as proposed without “substantial changes.” He said he wanted the root cause of the conflict eliminated but he did not say what he thinks the root cause is. He wants guarantees that the Ukrainians will not mobilize, train soldiers or receive weapons during the ceasefire. These proposals seem reasonable assuming that Putin would also agree to abide by them although his announcement did not say that he would. He made the announcement just as the American envoy, Steve Witkoff was arriving in Moscow so perhaps ...
Darrell Castle talks about Europe, Zelensky, and the war in Ukraine as well as the President's speech to Congress and the Democrat reaction to it.JEFFERSON WAS RIGHT ABOUT EUROPEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of March in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about Europe, Zelensky, and the war in Ukraine as well as the President’s speech to Congress and the Democrat reaction to it.I will start today’s Report with a disclaimer. When I talk about Democrats and say nasty but always truthful things about them, when I refer to them in some disparaging terms I am talking about the politicians and their useful idiots in the media and not about individual Americans who identify as Democrats many of whom are dear friends or even relatives. So, I have no apology to offer for anything I have said or will say today about Democrat politicians because if I did not believe my position to be true I would certainly change it. In addition, there are some Republican politicians almost as bad as Democrats, almost but not quite because they know better but are simply reacting as the self-serving political hypocrites that they are.The title of this Castle Report is taken from a quote by Thomas Jefferson offered more than 200 years ago but just as true today as it was then.“I have deemed it fundamental for the United States never to take active part in the quarrels of Europe. Their political interests are entirely distinct from ours. Their mutual jealousies, their balance of power, their complicated alliances, their forms and principles of government, are all foreign toys. They are nations of eternal war.”Yes, they are nations of eternal war and since the end of World War II we, the United States, have been as well because we have served as the military enforcement arm of European nations, especially NATO members. Some events have recently come to pass that give me reason to hope that situation might be at least starting to change. One of those events was the meltdown in the Oval Office by President Zelensky of Ukraine.Why would a man with almost no cards in his hand at least no winning ones make such a defiant spectacle of himself in the office of the President of the United States. The New York Post has the answer for us:“Before meeting Trump, Zelensky met with anti-Trump Democrats who advised him to reject the terms of the mineral deal the president was offering, according to Senator Chris Murphy (D-Conn). Just finished a meeting with President Zelensky here in Washington. He confirmed that the Ukrainian people will not support a fake peace agreement where Putin gets everything he wants and there are no security arrangements for Ukraine. He attached a picture of Zelensky at a conference table, with Murphy seated on the opposite side..”Some people have said that by listening to the democrats Zelensky betrayed his country and its people, but my question is what about the Democrats. Who or what did they betray. They betrayed the American people and hindered the President’s ability to end a war that has cost hundreds of thousands of lives. That could be a violation of the Logan act regarding foreign policy, but it is at least dangerous and reckless uncaring behavior.Trump offered Zelensky a deal whereby he could express his gratitude to America by ceding the mineral rights to the very valuable rare earth minerals under the Ukrainian soil. You can hear my Castle Report called Ukraine is a Gold Mine by going to the index and finding 6-14-24. In that podcast I explain that neocon Senator Lindsey Graham, Republican of South Carolina, tells us that we have to stay in the Ukraine war because it has a lot of valuable minerals under its soil.Trump knows about the valuable minerals and he therefore proposed that Zelensky sign an agreement ceding the rights to those resources to the US in return for continued military and other economic support.
Darrell Castle talks about taking on or contending with the deep state or permanent Washington and how that relates to money, debt, credit and taxes.Transcription / NotesTHE THEATER OF TAX AND SPENDHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of February in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about taking on or contending with the deep state or permanent Washington and how that relates to money, debt, credit and taxes. Many taxpayers feel as if they have been and are being robbed by government officials and bureaucrats and that just might be because they are.If you are like me then you know a lot of people who live on the edge barely making ends meet from week to week. I meet people literally everyday in my law practice who tell me they are one missed paycheck from the street. It is very distressing for those people when they find that much of the money taken from them as taxes was stolen by some invisible blob operating out of Washington D.C.We are told during each presidential administration that the country has cast itself into penury by ceaseless efforts to care for its population as well as maintain a global security network to keep them safe and free. That statement is the opposite of truth as is normal for Washington. The recent theft, estimated at 4.7 trillion as is known so far, represents about two thirds of the annual national budget, but it disappears and is apparently impossible to trace. Nobody who should know does know and even fewer care where it goes.People are starting to wonder how someone comes to Washington with modest net worth and makes a salary of $170,000 per year for say 10 years and suddenly has a net worth of over $100 million. For example, Samatha Power, former head of USAID in four years her net worth went from $6.4 million to $30 million on a salary of $180,000. That net worth represents approximately 100 times her salary so I wonder how she achieved such a miracle. Just a smart lady I guess. I would certainly advise anyone who has a desire to get rich in the stock market to look at the portfolios of Samantha Power and Nancy Pelosi and follow their trades because they are indeed stock picking geniuses. The answers to some of those puzzling questions are starting to be found through the efforts of Doge so the next question becomes what can we do about the theft of our labor. Speaking for myself I dread April 15th this year as I have never dreaded it before. I never look forward to Tax Day but my wife and I manage each year to find the money they demand from us and pay it with a good-natured shrug of our shoulders. That was before we knew for certain that we were being robbed each year. I have been working and paying federal taxes for about 60 years so that is a lot of money. I normally don’t agree with or support the useless and unconstitutional wars that Washington seems to constantly find its way into but now I know that the Pentagon has an enormous black hole where trillions disappear and remain unaccounted for.This is how I think people are starting to view the government, its employees and the economy in general. People are skeptical and always have been but now they are turning from just skepticism to downright mistrust and dislike. I know many people are thinking this way because I talk to different people each day primarily about their finances as we try together to find their way out of a debt morass. It appears there are two parallel economies at work. One is for those people slaving away at a real job while trying to make ends meet and feed their families despite being bled dry by the IRS. It’s amazing how closely the debt load of working people matches the money taken from them by the IRS. That doesn’t even include the state income taxes of most states, sales taxes, and most importantly property taxes. The other economy is for those who benefit from and conduct the theft of the labor of normal ...
Darrell Castle talks about the remarks of Vice President Vance at the annual Munich Security Conference and the European response to those remarks. In addition he discusses DOGE and its examination of the Military Industrial Complex.Transcription / NotesRUDE AMERICAN OFFERS EUROPEAN INDEPENDENCEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of February in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the remarks of Vice President Vance at the annual Munich Security Conference as well as the European response to those remarks. In addition, I will talk a little about DOGE and its examination of the Military Industrial Complex (MIC).Yes, J.D. Vance spoke to Europeans about their relationship with the U.S. at the annual Munich Security Conference which had as its main emphasis the U.S. role as the guarantor of European Security and the European and American roles in Ukraine. He called the Europeans out for censoring their people and for allowing third world migrants to destroy their communities. He seemed to indicate that these policies were not in the best interest of the European people and they also hinder our fellowship with them. I will point out that those have also been the policies of the United States for at least the past 4 years and in part for all the years since 9/11, but the European elite bought what the Biden administration was selling to them hook, line, and sinker.I suppose he was telling Europe that that the new sheriff in the U.S. believes in free speech and in preserving the quality of life for the American people. The subjects that Vance discussed in his speech were, in my view, an admission that the empire is in trouble and changes have to be made right now to save a free republic for our children. The debt faced by the country will lead to ultimate collapse and chaos and something must be done to change or at least slow the process of that looming disaster. The content of his speech acknowledged that reality without really saying it out loud.Taking all the bloated and wasteful departments and all the wasteful people who are supposed to be working for the federal government into account the MIC stands out and presents itself head and shoulders above all the others. It fails every audit and purports to tell us that we don’t even have a right to ask where all the money goes because it’s just none of our business. It spends trillions and has trillions that it admits to having no knowledge of. The federal government with more than 36 trillion as debt seems to have no other choice but to keep feeding the monster. Vance was trying to tell our European allies that this administration understands the problem and is not afraid to confront it.The money is real isn’t it, and those who receive it know where it comes from and where it goes don’t they. They have used it to buy almost every member of the House and Senate. Once again, they use our money in a never-ending cycle to generate more revenue from the people who create it. The American people, with their labor extracted from them by these corrupt people and organizations, are forced to keep feeding this monster so the cycle continues. It all is apparently just a giant, terrible scam and always has been but we are constantly brainwashed or at least propagandized to accept it as real and necessary.It’s a myth, but a sacred myth held close to the heart of Americans. U.S. troops, our sons and daughters, are stationed all over the world manning bases in some 700 places around the world but the number is just an approximate guess because nobody seems to know for certain how many there are. They involve themselves in almost every conflict that comes along many of which the federal government creates either deliberately or through stupidity and bumbling. These power brokers, bought and paid for, play the grand game on the grand chessboard at a cost to the American people of an admitted 1 tr...
Darrell Castle discusses the corruption that only the US taxpayers can provide with $50 billion per year of their hard-earned money, all laundered through an organization called the United States Agency for International Development.Transcription / NotesUSAID—FINANCIAL LAUNDRYMAT FOR THE CORRUPT ELITEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 14th day of February in the year of our Lord 2025. Yes, this is Valentine’s Day, but I speak not of love today but of corruption and not just any old corruption but the kind that only the US taxpayers can provide with $50 billion per year of their hard-earned money all laundered through an organization called The United States Agency for International Development.USAID was formed by an Executive Order of President Kennedy in 1961. He looked at the world and concluded that he might be able to spare the world from some of what President Eisenhower had gone through by just spreading some US money around in countries to help their people instead of using that money to destabilize them and start eternal wars. That process has become known over the years as soft power.It seemed to work too, at least it worked for the few years of his too short life. USAID built schools, hospitals, and roads across much of Africa. JFK became a revered figure, especially in Africa, and you can still find hospitals and schools named Kennedy across Africa. Once Kennedy was assassinated by a lone nut who was, coincidentally, also assassinated by a lone nut, things started to change at USAID. The agency evolved over time into nothing more than a $50 billion slush fund for the politically connected to inflict their ideologies on people across the world. The uncovering and correction of this corruption is being labeled by certain Democrat politicians and their media mouthpieces as a coup, but no it is not a coup. A coup is what your CIA and State Department using USAID money has been conducting against foreign countries for at least the last 50 years.Audits of USAID by the DOGE team led by Elon Musk, has revealed to the American people some of the previously unexplained but puzzling things they have endured since the death of JFK. The corruption in many departments of the federal government is so deep and so complete that I along with most taxpayers have been shocked and amazed by it. Yes indeed, who would not like to have a $50 billion slush fun to sprinkle across the globe to satisfy any dubious project abroad and at home as well.For more than 60 years USAID has served as a slush fund for corrupt foreign governments, NGOs with corrupt objectives, and most importantly the charities of the ruling elite. Yes, the corrupt of the world enjoy their lifestyles while lecturing the American people about the vital importance of foreign aid. The revelations coming from DOGE help to explain why Donald Trump is hated like no American has been hated in my memory. Until Trump started to change some things the objective of USAID has apparently always been the same no matter which administration or which party happened to sit in the White House.The servants of the global elite work hard to get their party elected but they know nothing will really change no matter who wins. The agency’s mission remains the same through each election –move money around the world through all the right hands so that the donor class remains happy. Some of you may have wondered how so many Democrat politicians with little to no credentials come into office with modest net worths and before you know it they are multi-millionaires. You may wonder as well how, despite being abandoned almost completely by the people mainstream media somehow manages to stay afloat and continue spouting out its pro-government propaganda.Where did Bill and Hillary get $200 million and where did their daughter Chelsea get $84 million. Yes, USAID has buried within it the clues to answer those questions....
Darrell Castle continues to share his thoughts on the confirmation hearings of Tulsi Gabbard and RFK, Jr. and shares his thesis that the hearings revealed a lot more about the U.S. government, especially the Senators who questioned them, than it did Tulsi and RFK, Jr.Transcription / NotesTHE TRIALS OF TULSI AND RFK, JR.Hello, THIS IS Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of February in the year of our Lord 2025. I will continue to give you my thoughts on the confirmation hearings of Tulsi Gabbard and RFK, Jr. as well as my thesis that the hearings revealed a lot more about the U.S. government and especially about the Senators who questioned them than they did about Tulsi and RFK, Jr.Both nominees were passed by the committee and now await a full Senate vote on whether or not they will be able to participate in Donald Trump’s efforts to dismantle the shadow government that has run the world for many years. Tulsi was advanced to a senate vote by the intelligence committee on a vote of 9 in favor and 8 opposed. So, 8 senators could not bring themselves to vote yes on Lt. Col. Gabbard who has served her country so faithfully for most of her life.The senators seemed very concerned because of what they know will happen if these two nominees are confirmed. The deep state of secrecy and shadows will be opened at least in part for the people to see what they have been funding for many years. Since Tulsi is nominated for the office of Director of National Intelligence secrecy is of the most vital concern for the senators. They just can’t bear the thought of someone shining a light on the graft and corruption that permeates Washington. We the people have no right to know where all the money is going and where it all comes from.I think I understand what all this is about and that is that the U.S. government through its various departments does such horrible things that if we had even a little transparency then people would start to understand that their government contains a lot of very wicked people who do a lot of very wicked things. Tulsi believes that by revealing those things to the world there might just be a chance of stopping them and changing direction.For example, should we have a right to know who is assassinating our leaders. If the version of the assassinations of JFK, RFK, and MLK that we have been given are accurate then what is wrong with opening the files? Obviously, the files contain a lot of damning information about the agencies Tulsi seeks to lead and that is why secrecy is so important. Most people can understand that if the files reveal that the CIA orchestrated those murders then it is important to reveal those things to us so that the guilty can be punished and presidents and senators and civil rights leaders will not be murdered by our own government in the future. If that view is completely false and the government and its agents had nothing to do with the murders then what is fearful about transparency? It seems obvious to me that there is a valid reason for government officials to fear full release because the official versions are just the best lie they could think of at the moment. Speaking of assassinations what about the murder of Seth Rich. He was a young man who worked for DNC and had a key role in the Clinton campaign in 2016. Seth apparently saw things that bothered him because unlike most government bureaucrats he had a conscience and that created fear that he would no longer keep his knowledge to himself.I suppose Seth did not agree with the philosophy that the moral cause of the Democrat Party and that particular campaign was so just and so sound and so important and so vital to America that it justified any means to achieve victory. He was walking home one night down a busy street in Washington and was shot in the back and left dying on the sidewalk. The FBI investigated and took control because he was a federal employee and...
Darrell Castle talks about the Senate confirmation hearings for Tulsi Gabbard and Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. as the two nominees represent the last line of defense against the Pharmaceutical and permanent war parties and therefore, they will pull out all stops to defeat them.Transcription / NotesPERMANENT WASHINGTON FEARS AND HATES TULSI AND RFK, JR.Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of January in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the Senate confirmation hearings for Tulsi Gabbard as Director of National Intelligence and Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. as Secretary of Health and Human Services. These two nominees represent the last line of defense for the Pharmaceutical and permanent war parties and therefore, they will pull out all stops to defeat them.Once again I will begin this report with a quote from Dennis Kucinich:“Congresswoman Gabbard is uniquely qualified for this role. As a Lieutenant Colonel in the U.S. Army Reserve, she has served our nation with distinction since 2002, earning Top Secret clearance through the trust of the Department of Defense, her executive officers, and peers. There are few individuals as prepared, as experienced, and as committed to the national interest as Lt. Col. Tulsi Gabbard. Her leadership has consistently demonstrated sound judgment, ethical standards, and an unwavering commitment to the constitution of the United States.”Well, that explains the problem for Tulsi. Not many of those who sit in judgment of her share that commitment to ethical standards, and especially the Constitution that Mr. Kucinich tells us that Tulsi has and none of them are worthy of her. This report had to be recorded before the vote but I watched her opening statement and it was epic. She would be one of the best ever if she could just be allowed to serve. I think Bobbie Kennedy will be able to squeak by all those prostitutes the pharmaceutical industry has sent to block his confirmation, but I am very worried about Tulsi and she is the most important name on the list. I wonder why they hate and fear her more than all the other nominees. What fearful thing does she represent to them and their sponsors, but then the answer came to me.This administration tells us that it is going to be about full transparency and it fulfilled that pledge at least partially by announcing that the classified files on JFK, RFK, and MLK will be declassified and released. In keeping with the idea of transparency, 2025 is the 50th anniversary of what came to be known as the Church Committee. The formal name of the Church Committee was the United States Senate Select Committee to Study Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities. It was chaired by Senator Frank Church a Democrat from Idaho, thus the name that stuck.Things started coming to light in the early 1970’s about what the U.S. intelligence apparatus might be doing to its own citizens. These leaks were at a time of growing dissatisfaction with the Vietnam War and Senator Church was an outspoken critic of the war. The New York Times published an article by Seymour Hersh detailing operations conducted by the C.I.A. including assassinations of foreign leaders as well as operations against citizens of the U.S. based on their political views. Senator Church put his committee together to investigate and 1975 became known in media circles as the year of intelligence.Many things were discovered by the committee and these were things of an extremely embarrassing and disturbing nature. The things that Senator Church and his committee uncovered revealed to the American people that in many ways the elite who ran this country were at least as bad as the elite who ran all the other countries. It would be hard to exaggerate the degree of scum this committee uncovered living in what some have come to refer to as Permanent Washington. They infest the woodwork and live administration...
Darrell Castle talks about the preemptive pardons of many of the Biden Family and Dr. Anthony Fauci along with the pardons by President Trump of many of their victims.Transcription / NotesPREEMPTIVE PROTECTION FROM TRUMPHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 24th day of January in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about pardons including the preemptive pardon of many members of the Biden family along with the pardon of many of their victims. The list of those preemptively pardoned by former President Biden included I am the science also known as Dr. Anthony Fauci.Yes, with his final act as President, Joe Biden preemptively pardoned many members of his own family none of whom had been charged with a crime. Those pardoned included brother James B. Biden, sister-in-law, Sara Jones Biden; sister, Valerie Biden Owens; brother-in-law, John T. Owens; and brother, Francis W. Biden. These family members joined first son Hunter who was pardoned in December after he was convicted of felonies and pled guilty to others.President Biden’s statement included the words, “pardons should not be mistaken as an acknowledgment that they engaged in any wrongdoing.” I’m sure Joe Biden knows that acceptance of a pardon is an admission of guilt. The Supreme Court has ruled that an offer of pardon doesn’t have to be accepted but if it is that is an implied admission of guilt. If it is not accepted then it is of no effect. All Biden family members accepted their pardons therefore all have admitted guilt of something.President Biden continued the lie by using the excuse that he was protecting his family from Trump but I guess on second thought that might be true by accident. Trump and his Department of Justice were definitely going to investigate the influence peddling, extortion, and bribery accusations against Hunter and the family members who received the money from Hunter and that includes the “big guy.” Using that logic then I suppose he was protecting them from Trump. In essence, he believed that Trump would do the same thing to his family that he and his family did to Trump.Quoting the former President; “My family has been subjected to unrelenting attacks and threats, motivated solely by a desire to hurt me—the worst kind of partisan politics. Unfortunately, I have no reason to believe these attacks will end.” What he describes with that quote is exactly what he did to Trump and those who supported him for several years. Yes, Biden and his government officials weaponized law in unjust ways to prosecute Trump solely because Trump had the audacity to become Biden’s political opponent.Should Trump be magnanimous to the criminals in the Biden administration as I’m certain many in the Republican Party advise him to do, or should he take his office and his responsibility seriously and hold government officials accountable for their gross violations of the law leveled against innocent people. My belief is that this episode is not over by a long shot because there are steps that can still be taken and they should be taken.For example, an accepted pardon takes away the 5th amendment right against self-incrimination and therefore each pardoned individual could be questioned under oath and guilt, if any, could be at least obvious which would make many officials somewhat uncomfortable in their future lives. That is probably not true of the Biden family because they can enjoy the millions that Hunter stole for them for the rest of their lives but what about those criminals he left unpardoned.Merrick Garland, the former Attorney General of the United States, was not pardoned along with the entire group of criminals who worked at the Department of Justice along with the very corrupt group of criminals at the FBI.Paul Craig Roberts, in his commentary entitled, “Biden Pardons His Crime Family and Trump Pardons Its Victims” said that Biden pardoned convicted murderer...
Darrell Castle shares his take on the wildfires that have and continue to devastate much of Los Angeles California.Transcription / NotesL.A. APOCALYPSEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of January in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about the wildfires that have devastated much of Los Angeles, California killing many, leaving many homeless without shelter, and ruining the lives of 10’s of thousands and also rendering the once beautiful entertainment capitol of the world a burned-out wasteland.I want to begin this report with a quote from one of the few remaining real journalists in America, Bari Weiss, formerly of the New York Times.“Gavin Newsom, Karen Bass, and other Democrat leaders bend over backwards to focus on left wing social justice issues that have absolutely nothing to do with the role of government. Yet when it comes to the most basic functions of government, such as keeping buildings from burning down, they have failed completely.”“Los Angeles is being governed and the state of California is being governed by people who have lost sight of the basics of governing. They have lost sight of the idea that we pay you a tax so that you take care of basics for us. And nothing could be more basic than preventing the burning down of, as you just said in your introduction, an area twice the size of Manhattan, right? It’s hard to conceive of how big this is.”Yes, the once beautiful Golden State with its sunshine and surfing lifestyle has been turned into a veritable living hell. The fires rage on with over 25,000 acres still ablaze as I record this with a couple still out of control. So far, more than 250,000 people have been evacuated and have no shelter, and the last count I have is 25 deaths but that will obviously climb because no one knows what lies in the rubble of the thousands of burned to the ground homes and businesses.This was and is a total collapse of the new green-woke style of government whereby the posture of those we elect, the color of their skin, their gender, and their sexuality are all more important than whether they have the background and skills necessary to perform the basics of government. So, who’s to blame for this disaster, the politicians of course but also the people of California who elected them. In the case of California, there is no one else to blame, not Donald Trump, not Republicans, and certainly not climate change. Those are all just excuses for the complete failure and arrogant incompetence and total disdain for the people the politicians are elected to serve.California is a state in which Republicans have zero political power. The days of Ronald Reagan are over and even Pat Brown and his son Jerry didn’t let the state burn down around them. Not just the politicians, but all the state media, the newspapers, the online news sites all the high-tech monopolies like Apple, Google, and Facebook just echo the same mindset. Anything left from the old California that still works predates the year 2000 so the destruction has been ongoing for at least 25 years. Right now, the state has a congressional delegation of 52 seats and only 17 Are Republicans. The Los Angeles city council has 15 members and not a single one is Republican so blame is fairly easy to assess.The city’s new mayor, Karen Bass, boasts of the city’s $50 billion budget along with adding 451 positions especially in the department of youth development. Justice, Care, and Operations Departments have been added for which the mayor seems quite proud. I would wager that she is less than proud that she recently cut more than $17 million from the fire department budget. She campaigned on a pledge to not travel internationally while in office but she was in the African nation of Ghana when the fire started. True, she went before the fires started and returned when she learned that her city was on fire,
Darrell Castle talks about debt and the Trump administration's effort to control it.Transcription / NotesDOWNSIZING TO STARVE THE BEASTHello, this is Darell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 10th day of January in the year of our Lord 2025. I will be talking about debt and the potential for disaster if it isn’t somehow tamed. Donald Trump is at least paying lip service to it with his creation of DOGE or the Department of Government Efficiency.Donald Trump has appointed Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy to head a new department of government which he calls the Department of Government Efficiency. That is an attractive name but if flies in the face of the political trend that has existed for at least 50 years. Before that time, the government had some accountability since its wars, its tax cuts, etc. had to be paid for and it had to have enough gold deposits to cover all of it.Once the dollar’s ties to gold were removed in 1971, the government no longer had any restraints on its spending. A government of the people and by the people needs some restraints because without them human nature will control the politicians elected to serve the people. When a politician discovers that he can achieve reelection thus retaining power by spending the resources of others or promising to do so he will do it or at least that has been the trend since 1971.A responsible government recognizes its limits and it spends only what it can raise in taxes. If the federal government were responsible the United States would not have the 36 trillion of debt that it has today. People are alarmed at the size of the debt but not many want their pet projects or their own largesse to be reduced so I wonder if DOGE will have an opportunity to succeed. It seems that the goals of Elon Musk and Donald Trump are headed on a collision course.If Musk gets his way, at least the way as he has described it, then we should get some positive results. There could be lower deficits which should bring lower inflation, lower interest rates and a far less expensive and less powerful government. We might even expect a business revival with the return of manufacturing to the U.S. Mr. Homan’s efforts on the border would ensure the departure of many murderers, rapists, torturers, child molesters, terrorists and assorted lunatics who now reside here illegally at government expense.The Republican elite, and now that includes Donald Trump, may just have a different agenda. Trump has just spent 9 years and a lot of money to gain power including a Republican majority in both houses. Those majorities will not want to become less powerful but instead they will want to use that power to take more power and wealth from the American people who are supposed to hold it. That is human nature and the prevailing political trend. The hearts of mankind are black and desperately wicked the bible tells us and when power and money are unrestrained the humans who have it will use and abuse it.Right now, Donald Trump is the most powerful man in the world and he seems to be enjoying it immensely. My guess is that he will not want to share the power with a billionaire from South Africa for very long, but I could easily be wrong and if so it wouldn’t be the first time. The President-Elect seems to enjoy conducting foreign policy even before he is inaugurated, but I suppose power abhors a vacuum and so somebody will execute foreign policy or at least that is the way he seems to see it.He is a businessman and a negotiator and right now he has the power and he is trying to establish with friend and foe alike that business will be conducted differently in the future. Bloomberg tells us that he warned the European Union that its exports will get hit with US tariffs if European Union countries don’t buy more American oil and gas. He posted on Truth Social about that statement:“I told the European Union that they must make up their tremendous de...
Darrell Castle discusses what the legacy of Joe Biden looks like.Transcription / NotesBIDEN’S LEGACYHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of January in the year of our Lord 2025. The first Friday of a new year and only three weeks from the end of the administration of Joe Biden. What is the legacy of Joe Biden? Is his legacy the obvious and now admitted years long coverup of his declining mental ability. Is it the debate with Donald Trump which the Democrats finally allowed to expose his status to the whole world, or could it be his empowering the Department of Justice to conduct warfare attacks against his political opponent while pretending he had nothing to do with it. Perhaps his legacy was his repeated assurances that he would not pardon his son Hunter then finally doing so while in an act of supreme hypocrisy pretending it was because Hunter was the victim of political persecution considering he, Joe Biden, was the worst political persecutor in American presidential history. Surely one or all of these things will be his legacy. If not, then it must be his policy of inviting millions of unvetted illegals into the country many of whom were murderers, rapists, torturers, killers of children and of course terrorists and agents of adversarial foreign powers.The legacy of Joe Biden as president of the United States is one of cognitive decline which it now seems was present when he was elected and it also seems true that those close to him knew it. His famous campaign from the basement was supposed to be a new sort of campaign whereby the candidate just holed up in his home and had very little interaction with the people who were supposed to vote for him.His close advisors, the ranking members of the Democratic Party, told us that he was sharp as a tack and hardly anyone could keep up with him. What we saw instead were videos of him sleeping on the beach in Delaware where he spent 40% of the time he was president. Forty per cent of his time spent on vacation is the figure announced by the campaign, so it might be a little more than that especially when the number of days of LID are considered. That term means light intensity day and President Biden had many of those.He conducted only 9 full cabinet meetings during his entire 4 years in office. I’m guessing here, but I’m going to guess that 9 is the fewest in history. Trump, by comparison, conducted 26 during his 4-year term. Testimony from elected officials in his own party was that he was almost impossible to reach even for his own national security briefings which his wife often attended. The question on my mind is who has been running the country for the last 4 years but especially last year.The answer to that question is not completely known and that is an understatement. Apparently, it was simply his staff making decisions that affected the nation and the world. The American people elected a man who because of declining health went on vacation and left the running of the most powerful country in world history to unelected staff members. That, I submit, is the legacy of Joe Biden in a nutshell. Such a disaster would not have been possible without the complete cooperation of the American media who did not just underreport his decline, but actively covered it up.The videos of Biden wondering helplessly on stage, shaking hands with ghosts, wondering off from the group when meeting with G-7 leaders were all just deep fakes. His slurring of words and inability to speak a coherent sentence were evidence of a slight stutter that had existed throughout his life. Normally, the explanations went back to Trump, after all he was an older man with aging issues of his own wasn’t he. Since the election of Trump with an almost landslide majority including the popular vote some in the media are starting to admit what they did.The Wall Street Journal, in a post-election expose,
Darrell Castle tries to make sense of the Syrian Civil War which has been raging sometimes hot and sometimes cold for many years.Transcription / Notes:THE NEO-OTTOMAN EMPIREHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 13th day of December in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the Syrian Civil War which has been raging sometimes hot and sometimes cold for many years. It’s very difficult to make sense out of something that makes no sense, but I will try to do so.This is the Christmas season here in the Castle household and therefore it is the last Friday that I will be able to bring the Castle Report this year. I will join you again, God willing, on Friday, January 3, 2025. Enjoy the holidays with those you love and by all means celebrate Christmas.The title of this report indicates that I am taking the position that Turkey won the Syrian Civil War because the fall and removal of strong man Bashar al Assad paves the way for strong man Recep Tayyip Erdogan to emerge and reap the benefits of the demise of the Assad family’s hold over Syria which has lasted for some 60 years. Erdogan came to power in Turkey in 2014 and my position is that he imagines himself to be the return of Suleiman the Magnificent who ruled the Ottoman Empire in the 1500’s when it was at the peak of its power. The Ottoman Empire served as the connection between the Middle east and Europe for some 600 years.The Ottoman Empire, sometimes referred to as the Turkish Empire, ruled the Middle East until it was defeated and dissolved with the British and American victory in World War l. The destruction of the Ottoman Empire led to the power vacuum that has existed, at least to some degree, until today. Great Britain created the nations of the Middle east after its victory by simply drawing lines on the sand and making a map with those lines as separate countries which were really just a collection of Nomadic Tribes. I believe Erdogan came to power in Turkey with a dream of returning his country to the greatness it once had and he is currently going about the business of rebuilding the Ottoman Empire under Turkish control.His rebuilding uses overt war as we have recently seen, but it also operates through diplomacy and even subterfuge which he used to gain acceptance into NATO. Yes, that’s right, this Muslim country of Turkey, whose culture, religion, and way of life is completely averse to those of the West is a full-fledged NATO member. A close member of Erdogan’s inner circle of advisors recently said in a public interview that the goal of the Erdogan administration is the destruction of Western Civilization. The NATO alliance should remove Turkey because of that, but the problem is that the NATO charter has no provision for involuntarily removing a member or kicking someone out.A majority of NATO members may want Turkey out but the alliance is pretty woke right now and must think this is a woke world, so they try to read the tea leaves and apparently that requires more fear of being labeled Islamophobic than it does having an enemy nation in its midst. Erdogan, in the meantime, apparently seeks to Islamize Europe through Muslim immigration. He has, in essence, held Europe hostage and demanded money to prevent refugees from traveling upward from Syria through Turkey into Europe. The Europeans have paid the ransom in the past but right now one out of every 20 Syrians in the world resides in Germany thanks to Erdogan and the policies of former Chancellor Angela Merkel.I could go on with this Neo-Ottoman story all day but to sum it up a little he is putting together a collection of Sunni nations in opposition to the Shiites that have ruled Syria in the past by way of Iran and to some extent Iraq. This is a coalition against Iran in other words, which brings me to how this played out in the war. I imagine that right now the leaders in Iran are feeling regret that they allowed the...
Darrell Castle talks about the decision of President Joe Biden to issue a blanket, all-encompassing pardon for his son Hunter despite repeatedly promising he would not do so.Transcription / NotesTAINTED LEGACY?Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th of December in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the decision of President Joe Biden to issue a blanket, all-encompassing pardon for his son Hunter. The pardon covers all acts known and unknown including the crimes for which he was convicted and the crimes for which he pled guilty as well as any crimes from murder to treason which are currently unproven but which may have occurred between January 1st 2014 and December 1st 2024.So, the pardon is now a done deal. The most surprising thing about it is that it was not surprising and many, including me, thought the president was lying when he repeatedly said he would never pardon his son. Hunter was convicted of crimes and pled guilty to others but none of those addressed what might be in that laptop portrayed to us by the media as Russian disinformation. It doesn’t matter anymore does it? There is no longer a reason to wonder if the laptop contained any secrets about influence peddling by Hunter’s father, the big guy. Whether or not that last statement is completely true or whether there is wiggle room to some extent is up to congress.The President said repeatedly that he would not pardon his son but in true Biden fashion, he did. Pardons reside with presidents and governors who are supposed to use them to correct an injustice, but sometimes they are used for other purposes such as rewarding a political donor or to avoid hostile testimony from the one pardoned. That brings me to why this is up to congress to some extent at least. If congress wanted to conduct hearings into influence peddling by then former president Biden it could call Hunter to testify.If a person is questioned under oath about something that could possibly implicate him in a crime he can always take shelter under the 5th Amendment. In that event he would respond to the question by saying I decline to answer on the grounds that my answer might tend to incriminate me or he could simply say I plead the 5th. He could then not be held in contempt for not answering the question but if he had been previously pardoned the 5th amendment protection would no longer be available to him.Since he has been pardoned in such a blanket all-encompassing pardon, Hunter would no longer be subject to criminal charges so fear of self-incrimination would no longer be valid. If he were, for example, asked if he shared any of the proceeds from his influence peddling, his bribery, etc. with his father, the big guy, and he refused to answer he could be held in contempt and sent to jail. If he lied, under oath, and his statement was later proven to be a lie, then he could be prosecuted for perjury, which is a felony. Congress could, therefore, make things hard for President Biden but I doubt that would ever happen.Hunter was convicted of a felony and pled guilty to other felonies, but he was pardoned before he served a day of any possible sentence. We are told that this is merely an example of a father looking after the welfare of his son. I would argue that it is more an example of a father looking after himself and anyone else involved in his corruption of the various agencies of the federal government but in any case I imagine there are many sons sitting in prison who would be free if their fathers had been able to issue a ten-year-get-out of-jail free pass to them for any crime, even treason.Biden, of course, couldn’t do one honest thing and say look I know I said repeatedly that I would not pardon him, but I saw my only living son facing prison and I just could not let that happen. Even that statement would have been another lie, but not as embarrassingly bad as the one he told.
Darrell Castle talks about the decision of President Biden to authorize Ukraine to fire U.S. made ATACMS missles deep into Russia putting The United States and NATO on a path of nuclear confrontation with Russia.Transcription / NotesONLY 60 DAYS LEFT TO DESTROY THE WORLDHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 22nd day of November in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the decision of President Biden or whatever cabal that runs this country, to authorize Ukraine to fire U.S. made ATACMS missiles deep into Russia. With only about 60 days left to serve the President has to work fast to get the United States into a nuclear confrontation with Russia. That will be his legacy I predict.Please remember that next week is Thanksgiving week so no Castle Report. I plan to spend some time with family just catching up and giving thanks for another year and I hope you will do something similar as well.I will start by giving you a quote from Dennis Kucinich who Had the best take on this decision:“When President Biden approved the use of supersonic Army Tactical Missile Systems (ATACMS) to strike Russia, he placed in jeopardy the national security of the United States, the safety of our troops abroad and violated the U.S. Constitution, Article 1, Section 8 which provides that only Congress can declare war.”“Biden has made a decision to insert the U.S. into an unambiguous, escalatory phase, using the territory of Ukraine to attack Russia directly with missiles which can reach 190 miles deep. This is an illegal act by the President which puts our nation on a path to war with Russia. The American people voted for Trump to end the wars. Biden apparently wants to end the world. Trump is listening to the American people. Biden is listening to NATO’s malignant agenda.”Yes, apparently President Biden has decided, or someone decided for him, that the best memory the American people could have of his time in office should be that he started World War lll. I don’t see any way to view this other than a direct attack by the U.S. on Russia. I hoped and prayed that I would live my life without experiencing war between two armed to the teeth nuclear powers so I suppose we are left with holding our breath for 60 days and praying for the forbearance of Vladimir Putin.This is reminiscent of the last time the U.S. and Russia stood toe to toe with nuclear war as a distinct possibility. In October of 1962 Russia placed offensive missiles just 90 miles from the U.S. border. The world was on a path of nuclear annihilation absent the wisdom of John Kennedy and the forbearance of Nikita Khrushchev. He could have launched those missiles and Kennedy could have refused any accommodation to Russia but cooler heads prevailed and Kennedy’s legacy was assured. It’s difficult to think of Kennedy without remembering those dark days.What a difference 62 years makes. In 1962 the world was literally living in terror hoping and praying that no nuclear missile would land in our cities. We dug shelters and put blankets over our windows to protect us from flying glass. Now the American media hardly even notices that the U.S. is using American missiles for direct attacks into Russia, thinking, I suppose, that it can be done without consequences.Trump made peace one of the primary facets of his campaign and subsequent election but Biden seems willing to do anything including provoke nuclear war to subvert the efforts of his opponent from achieving peace. Congress could and should act, but I doubt that it will do so for its own reasons but its failure is a glimpse into how far we have fallen. No President has the right to unilaterally order a missile attack against another country using only executive authority. It invites and begs for a retaliatory strike against the U.S. and/or its foreign assets. It should be and it is an impeachable offense,
Darrell Castle talks about some of the nominees President elect, Donald Trump, has made for his cabinet should he be allowed to assume the office to which the American people have elected him.Transcription / NotesDISRUPTIVE FORCE AT THE PENTAGONHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of November in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about some of the nominees President elect Donald Trump has made for his cabinet should he be allowed to assume the office to which the American people have elected him. Since I have a strong interest in the U.S. military and the best interests of its service members, I will therefore emphasize the nomination of Pete Hegseth to be Secretary of Defense.I was hoping for Tulsi Gabbard to come out of the turmoil as Defense Secretary but as Trump so often says, hope is not a strategy. She just seemed like she would be the perfect way to give the middle finger to the deep state but it seems that Trump has come up with a different way that even I had not thought of. I say even I had not thought of because I spend a lot of time thinking of ways the deep state could get the middle finger.The way that Trump chose was the nomination of Pete Hegseth who for the last 8 years has worked for Fox news. I will confess to being a little embarrassed because until his nomination was announced, I had not even heard of Pete Hegseth. I had to do a deep dive into who this man is and very quickly so the first thing I did was read his book “The War on Warriors” to learn something about him. Thank goodness for Amazon and especially for Kindle. I probably shouldn’t be too embarrassed though because since I don’t watch TV news or anything else on TV for that matter it’s not surprising that I had not heard of him.It turns out though, that the administrations of Obama and Biden were littered with appointments from the left side of TV news. I couldn’t, however, find any appointment as significant as Defense Secretary. That job goes to a person who will lead the Pentagon and command its gigantic presence all over the world including some 700 military bases on foreign soil. This choice is certainly an example of Donald Trump thinking outside the box which in and of itself is a good thing considering the attitude of go along to get along and political correctness that seems to guide the Pentagon today.Pete Hegseth, I predict, will have trouble in the nomination process although with Republicans firmly in control of the Senate his eventual confirmation should be successful. It will be those with the least experience with the military who will oppose him because they will see him as the most vulnerable and because he represents change at the Pentagon. They say he is unqualified because he doesn’t come from the same cabal of liars and propagandists who have ruled the Pentagon and its armament complex since World War ll. I learned enough about him from reading his book to know that he represents the military that I knew, or the old military which believed in the ancient concept of the way of the warrior. He stands opposed to the new military where drag queens are sent into high schools in an effort to recruit new sailors for the navy.Surely he has more qualifications than Fox News to recommend him for the job or otherwise, I guess Senator Elizabeth Warren is right and he is too young and not qualified. He would, at age 44, not be the youngest ever Secretary of Defense because the despicable Don Rumsfeld was 43 when he assumed office. I will take a few moments now to summarize what you probably know, but we need to hear his background in defense. The main objection seems to be that he is a media guy but, as I said, there has been a parade of people going from regime media to government service and back again in recent years. I would guess that the real objection is not the media but Fox News.It turns out that Pete Hegseth is a really bright...
Darrell Castle talks about the results of the presidential election. What does Trump's victory over Kamala Harris and the entire woke agenda mean or at least what does it mean to me?Transcription / NotesDOOMSDAY AVERTED—FOR NOWHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of November in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the most obvious topic in the world today and that is the presidential election. What does the overwhelming Trump victory over Kamala Harris and the entire woke agenda mean or at least what does it mean to me.Doomsday averted—for now, what does that mean. It means that certain burdens the nation had been bearing for many years can now perhaps be lifted. There is at least hope they can be lifted. This election was about those burdens and the American people just do not want them anymore. Completely open borders with nations such as El Salvador, Venezuela, and Mexico emptying their prisons and insane asylums onto our border. Murderers and rapists invited into the country to prey on Americans with no accountability for their crimes. Little boys and little girls sexually mutilated because of the parents’ mental illness or their school’s mental illness. Despite decades of legal effort to ensure girls have equal opportunity for school sports, they were totally disregarded while men who said they were women were invited into their locker rooms. Costly wars that threaten our future with no benefit to the American people at all. Crime rampant and out of control in our once beautiful cities. Businesses closing because in many places shoplifting and car theft are no longer even crimes. I could go on but those are at least some of the things that a large majority of voters rejected, but many on the left wail and ask why don’t the people want these things as we do.The headlines in the New York Post on Wednesday read like this, HE’S DON IT AGAIN. Yes he’s done it again this man Donald Trump has completed a historic comeback despite very long odds. His determination, perseverance in the face of such hatred, his strength is rare for anyone especially rare for a 78-year-old man. Viciously attacked from day one of his first term, I suppose because the woke army would not surrender easily. Two attempts to impeach him were political assassination attempts, then two literal assassination attempts, lawfare attacks from corrupt prosecutors, and an extremely corrupt Department of Justice aided by a corrupt FBI. Despite all those persecutions the American people seemed to see through them and stuck with him.He was facing a long string of legal actions once he decided and announced that he would run again. His enemies mobilized the corrupt, state-owned media and the various government agencies, including the Department of Justice and the FBI in an effort to stop him, but nothing stopped him. His coalition included the reliable Republican base of white men and protestant Christians, but he made significant inroads into traditionally Democrat strongholds as well. Harris could not rely, as democrats always do, on the base of Black men and Hispanics as Trump made strong inroads into both. His efforts among Black Americans and Hispanic Americans apparently made the difference in many cities and states.His remarks in his victory address were words of inclusion and healing. “This was, I believe, the greatest political movement of all time. This is a magnificent victory for the American people, that will allow us to make America great again.” He added, “we are going to help our country heal. “I hope and pray that he is correct and the nation can heal and I hope it can somehow get off the road to war, inflation, bankruptcy and insanity. Do Americans really want to continue the same path down the same direction that leads to more and more war. No, thank God, it appears they do not. I have my doubts however, because democracy,
Darrell Castle talks about the wars currently ongoing on the border of Russia and Ukraine as well as the wars in the Middle East between Israel and other countries and various terrorist groups all supported and supplied by the various state enemies of Israel. The question is, do these wars have anything to do with our national interests and if not, why are we involved in them.Transcription / NotesFIGHTING THE WARS OF OTHERSHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking primarily about the wars currently ongoing on the border of Russia and Ukraine as well as the wars in the Middle East between Israel and other countries and various terrorist groups all supported and supplied by the various state enemies of Israel. The question for this Report is, do these wars have anything to do with our national interests and if not why are we fighting them and why are we even involved in them.Next week I will be involved in some personal issues near week’s end and so I will not be with you next Friday. This is, therefore, my pre-election Castle Report but God willing I will join you again on Friday the 8th of November.I suppose Ron Paul had the best line I’ve heard about the US commitment to fighting wars that have nothing much to do with American interests. “When you take on the role of the world’s policeman, don’t be surprised when countries who cannot fight their own wars call 911.” Yes indeed, that is what is happening now and it continues to threaten America and the future of our people by bankrupting them, by abusing and stealing their labor, and by threatening to drag them into another World War.I read the other day that President Biden is concerned that he will be leaving office without having established a foreign policy legacy. I strongly disagree with that concept and with President Biden if that is indeed his concern. He has a foreign policy legacy. It’s one of expending American blood and treasure in wars that do nothing for America except advance the cause and careers of neocons and line the pockets of defense contractors. I don’t want to forget the satanic goals of the world’s globalists because his legacy certainly helps their cause of world depopulation and global government.It seems right now that Ukraine is on the verge of losing its war with Russia that started as a US led and inspired coup in 2014. By the way, I noticed that the author of that coup, Victoria Nuland, a woman who has served each administration for 30 years, just retired. I supposed she was able to see the end of her dream of continuous never-ending war perhaps ending after the US election but who knows why she is stepping down from such a glorious stage.A few days ago, the president of Ukraine, Mr. Zelensky, came to the United States to campaign for Kamala Harris and Tim Walz. He also used the trip to demand more money and more weapons from the American taxpayers. His real reason for coming was to present his victory plan to American politicians. His plan is delusional in its demands which if agreed to would have immediate catastrophic effects for the United States and Europe.He wants immediate NATO membership for Ukraine which would of course plunge NATO, including the United States, into the quagmire. He wants NATO defensive strikes against incoming Russian missile attacks as well as permission to use US and NATO long range missiles for attacks into Russia including Moscow and St. Petersburg. His real intent is obvious and that is to draw the US and NATO into his war since he is down to the proverbial last Ukrainian. Step up he says, step up and fight the country with the world’s most nuclear weapons. Step up and join in a nuclear conflict that is completely unrelated to you. Mr. Zelensky also gave information to the Washington Post that North Korean troops are training inside Russia for deployment to the front...
Darrell Castle talks about a new Department of Defense directive 5240.01 which allows the US military to use lethal force against American citizens when assisting police authorities in domestic disturbances.Transcription/NotesMILITARY USE OF LETHAL FORCE IN AMERICAHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 18th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about a new Department of Defense directive 5240.01 which allows the US military to use lethal force against American citizens when assisting police authorities in domestic disturbances. This Directive changes the relationship between the American people and their military and coming this close to the election might indicate civil disturbances, otherwise known as a coup, are expected in case of a Trump win.Yes, it seems that politicians on the Democrat side of the political spectrum, apparently unable to articulate any position on any issue that might be of vital importance to the electorate or the American people in general, are unleashing their inner demons to fuel the fantasies of a few prominent people on the left. The DOD directive allowing the use of lethal force by the US military inside the US is particularly frightening to me for many reasons.It seems to be a clear violation of the Posse Comitatus Act and the intent of that act which prohibits use of US military in a law enforcement capacity. Posse Comitatus originally passed in 1878, limited the power of the federal government in a law enforcement capacity. It was originally intended to get the military out of law enforcement in the south post-civil war. It has been expanded and reinforced many times, the last being the Defense Authorization Act in 2022. The act has some grey areas for politicians to wriggle through such as the fact that it doesn’t apply to the various state guards or even to the Coast Guard which has law enforcement responsibility offshore.Generally speaking, I am on alert when the federal government starts to push into the grey areas like this latest directive does. In my opening paragraph I mentioned that it changes the historic relationship between the American people and their military and it weakens to the point of non-existence the concept of Posse Comitatus. Why now just before a very hotly contested election and why the specific permission for lethal force. I have a copy of the directive on my desk and it is about 22 pages of the usual bureaucratic gobbledygook but it does lay out some of the circumstances under which the military could be called on to use its lethal force against the American people. This specific authorization pushes the boundaries between domestic law enforcement and the military and should set off alarms that soon we may see armed soldiers on our streets as a form of intimidation and suppression of civil rights. Am I overreacting to this directive, perhaps, but we will see, and I hope that seeing comes before it is too late. Opposition to Covid measures set up by the CDC but enforced locally could come under this directive potentially. People exercising their First Amendment rights would seem to me to be most at risk of this “lethal force.” Could a federal mandate to get vaccinated, wear a mask, or stay in your home be enforced by the US military or is that just too farfetched to believe. I think it could happen and I am not the only one. Why have this directive if there is absolutely no reason to use it.Free speech could be chilled under the guise of protecting national security. Covid protesters have already been defined as domestic terrorists by some agencies so expanding that would be the natural thing to do. I am just fearful that this directive along with several of the things I have talked about recently points toward us being herded into a box canyon with no escape and only one point of view can ever be expressed. Farfetched, maybe, but I don’t think so.
Darrell Castle talks about the fate of the First Amendment, especially the freedom of Americans to speak their minds without running their thoughts through a government-controlled censor.Transcription/Notes:THE ANTI-FREE SPEECH MOVEMENTHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about what is perhaps the most important issue on the ballot this November and that is the fate of the First Amendment especially the freedom of Americans to speak their minds without running their thoughts through a government-controlled censor.Should the federal government be the arbiter of what the public should be able to read or hear. That is the question I will talk about especially how some prominent Democrats have answered that question. Some of the richest and most powerful people on planet earth are now calling for Americans to be censured. That word sounds so benign that it has to be defined before it has any impact. The First Amendment to the United States Constitution guarantees that the government can not legally prevent Americans from speaking their minds or expressing their opinions verbally or in print. In other words, the government is not legally permitted to censor us. That is the basic foundation of free people and it is the First Amendment for a reason.Hillary Clinton seems to have taken the lead in the campaign to restrict our freedom and she has taken her efforts globally by encouraging other countries to restrict the speech of their citizens. She recently asked European governments to censor Elon Musk because he permitted unregulated speech on X. She also went on CNN to talk about how discouraging it is that censorship is such a tough sell to the American people. She said the road the anti-free speech advocates have traveled on has been a rocky and difficult one. “There are people who are championing it, but it has been a long and difficult road to getting anything done.”Yes, I can see why all those anti-freedom Democrats have had such a difficult time because it is not easy to convince free people to give up their freedom. I think it was Abraham Lincoln who said that to be considered a great man one has to free enslaved men or enslave free men so I suppose we are back to fighting those battles again. She is not the only one of course, only the point person for the effort. Even NPR has gotten on the anti-free speech, anti-truth bandwagon. The new CEO of NPR wants to get things done it seems but truth sometimes gets in the way. Yes, those Democrats want to get things done and the pesky First Amendment stands there as an impediment to their noble efforts.This argument goes right to the heart of the cultural and spiritual war now raging in the West. Do you believe truth and freedom are a priority or just a hindrance to getting things done. To quote the new CEO of NPR; “Our reverence for the truth might be a distraction getting in the way of finding common ground and getting things done.” Well, I don’t think I would like walking on a common ground built on lies but that seems to be what he wants. That’s a mild position compared to what some other prominent Democrats have been saying.So, perhaps the most important issue in this coming election is whether or not we as Americans will protect the Constitution and its guarantee of freedom or whether we will surrender to the one party, one mindset that many Democrats are trying to build. Given the control that mainstream media has over information, the freedom to speak our minds in opposition, especially on social media is vital. Things are bad around the world right now with wars, famines, and other such government instituted madness, but as long as we are free we have at least a fighting chance so of course, the enemies of freedom are working overtime to take that away from us.John Kerry, speaking to the World Economic Forum:
Darrell Castle talks about Democrats in general and Kamala Harris in particular and their complete indifference to the suffering of the people in the Southeast of the United States along with their priority of making America a one-party state similar to the pre-breakup Soviet Union.
Transcription / Notes:
UNFIT TO LEAD
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of October in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about Democrats in general and Kamala Harris in particular and their complete indifference to the suffering of the people in the Southeast of the United States along with their priority of making America a one-party state similar to the pre-breakup Soviet Union.
Times of crises are the toughest test of leadership and in that regard our current non-leadership fails miserably. Yes, it seems that Vice President Harris is a lot more comfortable begging her Hollywood friends for money than she is providing aid and comfort to Americans who are suffering and have truly lost everything. Finally, after several days of photo ops and fundraising she was apparently told by the Secretariat of Democrats who direct her that she should go down to Georgia to show some sympathy to all those southern deplorable peckerwoods who have lost everything.
I thought about calling this Castle Report the devil went down to Georgia but I was afraid I might run afoul of whoever owns the rights to that song. It would also be an insult to the song and especially to Charlie Daniels. This disaster has been a different kind of disaster for Biden-Harris and her efforts to become President. Who would vote for this completely unfit and unfeeling woman after seeing her response to this disaster. Democrats and illegals I guess. Well, there are a lot of people in the Southeast United States who will not be able to vote at all this year except maybe the dead ones who can vote Democrat of course.
This is a tragedy of such immense proportions that sometimes a little humor is about the only way to deal with it. The federal government just doesn’t seem to care. George W. Bush took all kinds of criticism for flying over Hurricane Katrina damage but at least he went and released FEMA aid. The Harris campaign has proven so incompetent and uncaring and unable or unwilling to do anything to help people who are helpless that I don’t understand how anyone outside of Hollywood and the New York Times could even consider voting for her.
What happened to all that FEMA aid that was showered on Katrina victims. As reported by the Federalist it has been diverted to services for illegal immigrants. You heard that right folks more than a billion dollars of FEMA money provided by congress for disaster relief has been diverted to the service of illegal invaders who I’m sure will all vote Democrat. The allocation is called the Shelter and Services program to provide humanitarian services to noncitizen migrants from short-term holding facilities. That was a quote from the FEMA website. The director of Homeland Security, Alehandro Mayorkas said “FEMA does not have the funds to make it through Hurricane season.”
I
So, Kamala Harris surveyed the damage and did her mandatory photo op and then offered $750 to some of the victims. No military assistance, no Army, Marine Corps, and AirForce rescue helicopters and no aircraft carriers full of disaster relief. This is not Ukraine or the Far East after all it’s the Southeast United States. Perhaps all those deplorables perishing in the floods could find a Ukrainian flag and fly it and then the United States military would move mountains to help them. Yes, almost $200 billion for Ukraine but as for the Southeast sorry folks we are tapped out. I hope even Democrats can see how completely evil that is but no that is not something one should even hope for. The response of Donald Trump and Elon Musk, at their own personal expense to the floods has been extraordinary as has many civilian volunteers but this is not about the virtuous but the evil.
Speaking of Ukraine did you see where that pompous little guy in his sweatshirt came to America to campaign for Harris. Yes he strutted around Ohio with Biden and Harris and visited an ammunition plant where 155mm howitzer shells are made several million of which have been shipped to Ukraine to spread death and destruction to the populations of Ukraine and Russia. He and the Democrat governor of Ohio had a photo op signing the shells. I want to quote Senator Ted Cruz about Zelensky’s visit:
“Who the hell is Zelensky to be trying to interfere in our election. The arrogance of this guy and the guy I’ve got to say is an absolute moron for coming to the U.S. six weeks before the election and attacking Trump and Vance. This is just dumb on his part because if Trump wins, he’s got a huge problem that just got bigger.”
I credit Donald Trump with the best line about Zelensky when he said that Zelensky is the best salesman in the world because every time he comes to America he leaves with $65 billion. Personally speaking, I am glad he came because it illustrates to any of the American people who can manage to see and hear through the propaganda that the Democrat Party, once thought of as the peace party, is now clearly the war party. Yes, the party of John Kennedy and Robert Kennedy has now morphed into the servant party of the military industrial complex. I want to take a moment to remind all Democrats who might somehow be listening to me, of JFK’s peace speech at American University in 1963. Many people think it was the greatest call for peace ever and it could have ushered in a new era of peace in this world but sinister forces intervened to end the chance peace and JFK’s life.
“I am talking about genuine peace, the kind of peace that makes life on earth worth living, the kind that enables men and nations to grow and to hope and to build a better life for their children—not merely peace for Americans but peace for all men and women—not merely peace in our time but peace for all time.”
War is a disaster and perhaps the greatest disaster of all that is inflicted on humanity by its most evil people. Do we want people who actively work toward war and live to make it worse or people who want peace and who work to achieve it though they may from time-to-time, fail. We should expect our leaders to lead especially in times when disaster strikes America, and to exude confidence and courage which the people can at least take some comfort in. When this flood was unfolding Biden was at the beach in Delaware and when asked by reporters why he wasn’t in Washington commanding he said I was commanding by phone. Then he went on to elaborate that he had spent two hours on the phone and I guess for this president that is supposed to be quite impressive. I mean he actually interrupted his beach time to get on the phone for two hours.
Do you want these evil people to remain in power essentially forever because if America devolves into a one-party state that is what we will have. The Democrats are working feverishly to make sure that happens and we have one last chance at resistance. I know that people always say this is the most important election ever and if we don’t win we won’t get another chance at least since the early 1990’s but because of events happening now that might actually be true.
Whatever you might think of Elon Musk that is what he is thinking today and that is why he supports Trump. He hasn’t spent his life as a conservative by any means but he believes Trump’s election is vital to the future of America. In a recent Tweet he elaborated on how close we are to one party rule.
“Very few Americans realize that, If Trump is not elected, this will be the last election. Far from being a threat to democracy, he is the only way to save it. Let me explain: If even 1 in 20 illegals become citizens per year, something that Democrats are expediting as fast as humanly possible, that would be about 2 million new legal voters in 4 years.
The voting margin in the swing states is often less than 20 thousand votes. That means that if the Democratic Party succeeds, there will be no more swing states. Moreover, the Biden/Harris administration has been flying asylum seekers, who are fast-tracked to citizenship, directly into swing states like Pennsylvania, Ohio, Wisconsin and Arizona. It is a surefire way to win every election.
America then becomes a one-party state and Democracy is over. The only elections will be the Democratic Party primaries. This already happened in California many years ago, following the 1986 amnesty. The only thing holding California back from extreme socialism and suffocating government policies is that people can leave California and still remain in America. Once the whole country is controlled by one party there will be no escape. Everywhere in America will be like the nightmare that is downtown San Francisco.”
You may notice these days that Democrats don’t talk much about the issues that confront the nation. When asked about the illegal invasion they deny that it is happening. When asked about the thousands of violent murderers and rapists deliberately released into our communities they deny it but they offer no counter to the reality of what is happening. I recently talked about a 12-year-old girl in Houston who was kidnapped, tortured, gang raped, strangled and thrown in a river by illegals. I heard an interview with her mother who wants some justice for her daughter but her mother fell short of saying Kamala Harris, tortured, raped, and murdered my daughter as I would have said. Harris and Biden deliberately let those criminals into America so they could somehow retain power at any cost and they are therefore at least as liable as the illegal criminals. They care about nothing but power and they appear to hate the American people especially those who used to live in the Southeast.
Finally, folks, words come hard today because I am choking on my own rage and heartbreak for my beloved Southeast. I think I understand Satan, who he is and where he comes from. I am still able to read the bible after all. I understand that he has agents here on earth and I try to spot them when I can, but I simply cannot understand why people vote for them to hold power.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of the two attempted assassinations of Donal Trump in light of the recently released 94-page report by the Senate Committee tasked with investigating the Butler, Pennsylvania attempted assassination in which Trump was wounded.
Transcription / Notes
THE U.S. GOVERNMENT MUST WANT TRUMP DEAD
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be continuing my discussion of the two attempted assassinations of Donald Trump in light of the recently released 94-page report by the Senate Committee tasked with investigating the Butler Pennsylvania attempted assassination in which Trump was wounded.
I really struggled with the topic this week because I normally try to look at the most important issue in the world and that is the brink of nuclear war on which the world now sits. In addition, Israel has alerted its armed forces to prepare for a ground invasion of Lebanon. Therefore, war involving the United States appears inevitable and even imminent. I decided, however, to continue with the assassination story despite the U.S. Government’s willingness to risk the destruction of the world in a nuclear holocaust. Perhaps Trump’s seemingly narcissistic statement that he is the only one who can stop World War III is not narcissism but truth.
Maybe that is why the United States Secret Service (USSS) which is supposed to be the best protective organization in the world appears to be completely incompetent. Yes, there are lots of coincidences appearing in the two attempts to kill Trump and the Senate’s 94-page report, while critical of the USSS, paints them as primarily mistakes and coincidences. I will try to look at all the smoke emanating from Washington, Pennsylvania, and Florida, and point out that there might be a little fire going on in all that smoke.
The USSS was established as a personal bodyguard for U.S. presidents and all things considered has done a fine job, at least until November 1963, that is. Unfortunately, the Service seems to be increasingly involving itself in U.S. presidential politics. Could the USSS have allowed what amounts to an amazing series of coincidences, twice, intentionally and not by incompetence. That is the question that caused me to ponder and then decide to look at it instead of the coming World War that this murder target the Service is supposed to protect, has pledged to prevent.
The Department of Justice released a 10-page pre-trial memorandum in support of pre-trial detention of Ryan Routh that set out within the body of the memorandum the accused assassin’s handwritten letter in which he offered $150,000 as a reward for anyone who is willing and able to kill Trump. Where would that money come from and how would it be paid are separate questions, but the real question is, why would the DOJ publish an offer to commit political murder for money. Why would the U.S. Department of Justice publish that reward offer to the whole world. It can’t be more incompetence or more coincidence at least that’s my opinion.
The DOJ decided to submit a 10-page memorandum to the court in the Southern District of Florida requesting pre-trial detention for Ryan Routh. In other words, they wanted him locked in jail until his case could be tried. Apparently, the DOJ lawyers thought that the fact that he was trying to kill the former and perhaps future President of the United States was not enough to keep him in jail. The memorandum included photos of the assassin’s gun and ammunition along with a close up showing that the serial number had been removed. Why was it necessary to include the would-be assassin’s handwritten reward offer with the memorandum.
I will spare you the entire letter, but I will quote just the most relevant part of it.
“Dear World, This was an assassination attempt on Donald Trump but I am so sorry I failed you. I tried my best and gave all the gumption I could muster. It is up to you now to finish the job. And I will offer $150,000 to whomever can complete the job. Everyone across the globe from the youngest to the oldest knows that Trump is unfit to be anything, much less U.S. president.”
The illogical message is obvious and that is that if everyone across the globe knows he is unfit then he has no chance of being elected and it would be unnecessary to assassinate him. No, Mr. Routh, the fear is that enough people do not share your paranoid delusion and your love of U.S. imperial ambitions to elect Donald Trump and stop the train carrying us to World War III. Perhaps enough people no longer want open borders and invasion by the third world into their communities. Look on the bright side Mr. Routh, perhaps those 10’s of millions of illegals already in America will all be allowed to vote for Kamala thus assuring a World War. I’m certain that a U.S. war against Russia would make you very happy and you could enjoy it from your prison cell.
Once Kamala is elected and until we are all subjected to nuclear winter, we can continue to struggle to buy groceries with the economy she and President Biden have brought to us. We would not dare say anything though lest we run afoul of one of her hate speech laws and we would not dare post on social media our distrust and dislike of this entire Democrat administration lest we be fined or even arrested as Democrat spokeswoman Hillary Clinton recently suggested on Rachel Maddow. Yes, that’s right she said people should be subjected to criminal sanction for posting misinformation. I suppose that could be defined as any speech that conflicts with the Democrat version of reality.
So, the Senate issued its 94-page report which listed several things that went wrong in Butler, Pennsylvania. Keep in mind that this report is talking about the vaunted USSS, the most competent protective organization in the world. Some of those listed failures were lack of a chain of command, poor coordination with state and local law enforcement, and inadequate resources to ensure the safety of Mr. Trump. Those are only a few of the most important failures and Chairman of the Committee, Gary Peters, speaking to reporters ahead of the report’s release said:
“Every single one of those failures was preventable and the consequences of those failures were dire.”
Senator Richard Blumenthal, who heads the permanent investigative subcommittee, said that it was almost like an Abbott and Costello farce with who’s on first finger pointing. It was stranger than fiction he said. Well, it was Mark Twain who said that the reason truth is stranger than fiction is that fiction has to make sense. I don’t expect the senate committee to be overly critical of the Service but the way they just accept this level of incompetence in such a critical division of the government is amazing. Do people really want to keep electing these incompetent Democrats to run the government. Perhaps they do, but we will see.
The level of coincidence involved in the two assassination attempts boggles the mind, but I suppose Washington is a perfect environment for a coincidence. In the Routh attempt the only thing that kept the attempt from being successful was the assassin’s mistake of sticking his rifle barrel through the fence so a competent agent could see it. If he had a little patience and just waited in the bushes and fired at the last second perhaps he would have succeeded. We know that there was no prior sweep done of the golf course and no drones aloft so he was practically invisible in the bushes until he revealed himself. Routh waited for twelve hours in his sniper’s hide but grew impatient at the last minute. Once again, the question that must be answered in the Routh case is how did he know when Trump would be on that golf course. Without that information we are left to wonder and speculate and develop those hated conspiracy theories.
The plot in Butler, Pennsylvania was a little different with a different type of assassin. The security for the speech in Butler was total incompetence from the beginning, so much so that almost nothing happened the way it was supposed to. The Service was so casual about protecting one of the most obvious targets in the world that indifference to his life or death is the word that comes to mind.
There were last minute additions to the schedule so that the First Lady was speaking that day and the Vice President was added to the schedule in another venue, at the last minute. Those two people drained resources away from the Trump team. The tall men usually assigned that duty, went to the other two people I mentioned and women from Homeland Security were placed on Trump’s personal protective detail meaning they were on the podium and were supposed to take the bullet instead of Trump.
That sounds unbelievable but nevertheless it is apparently what happened. The women received only a two-hour webinar as training. Yes, you heard that right. The people who were sworn to protect this man with their lives received a two-hour webinar as training. No canine teams, no drones, and improper people accessed the backstage area seemingly at will. The denial of sniper teams and additional trained agents to perform area sweeps etc. all had been denied to Trump for two years personally by USSS deputy director, now interim director, Ronald Rowe.
The denial of resources to protect Trump is reminiscent of the pleas by Robert Kennedy, Jr. for protection before he dropped out of the race and joined Trump. Kennedy had several legitimate threats including intrusions at his home but still President Biden refused to allow the Service to protect him. He tried to lay off the responsibility to Congress saying they should provide assets, but no Mr. President the USSS is your responsibility and this decision is on you. I realize that you don’t have the mental capacity to know, but its like in professional football when an injured player goes on the field. If he is out there he is a player and can legitimately be treated as such. If you can’t do the job, Mr. President, then do the honorable thing and resign.
Upon the resignation of Director of the USSS, Kimberly Cheatle, Ronald Rowe became interim director making him responsible for investigating the security plan the Service used. In other words, he was investigating himself and the failures, many of which he was personally responsible for. He personally made cuts to the Counter Surveillance Division (CSD) of the Service which was responsible for venue threat assessment. The CSD did not conduct an evaluation for the Trump rally at Butler and was not even present the day of the rally.
Rowe reportedly retaliated against agents who voiced concerns about security plans in the days leading up to Butler. Once again, we have a situation where it was so bad that a few agents who were dedicated enough to take their jobs seriously became what have come to be called whistleblowers. One such whistleblower stated:
“If personnel from CSD had been present at the rally, the gunman would have been handcuffed in the parking lot after being spotted with a rangefinder.”
Well thank you Mr. whistleblower, a day late and a dollar short. I could go on and on with the failures of the best in the world Secret Service, but it’s all in the reports. The Service could not properly provide protection, which is its job, so it could not do its job because it didn’t have proper assets to do it, and the ones it had were not properly trained or in some cases trained at all. The criminal defense lawyers would refer to this negligence in the face of attempted murder as depraved indifference.
In conclusion, the DOJ is advertising the attempted assassin’s $150,000 reward for killing Trump. Mathew Crooks failed in one attempt to assassinate Trump. Ryan Routh failed in another attempt to assassinate Trump. Their failures were both in spite of efforts by the Secret Service or at least the complete indifference of Service leadership. Routh offered a $150,000 reward or bounty and DOJ published that for him worldwide. Why would they release the letter offering a reward, and how did he know Trump’s schedule. Nobody outside the government seems to know but I for one would sure like to know.
Finally, folks, they are all in on it. They want him dead because he is too big a risk to prevent World War III. He is too big a risk of finding a way to at least slow the destruction of the country. This coming election is a lot more than a contest between the generational Marxist, Harris, and the billionaire, Trump. The real contest is between two completely different spiritual forces. It doesn’t matter if the contestants do not believe in spiritual forces, they nevertheless represent them.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the second assassination attempt against the life of Donal Trump.
Transcription / Notes
CRIMINAL NEGLIGENCE OR INTENTIONAL ACT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the second assassination attempt against the life of Donald Trump in two months. The question that should be answered is, was this latest attempt just criminal negligence on the part of the federal government and its various agencies or was it an intentional act.
When I look at what happened this time I can’t help but wonder what is going on here with this political party in charge of our government. The same political party that tells us Donald Trump is a threat to democracy and a threat to America. Was this an amazing coincidence or could people inside the federal government and its ruling elite be out to stop Donald Trump at any price.
The two soft approaches that are available to a dissident’s enemies have already and are currently being tried. If the dissident politician has enough money to satisfy him so that money doesn’t tempt him, the next step is to publicly demonize him. Trump is usually referred to by any Democrat as a threat to democracy and a threat to America. He is a would-be dictator and if elected he would turn this glorious democracy into a dictatorship and end freedom forever. The other day I heard a lady interviewed on MSNBC who said that he is exactly the same as Hitler. I doubt that she has a good understanding of who Hitler was and what he did but nevertheless its obvious she has bought the propaganda hook line and sinker.
Lawfare attacks are brought against the target at the same time he is being demonized. Lawfare is a take off on the word warfare meaning that the law and its power to criminalize and financially drain a person is used to put an end to a target politician’s career. A simple bookkeeping transaction is converted into 34 felony charges and a hand selected judge and jury complete the process. Guilty, the jury says but only after the judge instructed them as to what they should find. It’s a perversion of justice but since these neocon Democrats are morally correct anything they do is justified to achieve the goal of stopping Trump.
So, it is incorrect to say the first two soft attacks didn’t work because they did work on many people, perhaps even 50% of the American people or close to that number, but they didn’t take their target out of the race. The only thing left then is the final solution and if you remember from history the final solution involves death, but that’s OK because the end is so noble it justifies any means.
In the first assassination attempt the Secret Service was understaffed because the first lady was speaking at the same time in the same state so understaffed. It turns out that many of the agents assigned to Trump for that speech and rally were not Secret Service at all but agents reassigned temporarily from Homeland Security. In other words, they were not trained in high value target protection at least not much. It didn’t work because Trump, although wounded, survived the assassination attempt. Well, I guess if at first you don’t succeed try again.
Please understand that the picture I just painted for you is nothing but speculation on my part and could possibly be completely false. There is an awful lot of smoke and an awful lot of coincidence and an awful lot of incompetence from people who are supposed to be the best in the world but I guess it’s at least possible that its all just a massive coincidence.
Last Sunday, September 15, the former president and one of his close friends decided to go out for a casual afternoon of golf at the Trump International Golf Club. There was no problem getting a late notice tee time since he owns the club and the course. The Secret Service did not sweep and clear the entire course but instead they cleared two holes ahead of the one Trump was playing. There were no agents outside the fence which was close to or within 400 yards of two different holes thus exposing the holes to outside the course people. The first is the fifth hole and outside that hole across the fence in some bushes designed to shield the view of a chain link fence, an assassin lay in wait for the Trump party to reach the fifth hole.
That is very significant because Trump’s round of golf was a closely held decision, unannounced and not on his public schedule, only his private one.. In spite of all that, the would-be assassin set up his sniper’s nest twelve hours in advance. How did he know that Trump would be playing at that time, inside information perhaps gave him access to the private schedule but who knows. The assassin used an AK-47 style weapon with a scope which would have made shooting from that distance very easy.
This time there was a competent Secret Service agent clearing two holes ahead of the Trump party. He saw the assassin’s rifle barrel sticking through the fence and he did not hesitate but opened fire. Unlike the counter sniper team on the first attempt, he did not wait until the assassin fired 7 or 8 rounds before engaging him. The agent fired three rounds and the assassin did not get a single shot off before he was forced to flee the scene.
He left two backpacks full of supplies and equipment and a go pro camera at the scene which indicates that he intended to film the event. He chose a place that had easy avenues of egress from the scene but unfortunately for the assassin he was seen by a passerby who took a picture of the black Nissan SUV that he used. He fled north on I-95 and made it 41 miles before he was pulled over and arrested without incident.
If anyone or any group of anyone’s sent this lone nut/patsy on his mission they made at least three mistakes this time and maybe four. No, on second thought it was four mistakes. The first is that this time there was an agent with the competence and guts to do his job thus thwarting the assassin’s efforts. The second is that this would be assassin was not very good and made the mistake of revealing his hide to a good agent before he was able to fire. The third was that this time the lone nut/patsy survived and was arrested. It is so much better if there is no testimony and the powers that be can just make up their own version of what happened and then just shut up about it.
The fourth mistake was that this lone nut/patsy, Ryan Wesley Routh, had a very clear political motivation so he was therefore a lot more than just a lone nut. He also had a history and was quite famous in his own right, having been previously interviewed by many media sources including the New York Times and many TV news services.
In one sense he was a very strange individual but in another he fit right in with the Project for a New American Century and other neocon plans for U.S. dominance over the world by military force. Sometimes his online statements made no sense and were virtually indecipherable, but at other times he sounded like a very determined Washington neocon or a man who thinks ideologically motivated military intervention in foreign conflicts is the right way instead of using diplomacy.
Routh made his political ideology and his political motivation very clear. He tried to take Donald Trump’s life because of Trump’s desire to bring a peaceful settlement to the Russia-Ukraine war. He was so pro-Ukraine that he traveled there and spent several months there to as he put it “assist in the conflict” by recruiting volunteers for the international legion. The Ukrainians rejected him as a military volunteer because he was 58 years old and he had no military experience. His publicly stated political ideology fit in a lot more with the political ideology of Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, and Dick Cheney than Donald Trump.
This is a quote on that subject from Jeffrey Sachs, well known professor at Columbia University and foreign policy analyst. This quote comes via the Tom Woods letter:
“I think its obvious there is one deep state party and that is the party of Cheney, Harris, Biden, Victoria Nuland. Nuland is kind of the face of all this, because she has been in every administration for the last 30 years. She was in the Clinton administration wrecking our policies toward Russia in the 1990’s. She was in the Bush administration junior, with Cheney, wrecking our policies towards NATO enlargement. She was in the Obama administration as Hillary’s spokesperson first, and then making a coup in Ukraine in February 2014. Not a great move. Started a war. Then she was Biden’s undersecretary of state. Now that’s both parties. It’s been a colossal mess. And she’s been Cheney’s advisor. She’s been Biden’s guidance advisor. It makes perfect sense. This is the reality. We’re trying to find out if there’s another party other than the uniparty. That’s the big question.”
Yes, Professor Sachs, there is a party other than the uniparty and right now the uniparty wants that other party dead. Hillary Clinton and Dick Cheney are two peas in a pod and act as cheerleaders for U.S. imperial ambitions. They are perfectly willing to suck the native population of America dry to fund their ambitions. Hillary refers to Trump as destructive of democracy and America and says he should not be allowed to serve because among other things he is a Russian agent. She has made no such disparaging remarks about the war criminal Dick Cheney. Harris may be a bubbleheaded actress but she will shut up and do as she’s told, and that is good enough for the uniparty.
It appears then, that this second assassination attempt happened because the leading figures in the Deep State/Uniparty that serve as Trump’s opposition wanted it to happen. This would be assassin was no lone nut/patsy and he was certainly no unhinged madman. He was an intelligent man who had travelled extensively and had appeared on many international news shows. He wrote a self-published book in 2023 titled “Ukraine’s Unwinnable War. “In his book he advised Iran that “you are free to assassinate Trump.” The book described Trump as a fool and a buffoon for both the January 6 riot which turned out to be an FBI false flag operation, but I digress, and also for Trump’s “tremendous blunder” in leaving the Iran nuclear deal.
Could this once again be a case of willful negligence on the part of the federal government. Is the government and the Secret Service really that incompetent. Joe Biden said “one thing I want to make clear is that the Secret Service needs more help. I think Congress should respond to their needs.” Well, Mr. President, the Service doesn’t seem to have any needs in protecting you, Dr. Jill, and Kamala Harris only your opponent who always seems to get the B-team.
The FBI and other government agencies were warned many times by many people that Routh was dangerous. One nurse told them that he said he wanted to kill all world leaders. One might sympathize with that thought but thank God we are rational enough not to act. Routh definitely fits the profile of a neocon terrorist, but the question is, was he the only one and did he act alone. The social media sites quickly scrubbed his accounts as soon as he was publicly identified. By a strange “coincidence” both he and Mathew Crooks appeared in a Blackrock commercial. Blackrock is perhaps the world’s biggest hedge fund so what are the odds. I would guess the odds are so great there is practically zero chance of it happening by random chance.
Fortunately, we have Ron DeSantis as governor of Florida and he said that the state would conduct its own investigation. He was disturbed by the relatively light gun charges filed against Routh. Quote from the governor:
“The State of Florida is conducting its own investigation into the second attempted assassination of former President Donald Trump. It is not in the best interest of our state and nation to have the same federal agencies seeking to prosecute Trump leading this investigation.”
Good on you governor but we will see if the Feds allow anyone to question Mr. Routh.
Finally, folks, Mr. Routh was ideologically ready to go and all he needed was a little cash and a little push. Somehow both suddenly became available to him. I admit it is just circumstantial from all the information I have seen but this man in Ukraine and then in a sniper’s hide in Florida has CIA written all over him.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about some of the people who have seen the light and decided to work for the election of Kamala Harris – Dick Cheney leading the way.
Transcription / Notes
PSYCHOTIC WAR CRIMINALS ENDORSE HARRIS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about some of the people who have seen the light and decided to work for the election of Kamala Harris. Perhaps the worst and most disgusting, lying war criminal in American history, Dick Cheney and his designated successor, his daughter Liz went public with their endorsement of Kamala Harris.
She must be so proud to have received such a ringing endorsement from such a gentleman as Dick Cheney. I know she is proud to have the endorsement because she said publicly that she was proud. No, on second thought she didn’t say she was proud and I don’t want to misquote her. She said she was “honored” to have Cheney’s endorsement. So, yay, the man we were calling literally Hitler a few years ago just endorsed us. What does that say about us, about me, well folks, I guess we’ll just call that irrelevant for now.
Joe Biden, before he developed dementia, described Cheney as the most dangerous Vice President in US history. Now, when he was forced out of the race in a palace coup he left with his endorsement a woman who then acquired the endorsement of the very dangerous Dick Cheney. I’m just speculating here, but maybe Dick Cheney and Kamala Harris have found common ground as despised Vice Pressidents.
So, the news is now out that Dick Cheney and his daughter Liz are working to elect Kamala Harris. This situation is the latest demonstration that Washington has become a separate country from America and we are therefore ruled by a foreign cabal that some call the deep state and some call the Uniparty. This cabal has one thing in common and that is a hatred and fear of anything that might threaten the power of the deep state and might just dismantle it. That explains the unnatural fear of Donald Trump and speaks well of him.
The Democrats just a few years ago chided Republicans for their continued embrace of Cheney but now he was a guest of honor at their January 6th commemoration. Not all Democrats love Cheney though so I suppose a few still try to keep some honor. Left wing magazine Jacobin.com said this about the new marriage.
“Compared to Dick Cheney’s crimes against democracy, Trump is an amateur. Chaney reduced nations to rubble, shredded the Bill of Rights, and enacted programs of surveillance, abduction, detention, and torture more in line with the state terrorism of military dictatorships than the norms of liberal democracy.”
Democrat author, Chip Gibbons; “Dick Cheney is an enemy of democracy in America and a war criminal. His warm reception on the floor of Congress by Democrats yesterday at the January 6 Capitol riot commemoration was shameful and disgusting.”
Cheney did much of his destruction for money it appears. He supposedly made about $50 million from his Halliburton stock while America’s youth were killing and dying in the deserts of the Middle East, thus an article in The Atlantic called Remembering why Americans Loathe Dick Cheney:
“The United States had concluded that Iraq, Libya, and Iran supported terrorism and had imposed strict sanctions on them. Yet during Cheney’s tenure at Halliburton the company did business in all three countries. In the case of Iraq, Halliburton legally evaded U.S. sanctions by conducting its oil-service business through foreign subsidiaries that had once been owned by Dresser. With Iran and Libya, Halliburton used its own subsidiaries. The use of foreign subsidiaries may have helped the company to avoid paying U.S. taxes.”
The article went on to accuse Cheney of creating the surveillance state which set the stage for the Russiagate hoax and all the intelligence agency abuses that have been carried out against Donald Trump and other innocent Americans. I will add on my own that he set the stage for such corruption of the FBI that it was able to propagate the false flag “insurrection” that they invited Cheney to come celebrate with them.
Cheney admitted in his memoirs that he was involved in constructing the spying system against Americans known as the Terrorist Surveillance Program. Years after they had been going along with it the Department of Justice reached the conclusion that parts of it were illegal. He admits to spying illegally on Americans and it is now indisputable that he authored a program that spied on millions of innocent, non-terrorist, Americans without a warrant. He also wanted the program to continue after it was declared illegal.
If you don’t believe any of this stuff about Cheney I advise you to read his memoirs for yourself. The book was published in 2011 and is entitled In My Time: A Personal and Political Memoir. The book tells the story of his 40 years in politics and covers his involvement in some of the most important events in our recent history. Some of those events were the 9/11 attacks, the war on terror, the war in Afghanistan, the war in Iraq, torture, which he called enhanced interrogation, and many other things. He was assisted in writing the book by his daughter Liz. Many of his contemporaries such as Colin Powell, and Condoleezza Rice say their private conversations with him were different.
I don’t know about you, folks, but it is really weird to see this man the Democrats called a warmonger, Darth Vader, Adolph Hitler (literally), even Satan claiming he supports them and will vote for them and encouraging others to vote for them. Robert F. Kennedy, Jr had thoughts similar to mine. “Liberals, take note: If you support Kamala Harris, you are now on the same side as Dick Cheney.”
Podcaster Kanekoa the Great said, “Democrats have called Dick Cheney a war criminal for twenty years, and now, all of a sudden, they are clapping like seals to get his endorsement.” I will add that given the hatred, lies, and lawfare attacks against Trump and his supporters, Cheney fits right in.
The best endorsement and one I’m sure all good Democrats will treasure came from the best comedian on the world political stage today, Vladimir Putin. While addressing the Eastern Economic Forum in Vladivostok he said that Russia’s favorite son was Joe Biden but unfortunately he had departed the stage so the one he left for us is now the chosen one. We all know that Joe Biden was instrumental in creating the Russia—China alliance as well as the BRICS economic alliance so it makes sense that they would choose his natural successor.
Quoting Mr. Putin: “I told you our favorite, if you can call it that, was the current President Mr. Biden. He was removed from the race, but he recommended all his supporters to support Ms. Harris. So, we will do the same. We will support her. Ultimately, the choice is up to the American people, and we will respect that choice. As for the favorites, it is not up to us to determine that, it is after all, the choice of the American people.” He went on to say that her laugh is infectious and she laughs so expressively and infectiously that he presumes she is doing well.
You probably know that Donald Trump could not sit on the sideline while people such as Dick and Liz Cheney who together probably did more to damage America than anyone in recent memory except the one who signed all the open borders executive orders.
“Dick Cheney is an irrelevant RINO, along with his daughter, who lost by the largest margin in the history of congressional races. They couldn’t get Scooter Libby, who did so much for them (but was so unfairly treated), pardoned. I did it. He’s the king of endless, nonsensical Wars, wasting lives and trillions of dollars, just like comrade Kamala Harris. I am the Peace President, and only I will stop World War lll. What Liz Cheney did with the Unselect Committee of political losers is unthinkable. She and her unselects deleted and destroyed all evidence and information—It’s Gone. Much of it proved that Nancy Pelosi was responsible for J6—Didn’t Provide Security. Cheney and the others should be prosecuted for what they did, but Comrade Kamala is even worse.”
I suppose that as an afterthought or as icing on the cake or whatever Liz Cheney decided to endorse Ted Cruz’s opponent in the Texas Senate race. She endorsed Representative Colin Allred, the Democrat running against Cruz. Not only endorsing him but said she would be working on his behalf. The Cruz campaign pointed out that she lost her reelection campaign in Wyoming by a margin of 37 points, a record, I believe, for a sitting member of congress. So, her endorsement of Ted’s opponent did not frighten very many of them.
There are so many things that Americans should be aware of and watch out for in this theater of the absurd. It all really does seem like theater because it is a show put on for the rest of us. Many of us normal people see it the same way we view sports as entertainment. Politics has taken on that atmosphere to many in the public eye. They fight, scheme, cheat, lie, and steal to get their 15 minutes as Andy Warhol used to call it. The problem is that now with the FED and no gold standard or any other standard of measurement or limitation there is literally no limit on the vote buying ability especially of sitting office holders. If you and millions like you will vote for me I will give, loan, forgive or whatever it takes whether the Constitution gives me the authority or not.
So, its posturing and fake fighting for the sake of political theater to entertain us and keep deep staters in power. A process previously known to the Romans as bread and the circus. While all this is going on there are things of vital importance like due process and the rule of law at stake. It would be nice to have a politician who really believes in those things besides power and has the courage to defend it. I wonder how it feels to be a member, let alone a leader, of a political party but certainly a candidate of that party which is endorsed by the worst people on planet earth. Yes indeed, Kamala Harris can say proudly that one of the worst war criminals in American history and his evil daughter endorsed me and I said I was honored to have that endorsement.
Democrats must really be starting to wonder about what they stand for. Now the queen of pop Taylor Swift has lent her name to the Dick and Liz Cheney bandwagon. I wonder if Taylor spent any time contemplating what it means to be in bed, figuratively speaking, with Dick Cheney. I will give the Democrats this, they have been able to attract some of the worst people to their cause. Dick and Liz Cheney, Vladimir Putin, although I admit Vlad was speaking tongue in cheek, Hamas, I mean who wouldn’t want to be on that list.
Finally, folks, if Kamala Harris will really do all the wonderful things she tells us she intends to do then why doesn’t she do them. Joe Biden is nowhere to be found and she is apparently the de-facto president so why doesn’t she do something. I know why she doesn’t but I’m certain my Democrat friends presume its because she is applying with us for the job of head of state or leader of the deep state, the destroyer of lives and the enemy of freedom and truth.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle continues to discuss how important free speech is to the American view of freedom with an emphasis on how Vice President Harris views our right to speak freely as revealed by her own words.
Transcription / Notes
SPEECH IS A PRIVILEDGE TO KAMALA HARRIS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 6th day of September in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be continuing my discussion of free speech and how important it is to the American view of freedom with an emphasis on how Vice President Harris views our right to speak freely as revealed by her own words.
It seems that to Ms. Harris, as a faithful authoritarian, speech is something that has to be regulated and controlled by the federal government which she hopes to lead someday soon. I wonder if she has ever stopped to consider that when the government claims the authority to regulate speech it is no longer free. It seems that despite all the “joy” attached to her campaign by the media she is the same person she has always been.
Most of her free speech attacks came long before the January 6th controversy which has been the Democrats lynchpin for why Donald Trump should not be allowed to speak freely. She was advocating that his speech be censored on social media back in 2019. Referring to social media sites, she said that there has to be a responsibility placed on them to understand their power.
“They are directly speaking to millions and millions of people without any level of oversight or regulation and that has to stop.” She went on, “There has to be a responsibility placed on these social media sites to understand their power.” Translation, if they don’t police content to conform to government approved narratives, they will be shut down. I am certainly no social media expert, but I know that these sites don’t speak to millions, the users speak to each other and she wants that controlled by people like her.
That statement and her attitude should send a chill down the spine of any American voter and should disqualify her from receiving a single vote for the office of President of the United States but unfortunately very few understand the Constitution anymore and even fewer still understand that it is the safeguard of American liberty.
She is concerned that Facebook and Twitter, now X, have different operating standards. She said they can’t both have separate rules despite the fact that they are private companies. What she is talking about with the comparison is that since Elon Musk acquired Twitter it has started allowing its users to speak freely and is resisting efforts by the federal government and people like her to control and regulate what people say on the site.
Last week I talked about Facebook and its CEO, Mark Zuckerberg, and how he admitted in a letter to congress that Facebook cooperated with the government in censoring the speech of the American people. He admitted to restricting the information people were allowed to see about COVID and allowing only the government’s version of information to be available. Facebook also suppressed truthful information about the Hunter Biden laptop story and led people to think that it was not truthful or real thus depriving voters of vital information.
So, before Zuckerberg’s letter, she expressed dismay that Twitter is freedom while Facebook bends its knees to the government or Democrat Party line. They can’t have separate rules she said, but just think of the implications of that reasoning. She wants the federal government to be able to legally control the world’s largest flow of information so that only government approved speech is allowed. I can’t understand how anyone could listen to that and not conclude that she is disqualified from the office she seeks. I will give her the courtesy of assuming that she herself is smart enough to understand the implications of what she said but maybe she isn’t.
Let me ask you this folks, has the federal government ever lied to us about anything. The federal government is nothing but lies and truth is like kryptonite to the federal government. So, this woman who seeks to lead the federal government wants the American people to be restricted to the continuous lies of government as their source of information. It is the kind of position the leader of a Communist dictatorship would hold and she seeks to apply it in America. Just to reiterate, to her, free speech, guaranteed by the First Amendment to every American, is impermissible without oversight and regulation by her lying government, and has to stop.
That is not the only really frightening and stupid thing she said about the “privilege” of speaking. She also said “he (Musk) has lost his privileges and it (X) must be taken down.” To her, free speech, the bedrock of freedom, protected by the US Constitution, is a privilege granted by government, and by refusing to accept the federal government’s censorship of speech Musk has lost his “privilege” to operate a social media company which must be taken down.
The First Amendment and the Constitution in general is America. Without the Constitution this would be a different country if it existed at all. Quoting Dr. Paul Craig Roberts:
“Without the Constitution, we would be some other country—which is what they want. The goal is a compliant population with no rights, only privileges that can be revoked for non-compliant behavior. They oppose the idea that government is accountable to people. Their goal is a people who are accountable to the government. Once Kamala is in office, the transformation will be complete.”
The First Amendment is unambiguous and within it the government’s power is non-existent. The words of the Constitution are clear of course, and they stand on their own and speak for themselves but the thought I just expressed has been upheld by many Supreme Court decisions over the centuries.
We didn’t know who Musk was when he started looking at Twitter because he said he was appalled at its government compliance and restrictions on speech. You can’t say that, or that’s the wrong pronoun for that person, was all we had known. If we said the vaccine is killing people and that is not a failure or undesired side effect but the intended purpose of the vaccine. If we said something like that, Twitter and Facebook made sure that no one saw our statement. We didn’t know what to expect and we didn’t know how committed he was to free speech at the time but we are at least beginning to find out.
The attacks on Musk tell us just how desperate the authoritarians are to shut us out and maintain their suppression of our thoughts. God forbid we are able to speak our minds online without their ability to send our thoughts through their filter. Musk, unlike the government, isn’t trying to shut you up or make you speak the right words, instead he is offering a microphone to the world and those who rely on control through lies simply can’t tolerate that.
The campaign of Ms. Harris is one of “joy” instead of issues according to her PR people in the media. The media in general serves as her PR company, but the difficulty is in trying to put the best spin on her nervous cackle. That laugh, now sold to us as uncontrollable joy, is just an indication that she has nothing of substance to say. She can’t answer a question, no matter how simple, about the issues that confront the nation. She knows nothing about economic matters and she accepts no responsibility for her complete failure and refusal to act as “border czar.” The media serving as her agent seeks to cover and explain away one of the most catastrophic failures in American history and yet she seeks higher office. Democrats want her to fail up, I guess.
She supported the defund the police movement in 2020 thus contributing to the wave of violent crime sweeping the nation. In the face of an illegal invasion, she supported cutting police budgets so many vulnerable cities lost many of their experienced officers. She tells us that the migrant invasion is just an illusion or a figment of our overactive imaginations. However, the New York Police Department (NYPD) tells us that migrants make up less than 10% of the population of the city but they make up 75% of those arrested for assault, robbery, and domestic violence. On behalf of New Yorkers, thank you Kamala for this diversity gift.
NYPD admits that the sanctuary status of the city makes it difficult to keep accurate records, so 75% is a ballpark estimate. The city as a whole, and all the boroughs, report similar numbers. In Aurora, Colorado, armed gangs of Venezuelan criminals have taken over an apartment building and are using it to extort the residents. No one in public office seems to care about the American people anymore so nothing is done about it. The politicians lie about it, but the local police on the scene do not lie and tell us what is happening. The Democrats are all trying to follow orders and protect Kamala’s campaign, but the Venezuelans don’t seem to care about her campaign.
The violence from the Venezuelan gangs is spreading across Denver and other cities as the gangs are emboldened by the lack of resistance. Homeowners are continuing to report violent break-ins, etc. Now, a group of 32 armed Venezuelans have taken over an apartment building in Chicago. This is the kind of problem we’ve never faced before. These Democrats now led by Kamala Harris have literally invited violent third world countries to empty their prisons on our border. To make matters worse the United States treasury department continues to make matters worse by sanctioning the third world not for their illegals but because they will not economically comply with U.S. demands, thus inflaming them against us.
For example, earlier this week the United States seized a plane owned by Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro in the Dominican Republic reporting that they found its purchase violated U.S. sanctions and export controls. Homeland Security flew the $13 million plane back to the U.S. landing in Fort Lauderdale, Florida. Attorney General Merrick Garland said the plane was illegally purchased through a shell company and smuggled out of the United States for use by Nicolas Maduro and his cronies. However, according to U.S. officials the plane has been flown almost exclusively out of a military base in Venezuela.
Why do I make such an issue out of the seizure of Maduro’s plane. I do it to demonstrate how stupid the foreign policy of the U.S. under Biden/Harris really is. They treat Americans in a similar fashion. You will obey me or else. You will obey me or suffer the consequences. We invite you to empty your violently corrupt country’s prisons and lunatic asylums onto our borders and we welcome all the diverse visitors, but we will take your president’s plane if he doesn’t bend his knee to us. Yes the 75% of violent crime in NYC, the violent takeover of apartment buildings in Colorado, and in Chicago, the armed home invasion robberies, the rape and assaults on American citizens all I guess are crimes that Americans won’t do.
In conclusion folks, in the mind of government and its agents is there a valid reason for social media companies to exist. Yes, to advance the government’s morality as it is assigned to us.
Finally, folks, let me close this Castle Report with another quote from Paul Craig Roberts:
“Dear insouciant American, try to understand that the November election is not about abortion rights. It is not about inclusion. It is not about any of those issues about which you are being indoctrinated. It is about whether you have any prospect of continuing life in freedom.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a letter written to the House Judiciary Committee in which Facebook CEO Mark Zuckergerg admitted to Congress and the American people that under pressure from the Biden/Harris Administration, his social media platform censored American content related to COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop during the 2020 election.
Transcription / Notes
THE FEDS ADMIT THEY CENSOR AMERICANS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 30th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about a letter written to the House Judiciary Committee in which Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg admitted to Congress and the American people that under pressure from the Biden/Harris Administration, he censored them. He admitted to a censorship campaign that targeted content related to COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop during the 2020 election.
Yes folks, in addition to donating hundreds of millions to the Biden/Harris campaign, Zuckerberg admitted to depriving Americans of real information and feeding them false information that was designed to affect their health, possibly fatally. That wasn’t enough for Zuckerberg and Biden, they also had to cheat, lie, and steal an election all the while telling us that trump is Hitler and a threat to democracy. If you don’t lie down while we steal this election through subterfuge we will tell the rest of America that being a MAGA Republican is akin to being a NAZI.
In a government the size of America the typical voter is hopelessly torn to bits by the flood of information that is constantly fed to him and her. Who is to know what is worthwhile and what is not so one is just blown along by the winds of relentless propaganda fed to him by his own government through its various ministries of propaganda like Zuckerberg and Facebook. The voter hasn’t met any of these people and he doesn’t even know anyone like them. He normally doesn’t associate with power obsessed people but nevertheless they are out there looking to deceive him in order to gain and keep power at any cost.
The elite media seek to wash the voters’ minds collectively and individually clean each day. They control the government and they tell him they have a higher moral purpose that involves a better use of his money than he could ever make. They have to save the planet from climate change and from all those evil Russians. They have to stimulate the economy so their fake numbers will be even more fake and they must feed all those poor and sick. Their fake claims are just ways to distribute more and more of the fruits of the labor of hard-working Americans to powerful insiders. The higher purpose is nothing but an illusion and a swindle.
So, Mr. Zuckerberg formally admitted to Congress that he allowed himself and his company to be a part of this swindle of the American people. Facebook, he said, implemented a vast digital censorship regime on behalf of the federal government to suppress the speech of American citizens. Freedom of speech or the protected right of Americans to say what they think and want to say whether it offends or not, is the most basic of freedoms and without it no American is free whether he is a MAGA Republican or a totally sold out Joe Biden/Kamala Harris Democrat.
Zuckerberg’s letter admitted and outlined how Facebook colluded with officials from the federal government including White House representatives to silence content contradicting the establishment consensus regarding COVID and Hunter Biden’s laptop. Quote from Mark Zuckerberg:
“In 2021, senior officials from the Biden administration, including the White House, repeatedly pressured our teams for months to censor certain COVID-19 content, including humor and satire, and expressed a lot of frustration with our teams when we didn’t agree. Ultimately, it was our decision whether or not to take content down, and we own our decisions, including COVID-19 related changes we made to our enforcement in the wake of this pressure.”
He went on to express regret at his company’s accommodation of the government’s “requests”. Somebody, and perhaps a lot of somebody’s, should have to respond in damages for what they did if not also in jail time. They deserve jail much more than the J-6 political prisoners sitting in jail because of an evil false flag event conducted by an evil government led by evil people. This is probably happening right now and will continue because the government is staffed by devoted ideological leftists who believe passionately that they are so morally superior that their end justifies any means.
Zuckerberg’s regret doesn’t resolve the issue, not by a long shot. It really means that he was feeling the heat from congress and needed to get ahead of the game. Joe Biden is a lame duck and already well under the bus. He was removed by Democrat elites so that Harris could pretend to be washed clean of his dirt as if she had nothing to do with it. She might possibly just be low enough on the IQ scale to not know but the same elites who ran the country when Biden was pretending to be president are running it now and will run it if she is elected, and then pretends to be president.
The various social media platforms are now so closely associated with the government that they are virtually one and the same. Free speech conducted and denied on these platforms affects your health i.e. denial of helpful information about COVID and the vaccines as well as wealth, safety and general happiness and enjoyment of life. It seems very wrong to me to allow the federal government to legally provide false information to us about vital events, etc. but the case of Murthy v. Missouri seems to allow it. In that case the Supreme Court ruled that states and individual plaintiffs who challenged the Biden administration’s censorship programs don’t have standing to sue because they cannot establish a clear link between the government’s pressure and the platform’s actions. In light of this Zuckerberg letter what will congress and the state AG’s do now that the link is clearly established and admitted.
In addition to providing us with government lies about COVID, Facebook spiked the Hunter Biden laptop story thus affecting the election or said differently, allowing or assisting the theft of a U.S. presidential election. Everyone, including the Democrats’ Stasi, otherwise known as the FBI, now admits that the laptop was real and if known could have affected the election outcome. The laptop revealed a lot more than the obvious story that Hunter is a drug addicted sexual pervert. It revealed Hunter’s traveling the world from Communist China to Ukraine, to Romania, to act as broker in the selling of the political influence of his father, the big guy. So, Zuckerberg and Facebook contributed to Joe Biden’s coverup and theft of the presidency.
The fact that this is now a better late than never situation does not detract from the impact of Zuck’s letter. Americans can now look at it and say oh my God Zuck, you lied to us, deceived us, and let us think that Biden was good and Trump was literally Hitler. He admitted that he was “wrong” to suppress information about Hunter’s laptop and that he regrets doing so. That’s nice isn’t it because his regrets are so meaningful almost four years after the stolen election.
I wonder if Zuck regrets helping Democrats flood the country with illegals thus allowing unprecedented violent crime including rape and murder of many women and little girls. Does he regret assisting Biden with taking us to the brink of nuclear war in two parts of the world while working to foment another in the Pacific. What about the radicalization of our K-12 children to the point that parents are shut out, not listened to and even prosecuted. I don’t give Zuck a pass on anything because he said he regrets giving in to certain demands, not to all demands, so I suppose he picks and chooses his regrets.
Donald Trump had something to say about Zuck’s letter; “Zuckerberg admits that the White House pushed to suppress the Hunter Biden laptop story and much more. In other words, the 2020 presidential election was rigged.” Yes, it was rigged, but in light of this admission if we had a real Republican Party and a real Speaker of the House with the courage to do the right thing, perhaps something could be done, but oh well.
Why would it take so much courage for the Speaker of the House or any other public figure to do the right thing and bring forth the charges that this admission deserves. If you take positions in public that have not been approved by the consensus that makes up the powers that be, no one will come forward to debate you, instead you will be referred to as a kook, a nut, etc. The most admirable politicians of our era have been treated that way. Ron Paul was called all those names and much more, often by people in his own party and often by people unworthy of him. Influential people told Americans that Ron was a nut so they repeated it as if they believed it.
Ron tried to tell the American people that the Federal Reserve was robbing them and he tried to tell them that the military industrial complex was doing the same thing with the Federal Reserve’s help. People wouldn’t listen and they shunned him as a nut but those of us on the outside listened and the young helped bring him forward, but once again the establishment wasn’t having any of it. The Republican nomination in many states was denied to him in what amounted to unfair tactics to deny him votes. It wasn’t as blatantly obvious as what the Democrats have done with Kamala Harris but cheating, nevertheless.
So, here we are just about two months from the 2024 presidential election and the Democrats have selected their chosen candidate for us. Ms. Harris got zero votes, has so far given zero press conferences, zero interviews, but she and Tim Walz did stage buying a bag of Doritos all I suppose to make them look normal. The people who selected her have inflicted a ridiculous anti-democratic joke on the American people. In reality, she is a bubbleheaded actress with the right skin color for today’s Democrats, the right hair and the right smile. It’s all choregraphed without a single original thought.
It is especially distressing when you consider how far American elections have degraded. We are at the point now where candidates who stand in opposition to those selected for us are charged with non-crimes and indicted and convicted of basically nothing and if that isn’t enough they are shot at, wounded, then the alleged lone nut shooter is cremated before evidence can be processed, just like in the removal to China of World Trade Center evidence and debris. We are supposed to look at it and just say well that’s politics so just move along, nothing to see here.
Nothing having to do with the federal government can be believed or trusted anymore. The department of justice covering the FBI which is supposed to be investigating itself in the Trump near assassination should get a long look as should the government within a government, the CIA but who has the courage.
I’m sure you are aware that Robert Kennedy, jr. has dropped out of the presidential race and endorsed Trump. Tulsi Gabbard, still on the Terrorist watch list, also endorsed him. I read an article in the Babylon Bee humor paper which said that Trump wanted Kennedy in the campaign because he would draw most of the sniper fire away from Trump, funny and a little sobering.
Tulsi said, “We are closer to the brink of nuclear war than we ever have been before. This is one of the reasons I am committed to doing all that I can to send Trump back to the White House where he can once again serve as our Commander-in-Chief.”
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report once again with the words of the great H.L. Mencken:
“Every normal man must be tempted at times, to spit on his hands, hoist the black flag, and begin slitting throats.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the announced plan of Kamala Harris to “fix” the American economy along with a discussion of that most undemocratic of institutions, the Democrat Party.
Transcription / Notes
THE HARRIS PLAN TO “FIX” THE ECONOMY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 23rd day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the announced plan of Kamala Harris to “fix” the American economy along with a discussion of that most undemocratic of institutions, the Democrat Party.
Why do I refer to the Democrat Party as undemocratic. There are many reasons but primarily that Party seems to regard the will of the people as nothing but a nuisance to keep the ruling elite of the Party from having their way. For example, Hillary Clinton received more primary delegates than Barack Obama but he was nominated because he had more “super delegates.” The current nominees, Kamala Harris and Tim Walz received no delegate votes at all, not a single vote but they have the nomination and not Joe Biden who received 14 million primary votes.
Far a perfect explanation of American politics, and the entire election process I turn to the incomparable H.L. Mencken:
“The state—or, to make matters more concrete, the government—consists of a gang of men exactly like you and me. They have, taking one with another, no special talent for the business of government; they have only a talent for getting and holding office. Their principal device to that end is to search out groups who pant and pine for something they can’t get, and to promise to give it to them. Nine times out of ten that promise is worth nothing. The tenth time it is made good by looting A to satisfy B. In other words, government is a broker in pillage, and every election is a sort of advanced auction on stolen goods.”
I search in vain for a finer explanation of the American political system and American politicians than Mencken’s, but what of Kamala Harris and her solutions to our troubles. I will focus my attention right here at home for now because we have so many issues and despite the dangerous climb up the escalation ladder abroad, I look inward for today. Home where our families live and home where we struggle to feed them in spite of various government decisions which try to keep us from doing so. Inflation is obviously a problem right now and Kamala Harris wants us to know that she is aware of it and intends to fix it. Her solutions are even more interesting since she is now vice president and has been in that office while inflation was embedding itself in the economy.
The consumer price index has charts available that tell us what inflation is and how it affects our daily lives and our ability to maintain our standard of living. When we notice, little by little, that our living standard is slipping away the information from the consumer price index tells us at least partially, why that is true. For example, a U.S. dollar from 1971 is equivalent to $7.77 in 2024 an increase of 677%. So, the real value, or purchasing value of a dollar decreases over time. Does your income increase correspondingly because if not then your standard of living is declining. In some areas of the country, Ms. Harris’s California for example, the change has been even more pronounced. Politicians such as Kamala Harris will try just about anything to solve the problem of inflation except the only solution that will actually work. The only solution is cut public spending drastically or raise taxes drastically or both but those things will not buy very many votes.
The great economist Milton Friedman famously put it like this, in his dictum, “inflation is always and everywhere a monetary problem.” In other words, if you’ve got inflation as we have today, you are printing too much money. Who wants to live within their means in this day and age of empire and entitlement. We want to run the world and we want to stay in power and those things cost a lot of money. They cost a lot more than can be extracted from working people therefore the answer is not stopping spending, but it is obviously borrow more, and print the payments.
These things, empire and entitlement, may seem reasonable at the moment, but in the long run we pay dearly for them. For example, the Covid stimulus checks we got of about $1200 provided some immediate relief for what the government was doing to us but in the long run we pay dearly for them in terms of how much more food and fuel cost today as a result. It must be terribly hard for politicians to think long term because long term thinking is hard and the solutions to problems caused by politicians are usually painful and difficult. You won’t persuade many to sell you their votes by promising to cut government spending.
The Vice President of the United States and potentially the future President of the United States has a plan for solving the problems that we, as working Americans, have. When I heard her first idea that she promises to do if elected I cringed because of the simple-minded stupidity of it. She said she would provide up to $25,000 in down payment support for hundreds of thousands of first-time home buyers. Notice that she said I will provide this money, or I will give this money so I thought that’s really nice of her and she must be a lot richer than I thought.
It turns out that her statement was unfortunately just a figure of speech because she will not be giving, but instead she will be stealing. Yes, she plans to steal this money from working Americans or add it to the already $35 trillion debt thus destroying the standard of living of our children and future generations. On an annual basis there are 1.8 million first-time homeowners in America. Using that figure would result in $45 billion in annual spending but I’m certain it would trigger a lot more applications than 1.8 million so the cost would be much higher. That’s not much I know, for people who give $120 billion to Ukraine, but still, it’s money the U.S. does not have.
I will give you just a few of my thoughts about this idea of hers or whoever thought it up. It does not result from simple-minded stupidity, but it is instead an obvious vote buying scheme. It’s a way of saying to her base, I know you are whores so I’m just curious, how much do you charge. It has no productivity attached, so zero benefit will be returned. It will, in turn, make homes more expensive so the average buyer now and in the future will be less likely to be able to afford a home. In other words, this idiotic idea will make the “housing crises” a lot worse, but it might buy enough votes to win and gain power. Finally, it would put a lot of people in homes who can’t afford to live in them thus sparking a mortgage foreclosure crises that we saw with the Obama years. That’s why I suspect he probably thought it up.
That is unfortunately, not the only tried before, stupid idea that she has in store for us. She is going to “ban corporate price-gouging” at grocery stores. Yes, she resents the 1% to 2% profit in the food and grocery industry. She’s OK it seems, with the 10% to 15% profit in the defense industry. See folks the reason food costs 10% per cent more this year than last is not her administration’s idiotic, bumbling with the economy because it’s all those 1% to 2% margin grocery stores that are just price-gouging. She is going to use the most totalitarian method of good socialists everywhere to make this problem much worse and that is to tell grocery stores they can’t raise prices. So, if their suppliers raise their prices what is the store to do. Don’t worry about that because she has the answer. Just tell the suppliers they can’t raise their prices either and tell the transport people the same thing.
O.K. Madame President, what if the allowed prices are below the level of profitability for my business or what should I do if it cost me more to produce than I get from your prices. Well folks, anyone with a functioning brain and anyone who has even a modest understanding can see that this type of top-down control always results in disaster. She promises to do it joyfully though so at least we have her joyful cackle going for us. The bureaucrats in Washington are so much better at turning us into Venezuela, Cuba and other such places than actual producers could.
O.K. what else can she do to damage this country. How about a government home building program to put another nail in our coffin. Yes, she will build three million new housing units at a proposed cost of $40 billion. The cost would be worth it you see, because it would create a lot of shovel-ready jobs. Adding three million new government homes should bring down the cost of homes, especially if they are built in your neighborhood. It would bring down the cost of your home and that’s for sure, but I would wager that the chances of all the homes being built are close to zero.
So far, we have added $100 billion to the annual deficit and debt with zero benefit to the country or its people. The only result so far would be a probable food shortage and crises resulting and inflation being made much worse, not better. Can it get any worse than this, well yes it can and we can depend on VP Harris to find that way. Once again, she said she proposes to give each newborn child $6000 to help end child poverty. What would be the best treatment for child poverty, lower inflation by reducing government spending and cutting unnecessary regulations so their parents can work to earn a living.
I’m always interested when I find one of the many forms of government hypocrisy. I’m going to give $6000 to each newborn implies that she thinks she actually has that authority, and with the office comes this vast pool of money she can do with as she chooses. The only reason more money isn’t “given” to people who vote for the giver is because of selfishness. We don’t have the money so that’s easy just add it to the debt but then you have the interest until the final demise of the nation the advent of which will be accelerated by the gift. Speaking of hypocrisy, she will give money to newborns while at the DNC there is a bus providing free abortions and free vasectomies.
This woman who wants to hold the office of President of the United States is clueless and that makes her even more dangerous than the not even sentient Joe Biden. When he was sentient, a long time ago, I doubt very much if he would have gone for such a destructive plan. This lady is proposing full-fledged tyrannical totalitarianism.
According to information released by the Harris-Walz campaign she doesn’t see it the same way I do. She will make tackling inflation a day one priority and she will outline her plan to lower costs for middle class families, take on and defeat corporate price gouging, and just simply lower costs for all Americans. The costs of all these giveaways, according to Ms. Harris, will be paid by taxes on the rich and powerful. She doesn’t say that those rich and powerful people are the very same elites who now control her and the Democrat Party and the tax system and policies of the nation.
Most likely, the costs will not be born by the rich and powerful, but by us normal Americans since it will simply be added to the debt and eventually paid for by the people for whom she tells us she is doing it. So, I guess we already have on our books $35 trillion of vote buying and war making boondoggles and idiotic wasteful schemes so what is a few $100 billion more. The costs always end up on the least informed and least protected group and that is we the people.
To this extent each candidate is in on the rigging of the game and that is that neither will do the one thing that would help reduce costs for middle class families and that is cut back on government itself. Cut everything and eliminate a lot of things if you sincerely want to save this country for future generations. Instead, both of them propose new costly programs to expand its reach and intrusion into our lives.
In conclusion, what Ms. Harris seems intent on doing is setting racial and ethnic minorities along with Third World immigrants against the middle class of American society for the purpose of transferring a free and self-ruled country into a corporatist totalitarian left-wing globalist state. I’m sure she knows that if the nation does not continually inflate its currency thus devaluing its debt the interest on the debt could not reasonably be funded so as Mencken said it’s all lies and posturing fabricated to cover the Democrats real agenda.
Finally, folks these Democrats, now led by Kamala Harris, a simple-minded, inarticulate woman have grown so comfortable with lying that they have no problem with turning the American people out as whores selling their votes. They and the people have lost their way and have sunk into moral darkness so deep they can no longer see any way out.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about former member of Congress, Tulsi Gabbard, and how she has been investigated, followed and branded publicly as a potential domestic terrorist under the government’s new “Quiet Skies” program.
TERRORIST OR FREEDOM FIGHTER
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about former member of congress Tulsi Gabbard and how she has been investigated and followed and branded publicly as a potential domestic terrorist under the government’s new “Quiet Skies” program.
Yes, it seems that Tulsi has upset all the wrong people or all the right people depending on your point of view, and she has been placed on what amounts to a dangerous terrorist watch list under the Quit Skies program. She has been and is being tracked by government agents in a program that reminds one of the surveillance regimes of the Soviet Union or perhaps East Germany before the Soviet breakup.
This all came to light because one of those agents was disturbed by what he was ordered to do and became a whistleblower by contacting an organization called Uncover DC. The whistleblower said that Tulsi was singled out as a terror threat and Tulsi said his report matched her experiences and explained why she had been having so much trouble moving about the world in recent days. She went abroad for a short trip just a couple of days ago and was harassed at each leg and in each airport of her journey.
She and her husband had their boarding passes marked with the quadruple SSSS designation which means Secondary Security Screening Selection. The quad S is usually a marker that tells the agents of TSA or any other airport personnel that the person so designated is a terror threat. So, from this point just imagine Tulsi as a threat to commit an act of terror. Perhaps she might say or write something the regime that seems to be in control of all Western nations considers to be not in compliance, but actual terror.
For Tulsi the quad S meant delays of up to 45 minutes every time she went through an airport security process. Tulsi, an Iraq war veteran and current Army reservist said she usually packs light but sometimes that made it even more difficult because it was easier for them to go through and examine with their eyes and their hands each item of clothes she had in her carry-on bag. She said she had a couple of blazers; workout clothing and underwear and they squeezed every inch of each item at each airport change for her trip.
Agents unzipped the lining inside the roller boards of her suitcase and examined every inch of the liner. She was ordered to take out every piece of electronics and turn each one on including her military phone and computer. Tulsi said she normally uses her military ID to get through security but for several trips including one trip to her reserve base in Oklahoma, the ID failed to get her through. One agent saw the quad S and said how can you be quad S and be in the military. I suppose that’s a good question would have been her answer but that’s just a guess.
She reports that on one flight there were at least six agents doing her screening, along with dog teams. There were dogs in Dallas and dogs at the gates where she had to wait. Yes, indeed Tulsi Gabbard is quiet the terror threat. The whistle blower said that she had been placed on a domestic terror watch list. According to him she had two explosive detection canine teams, one Transportation Security Specialist (for explosives), one plainclothes TSA supervisor, and three Federal Air Marshalls assigned to every flight she boards.
Uncover DC said she was placed on the list July 23 and the trio of Air Marshalls began flying with her on July 25. So far at least three Marshalls have flown with her on at least eight flights. The goal, according to the Quiet Skies program, is to surround people with human watchers. There are potentially 15 such Marshalls or human watchers assigned to each gate where the quad S flyer is waiting.
Tulsi said, “this is not a woe me situation, instead it’s bringing to the forefront how brazen the political retaliation and abuse of power continues to be under the Biden-Harris administration.” It seems to me that all this abuse heaped on Tulsi has served to confirm that she has been right about things all along. Tulsi’s not the first to be tracked by this Stasi imitation government that we are under right now and she won’t be the last, but she is perhaps the most high-profile target and I might add the most obviously undeserving of such treatment.
The quiet skies program was expanded to identify and follow each person who could be identified as having been in the capital on January 6th, 2021. The government does this by pressuring their servants in the corporate world to hand over credit card information for every person who purchased anything within several miles of the capital that day. They also examined every camera in the capital and used facial recognition software to track each individual.
It’s bad enough that Americans are so corrupt that they will follow other Americans for no reason, but Tulsi is different. She is a war veteran with no connection to January 6th or any other government false flag operation. Her appearance on a terror watch list is an indication that the event we were warned could happen has in-fact happened. The surveillance powers surrendered by congress to the various intelligence agencies that make up homeland security have been turned against the American people who through their words demonstrate that they are not one hundred percent in lock step with the regime.
How does Tulsi feel about all this and about how she has been treated by the government she risked her life to serve. “I enlisted because of the terrorist attack on 9/11. I was like a lot of Americans. We enlisted to ensure the safety, security, and freedom of the American people and go after the terrorists who attacked us. And so now to have confirmation—I guarantee there are other men and women in uniform or veterans now being targeted. I can’t think of a word that adequately captures how I feel. The closest I can think of is the deepest sense of betrayal. It cuts to the core.”
I know she feels betrayed and it has left her with a sadness that she lost something precious. I can see it in her face when she appears on video and I can hear it in her voice. She went on to talk about the Homeland Intelligence Experts Group which was led by psychotic lunatic John Brennan and former Director of National Intelligence, James Clapper. The documents recently released identify Trump supporters, people in the military, or religious people as indicators for extremism or terrorism. The intelligence community she tells us is therefore targeting people of “many stripes”, but especially those who wear the uniform or have worn the uniform.
Why Tulsi, why put her on the list when she is so obviously not a terroristic threat. She has been a persistent critic of the politicians in the current administration. She was a member of congress in the Democrat Party from the State of Hawaii but she left congress for her own reasons and ran for President in the 2020 Democrat primaries. Her rebuke of Kamala Harris ended Harris’ campaign without a single primary delegate. Perhaps that has something to do with her current persecution.
The day before she was apparently placed on the list she appeared on the Ingraham Angle and criticized the “proxy war” in Ukraine. She said the administration was using “crap” excuses to turn Ukraine into another Afghanistan. Her put down of Harris during the campaign, I imagine stung and was not forgotten by the newly chosen one. She put over 1500 people in jail, Tulsi said, and then laughed about it when asked if she ever smoked marijuana.
There is absolutely no legitimate reason for Tulsi Gabbard to be placed on the Quiet Skies program. Being listed as a potential terrorist, followed by 9 Air Marshalls and three canine teams everywhere she goes is horrible even by the almost non-existent standards for decency of this administration. This is an administration that opens the border for anyone who wants to enter thus permitting the rape and murder of women and little girls across the country. The new candidate for vice president on the ticket with Kamala Harris said he wished he could give ladders to all those people so they could climb in easier.
So, what is Tulsi to do about this persecution that has been cast upon her. She posted on X this statement. “My own government, my president, my commander-in-chief is targeting me as a potential domestic terrorist, the closest word that comes to mind is a complete sense of betrayal. After serving over 21 years and continuing to serve in our nations’ military, my own government has labeled and is targeting me directly now as a domestic terrorist. They’re using people like the air marshals as weapons and pawns to target their political opponents. Of course, there’s no explanation given, which is why we are taking legal recourse.”
What does she mean by taking legal recourse. It’s a little too early to know right now, but there has been some action. Empower Oversight is a firm that has represented whistleblowers and others in the Quiet Skies program as well as the IRS special agents who testified in the Hunter Biden case. Their lawyers sent a letter to Homeland Security demanding an immediate investigation into the Tulsi Gabbard matter. However, Empower says that it has learned that instead of calling off the dogs (literally) assigned to Tulsi the government is proceeding against the Quiet Skies whistleblowers.
Quiet Skies says that this is a program using a risk-based approach to identify and apply enhanced security measures on some domestic and outbound international flights. Simply applying this risk-based rule to passengers does not necessarily mean anything derogatory, etc. so on and so forth, or said this way blah, blah blah. You don’t have to worry about whether these people have probable cause because they admit that almost none of their search’s results in court proceedings so probable cause is unnecessary. I’m sure that if a court proceeding did result, then probable cause would be found very quickly.
Homeland Security tells us that the terrorist watchlist has greatly expanded lately. The new targets are not Muslims flying in from the Middle East, but domestic terrorist threats. You know all those grandmothers who visited DC on a particular day. They also have to pay very close attention to grandmothers who prayed in DC on January 6th. Yes a 72-year-old lady who had lived her life squeaky clean without even a traffic ticket was just sentenced to a fine of $103,000, 6 months house arrest, 12 months’ probation and loss of internet privileges. Yes, I said privileges because speaking is now a privilege in this country and speaking the truth is a crime. Rebecca Lavrenz is known by her friends as the praying grandma, but the Biden Administration says she is a criminal.
In conclusion, Tulsi said that a TSA agent told her that he had noticed that the well-known Quad S targets he had seen were most often supporters of a former president. Can the deep state be dismantled or can the toothpaste be returned to the tube. It’s very doubtful but a good start would be to dismantle George W. Bush’s Department of Homeland Security with a hard look at each of its 270,000 employees to see whether each can continue under the component agencies. Without freedom to speak our minds we are definitely not free and the Government of the United States of America is working night and day to criminalize speech and deprive us of freedom.
Finally, Folks, it’s too bad about Tulsi. She is a woman who should be honored and lifted up by the government as an example for all of us but instead she is persecuted. She is persecuted because the government is wicked, evil and satanic, and simply will not tolerate dissent. I understand why she is persecuted, but I don’t understand why people continue to vote for the descent of our country into satanic evil.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the Secret Service and its recent series of abject failures to perform its function even modestly let alone in the fashion we have come to expect from that vaunted agency.
Transcription / Notes
THE SECRET SERVICE’S FAILURE OF IMAGINATION
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of August in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the Secret Service and its recent series of abject failures to perform its function even modestly let alone in the fashion we have come to expect from that vaunted agency.
I decided to resist my natural instinct to devote all my attention to the coming war in the Middle East which I predict the United States will find it impossible to resist and instead devote my attention to something just about as dangerous right here at home. Yes indeed, the Secret Service is the rock of the United States Government and is filled with the most highly trained and dedicated agents in all of government, right. Well, no folks that is no longer right as we will see in this Report.
The Service is secret because its agents are supposed to be invisible. They are seen but not seen as part of the landscape you hardly notice them but they are always there. The philosophy of the Service as well as the agents who staff it has been similar to doctors. The doctor doesn’t rejoice in the recovery room when his work is successful, and he doesn’t weep in the cemetery when it isn’t, he just tries to find out what is going on and then keeps going. The agent doesn’t care who he is assigned to protect he just does his job with professionalism and competence putting his own life on the line in the process.
The agents are not responsible for the behavior of their protectees, only their protection. If the protectee cheats on his wife or is a drunk or does business with underworld characters that is not the agent’s concern, only safety. Things seem to have changed at the Service in recent years to the point that we have come to expect lying, stonewalling, and obfuscation regarding the failure of the agents to properly do their jobs. It is very clear right now that the Service has not been forthright with the investigation of the attempted assassination of Donald Trump. So, the American people can no longer depend on the Service to protect its assigned protectee unless that person happens to have a political philosophy and agenda in line with the Service and its controllers.
What we can depend on with certainty is the Service lying about its failure to do the job with which the American people have entrusted it. Little by little information about the attempted assassination leaks out from whistle blowers inside the Service and with each revelation it looks worse. The series of security failures was so large that it seems obvious that the Service is no longer even competent let alone elite. Lies follow lies but some are just too obvious. The director of the FBI covering for the Service by saying that perhaps Trump was not shot. His lie was quickly put to rest by doctors but why would he tell such a lie. Perhaps it was a cover for the Service but more likely just a difference of political views.
My favorite lie though, was from the interim director of the Service, or perhaps it wasn’t a lie just simple incompetence and lack of intelligence. When director Kimberly Cheatle resigned a new director or interim director had to be appointed and that was Ronald Rowe, a man with 24 years of service. While being questioned by members of Congress about how this attempted assassination could have happened he said it was “a failure of imagination.” The Service never imagined that anybody would want to take a shot at Donald Trump. The more you think about that response, the more hilarious it becomes and it could take us down a number of rabbit trails, but nevertheless that was his answer.
So, the Service just could not imagine that we live in a dangerous world and that is why its agents were tasked with protecting one of the highest profile and most polarizing people in the world. I can’t help but wonder how such a man managed to rise to his position in the federal government. A lack of imagination then, caused the Service’s counter sniper team to not attend the pre-event coordination meeting with local law enforcement and had zero communication local SWAT teams.
That is only one of a series of failures and inexplicable things that happened during this event. In fact, it is harder to find things the Service did right than it is to pinpoint mistakes. One wonders if all these failures to properly do the job of protecting Trump were just stupid incompetence or whether something more sinister was going on. In many countries around the globe, those we often refer to as 3rd world, we would immediately assume the incompetence was a cover-up for something more sinister. Here in America, we are the essential and exceptional nation, and above all that and we walk with pride in the knowledge that we are not just physically and intellectually superior, but morally superior as well.
Government conspiracies are very difficult to pull off as we all know because they usually require the silence of hundreds, perhaps thousands of people, which would be very unlikely. On the other hand, if the people heading the event were as obviously incompetent as Kimberly Cheatle and Robert Rowe who denied resources to Trump’s security detail and assigned inexperienced agents to it, perhaps there is something to it. There are many problems here, but all we know for certain right now is that resources were strangled and substandard agents were assigned to the team. Is that enough to suspect something sinister, perhaps but it gets worse.
What we have been discussing is all pre-shooting failures and incompetence. Once shots were fired the incompetence continued. When the alleged shooter, Thomas Mathew Crooks, was killed by counter sniper fire (apparently) there was an autopsy of his body. By the way isn’t it interesting how the lone nut always has three names. Lee Harvey Oswald, Sirhan Sirhan Sirhan, James Earl Ray and now Thomas Mathew Crooks. Post shooting investigations of the lone nut’s background usually reveal that he was never referred to by three names, but that is how we are to remember him.
I have seen reports of the autopsy from this past week but the Butler County Coroner’s office released cause and manner of death on July 21st. Cause and manner do not constitute an autopsy as any good lawyer can tell you. It seems that an autopsy has been conducted but it is doubtful whether we will ever be able to see its results. Virtually everything having to do with physical evidence in this case including position of the body, location of wounds, consistent with the sniper rifle that supposedly killed him, all are being guarded like state secrets. Why, nobody seems to know why the public can’t see this evidence. What all the secrecy does is fuel doubt, and cause speculation and a belief that something sinister is going on.
It seems to me that it is incumbent on the part of the Service, its boss Homeland Security, and their boss, the President, to be more forthright with their answers. I’m a little sick of their, go away peon attitude. If you want to know why everything seems like a conspiracy it’s because they make it so. What is the burden of proof here. Is it the criminal standard of beyond a reasonable doubt or the civil standard of its more likely than not because using that standard it’s starting to look bad for the service.
The Service has many other issues that might lead one to the belief that leadership is less than forthright with us. Somebody left cocaine in plain view in the White House but the Service has no clue who did it. The cocaine, it has now been revealed, was in a container which had DNA evidence in it but still we the people are not entitled to know who left and apparently used cocaine in our house. A Secret Service Uniformed Division officer found the bag of cocaine on July 2, 2023, on a Sunday while the President was in Camp David. The ensuing dispute between the Uniformed Division, the Forensics Services Division, and the Secret Service leadership became public knowledge. The leadership, meaning Kimberly Cheatle, apparently wanted to protect her friends and boss in the Biden family but the other divisions refused to go along. That is the story now that Kimberly Cheatle is no longer the director.
Secret Service Agents took Vice President-elect Harris to the DNC, that’s the Democrat National Committee, before the January 6th protest, riot, insurrection, or whatever you choose to call it and whatever you choose to believe. I realize that it is extremely hard to discern what to believe and too often it comes down to a person’s pre-conceived political biases. The sketchy information, otherwise known as lies, is revealed to us piecemeal and in a fashion that tells us what to believe. For example, the pipe bomb placed on the bench outside DNC headquarters that day was clearly visible on video. Children played near it but no one stopped them. The supposed bomb was of the comic book variety with a timer like a large kitchen clock.
So, for the Service and for this government some questions need to be answered. There are many others but some that occur to me are these. Was the pipe bomb inert or active. Why was EOD people not called to dispose of the bomb. If it was an active as opposed to inert bomb, why didn’t the explosive detection dogs find it. Why did it take the Service more than a year to reply to the Inspector General’s request for January 6th documents. When the Vice President-Elect said she felt threatened or that her life was in danger, why did it take a year to learn that she was not even in the capitol complex that day. Why did the Service and its agents and leadership sit by while people they knew to be innocent were given enhanced sentences because of a threat to the Vice President-Elect.
There are many questions to be asked and answered about the attempted assassination as well as cocaine gate and insurrection gate. Once Director Cheatle fell on her sword, why was no one fired for incompetence. The answer is the same shuffling one that we always get and that is that the investigation is ongoing, etc. Some in congress and even some in the conservative press are suggesting that because of this administration’s emphasis on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) the standards may have been lowered to the level of incompetence in favor of identity politics.
The Service’s web site is revealing and might give one reason to think that might just be the case. Its various categories for recruitment include outreach to African Americans, Pacific Islanders, Hispanic, Indigenous Nations, Federal Women’s Program. LGBTQ, Persons with Disabilities/Disabled Veteran, Office of the Ombudsman, and Inclusion and Engagement Council. What is missing from this list is merit and there is nothing about being willing to take the bullet meant for the protectee.
This makes me think that morale and job satisfaction among all those dedicated dark suits and dark glasses can’t be very high. To be thought of as an incompetent failure must be difficult for them and being politically correct and loyal like a good lapdog is not much of a compromise. Whatever happened to honor and the refusal to compromise or what used to be known as character and integrity.
Finally, folks, the lack of imagination the interim director blamed for this debacle cost a man his life and deprived his family of his love, provision, and protection. It also caused several people to be wounded and a presidential candidate to be wounded and almost killed. Is the destruction and dissolution of our society planned. Quoting the interim director, the investigation is still ongoing, etc.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the real meaning of the Paris Olympics.
Transcript / Notes
BEHOLD A PALE HORSE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of August in the year of our Lord 2024.I will be talking about the Paris Olympics and explaining to you why I can’t watch the greatest spectacle in sports anymore, at least not this Olympics. Look at me, the Paris Olympic Committee says, look upon my gross ugliness both inner and outer. Look upon the banal ugliness of my subculture of tiresome neurotics who cannot seem to drudge up from their souls one single beautiful thing so they must tear down, destroy, smudge in their filth and dirt everything that is beautiful, creative and without malice.
As a backdrop to this Report, let me tell you some of the things going on with the 2024 Olympic Games. This is France so you know the sports and the athletes cannot just stand for themselves. No, in France there has to be an ideological statement thus the opening ceremony. There are some other things the French want to get across to us so we can look at a few of them. This was to be a green Olympics with no air conditioning but the athletes could not sleep because of the heat and they could not open their windows because of mosquitoes so they had an emergency order of window units. They were going to feed the world’s greatest athletes fake meat of the lab grown variety. The food made them all sick to eat it and even to think about it so steak, the real kind, had to be flown in on an emergency basis. The beds were all cardboard to keep the athletes from having sex with each other, so they don’t want them having sex, but they are allowing male boxers to fight women. This is what first world France has done to itself. In the meantime, the Seine River is so polluted and filled with e-coli the triathlon could not be held there.
I’m sure you all know by now what the opening ceremony of the 2024 summer games was all about but I will endeavor to refresh your memory just a little bit today. Included in the opening ceremony was a parody of the Last Supper as it was portrayed by Leonardo de Vinci in his famous painting of Jesus and his disciples. In Paris, all the disciples were drag queens and Jesus was portrayed as a fat lesbian. There were transvestites along with one child in the scene and in front of them was a French actor virtually naked except for blue body paint. He moved sexually in an attempt to portray the Greek god Dionysus.
Sex dominated the scene as other actors displayed their sexual organs and it included a menage a trois with three young people or at least I think they were people. This was a mockery of one of the most sacred moments in the Christian faith and for all Christians for all time. These were the very founders of Christianity having their last meal with Jesus on this earth. To mock such a scene is immoral obviously, but to do it in front of an audience of millions is despicable. The Olympic games is supposed to represent the coming together of mankind through sport unburdened by politics and the other things that divide us. To perform such a mockery in such a setting is to consciously use their depravity as an affront to the holiness of God.
So, instead of honoring athletes and sport and recognizing the best athletes from every corner of the globe so that one by one they can stand on the podium before the whole world and say today I was the best in the world at what I do. Instead of that the athletes were dishonored by allowing themselves to be used as a weapon in a satanic war against Christianity. This Olympics should forever be known as a tribute to drag queens and child grooming and an attack on everyone who believes the gospel. This was a conscious attack on our Christian brothers and sisters around the world many of whom died as martyrs for the faith. We don’t have to be that dramatic of course, we can just remember our mothers, grandmothers, wives, and husbands who lived their lives holding on to that faith with nothing else to hold on to.
Aside from the Last Supper, the ceremony included a depiction of a headless Marie Antoinette, the last queen of France, who was married to Catholic King Louis XVI. Louis was executed by beheading during the revolution in 1789 and his queen followed him later at the age of 37. There was also a golden calf portrayed along with some type of horned beast which I took to be a satanic goat. A pale horse with a rider in pale white armor galloped down the Seine River thus the name of this Castle Report.
Revelation 6:8 “I looked and behold a pale horse! Its rider was named death, and hell followed with him. They were given power over a fourth of the earth to kill by sword, famine and plague, and by the wild beasts of the earth.”
This is evidence of a war against religion that is ongoing. There seems to be an understanding that if the vile, wicked, and satanic are to prevail in this struggle then God must be discredited and destroyed in the minds of the people. Once God is destroyed the people will worship the true god of state power. That god fears truth like superman fears kryptonite. That god equals authority and a desperate quest for prestige, power and honor. Ther is a constant fight among adherents of the state religion to control the state god and that is fine as long as all participants in the struggle acknowledge that the state is god.
The state god equals authority and its authority must be final. There can be no other gods before it. Its word is final and ultimate. Since it is the supreme authority it cannot withstand rivals because otherwise it would fall into question and since it is supreme it cannot allow that to happen. Its hypocrisy becomes evident because although it mocks and degrades any perceived rivals it cannot endure mockery or ridicule. Once its undeniable incompetence is exposed to the whole world it is ready and willing to fight, kill and destroy
This challenge to the state as god was used in France to neutralize the influence of traditional Christian views of sexuality in favor of the new views evolving through the sexual revolution. Christian rites and imagery are a threat to the new sexual revolution because they stand in opposition. Sadly, many Christian denominations protestant and catholic have bought into the new way as a form of unity and inclusion, but how can we unify with such things and still be Christians. Their way is a perverse, sexualized, anti-human version of the real thing. They want the Christian imagery to be just another token presented in their perverse world as a competitor.
So, there is a war against religion, not just Christianity, but against all religions. I can’t see Mr. Macron doing to Islam what he did to Christianity, can you. If he did he would not get the peaceful Christians voicing their objections, but he might instead get thousands of immigrants burning down Paris. You have to pick enemies from among those who won’t fight back and are therefore weaker to the point of being defenseless. The French did recognize what they have done and at least made a token effort at apology. To me, no apology, no matter how well meaning is acceptable because I’m concerned with what is inside of you, not your meaningless words.
Yes, they apologized to anyone who was offended during the opening ceremonies. It’s more like another attempt to say something about inclusivity than an apology. They include all forms of perversion, but not the religion of billions. Here’s the quote from the committee’s news conference.
“Clearly there was never an intention to show disrespect to any religious group. On the contrary, I think with Thomas Jolly, we really did try to celebrate community tolerance. Looking at the result of the polls that we shared, we believe that this ambition was achieved. If people have taken any offense we are, of course, really, really, sorry.”
So that is just so much clap trap because it’s the old non-apology. I don’t apologize for what I did but if it offended you I’m sorry. People from around the world including even the European Union voiced their objection. Many athletes demonstrated as they could by wearing crosses etc. but not everyone shares my view of the ceremony and that gives us a chance to know who we are up against when we vote. When you look at all the various things a person does or says just think about which ones hold the person you call Lord in the kind of contempt the French Olympic Committee does.
The First Lady of the United States attended the ceremony and thought it was “spectacular.” “So, last night, it was spectacular, the rain did not dampen our spirits. Every step of the way, I was thinking to myself, oh my god, oh my god. How are we going to top this?” Dr. Jill was referring to the summer games scheduled for Los Angeles in 2028, but fortunately Dr. Jill you will not have to worry about topping it. Kamala Harris, Vice President of the United States also praised the ceremony and said it was beautiful and spectacular. I wonder how Christians justify in their minds voting for people who hold them and everything they hold dear in such contempt.
The Pope has, as yet refused to condemn the ceremony, but Archbishop Vigano is guilty of no such refusal. Vigano, recently excommunicated by the Pope was not shy about expressing his view of the ceremony.
“The opening ceremony of the Paris Olympic Games is the latest in a long series of vile attacks on God, the Catholic Religion and natural morality by the antichristic elite that holds Western countries hostage. We had seen no less disconcerting scenes at the 2012 London Olympics, the 2016 inauguration of the Gotthard Tunnel, and the 2022 Commonwealth Games, featuring infernal figures, goats, and terrifying animals. The elite who organize these ceremonies demand not only the right to blasphemy and the obscene display of the foulest vices, but even their mute acceptance by Catholics and decent people, who are forced to suffer the outrage of seeing the most sacred symbols of their Faith and the very foundations of the Natural Law desecrated.”
I like the way the archbishop worded his rebuke in saying decent people are forced to suffer the outrage. How can we avoid the outrage of this insult to what we consider to be sacred? By not watching and by not buying the stuff their sponsors sell. By way of disclaimer, I will submit to you that there is literally no one who has loved the Olympic games like I once did. For most of my young life I dreamed of making the Olympic Track Team. If I could just run a qualifying time I could make the trials and who knows, anything could happen, but it never happened for me. I knew the names of every track and field athlete at each level of the trials and the final team and I watched every minute of it.
So, sports, which I have spent my life enjoying and watching and competing in are over for me. Kneeling for the National Anthem ruined football, the Dodgers Anti-Catholic transvestite pride night with drag queens dressed as nuns ruined baseball, which I loved more than anything and now this has ruined the Olympics. What will I do now is the question I keep asking myself. How can I not only stop watching, but also stop caring. I have loved European Bicycle racing since I was old enough to ride and race, but now I can’t watch the road race in the Olympics although once this grotesque spectacle is over I can go back to watching the tour of Spain and the world championship of cycling.
So, I’ll stop watching and I know that will get them. You see that empty seat on my couch, well that one is mine so take that. No, folks, its not that I think I can personally affect them or their bottom line its instead that I actually believe all that Christian stuff so I have to put my money where my mouth is. In conclusion I came across a great quote from the late great baseball player, Rogers Hornsby via Rabbi Michael Barclay’s column in PJ Media. When Rogers was asked what he did in the off season he said I stare out the window and wait for spring. I guess I will be staring out the window pretty much the year around now.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report with some good news from the bible in Matthew chapter 5:11-13.
“Blessed are you when they revile and persecute you and say all kinds of evil against you falsely for My sake. Rejoice and be exceedingly glad, for great is your reward in heaven, for so they persecuted the prophets who were before you. You are the salt of the earth; but if the salt loses its flavor, how shall it be seasoned? It is then good for nothing but to be thrown out and trampled underfoot by men.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the attempted assassination of Donald Trump, the resignation of the Director of the Secret Service, the withdrawal of Joe Biden from the presidential campaign, but especially what it all says about America today.
Transcription / Notes
DEMOCRACY, REPUBLIC, OR OLIGARCHY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I be talking about the attempted assassination of Donald Trump and the continuing saga surrounding it including the resignation of the Director of the Secret Service, Kimberly Cheatle, the withdrawal of Joe Biden from the presidential campaign but especially what it all says about America today.
I am going to assume that you know the difference between democracy and republic and that the United States Constitution makes this nation a republic. Just to reiterate something you already know democracy is government by the will of the majority but republic is government by the elected representatives of the people who in turn are recognized as having individual rights. In a republic the majority does not rule when the majority’s decision interferes with the protected rights of individual Americans.
My argument is that a republic is what the founders bequeathed to us in the Constitution, but today our system of government has evolved until we no longer have a republic or a democracy but instead we are ruled by an oligarchy. That word comes from an ancient Greek word meaning rule by a few. Aristotle explained it as not only rule by a few, but rule by the worst few who usually take power by force or subterfuge. Rule by a few, but the best few, is an aristocracy.
The people who hold and wield power want those who don’t to think it is a legitimate process, or that they achieved power through a legitimate process, but often they don’t. For example, when President Biden notified the people of his decision to withdraw from the presidential race he did it by way of a letter on his social media account which is written and posted by others. It was written on his stationery instead of presidential stationery and it carried no presidential seal. Most importantly, it was not his signature because it did not match any of his many previously signed letters or orders.
We are not supposed to notice and there is to be no investigation into who wrote the letter, who signed the letter, did the letter reflect the president’s decision, or did others make that decision for him. If it was made by others, obviously none of them are president and many or all of them are unelected. Who is running this country and who is making the decisions about who runs it. Joe Biden received many primary votes from the members of his party who are now expected to have their decision wiped away in favor of someone who has never received a single primary delegate.
Rumor has it that the elite of the Democrat Party, primarily Nancy Pelosi, the Clintons, and the Obamas went to the president and said Joe we can do this the easy way or the hard way. You can let us resign you from the race and continue your term, or we will remove you through the 25th amendment. A palace coup in other words, but one which only started when the interests of the ruling deep state were noticeably affected. The ones who exercise power were not granted that power by the people but somehow they have it. They have known for years that Biden is and has been unable to perform his duties as president, but they chose not to mention it because they were in charge.
They decided he could not beat Trump so they set him up for a debate long before the convention so the world would notice his condition but there would be time to replace him before the Democrat convention. Notice that the voters have nothing to do with this process because it is totally orchestrated by power brokers who endeavor to remain unseen as much as possible, I suppose to keep up the democracy appearance. I wonder how the process of replacing Biden with Harris is any different from when the KGB decided it was time for a new leader more acceptable to their will.
I read that when Khrushchev was getting old and a little infirm and the KGB decided that Brezhnev, who was one of them, would be more suitable they made the change in a similar but less public way. Mr. Khrushchev had a state visit somewhere and when he returned someone appeared in his office with a letter, put it in front of him and said sign this, and he was never seen in public again. In China, everyone knows that they live in a state completely owned and operated by the Chinese Communist Party. The interests of the Chinese people are not important or even considered unless their interests somehow align with the Party and will strengthen and expand its power.
How is that process different from what we are seeing with the Democrat Party today and even the Republican Party has its chosen ones. This is all very important especially in terms of foreign and domestic policy as it is made today. Who makes policy today. Who commits the United States to having 700 military bases around the world with a defense budget 8 times bigger than Russia and 3 times bigger than China. Why can’t we have a leader who defends the Constitution by ending perpetual war, ending the massive intrusion of government into our private lives, and changing to an agenda of national prosperity. The reason is that it would not expand and solidify the power of the deep state and those who maintain it and profit from it.
That’s all background into our political system to help explain what is happening now with the Democrat non-choice for president as well as the attempt to eliminate the competition by assassination. I have mentioned many times before the three ways to get rid of a pesky politician who won’t follow the script. First, you can offer him or her money and if he already has enough like Trump, and Kennedy, you can find something of value to serve as money such as some plum job in government like when Hillery Clinton became Secretary of State.
The second method is scandal which is easy to generate because the FBI has dossiers literally on everyone. When I was a candidate for president in 2016 I talked to an FBI agent once who sent a little chill up my spine when he told me a little of what the FBI knew about me. Sex is the most obvious scandal with video tapes of little boys or little girls or some other Jeffrey Epstein type thing in the backgrounds of evil people. When I say evil, I mean that only the evil get to a position to be considered for membership. If you are not truly evil they don’t worry about you because they know you are not wicked enough to do what it takes to challenge them.
They all have skeletons and even if they don’t, skeletons can be invented. When people have no conscience at all and they conclude that power is literally everything and that to achieve or maintain power they must please their global masters, then skeletons will be found and the law is no barrier. The law, which is supposed to be a barrier between the people and their government, becomes a weapon in the hands of the government. They will find corrupt prosecutors to bring false charges and use corrupt juries and judges to get false criminal indictments and convictions. They will raid your home and plant evidence and give perjured testimony about what was found in the search. They will send hundreds to jail on false charges usually without trial or due process and then blame you for the false charges. They will look through your past for a disgruntled person in order to turn a non-crime into a felony.
Sometimes the offer of money or something else of value is rejected and the scandals do not stick. There are those who just seem to feed off scandal and use it to get stronger. That effect usually means that the public, the people, have become wise to the game and see the one being pursued as a hero. He becomes a persecuted martyr and people admire his courage and unwillingness to cave in. They know the ones creating the scandals are many times worse than the one they persecute.
When money and scandal don’t work the only thing left is the final solution, which has been used many times and can be pointed out to the one who just won’t listen. The Kennedys, Martin Luther King, even Ronald Reagan found out the hard way that the third way is the hardest but it usually works. Even when not totally successful as in Reagan’s case, it works if the target loses his hold on power as Reagan did. In the case of Donald Trump, the assassin was not successful in killing, but perhaps he was successful in neutering the opponent of the deep state. If you don’t like the name deep state, then choose your own but we are talking about the invisible, unelected ones who are the puppet masters and who do not take no for an answer.
For example, the secret service has been trying to tell Donald Trump to stop holding large outdoor rallies. It’s just too hard to protect him from assassins outdoors and unfortunately the deep state seems to be succeeding. We are told now that Trump’s team is looking for large indoor arenas like basketball arenas. So, let me get this straight Ms. Cheatle, unless Trump stops doing the things that attracted voters in the first place, you can’t promise him the safety of history’s greatest empire. The other thing is that Trump was obviously affected by the assassin’s bullet so that it changed his demeanor. Was it the bullet or someone in his ear that changed him into a unity candidate. I hear now that he is looking at the head of one of the Wall Street banks as his secretary of the Treasury. That would be a big mistake and is the equivalent of letting the fox guard the henhouse. If you want to kill the deep state, and that is the basis of his popularity, then you don’t unify with it, you terminate it.
The lone nut/patsy who supposedly fired the bullet that almost killed Trump did not kill him but he did manage to bring down the director of the Secret Service. Yes, Kimberly Cheatle fell on her sword the other day instead of answering a few basic questions. The questions were designed to trap the director into admitting that she and the service were negligent. Democrats and Republicans went after her with the same questions and she danced around the questions well and supported her unknown bosses by not answering and instead resigning.
None of the House members who questioned her were looking for an answer to the question of who did this Ms. Cheatle. Did the Service refuse Trump requested resources and did the people they assigned to him have enough of the right stuff to do the job. The answer to those questions is no he didn’t get the resources, and no they weren’t up to the job but the right questions were not asked and certainly not answered. Did you account for every bullet that was fired and did ballistics match them to the lone nut/patsy’s rifle. How many spent brass cartridges did you recover from where, what calibers, and how do you account for the forensics evidence of a second shooter. How can one person fire from two places at once.
Ms. Cheatle is the service making any investigative effort to determine if the audio evidence indicates a plot to kill Trump. Removing the director of the service makes everyone in Congress happy. They got their scalp hanging from their belt so they can feel good but the second shooter, if one exists as evidence seems to indicate, is still at large and the deep state can rest easy until it has a chance to try again. Maybe Trump has been neutered by his millimeter from death experience. A bullet passing close to one’s head has an effect that is perhaps hard to measure and varies from person to person.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle Report with a quote from Paul Craig Roberts.
“Cheatle is correct that the Secret Service failed. It failed to assassinate Trump.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle offers his opinion on the attempted assassination of Donald Trump.
Transcription / Notes
MALICE OR JUST MASSIVE INCOMPETANCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 19th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. Like everyone else, I now offer my opinion on the attempted assassination of Donald Trump. It’s tempting to say we must wait for the investigation before we speculate on what happened, but I suspect that we know as much about what really happened as we ever will. JFK, RFK, MLK, and many others around the world are evidence of that.
This story, on the surface, is preposterous and it makes no sense at all. The full resources of the most powerful empire in world history at its disposal and it still cannot protect one man. The United States has 17 intelligence services all of which are supposed to investigate, observe and provide information to the decision-making people in charge. Normally, that would be the president but right now who knows. There are literally thousands of highly trained, highly skilled people on the payroll to protect the nation’s leaders from attack and they all failed miserably. There is an agency called the Secret Service that has a reputation for hiring and training the biggest, strongest, bravest, most intelligent, people available in this country to protect its human assets. That’s its job and at that job it failed when the nation needed it the most.
How could all these people with unlimited resources fail to stop a wimpy, nerdy, 20-year-old kid from getting into a position to take a shot that missed killing Donald Trump by only millimeters. If Trump had not turned his head just slightly at that exact moment, he would be dead right now and the nation would be trying to sort it out or perhaps descending into chaos. So, a kid with a ladder he bought at a hardware store, and 50 rounds of ammo he bought that morning foiled a billion dollars’ worth of professionals. Maybe it’s similar to the billions spent on munitions fired at the Houthis but the Red Sea is still dangerous.
Even this early the entire Secret service/FBI created scenario of an explanation is starting to breakdown and fall apart. We are not supposed to look at facts and ask questions but instead just nod our heads in the affirmative and go along. Yes, we believe the story you have concocted although it makes no sense and is therefore most likely a lie. If we admit to even suspecting that you are lying then we are tin foil hat conspiracy theorists or at least that’s what we are programed to think.
I have personally fired thousands of rounds through a rifle almost identical to the one Thomas Matthew Crooks apparently used. It was an AR-15 style rifle firing 5.56 mm rounds and mine was an M-16 but they are essentially the same. The M-16 has an automatic fire selector switch and that is the primary difference. I served in the Marine Corps more than 50 years ago but I qualified with that rifle out to 500 yards and at that range it is really problematic with windage and ballistics affecting accuracy. At 150 yards where Crooks fired, a moderately trained shooter should be able to put his rounds in a 1-inch group most of the time. The AR is light and has almost no recoil with 5.56 ammunition so I will wager that I could have Joan, who has never picked up a rifle in her life, firing in a one-inch pattern within a day of practice. This all means that almost anyone could be a lone nut/patsy with that rifle.
What I am trying to say with this rambling explanation is that there is something really wrong here and we the people better insist that it is looked into honestly. If we want to keep some semblance of this country, never mind what it once was, we better not accept another JFK lone gunman, RFK only Sirhan, explanation. The FBI tells us that there was only one shooter and he acted alone which is what they always say. Crooks was not a Marine sniper or even a competent shot before the incident. He tried and failed to make his high school rifle team and the coach said he couldn’t hit the side of a barn, but as I said with that rifle and at that distance, he didn’t have to be competent. He and his father were apparently members of a rife club where he went to shoot and practice. So this shy 20 year old who couldn’t hit the side of a barn but was extremely bright showed up wearing hunting attire, found a line of sight shooting position, remained in public view with his rifle for up to 30 minutes, scared off local police who saw him, then firing from about 150 yards hit Donald Trump’s ear, killed another man with a head shot, and wounded at least one other person.
That all happened before two trained Secret Service snipers sitting in a firing position in overwatch above the speaker’s stand even fired at him. Once Trump was hit and down, they killed the shooter with one shot. Perhaps when they saw Trump go down bleeding, they assumed he was mortally wounded and dead men tell no tales, so they were clear to kill the shooter. I don’t claim to know the motivation of those men, but I do know that it is very bad policy to wait until your protected person is shot before you react. Crooks was allowed to fire about 7 or 8 rounds before they reacted and shot him.
There is audio evidence now that the sounds and video have been analyzed by forensic experts, that suggest the presence of at least one other shooter besides Crooks and the Secret Service sniper. His rate of fire might also indicate the presence of another rifle in the area shooting at Trump. The FBI hasn’t released much information about the rifle except the style and caliber. I’ve seen nothing on whether it had a scope, or was upgraded in any way, but those things would not have been necessary at that range for a shooter of moderate ability. I personally don’t believe the second shooter theory because with the incompetence of the Secret Service detail Trump’s head was exposed for several seconds after his ear was hit so a second gunman would have killed him then. No, it seems reasonable to think that once the Secret Service snipers saw the man they were sworn to protect go down they assumed he was mortally wounded and they were cleared to eliminate the shooter.
He must have had help, if not in shooting, then in logistics, scouting, etc. He scouted the area including the building for several minutes as the crowd was gathering in the arena. He seemed to know the roof was unguarded although there was a counter sniper team from local law enforcement inside the building where he was located. When the director of the Secret Service was asked why they were not on the roof she said it was a sloped roof so she thought it might be dangerous.
That is obviously an absurd statement but that’s what she said. It was not too dangerous for the assassin but just for law enforcement. Snipers in Vietnam, Iraq, and Afghanistan occupied and fired from the most difficult and dangerous positions imaginable, but these Secret Service shooters could not fire from a sloped roof. The two snipers who finally killed Crooks fired from a sloped roof behind the podium from which Trump was speaking. The assassin wondered the area for 30 minutes, retrieved a ladder and a rifle from his car, was seen by several bystanders climbing to the roof, and bear crawling across the roof but still nothing was done to stop him. A local law enforcement officer climbed up to the roof and looked at him but Crooks pointed his rifle at the officer who then retreated just before Crooks began firing.
The most difficult question for me is that the two Secret Service snipers had him in their scopes for perhaps three minutes before he fired, but they waited until he or perhaps more shooters than just him, fired and Trump was hit before they engaged him. That all allowed him to fire 7 or 8 shots before he was engaged by gunfire and killed. None of that makes any sense and none of it speaks highly of the Secret Service. The vaunted service, consisting of many agents who do all kinds of things besides protecting high value individuals, comes across as nothing but a bunch of keystone kops. They are supposed to take their best people, literally the best of the best and assign them to presidential protection. To be assigned to that detail is a reward because it is a way of saying you are the best we have. Each of those agents knows that he or she is expected to take the bullet instead of the one they are protecting.
This was the first assassination attempt on an American politician since Ronald Reagan in 1981. Forty-three years is a long time but when it comes to explanations not much has changed. Can there be any doubt that the shooting will be attributed to a lone nut. It’s never for political reasons or someone’s political agenda but always just a lone nut. Despite eyewitness reports of 8 shots coming from different directions there was only one shooter and he was a lone nut. In this case it looks like the shooter was a lone nut but lone only when he shot. Another word for lone nut is patsy.
In an article in the UK Guardian, we are told that multiple people who were listening to the speech outside the rally said they spotted Crooks as he approached the area with an AR style rifle and climbed to the roof. Law enforcement agents and officers did not react to their warning. He was allowed to climb to the roof and assume a perfect firing position because even though they were warned by several witnesses, they refused or neglected to confront him. The other thing they neglected was to cover Trump or remove him from the podium in light of the threat.
Mr. Trump, along with most of the government-controlled media and its politicians all lauded the Secret Service for their quick reactions to the danger. I understand their words at the moment of the shooting were clouded by emotion, but now it seems the Service could and should be criticized for not noticing a man with a rifle climbing to a roof with a direct line of fire some 150 yards away. They could also be criticized for letting Trump get to his feet, with wounded ear clearly visible exposing him to another shot for 3 or 4 seconds. That is a dangerous act indeed if there is a second shooter just aiming, but perfectly OK if you know the lone nut or patsy is already dead. They could be criticized for having the lone nut in their rifle scope but not firing while he fired 7 or 8 rounds. When asked why they didn’t fire as soon as they saw him with the rifle the director of the Secret Service said they were waiting for permission.
When the director of the Secret Service is as grossly incompetent as Kimberly Cheatle, I suppose all this impossible, unbelievable, series of events is a little easier to believe. The lone nut killed former fire chief Corey Comperatore, who had more sense and more guts than all those highly trained agents combined. His daughter reported that as his last living act he covered her with his body thus shielding her from gunfire. When the Secret Service finally noticed the lone nut/patsy on the roof, they opened fire and killed him so there will be no testimony from and no trial of the lone nut/patsy for an attempted assassination.
Applying that theory means that all the gross incompetence and failure of this once vaunted Service was simply a cover-up for a planned assassination of Donald Trump. If so, it further means that those who want to retain power at any cost are so incompetent they can’t possibly pull it off. No wonder every agency from the White House to the military to the FBI, to the CIA, appears to be broken, corrupt, and unsalvageable.
So, what happens now that Trump survived assassination. He has survived so many attempts on his life, his career, his politics, and his money I would say it puts him in a unique position in American history. He has more money than he can use, buildings with his name on them, golf courses, a beautiful wife and family so what amounts to the American dream realized so why does he persist in the face of such hostile forces. Perhaps he really does see his country in peril and believes he is in a unique position to help.
He is more popular than ever because with each attack by his enemies he grows stronger. However, his calls for unity are nothing but a pipedream. There can be no joining on an equal basis with evil, only resistance or surrender.
Finally, folks, the directors of the Secret Service, FBI, and Homeland Security, should be suspended pending investigation with the least of their punishment being firing. Their demonstrated incompetence justifies firing in disgrace but my guess is that Kimberly Cheatle will receive the presidential medal of freedom but only if Jill Biden stays in office long enough.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the ordeal of Julian Assange and what his case tells us about what it means to be a real journalist in today’s world.
Transcription / Notes
THE DARK SECRETS OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the ordeal of Julian Assange but also what his case tells us about what it means to be a real journalist in today’s world. In essence his case tells us that the truth no longer sets us free and telling the truth has become a crime.
Before we get into the matter of Assange perhaps a little background is in order. A free press is vitally important to American freedom and if I can convey nothing else to you today it is that the press, and by that, I mean real, genuine, journalism is there to inform the people of what their government is doing. Those in government should be looking out for and expecting the press to expose their works of darkness, if they have any. That sentiment has been spoken by many from the founders all the way to the Supreme Court in the modern era.
I will illustrate my words with a quote from Justice Hugo Black in the case of The New York Times versus The United States decided in 1971. His quote came to me from an article written by Scott Ritter in his newsletter Scott Ritter Extra.
“The press was to serve the governed, not the governors. The government’s power to censor the press was abolished so that the press would remain forever free to censure the Government. The press was protected so that it could bare the secrets of the government and inform the people. Only a free and unrestrained press can effectively expose the deception in government. And paramount among the responsibilities of a free press is the duty to prevent any part of the government from deceiving the people and sending them off to distant lands to die of foreign fevers and foreign shot and shell.”
That quote is one of the most important in American history because it is fundamental to liberty. The press is supposed to be the servant of the people, not a wholly owned subsidiary of the government itself, and certainly not of any one political party. The case quoting Justice Black goes back to the Vietnam days of Daniel Ellsberg and the Pentagon Papers.
Ellsberg was not a journalist but an employee of the U.S. Department of Defense working in the Pentagon. He was involved in the production of a report ordered by secretary of Defense Robert McNamara that was a history of U.S. involvement in Vietnam from 1945 to 1968.
The Times printed the report on its front pages and further stated that the report showed that the Johnson administration had lied systemically to Congress and the American people about U.S. entry into and conduct of the Vietnam War. McNamara claimed that he only had the report prepared because he wanted to leave a written record for future policy makers to prevent them from making the same mistake. The report revealed lots of things the government was lying about including U.S. troops raiding into North Vietnam, etc. The optimistic picture of the war presented by the government was false and the government knew the war was unwinnable and a waste of lives. It was top secret information and although Ellsberg was not a journalist he was disturbed by the report and he violated his security clearance by sending it to the Times who then chose to publish it on the front page.
I lived through that time so I remember it well. I was not happy that Ellsberg released classified information and I wanted to see him punished. I admit now that I really didn’t understand what was happening and what was at stake. Ellsberg sent the information to the New York Times but that paper made the decision on its own to publish it. The Times was perhaps not an affiliate of the Democrat Party at that time as it is now and also the Times along with other media was generally hostile to the war and happy to see it discredited. President Johnson was a lame duck and, on his way out, with Robert Kennedy predicted to be his successor.
Julian Assange is, in many ways, the opposite of Daniel Ellsberg in that he didn’t steal any government top secret documents and release them to the media. Assange was, in fact, the media because he was the founder of the internet site, Wikileaks, which endeavored to hold government accountable by revealing its secrets. People sent him information that they had obtained and he decided whether to put it out on Wikileaks or not.
He received a video that was obtained by a U.S. Army Corporal consisting of gun camera footage shot from a U.S. helicopter. When he saw the video, he knew that it was dynamite and potentially could bring severe retaliation against him if he published. The video shows a helicopter crew being ordered to fire on civilians huddled together on the ground. Nine civilians were huddled together in the street and the machine gunner reported them as civilians but the order clearly given to him and clearly heard was “light em all up.” There was hesitation on the gunner’s part and then the order “come on, fire.”
The people all went down but one and he was killed as he was running away. That is pretty obviously an international war crime and very graphic for those who saw it. Few, if any, outside those involved knew of it until Assange decided to publish it on Wikileaks and that decision sealed his fate. The U.S. came after him for espionage and treason although they never explained how a foreign national can be guilty of treason. Assange is Australian and the crime of treason can be committed only against one’s own government. Espionage was enough, however, to have him relentlessly pursued until his life was destroyed.
He was living in London at the time and was granted asylum by the nation of Ecuador in their British Embassy where he remained for seven years. He actually lived inside that building for seven years and his wife was unable to see him during that time. During that seven years the President of Ecuador, who had granted asylum, was replaced by one who was more susceptible to American pressure. He was handed over to British authorities who put him in Belmarsh maximum security prison while his lawyers fought American requests to have him extradited to the U.S. where he would have faced long term imprisonment.
He spent five years in Belmarsh most of it in solitary confinement in a cell 23 hours a day. Keep in mind that he was not a criminal and had not been convicted of anything. He had no real due process for 12 years because he knew that his American fate had already been decided. I think I said that Assange was opposite Daniel Ellsberg and that is because he was the New York Times, not Ellsberg. The U.S. went after Ellsberg at first for espionage, but later thought better of it and left him alone. The New York Times, in the case I mentioned, proved that free press was alive then, despite the government’s best efforts.
Assange was the New York Times because he was the publisher of the information. Can you imagine the publisher or editor of the New York Times being confined for 12 years without any charges. The government wanted to make an example of the only one who had the audacity to practice real journalism. Living in a tiny cell 23 hours a day for five years is, according to the UN Special Rapporteur for Human Rights, a crime that cannot be justified because it imposes severe mental pain and suffering beyond any reasonable retribution for criminal behavior and thus constitutes torture.
Before someone is so confined in solitary, he should at least be charged with a crime and perhaps even be guilty of one. In Assange’s case the state won and let everyone know that it claims the right to conduct its war crimes and other such deeds in total darkness and the light of day will not shine on it. If you think otherwise, then take a look at Julian Assange and be very afraid. The state sends this message to all would be journalists out in the working press and those in journalism schools. We are everything and you are nothing. We are superior and exceptional and morally correct and our ends justify any means so don’t think about opposing us.
If you try to oppose us you will be ostracized by your fellow journalists and that will be the least of your troubles. Just come join us like all your comrades and spit out the propaganda as we give it to you and your life will be one of ease.
In Julian Assange’s case he is guilty of no crime, but they won because they broke him after 12 years. The news of his release was met with joy, but then I started thinking about what it really means. He won his freedom, but to do so he had to compromise and plead guilty to a crime he didn’t commit. The state made him say that he was guilty and that he is sorry about his guilt. He was forced to acknowledge that what he did was a crime and so lying became the price of freedom. The government doesn’t think anything about lying and has become a master at it so making him lie is no big deal to them.
Anybody who says anything the U.S. government doesn’t want him to say is in danger. You could be arrested and thrown into prison for years with no charges and no trial. His attorneys were finally able to negotiate a plea deal whereby he pled guilty to one felony charge of illegally obtaining and publishing U.S. government documents of various kinds, many of them evidencing war crimes and human rights abuses, and a few others exposing some political crimes during the Clinton campaign. His plea deal justifies the government’s history of abusing his rights along with denial of press freedom because after all, he was guilty of espionage.
One interesting thing about the plea deal is the choice of locations. There is a federal courthouse on the island of Saipan in the Northern Marianas, a U.S. possession. The reason that island is a U.S. possession is because a few thousand U.S. Marines paid for it with their lives in June 1944. That’s right we just memorialized the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings in France but just one week after that on June 15, 1944, U.S. Marines landed on Saipan in what was the largest Pacific landing to date. The U.S. was so powerful it could conduct the two largest amphibious assaults in world history on opposite sides of the earth at virtually the same time. So, now I must ask you what’s happened, what’s become of us.
Apparently, it was Assange’s lawyers who wanted that location because it was under U.S. jurisdiction, but not in the U.S. It is fairly remote but also fairly close to his native Australia. I saw a video of him seeing his wife who waited all those years for him. He didn’t want to set foot on U.S. soil, that bastion of liberty that so many were willing to die for in 1944. If he had landed in Washington there would have been no way to prevent the government from reneging on the deal and bringing him to trial in Washington D.C. It’s a shame that his lawyers had good reason to think that a fair trial was not possible.
The New York Times shied away from the Assange story for much of his ordeal, but finally published an article entitled, “Assange Agrees to Plead Guilty in Exchange for Release, Ending Standoff with the U.S.” The best I can make of the deal is that he is free and that is good. What it means in a bad sense is an overturning of the case of New York Times versus U.S. It is an assault on the first Amendment and the concept of the 1st Amendment as a guardian of a free press, and the vital importance of a free press. So, Julian is free, but the press is not.
Finally, folks, are there any people left who still practice real journalism? Yes, a few because although Julian is free, he can’t work anymore, at least not without extreme risk. Some others perhaps, definitely Tucker Carlson, definitely Glenn Greenwald, definitely Matt Taibbi and perhaps I would include Bari Weiss as well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent presidential debate and what it says about America today.
Transcription / Notes
WHO GOVERNS AMERICA?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of July in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking today about the recent presidential debate and what it says about America today, and since this is Independence Day weekend, I will be mercifully brief.
Yes, it’s 4th of July weekend here in America when most people have 4 days off from work, but this lonely podcaster sits here on the 16th floor of Memphis, Tennessee to bring you a few words from his heart. I suppose that everyone saw the debate between Joe Biden and Donald Trump a few nights ago. If you didn’t see it, you undoubtedly know what happened, but perhaps you are not as terrified as I am. In one sense it was a disaster of epic proportions and in another sense, it was just eye opening and mind boggling.
It was a disaster in that the whole world could see that the person who is supposed to be running this country can’t possibly be doing so. That is the important question for us to consider right now. The issue is not will Biden continue as the candidate or will he be replaced, but who exactly is running this country. Do you know what terrifies me even more than wondering who is in charge. What if its him because he can’t possibly be president. When someone wakes him and says Mr. President, we have detected a nuclear launch from, Russia, China, North Korea, wherever what does he do, He would have literally only minutes to execute launch on warning thus putting us into global nuclear war. That would be scary for anyone but right now it is terrifying. It seems to me that the nation is in extreme peril without leadership that is cognizant of what is happening in this world.
There are other issues that one wonder about but the finger on the nuclear button is of course what he is responsible for. Who signed all those executive orders and policy directives. I know it was the president but was his mind so diminished that he didn’t know what he was doing. Who decided to permit and even invite mass illegal immigration without any vetting so that the crime rate is falling in Venezuela and El Salvador but soaring here because those countries are emptying their prisons onto our borders. Who decided to foment climate change policies so austere that our economy would be slowed perhaps permanently.
Who decided to fuel a proxy war in Ukraine that threatens to draw us into a catastrophic war with nuclear armed Russia. Who decided to give unqualified support to Israel no matter how disproportionate their response to the terrorist attacks of October 7. Was the president behind all or even any of those decisions and if so, how would we know. His mental state was laid bare for the whole world to see the other night. His responses were incoherent, confused, lost, without the ability to complete even the most basic thoughts.
This is a period of national shame and the country is left without any confidence as to in whose hands our future lies, at least humanly speaking. It is so funny that it is hard not to laugh at the president’s responses but when one realizes the magnitude of what is at stake it becomes sobering indeed. Do you think Mr. Xi, Mr. Putin, the little rocket man, and the Mullahs were watching that debate. You know they were, and I would guess they are wondering the same thing I am, and that is whose finger is on the nuclear button.
The deep state of unelected bureaucrats which the Supreme Court has been trying to chop at the branches of but not the roots of, must be in charge. It is obvious now for the whole world but especially Democrats and most importantly Democrat media that we have been walking on uncharted ground since the 2020 election. Joe Biden was not in 2020, and is not currently, fit or able to discharge the duties of the world’s most important job. His enablers and handlers from his own family to the Democrat power brokers continue to exploit him and the country for their own personal benefit.
Right now, we are indeed walking on uncharted ground but I think army colonel Douglas Macgregor said it best:
“It is time to ask; who truly governs this country? Is it we the people, as our founders intended, or have we surrendered control to unelected bureaucrats, sprawling federal agencies, and affluent donors who do not have the best interests of ordinary Americans at heart? To say it is a national shame is an understatement. This travesty should end immediately. It is now obvious that the governing power to determine our nation’s destiny lies in unelected hands.”
Yes, the colonel’s analysis is spot on. This nation that we are constantly told must protect “our democracy” is neither a democracy nor republic. When we point out that constitutionally this nation is a republic not a democracy we are called fascists, etc. The truth is now out and can’t reasonably be denied and that is that people who have not been elected are exercising power of an immense nature and are doing a very poor job of it. These unelected people, whoever they are, have something other than the best interests of the American people in mind or else they must all be complete idiots.
The real question that needs to be addressed is not who will replace him because at this point it’s impossible to have any confidence in any Democrat politician. The real question that the news media should be asking but isn’t asking, is how long have you known and why didn’t you tell us. That question is being avoided instead of asked so it’s obvious that the captive media is in league with the devil serving as his assistant instead of reporting his actions.
Did he suddenly lose his mind in 90 minutes or have you known all along and kept it secret from us. People knew before his campaign when he ran it from his basement. Government and media have been perpetuating a hoax on us and that hoax is that for this entire administration’s time in office, someone other than the president has been running the country, someone not answerable to voters. Who are these people who live in shadows, answerable to no one. The media cover-up for them, they don’t ask who they are.
Finally, folks, the system is supposed to work in reverse of how it is currently working. The media is there to protect the governed from the government, but instead it protects the government from the governed. That has to change if we are to live without fear of an out-of-control government, or no government at all. If we reward these people by reelecting them I guess we deserve what we get.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle argues that the one who enables the dangerous animal to walk out of his cage at the zoo is more responsible for the animal’s actions than the animal.
Transcription / Notes
WHO LEFT THE ZOO UNLOCKED?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I take a brief break from war today, at least from foreign wars, and talk about the war going on right here in America. I will be talking about horrible subjects, such as murder, torture, and rape of children. My argument is that the one who enables the dangerous animal to walk out of his cage at the zoo is more responsible for the animal’s actions than the animal is.
Animals live and survive by instinct unlike humans who have souls and self-awareness. The rattlesnake doesn’t want to strike you but if he feels threatened, he will strike. The tiger and the leopard kill the deer and the antelope, not because they hate them, but because they are their food and they act out of instinct to survive.
Not everyone has the opportunity to see exotic animals like big cats and dangerous reptiles in their natural habitats so we have zoos, even in our big cities people can go to the zoo and see a tiger, leopard, or cobra safely held in cages. What would happen if the zookeeper was a deranged lunatic or just someone who hated his fellow human beings, and he intentionally left the cage doors open. It would be even worse if he opened the cages and then left tasty snacks around the local neighborhood just to whet the appetites of the hungry animals.
When the animals leave the zoo, having no conscious and never hearing that voice that says no don’t do that because it would be despicable, vile, disgusting, and human society will punish you if you do. The animal is devoid of that capacity to reason so simply reacts on instinct and he kills. The unfortunate victim of the animal just happened to be available when the animal felt the instinctive drive of hunger or fear. In the wild the tiger and the leopard will look at the herd of antelope to determine if there are any sick or crippled in the herd because they would be easier to catch and less able to defend themselves.
The sick, diseased, animals who live and circulate among normal humans pretending to be human themselves operate the same way. Their victim is usually a child or a vulnerable woman. Why do we never hear about a Navy Seal, or Delta Force Trooper being raped and murdered by the animals among us. The answer is the same as the leopard and the antelope and the reason the leopard picks the slowest not the fastest.
My point with this introduction is not to argue that the humans among us who prey on the weak and helpless, are without guilt, far from it. In my opinion the laws designed to protect us should offer more concern and compassion for the victim while respecting the Constitutional right of the accused to be judged fairly. The debate about the death penalty for horrible crimes is for us to take up another day. My argument today is that the one who intentionally leaves the zoo cage open and entices the leopard into a civilized human neighborhood is more guilty of the crime than the leopard.
The leopard has to be put down because he is now a human killer. That is because in a civilized society we respect human life and put a high value on it. That value is so high that if you unlawfully take one, you just might forfeit your own. In order to start the process of regaining our way as free Americans we must begin to respect and protect human life again. The issue in this Castle Report is who is the most responsible when the leopard kills a child, the leopard or the zookeeper.
President Joe Biden and his Secretary of Homeland Security, Alejandro Mayorkas, are the zookeepers in America today. People voted for Joe Biden, but no one voted for Mayorkas except those in the United States Senate who confirmed him. Blame falls on them as well as on everyone with any capacity to remove these men from public office and who fail to do so. Mr. Mayorkas, who I realize is just the gun in the hand of Joe Biden, was born in Havana, Cuba in 1959. I wish his family had remained in Cuba where Alejandro would undoubtedly have been more comfortable living under that communist system.
I might be wrong about that on second thought because the Castro brothers would probably have been less tolerant of child rape and murder than our present Democrat administration. Let me speak now about specific crimes of the most horrifying nature, at least they would be to any normal human. These two men are guilty of these crimes just as if they had literally committed them by themselves because they left the zoo cage open and they invited the leopards into the surrounding neighborhoods, and they did it intentionally.
Women are at risk from men and always have been. Our laws are designed to preserve the lives of the weak and helpless from the monsters who live among us but lately this country through its president has been importing monsters in record numbers. These monsters have been going about their animalistic crimes in a mind-numbing number of places around the country. Snatching random women off the streets, raping, torturing, and murdering them seemingly at will. Horrifyingly, many of the victims have been children so let me take just a moment to calm down because this triggers something in me. Perhaps it is a long dormant training from 50 years ago which taught me that we were to fight to protect the women and children back home.
To speak of all the victims would numb our minds and might even be disrespectful to the victims. I would never use the names of these women and children under normal circumstances but their deaths have been so publicized that their names and pictures are all over the internet. If you don’t use the internet for news and rely on the New York Times, the TV networks, or your local paper, well then you might have a different view and one that is less clear than mine.
I will give you just a few examples to illustrate my point. Please keep in mind that these examples are just the obvious and most publicized but there are literally dozens of rapes and murders and they are happening far too often to keep up with. Rachel Morin, mother of five children, 37 years old decided to go for a run on a quiet trail in her peaceful, suburban, hometown of Bel Air, Maryland where she was raped and murdered.
Twenty-three-year-old Victor Martinez Herandez was finally arrested after DNA evidence linked him to the crime. He was invited into the country in January 2023 after murdering a woman in his home of El Salvador. Once in America, he attacked and brutalized a mother and her 9-year-old daughter during a home invasion in March 2023 in Los Angeles. DNA linked the two cases together and tied them to Mr. Herandez. Ms. Morin’s murder, according to the sheriff, was the second in Harford County, Maryland in two years, by an illegal from a criminal gang in El Salvador. We are 1800 miles from the border so this should not be happening, he said. This is where I point out that absent the invitation of Joe Biden and Alejandro Mayorkas, Mr. Herandez would be sitting in an El Salvador prison or dead. To put it bluntly, dozens of women and girls would be alive and safe today if it were not for Joe Biden and his henchmen.
Here’s the latest atrocity, at least the latest that I am aware of. A 12 year old child, Jocelyn Nungaray, was found strangled to death in a creek in Houston, Texas. Two illegal aliens from Venezuela were arrested for her death. Those two men are Johan Jose Rangel Martinez, 21, and Franklin Jose Pena Remos, 26. Mr. Ramos had his bail set at $10 million. The two men reportedly lured the child under a bridge where they assaulted her for hours before they murdered her and left her body in a drainage canal.
Mr. Ramos was detained by the Border Patrol in El Paso, Texas on May 28, but under the catch and release orders of Joe Biden, they released him to rape, torture, and murder this poor child.
According to the local District Attorney, Kim Ogg, both suspects could face the death penalty so I must assume that she wasn’t appointed to her position by George Soros. I know that down in Texas, if you kill one of theirs, sometimes they kill you back so let’s hope justice is done. No, on second thought, justice is not achievable because the real rapists, torturers, and murderers are protected and above the law. This November, literally tens of millions of Americans will vote to endorse what the real killers have done.
Texas Governor Gregg Abott said, “kill kids in Texas you get the death penalty. That little girl would be alive today if Biden enforced immigration law at the border”. Donald Trump called the child’s mother to offer sympathy and support, but Joe Biden issued a press release saying he wished condolences to the family, the identical statement to the one for the mother of five who was murdered and raped in Maryland. The community around Jocelyn’s neighborhood has contributed to her Go Fund Me account as one might expect, and that is fine but nothing will bring Jocelyn back and nothing will relieve the suffering of her family.
One more case to let you know that some children are able to escape from their rapists and murderers despite the efforts of the undocumented guest. Last week a 13-year-old girl and another child were walking home from school in Flushing Meadow, New York. It was about 3:30 PM so the attack occurred in broad daylight in a public place. Her attacker, Christian Inga-Landi, was from Ecuador and entered the country, it is believed in 2021. Inga was ordered by an immigration judge in New York City to leave the country on February 2, 2022, but he didn’t. He crossed the Mexican Border on June 25,2021 with his son and entered Eagle Pass, Texas where he was captured, processed and released. The two were deemed inadmissible by the Border Patrol, but under the Biden rules, what can you do.
He grabbed the girl and a male friend and forced them with a machete into a secluded area where he tied them with shoelaces and raped the little girl. He stole their cell phones but did not kill them which was an unusual act of mercy for a wild animal. I imagine the child will remember the event for the rest of her life, but I hope and pray she finds some peace. Everyone in the system contributed to her suffering from the agents who are just doing their jobs all the way to the White House. Joe Biden is, however, responsible for her rape as he is the leader who invited it by opening the zoo cages.
Here are just a few more some of whom I have talked about before. February 22, 2024, Laken Riley a 22-year-old nursing student went for a run on her college campus and was kidnapped, assaulted and bludgeoned to death by illegal, Venezuelan, Jose Ibarra.
July 27, 2022, Frederick, Maryland, yes, it looks like Maryland is dangerous but I surmise it’s just close to D.C. the very epicenter of crime. Kayla Hamilton age 20 was raped and strangled to death with a phone-charging cord. He was 17, the murderer, so a juvenile and his name wasn’t released but he entered the country illegally in 2021 despite his known affiliation with the violent El Salvador gang, MS-13. His tattoos, even his shirt screamed violent MS-13, but they let him in anyway because that is their orders
I could go on all day with examples because Joe Biden, and Alejandro Mayorkas, are allowing their invited guests to go on raping and murdering at a phenomenal rate but enough is enough. The Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean, a division of the United Nations, tells us that sexual violence against females is rampant in Latin America. In fact, what the organization calls femicide is soaring in Latin America and is one of the drivers of immigration. OK, hearing that, why do our leaders want so badly to create the same atmosphere of fear and violence in America, and why do American women vote for it.
Democrats Joe Biden and Alejandro Mayorkas know the people they are inviting into the country are rapists, murderers, criminals, thieves, and monsters, along with those just seeking a better life, but they just don’t care. I have to assume they are getting what they want from it but I do wonder why so many women support them. I don’t want to be too hard on Democrat women because it seems they are so committed to abortion that everything else is just lies and fake news. It’s Baghdad Bob again, i.e. you are not seeing this and this is not happening.
Finally, folks, there are three levels of guilt here. The first is the murderer and rapist who is just the gun in the hand of the zookeeper. The second is the zookeeper who is Joe Biden and his toadies. He is the most responsible and most guilty of the rape, torture, and murder of at least dozens of women and girls in America on his watch. The third are the people who vote to put such people in power I suppose because they don’t believe the stories. To those Democrat women who don’t believe the stories I would suggest calling Jocelyn but I remember now she was raped and murdered.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about how the world seems to be arming up for global war which now appears more and more likely and less avoidable.
Transcription / Notes
PREPARING FOR GLOBAL WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about how the world seems to be arming up for global war which now appears more and more likely and less and less avoidable. The apparently unstoppable movement toward world war is very reminiscent of the start of World War I as the world celebrates the 110th anniversary of the start of World War I this August.
Once again, I find myself talking about war which is ongoing and threatening to spread out of control. The U.S. in particular seems intent on making the war in Ukraine into a global war against Russia and Russia is lining up its partners who are willing to sign on to resist the financial control of the U.S. and its Western allies. Old friends like Thailand and even NATO member Turkey have applied to join the BRICS. Putin was in North Korea to meet with the little rocket man this week, and they signed a mutual defense agreement.
Yes, there are ominous trends happening in the world which any sane leader would pay attention to but in the West, it appears that few, if any, are listening. In the Middle East Israel is fighting on two fronts as hundreds of missiles and rockets rain down on northern Israel. A broad, vicious, and very dangerous war is in the process of getting underway against the Iranian sponsored terrorist group Hezbollah, as hundreds have already died.
In Ukraine the United States has a proxy or ally if you prefer, which is led by a president who refused to allow elections to be held and refuses to leave office after his term expired. Mr. Zelensky is therefore illegitimate, or if you prefer the term, a dictator. He is what the Democrats in the United States have accused Donald Trump of being.
Mr. Putin tells us that the longer the range of U.S. missiles being fired into Russia the deeper the buffer zone between Ukraine and Russia will have to be. In other words, the missiles accomplish nothing positive and have many negative results. The missiles and any other weapons sent to Ukraine cannot resurrect the depleted and dead Ukrainian army so it seems to me to be an excuse to involve NATO in a broader war and an excuse for NATO troops in Ukraine. Let’s find a way to make it worse if we possibly can and never seek peace.
If that were to happen the French seem to be the chosen ones to lead the effort. Words fail me in my efforts to convey to you how stupid and pointless this all is. I’m sitting here reviewing what happened in 1914 all over again. Didn’t the world just go through this 110 years ago and didn’t it learn anything. Well, the French have a violent history with Russia don’t they, having spent some time there in 1812 just 212 years ago this month so I guess history is repeating itself or politicians are repeating the same stupid mistakes.
The last time the French army went into Russia it sent a Grand Army of 680,000 men and about 26,000 of them were able to return to France alive so it seems the French are slow learners. Despite the French people’s efforts to reign in their out-of-control politicians nothing seems able to slow the egotistical drive toward war of Emmanuel Macron. In recent parliamentary elections Marine Le Pen’s conservative party beat Macron’s pro mass immigration, pro war, pro there is no such thing as French people party, but that doesn’t seem to have stopped his drive to get France into a world war.
President Biden just made a deal with Ukraine to supply funding and weapons for 10 years. There is absolutely no advantage or benefit to the United States in the agreement whatsoever but that doesn’t stop the rush toward suicide. I suppose it’s a kind of insurance policy in case Trump wins the election so that his hands would be tied and the madness would continue.
It seems pretty simple to me that the more weapons the U.S. sends to Ukraine the less that it has available for its own defense and the less it has for the other wars it is fomenting around the world. Another thing about U.S. shipments to Ukraine and Israel as well is that adversaries have been able to examine the high-tech cutting-edge U.S. smart weapons and develop counter measures for them. The result is that the weapons are not so cutting edge and not so smart anymore because they have been reengineered and tested by our enemies.
For example, the long-range missiles fired into Russia have allowed Russia to figure out how to jam the guidance systems coming from U.S. satellites and so their targeting is no longer as accurate as before. The same is true in reverse regarding the U.S. Patriot anti-missile defense system and the Iron Dome system supplied to Israel. The Russians and Iranians have hypersonic missiles and if they are not truly hypersonic what difference does it make. The point is that they are getting through and several of the defense batteries have been destroyed.
This comes at a time when it appears that U.S. politicians have lost touch with reality. If so, that would be very appropriate with all the videos and audio recordings evidencing President Biden’s obvious lack of hold on reality. The U.S. media, including his minister of propaganda at the press corps, tell us that we are not seeing this and that its just fake. For example, when he was in Italy for the G-7 conference and all the heads of state were watching a skydiving exhibit arranged by Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni, and he wondered off from the group like some inattentive lost child.
Prime Minister Meloni casually, without attracting attention, just went over and took him by the arm and brought him back to the group. My opinion of her, already high, went up about 100% by the way she handled the situation. She then went on to defy pressure from Biden to include statements supporting abortion on demand as well as pride month in the G-7 statements about the conference. No, she said, we will not do such anti-family things in Italy as it would be “profoundly wrong “so good on you Prime Minister.
This all comes at a time when the U.S. has $35 trillion of debt up from $5.6 trillion in 1999 so in about 25 years it has added about $30 trillion. The interest this year is predicted to finally approach or even exceed the bloated trillion-dollar defense budget so a good dose of reality would serve us well in Washington. To grease the wheels of our decline even more on June 9 the 50-year deal with Saudi Arabia commonly known as the Petro Dollar deal expired and the Saudis said they would not renew it.
Simply put the deal allowed the U.S. to export its dollars and the Saudis to export their oil. If you wanted to buy Saudi Oil, and everyone did, you had to use U.S. dollars for the purchase. The Saudis would then use the dollars to purchase U.S. Treasury Bonds thus continuing the cycle to infinity and beyond. The added incentive for the Saudis was that the U.S. would use its military to keep the Saudi Royal Family in power and off the backs of Israel. To emphasize the importance of the deal it was probably, but I admit I’m guessing, the reason the U.S. attacked Iraq and Afghanistan rather than Saudi Arabia after 9-11 since almost all the hijackers were Saudis. One doesn’t go attacking a nation that is a major holder of its debt.
Everything the U.S. does now costs a lot more than it costs the people they do it to. For example, the U.S. and Uk Navies have been fighting the Houthis in the Red Sea and Gulf of Aden in an effort to keep shipping lanes open. The primitive Houthi tribes, supplied with missiles and drones by Iran, have proven incredibly resistant to annihilation. According to reports of the U.S. military more than $1 billion has been expended in munitions alone. The navy has conducted bombing strikes inside Yemen but I get the feeling that if the U.S. Navy dropped a nuclear bomb the desert Houthis would crawl out of the rubble with an anti-ship missile.
Remember that every time President Biden has some new “gun control” measure pending he comments on the idea that arms were necessary to the founders to reign in an out-of-control government. In other words, to resist tyranny guns are necessary and a right of Americans. He always gives the same response he gave the other day just a little slurred. If you want to fight the government you can’t do it with guns, you need F-16’s and nuclear weapons.
Well, Mr. president I have to point out that after 20 years of war you offered an unconditional surrender of American forces and its weapons to a bunch of primitive cave dwellers in Afghanistan. They had no F-16’s and no nuclear weapons just their guts and blood but they drove the U.S. powerful, high-tech military out of their country. The Houthis have proven to be made of the same stuff. The Red Sea is still a deadly corridor and many companies are avoiding it because of those primitive tribes, with their gunboats and missiles as well as some Iranian drones.
That story of Joe Biden’s lack of understanding of what the modern world is like is illustrative of what the U.S. government has apparently come to believe and through its captive media has been able to convince the American people of. The story is that the U.S. is invincible and can strut around the world provoking nuclear armed countries with impunity. As a result, the U.S. has reacted to its lost war in Ukraine in two ways. The first by threatening to send NATO troops with the French as the lead cannon fodder. The 2nd is to supply ever longer-range missiles to hit deeper into Russia, I suppose to provoke Russia to an attack on NATO thus justifying something they apparently already intend to do.
To keep all this madness going and to keep the plates in the air for a few more days the U.S. House, last Friday or one week ago passed the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) by a vote of 217-199 largely, but not totally, along party lines. The Republican majority managed to get several amendments added in an effort to prevent some of the social engineering being conducted in the military right now. Most Democrats voted against the bill due to the conservative amendments and most Republicans voted in favor so we will see what the senate does with it very soon.
Continuing the theme of our title and in preparation for global war, the bill also contains an interesting new section that might be of interest to anyone between the ages of 18 and 26. Most people apparently don’t know this but all-American males are required to register for the draft when they turn 18. Most people just ignore the requirement and I would guess that many don’t even know about it. Apparently, the Democrats are anticipating a big global war because a Democrat Amendment to the NDAA passed by voice vote.
“Section 531. Selective Service System: Automatic Registration. Sec.3. (a)(1) Except as otherwise provided in this title, every male citizen of the United States, and every other male person residing in the United States, between the ages of 18 and 26, shall be automatically registered under this Act by the Director of the Selective Service System.”
So, if the bill passes in its current form Congress will take steps toward automatic conscription of your children. The new law will automatically register them so they can’t just ignore the requirement. They will be notified in writing that they have been registered and are required to provide date of birth, address, social security account number, phone number, and email address. Congress wants your children to know that wars of stupidity and wars of aggression have consequences and those consequences might just be their lives.
There are currently more than 16 million eligible males in this automatic registration and if it is extended to females as some members of congress advocate there would be over 32 million. About 1.5 million undocumented immigrants are also subject to this new law so perhaps they could be persuaded to return across the border rather than be conscripted to fight an unnecessary, debt funded, stupid, pointless war that can only end badly and has no upside except the stock prices of defense contractors.
In conclusion, I am indebted to Dennis Kucinich for much of the information on the automatic registration section. Dennis has been out of Congress for 10 or 12 years I believe, but he is running again in Ohio as an independent.
Finally, folks, I close this Castle report with a quote from President Biden’s recent D-Day speech quoted from Politico, “The price of unchecked tyranny is the blood of the young and the brave.” Well, yes indeed Mr. President, you have never spoken truer words.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the words of U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham, a Republican from the state of South Carolina, speaking on Face the Nation on CBS last Sunday. He explained why we can’t afford to allow Russia to prevail in Ukraine.
Transcription / Notes
UKRAINE IS A GOLDMINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the words of U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham, a Republican from the state of South Carolina, speaking on Face the Nation on CBS last Sunday. He said that we can’t afford to allow Russia to prevail in Ukraine because then Russia would have access to Ukraine’s vast mineral wealth and it would share it with China, so it would be better if it were available only to the U.S. and its allies.
I am grateful to the senator for finally saying out loud and in public for the whole world to see and hear the reason the United States is fueling the war in Ukraine and seems to be trying to constantly make it worse. He emphasized the immense value of Ukraine’s critical mineral resources, estimated to be worth between $10 to $12 trillion, and the strategic importance of these assets for the U.S. and the Western World. He also underscored the necessity of supporting Ukraine to ensure those resources do not fall into the hands of Russia and China.
So, my thanks to the senator for confirming that the politicians, bureaucrats, and billionaires who run the U.S. government are not sacrificing hundreds of thousands of Ukrainian and Russian lives along with the infrastructure of an entire nation, as well as more than $120 billion of U.S. debt for no good reason. The sacrifice is not for such nebulous old-fashioned concepts as freedom and democracy, and it is not for the self determination of the Ukrainian people.
Most importantly, it is not for the peace and security of Europe because Russia seeks to rebuild the Soviet Union and that would obviously threaten a great deal of Europe. It is not because Russia wants to recapture the Baltics first, then move on to Poland, Romania, and so on and so forth. No, it’s not any of those things which are now revealed to be lies and more lies as I have been saying since the U.S. inspired coup in 2014. It is money, just filthy lucre and it always has been money. Quoting the senator:
“They’re sitting on $10 to $12 trillion of critical minerals in Ukraine. They could be the richest country in all of Europe. I don’t want to give that money and those assets to Putin to share with China. If we help Ukraine now, they can become the best business partner we ever dreamed of. That $10 to $12 trillion of critical mineral assets could be used by Ukraine and the West, not given to Putin and China. This is a very big deal how Ukraine ends. Let’s help them win a war we can’t afford to lose. Let’s find a solution to this war. But they’re sitting on a gold mine. To give Putin $10 to $12 trillion of critical minerals he will share with China is ridiculous.”
That performance of Senator Graham’s was quite an eye opener but I promised myself I would not overreact. I will not allow my base instinct to control my thoughts about the senator’s explanation of the war, therefore, I will not call the senator a corrupt war mongering hypocritical insane lunatic. The mask of morality with which U.S. politicians have always covered their actions has now been removed. The posturing about whether Russia has designs on the Baltics and the rest of Europe is just so much BS. So, thank you Senator for telling us the truth, finally.
Do you think the senator told the nation the truth because he thought we would find his reasoning appealing or because he thinks we are just too stupid to understand him. I wonder if he thinks the average American would be more than willing to push the world to the brink of nuclear war to help the U.S. corporate bottom line. In addition to being vile, disgusting, and morally repugnant, it is completely flawed reasoning. It makes no sense at all unless you own or at least are heavily invested in the resource companies that will benefit from all the death, destruction, chaos, and risk.
If the U.S. is simply making an investment that’s one thing, but it sounds a lot like gambling with life and death for millions to me. The secretary of defense told us early in this poker game that our purpose in funding it and thus making it a lot worse was to weaken Russia, to bleed Russia, and thus degrade the Russian ability to make war. I can now safely assume that the reasoning is far simpler than it seemed to me at first. If Russia is bled dry as the secretary put it, then Russia would be less capable of resisting U.S. efforts to steal or purchase through munitions and warfare, the Ukrainian natural resources.
The senator is a longtime hawk, especially when it comes to Russia, but a hawk toward war in general. I always thought it was because he is a raving, power mad lunatic, but now I see that much of it is cold and rational. He referred to Vladimir Putin as a megalomaniac who is attempting to re-create the Russian empire by force of arms. That is straight out of Saul Alinsky who used to counsel his young radicals like Hillery Clinton in his book, Rules for Radicals, where he said accuse your enemy of what you are doing. So, I guess when the senator says this is a war we can’t afford to lose, he means that literally.
He also said that the U.S. should speed up efforts to steal $300 billion of Russian sovereign assets and he made a demand that Russia be designated a state sponsor of terrorism under U.S. law. I have to ask whether Russia is the terrorist since the real goal of the war has been so forthrightly revealed by the senator.
By a strange coincidence, one day prior to senator Graham’s remarks, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orban argued that the West wants Kiev to win the conflict with Russia so that it can control Ukraine’s wealth. Orban was interviewed by Hir TV about the war and he accused the U.S. and its allies of seeing Ukraine as a potentially huge source of revenue which they will be able to control, provided Russia is defeated. He also noted that the conflict is a major boost for Western arms suppliers, creditors, and speculators, noting that this is the reason the war has dragged on for so long.
I have spoken well of Mr. Orbin before because I have always found him to be honest, forthright, with a love of his country and a desire to do his best for the Hungarian people. Those are honorable traits and I can think of no other Western leader who has them. Western leaders normally want the cloak of morality to cover their wars and their violations of human rights and their murders, but when the cloak is lifted the insides are pretty ugly to look at.
Russia has stated over and over throughout this conflict that its goals are to protect the largely Russian-speaking population of Donbass against persecution by Kiev, and to ensure Russia’s own security in light of NATO expansion toward its borders. Russia has never expressed an intention to take over Ukraine let alone Europe and that includes Ukraine’s natural resources. These goals are apparently the ambition of the United States and its allies, at least according to Senator Lindsey Graham.
Graham has been the escalator in chief especially during all of 2023 and so far in 2024. His constant demands for escalation, his constant complaining that weapons shipments are not enough along with his demands that more and more sophisticated weapons should be sent have kept this conflict going and have made it much worse. He certainly bears a great deal of responsibility for bringing the world to the brink although the bottom line is still Joe Biden. The president signs off on everything, or else it does not go. If Biden doesn’t sign the order, then the weapons don’t go and if Biden doesn’t give Zelensky permission to attack inside Russia with U.S. weapons it would not happen, therefore the escalation is American.
Long range precision guided missiles being sent deep into Russia to attack military targets but most importantly to attack Russian early warning radar systems are especially troubling. They are troubling to me because if I were Vladimir Putin, I would not put up with it and I wonder how much longer he will. The missiles must have targeting systems linked to satellites and maintained by people in NATO countries on the ground. The origins of the missiles, their supply chains and maintenance facilities are legitimate military targets and that would mean Russia attacking NATO countries thus triggering a probable article 5 NATO response.
I wonder if there is anyone left in the U.S. government who has any sense at all. The steady path toward World War III continues and no one will vary from it. Russia meets each escalation with its own escalation. Each U.S. escalation has been a tactical failure so far but that hasn’t stopped the flow of new weapons and tactics. If there are any rational leaders left in the West, when do they consider the possibility that the war is lost, deescalate, and seek a treaty to end it. That might be a monetary loss for senator Graham though, so I won’t count on it but still, I can’t help but wonder.
In the latest escalation the U.S. and its NATO allies have green-lighted missile attacks deep inside Russia using U.S.-made ATACMS ballistic missiles with a range of about 190 miles. The attacks have hit both civilian and military targets such as the Russian nuclear missile warning system. These attacks are prompting severe Russian responses including the destruction of the entire Ukrainian power grid. Using U.S. supplied drones and missiles to attack the Russian early warning system for incoming nuclear armed missiles is about as provocative as it gets without an actual nuclear attack.
Both the U.S. and Russia adhere to a nuclear philosophy that is called launch on warning. That means that as soon as an incoming nuclear missile is detected you launch and you don’t wait for them to hit their targets. That’s why attacking the early warning system is such an eye opener and has never been done by either side. Ukraine doesn’t have nuclear missiles so why would it have any reason to attack a nuclear missile early warning system. Ukraine launched these missiles into Russia, but it could not have done so without U.S. and NATO supply and most importantly U.S. satellite targeting information.
What would the U.S. do if Mexico launched missiles supplied by Russia with targeting data also supplied by Russia, to attack U.S. early warning system radars. Hitting a radar system that is a part of nuclear defense leaves a gap in that link, that system. The launch on warning is then even more on a hair trigger and even more sensitive to detection and launch. Therefore, the world resides on a hair trigger and remains just one split second decision or mistake from disaster. Is the natural resources wealth of Ukraine worth nuclear war. Apparently, some lunatics in Washington think so but they never bother to ask us normal people if we think it is.
The Russian reluctance and restraint, rather than a compliment, has become a hinderance to peace because it creates the belief that because they haven’t attacked NATO, they never will. That reaction is more evidence to compliment Tucker Carlson’s interview with Putin in which Putin appeared rational and not a bloodthirsty lunatic. He doesn’t appear to want war with the U.S. and NATO but I wonder how much longer he will permit his country to be attacked without consequences. The other day Russian deputy chairman of the Security Council. Dmitry Medvedev told the world that Russia knows where the attacks are coming from.
“I would like to warn American leaders against miscalculations that could have fatal consequences. For unknown reasons, they underestimate the seriousness of the rebuff they may receive.”
Mr. Medvedev is wrong about one thing though. The reasons are not unknown. It is because the West is led by illegitimate, incompetent, and reckless people who don’t seem to know or care what nuclear war is and they are driven primarily by money and power. They assume they can play with fire and not be burned.
Finally, folks, it seems to me that this is an illegitimate criminal system that seeks to benefit from cannibalizing other countries by way of mass death and destruction all the while cloaking itself in a flag of false morality. How can we support that?
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the conviction of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts in New York last week in America’s first Stalinist show-trial designed to be an example of what could happen if you challenge the prevailing ideology of our new post rule of law, post bill of rights, nation.
Transcription / Notes
CHALLENGING THE POWERS THAT BE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 7th day of June in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the conviction of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts in New York City last week. This was America’s first Stalinist show trial designed to be an example of what could happen to normal people if they challenge the prevailing ideology of our new post rule of law, post bill of rights, nation.
Before I get into the conviction, I will remind you once again that yesterday, the 6th of June was the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings on the coast of France. Hundreds of thousands of young men were sent ashore in Normandy to confront the Nazi army that enslaved Europe. Thousands of them died that day but they all knew that death was a real possibility for them and yet they went anyway. When I see the thousands of crosses in the Normandy cemeteries today my first thought is what a terrible waste.
What private at Omaha Beach or Lieutenant on Utah would have become a great doctor, but now many thousands have been deprived of his care. What Canadian sergeant would have become prime minister of Canada thus sparing us the horrible Pierre Trudeau and his much worse son Justin. These are all things that we can’t know because they are all dead, but there is one thing of which I am certain and that is that the nation is no longer worthy of them because they fought to preserve something that has been squandered as you will hear in this report.
In my analysis of Trump’s conviction, I looked around for some quote, and some example with which I could illustrate what happened and reveal the depths to which we have sunk as a people. The best quote is from the chief of Stalin’s secret police Lavrenti Beria. “Show me the man, Ill show you the crime.”
Professor Alan Dershowitz said that Judge Merchan took Stalin one step further because a day after the ruling and verdict he still didn’t know what the crime was. The prosecution didn’t bother or was unable to define the alleged crime that Trump allegedly committed. That didn’t matter because the judge told the jury in his instructions that they didn’t have to agree or even know what the crimes were as long as they had a belief that criminal acts were committed. This was, therefore, one of the greatest miscarriages of justice in U.S. history.
So, what was the crime of which he was supposedly guilty? We still don’t know exactly what the jury decided because apparently even they didn’t know what the crime was. A biased judge who refused to recuse himself apparently because he was hand selected for the purpose of a conviction. A biased jury and a biased prosecutor who ran for office on the promise of finding a crime to prosecute Trump for. The prosecutor and the system tried to follow Chief Beria’s statement but try as it did no crime could be found so they just made one up or invented one.
This is a stain on the system of law and justice in America and it makes it difficult to ever respect such a system again. If this verdict holds then be afraid because this is no longer America but instead it has morphed into a Stalinist system of terror from above. If we are to have hope for this country, for our system of individual rights, this decision must be overturned without a lot of delay and bureaucratic wrangling.
There used to be a sacrosanct system of standards and everyone knew that the integrity of the system for all of us was more important than the evidence or lack of it against any one criminal defendant. First, there had to be a victim, a step missing from Trump’s trial. Victims would come forward to the system and allege that a crime had taken place. Professional police officers and detectives would investigate and if evidence warranted a suspect would be found and then prosecutors, separate from the police, would bring charges. The suspect, as we all know, would be presumed innocent until the prosecution proved every aspect of the law beyond a reasonable doubt. Now, that sacrosanct system is completely distorted and broken.
Politicians run for elected office like District Attorney or State Attorney General with the same zeal and the same promises to the same people as any other politician running for any other office. They are often funded by people like George Soros who want them in office because they will help him unleash chaos, disrespect, and doubt into the system. Most of all, they bring fear because no one is safe from their prosecutions or from the criminals they release to prey on the innocent.
They used to investigate a crime to find an individual suspect if one existed, but now they investigate a specific individual to find a crime even if it means inventing a crime where none exists. They then select the jurisdiction most suitable to them where virtually no one in the potential jury pool holds any political view different from the prosecution. The jurisdiction must be one where the defendant is hated so there is no chance whatsoever of a fair trial. That’s not enough for our new system though, the prosecutors must find a judge who is completely corrupt and sold out to the new ideology.
In our present case the judge’s daughter is a fund raiser for the Democratic Party and has raised millions for them. The judge imposed a gag order on Trump to keep him from talking about it and would allow no testimony about his daughter. The judge also contributed money to the Biden campaign. Oh yes, I know Joe Biden had nothing to do with this trial that is evident from his smirk after the verdict. That’s why the Biden department of injustice sent a prosecutor to New York to handle the prosecution because Bragg didn’t have the skills or confidence to do it.
Sad, but this is our system now. A member of the ruling elite, whichever one is in power at the time, can just point his thumb up or down like Ceasar at the Colosseum and that means death for the accused who had the audacity to oppose Ceasar. Today it isn’t gladiators who deliver the killing blow but dozens of federal agents with a laundry list of charges.
Since we are talking about ancient history or the Roman Empire let me take you to ancient Greece for a moment where this thing we now refer to as democracy began. The word justice comes from the Latin word justitia which means righteousness. Quite appropriately those who applaud the verdict are full of righteousness albeit the self- righteousness-kind. Their cheering at the demise of the centuries old American system of law and individual rights adds emphasis to the fact that we have given our system over to a group of ignorant barbarians who only know they won. They, from the president on down, don’t seem to care that their victory has destroyed the protection of law for all of us.
What was Donald Trump’s crime that so offended Ceasar? He had the audacity to run for political office again and he refused to back down. Democrats were advised after the verdict by the son of George Soros, Mr. Alex Soros, to always refer to Trump as a convicted felon so the word was out to the media from the man himself. Maybe these end-zone celebrations will backfire and start to bother even those who hate Trump and despise his opposition to this evil system as it now exists. Perhaps their referring to him as a convicted felon will be a rallying cry and a badge of honor. Perhaps this trial will make it more likely that Trump will be elected rather than less likely.
Americans have always had a soft spot for the underdog. Who would not want a team to prevail if they knew that the referees had been cheating for the opposition and therefore the victory was not justice but injustice. It appears that they are very afraid of Donald Trump and that is itself a badge of honor for Trump. Anyone they are afraid of must be someone to be considered worthy. This case had nothing to do with law and those of us who are not totally perverted know it. This case is disgraceful and as Tucker Carlson said anyone who defends it is a threat to you and your family.
This is an age-old dilemma that we face as Americans but we have always relied on our Constitution and the law to protect us from the perversions of individuals. Just to reiterate a few things, it is a case brought by a prosecutor who could show no one harmed. It is doubly frightening because there are literally no legal grounds for bringing it and yet the powers who are supposed to rule over and protect the system said nothing. The bar associations, the law schools and most of all the media said nothing. None of the watchdogs said anything and that scares me more than the verdict.
This age-old dilemma with which our enemies were confronted was that getting Trump was so important that it justified any means, even perverted ones. This is the decision of fascists everywhere as learned from their mentor Benito Mussolini who decided that joining the Nazis was OK if it could help him restore the Roman Empire. We see quite often today the bogey man who is so bad that unjustified war or unjustified perversions of the system are now justified. Since the real crime of Trump was attempting to get elected, the prosecutor and judge have interfered with and perverted the election of the next president.
The people who are cheering the verdict will one day fall victim to this perversion and I wish they could understand that they have destroyed the system. One day, inevitably, they will say the wrong word, use the wrong pronoun, or have a wrong thought. Perhaps they will fail to bend the knee to Ceasar or fail to obey Ceasar when he gives them the thumb up or down. Perhaps they will refuse or regret not participating in whatever virtue signaling is next on the self-righteous woke agenda. If any of those happen, they could end up on the business end of the perverted justice system they just helped to create. They are full of blood lust now, but this new legal standard applies to them as well.
By a strange coincidence, the day of Trump’s verdict, May 30th was the anniversary of the death of Joan of Arc. 593 years ago. That fact came to my attention because of an article written by Msgr. Richard Antall for Crisis Magazine. Since I am a lifetime admirer of Saint Joan, I mention her struggle to you now. Saint Joan was burned at the stake on May 30, 1431, when she was just 19 years old. She was a peasant girl born to a family of sharecroppers in rural France. She was a devout catholic as was most of France but she kept having visions that God told her he wanted her to lead an effort to free France from English occupation. Her time was near the end of the Hundred Years War between France and England, so desperate times for France.
Despite the objections of many, including the church, she led the French army to victory at the battle of Orleans. Her time was much like ours in that those who oppose the powers that be would not and could not be tolerated. Joan was persecuted and vilified over the next year and a kangaroo court made up of English and even French traitors convicted her of blasphemy. She was executed by burning on May 30th, 1431, at age 19. In 1920 she was made a saint of the Catholic Church and a bronze statue of a heroic Joan in full battle armor on her warhorse stands in Paris. The date of her death is a national holiday in France so it took a while and a revolution had to destroy the church and the royalty, but the French people refused to let go of this peasant girl who became a great warrior.
Will the American people eventually see Donald Trump as valiant warrior who refused to back down to a group of corrupt officials, and one who sacrificed himself for us. Time will tell I guess, but one wonders whether we will ever welcome him into history as a national hero as the French people finally did for Joan. One thing is for certain and that is that his enemies who hate him and wish death for him have elevated him to be one of the most important Americans in history.
Finally, folks, I don’t think this will end here. Perhaps Donald Trump will pull on his armor, mount his warhorse, and lead his people to victory, sacrificing himself in the struggle. Perhaps those enemies of individual rights, of the truth, of the light, of the church, will prevail. Time will tell.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the state of our society and the politics that drive and govern it.
Transcription / Notes
ASLEEP AT ARLINGTON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st Day of May in the year of our Lord 2024.I will be talking about the state of our society and the politics that drive and govern it. I argue that politics and demonic Hollywood are moving ever closer to one and the same. Politicians are worried right now because they can’t seem to figure out why more of the American people are becoming wise to their game of weaponization of the law and have stopped believing their propaganda.
Please bear in mind that this Report was prepared before the verdict in the Stalinist Show Trial came in so I will have to discuss that at a later date.
The reason I chose the title, “Asleep at Arlington” was in reference to the president visibly falling asleep on the podium while the secretary of defense was speaking at the annual memorial ceremony in Arlington National Cemetery on Memorial Day. There are many things the president could have told the nation during that moment but he chose to make it about himself as usual. Donald Trump is often accused of making every speech about himself and I guess that criticism is valid, but when Trump talks about himself he normally tells stories that he believes to be true unlike the president. I’ve never heard Mr. Trump tell how his son was killed in Iraq when he wasn’t, but that is the same story President Biden tells each time he speaks to veterans, their families, or to the nation in general about the military as he did at Arlington.
What could he have said instead, but I understand that he gets a pass to some degree, because he obviously has dementia and can’t remember which story he told the last time. I thought the president had a staff of speech writers but I guess he has trouble staying on script. He could have said for example, that next week, the 6th of June is the 80th anniversary of the D-Day landings on the coast of France. He could have said that hundreds of thousands of young men were sent to the beaches to liberate Europe and save civilization from Naziism and that tens of thousands died that day. It was a good opportunity to remember them for as General Eisenhower said, we may never see their like again.
He was speaking at Arlington National Cemetery so he could have used the memorial ceremony to mention that he, as Commander in Chief, is aware that the suicide rate among active-duty military personnel is 2.5 times the national average. Why is that, would be a good question and what we can do about it would be the answer. Does that figure say anything about foreign policy and how it is being conducted now?
He and his friends in the media and especially in Hollywood, have other things to worry about than military personnel taking their own lives. He must think about reelection at a time when it’s hard to think about anything. A nagging, persistent question that he must be struggling with is why have my personally orchestrated lawfare attacks against Donald Trump not turned the American people against him. Maybe they are not as stupid and naive as I assumed they were.
The concern about the chances that Biden could lose the election is growing ever closer to panic as is reflected in the growing number of media stories advising the president on how to conduct his campaign. Is advising the president a media responsibility, no but its just something the are expected to do for Democrats. He is advised from time to time to show some empathy on the economy. The media can at least sense that people are sick and tired of hearing how great Bidenomics is when they must pay 10% more for food this year than last year. Very few people can enjoy a 10% raise in pay each year so the real effect is that they are losing their standard of living more and more each year.
If the president could just show some concern, even if he feels nothing for normal people if he could just pretend that he does it might help him defeat the hated Orange Man. The New Republic asks its readers the question “How the hell can people be nostalgic for Donald Trump? Yet-they are.” Well, maybe I could help explain that millions of illegal migrants swarming across the border, wages shrinking, not rising, war in at least two places and a third looking ever more likely. I suppose people somehow some way just don’t like the idea of their children mustering to fight a stupid, empire building war against a nuclear armed country. All those things may be factors, but you know the average American so go figure.
Fear is palpable now and it appears to be eating into the Democrat base. Minorities and the young are starting to reject the propaganda of always vote Democrat and don’t think just do it. Maybe even the young, white liberals are tired of being told, we will fulfill all your pet projects like climate change and other regulations that restrict business and cost jobs. Inflation, no savings, unable to live without accumulating unpayable debt, maxxed out credit cards, no end in sight to deficit spending, I mean, who wouldn’t want that. In response what they see is the president falling asleep at Arlington.
Meanwhile, Trump’s dominance in the polls continues and the Democrats can’t seem to understand it. Can a billionaire be an underdog in America? Yes, it appears that a billionaire can be an underdog in America if he is being constantly persecuted unjustly by Democrats solely for political reasons. The more the Democrats accuse Donald Trump of being a threat to democracy the more contempt they show for the will of the people and even people who always vote Democrat can see it.
Trump’s trial for his accused non-crime is concluding in the once great city of New York, but the real prosecution of Donald Trump is being conducted by Joe Biden and the Democrat Party and even Democrats are starting to see it. They are concerned though, so concerned that they decided to engage in a little blatant jury tampering for a future jury pool. The total corruption of the system of law and justice is on display because there is no one to reign in their open cheating to convict. They are so blinded by hatred of Trump that nothing matters anymore. The integrity of the system doesn’t matter at all it seems. Why can’t we hurt Trump’s poll numbers with bogus charges and cheating in the trial. Maybe it’s because the public can see through it and they believe the charges are politically motivated so they prefer him to Biden.
For jury tampering purposes and as a demonstration of total panic the Biden Administration brought out demonic actor Robert DeNiro to speak from the steps of the courthouse and demonstrate that he really is washed up and delusional. His once immense talent now completely gone, he must find it hard to live without millions of adoring fans. The delusional part of his personality seems to be that in his mind he is still stuck in the role of Travis from Taxi Driver. Listening to him speak I expected to hear him say “are you talking to me”, but instead he said something far worse and thus my demonic accusation. I quote Travis DeNiro:
“I don’t mean to scare you. No, wait, maybe I do mean to scare you. If Trump returns to the White House, you can kiss these freedoms goodbye that we all take for granted.”
So, is he delusional or just a blatant liar or both. Does he think he is living in a movie script because if he does, he is likely insane. Just wait folks because it gets worse.
“And elections, forget about it. That’s over. That’s done. If he gets in, I can tell you right now, he will never leave. He will never leave. You know that. He will never leave. What does that mean? Is that the country we want to live in? Do we want him running this country and saying I’m not leaving I’m dictator for life.”
But Travis, Trump has been in office before and I don’t remember him refusing to leave the Whitehouse. Oh, I get it now, you are probably referring to his having the audacity to question Democrat cheating and ballot box stuffing and tens of thousands of ballots mysteriously appearing days later but only in important states. I guess you are upset that he refused to simply remain silent in the face of obvious fraud. Travis isn’t through unfortunately, so listen to this.
“I hope this new ad campaign reaches outside the bubble to remind supporters of what a danger he is to our lives. This is not a threat. This is a reality. And that’s why I joined the Biden-Harris campaign. Because the only way to preserve our freedoms and hold on to our humanity is to vote for Joe Biden for president. We don’t have a choice.”
Travis persevered in his delusional attack despite car horns and jeers from locals so I will give him that. He comes across as a nut job and Biden comes across as a panic-stricken pathetic loser for trotting out this washed-up actor. Biden has to this point pretended to be disconnected from the trials even when it was obvious that he was very involved so this performance by the once talented Travis DeNiro is evidence of total panic. In the meantime, Donald Trump held a rally in the Bronx the other day and he had a different message for New Yorkers.
“No matter where you went on this planet, everyone knew that. When you said, “I’m a New Yorker,” it meant you had smarts, you had grit, you had energy and above all else you had heart. Big, big, beautiful heart. Everybody wanted to be here. New York was where you came to make it big. You want to make it big. You had to be in New York. But sadly, this is now a city in decline. All my life, I’ve seen New York through good times and bad. Through boom times and crime waves, through market crashes and terrorist attacks. But I’ve never seen it quite like this. We have filthy encampments of drugged out homeless people living in our places that we’ve spent so much time with children where they used to play. We have lunatics, killing innocent bystanders by pushing them onto subway tracks…”
It all serves to make me wonder what happened to America. I don’t expect an actor like DeNiro to suddenly turn into Thomas Jefferson or James Madison because his job is interpretation. His craft requires that he interpret America and in that task he fails miserably. What has happened to America and where did it go. It seems to have been made over in the image of some low talent, fake humor Democrat politician overflowing with crudeness and vulgarity. Hardly anyone can express a thought, even the Vice-President of the United States, without using the F-Word as emphasis.
I offer an opinion here in this Castle Report as to what has happened to us and why the America we once knew and loved has disappeared and, in its place, we are offered only a crude, vulgar, version of a Hollywood that once interpreted our virtues rather than only our vices. Somehow tremendous political power has shifted from the people to the hands of a self-serving class of ideological incompetents. Throughout history, fighting costly, wars on the other side of the planet and plunging the nation into unpayable debt has been a recipe for disaster, not progress.
Now, between inflation, wage stagnation, and massive debt necessary for people to just live generations of Americans have missed out on upward mobility and prosperity that the generation that survived World War II enjoyed.
Government lifers, both elected and unelected bureaucrats run the show from their offices buried deep within the wood that is Washington. Who thought it was a good idea to start a proxy war against nuclear armed Russia. Who decided it was a good idea to open the southern border to anyone in the world who wanted to cross. Do we have any of these questions on the ballot? Not so we can recognize them through the maze of propaganda which constantly bombards us.
Finally, folks, can we vote our way out of this? I would never advise you not to vote, but I wish you good luck when they count the ballots.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about war today with an emphasis on how artificial intelligence is changing everything we once thought about war and how wars are fought.
Transcription / Notes
THE CHANGING FACE OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about war today with an emphasis on how artificial intelligence is changing everything we once thought about war and how wars are fought. The wars in Ukraine and Gaza, both funded by the taxpayers of the United States, are serving as crucibles for perfecting the new methodologies of modern warfare.
Yes, my beat is war today and that is very appropriate because this coming Monday is Memorial Day when we pause to remember those who died in the nation’s wars. If you have suffered through these Castle Reports with me for a few years you know that I talk about war a lot because war is one of the great tragedies of the human experience. It often comes from the dark recesses of one or maybe two human minds, but it affects millions.
We are currently in the early stages of an epic change in the way wars are fought. You have probably heard many times the statement that generals tend to fight the last war and that is happening today with one variable. Warfare is evolving and changing rapidly in real time while the wars are being fought. Nothing trains a soldier or an army for war like actual combat. I had a law professor who taught evidence and he used the example of a train robbery for the importance of his subject. You can practice train robbery and even rehearse the event, but until you are inside the train with a gun in your hand you don’t know what train robbery Is like.
The first epic change in the evolution of warfare was the discovery of metalwork which allowed the building of new weapons made of metal rather than wood. The second was the discovery of gunpowder which allowed for the building of guns and ended the armored knight era. It took thousands of years to get from the first to the third epic which was artillery and massed artillery fire which evolved over a couple of hundred years so that armies who had the most effective artillery usually won the battle and the war. The fourth epic was airpower and the vital necessity of an army gaining air superiority. The fifth epic was precision guided munitions so that fortified bunkers and layers of concrete and steel were no longer effective and it allowed a 2000 lb. projectile to be sent through a target’s window from miles away.
Americans learned a lot about war from World War ll and that knowledge and manufacturing base has led the world until now. The Germans had better tanks, but the Americans caught up and won the war. The Japanese had better airplanes and pilots, but the Americans killed their pilots, built better airplanes, and won the war. Coming out of the war the Americans had unlimited funds and the arms industry to lead the world, but fighting the last war has finally started to catch up again as it always seems to.
Washington has provided Russia, Ukraine, and Israel with the battleground and even the funds to make great leaps in the epic of war developed and hardened in the cauldron of combat. There are always reasons given for Washington’s wars. Normally, the first reason is that you must stay committed even if the struggle after Washington enters is proven to be pointless and unwinnable. The second reason usually given is what in Vietnam was called the domino effect. If you let your enemy prevail, he will use the victory as a springboard to attack other countries and they will fall like dominos. Neither of the stated reasons have been proven to be true although they have been tested many times.
Ukraine is a war of attrition because that is how Russia has chosen to fight it. That means that just as in World War ll when they had more men and could take more casualties than the Germans, they would ultimately succeed despite the Germans having better and more mobile equipment at least during the first two years. If there’s always been one characteristic of the Russian army it is that that they are not casualty averse. No amount of additional funding or new arms shipments will change the mass number differential. The West can clearly see the Russian tactic of whittling down the Ukrainian forces until now they have few if any replacements, but they continue to tell us Ukraine is winning. The same propaganda was used in Vietnam and Afghanistan to keep the flow of men and weapons and money going down the ratholes.
Russia has been systematically attacking the Ukrainian infrastructure so that more and more Ukrainians are fleeing to Europe to avoid the war. Estimates are that about 7 million have fled the country so far. I have read reports from Ukraine of desperate efforts at conscription so that now the average age of recruits is 43 years old. Young recruits are probably dead or have fled the country. Western sociopathy in discussing Ukrainian casualties is very disturbing. It is cheaper, they say, to let the Ukrainians fight and die in this pointless and unwinnable struggle because it will mean fewer Americans and Europeans will die later. Endless death and destruction paid for with the labor of American citizens has revealed a side of Americans that is shameful and shocking to me.
NATO has prolonged this destruction of an entire country and I find the concept sociopathic or worse. I suppose young men and women of America are expected to line up to jump into a war with Russia once the last Ukrainian is dead or has left the country. Ukraine is losing or has lost and is on the verge of collapse. Their manpower is exhausted and cannot be mustered to mount even a counteroffensive. My very real fear is that in the minds of the elite, World War lll is now inevitable and acceptable and therefore, they are just prepping us to accept an expanded war with Russia.
That brings me to the sixth epic of war and it is probably the most terrifying of all. The epic change in how war is conducted has been made possible and is being perfected on the killing fields of Ukraine and the rubble of Gaza. The new epic is killer drones powered by artificial intelligence. Completely autonomous weapons with no human involvement are being used in both Ukraine and Gaza right now. In Israel, the kill lists are prepared automatically and apparently with no human decision, using a program code-named Lavender. Israeli officers have been given wide authority to adopt the Lavender kill lists with no requirement that they check why the machine chose those people to kill. This has resulted in many civilian casualties as the killer drones select targets and attack buildings to kill one target if they determine he is inside, but it may also have 40 civilians inside.
Israeli officers admit that the machine looks for targets in their homes because it is easier to attack a family home than a military installation. I was told in the material I read that the officers are supposed to verify that the targets are male but often they have only about 20 seconds to do so. The machine finds huge numbers of targets to kill, usually many times more than flesh and blood soldiers could kill. The officers said they developed more trust in the machine kill lists than they had in their own soldiers especially if the soldier had a buddy killed a day before because that made them emotionally erratic.
So, imagine that you and/or a man residing in your home is marked for death by a line of code. It is admitted that Lavender made errors about 10% of the time and the target could not be connected to any militant group. There are many people in Washington and Tel Aviv who want to see more AI on the battlefield because they believe it will do a better job of target acquisition than soldiers sorting through intelligence reports from satellites or eyes on the ground. Israel calls its unit, thought to be using the AI kill lists, Unit 8200. It has a reputation as the best and foremost such unit in the world but Israel will neither confirm nor deny its existence as is their custom.
Israel is not the only country using AI powered killer drones as they are in wide use in Ukraine by both sides. Data is the key to warfare and AI Can find data and use it faster than any human. Armies of the future will be powered and staffed by machine solders it appears. Soldiers without pity, mercy, or emotion, but instead they are literally killing machines. This is not science fiction folks it is happening right now and the Israelis, Russians and Ukrainians are using it widely. One reason I believe this is the sixth epic is because mass hardware is rapidly becoming obsolete. Someone can go into a store and buy a $500 drone and rewire it to carry high tech explosives and send it to destroy a $2million tank. There are videos available of the steps Russians and Ukrainians are having to take literally at the moment, on the battlefield, to defend million-dollar tanks against relatively cheap drone killers.
Swarms of high-speed drones are carrying explosives against armor for both sides in Ukraine. I’ve seen video reports of the countermeasures being developed but so far you should bet on drones. Remember the massive attack by hundreds of drones Iran launched against Israel. They were all reported to cost less than $500,000 collectively but it cost $1billion to shoot them down. A $25,000 drone can now destroy a $2million tank and they are doing so.
OK, folks here’s where it gets weird and terrifying and where the world, we live in will never be the same. Right now, those killer drones are being linked to all the cameras and facial recognition software worldwide to send the drone on a search for the target which it is apparently a lot better at finding than mere police officers or detectives or soldiers. You might be thinking that technology will be used against criminals, but I am thinking political dissidents. So, you are sitting in your office on the 75th floor of a building in downtown Manhattan, and a drone the size of a honeybee finds you.
So far, to the best of my knowledge, that technology, those killer drones with artificial intelligence, are only being used and perfected in the wars of Ukraine and the Middle East at least that’s the story we are expected to believe. It seems obvious that if available, and it is, they will be used here soon. The other point of all this is that Washington concentrates on heavy hardware, or what guys in the military refer to as big iron. They take pride in having the biggest, fastest, and most heavily armed tanks with the biggest and best guns. They want the best fighter jet with both stealth and short take-off and landing capability even if they cost $100 million each and can be shot down by a $50,000 drone. So again, we think in terms of what was needed in the last war which was in the Middle East where we could rely on superior technology and firepower, but the world is catching up, and third world armies are finding cheap soldiers and weapons with Artificial Intelligence.
Now, what is the good news; there isn’t any. It’s hard for me to find good news or even a good side in either Gaza, or Ukraine. At my best, I might be able to find sides that seem to be less bad than the other. One side thinks the Palestinians, and I guess that includes Hamas, at least according to the students, is fighting for its freedom. The other side thinks Netanyahu and the Israeli government is defending Israel and has done nothing wrong. Between the Hamas terrorists, rapists and child murderers, and the builders and bombers or the teeming refugee camps in Gaza its hard to pick a side maybe a pox on both is the best attitude, but I must say the video recently released by Hamas is a game changer. If you want to fill your enemy with a burning rage just release a video of bloody children and rape them on camera, but that is Hamas and that is what terrorists with no conscience do.
In Ukraine, one side thinks the Russian invaders have launched an unprovoked attack against a completely innocent land that was going about its business not bothering anyone. The other side thinks the Russians were responding to threats against the Russian homeland consisting of an enemy alliance on its border and an alliance which instigated a coup to overthrow the duly elected government of that country which happened to be friendly to Russia. Who are the good guys in a struggle which kills at least one half million and displaces to other countries, millions of refugees. Many blood-soaked years have now gone by in the eternal struggle in the Middle East and the wars fought on the plains of Ukraine. Hamas ignores and apparently cares nothing for Palestinian lives, or any other lives for that matter. The Ukrainians, led by Zelensky, refuse to hold elections, and apparently care nothing for the millions of Ukrainian lives being forfeited.
Finally, folks, as usual, it seems that our weapons are more intelligent than we are. We are all prisoners of our biases to some degree. It’s best if we can cling to a foundational principle based on morality but machines can’t do that can they.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the proposed World Health Organization’s (WHO) Global Pandemic Treaty. It covers pandemic preparedness that would grant WHO absolute power over global biosecurity and would mean the end of representative democracy and with it the end of human dignity.
Transcription/Notes
WHO’S ODIOUS PLANS FOR HUMANITY
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 17th day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the proposed World Health Organization (WHO) Global Pandemic Treaty on pandemic preparedness that would grant WHO absolute power over global biosecurity and would mean the end of representative democracy and with it the end of human dignity.
The Pandemic Treaty, if implemented, will change the landscape of health globally and will strip people of some of the most basic rights and freedoms that we enjoy as Americans. The Who would have the power to implement digital identities, vaccine passports, mandatory vaccinations, travel restrictions, lockdowns, standardized medical care and more. Your doctor would become nothing more than an employee of a gigantic unelected, unchosen by you, bureaucratic, global control mechanism designed to stamp out human freedom and dignity.
The sovereignty of the world’s nations would be and in fact is under attack by this proposed treaty. Your ultimate authority over your own body is also under attack. I really don’t think its much of a stretch to say that we would no longer be autonomous human beings but we would be relegated to the status of cogs in a gigantic machine.
There are 194 member nations in the World Health Assembly which is the assembly of the World Health Organization (WHO). It will meet in Geneva, Switzerland from 27 May to June 1, 2024, to consider this treaty. The meeting start is only 10 days away folks. Members will consider the treaty along with revised health regulations to accompany it. It takes two-thirds of the members voting yes to approve and implement the treaty.
Approval would give the WHO and its Director General, Dr. Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, full power in matters of health and climate change over and above the health sovereignty of individual members. This treaty would mean the end of Representative Democracy or rule by we the people in the various nations of the world because health is the most basic of human freedoms. It would be the end of decision making in affairs of health worldwide but it is also the beginning of something far more important and that is global government made possible by digital tyranny.
All countries and their health records would be interlinked globally and digitally. That would give this worldwide unelected conglomerate leverage and control over virtually all aspects of our society. Just see it as the Covid Pandemic and its worldwide system extended indefinitely. To bring the importance of this decision home to you, if WHO ordered that you be injected with some poison that would give you heart disease or cancer you would have no say in it. If WHO ordered your daughter to be injected with a poison that would prevent her from ever bearing a child so be it.
The very sinister people who control this drive for world domination have been in existence since man first started to record his time on this earth. God created us in his image, but that wasn’t good for the satanic evil that confronted mankind and still to this day seeks to dethrone God. Now, they have concocted a way to gain control over world health through their own private interests all based on pharmaceuticals which is, of course, part of the same petrochemical industry we have known our entire lives.
You must, at this point, be thinking, the people don’t want this and will not submit to it, and you might be correct, but these people don’t care what you want or don’t want. For them, this is the final piece of the puzzle that cloaks our culture in satanic hate. They have been trying to fit the last piece into the picture for 6000 years and now the global technological system of digital control makes it all possible for them. They only need enough corrupt people in enough places and they obviously have that, and for evidence just look at Covid. The whole world bought their story quickly and went like lambs into the slaughterhouse with hardly a word of objection. Those who did object were the enemies of mankind, the pariahs of our society.
Who are the people who seek to do such horrible things to their fellow humans. Who controls Dr. Tedros, I use only his first name because his last is unpronounceable. Who controls Joe Biden and all the other figureheads. That is a very good question and I admit I can’t answer it with any confidence, only speculation. However, I might not be able to tell you who they are for certain but I can certainly tell you what they are.
I am talking about an interlocking network of evil which links the institutions of this world with darkness. They deform our lives and deny our growth and potential. The most important thing about these people is that this is their world and they are apparently tired of letting us live in it although they don’t seem to mind our paying for it. They continually devise shocks and rumors to destabilize our world, i.e. Covid. They continually destroy peace globally and even any peace we may be able to find personally. A continual state of anxiety seems to infect the world so we are so busy fighting for survival we can’t come together to defend ourselves from their onslaught.
You don’t want to hear any of this, I know you don’t. Some people might even say Darrell has slipped over the edge but keep in mind that awareness comes first. No government, including this one, is going to tell you the truth. Perhaps if you just remain very still nothing will happen to you or your family. Perhaps you will not be required to accept an injection of poison from satanic evil. Maybe this is all just fantasy and you can go about your middle-class life safe and secure from all this global evil that I have been talking about. I really do hope and pray that you are right and I am wrong.
If this treaty is as horrible as I say it is then why does it have a good possibility of being implemented. During Covid nations spent billions complying or at least attempting to comply with WHO’s guidelines for mitigation. The more they spent, the more their people died. That’s why the WHO had to single Africa out for special treatment this time around. Special treatment means coups, regime change, etc. which are all in process now or have already occurred. Africa spent little to no money in WHO compliance so it had little to no deaths compared to those in full compliance. It stands as a living example of the truth to what I have been saying about the guidelines.
That example is one of the reasons the new treaty and new guidelines must be passed. The control must be taken out of the hands of individuals and their governments who may believe compliance would violate some religious practice or they object for other reasons. WHO aims, with the new treaty, to dictate how individual nations and their doctors practice medicine. That requires bypassing the normal democratic process thus avoiding the growing populist movements in various countries. Treaties supersede the national law of most countries so if implemented, the people’s desires or what they want would no longer be relevant. Each nation, therefore, must be pushed and intimidated into adopting something that would grant power over their own policies to WHO.
Rather than admit that WHO policies caused massive death from Covid, WHO uses those deaths as evidence that this new treaty, with new power must be implemented so the all-knowing, all caring, very benign people in the WHO and their masters, of course, can dictate global power over all our health. The idea of this new treaty began in 2020 when it was first proposed at the G-20 summit. The proponents said they wanted to be sure that the nations handled future pandemics in an “appropriate” manner. Since then, policies and various edicts have tried to use the boiling frog approach to get us ready for it.
There are questions existing and being debated today about when exactly an international treaty supersedes national or here in America, state law. The treaty seeks to bypass all the populist movements against it by superseding local laws and customs. The proponents don’t want local legislators to realize what is happening until it is too late, but fortunately that cat is already out of the bag.
The texts of the treaty reveal a few things that can’t reasonably be denied.1. The documents propose a transfer of decision-making power to the WHO regarding basic aspects of societal function. 2. The WHO Director General will have sole authority to decide when and where they are applied and remember this is not just for pandemics but for other health hazards as well. I think climate change is a definite health hazard under the words of this treaty. 3. These proposals are intended to be binding and supersede national law according to international law.
The powers the treaty intends to convey include controlling where people can travel, forcing people to quarantine, implementing contact tracing, mandating treatment and/or vaccination, and very importantly, prohibiting competing treatments. It will determine what you can’t do for your own health, and what you must do. Many of the provisions of the treaty violate existing laws of civilized nations, i.e. mass surveillance, medical privacy, revocation of intellectual property rights requiring nations to share information about their citizens with other nations and of course with the WHO.
At the risk of leaving you totally in despair I will say that there is some good news out there. The information about this treaty is being widely disseminated and when people hear they start to understand. The Republicans in the senate are on record as opposed to the bill. The Republican attorneys general of 22 states have written a letter to President Biden calling the treaty unacceptable and pledging to resist any effort to enable the WHO to set public policy directly or indirectly for our citizens. The letter spells out the “unprecedented and unconstitutional” powers over the United States and her people these international instruments could give to WHO.
Every Republican Senator signed a letter calling on President Biden to withdraw his support for the treaty. The letter stated that these accords would radically transform the nature of WHO from an advisory, charitable organization into the world’s governor of public health. Does President Biden care what the Republican Senators and Attorneys General say or think. At this point he doesn’t seem to because the last word I have is that he contends this is not a treaty requiring senate ratification but only an agreement which he has authority to implement on his own.
In conclusion folks, if you think everything I said about the people behind this treaty is nonsense, there are some facts which are not nonsense and only the completely blind or oblivious could choose to ignore. The story of vaccine injuries has exploded on the national spotlight and is now hard to deny or ignore. Almost every family has at least one person who has been injured or at least has some mysterious condition which cannot be named or perhaps a cause of death listed as died suddenly. WHO is not backing away from those facts but wants even more control on a global scale. Even the vaccine companies such as AstraZeneca and Pfizer have admitted to severe side effects including death and loss of reproductive ability. They have no fear because they are completely immune from litigation. The vaccine courts attack the American taxpayers, not the companies causing the injuries. The big pharma companies are just the gun in the hands of a system of global, satanic evil and a 6000-year-old drive for world domination.
Finally, folks, what do we do now. The message of 2nd Corinthians 6:17 is pretty good advice:
“Wherefore come out from among them, and be ye separate, saith the Lord, and touch not the unclean thing; and I will receive you.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about wars in Gaza and Ukraine along with other events in our world today, and asks who are the good guys, and who are the bad guys. Further, how are we to know for sure?
Transcription / Notes
WHO ARE THE GOOD GUYS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 10th day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be looking at the wars in Gaza and Ukraine along with other events in our world today, and asking who are the good guys, and who are the bad guys, and how are we to know for sure. Does black and white even exist anymore or is the reality of today’s world nothing but grey.
My beat is philosophy today as I look at real events happening in our world and how the media that is supposed to reveal facts to us, but often is no more than the propaganda arm of the regime in power at the moment. Sometimes, it seems, it is even difficult to know what or who is the real regime in power at the moment and what or who is just an illusion.
For example, the nation of Israel as it now exists, and I, are approximately the same age having both been born in 1948. For all my life I have thought of Israelis as the good guys, but now the media gives us the idea that roles might be reversing and Israel’s neighbors are suddenly wearing the white hats. I have seen the wars fought by Israel since 1948 and admired the courage and intelligence of the little country defending itself against much more populous enemies.
The Israelis are also the good guys because they are a Western nation with Western values, right in the middle of a lot of countries still mired in the Middle Ages. The bad guys fight with terrorism, denigrate women to 2nd or lower-class status, and throw gays off buildings. Now we seem to be witnessing a role reversal whereby the Israelis are presented to us as the terrorists and those in Gaza are the victims. However, the Speaker of the House, Mike Johnson, said recently that the Israelis are fighting terrorists and that means end of story, of course. The speaker was trying to justify passage of the Foreign Aid Bill which indebts Americans for $95 billion for the benefit of foreign governments and their wars.
The U.S. tells its people and the world that Hamas is terrorist, and therefore should be fought with Israeli blood and American money, but Washington also sends $9 billion to Hamas, I mean Gaza. It’s all very confusing and making sense of it seems close to impossible. Remember that on October 7th of last year Hamas attacked civilian targets inside Israel killing 1400 and taking some 250 hostages they still hold or have killed. There are also horrific images of rape and child murder presented to us. Now, however, virtually the entire world’s media tells us that the Israelis have used the wrong tactics in their war against Hamas and many women and children have been killed. Civilians in Gaza are starving they say, and recently I came across a story of dogs eating corpses in the streets of Rafah which is now subject to Israeli invasion.
The people in Washington who make our decisions and do our thinking say that the Israelis should not invade Rafah. In response, the Israelis say we are going to invade Rafah with or without American help, so President Biden makes a decision to withhold shipments of vitally needed ammunition to Israel. I suppose the president is having trouble deciding who the good guys are in this struggle as well as anyone else. Maybe he is concerned about his base that is being reflected to him from college campuses across America right now. Democrats don’t need or want enemies on the left and the chants of Genocide Joe must raise alarms about reelection.
I want to point out that Hamas is the government of Gaza although Gaza is under Israeli military control. Hamas is not a traditional military force and has little traditional military capability. It has no tanks, no air force, no long-range artillery and no navy. It is vastly outgunned by the Israelis who have a seemingly endless supply of high-tech weapons from the Americans. Its military campaigns, as a result, tend to be of a terrorist nature usually conducted with the support of other terrorist groups in the Middle East. Lack of a high-tech military is not an excuse to attack non-military targets, just an explanation.
The Israelis are Jews and that is part of the problem. Many people believe they are God’s chosen people and therefore America must support them by sending weapons and money and by attacking their enemies. Many other people see the Jews as the real enemy and they apparently believe God chose the wrong side. It is really very difficult to know, especially given the distrust of the media and knowing that media is most of all the ministry of propaganda. The young profess to know, and they camp out on Ivy League campuses to let the world know that they know. We then find indisputable evidence that many of the young are being paid handsomely to know. They are paid in cash by George Soros and his various front organizations.
Armed with the knowledge that many of these college students are not students at all but paid organizers and disrupters, the authorities in various states, cities, and campuses send in the police to break up their camps and send them home. That’s an advantage the kids at Columbia and UCLA have over the kids in Gaza, they can just go back to class comforted with the knowledge that they tried and made their point. I invite you to look at the statistics widely reported but especially so by Statista, and you will see that since George Bush’s war on terror began, about 20,000 people have been killed in terrorist incidents most of them in the Middle East. How many have been killed fighting terrorism, who knows, but I would wager its millions, so once again, the action is the reaction.
Let’s go back to God for a moment and try to discern whose side he is on in this struggle. Is he on the side of his chosen people who, after all, are simply defending themselves. Could he be on the side of the women and children starving in the rubble of Gaza. Whose side is he on, well that’s a good question. Who knows these things for certain because aren’t those who claim they know immediately suspect. What decision does God want one to make with his own children. What discipline, if any, should be imposed, what school, if any, should they attend. These are all important, often mind-boggling question let alone the questions of life and death that people in Gaza and Israel face each day so who does God favor in this struggle.
We can discern patterns from history, sometimes going back centuries in this ongoing struggle. Purges, genocide, ethnic cleansing, concentration camps, mass murders, and crimes so horrible they are hard to think about. Speaker Mike Johnosn tells us we are killing bad guys with our debt, that is our money, and it is very obvious that we are killing a lot of them. How many bad people have been killed in all the unnecessary wars since World War ll that Washington just had to fight. I don’t claim to know, but I will bet it’s a lot.
Let’s not forget that Washington is funding other wars in addition to Israel-Gaza. The recently passed Foreign Aid Bill provides money to keep the Gaza war going and make it worse, money to keep the killing fields working in Ukraine, along with money to provoke a future war with China. That act also included something called the REPO Act which authorizes the president to steal any Russian assets including U.S, Treasury securities that fall under U.S. jurisdiction. So, Russia invested in the safe haven of U.S. debt by purchasing Treasure bonds. Washington repays the Russians by telling them that not only is it going to steal their bonds and not repay them but it will give them to Zelensky for his proxy war against Russia.
Only about $10 billion of Russian assets are subject to U.S. jurisdiction so Washington’s instinct to steal is somewhat limited. However, Washington’s NATO allies in Europe have about $290 billion of Russian assets under their control and they are apparently being pressured by Washington to steal those assets and contribute them to the Common Ukraine Fund. That would obviously mean that Russia would be funding its enemies for years to come and the death and destruction would continue indefinitely. The decision of whether to steal on a massive scale will apparently be made in June at the G-7 summit in Italy. Putin would probably retaliate by confiscating or stealing all international property inside Russia so the saga continues.
So, what, if Russian property is stolen thus making a pointless and stupid war even more so because Ukraine is wearing the white hat and Putin the black hat. Congress told us the other day that little Ukraine is in the right. Ukrainian flags flew in the U.S. House, very inappropriate to me, but what do I know about which side is the right one. It was a little reminiscent of all the Hamas flags flying over U.S. colleges. If God is on the side of Ukraine, then he must think that 500,000 dead are just the beginning and Ukraine must have at least a few very old or very young left to sacrifice. Perhaps Washington’s plan is to bleed Russia using Ukrainian blood until NATO can more safely intervene to make it really bad, perhaps even global.
Let’s take a brief look at what Washington tells us and try to discern a few simple facts without rancor or propaganda. In 2014, the U.S. backed a coup in Ukraine which included Crimea, that deposed a duly elected leader who happened to be friendly toward Russia and replaced him with a leader friendly toward the U.S. Three months later Putin annexed Crimea and made it part of the Russian Federation.
In 2021, NATO, despite many promises not to do so, began formal talks to admit Ukraine as a member. If accepted in NATO then NATO and probably U.S. missiles would be less than 300 miles from Moscow. In February 2022, Russia began what Putin called a special military operation in Ukraine. The result has been the deaths of some 500,000 Ukrainians and an unknown number of Russians, but Ukraine has not been admitted to NATO. So far Putin hasn’t proven to have been bluffing. When he told the West he would do something he did. He recently said that if the West steals Russian assets he will seize all the property of Western investment in Russia currently owned by huge Western corporations. He just seized $440 million from JP Morgan.
President Biden seems to know better than I do that God is on Washington’s side in this struggle. He told us that while we are helping the people in Ukraine we are also rebuilding and modernizing America’s military infrastructure. By that he means that the transfer of more than $100 billion in U.S. munitions has greatly depleted U.S. stocks and if Washington is going to continue funding death and destruction then supply chains, ammunition plants, and the like will have to be rebuilt and modernized. The result is that U.S. defense stocks are a very good investment and will be for some time in the future.
This whole thing of financing this war with U.S. debt and Zelensky’s demand that Washington enter into a 10 year funding plan with him smells like desperation to me. Ukraine is running out of men and equipment and the Russian army is much larger than it was before the war. Perhaps Washington will soon regret, if it doesn’t already, poking the bear. I don’t know for sure who God favors in this struggle. Maybe he watches in amusement or maybe he watches in sadness, but in any event, he seems willing to let stupidity and hubris rule in the minds of men.
The danger of escalation is extreme and as Ukraine runs out of grist for the death mill it looks to Europe. Would France send troops to Western Ukraine to free up Ukrainian troops stationed there to be sent to the meat grinder. That decision would likely cause the war to spread across Ukraine to NATO’s borders. House Democrat leader Hakeem Jeffries appearing on 60 minutes recently said we can’t let Ukraine fall because that would mean that U.S. service men and service women would have to be committed. Folks, that man doesn’t need to be a U.S. congressman let alone a minority leader, although he does let us see the absolute madness in the minds of U.S. leaders. They are willing to carry the insanity all the way to the last dead American I suppose. Hopefully, Mr. Jeffries was simply trying to bully and intimidate the American people to keep funding the debt.
Finally, Folks, I will close this Report with a few words from Doctor Ron Paul:
“When President Biden signed the $95 billion bill to keep wars going in Ukraine and Gaza and to provoke a future war with China, he called it, “a good day for world peace.” Yes, and “war is Peace.” Debt is good. Freedom is slavery. We are living in a post truth society where billions spent on pointless wars are “not a whole lot of money,” But the piper will be paid and the debt will be cleared.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the foreign aid bill recently passed by congress and signed by the president.
Transcription / Notes
MAKING WARS WORSE FOR ALL MANKIND
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 3rd day of May in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the foreign aid bill recently passed by congress and signed by the president. My take is that its intent is both destabilizing and most of all hypocritical. In other words, it will not deliver what it has promised and it will do far more harm than good.
My beat today is war once again but along with war comes many other things such as larceny, corruption, deception, and most of all hypocrisy. The foreign aid bill recently passed is my starting point so what was in that bill and what did the president tell us it would accomplish. The president in his own words described what the bill would do.
“It’s a good day for America, it’s a good day for Europe and it’s a good day for world peace. It’s going to make America safer; it’s going to make the world safer and continues America’s leadership in the world and everyone knows it. We are going to begin sending equipment to Ukraine for air defense munitions, for artillery, for rocket systems and armored vehicles.”
The president’s words were complete nonsense and except for what would be sent, not a single word was true. Let’s look at what is actually in this roughly $95 billion of additional U.S. debt. Keep in mind that the bill contains no offsets so the entire amount goes right on the bottom line as debt. I have mentioned before that the U.S. has no money to give away, only debt, so future generations will pay interest on the “gift” for as long as the U.S. continues to exist.
The aid package includes $60.8 billion for Ukraine, $26.4 billion for Israel, $8.1 billion for Taiwan and other Indo Pacific allies, and $9.1 billion in “humanitarian aid to Gaza. Yes, you heard that right the U.S. through its debt, will fund both sides of the Israel-Gaza war just to make it worse. The humanitarian aid to Gaza highlights the total and complete hypocrisy of the whole thing. Officially the aid packages is entitled “Migration and Refugee Assistance” and “International Disaster Assistance.”
The amount going to Gaza is so huge that it amounts to more than four times the annual GDP of the entire Gaza Strip. So, Gaza will soon be swimming in American money. The money is also on top of the $10 billion given to Gaza’s proxy boss, Iran, last year. Gaza is completely controlled by Hamas, which launched the October 7, 2023, attacks which began the war. I’ve seen estimates that only about 20% of humanitarian aid makes it past the hands of Hamas terrorists. Just to reiterate, the U.S. is giving more than $26 billion for Israel’s defense against the same people the U.S. is giving more than $9 billion to. It’s more than a cliché to say that that the U.S. never met a war it could not make worse.
Morton Klein, President of the Zionist Organization of America summed it up: “Biden and this administration knows that almost all of it, that is, the aid, is stolen by Hamas. That leads to an inescapable conclusion: We are funding Hamas. Do you realize the nightmare of this? We are funding Hamas with $9 billion. What is wrong with this administration?” What it really means is that U.S. taxpayers and their progeny will be taxed to provide for the upkeep of terrorists in Gaza under the guise of humanitarian aid. That money along with the $10 billion of sanctions relief provided to Iran should fuel Jihadi terrorism in the Middle East and around the world for years to come.
This bill was completely bipartisan and you know what that means when the evil and stupid parties come together for bipartisanship. Yes, it means it is both evil and stupid. Speaker of the house, Mike Johnson said “Israel’s very survival is at stake.” Those clever Israelis don’t seem all that worried about it because they spend only 5.3% of GDP on defense. Shouldn’t a nation whose very survival is at stake commit totally to its defense as allied nations had to do in WW ll. They don’t have to because they have America, the essential nation, to cover the costs for them. You can see that my real purpose in this report is to present the total madness and hypocrisy of this entire project.
The bill also includes a larceny element as I said earlier. The bill allows the U.S. government to confiscate or steal property including bank deposits belonging to Russians. This, once again, makes clear the hypocrisy of the entire thing. It’s all dressed up in fancy language but when you cut through the stylish exterior it stinks to high heaven. The property stolen from Russians will be given to Zelensky and Ukraine to do with as they see fit.
The vote in the house was not as easy as the president thought it should be but eventually it passed. Many Republicans opposed the bill without some provision for U.S. border security. Enough of them however, led by speaker Mike Johnson, came together with Democrats to pass it. The president said it should have come faster but what it means is that America stands with our friends, we stand against dictators, we bow to no one, especially not Vladimir Putin. That’s complete hogwash of course and just about the opposite of the truth.
Mitch McConnell, second only to Lindsey Graham as chief warmonger in the American senate, agreed with the president that the bill should have been passed earlier and much easier. The reason He gave for taking so long to pass it was that Tucker Carlson disagreed with it. When asked about it he said, “you know the reason, Tucker Carlson.” That sentence amounts to a Nobel prize or some other such prize for Tucker as about the only real journalist remaining out of prison. It is indeed incredible that a mere talk news host could stop or delay a bill such as this monstrosity from being passed.
I assume that when all the neocon warmongers managed to get Tucker fired from Fox, they thought he would no longer be a problem for them but they were wrong. It is now very clear why he was fired if it was not already clear, however, with his own internet talk show he has far more viewers than he had on Fox. The people must appreciate hearing one voice in opposition so they tune in to his interviews, his commentary, by the millions. That gives me hope because sometimes I sense that there is no one left with the courage and integrity to depart from the acceptable views presented to us by the ruling elite.
I know the danger, that Tucker is just a shill, or controlled opposition, but his interviews with the least accepted, and most hated say otherwise. He gave an impartial interview to Vladimir Putin which upset all those people who really need to be upset because their lies are being exposed. Americans were able to see that Putin is not the power mad lunatic he is portrayed as by American politicians and media. Either he is very different or he is a very excellent actor.
Recently though, he has done something much worse than interview Vladimir Putin, he has questioned Israel and the U.S. relationship with Israel. He usually manages to report or state facts which are hard to refute because they are facts. Israel provides no advantage to the United States was one of his facts that is hard to refute. If that statement is not a fact, then what are the advantages, but the answer is not forthcoming. Tucker interviewed a pastor in Jerusalem named Munther Isaac which caused the attacks to intensify. I watched that interview and the pastor leads a Christian congregation that includes a lot of Palestinian Christians. He mentioned among other things that he appealed to the Israeli government to protect or save the Palestinian Christians but his efforts were all refused. He is very concerned for the well being of his people as any good pastor would be.
He was attacked up and down the line by the American media who usually presented Israeli Rabbis to attack him. He was accused of descending into moral relativism and muddying the line between good and evil. As an aside I will point out that the line is sometimes pretty hard to discern, and very muddy, especially considering that propaganda is disguised as news today. First, he went to Moscow and told us he was “dazzled” by the city’s gleaming subways and orderly fast-food restaurants. Then he had the audacity to interview the world’s leading despot and liar. Well, good on you Tucker, and keep up the good work.
Back in America we have some issues with what used to be called free speech. The powers that be, whether Lyndon Johnson’s administration or Joe Biden’s administration would prefer that everyone sing from the same songbook. That has not proven to be the case over the years primarily because of students at American colleges and universities. Those of us who continue the fight for freedom and individual rights recognize that free speech has to be supported everywhere, especially in our universities. Students, at least to some extent, turned the tide of opinion against the Vietnam War which led to the American withdrawal. Now, it seems, they are trying to do the same thing with Israel’s war in Gaza.
How can American college students affect the policies of foreign governments. They can’t because they are here in America but they can sure affect the policies of the American government. The demand is for America to cut off aid to Israel and demand a ceasefire to end what they call genocide in Gaza. Memes have started to appear referring to President Biden as genocide Joe. It reminds me of the chant that was on the news constantly in 1968, “hey, hey, LBJ how many kids have you killed today.”
We don’t have to agree with those who protest. We may even hate their views, but we still must defend their right to speak and protest peacefully. That’s the issue of course, is it peaceful and is it depriving some other people of their right to be free of intimidation and most of all to attend a college to which they have paid tuition. Some universities such as Columbia for example have closed classes for this school year. Some including Columbia have sent Jewish students home because it was too dangerous for them on campus. That is not peaceful protest, but what is causing the violence, especially toward Jews, to spread among college campuses around the country.
Attorney Alan Dershowitz tells us that George Soros is funding the radical pro-Palestinian groups on campuses around the country. According to Mr. Dershowitz, an organization called Jewish Voice for Peace is a front group funded by Soros. That group has included many Jews protesting the genocide in Gaza. I saw an interview with one Jewish woman who said she was a Holocaust survivor and what she endured as a child is what the children of Gaza are enduring right now. Soros is the enemy of all humanity and especially civilized humanity. His goal seems to be to destabilize the world through funding crime, violence and those who want to use those methods.
Right now, he is assisted in his efforts to reverse thousands of years of civilization by the method of warfare conducted by the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF). What is that method and how has it failed to this point. Hamas is still functional and still conducting attacks. The war has generated very high casualties, especially among the civilian population of Gaza. Hamas is still intact, the hostages are still in their hands or dead, and civil unrest has been fueled in America, undoubtably by Jihadi penetration of American institutions especially universities. Finally, and most important, the war in Gaza has been so poorly fought using area weapons that most of the world is on the side of the Hamas terrorists and thinks the Israelis are committing genocide.
There is one other aspect to this saga that also has a George Soros feel to it and that is control by the forces seeking global government. For example, the Biden administration has reportedly greenlighted the impending indictment of Israeli leaders by the International Criminal Court. Supposedly, in short order Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu will be indicted by the ICC as a war criminal and an international warrant will be issued for his arrest. If that is true then it doubles the hypocrisy of this administration.
On the one hand the Biden Administration funds both sides of a war and wholly funds the continuation of another war which could not be fought without the Administration’s financial support. Then they approve the ICC’s indictment of one of the leaders their money supports. They fund death, destruction, chaos, and mass slaughter around the world and they do it with your money.
Finally, folks, the things I have described are very shameful and the Biden Administration would be ashamed if those who occupy it were capable of shame. They have sweet words like making America and Europe safer while they sell or give away death and destruction.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent attacks by Iran against Israel and discusses the growing violence with an emphasis on the Israeli decision of whether to retaliate again and if so how.
Transcription / Notes
DON’T
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 19th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the recent attacks by Iran against Israel and discussing the growing violence with an emphasis on the Israeli decision of whether to retaliate again and if so how.
Yes, my beat is war this week and there is no shortage of war to talk about. The powers that be love their wars and so they tend to make them happen. There are other issues, of course, like the criminal trial of Donald Trump by George Soros funded proxies in New York City, but war trumps everything, no pun intended. I will also take this introductory paragraph to remind you that there will be no Castle Report next week since I will be attending the Constitution Party National Convention. If you are there look me up, I would love to talk with you.
I also remind you that yesterday, the 18th of April was the 82nd anniversary of the Doolittle Raid on Tokyo and other Japanese cities. The 80 men who took part are all dead now, but I take this moment to honor their act of courage and sacrifice.
Yes folks, I know this news must be shocking to you but there’s war in the Middle East. President Biden did his best to stop it with one word but it hasn’t worked so far. However, his word serves as the title of this Castle Report. Don’t was the one-word warning given by the President of the United States regarding whether Iran would attack Israel. I suppose that word was meant to convey the message that the president is a tough guy and not someone to be trifled with. The Iranians apparently did not get the message because over last weekend they launched hundreds of attack drones and cruise missiles against Israel.
The Iranians said the attack was in retaliation and a “punishment” for the Israeli attack of April 1 against the Iranian Consulate in Damascus Syria which killed 7 Iranians including two general officers. The Israelis said that attack was in response to the October 7, 2023, attack by the Iranian proxy group, Hamas, against Israel in which some 1400 Israelis died. It seems that one Middle East country or another is retaliating for something just about every day of the week. The nations of the Middle East seem to be run by people who can never forget anything so consider these examples for a moment.
1953, the CIA and British Mi6 helped Iranian royalists depose the elected Iranian president, Mossadegh in a military coup code named Operation Ajax, like the cleaner. The Shah was allowed to extend his power and ruled as absolute monarch for more than two decades until the Iranian Revolution in 1979 in which Ayatollah Khomeini was reinstalled as leader. You probably remember the hostage crises resulting from all that intrigue, but the point is this was all about regime change in Iran to a regime more suitable to the U.S. and I think that is still the case.
When the U.S. signed the Algiers Accords ending the hostage crises it agreed to never again participate in regime change against whatever regime ruled Iran. The Mullahs have been clinging tenaciously to power ever since constantly retaliating for one thing or another. The most recent attack against Israel was retaliation for the April 1 attack against the Iranian Damascus Consulate as I said, but also for the January 3, 2020, killing in Baghdad of General Qusem Soleimani. The general was a very important Iranian leader and a beloved figure in Iran.
That attack was conducted by the U.S. and was reportedly personally signed off on by President Trump. Was it ordered by Israel? I’m sure the Iranians think it was, and so we continue in an endless cycle of retaliation and violence. Where will it all lead or what will happen next because each act requires something even worse as retaliation. A region-wide war or something even worse seems inevitable. The Israeli attack against the Iranian Consulate killed 7 including 2 senior defense officers one of whom is believed to have trained and planned the Hamas attack against Israel of October 7. Under International Law, embassies, consulates, and other diplomatic structures are sovereign territory so an attack against one could be said to be an attack against Iran itself. So, a direct attack against Iranian soil had to be retaliated against and the cycle of war and violence continues.
The Iranians reportedly passed on a message to the U.S. through Turkey that the attack was coming so it was known 3 days in advance and a coalition of NATO and Middle East countries made ready to intercept it. President Biden apparently told the Iranians, O.K. but your response must be “measured.” So, on one hand he supposedly says don’t, but on the other hand he says it must be measured. I suppose that was all so those people running countries in the Middle East could keep their manhood. In any event, because of the 3-day warning the attack had little or no chance of succeeding. Perhaps the attack had motives too subtle for me to discern.
According to the Jerusalem Post, no drones or cruise missiles breached Israeli airspace. The only casualty was a seven-year-old girl from a Bedouin village who was seriously wounded. I guess I’m just too soft to ever be a leader of nations because to me that little girl is worth it all. Isn’t she a representative of all of humanity. We just want to live our lives, but these “leaders” must be allowed to keep their manhood. The last report I had about the unnamed girl was that she was still in intensive care and her life was still at issue.
The regional alliance coming out of the Abraham Accords is apparently still intact despite all the conflict. Virtually all countries in the Middle East have been very critical of Israel’s response to the October 7 attacks. They all criticize Israel in the press for the way Israel has dealt with Gaza and the Palestinians, but when Iran attacks, they respond to help defend Israel. If I were an Iranian official that would alarm me because it would tell me that I could end up fighting not only Israel, but NATO and the entire Middle East region.
United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Jordon, Egypt, Morrocco, and unofficially, Saudi Arabia, all came to Israel’s aid. I doubt if they love Israel, but its obvious they hate the Shia Mullahs in Iran more than they hate Israel. Perhaps all the rumors that they fear Israel intends to spread all over the region in what is usually called “greater Israel” are just that, nothing but rumors. They must believe that those stories are just nonsense, but Iran is another matter. They apparently fear that the Mullahs intend to spread their brand of Shia Islam across the Middle East and that would threaten the ruling elite of all those countries.
Those countries all hated the Shah because he was an absolute dictator as they all are, and he was too secular. They thought the Shah’s nihilistic approach to religion and his friendly relations with the West would spread region wide so they wanted him gone. They fear the Mullahs because they are absolute dictators and too religious. Can a person be too Islamic for Saudis, apparently so. Many in the region including especially Mohammad bin Salman in Saudi Arabia, but also the Gulf Arab States are trying to modernize and take steps into the 21st century, but the Mullahs said no we will remain in the 8th century except with nuclear weapons.
I guess I got a little carried away with Middle East history but, I suppose a little background doesn’t hurt. This report is about Israel and its perspective on what happened. Keep in mind that Israel is a tiny country of about 9 million people which is surrounded by hundreds of millions of potential enemies. Regional alliances and a live and let live attitude are vitally important at this point in the 76 years of today’s version of Israel. The people in the Middle East have notoriously long memories so I would wager that there are people there who are waiting to retaliate for slights that happened 1000 years ago. That is why this regional coalition is so important for stability today and why I would advise the Israelis to consider that when they plan their next round of retaliation.
It all sounds like some version of the Godfather or some other American mob movie and there are certainly similarities. I’m not saying don’t retaliate, I’m just saying consider these other nations when you do. They will retaliate, those Israelis, because the Jerusalem Post says they must. I don’t know if the Israeli media is like the American media whereby it is just the propaganda arm of the regime spewing out regime propaganda daily but it could be.
The Jerusalem Post in its headline of April 15 said, “In a decisive moment like this, Israel has to reaffirm its strength by striking back.” The article goes on to criticize leadership for being unwilling to escalate. The Post admits that the threats Israel now faces go beyond its borders and could have global implications. I imagine that is a reference to the constant American habit of criticizing Israel and urging restraint while going soft on Iran. The going soft includes the desperate efforts to reinstitute the Iranian nuclear deal and the release of $10 billion in Iranian funds that had been confiscated by sanctions.
For example, the Biden administration made it clear that the United States would not participate in any offensive action against Iran should Israel choose to retaliate for the hundreds of drones and missiles fired at its territory. “We don’t seek a war with Iran. We’re not looking for escalation here.” That’s how national security spokesman John Kirby expressed it to NBC News on April 14. My guess is that the U.S. agreed to allow the Iranian attack and to stand down if it was measured and that way under Biden rules, all the affected parties would be able to keep their manhood. The administration apparently thought Israel would give in and follow its directive but the Israelis have a mind of their own it seems.
Remember when shortly after October 7 U.S. Senator Lindsay Graham told the Iranians that if they or Hezbollah fired missiles at Israel the U.S. would give the President the authorization to use force which is today’s way of saying decare war. That would then result in a U.S. attack against Iran’s capacity to pump, refine, and ship its petroleum products. None of that happened and speaking of keeping your manhood, how about keeping your mouth shut at least occasionally.
The Jerusalem Post advises retaliation because it believes Iran was trying to isolate Israel and fracture the Sunni alliance that had been forged while using it as cover to continue development of its own military capabilities and nuclear capabilities. Here is what the Post thinks the Israeli government should do:
“Israel’s strategic response to such provocations needs to be as calculated as it is decisive. According to the Post’s military correspondent Yonah Bob, the Israeli military’s use of advanced F-35 stealth fighters to penetrate deep into Iranian territory and target key nuclear sites is a testament to the high stakes involved. Such an operation would likely involve complex navigational challenges possibly requiring flights over hostile or contested territories such as Syria, Iraq, or even the Persian Gulf.”
So, I take that to mean that the Post is advising through editorial, the Israeli military to use fighter jets acquired from the U.S. to attack Iran’s nuclear sites. Appeals for restraint poured in from around the world as world leaders expressed fear of a wider conflict. That would present an opportunity for Israel to save face by saying, O.K. out of respect for the wishes of our friends who helped us repel this attack we will exercise restraint. However, the chief of the Israeli armed forces vowed to respond anyway.
Prime Minister Netanyahu met with his War Cabinet late Monday to discuss all options available to them. The U.S. appealed to China to intercede with its friends in Iran, but the Chinese said the Iranians could handle the situation on their own. In other words, from China, this is not our fight its your fight, but we will be there to profit from the mess you make.
Finally, folks, the coming Israeli response, I predict, will commit the nation to be permanently at war. Unlike U.S. war permanence where the Military Industrial Complex allows Washington to fight in other people’s as long as they get the money, the Israelis would be fighting right in their own neighborhood for as long as they exist. I just hope the little Bedouin girl recovers and is able to tend her goats.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until Friday, May 3, 2024,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the war in Ukraine and how the NATO forces opposing Russia are growing increasingly desperate as Russia continues to grind down the Ukrainian military.
Transcription / Notes
DESPERATION IN UKRAINE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the war in Ukraine and how the NATO forces opposing Russia are growing increasingly desperate as Russia continues to grind down the Ukrainian military. The state of the war is becoming obvious and hard to ignore to all but the most ardent anti-Russia types.
My beat is war again and this time it’s a war that is all but forgotten with the war in Gaza starting to take Ukraine from the minds of the media. The increasing desperation is evidenced by the threats of French President Emmanuel Macron to send French troops to Ukraine. The Russians, in response, said that French troops would become priority targets if they entered Ukraine. These French troops would be independent of NATO, but that would still put the U.S. on a dangerous path that could lead ultimately to nuclear war.
It should be obvious to any rational person that Russia has thousands of nuclear weapons and if Russian backs are against the wall by NATO on its border would use them. Unfortunately, it appears that there are a lot of irrational people running foreign policy in the U.S. and other NATO countries. Things could and probably would escalate quickly if Macron sent French troops to Russia’s border. The vice president of the Russian Duma which is the equivalent of Congress or parliament is Pyotr Tolstoy, a descendent of the great Russian, Leo Tolstoy. He warned that it would take only two minutes to nuke Paris.
The Russian air force is becoming more and more active in Ukraine because Ukraine’s air defense system has been degraded by the war so, in response, NATO says it will step up the schedule for delivery of F-16’s. I’ve mentioned before when the F-16 decision was first announced that Ukrainian airfields cannot accommodate those aircraft. They would, therefore, need bases outside Ukraine in NATO countries and Putin has warned that those bases would be legitimate targets. Russia has hypersonic missiles that are extremely difficult to defend and that would, of course, require a NATO retaliatory response. Where would all that madness lead, I wonder.
The listed reason for all this escalation is that Russia poses some existential threat to NATO and/or Europe but that premise is clearly absurd. The U.S. has already caused severe damage to the economies of most European countries, especially Germany by destroying the Nord Stream Pipeline, so who is the bigger threat to Europe. Isn’t that destruction a message that says obey me or else. The reason I say that the idea that Russia could invade other countries in Europe is absurd is that Russia has nothing to gain by it. The Russian military has struggled for more than two years to occupy a small territory on its border with Ukraine.
Why would Putin want to trigger an Article 5 NATO response when none of those countries can do anything for him and would put him on a fast track to nuclear war. Sometimes people point out that Putin once said, “whoever doesn’t miss the Soviet Union doesn’t have a heart.” They conveniently leave out the rest of the sentence which was, whoever wants it back doesn’t have a brain.” He has a brain and he has no intention to restore the Soviet Union. Russia does, however, have strategic interests like any great power.
Ukraine, and especially Crimea, have always been strategic interests of the most vital sort to Russia. So, Washington says that Ukraine is a free and independent nation and can join NATO anytime it wants and doesn’t need Russian permission to do so even though it is on Russia’s border. The U.S. is free to declare the entire Western Hemisphere off limits by way of the Monroe doctrine which means keep out because it’s ours. A great power like Russia has no say at all in the decision to allow an enemy alliance on its border. Given Russia’s long history of being invaded especially from the west, its no wonder Putin may be a little paranoid. Just look at a map and you will see that parts of Ukraine are east of Moscow and less than 300 hundred miles away. The U.S. was famously not interested in allowing Russian strategic missiles in Cuba about 450 mile from Washington.
To me, this war is total and complete madness and anyone who supports continually funding it should never be allowed to hold an office in the U.S. government again. Ukraine cannot continue fighting without U.S. aid and therefore would be forced to make peace through some accommodation to Russia. That fact leaves Washington totally responsible for the continued deaths, destruction, and risk of nuclear annihilation caused by the war. Will Washington continue its funding even though it is destructive and totally pointless. Yes, of course it will. Another $60 billion will soon be on its way to who knows where to accomplish who knows what in Ukraine.
Meanwhile, back in the U.S.A. according to the Congressional budget office (CBO) the net interest on the federal debt exceeded defense spending in the first half of fiscal year 2024 which began in October with the six months including March. It seems that the federal government has no money to give away, only debt. So, I ask you to consider the insanity of a country that votes to give away over $100 billion in military aid so another country can fight a war against a much bigger opponent. The country has no money, only debt so it funds other people’s wars with debt the interest on which has now, at least for the last six months, exceeded its own defense costs.
That seems like both insanity and extremely irresponsible behavior. Let’s say you sit down with your wife to figure out a budget for the upcoming year. You write down your mortgage, your average utilities, your fuel costs, your food budget and all the other things families need to take care of themselves and send two children to school. When you get it all added up and match it with income your wife says wait a minute we don’t make enough to fund all this. You tell your wife, yes, I know, but we will fund it anyway, and we will borrow enough to give our neighbor a few thousand so he can fight a long, pointless legal battle against our other neighbor.
The U.S. is proposing a budget which is almost twice as much as revenue and still funds other people’s wars around the globe. Bread and circus at home I understand because it is how power addicted people maintain their power. For example, Joe Biden’s economic policies are so bad he is ruining the lives and futures of young people and he obviously knows that as well as I do. What does he do, does he change course and preserve their futures, no, he tries to buy their votes by cancelling student loan debt thus making them prostitutes and him their pimp.
Net interest on the U.S. public debt cost an estimated $440 billion in the first half of this fiscal year or the period from October through March according to the CBO. That was an increase of 43% over the same period last year so things are rapidly spinning out of control. What is left for Social Security, the biggest source of spending which also increased from $652 billion in six months to $711 billion this year. The costs of Medicare and Medicaid both dramatically exceed last fiscal year’s numbers. What is left for those items that the American people need to live after all the funding for other people’s wars and other people’s chaos and calamity around the world, not much except more debt for our children to bear. To illustrate, in February, the federal government spent $567 billion against revenue of $271 billion so does that make sense to anyone.
Those who think it makes sense tend to look at the situation like this; many people who have serious disease and/or obesity continue to eat too much unhealthy food, thinking I suppose that nothing has happened so far. Their eating habits may be unsustainable, and their children may be left without parents, but so far, so good. Those who ignore the accumulation of public debt with the idea that well we haven’t killed ourselves yet so it must be OK are very reckless people who are leading us to destruction.
The people who purport to lead us today seem to have learned nothing from history. Well, perhaps they did learn that if you oppose the military, intelligence, security, industrial complex you just might pay with your life, but very little else. The trust between the U.S. and Russia coming out of the Cuban missile crises should be an indelible memory because when the world saw the brink of nuclear war, they took steps to calm the tension. Today, so many promises have been made and broken that there is no trust anymore. Nuclear disarmament treaties painstakingly built over many decades by many people on both sides have all been dismantled. The attitude about nuclear war now seems to be oh well, let’s push a little harder and see what happens.
If anyone with decision making authority in Washington cared or had any sense at all they would stand down, seek peace and disarmament, but no, they would rather continue the brinksmanship and their insane push to nuclear war. Its so bad right now I’m starting to think Biden is taking orders from George Sorus who has publicly said that direct war between Russia and the U.S. would be necessary. I suppose it is necessary for his doctor Strangelove dream to be fulfilled.
The think tanks in Washington are starting to send people to the Sunday morning news shows to give their opinions that it might be necessary to send NATO troops into Ukraine to avoid a catastrophic defeat of Western efforts. That is straight out of the Robert McNamara playbook entitled how to lose 60,000 dead in Vietnam. First you talk about it just to get people used to the idea, then you are just advising the indigenes people, then you have 500,000 troops committed and people are being drafted right out of high school for war is a young man’s game. It helps if the young men are uneducated and naïve, if possible.
The U.S. currently has soldiers in Moldova which is on the border of Ukraine between that country and Romania. Romania has been intimidated into a new law that would allow them to intervene in a foreign conflict, even when Romania is not threatened. There is no Russian army with enough soldiers and weapons to defend the entire Russian border with NATO at least with conventional arms so that leaves only nuclear madness as a possibility.
I suppose the average normal person cannot stare very long at reality or else he would experience suicidal depression. There is no shortage of conmen and pitchmen waiting to deceive him so he goes to the polls and does his duty and votes. He votes because he thinks he has found the difference this time and his vote will make things change. I conclude that he wants to be deceived because reality is just too painful. He cherishes his deceptions such as the laws of economics can be repealed by the wise people who inhabit Washington. Deficits do not matter and income never has to equal or exceed expense. Prosperity really does come from a printing press and money comes from that press; therefore, money and wealth are the same thing.
All the examples of history like Zimbabwe, Venezuela, Argentina (many times), Weimar Germany, count for nothing because its different here. The U.S. is predicted by the CBO to exceed 130% debt to GDP ratio in the next presidential term, and that has only happened 52 times in world history. 51 times the nation has collapsed at least economically and only Japan carries on by buying the debt of the United States as a reserve. The Japanese use their debt to buy U.S. debt and then use the interest payments from the U.S. to buy more U.S. debt. Yes, folks if that sounds crazy, that’s because it is. I wonder if any politician anywhere is concerned about the growing debt as I am. There might be a few others because I understand that economist David Stockman, who favors drastically reducing debt, is now advising Robert F. Kennedy Jr. but unfortunately, he has close to zero chance of being elected.
Finally, folks, if none of this makes any sense to you, well then, you must be normal, but look at it like this. Each dollar printed increases the demand for increased interest rates and increased inflation. Events that happen follow patterns that have occurred over centuries. We are supposed to learn from past trials and errors and not repeat them but those are hard lessons. You tell your kids that you made the mistakes so they don’t have to, but sometimes they don’t listen.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the Christian High Holy Day of Easter or Resurrection Sunday and how President Biden chose to use the day to honor Transgender Visibility Day.
Transcription / Notes
SPIRITUAL WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of April in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the Christian High Holy Day of Easter or Resurrection Sunday along with Transgender Visibility Day which tragically this year occurred on the same day thanks to the President of the United States. Yes, my beat is spiritual today although I admit that theology is not my strong suit, I will endeavor to do my best.
Whether or not you are a Christian and whether you are a believer in the biblical account of creation, i.e. “In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth,” Genesis 1-1: there is a sentence that humanity has understood throughout man’s time on earth until just a few short years ago. “So God created man in his own image, in the image of God he created him; male and female he created them.” Genesis 1:27. That sentence says there are only two genders in the created order, two sexes, male and female.
Sunday, March 31st was Easter in 2024, the holiest day on the Christian calendar. It is a day that Christians believe Jesus died to pay for the sins of created humanity not to celebrate those sins. It is the day when we Christians celebrate the resurrection of Jesus from the dead. If Jesus did not rise from the dead, then he is still buried somewhere and we as Christians are lost and Christianity fails. God saw all of humanity, created in his image, condemned without a way of redemption so he gave his son as the sacrifice for that sin so we would not have to pay it. That, I argue, is the very essence of Christianity.
This past March 31st was doubly tragic because it gave those who reject the created order of God a chance to celebrate that rejection through Transgender Visibility Day. I ponder this because its not as if this tiny section of the population is not already the most visible segment of people in America. The president, who says he is catholic, used the day as a chance to make political points with his base. I tell you right now folks that his base must be a pretty strange group of people if they still support Joe Biden after this.
The president welcomed Transgender Visibility Day by saying “Today, on Transgender Day of Visibility, I have a simple message to all trans Americans: I see you. He went on later to say, “You are made in the image of God, and you are worthy of respect and dignity.” He went on and on about the travails of the group of people he celebrated. His official language concluded with this emphasis, “in the year of our Lord.” Many churches, corporations, and politicians joined him in celebrating his words and his proclamation.
Apparently, the president did not come up with the idea of Transgender Day of Visibility on March 31st specifically to insult Christians but he simply chose not to move it or ignore it despite the fact that he would be spitting in the faces of Christians across the world. My understanding is that the day was started 15 years ago by president Obama who chose March 31st to set it apart from the Transgender Day of Remembrance in November and Pride Month which is the entire month of June. He also had to work very hard to keep from bumping into one of the many days already set aside to celebrate that condition. Let me just take a minute to list some of the days of celebration we already have:
January Third Friday: International Fetish Day. February 12: National Freedom to Marry Day. February 25-29: Aeromantic Spectrum Awareness Week. March: Bisexual Health Awareness Month. March 1: Zero Discrimination Day. March 20-24: National LGBT Health Awareness Week. March 31: International Transgender Day of Visibility. April 6: Asexuality Day. April 22: Day of Silence. April 24-30: International Lesbian Visibility Week. April 26: International Lesbian Visibility Day. May 7: International Family Equality Day. May 16: National Honor Our LBGT Elders Day. May 17: International Day Against Homophobia, Biphobia, and Transphobia. May 19: Agender Pride Day. May 24: Pansexual and Panromantic Visibility Day. June: Pride Month. June 26: Anniversary of Same Sex Marriage Legalization.
July 6: Omnisexual Visibility Day. July 10-16: Nonbinary Awareness Week. July 14: International Non-Binary Day. July 16: International Drag Day. September 17-23: Bisexual Awareness Week. September 23: Bisexual Visibility Day. October: LGBTQ History Month. October 8: International Lesbian Day. October 11: National Coming Out Day. October 18: International Pronoun Day. October 19: Spirit Day. October 22-28: Asexual Awareness Week. October 26: Intersex Awareness Day. November: Trans Awareness Month. November 5: Trans Parent Day or Transgender Parent Day. November 8: Intersex Day of Remembrance or Intersex Solidarity Day. November 12-18: Trans Awareness Week or Transgender Awareness Week. November 20: Transgender Day of Remembrance. December 1: World Aids Day. December 8: Pansexual Pride Day. December 10: Homosexual Rights Day.
Mercifully, I am finished with the gender confusion calendar. That doesn’t excuse Joe Biden from bringing forward this lie year after year. He must have known, or at least I’m sure whoever is running things knew that Easter would eventually fall on March 31. His proclamation was designed not to heal but to divide. His spokesperson said that he would never abuse his faith for political purposes, another obvious lie. Christians and those who are just conservative responded with outrage which gave him the opportunity to heal but instead he screamed bigot at them.
There is valid reason for outrage if one is a Christian or even if one remembers the faith from his parents. Jesus told us about those who mock us and hate us for he said they first hated me. Its all about Jesus because these satanic people hate him therefore, they hate us. In Revelation 3:1 Jesus said those people appear alive but they are dead. The lie of the president rubbing our noses in his blasphemous perversion is evidence of a deeper lie.
Did God really make us male and female? Did he really make only two genders? Perhaps God made a mistake and forgot that he made many genders or perhaps these genders evolved over time like the evolutionists believe a lungfish crawled out of primordial ooze. Perhaps Woody Allen was right and God is an underachiever. What did Biden mean when he said you were created in the image of God? How many images does God have? Are they made in the image of God before or after they are surgically mutilated and/or chemically altered? Maybe God realized he made a big mistake so he created doctors with surgery skills and invented chemicals to alter his original creation.
People who choose to advise and counsel others to mutilate and chemically alter themselves are perhaps worse than those who do it. Who is harmed the most by these lies, perhaps children. These unfortunate children are born in the wrong gender apparently due to some mistake by God and the only thing that can help them is a lifetime of surgery and chemical experimentation and they must fight constantly throughout their lives for acceptance into the correct gender. If they were born male but want to be female then women want them off their soccer and swim teams not to mention basketball teams and they are very unwelcome in the locker rooms of female athletes.
So, Christians were outraged when the president declared Easter Sunday the Transgender Day of Visibility. In his press release announcing the proclamation he said, “I am proud to have appointed transgender leaders to my administration and to have ended the ban on transgender Americans serving openly in our military.” Why would he later disavow the proclamation?
The president’s political opponent called the president’s action disgusting. The speaker of the house told the press that the president had disrespected and insulted Christianity and his actions were “outrageous”. When a reporter called the speaker’s statement to his attention the president said, “he is thoroughly misinformed, I didn’t do that.” Biden’s handlers later explained that President Obama established the day in 2009, thus rendering it a mere coincidence but that explanation strains credulity for Christians and even for Conservatives in general. I suppose it was Easter’s fault that it fell on such an important day.
What does all this mean for our society today and going forward? In practical terms it means a society in which power and force, not self-rule and human rights, or any universally accepted moral principle or universal objective truth, rule the day. The pagan ethos exhibited by this Democrat administration has always been a rejection of reason and objective moral truth. That pagan idea and pagan culture has existed across the span of human existence and has always fought truth for space in ruling our society. The creed can be summed up as nothing is true, and everything is permitted.
The Democrat Party and Joe Biden in particular, it appears, are making war on Christianity and Christians but there are other wars being waged by those people such as the war on law and order. The war against Christians is epitomized by the proclamation of Transgender Day of Visibility on the holiest day of the year for Christians, Easter. The war on law and order is epitomized by the tragic death of 31-year-old New York City Police officer Jonathan Diller. Officer Diller left a widow and infant son after he was murdered by a man who had 21 prior arrests for violent felonies with no sentences to incarceration. He was running around New York, not only free but with a gun and knife.
There was a wake for officer Diller in which former president Donald Trump attended. He went in and spoke to the widow and other family members and gave a generous check to help pay off the family’s mortgage. After the wake he stopped and gave a brief two-minute statement to those present. That two minutes, in would wager, were the finest two minutes of Donald Trump’s public life. No vulgar demeanor, no narcissism, no lack of self-awareness, no mean tweets, and no look at me kind of words. The statement was just compassion, tragedy, concern, and we’ve got to stop this. It was what America should expect from a leader and nothing more.
Outside, waiting officers applauded when he came out and when he was going to his car hundreds of police officers chanted, Trump, Trump. Do you think they chanted Trump because they like all those distasteful traits? No, it was because at that moment in their grief he was there and he was a leader and he was one of them. He was also a compassionate voice to that man’s wife and infant son. What about the other side of the political spectrum, President of the United States, Joe Biden.
Well folks, the difference could not be more stark. The president was across town meeting with Bill Clinton, and Barack Obama for a fundraiser for Biden’s presidential campaign. Tickets cost between 100,000 and 500,000 each depending on the donor with the goal of raising 25 million. Voters know all about Donald Trump because he has been in office and is a known commodity. They know also that he will not change so they either love him or hate him. On the other hand they also know all about Joe Biden who has obviously also served as president. The people who applauded Trump most likely see Biden as a senile, corrupt, incompetent, who doesn’t care about any normal person and who has flooded the nation with illegal immigrants.
Finally, folks, it’s a spiritual war alright, but there are many other wars like the border of the U.S. and the actual war in Ukraine and Gaza. Come to think of it those are probably spiritual as well.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the new way of looking at things or the new general consensus that emanates from a disrespect for the constitutional framework of law and justice.
Transcription / Notes
THE NEW CONSENSUS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 29th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the new way of looking at things or the new general consensus based on how the system programs us toward a general agreement on a preconceived set of outcomes for a particular series of events. I will argue that the new consensus emanates from a disrespect for the constitutional framework of law and justice now being taught in America’s law schools.
This is not just Friday but Good Friday, three days before Easter Sunday. Good Friday commemorates the day more than two thousand years ago that Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a borrowed donkey to great fanfare. He was the king, but he did not look like what the system thought a king should look like. He did not ride in on a great warhorse, he wore no battle armor, and he carried no sword and so the system and the people rejected him and called for the Roman, Pontius Pilate to order him crucified. The consensus went from hosanna to the son of David to cries of crucify him in a matter of hours.
Please don’t think that I am comparing anyone alive today with Jesus because that is not my intent. I am just trying to show how the consensus can change quickly and how that can sometimes subvert the entire system of law and justice. Consensus today goes something like this; there’s widespread agreement that something must be done; there is a growing consensus in the country; the general consensus is this; the study shows a strong consensus so let’s take a vote.
Trouble arises with the idea of a consensus when we forget that America is a country based on law and the rights of the individual. Each individual American is protected by law and assured that his rights cannot be taken from him without a fair and proper hearing called due process of law. The hearing must not be an already decided sham of the law based on what the consensus has already decided. The system must not, whether by consensus, or by the dictates of one individual, declare a person or group as tainted or already guilty.
The act of labeling someone as tainted was common in the English Crown days and was occasionally used against the American colonists so they specifically prohibited it in the U.S. Constitution. That prohibition is in Article one Section 9, paragraph 3: “No Bill of Attainder or ex post facto law shall be passed.” The term ex post facto means a law that was not in effect when the accused supposedly violated it but was passed later.
These two things specifically prohibited by the supreme law of the land are being used against one person and those who support that person today right here in America. Yes, Donald Trump, it seems, is not liked by those in charge and has been declared “tainted” by them. The idea of due process and presumed innocent are now just quaint memories from our history, interesting but no longer there to protect individuals who are tainted. I will also tell you that the obligation to provide due process of law cannot be met when the accused has been declared guilty by the system before the process starts.
I have been a lawyer for more than 40 years having gone to law school in the mid 1970’s so I admit to having a love for the rule of law and its protection of the individual American. Here in America some overzealous prosecutor or judge is not allowed to override the rule of law because they think someone or some group of some ones is tainted and outside the protection of law. I scratch my head and I wonder how the system could have changed so much in the 45 years that I have been a lawyer so I read, I investigate, I try to discern what happened and I reach conclusions.
In my day we were taught and we believed that as lawyers we were officers of the court and protectors not just of our clients but of the system of law and justice in America. My investigation of system changes led me to talk with lawyers, law professors, and retired lawyers around the country. I have looked at the new instruction in many places from obscure state schools to the Ivy League and the West Coast schools. The ideas being taught to lawyers today are definitely different from my day.
I wonder, along with many others, how lawyers in prominent positions, often elected positions, such as the district attorneys of Atlanta and New York City, can commit obvious fraud and confess to felonies under oath and nothing is done by their state bars. Lawyers used to have a code of ethics drummed into them constantly and even had to pass a special ethics section of the bar exam before they were licensed as lawyers.
Most lawyers live in fear of running afoul of some obscure section of the code of ethics because they might suffer discipline by the bar like a public reprimand, censure, or if the violation was bad enough, disbarment. The discipline would be bad enough but the embarrassment of being labeled as unethical would be the worst fear. To face your fellow lawyers who knew you had been disciplined would not be pleasant.
The district attorney in Atlanta, Fani Willis, appears to have confessed under oath to felony violations thus adding perjury, allegedly, to the violations. The district attorney in New York City, Letitia James, campaigned for office on a platform of getting Donald Trump, which should be an ethical violation by itself. They don’t seem to care whether this man is guilty of anything or not because the fact that he is politically “tainted” is all the evidence they need.
So, what is different and what has changed? My investigation revealed that what is being taught to law students today is not respect for the rule of law but disrespect for the entire system. The curriculum now seems to be that the Constitution, which says it is the supreme law of the land, was written about 250 years ago by racists who owned slaves. The fact that the founders of America, the authors of the Constitution, lived in an era when ownership of other human beings was commonplace and accepted, invalidates everything they did.
Since they were racists, the Constitution need not be followed today or even treated with any respect. What follows from that reasoning is that all those individual rights like those in the Bill of Rights may be violated at will by those in authority if their victims are “tainted” or outside the consensus of political acceptability. I oppose this person politically, therefore, anything I do to him inside or outside the law is justified because the end justifies the means. Good fascists agree that Mussolini was correct in fascist Italy when he allied his country with Adolph Hitler because he incorrectly thought that Hitler was the strongest power in Europe. The end, which for Mussolini was the building of an Italian empire like the Roman Empire, justified the war which was used to build it.
The end that justifies the evil deeds of our various district attorneys and their coconspirator judges is keeping Donald Trump off the ballot and ruining him financially. The fact that he is not guilty of any of the “crimes” of which they accuse, indict, and persecute him is irrelevant because the end justifies the means. The fact that many of the charges aren’t even crimes or at least they were not at the time he supposedly committed them is also irrelevant.
Even the President of the United States is caught up in these works of darkness. There is now growing evidence that the president and/or officials of his department of justice colluded with the corrupt district attorneys to bring the false charges against his political opponent. He, according to the special prosecutor, is guilty of one of the charges himself but is too old, infirm, and forgetful to be charged.
The president, in one of his recent speeches, bragged that some 800 people had been prosecuted for the “insurrection” of January 6th. The fact is that more than 1300 people have been tried, convicted, sentenced to incarceration, or forced to plead guilty to the FBI’s and CIA’s false flag incident of January 6th. Not a single one of the 1300 was tried and found not guilty. A 100% conviction rate is amazing so congratulations to the Washington D.C. system of injustice.
Finally, folks, where does this disrespect for the law lead us and what will be the result? Time will tell I suppose, but my fear is that it will lead to something resembling Stalinist Russia so that there is no law, no justice except that defined by the authorities in power and along with it only approved speech allowed and fear of running afoul of the consensus would dominate our lives.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about debt and the effect it has had and is having on the nation and its people.
Transcription / Notes
THE FIRST 205 YEARS
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about debt and the effect it has had and is having on the nation. Debt as the U.S. government has accumulated It, is very bad and it has been accelerated by the ruinous nature of fake money, and the siren’s call of money without limit. I will argue that money without solid backing is perhaps the most corrupting influence in America today. Money, whether fake or real, is power, and power corrupts the mind and morals and thus our nation and its tradition of law and justice are corrupted.
I have more than 40 years’ experience as a bankruptcy lawyer and I, therefore, have a lot of experience dealing with debt. Debt can be used for production or to increase revenue and then it is good but otherwise it is an albatross around the neck of the debtor. The bible tells us in the book of Proverbs that the debtor becomes the slave of the lender. Lately, the U.S. has used debt to make war and pacify its people with bread so they will not see the circus that is Washington.
It took the United States 205 years to accumulate its first $1 trillion of debt, but now the process is accelerating. Washington was at $5 trillion by the administration of George W. Bush and now stands at $34.6 trillion at the time of this recording. The United States now adds $1 trillion of debt every 100 days. The latest projections show $60 trillion by 2034 or just 10 years from now. Keep in mind that projections almost always fall short of reality because economic conditions change as do the desires of politicians.
$60 trillion of debt would put the interest payment at around $3 trillion per year at average interest rates. Please keep in mind that total revenue in 2023 was $4.1 trillion and the president’s proposed budget for this year is $7.3 trillion, and yet Washington still functions and still funds war. The end result always takes time to play out. For example, even when Rome had debased its currency and looted the known world to gain the resources to continue its profligacy the barbarians took time to complete their work.
What if interest rates had to rise because the federal Reserve was afraid of out-of-control inflation. The what if is probably more like when and then all those estimates I just gave you are wrong. What about what increased rates would do to the average American. The median price of an American house is now $435 thousand up from $25 thousand in 1970. An average priced house at 12.9% which rate has happened recently, would cost a monthly payment of $4,676 interest only. I wonder what rates like that will do to the housing market and to the lifestyle of the average American. Even at a modest rate of 7% the payment would be about $3 thousand, or more than the average family can afford.
Would the house price come down as a result? Yes, most likely because of new houses not selling as well, but as the demand for credit increases, and it will because people have to use it to live, a debt crises might result whereby people are forced into bankruptcy and liquidation. Increased bankruptcy rates by people damage or destroy tax revenue on a national scale. People I talk to seem to think that debt, public and private, is no big deal because nothing I have been predicting has happened yet. That is because with public debt, even more debt using more fake money, has been the answer to paper over Washington’s profligacy. The situation now is different because it is increasing so exponentially that the entire system is threatened by it. As my friend Bill Bonner would say, when you jump out of an airplane in flight for a moment you feel suspended in the air just floating, but gravity will have its moment in your life.
The problem is rather complex and very simple at the same time. The debt of the nation and of its people should be handled the same way with the same effect except that the nation has been able to just create money without anything to back it, to cover its obligations and boondoggles and add the resulting debt to its bottom line thus suffering no consequences. That is until now when the interest is rapidly approaching revenue. Unless that ship of state changes course, income will not even cover interest and that road is the one which leads to default or more dishonestly, hyperinflation.
The simple part is that the more current income you must devote to past spending, the less you have left over for current spending. People who have less money to spend are poorer than others.
You’ve all heard the quote from Hemingway many times I’m sure, “How does a man descend into bankruptcy—gradually at first—then suddenly.” My contention today is that the United States government has passed through the gradual stage and entered the sudden part of the equation. Those who decide these things in the U.S. have been able to accomplish every 100 days what it took their ancestors 205 years to accomplish so I suppose they think that’s progress. This causes sorrow to build in me because it seems impossible but there you have it.
I fear the debt is assuming an exponential aspect whereby it cannot be stopped until we reach default or hyperinflation and the Washington politicians have packed up and fled out of town. If only the nation’s gross domestic product could keep pace with its debt, then we could maintain the system but alas they have ruined that too. The GDP is old and decrepit and the debt is Usain Bolt in the Olympic 100 meters. To illustrate my point and emphasize my paranoia, at the current rate the debt will reach $50 trillion in 4.7 years or in the year of our Lord 2028. Meanwhile, the Congressional Budget Office projects annual GDP rate of growth at 1.8% annually through 2028.
The famous multiplier of Doctor John Maynard Keynes, which for many decades has allowed the average Washington hack to turn water into wine, and dross into gold has finally decided to show us the reverse. Yes, this miracle that has allowed the U.S. government to buy and control the world is reversing and now is starting to turn wine into water. To paint a clearer picture, one from my childhood, the golden goose has been killed and lies flopping on the ground while his bloody head is on the chopping block for the whole world to see.
To give you the affect of all this on the present generation of Americans I quote economist David Stockman:
“All the spending and borrowing since 1970 has encumbered future generations with an insuperable debt albatross, even as it has left present-day Americans with hardly a fraction of the economic improvement rates enjoyed by their parents and grandparents a half century ago.”
If I may interpret David’s economic words, he’s saying that kids today have little to no chance of realizing that portion of the American dream of parents for more than two hundred years and that is that the children would have better lives than the parents.
According to the Washington Post interest costs are the fastest growing item in the budget and are accelerating past defense costs. What will be left for Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid, war and chaos/ How will the United States of America continue the bread and circus ritual to which the population has become addicted. Jeff Bezos at the Washington Post says that democracy dies in darkness but perhaps he is wrong and it dies in debt instead.
Are there any solutions to this dilemma? Yes, I can think of a few solutions but two of them, the most desirable two, require people of goodwill in charge of the federal government which is very doubtful right now. The first step would be to bring the level of debt acceleration below the rate of GDP growth. That would at least stop it from getting any worse for a while. This would have to start with a commitment to a drastic reduction in spending. Every department would have to be cut and many of them eliminated. Sacred cows would have to be slaughtered for that common good the Democrats are always talking about. See new president Javier Milie in Argentina for an example of how this program can work to revitalize a country. Do you see any leader out there on the political landscape who might be willing to lead such an effort and sacrifice himself or herself in the process. I don’t see any who have a possibility of being elected.
The most likely scenario is something that I have talked about many times and have always feared as a solution we are being set up for and that is some type of globally managed, i.e. the World Economic Forum, central bank digital currency. The two debt outcomes of which CBDC is the second is also the most likely because it gives more control to our ruling elite and their global masters while keeping us enslaved, and without privacy. Perhaps we ordinary Americans could avoid some of the control by going to bitcoin or some other digital currency. You may hear the powers that be express a disdain for bitcoin, but if so, you should wonder why if digital is so bad that CBDC is so good.
Bitcoin just hit an all-time high and many see no where for it to go but up given the attitude of the government toward debt and privacy. Bitcoin and gold are hitting record highs as the world seeks alternatives to the debt burdened dollar. Since the Bretton Woods agreement after World War ll the dollar has been the world’s reserve meaning that other currencies have to be converted into dollars before international commerce could be conducted.
Other nations did not have to worry because their assets were as safe and solid as the dollar but then the U.S. decided to change the equation and stop all this live and let live libertarian nonsense. Russia got into a border war with another Eastern European country, a very common action to which hardly anyone cared or paid attention to. The U.S. let the world know that this is an international rules based global order and the U.S. makes those rules and decides who is in good graces and who isn’t. Russia was punished by having $300 billion in assets stored safely in the dollar, sanctioned, or confiscated by the ruler of the global order.
Other countries were sanctioned as well whenever they were out of compliance with U.S. rules. The U.S. decided to involve itself in the Russia-Ukraine war not just by giving money and weapons to the Ukrainians but also by using the international banking system in an admitted attempt to bleed Russia dry. Foreigners began to see how easily they can run afoul of the U.S. and how that can mean their assets are no longer safe and secure. The U.S. could use its control of the system and its reserve currency status to literally shut down their economies.
This series of events led Russia to look for alternatives and for alliances outside the dollar system. It was a gigantic mistake as Russia sought and found alliances with other nations that believed they were being bullied and were open to new alliances. The Biden administration apparently failed to realize that Russia’s vast deposits of natural resources insulated it from the bullying. If these alliances continue and the U.S. continues its meddling and bullying then the dollar could lose its reserve status and that would be a catastrophe for a nation with more than 34 trillion of debt and climbing every day.
Finally, folks, to avoid default and/or hyperinflation resulting in mass poverty and a much lower standard of living, deal with debt growth before it’s to late. Cut spending, close unnecessary government departments, come home and mind your own business.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the dark and angry State of the Union Speech and asserts that there was no optimism or hope, but the content was all based on lies.
Transcription / Notes
A STATE OF THE UNION BASED ON LIES
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with Today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 15th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the dark and angry State of The Union Speech delivered by President Joe Biden last week and I point out that there was no optimism in it and no hope for the future of America and the entire premise is built on lies stacked on top of lies.
A lot of things are happening in the world right now that we could be talking about such as the 4th anniversary of 15 days to stop the spread which is tomorrow. That is another lie for which honorable scientists and doctors are still being persecuted. The 2024 presidential election seems set now since Biden and Trump seem to be assured of a rematch. Elections in at least 64 countries with about 50% of the world’s people are scheduled to be held this year. Those topics would all make good subjects for this report but only one election is part of the speech, except our own of course.
The most important election outside of our own is being held in Russia this weekend. Putin will win by a large margin and that makes the election a sham according to the American press. However, Putin is very popular in Russia and his election by a wide margin does not therefore mean that it is a sham. His policies have produced high growth for Russia with low unemployment and inflation lower than ours. His finding alternate currencies to take BRICS nations outside the dollar system seems to be resonating with a lot of the world’s people.
The world is changing as people look for leadership and some example of moral authority. In Argentina, for example, the election of Javier Milei was in December, but his policies are being felt now. When he took office the inflation rate was 143% and the Argentine currency had collapsed. The people were desperate for an answer since 40% of them lived in poverty. He implemented a radical policy based on reality instead of debt leading to default repeatedly. He cut government spending by 50% and eliminated many departments and government subsidies. He stabilized the currency and has already eliminated the massive deficit. When the Argentine legislature will not support his ideas, he goes to the provincial governors for their support locally and it seems to be working. I mention the Argentine election to show that despite our troubles we can still succeed if the people will allow it and demand it.
Here in America the president tells us that his political opponent is the equivalent of Adolph Hitler. The president and his department of justice are currently affecting a campaign of lawfare against that opponent he referred to as his predecessor. I suppose it’s all because their Russia-gate hoax of 2016 to 2020 timeframe has not worked so well and he needs a new one. Speaking of Russia, the leader of that country is Hitler too according to President Biden. Putin is going to tear through Ukraine but he won’t stop there. No, unless America sends tens of billions more in money and weapons to Ukraine the evil Putin will roll up all of Europe and reinstate the Soviet Union.
That is all just complete nonsense and fantasy with not a word of truth in it but apparently this man and the people who write his speeches expect us to believe it, and unfortunately many people do. He got rousing applause with each lie he told as if the SOTU speech was a sporting event. I suppose Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi set the tone for that when she made a show of tearing up Donald Trump’s transcript while he was delivering the speech. No sense of decorum or dignity is left in the congress or president.
Tiny Ukraine can defeat massive Russia, of course, if we Americans are willing to continually add to our children’s debt load the interest payments to continue forever. We Americans are supposed to deliver perhaps 30% of our combined labor for this man’s fantasy support for the American arms industry. Speaking of the arms industry, let me stop criticizing the speech for a moment and tell you why this world seems to be at war and in chaos all the time. I know it sounds bizarre but the cause is fake money resulting in an empire not subject to reality. Governments typically control their militaries with money. The money available allows them to keep the military and its millions of soldiers and supporting casts on a short leash. If you can’t afford to finance regime change wars all over the planet there are no wars and the planet can remain somewhat stable.
With the removal of the dollar’s ties to gold as a limiting and stabilizing factor, money was no longer available strictly in limited quantities based on the labor of the American people. The government could simply print as much as it wanted in unlimited quantities. For example, the revenue from taxes in 2023 was 4.1 trillion and the president’s proposed budget for this year is 7.3 trillion. There is no longer any limit on the buying of votes to retain power or the spreading of chaos and war around the earth. Fake money lets the Pentagon off the leash that civilian authorities are supposed to keep a tight grip on.
Pentagon budgets continually increase and especially so after the Soviet collapse in 1991 so there is always plenty of money to spread around to congress. Military officers spend their careers in close working relationships with defense contractors then go on to lucrative jobs in the defense industry after retirement. The defense industry is made up of many powerful groups who want more power and they must be restrained by reality or they will get it. My point is this folks and that is that the wars across the world always have an American thumbprint on them because there is no limit to how much money can be available to fund them.
No regime change in Ukraine in 2014 means no war in 2020. No billions in U.S. “aid” would mean a very short war, and we certainly can’t have that. No billions in aid to Israel means a very short war in Gaza but Washington would rather posture and fence sit trying to appease those who support Israel and those who support Palestinians at the same time. Reality based real money would limit government spending. Take a kid into a candy store and tell him there is no limit to what he can buy and eat and see what happens. On a national scale what happens is that a lot of rat holes get stuffed with fake money and the biggest rat hole in this world is the defense industry.
What can keep the coming catastrophe away for a while longer. Nothing I’m afraid, because of the way the system works now. There are supposed to be built-in checks and balances but they have all been removed. Congress bought and paid for by military contributions and the ever-present dire international threats and enemies abroad votes for one increase after another and each year it builds and gets worse. Politicians acting more like prostitutes must outdo each other by being strong on defense. They would not dare encourage diplomacy with Russia, China, and the rest because they would appear weak and besides that’s not what all those campaign contributions are supposed to accomplish.
Well, thanks for allowing me to rant for a moment now back to the speech. January 6th was the greatest threat to democracy since the civil war. Once again, we now know that reality is somewhat different, but despite all the evidence of corruption he tells these lies as if he expects them to be believed. We know that Liz Cheney on the Nancy Pelosi committee for January 6th withheld exonerating evidence and altered evidence to make it appear different. We know that Kamala Harris, Cheney, Pelosi, and the rest colluded with Fani Willis in Atlanta and other corrupt DOJ officials to bring fabricated charges and indictments against their political opponent, Donald Trump.
The corruption at the very heart of the Department of Justice, the FBI and the rest is all justified, of course, because Donald Trump is really Hitler. They talk constantly about Trump being a threat to democracy and how he wants to be a dictator. They collude, at the same time, in dark cabal to prevent the democratic process from taking place by bringing false charges based on a stream of lies against a person they apparently think might just be the choice of most Americans. The people see Trump as their champion because he seems to be a victim of the corruption and is thereby opposed to it. The people are tired of all the corruption and fake government although they may not completely understand it, they are tired of it, and with each fake assault Trump gets stronger.
The vaccines saved us from Covid and now we have recovered from the lockdown the 4th anniversary of which is tomorrow. That is so obviously a complete lie that it is obvious to any rational human being. The vaccines which did not prevent the virus which they were supposedly designed to prevent and did not stop the spread of the virus somehow saved us from Covid. That pack of lies proves the premise that some people will believe any lie that is told to them if it comes from an authority figure. We’ve come back from Covid, he said and now our economy is the envy of the world.
Here’s another one from the president delivered via the state of the union address. The border crises has been caused by Republicans especially his predecessor. Who knew that it was Donald Trump who took down all border barriers and ordered the Border Patrol to assist illegal migrants into the country. Who knew that it was Donald Trump’s policies which allowed the illegal migrant into the country who murdered Laken Riley. By the way, upon embarrassing nagging by Marjorie Taylor Greene he did mention Laken’s name although he got it wrong and called her Lincoln. That would not be so terrible except that Lincoln Riley is the head coach of the University of Southern California football team.
Anyway, we shouldn’t worry about crime because it is plummeting and if you think otherwise, you must not be paying attention. Perhaps you are one who has been carjacked, burglarized, a victim of armed robbery or just murdered. The governor of New York apparently believes crime is a problem because she just sent 750 national guard troops to patrol the NYC subways along with 250 state troopers. Nothing says welcome to New York like a uniformed soldier with a battle rifle saying open your backpack.
Remember to be of good cheer because during the next four years this very bright, very energetic, very alert president will solve the climate crises, any problems with crime, the border crises, impose a set of fair taxes on people he deems to have more money than he does, end gun violence, and yes, he is a president for all Americans and there is no effort to divide us in his heart.
In conclusion: What would have happened if President Biden had just told the truth to Congress and the American people. What if he said look folks, our situation is rather desperate but we still have a little time to at least begin recovery. You’ve got to stop spending more than you make the same way American families are expected to do. We have set a terrible example for all those families and that is why their household debt is at a record 17.3 trillion. It’s because our official, admitted to debt is over 34 trillion. It was 5 trillion under George W. Bush but now it exceeds 34 trillion. Very soon the interest payments will exceed income and we will have to borrow interest which will accelerate our freefall to warp speed and we will all be on a rail out of town. I point you to Argentina as an example of what can be done when one has courage and determination.
He could have gone on to say, I don’t represent special interests or the donor class anymore, I represent the general welfare of the nation. The budget hasn’t been balanced in half a century except for three years under Clinton. Yes, he slighted the Social Security Trust Fund to do it, but we have looted that fund far worse than he did and now there is no fund, so my point is we’ve got to stop and we are going to do that now. My poll numbers are at an all-time low and I take that to mean that the people are getting wise to the lies I’ve been telling them so it’s time to change. Send me a balanced budget and I will sign it. Do not send me anything that is not balanced because we are starting the long road back to sanity right now.
Finally, folks, if he told the truth once in his life it might cause paralysis I don’t know, but it certainly would cause screams of outrage among the special interests. The people would rally behind him though if he just told the truth.
It least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the law and how vital it is to the people of any free nation to be protected by the law from the abuse of those in power.
A SHIELD OF THE PEOPLE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the law and how vital it is to the people of any free nation to be protected by the law from the abuse of those in power. The law must serve as a shield of the people if we are to be any different from dictatorial regimes, 3rd world corrupt regimes, and the like. Lawfare is not a shield but a weapon to be used by those in power against those considered to be without power or at least without the protection of law.
One often hears the term lawfare, but many or most people wonder what that term means. They don’t understand its literal meaning and therefore they don’t understand why using the law as a form of political warfare is destructive of the rule of law and reduces our form of government to tyranny. I have traveled this world from one end to the other throughout my lifetime but I have always been glad to get home. Whether in a 3rd world war zone or a glamorous capital I am always glad to see America where the law protects me and I have rights that cannot be arbitrarily abused or disregarded.
The term lawfare doesn’t make sense because it seems to be two words of opposite definition cobbled together. It indicates violence whereby the parties to a dispute, usually two or more nations, fight each other with their very existence at stake. Law and warfare are opposites and should not exist as one but today, unfortunately, they do. For purposes of this report, I will define lawfare as the use of law and the legal process to destroy political and ideological enemies but law, standing alone is the opposite because it is a way to settle disputes peacefully without resorting to violence.
Whether you have personally been to a war zone and witnessed war’s destruction, its indiscriminate violence, or you have only seen it in pictures and films, you are aware of it and you know how horrible it is. I wonder if you know that a society can be destroyed by the misuse of law just as it can be destroyed by bombs and bullets. The law can destroy people, their reputations, their careers, their financial and emotional well-being, and their ability to pursue normal peaceful lives. The law can be used to bankrupt people, keep them defending themselves in court for years while the press goes about its business of supporting corruption and destroying the reputations of the innocent.
I’m a lawyer by profession having practiced law in the courts of my city for more than 40 years so I submit to you that I know something about how it works. In the best of circumstances, the law can be a shield against the guilty whether in criminal court where people’s freedom and even their lives can be taken from them or in civil court where damages, normally monetary can be imposed against them. This is all done according to strict rules discovered and implemented over centuries and judges are supposed to be well schooled and determined to enforce and abide by those rules to ensure fairness.
None of that is true when the law becomes lawfare. The users of that weapon are so convinced that their position is correct that the ends justify the means. They know what the result should be and by their hand will be before the court proceeding ever starts. It is one thing to have a mistake due to mistaken identity whereby a person is thought to be the one but through evidence is later found to not be the one. In lawfare that is not only not the case but often lawfare is used to convict of a crime that did not even happen. It’s one thing to be misidentified and convicted of bank robbery but in our case it’s not just misidenity, there was no robbery to accuse anyone of. The people who use, pervert, and corrupt the system in this manner have a little power and they will keep it if they have to destroy our entire system of law and justice in order to do so. They have an ideological agenda and the law is just another weapon in their arsenal to achieve that agenda.
So, the law is damaged and the system degraded, so what? A system of protection for people has been denounced in the minds of the people and their confidence has been destroyed. They doubt the law, and they doubt the system upon which the law is based, but so what if my enemies have been destroyed and my objectives achieved? Lawyers, prosecutors, and judges scour the pages of lawbooks going back sometimes 100 or 200 years looking for anything they can use as lawfare and they also have thousands of new pages being added constantly that hardly anyone has even read.
Most importantly today, lawfare is being used against any legitimate journalists that still exist. Legitimate in today’s terms means they are willing to pursue the truth even if it makes the power structure appear to be corrupt, or weak. There aren’t many true journalists left, but when one is found or when one reveals himself, he has to be protected like an endangered species. Such a journalist, I submit is Steve Baker, now with The Blaze News service, a Glenn Beck company.
Steve was not with the Blaze on January 6th now more than two years ago, but he has since joined that company. Journalists report the truth of the story they are following or at least that’s what they are supposed to do. That fateful day of January 6th the story was inside the capitol building so that is where Steve went. There were more than 60 journalists in the capital building that day including a reporter for the New York Times who went in through a window as the 5th person in and certainly ahead of Steve. None of the other journalists have been arrested except for Steve and a Trump supporter from Alabama and it took more than two years for the DOJ to get around to Steve.
He was told to report to the Dallas field office of the FBI last Friday morning to be arrested and booked on four misdemeanor charges. For your information a misdemeanor is one where the criminal sanction is less than a year in confinement so they are often called 11/29 charges or 11months and 29 days. He received instructions to come to the Dallas field office of the FBI wearing shorts and flip-flops to make it easier for agents to place him in an orange jumpsuit, handcuffs, and leg shackles. He was not apprised of the specific misdemeanors with which he was to be charged because they told him they were afraid he would post them on X.
What was this man’s crime that required such treatment? Was he a violent and dangerous offender that had to be kept from the public, no that is not it. Supposedly he went to the Capitol building on January 6th. He was there not as a rioter or insurrectionist, but as a member of the press. He went into the building and took pictures, took videos, and made notes about what he saw happening. He did not destroy anything, he did not steal anything, he did not chant, sing, or make a speech. He did what good reporters are supposed to do by recording the facts. There is a lot of video and photographic evidence to prove that.
The Blaze noted that according to Steve’s attorney, it was not until Steve began publishing news articles about January 6th on the Blaze that he found himself targeted by the Department of Justice. His reporting challenged the official storyline that we are expected to accept because that’s what the power structure says happened. His reporting tended to be embarrassing to those who preferred that the public accept a different view of what happened that day. Steve contends that the reason for his arrest can be tied to corruption at the top levels of the Capitol Police, and that information, he says, comes from his confidential source.
“They know where all the bodies are buried. They know who buried them. They know who’s sleeping with who—they know everything, and they are the personal security guards of Congress. That’s why they are so powerful.”
The court in D.C. at which he must appear on March 14 made the charges available to the Blaze. They said he approved of the incidents of January 6th and was heard to remark that he wished he had access to Nancy Pelosi’s computer. It seems that journalists out of political favor, not members of the royal court, do not have the luxury of comedy today.
Steve was interviewed on the Blaze and I will give you some brief words from that interview. The Blaze brought up to Steve the idea that prosecutors across the country refuse to prosecute violent criminals and refuse to demand bail for them and yet they put you, a misdemeanor defendant, in leg chains. Steve’s answer:
“Well, let’s start ourselves with the bigger question, and work our way to the answer. This is the first time in history, since January 6th, that the FBI is even involving themselves in misdemeanor offenses and misdemeanor defendants. And swatting misdemeanor defendants. With 50, 20, 25 agents, swatting misdemeanors. The FBI has never done that, in their history, until ordered to do so, by Merrick Garland’s DOJ after January 6th.”
Steve went on to say that when he asked his attorney why they are doing this to me his attorney said you know why. You have been poking them in the eye for three years. This is retribution. The Blaze said if they’ll do it to Trump, you don’t think they’ll do it to you? Steve pointed out the selective prosecution because they counted more than 60 journalists inside the building but only one other Journalist was charged and that was a reporter for a TV station in Mobile Alabama and he worked on the Latinos for Trump Campaign. He had only a misdemeanor charge but the judge put him in prison for 8 months.
It is really evil to destroy people’s lives that way but we already know the character of these people. I am personally very grateful that I am still free to write the things about them that I often do. Sometimes I wonder why they let me continue the Castle Report but I was told by a journalist friend who was canceled off social media that it is because my audience is not big enough to be a threat to them. So, I suppose that is my new goal to build my audience to the point that they say we’ve had enough of him. Not many other news services, including conservative ones are talking about Steve and what the DOJ and the FBI are trying to do to him and his family. The attacks on Steve are really attacks on all of us and I hope everyone listening or reading this understands that is the case.
In conclusion, I will leave you with a few words from the Blaze.
“And it is a given that the mainstream media will rejoice over this development. After all, they believe that Baker, the Blaze, and anyone who does not bend their necks to lick the right boots deserve what they get. CNN, MSNBC, the New York Times, The Washington Post, and all the rest will enjoy the show and use it as a dire warning about the dangerous MAGA Republicans and Christian nationalists lurking among us. What these people forget is that once you start licking boots, you have no choice but to keep licking whether you like the taste of shoe polish or not.”
Finally, folks, as I keep trying to tell you, this is not about Donald Trump. The people who support Trump are simply giving the middle finger to the establishment with their one vote. They realize, as I do, that once you decide to lick boots you can’t stop. Your only option is to continue obeying orders. You have given up your right to hold or express a thought contrary to the narrative. Those on the left who may support this madness fail to realize that they are in as much danger as the rest of us.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the crises of illegal immigration or what many describe as a crises but the federal government doesn’t seem to see as a crisis. In fact, the federal government maintains an immigration policy that makes murder of Americans by illegal invaders inevitable but no one seems to care.
Transcription / Notes
MURDER BY EXECUTIVE ACTION
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of March in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the crises of illegal immigration or what many describe as a crises but the federal government doesn’t seem to see it as a crises, in fact, the federal government maintains an immigration policy that makes murder of Americans by illegal invaders inevitable but no one seems to care.
A lot of things are happening at the border right now and those things are likely to make it a top focus of the 2024 presidential election. I know that if I were a presidential candidate this year the border would be my main focus followed closely by stupid, pointless foreign wars. The millions of migrants assisted into the country by Joe Biden are causing havoc for a lot of people and states, but my focus today is about how that problem affected one person.
That one person was a 22 year old nursing student in Georgia named Laken Riley. I hope her family will forgive me for using her name, but I could see no other way to tell her story. Laken was a beautiful young woman with a great future in front of her until she was brutally murdered by Joe Biden’s immigration policy. Yes, that’s right Joe, this one’s on you so just go ahead and eat your ice cream while her family grieves.
She was an Augusta University nursing student, a graduate of River Ridge High School where she was a great student and star athlete. She was enrolled at the University of Georgia until she transferred to Augusta to pursue nursing. She went out for a run one day and when she didn’t come back her friend reported her missing. Accolades of her young life poured in from her relatives and those who knew her. Her younger sister described Laken as her best friend. The superintendent of schools sent condolences as did the pastor of the Riley’s church.
Neighbors who knew Laken said they just could not fathom what happened. “We were heartbroken because we have a daughter that could very well be in the same situation. Our heart goes out to the family. I just cannot even imagine; you think of the young ladies that you know there and it makes me worried. I grew up, my mom always said, you do everything in numbers, you never do anything by yourself and that is what I’ve taught my daughter.”
Well yes, it’s shocking and one’s heart goes out to her family but I do understand it and I do know what happened. She was murdered by a man invited into the country by the policies of one of the most uncaring, unfeeling people to ever occupy the White House. Law enforcement did their jobs and arrested a suspect right away, but that doesn’t bring Laken back or relieve the suffering of her family. Somehow it would be nice if Joe Biden could be required to respond in damages to that family for the incurable grief he caused. He should be able to cover it easily from his Burisma deal.
The illegal arrested for Laken’s murder crossed the border into Texas September 8 of last year and was sent to a processing facility there. I supposed the border patrol looked at him and said he looks like one of the people Nicholas Maduro released from a Venezuelan prison so come on in and welcome. His name is Jose Antonio Ibarra and he and his wife Layling Franco and her 5-year-old son entered El Paso together but were then sent to New York City on September 15 where Jose posted happy, smiling pictures of himself on social media. He apparently enjoyed his time in New York at the expense of the people of New York. They, like their president, Joe Biden, invited it by voting themselves a sanctuary city.
He worked a few jobs like Door Dash, Uber Eats, and a local restaurant when he was arrested in August for endangering the welfare of a child, after he was caught in Queens riding a gas-powered moped with Franco’s son on the back, without any head protection or restraint for the child. In November the couple split up and Jose went to Georgia to live with his brother Diego who apparently once worked at the University of Georgia.
Laken’s body was found last Thursday in a forested part of the UGA campus after she had gone for a run. Ibarra was arrested and charged last Friday with malice and felony murder, aggravated battery, kidnapping, concealing the death of another and related charges. Police referred to it as a crime of opportunity. If it was a crime of opportunity then I know who gave Ibarra the “opportunity” and that man is Joe Biden.
Ibarra’s brother, Diego, who was arrested for drunk driving in Georgia in September, and arrested again this week for presenting a fake green card to police as they questioned suspects in Laken’s murder. He used a fake green card two weeks ago to get a temporary job as a dishwasher at UGA. Too bad he couldn’t have waited a couple of weeks because he could now go to NYC and get a $10,000 prepaid debit card with no use restrictions, courtesy of mayor Eric Adams.
The media has been reporting for months the story of Governor Greg Abbott’s stand against illegal immigration into the state of Texas. Since the border patrol at the orders of the Biden Administration has turned into an agency to make the illegal crossings easier, Texas felt it necessary to do something on a state level. The Texas state guard was mobilized and they strung concertina wire along the border at the most active crossing points. The border patrol started going behind them cutting the wire and helping the illegals into the country so Texas barred the border patrol from certain areas of the border.
A lawsuit was filed by the federal government which quickly went up the ladder until the fifth circuit issued an injunction against the border patrol. There is a pretty good rule of thumb now in the federal system and that is if you are a Democrat, you will eventually find a Democrat judge who will give you the decision you want. In this case it was the United States Supreme Court which lifted the injunction by a 5-4 vote. That decision is what started me on this long rant because what it really means is that there is no longer a border and without a border there is no country.
It is not enough that we are at the mercy of every psychopathic criminal in every Democrat city in America because Democrat George Soros funded district attorneys will not prosecute them and Democrat judges often do not even set bail for them. Now we are subject to the criminals from every third world country which wants to empty its prisons along the Rio Grande.
What, if anything, can be done about a federal government that has lost its way? I mean is this a Fort Sumter level event going on down in Texas. My answer is that it could be but there are a few things that could be done first. This all depends on whether Biden is more committed to destroying this country than Greg Abbott is to saving it. My advice to the governor would be to test that premise by barring the border patrol from Texas not just from the border. Tell them you have 24 hours to leave the state with all your weapons and equipment. Whatever you are unable to take with you, whether weapons or equip will be confiscated and turned over to the Texas state guard. Notice I don’t refer to them as national guard because I assume the governor would refuse attempts by the federal government to federalize them. Tell the border patrol that any of them left in Texas after 24 hours will be arrested.
Would Joe Biden call the governor’s bluff. If he did, he would find out that it is not a bluff. What is the federal government’s response to such a thing as what I am suggesting. Here is where we go into a different Castle Report for a different Friday because the topic is money. Ever since President Nixon took us off the gold standard in 1971 the federal government has had an unlimited supply of money i.e. debt, to buy all things and all people. They have basically bought the entire world and all its chickens but now those chickens are coming home to roost.
Here is where the feds say we are going to cut off your money supply and without that you are done for. All those benefits like food stamps, Medicare, Medicaid, Social Security, and a million other things are all gone. We would then see what the governor and the people of Texas are made of because if this is Fort Sumter then Texas would have to survive on its own so my answer would be to tell the feds that I am confiscating the income tax of all Texans and using the money to provide those benefits ourselves with real money not federal debt.
How far are you willing to push this Joe, because I’m prepared to go all the way with it, and if you are well, let’s get it on. The people of Texas have been fighting your stupid no win, no point wars for about 80 years no so we should be willing to actually fight for something important like independence. None of this is necessary, however, because there are reasonable alternatives for reasonable people to pursue. The problem is that right now the federal government does not have any reasonable people to negotiate with.
There is a little bit of good news out there and that is that recent polls from multiple sources show that for the first time in history the American people by a sizable majority favor a border wall. An even larger majority think immigration is a very serious problem. For those who won’t even say it is a very serious problem, I wonder what Laken’s family would say to them. We have got to stop or at least slow down the influx of criminals, drugs, and terrorists and that will require the will of the people to accomplish. There are ways to stop the flow and deport those who need deporting. Before you start, I’m not talking about some poor Mexican grandmother who has cleaned hotel rooms for 20 years. No, you know exactly what kind of people I’m in favor of deporting.
There are other ways to avoid conflict between people of goodwill. Do people in our discussion have goodwill on both sides. I’m willing to give the benefit of the doubt to anyone but I suspect that the feds would expect to dictate terms and not bargain in good faith. Deportations would have to happen but in return the Bracero Program could be reinstated. That program ran from 1942-1964 and it worked very well to stabilize the border. People could enter the U.S. to work without their families. They would be free to send the money home to their families and since much of the work was seasonal, they could leave and come back whenever they wanted. Families were cared for and the U.S. welfare system was not overtaxed. Most of the welfare we have now didn’t exist then, so the benefits we have now should be restricted to American citizens only. Is that a reasonable demand, well yes, it seems more than reasonable to me. That would help solve the border crises if we had the resolve to build and man barriers, and it would also restore the value of citizenship.
Finally, folks, my heart goes out to Laken’s family for the unnecessary loss of this young woman. That one and many others are all on you Joe. Thanks for nothing.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent verdict in New York in which Judge Arthur Engoron imposed a fine against Donald Trump of about $355 million accelerating the total to about $455 million with interest.
Transcription / Notes
NEW YORK SENDS THE DEPLORABLES A MESSAGE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of February in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the recent verdict in New York in which Judge Arthur Engoron imposed a fine against Donald Trump of about $355 million accelerating the total to about $455 million with interest. The fine was for a verdict of civil fraud and as the law normally defines fraud what Trump did was not fraud because no one was injured and there was no victim. This case demonstrates that in New York and certain other Democrat cities, the law is a political weapon and not a protection.
I have loved New York for my entire life or at least what I can remember of it. The Yankees have always been my team and Mickey Mantle my favorite athlete of all those who have played there over the years. New York used to be the most exciting and wondrous place in the world but that was before the city and state were turned over to those who view the law as nothing but a weapon to be used against political enemies.
For purposes of this report, it doesn’t matter if you hate Donald Trump, if you think he is a threat to democracy, that he wants to become a dictator, that he tried to overthrow the U.S. Government by force, or whatever he is in your mind. Through whatever lens you view Donald Trump, it is impossible, if you are familiar at all with the lawsuits and prosecutions against him, to see them as anything but a distortion and perversion of our legal system to achieve a political goal.
A brief review of the “fraud” he supposedly committed is roughly like this. A real estate developer builds a building that he says is worth $400 million. He goes to a bank for a loan and the bank does its own due diligence and says no, it’s only worth $200 million and to make sure the bank is safe we will only loan you $150 million. It is basically just negotiating or haggling and it is done every day in business up and down the line from the biggest to the smallest deals. If you want to sell your house and you value it at $300 thousand but the bank says no, only $250 thousand that is essentially what happened.
If that scenario I just presented is fraud, then every real estate investor across the country should have his assets looted by every corrupt prosecutor and judge in every American city. The other thing I will point out is that fraud normally requires a victim. Someone must be defrauded or lose money and no one lost a penny in any of Trump’s deals that were the subject of the lawsuit. In fact, the banks with whom he supposedly committed civil fraud, testified in his favor at trial and said they wanted more business from him. Deutsche Bank, which loaned him hundreds of millions testified that it always used its own guidelines when making these loans.
So, New York prosecutor Letitia James contended that Trump deceived lenders and insurers by giving them overstated financial statements. The banks testified that they reviewed all documents and financial statements and found them to be acceptable and furthermore they made money, lost nothing, and wanted more of Trump’s business. Sometimes the banks pegged his net worth lower than he did but did not find that to be alarming or even unusual. It is common practice in the real estate world. Even the New York Times said that it could not find a single case in history where this statute was used against an individual or company that left no financial victims.
So, once again, this is not about Trump but the American system of law and justice. The foremost reason that capitalism works better than socialism or Marxism is that in the American system individuals have rights. By that I mean that our system is all about each of us as individuals, not what the collective thinks. In theory, if every person in the city and state of New York thinks Donald Trump is a horrible person he cannot be convicted of anything unless he violates the law. I can’t overemphasize that we as individual people have rights that the collective cannot legally take from us.
That system has now been corrupted, perverted, and damaged. To emphasize this, I quote real estate investor and shark tank star Kevin O’Leary:
“I don’t care about Trump in this. I care about America, and I care about entrepreneurship, and I care about democracy and the fairness. The judicial system is now being criticized. People are asking themselves—the bar of New York—is this judge rational to charge $355 million in a case where no one lost any money? Is that good for the people of New York? Should the people of New York wake up to this and say what’s happening to us? Why is this becoming so perverse? Why are we the focus of this injustice? It has nothing to do with Trump. I’m not supporting Trump, I’m supporting American entrepreneurship, and New York is slowly becoming the number one loser state in America. I’m sorry. That’s what’s happening.”
What have Letitia James, a Democrat Party activist who campaigned on getting Trump though he had committed no crime, sued Trump for civil fraud and judge Arthur Engoron, another Democrat Party activist went along with the deal. From a moral standpoint their crimes are far worse than anything that Trump was accused of for they have perverted the entire system of American law and justice. Will their actions damage New York? Undoubtedly, they have damaged New York, but to what extent. Investors are upset and vowing that they will no longer do business in New York, which is already suffering from an exodus of high-net-worth individuals.
Quoting Mr. O’Leary again:
“It’s appalling, its unjust. I would go so far as to say it’s unamerican. It doesn’t matter what the governor says, New York was already a loser state. Like California’s a loser state. There are many loser states because of policy, high taxes, uncompetitive regulation, it was already on the top of the list of being a loser state. I would never invest in New York now, and I’m not the only person saying that.”
Mr. O’Leary went on to say that if this sticks every real estate investor must be jailed or put out of business. This decision must therefore be appealed, but this Democrat judge was very clever in what he did. Under New York law, the entire amount plus interest must be deposited into a court account in order to appeal and that amounts to about $455 million. Even for Trump $455 million liquid is very hard to manage without liquidating a lot of assets.
Mr. O’Leary also repeatedly said “this is not about Trump.” My question then is if it’s not about Trump then what is it about. It is about sending a message to all those deplorables like me out there taking up space in America. I don’t mean that I’m a MAGA Republican for as most of you know I’m a member of the Constitution Party and a former presidential candidate for that Party. I am though a deplorable as Hillery Clinton defined deplorables and there are millions of us out there who get this message loud and clear. The message I am hearing is that you don’t count and you are not getting this country back, we have stolen your country and now we will lie, cheat, steal or do anything to keep it. Power is what Letitia James and Arthur Engoron want because with power they can disenfranchise and loot the rest of us who have the courage to disagree.
What I’m trying to say is that deplorables are ordinary people. They are the truck drivers who say they will take no more loads to New York. These people have no real estate investments and they are not multi-millionaires, they are people who work for a living, pay taxes, and love their country. They love their country and their champion is Donald Trump and he is being unfairly looted and everyone of them knows that they are not after him but them.
They heard Trump when he said they are not after me they are after you, I’m just in the way. They know in their hearts that he was correct and they feel the hatred in their souls. They feel the hatred of those who are perverse and corrupt but have gained control of the system. They use the system to lie, cheat, and steal and they unleash waves of violent crime into the neighborhoods of people like them. They are people who work for a living but have been robbed by people in control for decades. They tried to protect themselves by forming unions but now they discover that their unions are part of the corrupt system as well.
It turns out that members of the Democrat Party are not the only ones afraid of the champion of deplorable. Yuval Noah Harari, high ranking acolyte of the World Economic Forum recently was interviewed and asked why Trump is so frightening.
“If Donald Trump is elected again, it is likely to be the kind of, like the death blow to what remains of the global order. And he says it openly. Now, again, it should be clear that many of these politicians, they present a false dichotomy, a false binary vision of the world as if you have to choose between patriotism and globalism, between being loyal to your nation and being loyal to some kind of, I don’t know, global government or whatever.”
Well yes, Mr. Harari, that’s exactly what we think and thank you for articulating it so well. We must choose between being loyal to our country, you know the ones our forefathers fought and died for, and some kind of global government. We choose a country where people are free to own property and eat meat. We choose a country where not every natural phenomenon is blamed on climate change, a country where innocent people are free to go about their lives without being persecuted and looted by those in power.
Oh, how I wish that Donald Trump was the person that Letitia James, Arthur Engoron, and the like seem to think he is. I could certainly get behind that man if he were just ideologically committed to something so that I could see what it is. He is very committed to the aggrandizement of his own ego, but sometimes he doesn’t seem to understand that there is a political and legal system going back about 250 years that has to be protected for future generations.
Journalists, real journalists, used to dig out such information and inform us about it. Journalism at its best makes the powerful accountable, but when journalism is also corrupt then any real journalist is also attacked such as Tucker Carlson and Julian Assange. Journalism now sees its job as not informing the public of the truth but in deceiving the public into believing any lie the power structure wants them to believe. That system is not journalism but propaganda which has been with us as long as humans have been around for one reason. It works. How can people stand for this. There is no shame, no sense of responsibility in the department of justice or the media which is tasked with holding it accountable. How can people stand to see the entire system so callously stolen from them.
Finally, folks, Donald Trump apparently deserves a lot more respect than I have been willing to give him thus far. Maybe he is the anti-globalist, anti-illegal immigration, champion of ordinary people that they seem to think he is. If that is true then I see why Democrats and establishment Republicans are terrified of MAGA.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the lunacy and sheer madness of war.
Transcription / Notes
THE LUNACY OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 9th day of February in the year of our Lord 2024. My topic, my beat today, is war, and specifically the lunacy and sheer madness of war. The Biden administration participates in foreign wars as an empire struggling desperately to maintain hegemony over the powers of the earth. War is the first thing that comes to mind as a tool to gain and maintain power.
Once again Washington finds itself at war in the Middle East but perhaps it’s the same war just continuing after a brief rest. Is this simply a continuation of a civilizational war between Islam and the West? The words coming from the minds of Western leaders, especially American leaders, try very hard to make it clear that there is no such war. Middle Eastern leaders, on the other hand, may say the same, but I have no doubt that they see the struggle as a civilizational war and that Islam will ultimately prevail in that struggle. In Western Europe the migration figures tell us that Islam is well on its way to success in its civilizational war against the West.
None of this current Middle East morass makes any logical sense to me, but I suppose it makes sense to the military, industrial, security, complex. To paraphrase a rock music legend the late, great Buffalo Springfield, something’s happening here but what it is ain’t exactly clear. It’s not exactly clear but I have my theories. Junior Samples would say I don’t know much but I suspect a lot. I have a theory about the Middle East and the struggle for world dominance today.
My theory is that war must be fought to keep the world in a state of chaos, the people in obedience through fear, and of course, to keep the profits flowing into the hands of those who profit from the manufacture, sale, and use of arms. There is always a justification and an excuse for the next war. The War in Ukraine is about to wind down into a kind of unspoken stalemate and eventually a negotiated agreement and that is creating panic. Its true that the “Border Security Bill” contains $60 billion for Ukraine and only $20 billion for the U.S. border, but it doesn’t look like it will pass in that form.
When the war started, we were told by Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin that the best reason for the U.S. and its NATO allies to ship hundreds of billions in cash and arms to Ukraine was to weaken Russia. Yes, this is an opportunity, the Secretary said, to bleed Russia and degrade its ability to wage war and to compete internationally. Unfortunately for Washington the struggle has had the opposite result. It is the U.S. which has been bled and weakened by its decision to fund this war. Stockpiles of munitions have been depleted and the massive unpayable debt is even more massive. Russia’s economy and military are stronger than ever and now they are sharpened and hardened by war. I wonder if Vladimir Putin is smart enough to have anticipated the result of this conflict and planned it all in advance. No, I don’t think so because that’s impossible isn’t it.
The war in Ukraine is lost, or at least being lost so that’s a tragedy right. No folks that’s not how it works because the goal is not victory, but perpetual, never ending war. So, we simply pivot to an up-and-coming war in the Middle East to see if there is something we could do to make it worse and of course there is. What starts out as a terrorist attack in Israel resulting in an invasion of Gaza by the Israeli military morphs into a full region wide, ever-expanding war. This war along with the war in Ukraine would not be possible without the generous efforts of the American taxpayer. When you look at your check stub next week and see the chunk taken by the government, you will know that you are doing your fair share to bring death and destruction to some part of the world completely meaningless to you. Perhaps I should stop beating this dead horse, but I want people to know that when they read that half a million are dead in Ukraine, they contributed their fair share to that result.
So, the Houthis, an Iranian proxy group we are told, starts attacking shipping in the narrow straits leading into the Red Sea and the Suez Canal as a contribution to the war in Gaza. That is one of the most important shipping lanes in the world so the world must keep it open. Egypt which operates the canal, is reportedly losing millions of vitally important dollars every day from shipping which now takes the 4000-mile journey around Africa to get to Europe. Egypt profits from operation of the canal, and Europe is the destination of the vast majority of ships being denied use of the canal.
Why then, can’t European and Egyptian navies keep the shipping lanes open? Why does it fall to the U.S. Navy to do so because any action taken by the U.S.is a magnet attracting an escalation of violence. In this case the U.S. maintains a remote base in Jordan near the Syrian border and that base was attacked by drone aircraft from somewhere killing three U.S. soldiers and wounding about 30 others. Biden was slow and deliberate in his decision of what to do but he finally decided that he would order air strikes against Iranian targets in Syria. Over 125 precision missiles along with tons of bombs hit targets inside Syria, but no targets in Iran proper. How does the U.S. know those drones were Iranian? Well, don’t ask because it just knows.
The result was a massive U.S. strike against 85 targets in Syria supposedly containing Iranian forces or those who support them. I read where one retired U.S. general said that we punched 85 useless holes in an already useless desert. The Iranians said they had nothing to do with those drone attacks, but U.S. airstrikes did kill about 40 people on the ground mostly civilians. There is a simple fact that military planners understand, but politicians and media personalities don’t seem to. When you put American troops or American assets out there in remote bases in harms way then attack the local enemy those forces will be attacked. Those attacks are called war, which is politically out of favor to admit now, at least in that name, but that’s what it is.
Primitive tribes have proven to be pretty effective at fighting the high-tech U.S. military. The Afghans, whether Taliban or Mujahideen, have had more than two thousand years to perfect their craft. The tactic is simple, i.e. just hold on for as long as it takes, take as many casualties as necessary, inflict as many casualties as possible, and bleed your high-tech enemy until his people start wondering and perhaps voting in a new set of brave arm-chair warriors. That tactic does require outside assistance of course, and there always seems to be plenty of groups who hate the U.S. enough to supply the weapons necessary to kill the young men and now young women of America when they are so cavalierly sent into harm’s way by politicians indifferent to their suffering.
The tactic I just mentioned was used in Afghanistan going back to the time of Alexander the Great which was 325 years before Jesus was on the earth, all the way through today. The American taxpayers supplied the Afghan tribes with weapons to fight the Russians and they eventually drove the Russians out, but the U.S. quickly decided to take their place just as they took the place of the French when they were driven from Indochina, now Vietnam. The weapons delivered to Chang Kie Shek to help him fight the Communists of Mao were then used against American troops in Vietnam just as the weapons delivered to the Mujahideen in Afghanistan were later used against U.S. troops fighting the Taliban. Fast forward to today and you will see that weapons abandoned in Afghanistan by President Biden were and still are being used by Russians in Ukraine, and by terrorists around the world.
Weapons delivered to Ukraine with no accounting of cost or where they went or what happened are now appearing in the hands of Hamas in its war with Israel. Yes, it seems that the U.S. has a very healthy and robust arms industry. That’s why when I hear the hand wringing in Washington about deaths of women and children and civilian deaths anywhere in the world, the hypocrisy makes me a little nauseated. A few weeks ago, when the Israeli Airforce hit a refugee settlement in Gaza with two 1000-pound bombs which killed about 150 civilians most of them women and children the bombs had our names on them. Made in U.S.A. means your name and my name if, like me, you vote and pay taxes. The Israelis did respond to the criticism by saying that they had hard evidence that a Hamas leader was in the camp and so the attack was necessary. My point is that it would not be possible without American assistance.
Next week the U.S. Congress, that is the house of representatives because that is constitutionally where spending bills originate, will vote on an aid package to Israel of $14.3 billion, which is of course, exclusive of the $3 billion given to Israel each year as a form of welfare sent abroad. I vote no to this bill not because I have anything against Israel, but for reasons I will explain. The first reason is that I am opposed to foreign aid in general except in the most dire circumstances and this doesn’t appear to be one of those.
The second reason, we have already discussed, and that is that without our help the Israelis would have to make some kind of deal thus saving lives and money. Third, the U.S. already has massive unpayable debt which is killing growth and growth is one of only a handful of ways to deal with the debt before interest exceeds income. Further, Israel has a lower debt-to-GDP ratio than the U.S. The bill being voted on has no offsets so the entire amount goes directly on the debt column and interest must be paid on it forever. Granted, most of the money goes straight into the hands of the military, industrial, security, intelligence complex to increase their stock prices, but I vote no on this spending bill. Oh yes, I know that I don’t really have a vote because I’m just a taxpayer. I suppose the vote I will cast against my congressman who votes in favor is my vote.
I don’t want to be called an antisemite because I oppose foreign aid, I really don’t. I’m not a sensitive sort who can’t stand criticism. I just don’t want to be accused of bad things of which I am not guilty. Perhaps I could use my Jewish wife of 46 years as a character reference. I don’t know how I will explain my position on the U.S. border except to say that its security is more important to me than the borders of Israel and Ukraine. It seems, however, that American leadership will defend foreign borders with our lives and our children’s’ lives, but U.S. borders they have no regard for.
In conclusion folks, the war in Ukraine has given Russia and Mr. Putin exactly what he wanted and what he vowed to obtain when he assumed Russian leadership. He wanted to make Russia a great power again, preferably through economic cooperation and alliances and not through conquest. The U.S. policy of trying to control the world through sanctions has given countries the opportunity to band together to avoid sanctions and form powerful alliances. Many of these nations have natural resources as the basis of their economies and that provides trade outside sanctions. In short, in an effort to weaken and bleed Russia the Biden administration may have given Russia the opportunity to become a great power again.
Finally, folks, this seems like total madness because it is. There is now very clear evidence that power-mad lunatics run the United States of America. Saying that and knowing that to be true does not solve anything so what can we do. Perhaps one last ballot effort to rescue our country from the deep state then if we fail we echo the words of Thomas Paine in his 1776 pamphlet Common Sense, “For God’s Sake Let Us Come To a Final separation.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about what used to be called the southern border of the United States of America but is now just a clear passage for people from all over the world to pass illegally into the country.Transcription / NotesCOUP AGAINST THE UNITED STATES CONSTITUTIONHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of February in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about what used to be called the southern border of the United States of America but is now just a clear passage for people from all over the world to pass illegally, but as safely as possible, given that many are cartel members, into America without any vetting or any thought about who such people might be and what their intentions are. My argument is that this constitutes a deliberate coup against the Constitution of the United States.There are so many stories in this world today with the war in the Middle East being a very important one as it morphs into a region-wide conflict that threatens to go global. In fact, I thought about calling this Report, Preparing for Global War. but I decided to talk about the border and more specifically the administration’s conflict with Texas because I think it is the most pressing issue that we face today. Every area of American society is being affected by this conflict and there appears to be no end in sight.The homeless camping on the streets of American cities, the hotels being taken over to house migrants, and other problems caused by millions of illegal invaders swarming into overtaxed and over stretched cities. The social safety net appears to be breaking as it is being overwhelmed in many places. Law enforcement already understaffed and demoralized by defund the police efforts must confront increased crime from people whose very presence in the country is a crime.People are fed up with it, but they are really fed up with Biden’s refusal to deal with it. No one should be alarmed at Biden’s refusal to address the problem because the problem is obviously a deliberate attack on the U.S. Constitution and on Western Civilization itself. This recent conflict with Texas has exposed the obvious fact that this president intends to swamp the United States with illegal migrants until it collapses under the irreversible weight of it all. Before Texas he could just mumble a few incoherent phrases in news conferences and let his director of homeland security Alejandro Mayorkas take the heat with congress. The director is now facing articles of impeachment, but it appears that he is not very worried about it. Why, I suppose he knows the president has his back and ultimately, he is following the president’s orders.The president, through his efforts to prevent Texas from making any effort to secure its own border, has revealed that he wants the country invaded by illegal migrants. In other words, he insists that Texas be forced to destroy its own cities, its tax base and that Texans be required to turn their state over to anyone in the world who wants it. To fight Texas in court and to send the border patrol to destroy what few barriers Texas has reveals that Biden is an enemy of the constitution, of the law, and of the American people. This man, Joe Biden, seems to hate America and he is hellbent on destroying the country, the American people, and their way of life.The open border is a crime against the people, but it is also a national security issue for the nation. The number of illegal military age Chinese migrants continues to rise each month with the border patrol reporting that it encountered about 24000 in 2023 and 9000 so far this year. Those are just the ones the border patrol physically encountered. Terrorists continue to be invited and continue to accept the invitation. The many members of the terror watch list continue to be cataloged at their crossing. What of the fentanyl crises plaguing America with large areas of the country suffering terr...
Darrell Castle talks about how the WEF and its agenda towers over other news because it is the driver and controller of what passes for news today. As a result, its meeting is the most important story in the world, and this time that story is a new disease about to be unleashed on humanity.Transcription / NotesTHE WEF’S ANNUAL ASSAULT ON HUMANITYHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday THE 26TH DAY OF January in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about the annual meeting of the World Economic Forum for the second consecutive week because it is just that important. The WEF and its agenda towers over other news because it is the driver and controller of what passes for news today and as a result its meeting is the most important story in the world, and this time that story is a new disease about to be unleashed on humanity.Yes, indeed folks, all the grand poohbahs and doodahs of the world’s most elite club met in Davos Switzerland last week to continue their assault on humanity and on the sovereignty of nations. Rebuilding trust is their theme for this year’s meeting as was explained by many speakers including founder and chief executive Klaus Schwab. The very Teutonic Mr. Schwab is now 85 years old but he continues his efforts to destroy humanity as his Nazi ancestors did before him. On second thought that statement is a little unfair to Nazi’s, even Herr Schwab’s Nazi father because they sought to conquer Europe and the WEF apparently seeks the destruction of humanity itself.This is the same group that brought the world Covid -19 and the response to it. The WEF along with the World Health Organization now bring us what they call Disease X. A name will be assigned to disease X at the time that it is unleashed or at least when it makes its first appearance in the world. Notice, if you will, that WHO is predicting in advance of its appearance that a supposedly not yet in existence virus will be 20 times more lethal than Covid. None of the things the WEF and WHO are saying about this new virus and new pandemic can possibly be known in advance unless they are planned and deliberate.In conjunction with the announcement that Disease X is coming, is an effort now fully underway to take health decisions out of the hands of doctors and patients and even national governments. The WHO treaty is likely designed to deny treatment for whatever deadly pathogen they unleash on us except their Bill Gates, Anthony Fauci, and Big Pharma designed vaccine which will likely be far more deadly than the virus. In other words, the virus or whatever type pathogen they decide to unleash on humanity is not the bioweapon, the weapon is the vaccine.In keeping with WHO’s prediction, there can be little doubt that another deadly pathogen will soon be unleashed on the world. I suspect it will appear right after the WHO treaty is approved and finalized. The predictions and projections are coming from Bill Gates and his WEF group of save the earth messiahs, the same ones who have announced many times that their goal is to reduce the earth’s population by 7.5 billion people. The politicians of the world and their controlled media seem intent on doing nothing to inform the people of what is coming. To the contrary, they will likely deny life saving treatment to their people until, for most of them, it is too late.This WHO treaty which I believe the U.S. Senate is to give final approval in May of this year, is very concerning to me because it cedes control over medical decisions to an international group of people that have not been elected or voted on but who people in the United States are supposed to trust to have their best interests at heart. I don’t trust them at all folks, and I remind you that Americans fought a war against Great Britain to become free and independent people. I, for one, don’t trust the WEF or the WHO, or Bill Gates and his pharmaceutical Frankenstein concoctio...
Darrell Castle once again talks about the annual meeting of the World Economic Forum which is concluding its meeting in Davos, Switzerland today. It is there that they decide the fate of the rest of us lesser beings.Transcription / NotesOUR BETTERS MEET IN SWITZERLANDHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of January in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking once again about the annual meeting of the World Economic Forum which is concluding its meeting in Davos Switzerland today. Each year the world’s kingpins, the chieftains of industry, the visionaries, the prophets, the grand and the great but most of all in their eyes, the good, meet to decide the fate of the rest of us lesser beings.Yes, what reporter Ben Bartee refers to as The World Technocracy Anti-Human Forum is conducting its annual meeting and accordingly the United States has dispatched its most senior delegation to assist the forum in imposing its will on the American people. The U.S. delegation is headed by Secretary of State, Anthony Blinken, but includes the director of the FBI, the director of national intelligence, and of course climate special envoy, John Kerry. The list also includes Senator Joe Manchin for his third consecutive visit as well as representative Darrell Issa.A featured address was delivered by managing director Saadia Zahidi. She attended all the right schools including, of course, Harvard and she has worked for all the right people. She said that climate change is humanity’s biggest threat, but humanity’s biggest problem is misinformation. I take that statement to mean people who have opinions adverse to the World Economic Forum. The head of the WEF Herr Klaus Schwab, also gave his usual welcoming speech:“We face a fractured world and growing societal divides, leading to pervasive uncertainty and pessimism. We have to rebuild trust in our future by moving beyond crisis management, looking at the root causes of the present problems and building together a more promising future.” Translation, people are growing tired of being managed by us and they are growing wise to our pandemics, forced vaccines and other depopulation schemes. If you want to see the cause of our present problems Herr Schwab, go look in the mirror. He also remarked as just an aside that elections would soon be just a quaint relic from the past.Trust has to be rebuilt Davos Man told us many times at this year’s meeting, but why and how was trust broken. I suggest that Davos Man’s handprints are on just about every bad thing these days and people are growing weary. He was passionately fanatical about lockdowns, forced vaccinations, and government lying propaganda. Davos Man is no fool though he assumes the rest of us are. He was very quick to tape shut the mouths of any dissidents, to take their jobs, and silence their voices. He is correct then, that trust has been broken and he is correct to fear for his reputation. Maybe that’s why this meeting called misinformation and disinformation among the world’s great threats.What he calls misinformation and disinformation are most often just information, but Davos Man is very concerned that he may somehow lose his grip on people’s minds. This growing fear is being driven by AI or artificial intelligence. Davos Man is accustomed to being the only intelligence people have access to and now this new technology is available to anyone smart enough to use it. Perhaps he will adopt and use AI for his own purposes. Yes, climate change and its dire predictions of imminent catastrophe seem like perfect places for Davos Man to demonstrate his mastery of AI. Climate change is, after all, a truly global problem and only a truly global solution such as global top-down government run by Davos Man can solve it.One of the chief items on the agenda at Davos this year was the appearance of the mysterious “Disease X” which will be 20 times deadlier than Covi...
Darrell Castle talks about this upcoming year, what has already happened, and what that portends for the rest of the year.Transcription / Notes2024 THE DEMISE OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION CONTINUESHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 12th day of January in the year of our Lord 2024. I will be talking about this upcoming year and what has already happened along with what that portends for the rest of the year. Everything or virtually everything coming out of Washington seems to be based on obvious lies but I suppose we the people are expected to act as if we believe them and to persecute those who don’t believe them, especially if we are convinced through propaganda that it is in our best interest to believe them.To end last year and start the new year the president took a 2-week vacation in St. Croix, then returned to give a 32-minute speech about January 6th before leaving for another vacation in Delaware. I got the transcript and studied it as well as reading the commentary of various news pundits reporting on what the president said. It is obvious to me that he thinks half the population which hates Donald Trump is enough to keep him in power because he has nothing to say except what he is constantly accusing Donald Trump of saying, but that’s an old Saul Alinsky trick i.e. accuse your enemy of what you are doing. The speech was based entirely on the lie that the January 6, 2021, protest at the U.S. Capitol was an insurrection.For example, this lie by the president, “Jill and I attended the funerals of police officers who died as a result of January 6th”. That is such an outrageous and obvious lie that it just seems impossible that any speech writer could have written it down for the president to say. Lies are necessary to support the narrative of January 6th as an insurrection so any lie, no matter how obvious and blatant, is justified to maintain the illusion. The lies are spread across the land repeated many times over by complaint, lying media. The speech did reveal, however, what is apparently the president’s tactic for this election and that is that all problems the nation faces are the result of dissidents and enemies of the state.The speech set the tone for the new year, especially the presidential election. It is Joe Biden, the savior of liberal democracy, against the very evil Trump/Hitler. President Joe must keep the evil forces of MAGA at bay or we will quickly dissolve into Nazi Germany. You might think I am exaggerating, but I am not. The president wants us to believe that nothing else should matter to America, not mortgage interest rates, the price of hamburger, the price of fuel, violent crime, invasion of our southern border, homelessness, 34 trillion of debt, collapse of meritocracy in higher education, antisemitism among the ivy leagues and other elite, destruction of the middle class, nothing except the evil MAGA people.I suspect that the president’s handlers realize that there is nothing positive, nothing good that can be said about this man’s time in office so they must concentrate on demonizing half the country. It is very creepy to have people in office who use such rhetoric to describe the American people. It seems they are willing to completely divide and destroy the country if they can somehow, by any means necessary, retain power. I suppose that to them a liberal democracy is when they, the liberals as they would call themselves, never lose power even if they must lie, cheat, subvert elections, and destroy others, to keep it.Trump speaks the same exact language as that used in Nazi Germany the president said. Yes Joe, bring us together and be transparent, and by all means give us a leader we can trust to tell the truth and be someone we can look up to. His enemy, the evil Nazi Trump said, “happy fake insurrection day the first insurrection with armed tour guides and unarmed participants.
Darrell Castle discusses how a group of unelected billionaires and the politicians and global organizations they own, have supplanted national governments along with their constitutions and justice systems.Transcription / Notes2023 THE POST CONSTITUTION YEARHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 5th day of January in the year of our Lord 2024. This Report will discuss how a group of unelected billionaires and the politicians and global organizations they own have supplanted national governments along with their constitutions and justice systems by cleverly using their vast wealth to destroy Western Civilization and its ideas of individual liberty, thereby moving the world toward more and more authoritarian control.Obviously, I can’t discuss or even remember all the things that happened last year but at the risk of criticism for reporting only bad news, I will present as realistic a picture of 2023 and the final billionaire conquest of the Western world as I am able. By the way, the reason I report mostly bad news is that the news is mostly bad, however, I admit that’s just my opinion. The trend that continued from 2019 through 2023 was the leftover effects of the Covid psyop. I see many people now including those in government who admit that it was all just a psyop although they would never use that term. The world was going along just fine but then a group of mad men apparently led by the science, Dr. Anthony Fauci, decided to release on the world a virus which they weaponized to make it more virulent and more infectious. According to the work of Dr. Naomi Wolf who examined the Pfizer documents using a team of 3500 professionals, it was nothing less than an attack on humanity and an attack on the ability of humans to reproduce for the billionaires’ insane depopulation agenda.We were conditioned to believe things would return to normal in 2023 so that all the things resulting from the psyop would seem normal. Instead of normal things got progressively worse and now tyranny is so ingrained in our system that we do accept it as normal. The show trials and show indictments of thought criminals like Alex Jones and Donald Trump tell us that we should not even expect the rule of law to apply. What some prosecutor “thinks” about you is now enough for a criminal indictment.Anyone who questions authority is now guilty of misinformation or disinformation and we are told that such speech must be combated, not by historians, but by those in authority. Prosecutors want to fully prosecute all dissenting enemies of the authoritarian state, but the same prosecutors choose to overlook violent crime and its criminals which is turning the cities of America into dangerous and fearful places. In this age of controlled media, what one thinks or says is far more important than what he does.This is at least in part the result of wealth concentration in the hands of a few. I’m not talking about people who have a nice home in the suburbs, but people who control wealth so vast it exceeds the finances of many countries. For example, six mega-corporations now control 90% of U.S. media. That means that the boards of directors led by one person acting as chairman, control everything the average person sees, hears, and reads. It’s no wonder that people accept as gospel everything that comes out of the corrupt authority that controls information.Wealth concentration brings information control and with that control the voices of dissenting people are silenced. The monopolies and interlocking directorships of a handful of enormously rich people put control in just a few hands and those hands work together to control humanity. Even old enemies and competitors like Pepsi and Coca Cola are so interconnected they are no longer competitors, but simply players in the same rigged game.The ultra rich, the billionaire elite, are behind many if not most of the ills currently plaguing th...
Darrell Castle talks about how the pillars that make modern civilization possible are under attack from those who say they want to save the planet from climate change.Transcription / NotesATTACKING THE PILLARS OF CIVILIZATIONHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of December in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about how the pillars that make modern civilization possible are under attack from those who say they want to save the planet from climate change. To save the earth they tell us we must dismantle the very building blocks of civilization.Before I start, I remind you that next Friday and the one after that are the Fridays before Christmas and New Years Day so I will be in a festive and hectic holiday mindset as I suspect will you so I will talk to you again, God willing on Friday, January 5th, 2024.This is December, the holiday season for most Americans and the festive atmosphere is well underway. We get ready for Christmas with our families, especially our children as we love to enjoy the excitement of Christmas with them. Family gatherings, office parties, shopping for presents, and attending holiday festivities occupy our time and make December, a time of vacation for many, one of the busiest and most hectic months of the year for many others.At the same time, another group of people on the other side of the world, many of them Americans, have been meeting to discuss how they can continue the destruction of the very things that make civilization possible. The ideas and policies being espoused by the thousands of global leaders in attendance at COP 28, if enacted, will cause irreparable harm to billions of people, and will literally dismantle modern civilization.For example, at the beginning of the conference, the secretary general of the United Nations, Antonio Guterres, told the attendees and the people of the world that, “we must ultimately stop burning all fossil fuels.” He didn’t say we should reduce or slow down, he said we must stop burning fossil fuels. When a climate change official says we, then he of course means you. The billionaire class is not bothered by any climate change goals or directives, because only the rest of us in the peasant class will feel their effects.Fossil fuels including coal, oil, and natural gas, have been powering economies of the world for well over 150 years. They currently supply about 80% of the world’s energy and cheap energy is the lifeblood of modern civilization. It is the literal lubricant that allowed peasants to escape feudal life and enter what was once the middle class here in America. In the absence of cheap energy supplied by fossil fuels the machinery of economic progress grinds to a halt.I compare those who seek to destroy fossil fuels and deprive the people of the world of their use to the actions of an enemy nation in a war for survival. They represent the enemy and they seek control of oil supplies to deprive us, as their enemy, of their use. In other words, protecting humanity’s access to and use of fossil fuels is a matter of survival. Cheap energy powers our homes and allows us to live in relative comfort. We can live in the Arizona desert or the north of Alaska because of access to cheap energy. Without it, life in much of the country would quickly become untenable.Economic growth and technological advances are so dependent on cheap energy that its use directly correlates with the quality of life for the people who reside in America. The leaders of this nation apparently do not have the best interests of the nation’s people at heart. They follow the wishes of the billionaire class and shun cheap energy use for us, but not for them. Cheap political points, but not cheap energy seems to be their concern as they seek favor from the ruling class rather than from us. We should act to correct their thinking while we still have at least some capacity to do so.
Darrell Castle talks about examples of madness occurring in America and around the world that he never thought he would live to see.Transcription / NotesWORLD GONE MADHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 8th day of December in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about madness occurring in America and around the world that I never thought I would live to see. The continuation and funding of pointless wars by the United States around the world along with continuing and intensifying attacks on Jews in America and around the Western world are just two of the many examples of madness.Before I start with the madness Report, I remind you that yesterday, December 7th was the 82nd anniversary of the attack on Pearl Harbor or the day of infamy as FDR put it. Today is the beginning of Hanukkah for our Jewish friends as they suffer the brunt of much of the madness that I will be talking about. Tomorrow December 9th is my dear wife’s birthday so happy birthday Joan. In a couple of weeks, we will celebrate our 46th anniversary, and that is no small achievement today.War is my subject and my beat today, and the war in Gaza seems to have taken the war in Ukraine off the front pages at least for a while, but that doesn’t mean the U.S. has stopped fighting Russia. The German Corporation, Rheinmetall, has been given a large contract by some unnamed NATO country that has been a large financial supporter of the Ukraine war effort. Well, I scratch my head and I wonder which country that could be. Who could afford to give a German Company 142 million Euros to build 155MM howitzer shells for Ukraine. How many rounds of 155 shells, tens of thousands is all they will say.The shells from Rheinmetall are not expected to be ready until 2025 so a long war perhaps. There is an existing Rheinmetall order from October 2023 of 150,000 rounds of 155 which will be delivered sooner. Rheinmetall is a historic German company that supplied Keyser Wilhelm with ammunition in World War l, and it supplied ammunition, tracked vehicles, and other armored vehicles to Hitler in World War ll. That’s a lot of madness, I know folks, but stay with me because it gets worse.The U.S. has more for the arms industry than just German companies because it has given $522 million in contracts to U.S. arms companies to produce 155 howitzer shells. Most of the money will go to Northrop Grumman and Global Military Products, Inc. but there is enough to spread among various ammunition plants around the country. The estimate is about 50,000 rounds per month next year accelerating to 85,000 per month by 2028. Will we really need 85,000 155MM howitzer rounds per month in 2028? I guess so folks, and I suppose we are expected to accept it as all part of the new madness in which we live. Not to put too fine a point on it but that is approximately 1,800,000 rounds before the big numbers kick in 2028, and not counting Rheinmetall’s contribution.Both sides in Ukraine continue to respond to tactical changes dictated by new weapons and tactics supplied to Ukrainian forces by the U.S. In other words, the supplies make the conflict worse because they must and will be countered. For example, reports by the ISW, or the Institute for the Study of War, indicate that the Ukrainian air defense system especially along the border with Russia is becoming more and more effective against Russian aircraft. To counter that the Russians have gone to more frequent use of long-range glide bombs and cruise missiles as well as swarms of what are being called suicide or kamikaze drones.My point is that both sides seem to be settling in for a long war. Putin just directed that the Russian military be increased in personnel by 170,000. In its efforts to “weaken Russia” as Secretary of Defense, Lloyd Austin put it, Russia has been made much stronger. This madness is great news for arms makers here and around the world,
Darrell Castle talks about examples which indicate that the deplorables are starting to revolt against the global ruling elite.Transcription / NotesTHE MASSES REVOLT AGAINST THE GLOBAL ORDERHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of December in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about three or four examples coming simultaneously, or at least back-to-back which indicate that the deplorables are starting to revolt against the global order. They have apparently reached the end of their patience with the neoliberal world order that has been forced on them for decades.What is this neoliberal global order that the masses are starting to revolt against. Mass immigration floods Western countries with immigrants who compete for jobs and drive wages down. They don’t compete with the elite because the elite own the factories, they don’t work in them. They also compete for housing, not in elite neighborhoods, but in the margins. When they are permitted, they vote for people who promise to allow more immigration.Immigration on a mass scale is a problem but not by any means the only problem. The world created by today’s global ruling elite is difficult and perhaps unsustainable for millions of working people. The governments produce invisible, printing press money like there is going to be no limit or end to it, but they are all on their way to having such unpayable debt that not only can it not be paid, but it also cannot even be serviced. Something is starting to occur to today’s young and today’s poor and that is that when one generation gets something for nothing the next gets nothing for something. The foreign policies of the elites who run our world have set the rest of the world against them. Military policies and attitudes against other nations have them constantly, perpetually at war. Green energy policies virtually guarantee that the offspring of today’s working people will not have the same freedom and prosperity as older generations.The elites, since World War ll, have always been depended on to do good for the masses and run the world responsibly. Well, they have done good, very good, for themselves at the expense of many. Now, the many are growing tired of it all and are starting to revolt and that is the subject of our report today.Let’s start with Ireland which has been a popular destination for immigrants especially those from North Africa. For many decades Ireland was a country that sent immigrants around the world especially to America, Australia, and New Zealand. The Irish filled the under classes of many cities along the East Coast especially Boston and New York, but now it’s all different. Currently about 20% of the Irish population is foreign born, thanks to the policies of the elite at the European Union which controls the Irish Government as it does all European governments.The city of Dublin erupted in flames on Thanksgiving Day when an immigrant from North Africa stabbed a women and three children outside an elementary school in the inner city of Dublin. The woman and a five-year-old girl are in serious condition and the other children have less serious wounds. The people took to the streets and set the city on fire burning an immigrant hotel to the ground. The usual looting and burning has occurred throughout the city. The attacker was restrained, ironically, by another immigrant and serval bystanders. The Irish police seem to be at a loss as to whether he is a hater or just mentally ill.Many people have been arrested for participating in the riots, but many also view the immigration policies as the real culprit. The pace of immigration seems to be the match that lit the fuse that has been burning for many years. There have been ongoing protests during the last five years in which immigration has intensified under the direction of the EU bureaucrats. Many hotels and guest houses have been converted to asylum accommod...
Darrell Castle talks about the ongoing war in Gaza and looks at the different views of the war by different people who have different perspectives on the same series of events.Transcriptions / NotesTHREE VIEWS OF THE SAME WARHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of November in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about war, especially the ongoing war in Gaza. I will be looking at the different views of the war by different people who have different perspectives on the same series of events and I will argue that neither of the first two perspectives is completely accurate but the third perspective explains not only Gaza but war in general.I will begin by reminding you that next Thursday is Thanksgiving Day and I plan to spend some time with my family having a good meal and giving thanks so no Castle Report next week. Have a good holiday with family and don’t forget to give thanks.What do we know for certain about the war in Gaza? I don’t mean what the news media tells us or what we hear through rumors but what do we know for certain. There are so many conflicting opinions of the war that we don’t know much beyond what is happening on the ground with the movement of troops, etc. We can have at least a little confidence in what the reporters on the ground monitoring and reporting on the fighting tell us, but even then, their work is filtered through their networks, newspaper editors, etc.It seems that Israeli forces are moving through Gaza destroying tunnels and Hamas fighters where they can find them. This is urban warfare and that is the most casualty intense war especially for civilians. For example, according to the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights as of September 2023 a total of 9,614 civilians died during Russia’s invasion of Ukraine to that date. That low number is because very little of the fighting is urban and in urban warfare often 90% of the casualties are noncombatants.According to Reuter’s wire more than 11000 people have been killed during the start of the Israeli operation in Gaza, most of them civilians. The civilian casualties are undoubtably higher because Hamas is embedded in the civilian population. The Israelis report that they discovered a headquarters unit of Hamas under a large hospital. I saw video of an Israeli military spokesmen showing the tunnel entrances, weapons recovered etc. Can that video be believed or is it fabricated. That’s the difficult thing about our propagandized technological world. Almost anything is possible so almost nothing is certain and almost nothing can be believed.Hamas seems to be conducting a delaying operation, withdrawing a little at a time to delay the inevitable and inflict maximum casualties while at the same time waiting for media coverage to take its toll. The war is spreading with attacks in the West Bank and out of Lebanon. The delaying action gives Hamas more time to rally support from its Middle East partners and from news propaganda around the world. The longer the fight, the higher the casualties and the more international sympathy is generated.So, we sit here in America and we watch television, listen to the radio, or perhaps even read the New York Times or Washington Post. If you read your local paper, it is just a reflection of the opinion of those two papers and is editorially virtually identical. Can we have any confidence that what we are being told is accurate. Not in my opinion because it’s all lying propaganda and nothing can be believed without further investigation. Getting to the truth these days is very hard work and no matter how hard you work you can never be totally confidant. I am, therefore, confident of only one part of the mass media reporting and that is that it is all lying propaganda designed to reinforce the existing regime’s power structure.The regime’s power structure is in turn,
Darrell Castle talks about the war in Gaza and explores the hatred being expressed against Jews around the world. It seems that the hatred expressed is not just against Israel, but Jews in general.Transcription / NotesHATRED OF ISRAEL OR HATRED OF ALL JEWSHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of November in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking once again about the war in Gaza and exploring the hatred being expressed against Jews around the world. It seems that the hatred expressed is not just against Israel, but Jews in general and that said hatred is coming primarily from the very far left rather than the very far right.I cannot begin this report without noting that today is the Marine Corps’ 248th birthday so happy birthday Marines. Tomorrow is Veterans’ Day, and how appropriate that days are set aside to honor those who have fought the nation’s wars over the centuries because once again we find the world at war and threatened with annihilation. Our current war is on the other side of the world, but as usual the United States is right in the middle of it as a willing participant.My subject today is not so much war as it is hatred being expressed around the world against Jews. Here in America, last Saturday 10’s of thousands of people marched on the White House screaming Allahu Akbar which means God is Great. Along with God is Great they screamed various vile profanities which seemed to be directed personally at President Joe Biden. They attempted to breach the White House security cordon but were denied access by armed and uniformed Secret Service and other White House Security. They defaced government property by committing acts of vandalism including spray painting and throwing blood on various monuments.To my knowledge the government did not label this an insurrection and thousands of people were not arrested and held in solitary confinement. To my knowledge the FBI has not run face recognition software to identify others who may have been in Washington that day with the intent of arresting them as well. I don’t know for sure whether there were more FBI informants and instigators in the protest than protestors.I’m getting a little carried away I know because this report is about hatred of Jews not the government’s hatred of all who object to its world view. The crowd screamed “from the river to the sea, Palestine will be free”. That chant is growing in popularity despite the deadly attacks by Hamas on Israeli civilians last month. The phrase means the destruction of the Jewish state of Israel and is therefore anti-Jew, I will argue. Long live the Intifada they chanted which is an Arabic word referring to a Palestinian uprising.The demonstration, protest, riot, or whatever you choose to call it is not even what I’m talking about because it is easily explainable. The people in Washington last Saturday came from across the country to express support for Palestinians because they are Palestinians or at least Middle Easterners for the most part. They are part of the massive immigration or invasion policies orchestrated by the Obama and Biden administrations made necessary by the wars of the two Bush administrations. They also represent very clearly why other Middle East countries like Egypt for example, refuse to admit Palestinian refugees and why they were expelled from Kuwait. They are often trouble for the regime and other countries know it from experience.The type of hatred those people expressed is explainable and understandable. The kind of hatred I am really talking about today is hatred expressed by people who have no dog in this Gaza fight, and who seem to have only a sketchy understanding of history and what is happening currently. The Hamas assault on Israel of October 7th has provoked a surge in acts of antisemitism around the world and has awakened a repressed fear or horror in Jewish populations worldwide.
Darrell Castle talks about the war between Israel and Hamas and the terrifying potential for it to escalate.Transcription / Notes:THIS WAR SMELLS A LITTLE LIKE ARMAGEDDONHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of November in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the war between Israel and Hamas and trying to make sense of it as I am able at this time. What is the war about right now, and what does it have the terrifying potential to escalate into soon.I can’t use a title with the word Armageddon in it without talking a little about what the word means. It is a word coming from the Christian Holy Bible in the book of Revelation chapter 16 verse 16. “Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon. “The battle of Armageddon is basically predicted to be the final battle between good and evil or God’s forces against the kings of the earth. Do I think this war is the actual battle of Armageddon, no I don’t but what I am trying to say is that unless cooler heads prevail it could morph into something at least resembling it.The war has been ongoing since October 7th so it has been only about two months. The thing that strikes me about it other than the killing and dying which is what war is, has been the propaganda. Real events are used to inflame the populations of both sides as well as the populations of interested countries. Israel is portrayed as the persecutor of the Palestinian people having kept them imprisoned in an open-air concentration camp for 15 years. Hamas is portrayed as bloodthirsty savages. How much of the propaganda is truth and how much is fiction is anyone’s guess right now. We in the West sometimes think we know but often our assurances are just guesswork based on our own innate prejudice.As usual in the best propaganda there is at least a little truth on both sides. The attacks out of Gaza into Israel were savage and barbaric with no military objective. I mean that the objective was terror by killing, raping, and torturing and it is hard to understand sympathy with the nature of it. Other than the rockets and missiles used, the attack itself was very low tech designed to defeat the high-tech Israeli security systems with simple means. Communication between Hamas leadership and soldiers was always written messages hand delivered, never by email or text. They used paragliders that can be found in most beach resorts. Bulldozers were used to breach the walls and fences and then soldiers on motorcycles and in pickup trucks poured through.The simple nature of the plan made it much harder for the Israelis to uncover. Thus explaining at least in part how it could have escaped Israeli defenses. The leadership of Hamas who live luxurious lives in Qatar, by the way, while their people suffer in Gaza, but nevertheless they must have known that the brutal savagery of the attack would inflame the Israelis and incite a desire for revenge. The stories of rape and murder complete with photos of burned babies, I at first thought were exaggerated for propaganda purposes, but apparently, they are accurate. Most recently the story of a young woman named Shani Louk hit the international press. She was a beautiful 24-year-old woman attending a music festival until she was captured. Pictures emerged of her paraded naked through the streets of Gaza and just this week her body was found with her head in a different place. O.K. if one wants to refer to people who do that as barbaric savages perhaps there is truth there. It’s the same type of mentality we’ve seen before with Hitler’s forces and the Jews he portrayed as sub-human. Acts of barbarism are justified because your enemy is sub-human.Does the average man, woman, or child on the streets of Gaza City see all Jews as sub-human? It really doesn’t matter anymore because that is the story, they are presented by their leadership who apparently do it ...
Darrell Castle talks about the classic mistake of war and how the United States seems hellbent on making it as the country rushes toward an out-of-control catastrophe.Transcription / NotesTHE CLASSIC MISTAKE OF WARHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of October in the year of our Lord 2023 and today I return to the Castle Report after three weeks away and I find the world in danger with the United States right in the middle of it of course. I will be talking about the classic mistake of war and how the United States seems hellbent on making it as the country rushes toward an out-of-control catastrophe.The classic mistake of war is opening two fronts without the resources to fight them. That was the mistake of Kaiser Wilhelm of Germany whose name is almost synonymous with the mistake. The Kaiser went to war against Russia and a French and English alliance at the same time and the result of his mistake was the destruction of Germany leading eventually to a second world war.It is World War I that I am talking about but as a wise man once said, if you don’t learn from history you are doomed to repeat it. The Kaiser’s war could possibly have been contained until England mobilized and declared war, but once that happened it became a World War resulting in the deaths of over 70 million people. The United States today is on the verge of making the classic mistake of the Kaiser. The war in the Middle East might be contained unless the United States enters actual combat, but then the chances of it spinning out of control and going global are too great to contemplate.In the example of the United States today, President Biden is perhaps on the verge of exceeding the Kaiser in hubris and dumb reasoning. He went to Israel last week to meet with their Prime Minister and war cabinet and afterward he made a speech which was carried on television around the world. The speech contained a lot of untrue things, but it revealed a plan that indicated that someone up there in Washington is frightfully ignorant or worse, homicidal.President Biden seems to think that the United States can and will fight and fund three wars on different corners of the planet at the same time. The war against Russia in Ukraine, the war of Israel against God only knows how many others, and the United States against China over Taiwan, all at the same time. It is an insane plan, if only from an economic standpoint. Washington is currently approaching 34 trillion in debt the long-term consequences of which not many seem to be thinking about.The business shows on television, or what passes for television, now have many people they present to us as experts, who are saying repeatedly that the Fed is losing or has lost control of the economy, especially regarding inflation. I have already talked about the many economic troubles of the American working people and how no one seems to care even a little about them. The President goes to congress and asks for more than 100 billion additional dollars to fund wars on two fronts in Ukraine and Gaza. He makes promises as if he thinks there is no end to the largesse with which he can fund the world’s death machines.I realize that when he says he is going to give two billion to Israel or Ukraine, for example, he is really giving it to the American arms manufacturers who then use part of it to fund politicians who will give them more money. That is how cynical it has all become, but this time it seems to be far more dangerous than simply using Ukraine as a proxy to fight Russia. My point is that even if the United States had the military capability to fulfill his promises which is doubtful, the money has failed as it did in the time of Joseph as recorded in Genisis 47:15.American weapons stockpiles are dangerously low due to the constant supply of Ukraine in the effort to defeat the Russian Army. The effort in Ukraine has taken about 500,
Darrell Castle talks about the refusal of Joe Biden to provide Secret Service protection to his rival for the Democrat nomination for the office of President of the United States, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.Transcription / NotesDESPICABLE DENIALHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of September in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the refusal of Joe Biden to provide Secret Service protection to his rival for the Democrat nomination for the office of President of the United States, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. That denial is unprecedented and considering the family history of Mr. Kennedy I call it despicable.Before I get started, I need to tell you that the 11th of next month is my 75th birthday and my wife has two weeks of parties planned to celebrate my life with her and then I have the Constitution Party National Committee Meeting to attend so I will not be able to continue this effort for the next three weeks.I have investigated the rules of the Secret Service as I have been able because it is after all Secret. The secrecy of the Secret Service is understandable given the job of protecting the highest value targets for every terrorist and political nut job in this world. I was able to determine some basic rules or policies as far as who gets the protection and who doesn’t. It seems that a general rule is that if a candidate requests protection he or she gets it.My understanding is that within 120 days of a presidential election each candidate with 15% of the vote is entitled to protection. Outside the 120-day deadline it is at the pleasure of the president of the United States through the person we now refer to as the secretary of Homeland Security. I’ve never liked that name, by the way, “Homeland Security” because it sounds so German, or Russian, but no one asked me when the name was chosen.In the present case of RFK, Jr., my understanding is that he has three times gone to the Secret Service and has three times been refused. The most recent time he requested protection was after he had a very credible death threat from a credible and armed intruder. So, an armed intruder threatened him but the Secretary of Homeland Security said that he had determined that the candidate had not demonstrated a need for protection.My understanding is that the Secretary works directly for the president and the president makes the decision so President Biden decided that Robert Kennedy would not get the protection. It is hard for me to find a reason for the denial that is not despicable. Terms like petty, and vindictive come to mind but the best term is despicable. How many despicable acts does a person have to commit before we are willing to call him a despicable person? I don’t have to remind you that his uncle and father were each assassinated and that his name alone makes him a target.He has hired private security and in the video interview I saw of him explaining who and why he hired the firm he chose; he said that the firm is headed by the most respected name in Washington private protection. I’m told that he now spends 30% of his campaign budget on private security which of course is another reason President Biden has chosen not to allow protection. His only current challenger for the nomination is forced to spend 30% of his budget to protect his life making it more difficult to speak and make people aware of his views.Kennedy has the audacity to challenge a sitting president so in his most petty and despicable way the president denies the challenger the protection that might possibly save his life. Said another way the President of the United States doesn’t really care if Robert Kennedy is murdered in his efforts to gain the presidency. That’s the man holding the office of president and the leader of the free world. Who would want such a petty, vindictive man in the smallest office let alone the largest?
Darrell Castle talks about the troubling dissatisfaction that is present in American life today caused by the economic reality of the middle class and the indifferent attitude of America's politicians.Transcription / NotesDISPIRITED PEOPLEHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of September in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the troubling dissatisfaction that is present in American life today and I argue that much of it is caused by the economic reality of life in Middle Class America, and by the indifferent, let them eat cake, attitude of America’s politicians.Polling data indicate that my theory is valid and that the middle class is disappearing because it is being incinerated by the economic reality it faces. For example, the President spoke to the UN General Assembly earlier this week and he told them that he supports delivering the health care of Americans into the hands of the globalists at the UN World Health Organization. In the choice between freedom and enslavement he clearly comes down on the side favoring enslavement. Mr. Middle Class sees all this and he doesn’t know what to make of it but he is very suspicious. Not suspicious enough to go to the barricades, not yet anyway, but a report coming from the Census Bureau this week might help him on his way.Yes, while the President was telling the UN that we just have to persevere in Ukraine the Census Bureau was telling Mr. Middle Class that he was descending into poverty as if he didn’t already know that. Yes, it seems that the poverty rate increased last year for the first time in 13 years. So, the President goes to the UN or he takes another 10-day vacation and the working people of America slip into poverty. That’s more than likely going to cause some unease among Americans, even Democrats. I suppose the President’s usual answer of Trump did it will have to suffice at least for a while.Instead of the usual political clap trap, let’s look at some things that might really be causing it. Recent polls indicate that something is wrong out there in Middle America. Democrats and Republicans alike understand that the problems are eating away at their lives and their standard of living. Whether Democrat or Republican or whether they are ashamed to be publicly identified with either of those groups, and therefore identify themselves as independent, they know something is wrong. They may blame each other as their masters at the heads of the two political parties have trained them to do, but there seems to be a growing unease as business-as-usual fails to provide answers.The disease is economic although it may exhibit many symptoms, it is economic. When James Carvelle advised Bill Clinton in 1992, “it’s the economy stupid” he was right and it’s still the economy today. A recent poll indicated that 61% say they lack confidence in what has come to be called Bidenomics to manage economic problems. 54% said Congressional Republicans gave them more confidence that they could successfully deal with the issues facing the country while 45% said they had more confidence in Biden, so they are confused and that is no accident either.Americans are not happy and clearly the driver of their unhappiness is the economy. These polls I have been reading can be confusing but significantly only 37% approve of the way Biden has handled the economy. 70% disapprove of how he has addressed inflation while 75% say they think economic conditions are poor for them. By a large margin the economy is far and away the most important issue facing the country and people in the Middle know that economic reality is stacked against them.Freeing the dollar from the restraints that held it and which forced politicians to be at least a little bit accountable for what they did to the rest of us, has caused a stagnant economy and declining standard of living and worse result for the Middle Class than for others...
Darrell Castle talks about the state of presidential politics and what that state means for the nation.Transcription / NotesHARD TIMES FOR THE REPUBLICHello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 15th day of September in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the state of presidential politics and what that state means for the nation. Who can and who should lead this nation in either the death throes of corruption or back to the days when the country was a moral leader and respected for its strict adherence to the rule of law.In the world of presidential politics, we face many dilemmas today, most, or all of which have been faced before. For example, what if Donald Trump is convicted of at least some of the 100 or so felonies for which he has been indicted. Don’t get me wrong because I’m not saying he is guilty of any of the charges, most of which don’t even make sense as criminal charges. The trials, however, will all be conducted in heavily Democrat cities and courts where the prosecutors, judges, and juries have one thing in mind and that is destroy Donald Trump.Whether I supported Donald Trump as president or whether I still might be a supporter is irrelevant to me in his current struggle. I am a lawyer and I have a respect for the law and I am very opposed to how it is being abused in the cases against Trump. Most of the election interference charges appear to be just examples of free speech woven into racketeering by a very biased prosecutor. In the January 6 case he urged peaceful protests but evidence or lack thereof is irrelevant in New York.What if he is convicted on at least some charges as seems likely, but is out pending appeal which also seems likely. He would then be a convicted felon and the presidential candidate of a major political party. The election could then turn on whether the voters thought him guilty or whether they would prefer his election whereby he could pardon himself. In that case he might be the only convicted felon elected president but he would not be the only felonious president and that’s for sure.That situation has happened before as a matter of fact. In the presidential election of 1920, Socialist Party candidate Eugene Debs ran from a jail cell and got 3,4% of the vote. Mr. Debs was a five-time presidential candidate, as a Democrat at first, then as an open, rather than a closet Socialist. In 1920 he had been sent to prison for stating what turned out to be the truth about financial reasons being at least somewhat to blame for the U.S. entry into World War One. My point is that he was a third-party candidate and still got 3.4% of the voters to choose him while he was in prison.The likely Democrat candidate in 2024 is not without problems of his own. Accused of corruption with foreign governments, bribery, extortion, possibly even treason the speaker of the house of representatives announced this week that an inquiry into impeachment would be filed against President Joe Biden. Quoting House Speaker Kevin McCarthy:“These are allegations of abuse of power, obstruction, and corruption. They warrant further investigation by the House of Representatives. That’s why today I am directing our House (committees) to open a formal impeachment inquiry into President Joe Biden.”These things take months, of course, sometimes even years so the House is not expected to vote on whether to impeach until February 2024 at the earliest. If the Republican House votes to impeach, which seems likely, then the Democrat Senate would try him and most likely vote to acquit. The process I just described is accurate, but the results I predicted are obviously speculation on my part. Nevertheless, it is possible that we could have a Democrat candidate awaiting trial in the Senate, or one who has been convicted and removed from office leaving the nation to be led by Kamala Harris running against a convicted felon.
Darrell Castle talks about the unrelenting efforts to deliver the nations of the world into the arms of an unelected but very powerful group of people who think of themselves as super wise and super entitled to rule over the entire creation of God. Are their results inevitable or can we find flaws and cracks in their schemes that will allow us to defeat or delay their plans?
Transcription / Notes
IS GLOBAL GOVERNMENT INEVITABLE?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 8, 2023. I will be talking about the unrelenting efforts to deliver the nations of the world into the arms of an unelected, but very powerful group of people who think of themselves as super wise and super entitled to rule over the entire creation of God. Is the global government of a ruling, all-wise elite inevitable, or can we find flaws and cracks in their plans that may enable humanity to defeat or at least indefinitely delay their plans.
Once again, I return to the wise words of Archbishop Carlo Maria Vigano, I continue to bring you his words because I have come to respect his uncompromising battle for the truth in a religious world in which he is apparently the only one to do so. The first interview of the archbishop was conducted with French media, but I picked it up on The Remnant which is a catholic news service with a conservative bent thus it will dare to print the words of the archbishop. In that French interview he defined what is meant by the term globalism in his mind.
“Globalism is, so to speak, the staging, the script and the scenario that must prepare humanity for the political ascent of the Antichrist, to whom the leaders of the world—his servants—will cede national sovereignty so that he becomes a kind of global tyrant.”
The archbishop draws a comparison between the Deep State and its mechanisms of subversion and the mechanisms of the Deep Church and concludes that they are identical. “The element that, in my opinion, must be understood—for the denunciation to be complete—is the mirror relationship between the coup d’ etat of the Deep State in the civil sphere and that analogous equivalent of the Deep Church in the ecclesiastical sphere. The modus operandi of subversive actions is identical, as are the principles that animate them and the objectives they set for themselves .”
This conclusion that the same forces that have subverted and captured governments are also the forces that have captured and subverted the church is one I have held for a long time so I was ready to finally hear someone else, someone within the church say it. When asked if he is the only prelate who held this view, he said that he is the only one who is willing to publicly state the view. He equates the rise of globalism, of global government, with Satanism and says that globalism in its essence is Satanic.
The heart of the argument is what I have said many times and that is that in order to succeed the globalists will have to erase God from the minds of the people. The archbishop says that in order to bring about the kingdom of Antichrist it is necessary to erase what remains of the kingdom of Christ in the institutions, in the culture and in the daily life of the citizens. Moral dissolution is one of the simplest means of subjugating the masses, encouraging them to vice, ridiculing virtue, and by destroying the natural family, the fundamental cell of society.
Once the family is successfully destroyed, then children become commodities, products to be ordered over the internet, thus fueling a vast criminal enterprise. Divorce, abortion, euthanasia, homosexuality, gender mutilation have all proven to be very effective tools in the destruction of the human family. They are also tools that are being used to eliminate God, faith, and the other tenets of natural law in the minds of the masses the globalists seek to control. A new religion thus comes to us and imposes itself on society. It is a religion backed by massive resources that has been able to replace God for many people.
The new religion has goals diametrically opposite those of true faith. It is imbuing its dogma into all institutions, laws, education, culture, the arts, and virtually all other human activity. The globalists have used the principles of faith, i.e., people in the faith are all brothers, but they have substituted another for the natural head of society. Globalism comes to us proclaiming democracy as the highest good, but openly seeks to undermine and destroy the concepts of nation state and individual liberty. It seeks to bend and subjugate everyone to its will including ultimately the natural head of all-natural law.
The evidence for my position and that of the archbishop is all around us but just look at the fact that the globalists seek to have the whole world follow their direction in lockstep. The global leaders are all members of the same club whether they openly admit it ala Justin Trudeau in Canada, or whether they deny it ala Vivek Ramaswamy. They have been placed intentionally at the highest levels of governments and international institutions. To again quote the archbishop:
“There is clearly a single script under a single direction. It is planned as an instrument for the establishment of a totalitarian regime, connected by unelected technocrats who are devoid of any sense of democratic representation.”
Who is the World Economic Form or what is the WEF? Who attends its conferences and once invited why do they so gratefully accept? The truly powerful of the world. The rulers, prime ministers, CEO’s of newspapers, television CEO’s, bankers, social media directors, heads of international corporations, directors of government agencies, presidents of global foundations, so-called philanthropists, and of course heads of state. They all share the same agenda and they are so confident of their own power they now proclaim their agenda publicly with impunity. To shut off other opposing views they embrace censorship and propaganda.
The situation I just described is obviously hopeless, right. No, I don’t think it is hopeless because with God we always have faith that we will ultimately prevail, but in the here and now there are those among us trying their best to undermine all opposition. I’m not sure when neocons captured American foreign policy and set the country on a course toward the “New American Century” and I thought with the demise of the second Bush administration the impetus was somewhat blunted but no, that apparently is not the case.
President Biden just elevated Victoria Nuland to Undersecretary of state which makes her second only to the secretary, Anthony Blinken. Why is that important? It is vital because it is evidence of the single unipolar world that the U.S. has been trying to create since at least the fall of the Soviet Union. Ms. Nuland’s husband is Robert Kagan, who along with William Kristol, co-founded the Project For a New American Century. The U.S. had a chance to bring about a more peaceful world, but instead its neocon leadership, including Mr. Kagan, chose the path of war which is also the path of death, misery, and suffering. The good news for the neocons is that most of the money they confiscate from the American people goes directly into the pockets of the defense, or said better, the war industry and then it comes right back to them as campaign contributions.
What does all this have to do with global government? IT has everything to do with it because it is the military arm of global rule, or what the recent BRICS meeting seeks to avoid. The BRICS+ as it exists now, is determined, it seems, to undo some of what the reincarnation of Dick Chaney better known as Victoria Nuland has done. She is the mistress of coup, or the master of using death and destruction to achieve her new American century goals. She is the chooser of war and never peace, and the decider of disputes by the most violent and destructive means. BRICS+ is trying to build a second pole to Ms. Nuland’s unipolar world, at least a second pole economically, which will hopefully also prevent some military destruction of the earth. My wife is fond of telling me that they meant it for evil but God meant it for good, as she says that when something seemingly helpful evolves out of something very detrimental.
The U.S. sent a very disturbing message to the BRICS nations with what it did to Russia and out of that message came BRICS+. When Russia invaded Ukraine the U.S. not only sanctioned Russian oligarchs, banned U.S. investment in Russia, kicked Russia out of the SWIFT international system, froze and stole Russian assets, it froze and stole the U.S. dollar reserves of the Central Bank of Russia. That move was a very blatant act of forceful theft and I suppose it was inevitable that it would return to haunt the thieves.
When other countries saw the U.S. abandon the moral leadership it once held, and grab the assets of a major central bank, they looked at each other and asked: What if some U.S. neocon decides he doesn’t like my policies or actions, will the U.S. steal my central bank assets too? China, India, and Brazil thought the answer was yes, so they immediately started selling U.S. denominated assets. So, Joe Biden, guided along by his neocons, and their bloodlust, blundered into the potential destruction of the dollar as an international reserve. So, the dollar is threatened not only abroad but also by its own Treasury.
By seizing Russian assets, in particular the Central Bank Reserves of Russia the administration demonstrated to the whole world that it cares nothing for the rule of law internationally or otherwise. Just as the administration unlawfully directed the DOJ against a political opponent, Donald Trump, and unlawfully directed it away from son, Hunter, it turned the law into a weapon. We in the U.S. have little recourse except voting and even that is of questionable value today, but other countries do have recourse and they are using it. They have banded together in an effort to find or form a currency safer than the dollar for their assets.
BRICS+ issued a 26-page summary or description of their recent meeting and in that summary, they did not mention a new currency but the implication is there. For now, BRICS+ will trade in the currency of its members. To have a stable gold-backed currency the price of gold would have to increase significantly so, when you see the gold price rapidly rising you can measure the decline of the dollar quite easily.
BRICS+ plans to dominate the energy markets and the seas that control them. Make no mistake, the U.S. Navy still rules the waves, but BRICS+ rules the chokepoints and coastlines. With the rising tide of woke officers and sailors in the Navy perhaps it won’t be long. The new BRICS+ controls about 30% of global GDP and about 45% of the global population. They dominate a long list of vital resources including most importantly the oil markets. Whether we measure by population, military weapons, economics, energy, other natural resources, or sheer mass, they are clearly in a position to challenge the G-7 and other organizations of the West.
Our current administration seems oblivious to all this as it stumbles along the road to ruin. It and its neocon owners have pushed the middle class to the brink of extinction but no one seems to care. When we had law, internally and internationally, we sent those who steal to prison but not anymore. Now, we set the example for thieves everywhere by stealing on an international level. Others are taking note and trying to find harbors safe from the predators who run the U.S. Government.
What does all this have to do with global government? It is perhaps a monkey-wrench, but time will tell whether it is permanent or temporary.
Finally, folks, the archbishop advises us to resist the call to build back better and instead join groups that together can rebuild what has been destroyed. My sentiments exactly.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the summit of BRICS nations held in South Africa, which concluded August 24th with a momentous decision regarding expansion. What does that decision mean for the United States and the rest of the world?
Transcription / Notes
SIX MORE BRICS IN THE WALL
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of September in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the summit of BRICS nations held in South Africa, which concluded on August 24th with a momentous decision regarding expansion. The five BRICS consisting of Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa decided to add six new members. What does that decision mean for the United States and the rest of the world?
For the first time since 2010 the decision was made to expand membership and six new nations were accepted with full membership to begin January 1, 2024. Saudia Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Egypt, Argentina, Ethiopia, and Iran were all admitted to membership. Just as the U.S. is the leader of the rules based international order and the enforcer of the rules, China and Russia are the heavy weights of the BRICS order and their decisions regarding who gets in and who doesn’t seem to be very persuasive.
The full effects of the decision will take time to fully manifest themselves, but one thing is known for certain and that is that BRICS now has eleven members and they are on the way to greater political power and most likely a new currency union. They are all now suffering from the weaponization of the U.S. dollar and they were all under pressure to support the U.S. imposed sanctions against Russia, but none agreed to do so. Weaponization of the dollar and the freezing of dollar-denominated reserves is a real fear as that is exactly what happened to Russia.
Nations are told that the U.S. dollar is the world’s reserve and the safest and best place for their foreign reserves so that is where they put all the reserves that they have. The U.S. then decides that they have not followed the rules of the rules based global order and their reserves are confiscated never to be returned. The freezing of reserves cuts a nation off from international commerce because they must now have cash since the U.S. has frozen them out of the international banking system.
Their answer is to band together and start a new currency union big enough and diverse enough to offer the exchange of goods and services and perhaps even credit that can bypass the dollar. The new currency will not be easy and will take time, but for now the members will explore trading in their own currencies as Russia and China have been doing. India is the world’s largest importer of Russian coal and it has been buying that coal in the Russian currency. China and other oil import dependent members have been buying Saudi and Russian oil in the Chinese currency. No wonder the sanctions on Russia appear to have inflicted more economic harm on Europe and the U.S. than on Russia.
If I had control of the expanded BRICS I would use the membership and coordination to reconstruct the global structure of money, trade, use of military power and other things that would come to mind. To accomplish that, I would focus on energy, especially oil and the international oil trade. If the U.S. demanded or tried to muscle me on the use and development of fossil fuel, I would tell them to go pound sand no pun intended. I would use my dominance in oil to put my members at the center rather than the bottom of the world agenda which would mean the return of a multi-polar world and the end of U.S. dominance and hegemony.
Time will tell whether I could accomplish all that, but time, I would argue is on my side because at least 40 other nations have applied for membership including Mexico. These nations would be considered one by one and year by year as new members were absorbed. I would, in other words, push back against the “New American Century” and all those neo-cons who seem to be running American foreign policy. The “Rules Based World Order” the U.S. diplomats tend to cite to justify a U.S. based outcome is not appreciated by much of the world and now they are coming together to resist it.
Global oil has traded only in dollars since 1974 and the dollar has been the world’s reserve since the end of World War ll. That allows the U.S. to buy an endless supply of foreign goods and pay for them with pieces of paper printed on a press and later by using mere blips on a computer screen. The U.S. as a result, has had its choice of the world’s supply of oil and had only to ship pallets of paper in exchange for super tankers full of oil. This allowed American politicians to pretend to be environmentalists by pontificating about no new drilling, at least in America.
The new additions to BRICS, then, are all about oil. They are also about the use of dominant military power around the globe which the new alliance or association seeks to change, so let’s look at how oil changes things. All the six new members have something to do with oil including ancient enemies Iran and Saudi Arabia. Part of the Petro-dollar agreement with the Saudis was the U.S. guarantee of protection from Iran but now both are BRICS members. China has been able to convince both to stop fighting and come together to break the Western dominance over them. The addition of the United Arab Emirates (UAE) along with Iran and Saudi Arabia encircles the Persian Gulf and the Strait of Hormuz through which much of the world’s oil must pass.
This is obviously a BRICS-OPEC alliance that at first glance could be extremely difficult for the West if it doesn’t achieve energy independence as Donald Trump was able to do. Russia and Saudi Arabia are two of the top oil producers in the world and now they add the others to an oil alliance. Brazil is also an oil producer of great importance with its offshore deposits. China and India are two of the top oil importing nations in the world and now their supplies are assured. This all indicates a massive shift away from the use of dollars in international oil markets.
Every barrel sold in a currency other than dollars means neither buyer nor seller needs American currency nor do they need American banks and bankers. My view in trying to assess the impact is that all those truckloads of dollars sitting in accounts all over the world will be coming home soon to buy American assets, especially real estate at rock bottom prices. This will contribute to inflation and the sure knowledge that we are now owned, to some extent, by foreigners and are, therefore, to some extent, at their mercy. Maybe my assessment about this is wrong and I hope that it is, but I don’t think so.
Egypt is also a new member and while Egypt’s economy is tiny compared with the others it is geo-strategically located with control over the Suez Canal, a key transit point for oil and natural gas from the Persian Gulf to the Mediterranean and Europe. Egypt also has a strategic coastline along the Red Sea and a great deal of Mediterranean Coastline as well. I’m sure that Egypt hopes that a new BRICS membership will help transition its weak economy into something befitting its strategic location. The coastlines control vital choke points and shipping routes just like the Naval officer and theorist Alfred Thayer Mahan listed as necessary in his book “The Influence of Sea Power Upon History.”
War colleges including the U.S. Naval Academy still require Mahan’s book to graduate. I’ve read it and I’m sure someone in China has read it too, but perhaps not anyone in Washington, D.C. What about Ethiopia makes it worthy of consideration? Isn’t Ethiopia just an insignificant little country in Africa? China and Russia are both committed to Africa and to driving out Western influence, but there must be more reasons than that. Ethiopia is located at the bottom of the Red Sea with Egypt at the top. That makes it also a strategic location point in terms of international shipping and the passage of oil from producers to end users. Ship traffic in and out of the Red Sea is now clearly controlled by BRICS members. It is also a likely build-up point for trade into the heart of a developing Africa.
That leaves Argentina at the southern tip of South America. Why would that nation with its runaway inflation and history of defaults to Western Banks be of interest to BRICS nations. It is rich in minerals including the new critical elements like copper and lithium. Those minerals are apparently the future of energy since the West is desperate for them to make batteries for electric cars. Argentina also controls the strategic sea lanes around the tip of South America. Antarctica is also an up and comer mineral wise and Argentina is the closest land mass to it. So, South Africa controls the tip of Africa and Argentina controls the tip of South America and both are members of BRICS.
Alfred Thayer Mahan viewed sea power, i.e., the ability to project military power via a navy—as critical to control of the oceans of the world, and by extension control of the coastlines and vital chokepoints of the oceans of the world. His book once again, is entitled “The Influence of Sea Power Upon History” and was published in 1890. It was and is the bible of the U.S. Navy and many other navies of the world. The great sea power empires like Great Britain and Japan have all relied on it. Sea power is essential for trade in the modern world and a nation must be able to protect its trade routes and coastlines to protect its commerce in an increasingly dangerous world.
Should you read Mahan’s book, you will see that military power is the first derivative of a nation’s industrial power. If there is no strong industry at home, it is impossible to develop and maintain a powerful military force. Countries who refuse to industrialize, who deindustrialize, or who ship their industry to cheap labor countries will not long remain militarily powerful. This new BRICS-OPEC alliance is laid out and strategically planned to dominate the sea lanes across the world. Those sea lanes have been under the control and protection of the U.S. Navy since World War ll, but now a new force has arisen to challenge that dominance.
The world is changing rapidly and in ways not seen in perhaps a few centuries. Energy, mineral resources, food, and the U.S. dollar as the standard are all in play and none can be taken for granted anymore. This situation reminds me a little of the Far Side cartoon in which two dinosaurs are talking and one says to the other “there’s a new ice age coming” and the other says, “yes, and we’ve got brains the size of walnuts.” I don’t think we have brains the size of walnuts, but I do think we as a nation are projecting weakness around the world and the world is taking note.
We have a weak president who is suffering from undeniable mental and physical decline. The military is often the first and only answer to every problem. Diplomacy and the opportunity to make agreements that benefit both sides seem to be an art lost on U.S. diplomats. Since we rely exclusively on our military, logic teaches that we should protect and strengthen it, but we seem to be doing the opposite. My opinion is that our 78-year financial dominance has given us an inflated picture of our own power and now others are intent on taking away that dominance.
What about climate change which we in the West are told is the most critical problem facing humanity? These nations do not care even a little about climate change. They contain the largest exporter and the largest importers of coal in the world. They may pay lip service to it in order to appease the West, and they may join some “accord” to finagle money from the West, but they do not care about it. They see this as economic warfare and they have chosen sides and intend to win.
Finally, folks, the BRICS spokesmen say that they are not trying to compete with the West but I don’t buy that. BRICS eleven is just the beginning and it is very obviously an attempt to compete with and minimize the G-7 which Russia was kicked out of when it was the G-8. It is, in effect, a new world order, and whether the West can compete with it, or defeat it, or whether the West will splinter with many joining the BRICS remains to be seen. It also seems that the U.S. has badly underestimated Russia both militarily and economically.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about anti-human, anti-God, anti-life actions recommended and taken by very powerful and influential people and organizations under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. Transcription / Notes THE LUNATIC ASSUMPTIONS OF CLIMATE PARANOIA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about anti-human, anti-God, anti-life actions recommended and taken by very powerful and influential people and organizations under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. These people and organizations hate humanity, they hate God and his creation and most of all they seek to usurp his rightful place in the universe. Wealth, status, and enjoyment of the simple pleasures of life, along with those God given things that make life possible on planet earth must be taken from those who currently have them in order to save the planet for more deserving god-like people who know and understand the science of climate. The elite lead the struggle to save the climate and with it the planet, they are bound together by blood, class, education, marriage or some combination and the rest of us are merely sheep like voters for their power seekers, and cannon fodder for their wars. We ordinary people are far too busy with our personal lives, with earning a living to understand or care about the agenda of our betters. The desire to dominate, to be the alpha, is I suppose, inherent in the human species. One is slave and one is master, one wins and one loses, one lives and one dies. To control these primitive urges mankind forms together into groups, tribes, factions, nation states and alliances. That system has worked fairly well for mankind’s existence except for the occasional wars between the tribes, but the system that has organized mankind for its existence is collapsing under the weight of technology that allows worldwide, synchronized, propaganda, under the guise of saving the planet from the ravages of climate change. Yes, it’s an old story about dominance, control and enslavement that has been told since ancient days but now, finally, the technology has been perfected to allow those who master it to achieve control of the whole world. These people and their groups, tribes, and diabolical organizations are not just masters of technology, but masters of the propaganda that is necessary to panic the herd and drive them into the corral. I realize that the preceding introductory paragraphs are very bold statements and therefore I will give you a few examples of what I am talking about. Professor Jim Skea is a professor of sustainable energy at Imperial College in London and chairman of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change which is the top UN body on climate change. Professor Skea, in a recent interview with the Evening Standard Newspaper, said that climate change, the worldwide green agenda, and the movement away from fossil fuels must be forced on the world. He means that through governmental action, backed by relentless propaganda from controlled media, the masses will voluntarily submit to their enslavement in order to save the planet. This is just one geeky scientist, right? No, this is the United Nations speaking and that speech is backed by the World Economic Forum. I saw a video recently from Klaus Schwab, head of the WEF and he said quite clearly that we should just get used to our new lives because they are coming whether we like it or not. Their approach is no different from that made by Caeser, Nero, Caligula, Genghis Khan, Nepoleon, Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, and many others. Their directives to us have all been the same enforced with the existing technology of the day and that was then and this is now. They tell us subtly, there is a new world coming and I run it but you do not. You can do nothing to stop this world so you might as well get used to it and adjust and who kn...
Darrell Castle talks about the social contract or the agreement between the government and the people, that holds the system we call civilization together and what happens when it is deliberately damaged or destroyed. Transcription / Notes SABOTAGE OF THE SOCIAL CONTRACT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 18th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the social contract or the agreement between the government and the people that holds the system we call civilization together. I argue today that the social contract has been deliberately damaged or destroyed perhaps permanently and with its destruction comes the destruction of the republic and civilization itself. What exactly is the social contract between citizens and government? In simplified terms the people, by and through their elected representatives, formulate laws and they agree to abide by those laws. They also agree to pay taxes to the government for physical protection individually and collectively by the government through its agents. The government agrees to force everyone to abide by the laws, not just timid, nice people or those out of favor with the powers that be. My argument today is that the government has so deliberately failed in its obligations that the social contract is no longer valid. In addition to breaking the contract the government has symbolically spit in the faces of the people whom it obviously considers powerless. The most amazing thing about the allegation I just made is that the people, by a majority, repeatedly vote into office those officials who have just broken the contract and laughed about it. The most recent and perhaps best series of examples comes to us from the state of California. Armed with bear spray which they used to neutralize the already ineffective guards, a group of 50 or more people swarmed a Los Angeles mall and made off with an estimated $100,000 worth of luxury merchandise. The Nordstrom store was at the Topanga Mall in Woodland Hills. Topanga police were on the scene quickly and have numerous “leads” the LAPD said in its statement. There were, however, no arrests and the thieves fled in a probably stolen BMW and other luxury vehicles. This case is evidence that American society is broken because it has been destroyed by barbaric savages and by that I don’t mean just the thieves. The government, at all levels, refuses to enforce its side of the contract and protect people. This means that the social contract has been abolished so why should we pay taxes anymore or fulfill any part of the contract. The government unilaterally abolished the contract the same way it unilaterally abolished the border. The answer to my question is that the government has more and bigger guns than we do. Perhaps that is why there is a constant effort by government to disarm law abiding citizens but not the criminals. The American social contract is more binding and extensive than that perhaps of any other country because of the US Constitution, which is supposed to be the supreme law of the land, but now is apparently just a piece of ancient parchment, but I digress so let me continue. The second example comes again from the golden state of California. That state is apparently what the destroyers of civilization have in mind for the rest of us sane people. The federal government built a new federal building in the heart of San Francisco at a cost of hundreds of millions. It is, of course, surrounded by other federal buildings to serve the employees who work in the federal building. This is a typical set up that is found in cities across the country as the feds have been on a campaign to rebuild and update federal structures. The building in San Francisco is named for former speaker of the house Nancy Pelosi. The difference between the Nancy Pelosi Federal Building and others across the country is that the federal government has directed its San Francisco employees who wor...
Darrell Castle talks about the recent coup in Niger and why that change in a West African nation matters to America to the extent that Under Secretary of State, Victoria Nuland, was dispatched to Niger to meet with the new rulers and lay down the law to them. Transcription / Notes A COUP IN NIGER AND WHY IT MATTERS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the recent coup in Niger and why that change in a West African nation matters to America to the extent that Victoria Nuland, the mother of the 2014 coup in Ukraine, was dispatched to Niger to meet with the new rulers and lay down the law to them. Niger is a former French colony in West Africa with a long history of coups, revolutions, military rule and just about every kind of government by strong men that one can imagine. The French have tried with their military to keep order in Niger just as they did in Mali just to the west of Niger. When the French ceded independence to their West African colonies, they physically left but remained close to whatever leader happened to be running things. Power abhors a vacuum so when the French military was gone Al Qaeda, and ISIS moved in and threatened to completely take over the governments of both Mali and Niger. The French returned and began a war with the Islamic fighters threatening those countries. Both are desert countries populated by poor desperate people who live under the harshest and most close to the edge existence imaginable. The forces fighting for control of Niger and Mali want what they want, but the people just want to continue their lives in peace, which is a very old, seemingly never-ending story. What France got from its many years in Niger was uranium, which it desperately needed to fuel its nuclear industry. France gets more electricity from nuclear than any other country in Europe and it has become a world leader in nuclear power and its development. Countries around the world who have some small amount of nuclear power often get their reactors from France and its nuclear engineers. That industry requires a great deal of uranium and France has no deposits of uranium but guess who does—that’s right Niger. Mali, the next-door neighbor of Niger has a great deal of gold under its desert and France happens be one of the world’s leaders in gold on deposit. The battles between French Premier Charles De Gaulle, and US President Nixon over the value of gold and the exchange of US gold for French held US debt are legendary and led to some extent to the removal of the dollar’s link to gold in 1971. Natural resources are what Africa has to offer the West and so there is desperation to keep those resources from falling into Russian or Chinese hands or God forbid, remaining in African hands. The other thing, and perhaps it is most important, is Africa’s vital role in the drive for world hegemony. China is very active in Africa and Washington is very interested in countering that activity. China comes with money and an offer to Africa of infrastructure and sustainable development in return for the right to trade favorably and for the option of Chinese influence over that of the West. It all seems like a poker game where the winner ultimately collects the biggest pile of chips. The Chinese initiatives are all part of the belt and road project which I have talked about in previous reports. When or if, the multi-trillion-dollar belt and road is ultimately completed, all roads as they used to say in the Roman Empire, will lead to China. In China’s eyes the whole world will trade with China and will ship China resources so that Chinese goods can be manufactured and sold all over the world. China’s offer is quite simple. Sell me your oil, gold, uranium, diamonds, rare earth metals, and the other things you may have under your soil, and we will build roads and other infrastructure so that it can be transported to market.
Darrell Castle talks about crime in American cities which is out of control due to public policies not to prosecute it. Transcription / Notes CRISiS IN PUBLIC SAFETY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of August in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about crime and specifically crime out of control because of public decisions not to prosecute it, all backed and enforced by George Soros funded district attorneys. Today’s discussion will concentrate on the city of Oakland, California with the premise that Oakland is an example of what is happening across the country. Yes, crime is exploding across the country fueled by progressive policies of non-prosecution of criminals. It should be obvious to us by this time that if you make crime legal you will get a lot of crime. Well, crime is so bad in Oakland that the NAACP recognizes that prosecuting criminals, even if they are black, is in the best interest of the community and the African American community is no different. When my city of Memphis, Tennessee elected a Soros backed DA by a narrow margin in the last election many on the left celebrated. I wondered at the time if all those African Americans celebrating knew what would happen to their communities under his term. Memphis, as a result, suffers from the same problems as Oakland, California although not as severe. Normally, California is a trend setter and I suppose that Soros funded D.A. crime is no different. Crime is so out of control in Oakland that the President of the Oakland NAACP, Cynthia Adams, along with the senior pastor of the Acts Full Gospel Church, Bishop Bob Jackson, wrote an open letter to the elected leaders of their community and I will share some of that letter with you now. “Oakland residents are sick and tired of our intolerable public safety crises that overwhelmingly impacts minority communities. Murders, shootings, violent armed robberies, home invasions, car break-ins, sideshows, and highway shootouts have become a pervasive fixture of life in Oakland. We call on elected leaders to unite and declare a state of emergency and bring together massive resources to address our public safety crises. African Americans are disproportionately hit the hardest by crime in East Oakland and other parts of the city. But residents from all parts of the city report that they do not feel safe. Women are targeted by young mobs and viciously beaten and robbed in downtown and uptown neighborhoods. Asians are assaulted in Chinatown. Street vendors are robbed in Fruitvale. News crews have their cameras stolen while they report on crime. PG&E workers are robbed and now require private security when they are out working. Everyone is in danger.” Well, that is indeed horrible, isn’t it. The conditions this lady describes are not something that Americans should have to endure. However, there is a dear price that must be paid for progressive politics. The basic job requirement of District Attorneys is to represent the people in criminal matters and prosecute criminals. When the prospective D.A. is running for election against a good D.A. who actually does her job and prosecutes criminals, but the people reject her in favor of one selected by George Soros, the conditions described in the letter are what you get. Let me give you a little background on how George Soros managed to destroy Oakland, California. Oakland, like Memphis, once had a good D.A. who understood her job and did it well. Her name was Nancy O’Malley and in Memphis her name was Amy Weirich. Those two women were voted out of office and replaced by D.A.’s funded by George Soros, and who promised to usher in a new era in how the D.A.’s office responded to crime. In essence, the promise was that black people accused of crimes would only be prosecuted or held in confinement in extremely rare circumstances. The new progressive D.A.s are Pamela Price in Oakland, and Steve Mulroy in Memphis.
Darrell Castle talks about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s testimony before a congressional committee on censorship held on July 20, 2023. Transcription / Notes RFK, JR. IS AN ENEMY OF THE STATE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s testimony before a congressional committee on July 20th. The committee was supposed to be looking at the subject of censorship but then, House Democrats decided to censor him first by disinviting him and then by having him testify in executive session which would have censored his remarks from the public. They claimed that there are some views so “beyond the pale” they shouldn’t be heard at all. Kennedy, it seems, has gone off the reservation and therefore poses a serious threat to Democrats, but if they thought about it, to Republicans as well. The rancor in the room when he spoke almost drowned out his words as he started to give a short tutorial about the importance of free speech. Without it, he said, we cannot talk about the things that divide us, or debate the big issues that affect people’s lives so profoundly. Things like inflation, income disparity and so forth. We need to debate those things and talk about possible solutions instead of making them forbidden to discuss. It was very fascinating testimony indeed and I hope that many Americans had the chance to hear him. It seems that the Democrats have changed tactics probably because he is becoming a force they can no longer ignore. Since they can’t ignore this obviously growing threat, they have decided to defame him. He is a Jew hater, a racist, a kook, he’s nuts, and just a fringe politician with nothing but conspiracy theories to offer. The trouble with that approach is that he is the one with a briefcase full of scientific studies and the one with proof behind him therefore he must be silenced. Virtually everything you read, especially in such publications as the New York Times and The Washington Post, makes you inclined to dismiss him as just another fringe politician with strange views. However, each time you look at what he actually said you get a different story and that is the story that must be censored. He’s always listed as an anti-vaxxer but he has been vaccinated along with his children. That doesn’t stop him from wondering and investigating whether the vaccines are really as safe and effective as advertised. The Democrats, on the other hand, seem to believe that any question, any investigation, to find the facts is a threat. They are correct in that these things are threats to their empire built on lies. Kennedy wonders about these things and he often mentions them and that causes a lot of people in high places to defame him. For example, he wonders if Sirhan Sirhan really killed his father, and whether his uncle’s murder which occurred right after he threatened to break the CIA into a thousand pieces was simply a coincidence. His forty years of litigation as a trial lawyer makes him wonder about the efficacy of the drugs being injected into the bodies of helpless infants and those are all things, we are just supposed to accept at face value because that’s what we are told to do. You know what makes the swamp really hate and fear him? He has threatened damage to the entire central banking system by trying to solve the problem of inflation by tying the dollar to gold and bitcoin. That simply cannot be allowed to happen because the money of the people might just have value again and the deep state would have to start asking whether their vote buying schemes could be afforded. He knows that inflation is a problem for Americans who all need groceries and the price goes up each week but the pay doesn’t. Despite his obvious health decline and the corruption becoming more evident day by day Joe Biden is the deep state, and all it entails and the Democrats are very much afraid of anything that threatens it...
Darrell Castle talks about the statement of Vice President Kamela Harris in which she said that population reduction would help save the planet from the climate change menace. Transcription / Notes OCCASIONALLY, THE TRUTH ESCAPES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the statement of Vice President Kamela Harris in which she said that population reduction would help save the planet from the climate change menace. I am grateful to the vice president for saying the truth on a publicly recorded microphone. What she actually said was; “When we invest in clean energy and electric vehicles and reduce population, more of our children can breathe clean air and drink clean water.” Notice that she did not say population control which would imply slowing the birthrate, no, it was reduction that she used. I wonder how many humans our overlords will have to kill to reach their planetary goal and planetary temperature. The people who seemed so shocked by what she said need to wake up and start listening to what these world improvers, save the planet people, have been saying for many years. They have not been secretive about their plans, but no one seems willing to believe them. I suppose its difficult to believe that there are those who want to destroy humanity by acting like gods in their stated efforts to save the planet. Was the vice president’s comment just another word salad gaffe by a not so articulate woman or did she state the truth as she has come to believe it. Does she believe whether by propaganda or pseudo-science, that killing people will lower our temperature thus saving the planet. My belief is that the truth escaped her lips because just as guys sitting in bars together say things and speak a language, they would not want their mothers to hear, they occasionally slip up in front of their mothers. Population reduction is the goal of all the billionaire friends and donors of these people and sometimes they just can’t contain their excitement about it. The White House had a different opinion, however, as the administration scrambled to clean up the mess. The transcript of her comment changed the word population to pollution, but the truth was out and it did its damage. Democrats and those in the I hate humans camp have a long history of screaming in panic that we must kill our animals and starve humanity if we are to save the planet for them. The vice president just slipped up and said the part they normally reserve for their billionaire friends club. Here’s the logic in her statement, reduce the population, i.e., kill a lot of people, so more children can breathe better. She has a lot of compassion for the children who survive the abortion chambers. By the way, could this issue at least partially explain the Democrats most sacred right of abortion. It must be a really difficult time for those on the Democrat side to have their agenda exposed to the public. The rumors that Joe and Kamela are on the way out persist, but they are not going to be able to remove them so easily. Why can’t they use the 25th amendment on Joe or just have him say that for health reasons, to spend more time with Dr. Jill, and Hunter, etc. he must resign and leave it to Kamela. Then a VP could be appointed and that person would run the country and be next in line. The problem with that approach is called Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. If Joe were not a sitting, duly elected president then the Democrats would have to hold primaries and open the process. The cabal currently running the country would be exposed and laid bare by Kennedy in debate and in the primaries. The bottom line is that the population reducers might lose control of the country and humanity might survive for a while. The subject of population reduction was not invented by the vice president. She is just the unfortunate one who can’t keep a secret from her sheep.
Darrell Castle talks about the eloquent words of Archbishop Carlo Mario Vigano with which he issued a warning to the entire world of a global coup d etat currently in progress by a financial and ideological elite. His words are confirmed by a publicly available report issued by the conspirators themselves. Transcription / Notes A WARNING TO THE WORLD Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the eloquent words of Archbishop Carlo Mario Vigano with which he issued a warning to the entire world of a global coup d etat currently in progress by a financial and ideological elite. His words are confirmed by a report issued by the conspirators themselves in which they openly admit the coming dictatorship will have to be complete within 10 years and ideally by 2030. First, I think it is necessary to point out that I am not catholic. I am a protestant Christian who attends a Presbyterian Church. I just happen to spend several hours each week buried in research materials concerning the matter the archbishop is trying to bring to the attention of the world’s people. Since he is obviously a devout man respected as one who opposed even the pope on the subject of child predators in the priesthood, his words will be given more credence than mine have been given thus far. The video in which he makes his plea to the world is still available on You Tube or it was until today. He said that there is a global coup d etat which extends to the whole world being enacted by a financial and ideological elite which has succeeded in gaining at least partial control of the world’s governments, politicians, business, information sources, education, and religious leaders. These people and organizations have become enslaved to the new global masters and therefore individual and fundamental rights once thought of as sacrosanct have been and are being trampled underfoot. There is a world war against humanity and we are the enemies of those who seek its destruction. My own opinion is that every western political regime is committed to an anti-human agenda. They do it for money of course, but mainly to centralize power and institute a planetary dictatorship. It’s being done under the auspices of the World Economic Forum which calls it the Great Reset, and the United Nations and its various divisions which calls it Agenda 2030. They know that their plans cannot succeed while people still have faith in God, therefore, they endeavor to erase God from the minds of the people and I believe that is what attracted the archbishop to the struggle. These are very sinister, but very clever people who use the capital of the people, the fruits of their labor forcibly, if necessary, extracted from them, to destabilize the social order painstakingly built by millions of people over many centuries. So, we build the bulldozers they use to destroy thousands of years of Christian civilization. The would-be global dictators are so confident of success that they have openly prepared a written report of about thirty double sided pages detailing their plans for the next 10 years but with a goal of completing them by 2030. The report is entitled “The Future of Urban Consumption In a 1.5 Degree Centigrade World.” I have the report here in front of me and I have read it so you don’t have to although I encourage each one of you to read it and share this information with at least one person you love. Do you know what 1.5 centigrade is in our American Fahrenheit world, 34.7 degrees. Yes, that is correct, these people want a world where we live and maintain 34.7 degrees as an average annual temperature to keep the planet from heating up. It is absolute insanity and these people are lunatics, I know, but they are totally dedicated to forcing this plan on us. Fortunately, the WEF, and the UN are not being secretive about their plans to enslave us just as tyrants and dictators and those ...
Darrell Castle talks about the conference of the World Economic Forum which just concluded its summer meeting in Communist China. This report is a continued warning that the WEF is real and its members work night and day for the destruction of human freedom around the globe. Transcription / Notes DAVOS MAN AND THE ANNUAL MEETING OF NEW CHAMPIONS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 7th day of July in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the summer conference of the World Economic Forum which just concluded its summer meeting in Communist China. This Report is a continued warning that the WEF is real and its members work individually and collectively night and day for the destruction of human freedom around the globe. The World Economic Forum would be a joke if it were just some bunch of university professors talking about imposing their will on the world, but it is instead made up of the richest and most prominent people on earth. Titans of industry, especially high-tech industry, university intellectuals, bureaucrats, and politicians from virtually all governments meet to discuss how they can destroy the freedom and independence of the rest of us. They refer to themselves in this summer conference as (AMNC) and that means, believe it or not, The Annual Meeting of New Champions. This summer’s conference concentrated on the most woke and anti-freedom ideas disguised as inclusive but in fact hiding in plain sight its genocidal ideology which it inherited from the Nazi father of its current president Klaus Schwab. Specifically, this conference met with its primary agenda the current status of Central Bank Digital Currency. Quote from the Conference as to status: The exploration of central bank digital currencies (CBDC) has gained significant momentum worldwide. With over 100 countries actively engaged in CBDC research and development, there is growing recognition of CBDC’s as transformative tools in the future of digital payments. To ensure successful implementation and promote interoperability, global coordination becomes paramount.” I will attempt to interpret that gobbledegook as I am able. It means that we already have over 100 countries on board and that includes all the important ones that we must have. We are going to eliminate privacy and human freedom and we don’t care whether you lesser sheep like it or not because either way there is nothing you can do about it. We must have global coordination to achieve victory over freedom and that means no pesky legislatures have anything to say about what we say or do. CBDC’s are tied to money and money is the control mechanism, but they also include digital identification of every human on earth. Tied to money, the digital ID will be a Communist China-like social credit score and system. The digital ID will be required for such human activities as travel, owning and using electronic devices, shopping, especially for food, social media use, healthcare and medical treatment, insurance, and of course voting. In other words, the plan is to deprive you of those things absent government permission. During the lockdowns, which the WEF basically admits was a trial run and a conditioning program, anyone proposing a different solution on social media was canceled. The WEF is clear that dissent and opposition will not be tolerated in the great reset. What these people are planning is the denial of life-saving medical treatment if you go on Twitter and refer to a person by an incorrect pronoun. You can’t get a plane ticket or buy gas because you question the government or what passes for it on Facebook. Does this sound like insanity to you? Well good because it is, but that doesn’t mean it is not happening and we should just ignore it. This system is already in place in Communist China, the site of the Conference, which was chosen purposefully to study and glorify China’s social credit system.
Darrell Castle talks about the abuse of power, the corruption, and the willingness of the President of the United States to sell his country for money. Transcription / Notes ABUSE OF POWER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 30th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the abuse of power, the corruption, and the willingness of the President of the United States to sell his country to foreigners, some of them enemies or at least very hostile to America, for money. Did he do that or was it just Hunter? That’s our subject for today. It saddens me greatly to have to discuss such things especially on the Friday before the 4th of July, but nevertheless wishing that it had not and is not happening won’t make it so. It appears that the President of the United States is so vile, so wicked, so totally corrupt, that he used his son as a conduit to extort money from foreign corporations and governments in exchange for favors and influence from the Vice President, and currently the President of the United States. The accusations I just mentioned are, as Ron Paul just stated, imminently impeachable. Will the President face impeachment charges over any of the corruption that he appears guilty of? I doubt it very much because of past behavior of this government and the weak, gutless nature of Republicans in congress. More and more evidence pours out of the cesspool of house oversight committee hearings every single day but it gets nothing more than a nod or raised eyebrow from the Democrats. When did members of the House and Senate transition into advocates for a corrupt President? With each new whistleblower allegation, the Democrats say well it appears that you’ve got Hunter dead to rights, but Hunter is not the President and you haven’t laid a glove on Joe. Next, an audio recording of a conversation apparently made in the President’s home office appears, and its words clearly make Joe the mastermind behind the influence for money scheme. Quote from the recorded conversation with a Chinese energy company executive whose company was connected to the Chinese Communist security apparatus: “I am sitting here with my father and we would like to understand why the commitment made has not been fulfilled. Tell the director that I would like to resolve this now before it gets out of hand, and now means tonight, and Z, if I get a call or text from anyone involved in this other than you, Zhang, or the chairman, I will make certain that between the man sitting next to me and every person he knows and my ability to forever hold a grudge that you will regret not following my direction. I am sitting here waiting for the call with my father.” Photos show that Hunter was at his father’s Wilmington, Delaware home on the day he sent the message. The House Ways and Means Committee received it from IRS supervisory agent Gary Shapley, who alleges a coverup in the tax fraud investigation of Hunter. Five million dollars appeared in the Biden account shortly after the call but the President continues to insist that he never discussed business with Hunter on any occasion. Evidence to the contrary is now substantial and Hunter’s lawyers more or less admit that the call was real, but insist that it had nothing to do with Joe. President Nixon once famously said, “People have got to know whether or not their president is a crook. Well, I’m not a crook.” President Nixon did not have the luxury of having the Attorney General of the United States on a leash to do his bidding and block all efforts at prosecution honest agents might attempt to bring. It appears now that some of the agents at DOJ, FBI, and even the IRS were at least attempting to do their jobs and pursue evidence, but they were blocked by superiors at every turn. There is substantial evidence that is now in the possession of the House Committee that not only was the President involved in discussions with Hunter but he kept a personal, i.
Darrell Castle talks about the 60th anniversary of President John Kennedy’s speech given at American University on June 10, 1963, in which he made a dramatic call for peace — a watershed moment in American politics and foreign policy. Transcription / Notes THE PEACE SPEECH PLUS 60 YEARS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the 60th anniversary of President John Kennedy’s speech given at American University on June 10th, 1963, in which he made a dramatic call for peace. I argue that the speech was a watershed moment in American politics and foreign policy because the organization in control of those things hated and feared peace as much in 1963 as it does now. What was President Kennedy trying to do? What kind of peace did he seek—he tells us. “Not a Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war. Not the peace of the grave or the security of the slave. I am talking about genuine peace, the kind of peace that makes life on earth worth living, the kind that enables men and nations to grow and to hope and to build a better life for their children—not merely peace for Americans but peace for all men and women—not merely peace in our time but peace for all time.” “I speak of peace as the necessary, rational end of rational men. I realize that the pursuit of peace is not as dramatic as the pursuit of war—and frequently the words of the pursuer of peace fall on deaf ears. But we have no more urgent task.” Weird as it may seem, the desire for peace put the Kennedys, Jack, and Bobby, at war with the most powerful force on this earth. President Eisenhower, who knew a thing or two about war, warned the American people about it in his farewell speech in 1961, and one must assume that he personally warned President Kennedy about what he was facing. The force was what Eisenhower referred to as the military industrial complex, but what we today might refer to as the military, security, intelligence, industrial complex. Kennedy’s pursuit of peace, which the media often referred to as Camelot, came to a quick end, almost before it could get started. On October 11, 1963, just four months after the speech President Kennedy apparently, according to biographers and to his brother Bobby, bypassed his own National Security Council and issued National Security Memorandum 263, ordering the withdrawal of the 1000 US military advisors from Vietnam by the end of 1963. His plan was not allowed to happen because just 6 weeks later he was dead and the first act of LBJ after taking the oath of office was to countermand Kennedy’s memorandum. Dr. Ron Paul, in his article, We Need a Peace President, commends the diplomacy of Kennedy during the Cuban Missile Crises. “Fortunately, we had a president in the White House at the time who understood the dangers of nuclear brinksmanship. Even though he was surrounded by hawks who could never forgive him for aborting the idiotic Bay of Pigs Cuba invasion, President John F. Kennedy picked up the telephone for a discussion with his Soviet counterpart, Nikita Khrushchev, which eventually saved the world.” Yes, we know today that Kennedy made a deal with Khrushchev to remove US missiles from Northern Turkey which were right across the Black Sea and visible to Russia on a clear day and Khrushchev removed the Russian missiles from Cuba. Perhaps still today the most clear and shining example of how diplomacy can work if used properly. It is all too clear that we do not have a John Kennedy in the White House today to stop us from taking an unnecessarily confrontational tone towards Russia. The world was different in 1963 and the United States was different. We were young and had just come from victory in a world war, and there was nothing we could not accomplish. John Kennedy, a genuine war hero in the White House, knew just how powerful the organization which opposed him could be.
Darrell Castle talks about the criminal indictment of Donald Trump in Miami this week, specifically regarding the statement of prosecutor Jack Smith and why that statement is all wrong. JACK SMITH’S STATEMENT IS ALL WRONG Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the criminal indictment of Donald Trump in Miami earlier this week. I wish I didn’t have to talk about it but I do because it is the most important story of this week. Primarily, I will be talking about the statement of prosecutor Jack Smith to justify his actions and why that statement is all wrong. I’m going to approach this story differently from the Soros prosecution story because it is federal and the real issue is what is happening to our country because of the obvious weaponization of the Department of Justice to attack a political opponent. When I was in law school, I was taught that it is highly unethical and a disciplinary offense for a lawyer in a civil case to threaten criminal charges to intimidate his opponent thus sweetening his civil amount. Here we have a case where the entire power of the politicians, bureaucrats, and other apparatchiks of the deep state could not win fairly at the polls so they decided to use their immense power in a criminal way. This use of the Department of Justice to prosecute and possibly take away freedom from a political opponent reflects on all of us. Trump’s right when he says they are out to get me but they are really coming for you, I’m just in the way. Whether or not Trump was just pontificating, this misuse of what used to be justice, but is now just a weapon, is a threat to all of us. If I could get only one thing across in this report it would be that whatever side of the political divide you are on, this is a threat to all of us. It is a serious threat to the system and whether Donald Trump may have committed some jot and tittle violation of some records law is irrelevant to what is really happening. Jack Smith, the federal prosecutor in Miami, made the following statement about the indictment: “Our nation’s commitment to the rule of law sets an example for the world. We have one set of laws in this country, and they apply to everyone.” That statement puts Mr. Smith in the category of blatant liar or ignorant fool, but he said it with a straight face. With his background and education, I seriously doubt that he is ignorant. He does have a history of prosecuting political opponents criminally on his interpretation of an obscure statute. He was reversed 9-0 by the U.S. Supreme Court for his pursuit of the Governor of Virginia. Let me give you a short list of how Mr. Smith is very wrong about the rule of law in America. The obvious problem with Mr. Smith’s assertion is that the whole world can clearly see how the deep state has sought to influence elections by using the law criminally against Donald Trump. Thanks to the Durham Report we know that persecution of Trump started even before he was elected President. The Hillary Clinton campaign with the full knowledge of Ms. Clinton and then President Barack Obama invented a pack of lies in an effort to steal the 2016 presidential election. No one has been and probably never will be prosecuted for this offense against the American people, and Mr. Trump. Their plan was to portray Trump as a Russian agent and thus deny him and the American people the office of president. It didn’t work, but being totally corrupt people, they weaponized the FBI, CIA, and all the other alphabet agencies under their control. Law enforcement at the highest level was corrupted and used as a weapon against a political opponent. They used false information and complete lies manufactured by the corrupt FBI to spy on Trump and his campaign staff. All that had to be terribly damaging and distracting to candidate Trump but it still wasn’t enough and he was elected.
Darrell Castle talks about what he believes to be Robert Kennedy Jr.’s heroic struggle for what is left of liberty in America. ROBERT F. KENNEDY JR. AND THE STRUGGLE FOR LIBERTY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of June in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about what I believe to be Robert Kennedy Jr.’s heroic struggle for what is left of liberty in America. Sometimes it becomes necessary to resist those who seek your enslavement and who seek tyranny for your nation and right now Bobby Kennedy is doing a fine job of fighting back. Yes, I imagine it’s lonely out there on the battle lines against those who want to keep Americans in the dark and deny access to virtually all truthful and reliable information. Time after time, throughout most of my life Americans have been brainwashed, indoctrinated, and deceived. Not many political candidates stand against that deception that all candidates pay lip service to. They say they will drain the swamp but in the end the swamp is still there only deeper and more impassible than ever. Kennedy, on the other hand knows full well the consequences of attempts to tell the truth to the American people. The truth is so vital, so important, that it is hard to imagine a free country without truth. We in America are denied the truth time and time again and therefore, we are not truly free. Sometimes we the people would just appreciate a real investigation to at least attempt to find the truth, but instead we get some type of sham investigation run by those beholden to one side or another. Time and again our representatives fail us and we fail ourselves by not insisting on a real investigation instead of the dog and pony show they offer us. These shams all contribute to the erosion of truth and they set precedents that stop us from even expecting the truth anymore. The lessons have been learned, but the powers that be continue their program of deception and we continue to align ourselves with one side or another despite evidence that both sides are in it together. Sometimes we ask why things always seem to get worse day by day and administration by administration. Wouldn’t it be safe to assume that if there were no conspiracies to harm us one side or the other might eventually do the right thing by accident or by simple chance. No, that never happens and it is always, not just the wrong thing but the worst thing. Each administration does the thing that divides us the most and that is most destructive of our civilization, and most likely to kill, maim and destroy. I was 15 years old when President Kennedy was murdered and not much older when his brother Robert followed him in death. Martin Luther King, Malcolm X were all killed and we wonder what happened but we shouldn’t wonder because the establishment tells us very quickly and we are supposed to accept their answers. No real investigation just move along folks, nothing to see hear. The Gulf of Tonkin incident, moving NATO to Russia’s border, 9/11, weapons of mass destruction in Iraq and all the rest we are supposed to just process the lies and move along. Would it be fair to say that the people who lied to us constantly about those things, let alone the people who did them should no longer be in public office. In his campaign speeches, Kennedy doesn’t attack individuals, at least not many and not yet. He may eventually be forced to do that, but right now he limits himself to discussions about policies. He opposes today’s censorship rules which make certain topics off limits to discussion. Only one view is permitted and nothing else can even be talked about let alone investigated. He refers to himself as a free speech absolutist and that separates him from every other announced candidate that I am aware of. Can you imagine a political candidate telling the truth about his or her position on censorship and speech. No one says if elected I will support keeping you in the dark,
Darrell Castle talks about America’s latest war which it is fighting along with its NATO allies against Russia on the battlefields of Ukraine while riding on the train to World War III.
Transcription / Notes:
RIDING THE TRAIN TO WORLD WAR III
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023 and this is also the Friday before Memorial Day which for most of us is a three-day weekend but it is also a time to pause from our barbecue grills and remember those who have fallen over the roughly two and one-half centuries of America’s existence. In that vein I will be talking about America’s latest war which it is fighting along with its NATO allies against Russia on the battlefields of Ukraine and on the train to World War III.
Before I start, I must tell you that next weekend my dear wife and I are going to spend some time with our daughter and son-in-law so no Castle Report next week. God willing, I will talk to you again on Friday the 9th of June. Today’s Report concerns the frightening escalation of the war in Ukraine which is obviously a war between America and its NATO allies against Russia. Ukraine is the battlefield and it is remarkedly similar to the battlefield the Russians fought on about 80 years ago. That war, fought on the plains of Kursk and this one just a few miles west of Kursk in what is now Ukraine.
The battles raging now are primarily on the eastern border of Ukraine and Russia in virtually the exact area that Germany fought the Soviet Union in some of the greatest armored battles in history. So, the Russians should have that area indelibly etched in their collective memories since they have been fighting off invaders in that region for centuries. They fought the Mongols, they fought Napoleon, and they fought Hitler, but the difference is that this time the Russians are the invaders or so it seems.
Many people have accused me of being on the side of Russia in this war but I only say that Russia has valid and understandable reasons to not want NATO on its border only 300 miles from Moscow. Would the United States allow an alliance between Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea physically located only 300 miles from Washington DC. With this administration I suppose it’s possible but I hope not. This new conflict that Russia is fighting has something that separates it from all the other wars I just mentioned and that is central to our discussion today.
The thing that makes this conflict so incredibly dangerous is the fact that in just about 15 minutes a great deal of humanity could be removed from the planet along with the elements of nature that make life possible. I point out to you that the government of the United States is constantly flirting with that very disaster by constantly escalating the conflict despite all prior statements to the contrary. President Biden said emphatically no warplanes to Ukraine out of a desire not to escalate and antagonize Russia but today we will see how he has changed his mind.
The war gets wider and more dangerous just as it seems to be cooling off. The US makes promises or I suppose statements would be a better word but then violates the promises or changes to other statements as Ukraine’s position on the battlefield changes. It’s hard to determine the truth about which side is prevailing on the battlefield from day to day but one thing is certain. Ukraine is being destroyed by this war and it is starting to look like Hamburg after World War II. When Ukraine loses a battle as it apparently has in Bakhmut, the US will escalate and send in new weapons to make it worse.
The recent fighting in Bakhmut which it is now clear that the Russians prevailed is a case in point. The city had a population of about 70,000 before the two sides decided to use it as a battleground. It now has a population of about zero and the buildings literally look like bombed out German cities. Go on the internet and look at a picture of it and you will see what war does for a city. I ask myself why the escalation that we are seeing now and the answer must be that the Russians are starting to gain the upper hand and that leaves only a few options. One option would be negotiations to find a diplomatic solution and the other is escalation to make it worse and that is the one Washington has chosen.
Just on a brief inventory Washington promised that it would not provide modern tanks to the struggle but now modern tanks are provided from the US, Germany, and the UK. There would be no long-range missiles capable of reaching deep into Russia but now such missiles with a 2000km range have been and are being provided. There would be no attacks on Russian soil of any kind ever. Now it seems that Zelensky supposedly went behind President Biden’s back to the NATO allies for the OK to attack in Russia. In addition, a Ukrainian kill team openly admits that it has conducted assassinations inside Russia of both military and civilian Russians friendly to Putin and looks for an opportunity to assassinate Putin.
The big one, the big escalation which would never happen was new 4th generation fighter aircraft to Ukraine. The President was in Japan this past week attending the summit of G-7 leaders. The guest of honor was the President of Ukraine, Mr. Zelensky who reportedly has not been in Ukraine for about a month since he has been traveling around the world asking for money and weapons from nations who could simply add the cost to their debt. He wants and has wanted for a long time F-16 Fighter Jets and now he is going to get them.
How could Joe Biden fail to provide these 4th generation fighter jets to Mr. Zelensky who asked for them so nicely. Flying an F-16 is not exactly as easy as flying a Piper Cub so potential pilots must be trained. The president has apparently thought of that and since the jets would be provided eventually anyway Ukrainian pilots have been attending fighter jet school in the US for some time, just in case. The G-7 was probably chosen just to emphasize the deal and get more publicity for it. So, I suppose Washington wanted the whole world to have no doubt that it was escalating the conflict to that of modern war.
The classified documents leaked by an Air Force Reserve enlisted man a couple of weeks ago revealed that Zelensky had been going behind the back of the Biden administration to accomplish the pilot training beginning in Poland, and also obtaining the capability of attacks deep inside Russia. Speaking in response, a Biden spokesman said no, Zelensky has not violated his pledge. No explanation of the attacks or the initial training was forthcoming, however. Poland seems to be the leader of a NATO coalition including Hungary, Lithuania, Estonia, Czechoslovakia, and Latvia.
The leaders of these countries all have at least one thing in common, hatred of Vladimir Putin. The Russian army’s performance in Ukraine seems to have given them confidence that it is nothing to fear. They might want to consider, however, that given the 32 trillion of US debt and the debt ceiling approaching the US might not be available to help them fight Russia as a proxy. Zelensky’s back-channel efforts which Biden says did not happen, seem to have paid off and the G-7 nations have apparently formed a coalition to coordinate pilot training in the countries of Eastern Europe.
What about these F-16’s apparently destined for transfer to Ukraine. When the F-16 was originally available to the US fleet in the mid 70’s one could be built for about $15 million not including armaments. Today it will cost between $30 and $60 million depending on the version. The training of pilots is another problematic issue which isn’t close to being solved. I will say with my limited experience that there is no way in this world that a hastily trained, i.e., a few months, Ukrainian pilot could be a match for the well-trained and experienced Russian pilots in their most advanced fighters.
The result of such an air-to-air engagement would most likely be dead Ukrainian pilots and lost $30 million fighter jets. Pilot training and pilot experience is so much more important than the aircraft they are flying. If one looks at World War II against both Germany and Japan when the US started to prevail and gain control of the air was when the experienced pilots of those countries were almost all dead. It doesn’t make any sense at all, not one little bit of sense, but since when has that stopped our global elite from making war. The Ukrainians are probably being told that they must use these new jets as defensive weapons only and in no circumstances should they engage Mig-29’s directly. They should not wonder across the border into Russia no matter how tempting. That’s what they might be told but getting them to abide by it is another thing.
F-16’s in Ukraine is a stupid escalation of an already stupid war and is probably just something to pacify Zelensky for now. That aircraft is not suited for combat under the primitive conditions currently existing in Ukraine. This is not like those films you see of American planes taking of in the mud of Henderson Field on Guadalcanal and other such places. These are high tech jets which might implode with a rock or other foreign object going through the intake and destroying the engine. The Ukrainian air force is very vulnerable to Russian cruise missiles, and as a result, they must constantly move from one primitive field to another, usually fields without maintenance facilities. That is a completely unsuitable environment for F-16’s.
The other factor involving F-16’s is the complicated maintenance problems and the availability and cost of spare parts. The Russian jets being a much simpler system require on average 11 hours of maintenance for every one hour of flight but the F-16 requires 18.5 hours of maintenance for every hour of flight so a massive maintenance effort is obviously necessary. In addition, Russian air defenses inside Russia and man portable missiles like the stingers Washington gave Ukraine make this a very bad idea. That it makes no sense is irrelevant to those who want to flirt with World War III. Like a moth to a flame, they flirt with nuclear disaster. One battlefield commander releasing one tactical nuke is all that it would take but our leaders are willing to take that chance. They take their chances with our lives and the lives of millions.
According to National Security Coordinator John Kirby providing F-16’s to Ukraine is a very difficult decision. To avoid directly implicating NATO countries who would be supplying the jets and training the pilots, perhaps the pilots could be trained by the manufacturer of the jet, Lockheed-Martin. Well, if I can see right through that plan for what it is then I’m sure the Russians can as well. The Pentagon, however, seems to think that the providing of weapons for the jets would inevitably pull the US in and it would be unable to avoid direct involvement in the war.
Think about It folks, the jets must have missiles, rockets and bombs which have to come from surrounding NATO countries. Ukraine does not have suitable maintenance facilities or airfields so they would have to be based and fly combat missions from surrounding NATO countries. Does that sound like a wise decision or the train to World War III?
Congress has already set aside funds in its pretend budget for training the pilots so one might reasonably conclude that congress is only paying lip service to caring about escalation. The Pentagon seems worried about all this because it would be sending the F-16 in against clearly superior Russian jets. The US F-22 fighter is more than a match for any aircraft in the world but even Joe Biden is not about to put those in the hands of inexperienced Ukrainian pilots. The Pentagon generals might enjoy their perks and their retirement at Lockheed-Martin, but that doesn’t mean they are stupid. Russian state of the art air defense systems and superior Russian Jets, well let me think, is this a good idea or not. No, but what the hey, let’s go ahead and do it anyway.
Finally, folks, none of the people I’ve been talking about are worthy of those we will remember on Monday.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle discusses the Durham Report and argues that it proves that the FBI, the Department of Justice, and the CIA conspired with the Hillary Clinton campaign to steal the 2016 Presidential election.
Transcription / Notes:
STOLEN ELECTIONS AND THE IDEA OF AMERICA
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the report that the nation has waited four years for Special Counsel John Durham to deliver. The report confirmed something that I have been arguing for many years now and that is that everything in government is corrupt and not to be trusted. The U.S. government has been taken over and destroyed by its ruling elite which is destructive of the Constitution and destructive of even the idea of America.
The idea of America, the idea held by the founders and by the US Government throughout much of its existence is that instead of being subjects to royal or imperial power, people in America could run their own lives and govern themselves. The Durham Report revealed that to no longer be the case in America.
The FBI and the U.S. Department of Justice colluded with the Hillary Clinton Campaign to rig the 2016 presidential election and apparently CIA operatives working illegally within the US managed it all. The Report consisting of 316 pages reveals incontrovertible proof that federal law enforcement was weaponized to shield the Hillary Clinton Campaign and persecute the campaign of Donald Trump. You might be surprised to learn as well that the CIA, prevented by law from acting within the United States, was nevertheless, also involved in the chicanery.
That shouldn’t surprise anyone since the CIA is involved in rigging elections and financing Coups all over the world. It’s only natural that it should also interject its massive funding and manpower into rigging American elections as well. Yes, we are supposed to be a country based on principles, not one based on brute force and mafia-like corruption. Power corrupts the mind and morals and humans have proven throughout history that they will find a way to cheat.
The idea of America was to leave choices up to the people. Who would occupy the White House, that was up to the people to decide. The laws, rules, and regulations to govern would be decided by the people through their own representatives. No king, no emperor, would tell them what flag they would fly, the people would be free to decide for themselves. No one with a royal title, no one called your excellency, no one called your lordship would rule over them. No one had to bend his knee to those he elected to govern for him.
Americans could hold their heads up individually and collectively because they walked proud and free. If there were stupid, non-sensical government decisions to be made they would be able to make them all by themselves. In the case in point, things were made to happen outside the will of the people to subvert their will and take their right to decide their own government stupidity from them. How were they to know since they trusted the most honored FBI agents whom they knew risked their lives to protect them from very bad people. How were they to know what the very mysterious CIA was doing in their own country.
How could they know that Hillary Clinton was conspiring with all those organizations and people to rig the 2016 presidential election. Cheating in a baseball game was a scandal, but conspiring to steal a presidential election and subvert the will of the people was unthinkable. This view, the real view, reality, is so offensive to many people that they refuse to accept it. The government, after all, is benign, impartial, and looking out for all of us. Certainly no one in my political party would do such a thing.
Many people lived and grew up in small towns where people knew each other and trusted each other. Democrats and Republicans worked side by side in the factories and the fields and they argued about politics like they argued about baseball, but how could they even imagine that the whole thing was a rigged game, a fool’s game, and they were the fool. They have now found out the hard way that the real government is just as corrupt and conniving as any rigged card game and the ones ruling over them are no different from the tyrants who have stolen from and robbed the people of this world for centuries.
Yes, human nature is desperately wicked the bible tells us and that wickedness is manifested most clearly when humans have a little taste of power over other humans. Considering all that has happened recently in America and in light of this Report, it is difficult to understand how any American who clings to a semblance of rationality can believe one word that comes from Washington or its federal agencies or law enforcement. They are very similar to the West German Stasi trying to keep their people in the dark and obedient in behavior lest they see the light creeping under the door.
The actions of Hillary Clinton and the FBI in 2016 Mr. Durham referred to as “sobering” and they displayed a “lack of fidelity.” Senator Mike Lee, (R-Utah) said the Report exposed a “breathtakingly corrupt FBI” that is “subversive of the constitution.” The gravity of the misconduct exposed by Mr. Durham cannot be overstated, the senator went on to say. Let that statement sink in for a moment and realize that a U.S. Senator charged with investigating this matter said after looking at it that there is no way, regardless of how hard he tried that he could overstate the gravity of it.
In other words, this is bad because it undermines the very integrity and sanctity of government. For Americans it is destructive of the very idea that I mentioned early in this Report. Americans were being deceived into bending their knees not for a king but for an unelected bureaucratic shadow government. It lowers America to the level of a second or even third-rate banana republic like the fictitious Latin American nation in the Woody Allen comedy, Bananas. Hillary, the FBI. The CIA, and their deep state cohorts helped make America into something that should be embarrassed to criticize anyone. I suppose the difference between America and the nation in the Bananas Movie is aircraft carriers and nuclear weapons.
The deep state and its minions wanted their candidate to win as their candidate had always done. Hillary was their candidate this time and their chosen one, and a member of their deep state family. She was the chosen head of a separate nation of those in government like her and kept there by people like her and of course with the full power of state media. Does this sound familiar folks because it is the same scene played out in communist countries since Lenin and Stalin came to power in Soviet Russia. No wonder they seem to hate Russia so badly.
The deep state was very happy to abide by the will of the people as long as the people had the same will it did. Donald Trump, however, was out there and it did not look like he was one of them. It appeared that he didn’t know enough about politics to even know who they were, but they must have suspected that he had some naïve plan to represent the people instead of them. That could not be tolerated so they set about to do him in using Russia as the scapegoat.
The Russia Gate hoax or the charge that Trump was somehow under the influence of Russia making him a Russian agent was formulated in the minds of evil people without one shred of evidence that it was true. The FBI went abroad and tried to get the UK to support them in stealing the election for Hillary, but to their credit the British said no thanks. The FBI did finally get several British and Russian agents to cooperate and help them fabricate the lie. For the fabricated Steele Dossier naming Trump as Russian agent, the FBI paid $1 million of your dollars.
The interesting thing is that the FBI had evidence and discovered evidence as their agents traveled around the world fabricating the lie that their own sources, they were paying all that money to, were in fact, Russian agents. As Senator Lee also said in his analysis,
“The least one can say of it is that it involved a malicious use of federal law-enforcement officers to conduct a contrived investigation utterly lacking any valid, factual foundation from the very beginning. That is itself incredibly troubling—and also unconstitutional.” It was so much worse than that. Senator Lee went on to say the ramifications of the Report showed a powerful, long-respected, federal law-enforcement agency used its power to render a presidential candidate unelectable entirely in the absence of any valid good faith basis for doing so.”
He also pointed out that there is no innocent explanation: “So make no mistake—this can’t be dismissed as mere carelessness or even a severe example of garden-variety misconduct. No—this is as corrupt and as subversive of the Constitution as it gets.”
The plan to steal the presidency could not have been formulated without the knowledge and cooperation of President Obama, Vice President Biden, their inner circle, and the federal agencies over which they had responsibility. They all bought it and apparently voiced no objection. So, the plan to defeat and demonize a presidential candidate and thereby steal the presidency for a woman corrupt enough to do that didn’t work, this time. The team, however, stayed in place and planned how it would ruin Trump’s presidency and life through fabricating lies, and the vilest sort or accusations through their state media and control of social media.
Having seen this Report, no American should ever believe one word coming from the FBI, the CIA or the Biden administration, or any other agency under that administration’s control. The failed impeachment charges, the false narrative insurrection charges, the document charges, the fake George Soros NY prosecutor charges, the false rape charges are all just vile lies dreamed up in the wicked minds of some of the most evil people in this world. This means that we can never in good conscience say anything bad about leaders of other nations again because it would just amount to the pot calling the kettle black. There are no more evil Russians and no more evil Chinese communists.
The plan to steal the presidency continued into the 2020 election in part by coercing 51 retired intelligence officials to lie in writing about 1st son Hunter’s laptop and say that it was not valid but was Russian disinformation. That fraud alone coming just before the election could have made the difference. Hunter and the entire Biden family created a whole new set of problems for the FBI and CIA. The Biden’s were rather open about their graft and corruption through Hunter’s rather public life.
Wasn’t Hunter afraid that his habits would unravel the entire scheme? No, and that’s the point folks. If you want to get angry about something other than what I have told you get angry because the vaunted American justice system has been subverted by these people. No longer is there a rule of law in America. No longer are we a nation of laws and not of men. Now we are a nation that applies the law harshly to political enemies and not at all to others. If you are not a woke Democrat and you are accused in New York city or the surrounding jurisdiction, are you might as well plead guilty. No evidence, no problem for a NY prosecutor.
How can America survive with people like these when their legal systems can constantly mount false charges against their enemies for the sole purpose of subverting the will of the people and keeping evil in power. It is clear what this means even if I’m the only one who will admit it. There was a massive effort to steal the 2016 election and when that failed the thieves learned and succeeded in 2020. Power has been stolen from the people and delivered to an evil cabal.
Finally, folks, how much more ruin can this country take? I’ve heard it said that every problem is an opportunity in disguise. What is the opportunity that this problem disguises? This is a chance, maybe the last one, to clean up this mess that has been made of America and return it to the idea I mentioned earlier. How do we do that? We charge every one of them, put them on trial, somewhere other than New York, and if convicted we send them to jail. What are the chances of doing that in this political climate with control by those who should be in jail, don’t hold your breath folks.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the one politician who is telling the truth in America today and discusses some of the skeletons in his closet.
Transcription / Notes
THE SKELETONS REPORT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. Empires live and empires die just like people but is it possible to reign in the empire and save the republic before it dies or leads us into World War lll. Is there anyone willing and able to speak the truth and ask the right questions about what this government is doing and why it is doing it in politics today?
Politicians in general almost never do anything helpful, and they usually do the opposite of the thing that would be most helpful. Is there any politician out there today who is willing to ask the right questions to reign in the empire and possibly save the republic. I did get some very encouraging words from the announcement speech of Robert F. Kennedy, jr.
He said one of his goals was to end the divide but so far nobody can find a good or safe way out of that divide. He would do that by encouraging people to talk about the values that we have in common rather than the issues that keep us apart. Most importantly, he said “I am going to do that by telling the truth to the American people.” Well that would be a pleasant change wouldn’t it because it is now difficult or impossible to hear a politician tell the truth about anything.
The truth can be a very shocking thing and so rare that it is hardly ever recognized for what it is. Normally the truth is maligned or put down as a conspiracy theory because we simply cannot or will not accept the shocking nature of it. Like truth, trust in government is extremely rare and hard to find these days. In 1960 trust in government was 80% but today it is 22%. A recent poll done by ABC News showed 36% satisfied with Joe Biden’s performance as President but only 33% believe him to be honest and trustworthy.
I suspect that people are tired of it all. They are tired of the government sending drag queens to recruit new sailors for the navy and expecting that navy to confront the Chinese Navy in the Pacific. It just doesn’t make any sense and people want to know why we are doing it. The high cost of war and maintaining the empire or the military, security, intelligence, state should make us question it even if we think it is doing the right thing. What do we give up or forego when we send well over $100 billion in weapons and funds to Ukraine.
Mr. Kennedy says that he is willing to ask those questions and, in fact, he proposes bringing America’s $1.5 trillion empire project to a close. He is a breath of fresh air because he is breaking the ties of the Democrat/Republican woke and war agenda as it has been proposed and conducted for decades. His proposals would present the dirty truth to the American people and get them out of the empire business.
He proposes to bring the troops home and close many of America’s approximately 750 foreign military bases. Do we really need them, he asks, and if you say we do then what purpose do they serve. Do they make us safer or less safe. Under this proposal much of the military, security, and intelligence budget would be saved. Throughout my lifetime the powers that be, the global elite, or however you choose to refer to them, have been very good at putting America and with it the world in positions that make war inevitable. Once war is inevitable, well guess what, we get war.
War benefits many just as it destroys many. In our system of bottomless credit, money to pay for it all is just a computer keystroke away, but it all goes on the balance sheet as debt. Ultimately, as Mr. Kennedy explained in his announcement speech, it amounts to a system of socialism for the rich and a grinding relentless capitalism for the poor. It is all those poor and middle-class people who have been destroyed by the system who could ultimately support him, but only if they hear him. If the mainstream media continues to shut him out, he will have to find other avenues to be heard.
He was recently invited to Hillsdale College to speak to them about COVID, the vaccines and the pharmaceutical industry in general. I watched his speech I believe on You Tube and I recommend that you watch it as well. That 48 minutes contains the dark and dirty truth that I have been talking about. He gives the listener the yet unrevealed truth about how the virus was enhanced first in American labs then when forced offshore, to Wuhan, China. He describes how the Tony Fauci led National Institute for Health funded gain of function research at about 150 American colleges to make naturally existing viruses more lethal to humans.
Why do that which would obviously put humanity in danger. The answer is so that the viruses could be used as bioweapons. It was a way to avoid the international bans of bioweapons which made such research and development the equivalent of war crimes. He states plainly and unequivocally that after 40 years of litigation against pharmaceutical companies and having seen their internal documents they are “criminal enterprises every- one of them.” Listen to the speech and I promise you will be shocked, but the truth is worth it and I think it is the only way back to sanity and a republic instead of an empire.
Kennedy’s stated commitment to the truth involves allowing whistleblowers to tell the truth without going to jail. Since he is a trial lawyer with decades of environmental and pharmaceutical litigation behind him, he knows that in the corporate world whistleblowers are often rewarded handsomely, but in the government world they go to jail for espionage. To that end he proposes to pardon Julian Assange who has been in jail for about a decade without any real due process. People who dare to tell the truth in this world today are viewed as criminals, but if telling the truth is the number one plank in your platform you must let people tell it.
He has a knack for giving tough answers to the most difficult questions and his are the answers you just can’t talk about in America today. That is why his campaign is such a breath of fresh air. For example, he was interviewed on Tuesday of this week by Mark Steyn and the question of mass shootings, gun control, the 2nd amendment and other such subjects came up. Quote from the interview:
“The same is true, Mark, with all these shootings. Nobody is looking at the pharmaceutical contribution to that. Anecdotally, it appears that almost every one of these shooters were on SSRIs or some other psychiatric drug, and this is only happening in America, where all these people are taking these psychiatric drugs. We take four times as many as any other country in the West, the average European country. And there’s no time in history—I mean, we’ve always had guns in this country. Switzerland has more guns per capita than we do, and you don’t see that happening there. And I’m not defending all guns everywhere, but I’m just saying, something happened. Prior to the introduction of Prozac—these kinds of shootings were almost unknown.”
In my opinion, if this man can gain some traction and suddenly become relevant, he will be a force for both parties to deal with. What are some of the ways that our global ruling elite have available to solve problems like those caused by an intelligent, man committed to the truth who is gaining strength day by day. The first choice is money which I don’t believe would interest Bobby Kennedy at this point in his life. The second choice is scandal and that is the one we will discuss now because the third has already been used on his uncle and his father.
He mentioned in his announcement speech that he had so many skeletons in his closet that if they could vote he would be elected king of the world. That comment caused me to wonder and research exactly what he meant. The internet gives one access to virtually all information that exists if you have the time and patience to look for it.
I will start the skeletons report by saying that he was 14 years old when his father was murdered. When he was 28, he had an addiction to heroin and had decided to fly to South Dakota where he was going to enroll in a treatment center located in the Black Hills. While on the flight to South Dakota he was found to have in his possession 1/10th of a gram of heroin, which is a felony. He was arrested, charged, and later pleaded guilty to possession. Since he was a 1st offender and didn’t have enough to resell, he was given probation and 1500 hours of community service. He completed his stent in rehab apparently successfully and began community service with the Riverkeeper Organization.
His work with Riverkeeper led him into environmental law, especially concerning water pollution. His litigation and work on the Hudson River are said to have saved that river and the Hudson Valley along with it. In 1982 he married a lady named Emily Black who bore two of his seven children. In 1994 he filed for divorce and married Mary Richardson who was 6 months pregnant at the time of their marriage. Mary bore 4 children and had a very tumultuous and difficult life. She had numerous drunk driving arrests and lost her license. She had depressive disorder and suffered from other mental illness but in her own right she was a bright and talented woman who was highly regarded as an architect and was co-founder of the Food Allergy Initiative, the world’s largest source of private funding for that research.
In 2010 Robert filed for divorce from Mary. But the divorce did not immediately go through, and in 2012 she hanged herself in a barn on their property. In 2014 he married an actress named Cheryl Hines who has born him one child. It seems that these are the types of problems that have followed the Kennedys throughout my lifetime so now I have opened the basement door exposing the skeletons that I am aware of.
It has been 55 years since Senator Robert F, Kennedy stepped onto the national stage and started winning primaries against a sitting Democrat President. It has therefore been done before and the country was also in a perilous state. Robert Kennedy (Bobby) was the one who was going to get us out of an unpopular war, and help us heal the wounds that caused the deep divide in America. Unfortunately, an assassin’s bullet ended his campaign and his life.
Today that hope is back in the form of his son Robert F. Kennedy Jr. History, as it turns out, may not repeat itself but nevertheless the country today bears a remarkable resemblance to 1968. I argue that the situation internationally is worse today than it was in 1968 because the defense budget is much higher, the control of the media much tighter, and now we flirt with nuclear war with Russia and China. Will the people hear him and will they accept him and if they do can he heal the great divide? He is probably the only candidate who has a chance to do that.
Finally, Folks, just as Bobby Kennedy seems committed to the truth I endeavor to also be so committed. The politicians who are his competition along with their captive media will dismiss him as a lunatic, a fraud, a conspiracy nut on an ego trip, but he is none of those things. He is the real thing, at least it appears that way to me at this moment. I know as well that if we depend on the media to deliver the truth to us we will never hear it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent firing of Tucker Carlson from his program at Fox News as well as the announcement of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. as a candidate for President of the United States in 2024. Is there a connection and do they have anything in common.
TUCKER CARLSON AND ROBERT F. KENNEDY, JR.
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of May in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the recent firing of Tucker Carlson from his program at Fox News as well as the announcement of Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. (RFK) that he would be a candidate for the Democrat nomination for President of the United States in 2024. Is there a connection and do they have anything in common.
There is a common thread that runs between the two of them although they appear to be on opposite sides of the political spectrum. Tucker was fired because he had the audacity to present the big topics to the American people. The topics he presented will define the American future but they are simply not permitted to be discussed by the American media. There are other supposed reasons coming from Fox but I believe that is the real reason.
The two men seem to have developed an interest in some of the same topics such as war, civil liberties, artificial intelligence, and other emerging sciences, the COVID and especially the vaccine controversy, corporate power, and the merger of corporate and government power. Tucker’s firing was a shock because he was by far the Fox Network’s biggest star and biggest draw with an average viewership of 3.7 million per episode.
He was also close to Donald Trump and was able to interview him on his show. Getting rid of him is sure to anger Trump supporters which presumably is the base of Fox viewership. Why then, would businesspeople do something that was antibusiness and sure to lose ratings and money for their company. Why then, was he fired? The answer is simple and obvious, he raised issues and gave voice to people you aren’t allowed to mention. For example, he interviewed RFK, and he said he had information from an inside source that told him the CIA was involved in the assassination of President Kennedy.
When you take on the CIA you are playing with fire and placing yourself literally and figuratively in the crosshairs. He has the CIA in common with RFK who is no friend of that organization. In his book RFK says that a CIA assassin fired a bullet into his father’s head. In his speech announcing his candidacy he told the story of how the CIA lied to his uncle about the Bay of Pigs and how the President said he was going to break that organization into a thousand pieces and scatter them to the four winds.
The word is obviously out to the national media to give RFK what Deputy Barney Fife of the Andy Griffith Show used to call the big freeze. In other words, he is persona non grata and should never be mentioned in public. He is a non-entity, or one who does not exist. The trouble with that position is that he obviously does exist and Tucker had him on his show after his announcement. To this day Tucker is the only one to have interviewed him or acknowledged him in any way as far as I can tell.
That is even though RFK is a Kennedy which is about as close to Democrat Royalty as it gets. One might think that his announcement would at least be acknowledged but no the media and the Democrat Party serve a different master today than it did in 1963 and 1968. Soon after his announcement I heard one of the talking heads on MSNBC say that lunatic anti-vaxxer Robert Kennedy, Jr. had announced that he was seeking the nomination. That is the tactic then, to just denigrate and malign him if he is mentioned at all. The idea is that if the defamation is mentioned often enough people will start to accept it internally as fact.
RFK is probably best known for his attacks on the COVID vaccines and although his work and his book “The Real Anthony Fauci” have been proven correct he cannot be forgiven for trying to overturn the war against humanity currently being waged by the global ruling elite who hate him and all truth tellers. In fact, I don’t know who they do not hate and who they do not want to die, perhaps their billionaire friends and their toadies. RFK attacks the world system under which humanity labors. He points out that the mega-corporations and the government have become basically one. I add to his words that this corporate and government merger was invented by Benito Mussolini and was then known as fascism.
The central point of RFK’s campaign is that the corporate-government merger and the financial distress that has caused at home coupled with imperialism abroad has destroyed the Middle Class and driven that section into poverty. Imperialism abroad will not support a middle class at home and is, in effect, a war on the poor as well as on enemies abroad. He is going to be difficult for the Democrat Party to suppress and ignore because of his message. He will not appeal to the crazies who demand that we believe the impossible, but to all those poor people out there in this country, if they hear him, they will like his message.
So, Tucker puts RFK’s message on the most widely viewed segment in television and that is just not acceptable. Tucker shared many of his views such as vaccine skepticism. That is also unacceptable because one either buys the lies hook line and sinker or he is a lunatic anti-vaxxer. Tucker often spoke about the interests of big Pharma and how it seems to have an interest in killing us. RFK litigated against big pharma for many years as a trial lawyer so they have that in common.
Tucker had to go and these new email allegations about what he said in private emails are not unexpected. If that doesn’t work to discredit him then some woman will probably come forward to say he raped her when he was a teenager. I am not trying to make the case that Tucker was fired because of his interview with RFK, but I am saying it was one of a long chain of events. Truth is what got him fired because truth is the enemy to corporate media and government alike and truth must be expelled from our minds.
I suppose the most unforgiveable thing Tucker did was point out on the air that the various national news channels took hundreds of millions of dollars from big pharma companies and then shilled for their products on the air. While doing that they led a campaign to malign and defame anyone who was skeptical of those products. That happened across American media, but Tucker pointed it out. Who in public life is telling the truth in this country anymore. If virtually everything we see, read, and hear is lies at best and propaganda at worst who can be believed.
One man in public life has been proven to have been telling the truth about the COVID vaccines. Bobby Kennedy doesn’t seem to be a man who is easily intimidated and he knew early in the pandemic that the vaccines were not effective and not safe and he said so in a very public way. He doesn’t go the way that I have gone and that is that the vaccines are a war by the global ruling elite on humanity but he does very well at truth telling. Science has since proven RFK to be unequivocally right about the vaccines and the lockdowns.
Tucker allowed RFK’s views to be heard by the largest audience in TV news and that was just too much for the corporate owners of Fox and the owners of the rest of the world. Kennedy was therefore not rewarded for telling the truth and warning people of the danger. He was maligned, he was vilified, he was called a Nazi and a lunatic. He was attacked and his family was attacked and as he said in his speech, he lost his close friends and his political party saw him as an outcast. He was not intimidated though and he kept on and I am very happy to have this man out there telling the truth no matter what it costs him.
Tucker allowed him to air his views to the public and that could not be tolerated. Even though Tucker was Fox’s biggest star and an obvious money maker he was fired. Fox apparently cares more about pleasing the regime and being a faithful servant of the global elite than about the money. Tucker would not stop crossing the establishments redlines and he had to be sacrificed and made an example of. I would have been more surprised if no scandal had followed him because these people are just that evil. They have to fire him and dirty him at the same time, but I think he can see their scandal mudslinging as a badge of honor.
The Dominion lawsuit settlement that has been mentioned as partially Tucker’s fault will not hold water either. Blackrock Inc owns 15.1% of Fox and that is a significant amount of a publicly traded company and gives that stockholder significant clout. Tucker has been very critical of Blackrock for their involvement in the Ukraine war and for other reasons. Blackrock also has huge positions in big pharma. It is one of the three largest shareholders of Pfizer, Johnson & Johnson, and Merck.
In his interview with Tucker, RFK called these companies vaccines deadly and worthless. Blackrock is also a significant shareholder in Dominion so, in effect, Blackrock was suing Blackrock and also settling the lawsuit. What is all that incestual relationship about, corruption, or in that world just business as usual. Tucker will be alright in time since he is technically still under contract with Fox until after the 2024 election, but he has been offered more than $100 million by another network.
What about Bobby Kennedy? Can he be heard anywhere else. If he is heard then the people will have to hear him despite the media rather than from it. The polls reflect that it might just be happening. The last poll I saw had him at 19% of the vote. That amount might be enough, especially if it continues growing, to get him in the primary debates. Support for him seems to be growing and I’ll wager that has the Democrat Party elite very nervous.
I’ll tell you why they are upset and why they will have to find something else if the big freeze doesn’t work. He is going to remove America from the $1.5 trillion per year empire business. A vote for Kennedy is a vote to end the empire, it is a vote to bring the troops home and close a lot of foreign bases. A vote for Kennedy is also a vote to repair and rebuild the infrastructure of America and most importantly it is a vote to rebuild the Middle Class.
You can see why the elite are so afraid of him and so anxious to malign him at any opportunity. The empire is very expensive with a lot of corrupt graft which allows grifters in corporations and the military to profit from the blood of Americans and foreigners alike. He has turned away from the prevailing orthodox views of both the Democrat and Republican Parties so he doesn’t carry the support of either.
The empire knows that you get what you pay for. The government must print money it has borrowed to pay for it all and we get ships, planes, tanks, and the like instead of houses, cars, gas, and food. Why because all that federal money flowing through the system makes prices rise and the Middle-Class fall. RFK is the first candidate to propose putting a stop to it. He opposes the deep state empire and the corporate captured government that supports it.
Finally, folks, I am not saying that Bobby Kennedy or even Tucker Carlson have views totally in line with the Constitution Party Platform in every respect, but they are right about some of the most vital issues that confront this nation, and for that I thank them and I am grateful.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Transcription / Notes:
Darrell Castle talks about the economic and industrial nature of modern war and how that nature inures to the benefit of China as well as how the world is turning away from the financial system of the U.S. and the U.S. dollar.
MAKING CHINA GREAT AGAIN
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the economic and industrial nature of modern war and how that nature inures to the benefit of China. I will also talk about how the world is turning away from the financialized system used by the US and how much of the world’s population of people and nations are turning away from the dollar to other currencies especially the Chinese Yuan.
For purposes of our discussion, I will presume that modern war began with World War ll, and that war certainly was industrial. The United States, protected from attack by two oceans, was able to convert its massive industrial base into war production while Germany and Japan were subjected to strategic bombing to destroy their industry and with it their capacity to make war, and therefore, industry was the difference.
Most war today is psychological although there is plenty of kinetic warfare in the world. Both still depend to a large extent on economics and industry. For example, this Castle Report was inspired by an article I read on Russia Today entitled Russia has enough coal for 300 years—Energy Ministry. It seems that Russia has enough coal to last for centuries and while industry in the US is winding down largely because of efforts to convert from fossil fuels to green energy, and the movement of manufacturing offshore. Russia, meanwhile, just goes about digging its coal out of the ground and shipping it all over the world.
Russia has far more coal than it can use at the present time so who is buying it, Europe at first, but now, China of course. I quote briefly from the article; “Russia produced 443.6 million tons of coal in 2022, a 0.3% increase from 2021. Exports fell 7.5% to 210.9 million tons following the introduction of embargoes last August on Russian coal by the EU and UK, which had previously been the recipient of nearly a third of Russian coal exports.”
You can see from that quote that almost half of Russian coal is being exported and before the sanctions it went to the West. Now the sanctions have allowed the enemies of the West, or at least the opponents if you prefer that term, to prosper. This seems like madness to me, but I suppose it is part of the suicide of the west as Pat Buchannan used to refer to it. China has continued to stockpile Russian coal this year in record amounts with imports hitting a record last month of 8.8 million tons up 29% over February and three times more than the same month a year ago according to Chinese customs data.
So, despite the sanctions, the Russians don’t seem to be having any trouble finding markets. While the US and the West are breaking down industry and talking constantly about wind and solar the BRICS nations led by China are importing coal and ratcheting up their industries. That is a message that the world apparently wants to hear but the West isn’t listening. Many nations are tired of the US drive for world hegemony and they now sense weakness. The sanctions have finally made the difference in the world’s willingness to put up with financial bullying.
Russia covers 12% of the earth’s surface and coal is only one of its many sources of fuel. Russian deposits of oil and gas can and did power most of Europe until Joe Biden decided to teach those Germans who runs this world and sabotaged the Nord Stream. Russian timber, a renewable resource, can be converted into charcoal in massive amounts. Many other natural resources lie under Russian soil as well.
To counter all this the US has the world’s reserve currency. We can print money at virtually no cost and the rest of the world takes it at the value we assign to it. If you want to buy oil or gas you must convert your own currency into dollars because we run the world and only dollars are permitted in trade. We invade any country that displeases us, but they cannot invade us. To bolster this disparity we have approximately 750 military bases around the world. No one seems to know the exact number but 750 is a close approximation.
Dollars are and have been since the Bretton Woods agreement in 1948 extremely valuable. The new system of value in financialization is extremely favorable for the elite and extremely impoverishing for everyone else. US stocks are currently worth $45 trillion. US real estate is worth $36 trillion and US government bonds $31 trillion. That is all smoke and mirrors, but the rest of the world has always bought it because they have no choice.
The US military, especially the US navy, enforces this system around the world. US word is law all over the world, so you do what we say or else. If the Russians grow weary of a US coup and regime change to a US friendly government right on their border well that’s just too bad. If the Russians grow nervous about a hostile military alliance with nuclear weapons growing to its very border despite solemn promises not to do so, well that’s just tough.
Yes, that was a pretty cool system for the US, but that was yesterday’s world and tomorrow’s world will be completely different. We need to come to grips with the fact that the world we have lived our lives in is ending and there is no saving it from the world our children and grandchildren will live in. The 40-year trend toward lower and lower interest rates with no resulting inflation is ending. With its end comes the end of constantly increasing asset values for the elite who could borrow at virtually no cost and invest in constantly rising stocks.
That system I just described along with US imperialism abroad has destroyed the middle class in the US and condemned those below the middle class into poverty. The future will not elevate those people but will add more and more to their numbers. Let’s look at a partial reason the US ruling elite were able to get away with that system of exploitation for so long.
The extra dollars the US printed and pumped into the system were spent mainly on foreign made goods because foreigners now make virtually everything. The dollars went to China, Vietnam, Bangladesh, India and many other places like those. Nations where people work for a living for very low wages made the goods and accepted pieces of paper in return for their labor. A movement is underway across the world to move away from the dollar, and it is rapidly gaining steam. The BRICS include Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, but many other nations are lining up to join.
In Brazil, which has been a de-dollarization leader, President Lula at a recent conference, famously said, “Every night I ask myself why all countries have to base their trade on the dollar”. Many others are asking that question as well. According to Bloomberg the BRICS are expected to outpace the US led G7 nations in terms of their contribution to the world’s economic growth, for this year. Brazil is not the only one because Argentina just announced it would be dropping the dollar in favor of the Yuan. The Mexican president just completed a trip to China and Chinese on the border of the US would be problematic for me. I wonder if it will be a problem for Biden, but then I guess what goes around comes around.
De-Dollarization is happening faster than economists expected apparently as the dollar continues to lose its reserve status. The dollar’s share of global reserves fell 10 times faster last year than it has in the last two decades. Countries are looking for alternatives after Russian sanctions started to affect their own abilities to trade abroad with whomever they wanted. On the other side of the world the Middle East is rapidly leaving the dollar. China’s efforts to bring an alliance between Iran and Saudi Arabia, enemies since the Saudi State was formed after World War l are well known.
It is fascinating to think that Saudi Arabia was formed by the British when the Ottoman Empire fell with its defeat in World War l. The British just drew some lines on a sand map and chose the Saud family to rule it. Since the Petrodollar agreement in 1974 the US has kept the Saud family in power with its military. The Chinese have a different plan it seems. The US likes the plan of making enemies that people must be protected from. Iran the ancient enemy always threatening to expand had to be kept form taking over the Middle East and expelling the Saud family.
I’m not going to tell you that the Chinese Communists are nice people that we should strive to emulate, but I will say that they have a different appeal, and the world is buying it. They bring diplomats from Iran and Saudi Arabia to China which was in itself a very significant move and very noticeable to the world. They tell the two countries to stop fighting and make plans to get along and they will follow China into a world of trade and wealth and not one of constant warfare.
Is that a true and fair picture of what China has instore for the world it leads, who knows, but I know that the world is buying what The Chinese are selling. For eight years Iran and Saudi Arabia have been fighting a proxy war in Yemen. The war has killed about 350 thousand civilians and plunged Yemen into a state of abject poverty and starvation. The Saudis have made no military progress despite advanced weapons from the US and their military is exhausted. Within two weeks of the China conference there was a ceasefire in Yemen. When asked about what the US would think about his Chinese and Iranian deals the Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salmon said, “I don’t care what the US thinks.” So, far the first time in 48 years the Saudis say they are open to trading in currencies other than the dollar.
Even the West is looking for a way to move away from the dollar. The Chinese and other Asian nations have spearheaded the drive away from the dollar, but they are by no means the only ones. France wants to be free of the dollar’s dominance as well. Perhaps the Nord Stream had something to do with the dollar’s coming demise in Europe. The people who fell on Normandy’s beaches and who liberated France and freed Europe from the NAZI menace can no longer be trusted not to ruin their economies and starve their people.
What happens when all those dollars held in reserve by central banks all over the world, so they don’t cause US inflation, come home? I’ve got a feeling we are about to find out and I don’t think it is a very pretty picture. No, the picture looks more like out-of-control inflation to me with a very much lower standard of living for Americans. Falling asset prices, rising prices on goods, especially essentials like food and fuel appear to be in our future.
Secretary of the Treasury Janet Yellen recently admitted on CNN that US sanctions against Russia might be undermining the dollar’s reserve status around the world. She went on to say that it does create a desire on the part of China, Russia, and Iran to find an alternative. She didn’t mention all the other countries looking for an alternative nor did she say that the countries on the other side of this divide from the US outnumber the US in population by about 50:1.
Finally, folks, who says there’s no good news. The faceless collective running this country into the ground announced the other day that it would seek reelection to continue our national plunge to the bottom. It said it wanted to “finish the job. “I suppose it believes there is a small remnant of American society and the American economy that is yet to be completely destroyed.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the public release of classified documents concerning U.S. foreign policy and the war in Ukraine.
Transcription / Notes
HOW IS THE WAR GOING?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. How is the war in Ukraine going? It depends on who you ask but a recent release of classified documents concerning U.S. foreign policy might shed some light on the subject so I will be talking about that information today. The fact that the U.S. is going to great lengths to find the leaker tells me that the information leaked is more than likely valid. It seems that now an Air National Guardsman has been arrested for the release.
Before I start, please keep in mind that the Constitution Party National Committee Meeting is next week so no podcast then. I will be back with you the week after that.
There is a lot of information in the leak that looks legitimate and a lot that does not but how can we know for sure or how can we tell the difference. The Russians say that it looks like an attempt to distract their attention from what’s really going on, but it is an apparent embarrassment for the U.S. in any event. A member of the group Discord has been credited with the release by a teenaged member of the same group. He’s fit, he’s strong, he’s armed, he’s trained, he’s just about everything you expect out of some crazy movie. That is the description of the releaser given to the Washington Post by his teenaged associate.
Who leaked this massive amount of classified information and put it out on social media for the whole world to examine? Just like the Vietnam days no one seems to know for sure and everyone has a theory. The leak details Pentagon planning for the next stage in the war and makes it clear that this is a war between U.S./NATO and Russia. The shocking thing is the release of extensive details about U.S. plans for Russia, China and others and it further reveals that the U.S. eavesdrops on everyone including its closest friends.
War plans the U.S. shared with its closest allies such as the five eyes as they are known. The five eyes are the UK, Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and the U.S. Those nations are supposed to have a special relationship which includes the sharing of intel that is obtained by each of them. The information about U.S. spying on everybody is like a spy v. spy novel or cartoon from the cold war days, but it could also cause a great deal of harm to the U.S. if real. Once again it is not the release that is the harm, but the actions that are the subject of the release.
There are some very frightening things in the release. The conclusion that the United States is currently at war with Russia is inescapable. The only thing preventing this war from going nuclear is the good sense of those running it, so I wonder if that thought frightens anyone besides me. Whether this information is real, or fake is open to debate, but its conclusion is not. The Russians don’t flat out call it a fake, but they say they don’t trust it. The Pentagon says it is a fake, but the New York Times and the Washington Post believe it to be genuine and published a good deal of it including the interview.
There are details in the release that are very damaging to the U.S. position, and which require either a great deal of knowledge or a great deal of skill to invent. For example, the U.S. feeds intel non-stop around the clock to the Ukrainians about Russian command posts, ammunition dumps, weak spots in Russian lines, unprotected flanks on the battle lines, location of general officers, etc. Real time battle intel that can affect the outcome of battle on a day-by-day basis.
There is also the indication that U.S./NATO officials or representatives are involved in the planning and execution of strikes based on the intel provided. In other words, it is a U.S./NATO war. It is the kind of direct intel that allows the targeting and killing of Russian general officers and the kind that forces Russian supply depots further and further back toward Russia. According to the release the U.S. alone has and maintains total control of the war on a command-and-control basis.
One other part of the release that seems to make it more believable is its correction of the casualty figures that are being tossed around by Pentagon officials then normally denied by Russian officials. We have been told for months that Russian dead exceed 200,000 and Ukrainian dead exceed 100,000 but the release disputes those numbers. These are the casualty figures to date as listed in the original leaked release.
Russia Total Losses 72 fighter bombers; 82 rotary wing aircraft
6,004 ground vehicles
35.4K to 43.5K KIA
Ukraine Total Losses 60 fighter bombers; 32 rotary wing aircraft
11 SAM Batteries (strategic) 34 SAM batteries (tactical)
16K to 17.5K KIA
These figures come straight from Official Ukrainian Records which probably means that it is difficult to track them, so the U.S. simply records what the Ukrainians tell them. Its always possible that the Ukrainians are lying to make their numbers seem smaller. These numbers seem woefully short of reality to me. I remember reading figures of the fighting around Mariupol as around 15,000 casualties and 10,000 KIA and about 5000 POW’s so apparently there is some propaganda even in the release of U.S. officially prepared documents. The interesting thing is how different the official U.S. internal documents are from the publicly released propaganda of over 200,000 dead.
The other interesting thing revealed in the release is the total forces deployed inside the country. U.S. propaganda numbers were 1 million Ukrainian troops versus 500-700 thousand Russian-Allied forces. It is hard to make 200,000 KIA look plausible when you compare that to the real number of troops in the field. If you add up the figures of all the units deployed and apply the table of organization which is almost always high, you get an absolute maximum of 300,000 Ukrainian troops. Units are almost never at TO strength so 200,000 to 250,000 is probably more accurate.
The interesting thing about the Russian numbers is that of their combat battalions 97% are committed to battle. Despite that figure the Russians have maneuver battalions and reserve battalions. Russian numbers are significantly augmented by the Wagner Group private contractors, essentially a private army employed by the Kremlin. The closest I can come to figuring out the very confusing Russian numbers is about 100,000 Russian troops on each of three fronts and about 20 to 25, 000 Wagner troops.
Let’s look at some of that ordinance provided by hard working Americans for use in this war against Russia. The U.S. provided a complicated rocket artillery system and to date it has expended 9,612 rockets. They are firing between 14 and 28 rockets per day. The other workhorse artillery system is the 155mm gun. The Ukrainians have fired 952,856 155mm rounds to date for an average of 2,575 per day. The eye-opening thing about these numbers is that it shows only 1,840 rounds enroute to being delivered. The conclusion must be that the U.S. is running very low on 155mm rounds.
U.S. special forces in Ukraine is listed at 14 with a total of 97 NATO personnel. Total U.S. personnel is listed at 100 The British have the country crawling with SAS, but I could not find their total strength, but a lot of SAS support vehicles and aircraft indicate a lot of boots on the ground. To finalize the equipment numbers, it is shocking to see that from official U.S. numbers every system of artillery is running out of ammunition.
The big spring offensive that the Ukrainian forces are supposed to be launching sometime around the end of this month was broken down in great detail with each unit and its various components. From this information the Russians would almost know the name and service number of every single Ukrainian assigned to the attack. Ukraine has, according to the release, 253 tanks available for this attack. The vast majority are old Soviet T-64’s and old T-72’s and not the highly upgraded version of the T-72. They also now have 14 British Challengers but the old prewar T-64’s are almost gone and probably cannot be replaced in large numbers.
Finally, the release tells us and the Russians that the Ukrainians can only withstand “2-3 more wave strikes.” No one seems to know for sure, but I would assume it means Russian missile or drone strike waves. There is no mention of the large numbers of T-72’s. Ukraine reportedly once had upwards of 300 so one might presume those have been destroyed and if so that conflicts with earlier numbers.
The release which was dated March 1st says Ukraine needs 253 tanks, 380 infantry fighting vehicles and APC’s, 480 vehicles, 147 artillery pieces, and 571 HMMWV armored vehicles to carry out its planned offensive. The release makes it clear that Ukrainian forces are not up to this attack, but the Russians seem to think the release is just misdirection, so they choose not to believe it. According to the New York Post and Washington Post the Ukrainians are furious at the release of information about their lack of readiness.
The leaks have been coming hot and heavy since the original release. The original release on the website 4chan revealed highly classified information regarding the spring attack that I have talked about. It is impossible to tell if it is genuine or just more spin for some reason. The leak could be from a disgruntled insider, but who knows. One thing is made clear by the leak and that is that the spin people are out of their minds with propaganda. A reported 200,000 Russian dead when the actual documents presume less than one fourth of that.
This is all madness, but war is a madness business above all things. How can this war ultimately end. It can end when both parties become so depleted financially and physically that they are forced to stop. One of the two sides could prevail on the battlefield and impose its will on the other. The U.S. could stop providing weapons and money and force negotiations or both sides could sit down and work out a negotiated settlement. Finally, it could end in nuclear annihilation and that is the frightening one.
There is a strong rumor surrounding the leaks as they appeared in the New York Times, the Washington Post and even Russia Today that the leaker was a disgruntled but very nervous insider who concluded that the war was building to a nuclear conclusion unless something was done to reverse the direction.
Finally, folks, are the leaks real or are the leaks a psyops? Who knows or who can say with any degree of confidence, but Satan demands his souls and there are plenty of people at the head of governments willing to give them to him.
At Least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the indictment of Donald Trump on 34 felony counts by a New York City prosecutor whose election was funded by a Nazi collaborator, George Soros.
Transcription / Notes
TRUMP INDICTED BY SOROS SURROGATE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of April in the year of our Lord 2023. This is Good Friday near the conclusion of Holy Week, a week in which a New York City prosecutor who was funded and therefore placed in office by a Nazi collaborator who said he had fun delivering his fellow Jews to the Nazis. A low point in American history has been reached with the indictment of Donald Trump on bogus charges by a Soros surrogate DA.
District Attorney Alvin Bragg fulfilled his most important campaign promise and that was to get Donald Trump. I’m going to get him, he said. Yes, it appears the fix was in from the get-go but nevertheless Donald Trump now faces 34 felony charges. The position of district attorney is an elected office in New York City and to win elective office in a massive city one must have money to fund a campaign and get his message out. The honest candidate will take his appeal to the public and ask them to support him if they like his message.
Some, however, choose to go the route of accepting their money from Nazi Collaborators and advocates of mass murder, and that is what Alvin Bragg decided to do. The video of Soros admitting that he helped the Nazis hunt down his fellow Jews and then laughing about it and saying it was fun is still available on You tube I believe. According to Colonel Douglas Macgregor Soros also pushes for direct war between America, NATO, and Russia because Russia is the last country with an Orthodox Christian Culture and must, therefore, be destroyed.
Yes folks that is the man Alvin Bragg went to for money and that is the man who helped put him in office to fulfill his campaign pledge. What does all that mean for the rule of law already severely under threat in America? The rule of law is most importantly a belief that no one is above the law and that it will be applied fairly and evenly to those who are accused. No matter how you feel about Donald Trump whether you hate him or love him what is happening to him is a travesty and beneath contempt in a nation which once rested on a belief in the rule of law.
What about all those felonies presented to the grand jury? The indictment was sealed but someone leaked its contents to the media which is also a felony punishable by up to 5 years in prison, but oh well who cares about that. The 34 felony counts involve falsification of business records. That is normally looked at as a bookkeeping mistake or just sloppy bookkeeping, but if charged as a crime it is a misdemeanor. The district attorney made it into a series of felonies on the grounds that it was designed to conceal an underlying felony, violating election finance law. So, a Soros District Attorney brought an indictment for a bookkeeping mistake against a former US President while he refuses to prosecute and downgrades violent felonies to no bail.
The misdemeanor, if anything, was for supposedly characterizing money legally paid to Stormy Daniels and others for a nondisclosure agreement as legal expenses. She turned out to be an extortionist for which he sued her and won. He is also accused of making payments to the National Enquirer to squelch a story. Stacking is the second of this prosecutor’s skirting of the law. That is the process of taking one crime and breaking it into as many pieces as possible to get more crimes. The crimes are just made up in the mind of the prosecutor who doesn’t bother to hide his preconceived prejudice. Its warfare politics not justice and it should be beneath a lawyer’s dignity let alone a DA.
For the sake of the nation someone is going to have to address the double standard being applied here. The concept of the rule of law and a one-tiered system of law that has existed since the Magna Charta are both at stake. Let’s look for a moment at the double standard. Hillary Clinton who maintained an unsecured private email server processing classified material and who destroyed tens of thousands of emails, all potential evidence, as well she destroyed physical phones and blackberry devices. She operated the server out of her New York kitchen apparently to avoid Freedom of Information Act Requests, a crime designed to avoid the discovery of other crimes. She also paid money, campaign money perhaps, for the fabricated Steele Dossier, and its total fabrication of the Trump as Russian agent lie.
This may be the first indictment of a former president and it may have all those George Soros Democrats salivating, but perhaps it will not be the last. Perhaps next up is the Hunter Biden case and perhaps Joe Biden will have the opportunity to watch his surviving son spend a few years in federal prison. Perhaps Joe Biden will just be waiting for when he is defeated in 2024 so he can join Hunter in federal prison or perhaps he will see the handwriting and just pardon everyone. Once Joe is out of office perhaps some obscure DA will decide he wants to get him.
Thanks to George Soros and his surrogate Alvin Bragg, Pandora’s Box has been opened and its game on for political opponents now. Perhaps an elderly and retired Nancy Pelosi will be indicted for insider trading after all Martha Stewart went to prison for less. Perhaps some prosecutor will start combing through the financial records of the Clinton family and find payoff money to unsavory characters. What about all those Democrat members of Congress who are constantly accused of doing things for which we are expected to just look the other way. My point is that a line has been crossed that can never again be uncrossed.
Yes, this is weaponization of the “justice system” against a political opponent and it reeks to high heaven with unfairness. The criminal establishment now in charge from this Soros DA to the CIA, FBI, and the Democrat Party use law only as a weapon against their opponents. What about the media, could the media like the New York Times and Washington Post with their armies of Ivy League reporters, could they help investigate this non crime. Don’t make me laugh folks. The media, especially the part of it I just mentioned are virtually wholly owned subsidiaries of the establishment I also just mentioned.
It is virtually impossible to have a free society without a free press and independent media. In fact, it is useless to say something isn’t fair without an independent media to investigate and report, but unfortunately in America today the only function of the media is to support and reinforce official lies. The media wants this high-profile case just as the elite does because it reinforces repression and tells all opponents of the regime to be careful because you could be next.
Yes, sometimes we play the “but what about” game but in this case it is so obviously a weaponization of the system that is supposed to be “fair” that it brings out both rage and sadness. War is politics by other means as Von Clausewitz said so I suppose everything is fair once war is declared and it all becomes a desperate fight for survival. So in that light and in full knowledge of what it says about the leadership of this country I play the what about game at least momentarily.
Just a couple of weeks ago the House Oversight Committee which now is Republican led revealed that the Biden family had, through an associate, received more than $1million from a Chinese energy company. You are probably aware that in China all corporations are just arms of the Chinese Communist Party. Joe Biden’s brother Jim, his son Hunter, and his deceased son’s widow Hallie received significant funds as did another account named simply “Biden.” Could that account be owned or directed by the “Big Guy.”
It’s very interesting indeed how easily, without a care in the world the Biden family has shrugged off all these allegations. The Democrat media refuses to look at it and the White House just circles the wagons secure in its protection by the media cavalry. We have years and years of breathless reporting on the Trump-Russia Hillary Clinton invented lie, but stone silence about the Biden-China connection. The president has financial ties to a rival communist superpower, oh well nothing to see here folks just move along.
What about Donald Trump and the possibility that he could get a fair trial or that these bogus charges could be dismissed by an honest judge. The Trump defense team says that it intends to pursue a motion to dismiss based on prosecutorial misconduct among other points. The answer to that is that this Soros DA probably plotted out where he would bring his bogus case before his campaign for the office.
“Show me the man and I will show you the crime.” Those were the words of Lavrentiy Beria chief of the secret police as well as the author and conductor of Stalin’s reign of terror. Alvin Bragg is in good company then because Beria is a fine example for him since he oversaw the arrest, torture, and murder of tens of millions. Can he get a fair trial then in New York City and will he be tried before a jury of his peers who passionately desire to hear the facts of the case and make an honest decision as to whether Mr. Bragg has proven every element of the crime charged beyond a reasonable doubt.
No, I don’t think so and I will have to stand with Alan Dershowitz on that score. A motion to change venue will be filed but will this Democrat judge agree that he cannot preside over a fair trial. Judge Juan Manuel Merchan has a Democrat activist 34 year old daughter who worked in Kamala Harris’ campaign and on many other Democrat campaigns including that of Joe Biden. She runs a business helping Democrat candidates. Trump said that the judge is from a family of well-known Trump haters and it appears that he was right. It also turns out the among her clients is Adam Schiff who while a California Congressman led the first effort to impeach Trump.
Nancy Pelosi, who was speaker of the House for many years, said that all is well, and it will be fair because he will get the chance to prove his innocence. I could just chalk that appalling statement up to ignorance if the situation were not so vitally important, but it is. It makes the charge of unfairness and already decided jump out even more. I have to say it anyway, no Nancy, this is still America despite your efforts and in America he does not have to prove his innocence but instead the Soros DA must prove every element of the offense charged beyond a reasonable doubt.
Trump remains cautiously and guardedly defiant in the face of what is happening to him. He spoke when he got back to Florida and reminded people of how the Democrats spied on him and his campaign. They launched fraudulent investigations against him, including the Russian collusion lie along with two bogus impeachment trials. He accused the FBI and DOJ of relentlessly pursuing Republicans while protecting Hunter Biden. He couched the indictment as election interference meaning that it is being done to prevent his reelection.
Trump is the proxy for all of us. He stands in the place of people like me and he is right when he says they are coming for me but the real message is for you. The Republican elite wants rid of Trump almost as much as the Democrat elite because they are totally sold out to the Neocon warfare regime. Trump is the choice of ordinary men and women who are powerless. We owe him a debt of gratitude for one thing if for nothing else and that is that he revealed very clearly that the elite from the Washington swamp despite all dignified titles such as FBI, CIA, DOJ, and the like are totally corrupt and cannot be trusted and should not be respected.
Finally, folks, the Democrat and Republican elite have us on a course leading to nuclear war. Trump can position himself as the anti-war candidate to oppose the coming nonsensical war. If he does then who knows, maybe he could win, but no, that would be impossible because he opposes the elite war machine it is virtually impossible for him to be elected again. I didn’t say nominated, I said elected.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the cause of the globalists, who they are at least in part, as well as what they are doing to this world. He also discusses the anti-globalist cause which in today’s world represents good in the never-ending battle with evil.
Transcription / Notes
THE ANTI-GLOBALIST CAUSE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 31st day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the cause of the globalists, who they are at least in part, as well as what they are doing to this world, but I will also be talking about the anti-globalist cause which in today’s world represents good in the never-ending battle with evil.
I will argue that the globalist cause is the cause of global wealth, and global control of people and their institutions. It is the cause of what we have come to call billionaires today due to the inflation of the currency, but it has existed throughout human history as the cause of evil. The great acceleration of the globalist cause happened with the fall of the Soviet Union and the rise of the new technology we are all familiar with. Russia was led by weak and corrupt leaders and quickly became a kleptocracy or a nation run by organized crime.
The criminal oligarchs in Russia took control of Russian industry and even the Russian government and military and with that control they transferred Russian wealth out of the country to various offshore accounts apparently for their own benefit. Even their looting of Russia and its people can’t compare with the global criminal billionaire oligarchs I will describe because they apparently seek only the accumulation of vast wealth and not the destruction of humanity like the others.
In America we have no reason to look down our collective noses at the Russians because we have the same problem although our oligarchs pretend, they have cleaner hands. In fact, I will argue that our oligarch problem in the West is bigger than the one Putin faced when he came to power in 2000. The entire Western World is currently in the grips of a class of billionaire elites who have obtained complete control of all our institutions. They control the media, the political establishment, education, financial markets, banks, world trade, social issues, and public health. I’m sure they control much more but those are the obvious things that come first to mind.
These elite establishment billionaires see every problem as global and every problem, primarily created by them, must have a global solution. The various censorship campaigns that we have recently experienced coupled with the lies and fake news stories such as Russiagate and the other efforts to impeach Trump. One would think that Donald Trump should be one of them, but their paranoid fear and hatred of him leads me to believe that he is not.
The recent covid disaster and the hysteria it created primarily orchestrated by the billionaire oligarchs such as Bill Gates and the like as well as the repressive control measures that came out of it serve the interests of those who lust for control. They want total control of all the people who currently reside and who will ever reside on planet earth. To achieve control, they have adapted the goal of the destruction of the American Republic and the other once free nations of the West. To what extent these people have extended their tentacles into other aspects of society we will explore today.
Recent polls tell us what should be obvious and that is that the bedrock institutions and values of our society have collapsed or they are in serious decline. Religious faith and patriotism are at all time lows in America. The values of religion, patriotism, raising children, hard work, etc. have all been replaced by something else. Can you guess what the new value is? If you guessed money and its acquisition, you are correct. That’s right, according to many polls money is now the most important thing to most Americans.
It seems that we have a billionaire on just about every corner and they are all evil people who will not be satisfied until everything that is good and holy is destroyed and replaced with things that are evil, sick, twisted, and most of all insane.
Does our new class of billionaire oligarchs have control of the problems that beset America today? Are they the control masters? Do the politicians simply act as puppets for the globalist oligarchs that pull the strings? How can one know for sure, but I will confess that it sure looks that way to me. Some of the insanity I will talk about in a minute is hard to explain any other way.
Mandated injections of a poison long since proven unable to deliver any positive benefit. Forced lockdown of virtually the entire world, instituted by the government and forced by intimidation of free speech resulting in an Orwellian government-imposed censorship of opposing thought. Prosecution of innocent people who are guilty of nothing besides opposing the political agenda of evil people. More recently the burning and destruction of food processing plants, the attacks on farming, consolidation of farms with the substitution of patented products for human consumption. In Europe the literal destruction of the second largest food exporting nation of farmers in the world, the Dutch.
The Dutch people have risen in protest over the elite, globalist destruction of their food supply and livelihoods to the point that farmers have formed their own political party, and many have been elected. Why would an elite globalist oligarch and billionaire want to destroy the food supply of ordinary people? They tell us it’s because of climate change. The farms give off nitrogen which is somehow leading to a climate apocalypse and only the wise all-knowing oligarch billionaire globalists have the authority and wisdom to correct this problem and save planet earth from the ravages of ignorant little people like us.
A person would have to be completely insane to believe what I just told you these people expect us to believe. Are you insane folks, I didn’t think so. No, the real reason, as you undoubtedly can guess, is control because it is far easier to control weak starving people. If the destruction of our food isn’t stopped and soon, we will be forced to come to them like baby birds so they can put bugs in our mouths. I’m not kidding about that by the way because across the Western World insane people are buying into the propaganda that it is somehow necessary to quit eating meat and start eating bugs in order to save the planet.
Another tactic that seems to follow right in line with what I have been saying is to make sure that more intelligent people stop having children, which is happening across the West. Birth rates are falling in Western countries especially among the educated class. Yes, right now there is a strong correlation between education and childlessness. Simply put, the smarter you are the fewer children you have and the more ignorant the more children.
Are we then headed for a literal ideocracy. No, because in that movie the same phenomenon that I just mentioned as presently happening resulted in a future world run by idiots. The difference is that the globalists envision a world of idiots run by them. The surviving people will be like sheep, cattle, or just dependent serfs on the globalist plantation. We will be happy though, in the soon to come world run by oligarch billionaires, because they have told us we will own nothing, and we will like it. We will live in whatever conditions they determine best for those of us who survive their pandemics, their wars, and their food destruction.
The things I have mentioned so far all coincide with a focus on control of the human species by a few people. Complete planet wide surveillance of every movement with computerized social control or social credit as in Communist China. The maniacal focus that we see today on gender issues. The growing number of people who are so insane that they believe and expect us to believe that men can become women and women men just by thinking about it. Men can bear children and women can father children and we are so propagandized that many of us actually believe that. Are these things that no sane person could believe just random occurrences in a society undergoing rapid change or evidence of the involvement of something far more sinister?
Evidence of the far more sinister kind is all around us. We know that the FBI, the DOJ, the IRS, and the various intelligence agencies are all totally corrupt and have been illegally weaponized against the American people. Those agencies were all involved in what came to be called Russiagate but was really a coup against a sitting United States president. To what extent then, are these agencies involved in the other nefarious things that I have mentioned or in other crimes that I haven’t thought of?
To help us answer some of those questions I will call on a man whose words I have great respect for and that is Colonel Douglas Macgregor. I won’t bother to quote his entire statement, but he was talking about a quote from George Soros over 10 years ago in which Soros said that Russia is the last nationalist state that rests on a foundation of orthodox Christian culture with Russian identity at its core. That has to be removed, and it will require direct war between America, NATO, and Russia to remove it. Mr. Soros wishes the war could be primarily fought by Eastern Europeans because they don’t mind mass casualties but alas if it must be the casualty averse West, so be it. Now quoting Colonel Macgregor.
“ So, I think that the people who are in charge in the West and the people in Washington think they have successfully destroyed the identities of the European and American peoples, that we have no sense of ourselves, our borders are undefended, we present no resistance to the incoming migrants from the developing world who essentially roll over us as though we owe them a living and that our laws do not count. Thus far I would say that is an accurate evaluation of what we’ve been doing. And I think that’s a great victory for George Soros and the globalists.”
So, we will become, or perhaps we have become, an open society. Perhaps our future is as nothing but an amorphous mass of people who believe nothing and who have nothing to believe in except some desire for money. This thinking is so evil and so destructive that I am amazed that Soros and people like him are tolerated, but I guess the toleration of them, and the adaptation of their ideas is evidence of what I have been arguing. This information supplied by Colonel Macgregor in part sums up much of the thinking of the globalist world today.
These globalist billionaire oligarchs have a deeply passionate hatred toward Christianity, toward Christians, and toward those who love their country and resist its destruction. These people are obstacles to their ultimate goal of a borderless one-world government headed by billionaire oligarchs, not by we the people. The example that Colonel MacGregor gave about Russia being the last nationalist state based on a Christian culture could perhaps be applied to people and groups in the United States who resist the globalist oligarch propaganda and lies.
The oligarchs are now so strong and confident that they talk openly about transitioning away from representative government, and of their desire for the destruction of the nation state. They meet and they plan the suffering of the rest of us that will finally bring us into compliance. The future world of our children and their prodigy is at stake right now. Who will decide it? Who will preserve freedom?
Finally, folks, there are so many psychopaths in high places that a truly evil psychopathic mass murderer can sometimes fly under the radar without notice but somebody needs to notice him and start listening to what he says.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the state visit to Moscow by Chinese Premier Xi Jinping.
Transcription/Notes
CAN CHINA BE ACCEPTED AS PEACEMAKER?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of March in the year of our Lord 2023 and I will be talking about the state visit to Moscow of Chinese Premier Xi Jinping. It seems like an unlikely time for a state visit since his host Vladimir Putin has an international warrant through the ICC pending against him for war crimes, but nevertheless they met in Moscow.
Yes, the media is full of stories and reports that the Hague-based International Criminal Court has issued an arrest warrant for Russian President Vladimir Putin. The reports are probably intended to add gravitas to what is otherwise a meaningless gesture and just more political theater. The warrant on its face is ridiculous because Putin is accused of war crimes for evacuating children from a war zone to safety in Russia.
I believe the United States did the same thing in Vietnam evacuating children and bringing them to the U.S. Many of those children later returned to their homeland. In Afghanistan the United States evacuated wounded children from the war zone when Russia spent its 10 years there. The children were treated for their wounds in the U.S. and later returned unless they desired to remain. In England, many British children were evacuated to Canada to avoid Nazi bombing of London during the blitz,
For those reasons and because no warrants have been forthcoming for the Nord Stream Pipeline bombing or for the invasion of Iraq and other countries I believe it’s a case of the pot calling the kettle black. Nevertheless at the invitation of Vladimir Putin, Chinese leader Xi Jinping arrived in Moscow last Monday and stayed through Wednesday. A grand welcoming ceremony was held for Xi’s arrival with lots of praise heaped on Xi by Putin.
Mr. Putin wrote an article for the People’s Daily entitled “Russia and China-A Partnership Looking to the Future.” In that article he said, “We have high expectations for the upcoming talks. We have no doubt that they will give a powerful new impetus to the entire range of bilateral cooperation. It is also a great opportunity for me to see a good old friend with whom we have the warmest relationship.” He went on to add that there exists a special relationship in the Russian Chinese partnership which has always been built on mutual trust, and respect for each other’s sovereignty and interests.
From Xi’s standpoint he noted that China and Russia are friendly neighbors connected by shared mountains and rivers. The two countries according to Xi have consolidated and grown the bilateral relationship on the basis of no-alliance, no-confrontation and not targeting any third party, and they have set a fine example of developing a relationship featuring mutual respect and peaceful coexistence. There are some important code words in Xi’s statement if one takes a minute to decipher them.
Both Russia and China understand that the United States is their chief rival and probable enemy in the upcoming World War that grows more likely by the day. Despite that realization there has been no announced mutual defense treaty. There has been no announced effort to include or recruit other like-minded countries into a military alliance. Iran would be an obvious choice especially since the Chinese brokered deal between Iran and Saudi Arabia effectively removed the Saudis from the sphere of U.S. control.
The Chinese recently issued a paper to help explain it entitled “US Hegemony and its Perils.” The paper takes the position that the US, since the end of the cold war, has overstepped its position as world leader. Since the US emerged from the two world wars and the cold war as world leader it has been unwilling to accept the sovereignty and equality of other nations. In pursuit of world hegemony, the US has been overriding truth with its power, and trampling justice to serve self-interest. That’s a direct quote from the Chinese paper but is there any truth in it and if so what does that truth mean for China and Russia. On thing I know for an absolute certainty is that is that the American people do not want any of this. They just want to live peaceful lives and leave things a little better for their children than it has been for them.
Unfortunately there is at least some truth in the Chinese paper. This week marks the 20 anniversary of the invasion of Iraq. A war that killed perhaps a million civilians and destroyed that nation. The invasion based apparently on out right fabricated lies. Lies invented by the administration of George W. Bush, helped along by Senators such as Joe Biden and many others all aided and abetted by a compliant US media. This stroll down memory serves to remind us today that the ICC is nothing but a Kangaroo Court and a propaganda tool for Western leaders. Its warrant against Putin screams out to us that it’s for thee but not for me.
So the Chinese leader is starting to lay down some of the cards he has been holding in his hand. China is moving to portray itself as the international broker of world peace and savior of the world from the US led world order. The Iran-Saudi peace deal should not be underestimated. Long time enemies, their differences so intractable, are now friends. That can only mean one thing and that is that the Saudis are no longer standing in the way of the Chinese supplying nuclear technology to the Iranians so nuclear weapons soon to come to that region perhaps.
The U.S. alliance with the Saudis has been a given since Kissinger worked out the Petro dollar deal with them in 1974. The alliance has been collapsing since the advent of the new Crown Prince MBS or Mohammad Bin Salmon and since the U.S. media painted Biden into the corner of making the Saudi assassination of a journalist his campaign issue. This deal means that Saudi Arabia is no longer a US ally and is solidly on China’s side. I would imagine that we will soon see the exit of US bases and the entry of Chinese troops to occupy them. I wonder if it means the end of the Iran-Saudi proxy war in Yemen.
The question then is who made this Iran-Saudi deal and the answer is obviously China. Xi is in Russia trying to make other deals possibly to include some resolution to the Ukrainian war. Once again, the answer is China, so China is now the one seeking diplomacy and a diplomatic solution to difficult problems. China is the one able to solve decades old intractable problems like the dispute between Iran and the Saudis. This makes the US and its entire approach to world problems look bad but it also makes the Chinese and their approach just one more problem and right now the US has only one method of problem solving.
China solves previously intractable problems by forming strong alliances uniting people under a common goal of mutual respect and global trade. The history of the US in the Islamic world over the last few decades has been one of keeping Shite and Sunni fighting each other and hating each other. No one is allowed to become dominant because the US switches sides and supplies the underdog with weapons. So, the US tactic is not diplomacy but violence and sanctions.
The US could never understand that its sanctions against Russia not only were not working but were counterproductive. Old friends like India refused to comply let alone nations like China. When force is your first and only tactic and force doesn’t work, you are in trouble. The Chinese under the leadership of Xi, counters the US strategy by doing the opposite and it is becoming more and more appealing to others, especially those affected by sanctions.
Reinforce the rights of national identity and culture. That concept is not even practiced by the US in the US anymore. The US denigration of its own identity and culture, its heritage and history, coupled by its racial privilege propaganda has damaged or destroyed national unity. Mr. Xi sees all this and I imagine he shakes his head as does Mr. Putin. He also sees weakness and he attacks just as any good coach of a sports team would do. Watch film until you spot your opponent’s weakness, develop a plan, and attack.
So, the Chinese plan of attack is one directed at what former US allies and victims of sanctions and other acts of force want relief from. Reinforce the rights of national identity and culture. The Chinese don’t care what other countries’ culture is and they especially don’t care about diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI). The US simply insists that US allies and those paid by the US or defended by the US adopt the system of DEI, in other words the US insists that everyone deny objective truth as it does. The Chinese laugh at that and tell others all they care about is trade.
The Xi led diplomats are able to tell other countries that they will respect their national sovereignty and will base global cooperation on one thing only and that is universal prosperity and not the anti-instinctual goals of DEI. This coinciding with what is becoming a massive problem for the US and the West in general and that is the banking crises. Last week I said that this new crises is not 2008 all over again, but I am forced to consider a retraction of that statement. Western banks, thought to be invincible because of the US dollar’s status as reserve currency, are apparently not invincible at all.
I am told that it would take $18 trillion to cover every deposit of all the banks in the US. That’s a lot of money and the inflation it would cause would be counter-productive because it would further the banking collapse. I don’t mean to get back into the banking crises on this report, but the point is that all the new enemies, Russia, China, Iran, Saudi Arabia, even India, watch, wait, and sharpen their knives.
The result of all this is that now China, not the United States, is the global peace broker whether it deserves that position or not. Xi was in Russia this week to announce a strategic partnership between the two countries and to announce his 12-point plan for peace in Ukraine. So, the Chinese will present their peace plan which will of course be unacceptable to the United States. The US will then be forced to admit that it doesn’t want peace but wants the war to continue until Russia is bled dry and the Putin government collapses. You can see, then, how this position puts the US on the opposite side from China in world opinion. Only its captive media is supporting its position at home.
While Xi is announcing his 12 point plan for peace in Ukraine, the US is announcing that it is going to speed up its delivery of Abrams tanks by sending older, refurbished models. From my office in Memphis a week or so ago a train passed heading west to the river with several tanks on it. Headed for Ukraine? Perhaps, but they were still painted in desert camouflage so I’m not sure. The US also announced that the training of Ukrainian soldiers being trained in Oklahoma to operate the new Patriot Missile systems is almost complete.
So Xi goes to Moscow as peacemaker and to shore up Putin’s world standing despite the ICC warrant out for him. Xi gets to show off his new found diplomatic swagger due to his Iran-Saudi deal. The US is left to hurl junior high school insults like Russia is China’s junior partner. The US renewed its warning to China not to supply lethal munitions to Russia but the Chinese said something on the order of you can arm the Ukrainians or anyone else you want but you lecture us on what we can do and that is the problem we are fighting.
Finally, Folks, Dr. Strangelove was released in January 1964 so its been 59 years but it seems just as real today as it was two years after the Cuban Missile Crises. What was the point that director Stanley Kubrick was trying to make with his dark antiwar classic. It was at times hilarious just as times today sometimes make you laugh, but in Dr. Strangelove everybody in the movie was either stupid, insane or just plain psychopathic just like today.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the collapse of the Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) and the Signature Bank that was shut down as well due to systemic risks. Is it 2008 all over again — another systemic collapse of the banking system unless there is a federal bailout?
Transcription / Notes
IS IT 2008 ALL OVER AGAIN?
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the collapse of the Silicon Valley Bank (SVB) which was taken over by federal regulators on Friday March 10th. Signature Bank was shut down as well on Sunday, March 12th because of “similar systemic risk” to SVB. Is it 2008 all over again, and are we looking at another systemic collapse of the banking system unless there is a federal bailout?
SVB was the 16th largest bank in the country and its collapse was the 2nd largest after Washington Mutual in 2008. Does that mean that we are in 2008 all over again? The short answer is no, I don’t believe it does according to everything I have been able to learn from my research into both 2008 and now. However, Swissbanc is in trouble and would reportedly have failed without assistance from other Swiss banks, and Goldman Sachs this morning reported what the bank called “cracks in the system.”
So, what happened to SVB which was known to be the go-to bank for tech start ups especially in the green energy segment. Forbes Magazine had just praised the bank and named it a member of the top 100. SVB grew very quickly from a deposit base of $55 billion in 2020 to $220 billion at the time of its collapse. Its base of borrowers was small and didn’t need to borrow that much money, so the bank started investing the money from depositors and with rates low they had to take risks to get a return. Its investments were long term, about 10 years, its deposits were subject to instantaneous withdrawal. The value of its investments fell dramatically with the FED’s rapidly increasing interest rates until SVB could not cover its $162 billion in losses.
SVB held $27.7 billion in derivatives which is not a small sum, but JP Morgan, by comparison, holds $55.387 trillion in derivatives making it the largest derivatives bank in the entire casino. SVB’s fall is not, then, a threat to the entire banking system as happened in 2008, or at least that is what I have determined from my research. The federal government will simply rob the rest of us to make good the losses. Oh they will say the charges go to other banks, but eventually it makes its way to the bottom of the pyramid. The people on the point of the pyramid are covered for their excesses by the mass at the bottom.
How is SVB different from 2008 which was a systemic threat to the entire system. In 2008 the entire banking system had spent about 3 years investing in what came to be called mortgage-backed securities. Just mortgages bundled together and sold as security. Rates were low and credit fueled the economy, especially mortgages, but when the economy started a downturn and people lost their jobs they just walked away from all those mortgages.
The FED was engaged in lowering interest rates to very low numbers which caused massive inflation in the housing and derivatives bubbles. The FED then attempted to let a little air out of the bubble which caused cracks in the entire system. The entire credit system of the country, especially the one based on mortgage financing, began to collapse. Banks from the smallest to the largest had at least some part in the scheme because there was just too much money to be made for any banker to resist.
Mortgages were sold to subprime borrowers by the millions which means people borrowed the money to buy houses they had no ability to pay for. Many of those deals were on an adjustable-rate basis meaning that at some point there was a large bubble payment due or else the mortgage had to be refinanced at a much higher interest rate. The higher rate often put the monthly payment out of the reach of many homeowners, and they simply walked away from the home and left it setting there empty.
The large New York Banks like Lehman Brothers were left holding what their CEO referred to as the largest pile of odorous excrement in the history of capitalism. Most of the large banks went to the SEC and said we are bankrupt if you don’t help us and provoking a depression is not a good point on the resume of a presidential candidate. Lehman Brothers, however, did not take that course. Instead, they tried to sell all that odorous excrement before anybody noticed. The result of all that maneuvering was that the Feds bailed out everybody except Lehman Brothers, which went into bankruptcy and was closed.
Large depositors then, sensing danger, simply withdraw funds, leaving those less aware at the mercy of the bank and the FDIC. The FDIC insures deposits up to $250,000 but many businesses have payroll deposits more than that amount and if deposits are seized, business can’t pay their workers or other bills. This all adds up to an excellent way of provoking bank runs as well as collapsing surrounding business which depend on revenue safely deposited into an FDIC insured bank.
One other thing that seems certain to happen as a result of all this is that inflation will be allowed to run on since the Federal Reserve will be forced to halt its interest rate increases. The FED may very well be faced with a dilemma, which I argue, it created. It can continue to raise rates and curtail inflation which risks the entire banking system or it can halt the increases and let inflation run. A hard choice but nevertheless that seems to be the dilemma and I seriously doubt if the FED will risk the banking system.
SVB is not Lehman Brothers, and it is not JP Morgan, Citibank, or Goldman Sachs, but it did fail taking a lot of money with it. The FED stepped in to protect depositors’ money by announcing that it would cover all deposits, not just the $250,000 and below deposits that are legally required to be covered under the FDIC insurance guarantee. Why would the federal government cover all deposits when it was not contractually obligated to? I suppose the Feds viewed SVB as a canary in the coal mine and they wanted to react before the cracks started to widen.
In addition, SVB didn’t have that many small depositors since most were the high tech cash burning businesses of Silicon Valley. These sophisticated depositors withdrew $48 billion in one day as they started to sense danger. Large companies maintain deposits far in excess of the federally insured $250,000 limit to make payroll each pay period. Without that money the workers could not be paid and Silicon Valley as a whole might just crack and collapse. That at least is one benign answer to why the federal government is so generous when it wants to be.
Signature bank was quickly taken over as well because of similar problems and the entire system is being examined to see if any more SVB’s can be found. So, in response to the collapse of SVB, Secretary of the Treasury, Janet Yellen announced that the government will bail out all the depositors not previously covered. She called it a “system risk exception.” I suppose the old phrase, too big to fail was just a little tired to use again. Like any other federal scheme, it may solve some immediate problems but it also lays the groundwork for longer term problems to come.
If this is a new precedent, and it appears to be, then all depositors’ funds are now covered and no one has anything at risk. There is zero risk to bank managers and they can fire all their risk management departments because there is no risk. Then they are free to literally bet the bank in the derivatives casino and if the long shot doesn’t come in the government is there to bail them out with taxpayer money. The FED, however, claims that no losses will be borne by the taxpayer. The cost will be covered by a special assessment on banks, system wide.
The money ultimately comes from us one way or another since the cost of business must eventually be passed on to the customer. However, I will admit that the FED has become pretty good at both creating and managing the dog and pony show through a system of smoke and mirrors. They lower interest rates until a boom and bubble are created and then a recession is needed to prevent inflation. They look for anyone to blame but themselves, but the bottom line of financial troubles of a systemic nature is always the same, the government.
So that is a lot of background into what has happened and what is happening systemically, but what about SVB. The banks, and that includes SVB to some extent, took the advice of the federal regulators after 2008 and that was to invest in safer things like long term US Treasury bonds. SVB gambled to make a capital gain by buying long-term treasury bonds, whose interest rates were being adjusted by the Fed’s increasing rates. The bank expected this to stop because we were constantly told that the rate increases could not continue without provoking recession. The problem with that plan is that Fed chairman Jerome Powell said that recession was exactly what he wanted, so rates kept going up.
Generally speaking, when interest rates rise, bond prices fall, and stock prices follow. That is basic economics. Instead of lowering rates and saving the banks, Mr. Powell took the action that would mean more Americans unemployed, but hopefully price increases would stabilize. Interest rates rose, bond prices fell and SVB was left sitting on a loss estimated at $163 billion which was more than its entire equity base, The cold hard truth had to be faced and that meant bankruptcy. The fallout from the collapse is still being felt and is probably just beginning.
Banks across the country started losing deposits rapidly. Not a panicked run on banks, but an orderly withdrawal by sophisticated depositors who could see what was happening and took measures to protect themselves. The federal government stepped in to bail out the system although they refused to admit that it was a bailout. All deposits would be covered, not just the insured $250,000 and less. They tell us that taxpayers will not lose any money because banks will be assessed a charge to cover the decision.
Sophisticated depositors, meaning in general, those with more than $250,000 on deposit saw the bank’s bond portfolio losing value as rates went up and they started to pull their money thus adding to the suddenness of the collapse. This is like the old mafia joke from the gangster movies. This is a good deal for everyone because everybody makes out and nobody loses. What this means though is that the middle class or the ones with the smaller deposits are supposed to be covered and the larger ones have to take their chances and not leave that to the government.
The 1% or the wealthier class of people can always use their money to make more and that is how it should be, but they should not be free to gamble in a casino and have their losses backstopped by the federal government. The reality is that they are free to gamble and make their money often borrowing at near zero rates from the Fed to do so, while the rest of us are left to feed our families the best way we can. I’m all for competition and I am a strong believer in meritocracy, but that should not mean success is guaranteed by the federal government for some but not the masses.
One last thing about SVB is that it was a completely woke company in that it hired for diversity not competence. It only invested in things like high tech green energy start ups and the like. Those companies started failing when rates went up because they bleed cash and loans to keep going were no longer available at anything like affordable rates. They failed and took the bank with them so they all shared in this debacle. Virtue signaling may be fashionable but sometimes it has a price. Without the federal government for support these companies and their investors would have to take a look at what actually works.
Finally, folks, what would I do about all this including what is looming down the road? Pay the depositors insured by the FDIC and no more. Bail out no one and let the losses flush through the system and get it over with. Audit the Fed and repeal the Federal Reserve Act.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the World Health Organization’s (WHO) proposed treaty which will give it global control over the response to pandemics of every country on earth.
Transcription / Notes:
PANDEMIC ACCORD- THE TRAIN TO GLOBAL GOVERNMENT
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about The World Health Organization’s proposed treaty which will give it control, globally, over the response to pandemics of every country on earth which signs the treaty. This treaty is supposed to promote so called. Global Health Equity which means that in a pandemic or other worldwide disease emergency, Americans should not get better or faster health care from their own government than inhabitants of third-world countries get from the American government.
The World Health Organization is a United Nations affiliate formed in 1948. Its website says it does exceptionally beneficial work in mostly third world countries and maybe it does normally. Today, it is demanding that the world’s nations surrender sovereignty over the health of their people to this organization which is now more of a World Economic Forum affiliate than a director of world health. The United States has good relations with WHO and even has an ambassador assigned and we will talk about her in a minute.
This treaty, which by the way is not a treaty according to the Biden Administration, but an agreement because a treaty must be approved by a two thirds vote of the U.S. Senate to be ratified, but an agreement, according to the administration, can be made binding by executive order. Yes, that’s how dishonest, nefarious, and sinister this administration is. Americans will undoubtedly suffer and die needlessly because of this “agreement” but the president intends to enact it by executive order in May of this year.
Calling it an agreement instead of an international treaty flies in the face of “our democracy” but nevertheless that is the danger that the American people face. The constitutional requirement to ratify all treaties by a two thirds vote of the senate is bypassed by simply saying it’s not a treaty but an agreement. It is a treaty and everybody knows it including the president, but when you have a completely lawless administration other avenues must be taken.
America will have surrendered its health sovereignty and will be trapped in a global health prison if this treaty is allowed to be unconstitutionally enacted. Whenever the bureaucrats at the WHO decide to declare a new pandemic no matter how arbitrary and unscientific that decision may be, the American people will be bound by it. The WHO may decide to require massive lockdowns with resulting ruined economies and lives, compulsory masking, social distancing, testing, contact tracing, and of course mandatory injection of killer vaccine poison.
The zero draft of the treaty, yes, I call it a treaty because that’s what it is, was published this month and it will be finalized in a week or so and then it can be signed by all leaders on earth in a ceremony this May thus laying one more important brick in the wall of global government. The American Revolution is being reversed by the American government right in front of our eyes. The President says he will sign it and then execute it by executive order as soon as it is available thereby giving it legally binding effect over all Americans.
If a health emergency is declared by WHO all signatories would have to submit to the authority of the WHO regarding treatments, regulations such as lockdowns and vaccine mandates, global supply chains, and monitoring and surveillance of populations. The WHO gets to decide when to declare an emergency and that body gets to surveil or watch us until it has found one to declare.
In conjunction with the World Health Assembly, the rule-making body of the WHO, new pandemic regulations will supersede the laws of member states. This is a very dangerous situation for a once free people and free nation which guaranteed with the blood of patriots, freedom from totalitarian dictators around the world. This treaty will set up a worldwide medical police state under the control of the WHO, and more specifically its Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus. I have seen statements from doctors who have reviewed the terms of this treaty and who believe that it will even allow the WHO to reach them, i.e., your primary care physician.
Under the terms of this treaty, the U.S. will be required to surrender 20% of its medical supplies, including diagnostic tests, anti-viral medications, and vaccines, to the WHO for global distribution. Article 10 specifies real-time for the transfers not after American needs have been met. No longer will the U.S. be able to rush treatments and vaccines to its own citizens before sending “aid” to other countries. The treaty language denies the legality of intellectual property, which means patents, copyrights and the like. As much as I detest Pfizer and Moderna, companies like that are not going to do research and development if there is no profit for them and their investors.
Let me emphasize that the framework of this treaty makes it legally binding and therefore defiance of it would label the United States an international outlaw. Article four makes that much clear as it states that each country will manage its own domestic health policies provided these policies “do not cause damage to their peoples and other countries.” That is quite an exception and is obviously intended to give the WHO an exception big enough to drive its blue and white truck through.
The Biden Administration has announced that it is committed to signing this “agreement” and binding the United States to its orders and directives. This from Pamela Hamamoto, U.S. ambassador to WHO: “The United States is committed to the Pandemic Accord, to form a major component of the global health architecture for generations to come. Shared commitment, shared aspirations and shared responsibilities will vastly improve our system for preventing, preparing for, and responding to future pandemic emergencies.”
What does all that bureaucrat gibberish mean? It means that America and every other national government must and will surrender its sovereignty and get on board the train to global government. It means medical dictatorship on a global basis. There will be other trains of course such as the one leading to a global digital currency and the loss of all financial control and individual privacy. It means get on the train and don’t ask questions about where it is headed because we, the all-knowing, all wise ones know best so, you can trust us.
Pamela Hamamoto again: “We see a Pandemic Accord that builds capacities; reduces pandemic threats posed by zoonotic diseases; enables rapid and more equitable responses; and establishes sustainable financing, governance, and accountability to ultimately break the cycle of panic and neglect. “
What does that pile of bureaucratic gibberish mean? We command and you obey because we know best and you little ones just have to come to terms with that. If any national government tries to weasel out of this agreement that government and its people will suffer severe sanctions. The cycle of panic and neglect means we will create lots of fear to drive more and more of you little ones onto the trains taking you to global government with us all knowing ones at the top.
Free speech will not be allowed in the new global government, but don’t worry, it’s for your own good. Remember when you really were children and your parents taught you that certain words and actions were inappropriate for nice people. Well, it is the same now under the Pandemic Accord so no free speech which means even the most eminent doctors and scientists will defy us at their peril.
Pamela went on to say that the work must be inclusive and applicable for the health and well-being of all people. Now, folks this is where she really gets good and right to the intent of this bureau speak. “A commitment to equity must address inequities not only between countries, but also within them.” That can only mean the WHO bureaucrats will control how people within the United States are treated and ministered to. All people, all nations and tribes from every corner of the globe will be required and dragged into the mandatory medical prison created by the WHO and signed off on by your president. When we tell you that you must accept toxic vaccination and toxic drugs as compulsory you must understand that no one escapes this trap. These life saving treatments are free of course so no matter whether you are of means or not you must accept.
Furthermore, according to Ms. Hamamoto again: “We must not have common but differentiated responsibilities and capabilities.” Which means that we decide, not sovereign nations, how they will prepare for and handle a declared pandemic. The whole treaty depends on this one concept, i.e., uniform action across the whole planet. The world will act as one, the world will be one, just as in the days of Noah, but I digress.
Pamela Hamamoto, the U.S. ambassador, yes, she works for us folks. She goes on to tell us that this treaty must stand the test of time, so I translate for her again. Leaders of nations come and go but this treaty lives forever and its language must prevent future leaders from doing the right thing for their people. If you little ones think you can defeat us by voting, think again because the signatures on these pages cannot be revoked. For 6000 years mankind has recorded his time on this earth, created and established on this beautiful blue orb by God Himself. Well, there’s a new god in town so get used to it. The new god will manage this planet for better than the old one I can promise you that.
Several amendments have been proposed to be added before the president finally signs it and none of them are good for free people. The WHO would change from an advisory organization to a governing body with legally binding proclamations. The clauses protecting respect for dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms of people would be removed from existing regulations. The WHO would be given the authority to require medical examinations, proof of prophylaxis, proof of vaccine, implementation of contact tracing, quarantine, and treatment. Allowing of the disclosure of all personal health data, finally a system of global health certificates on digital or paper format, including test certificates, vaccine certificates, prophylaxis certificates, recovery certificates, passenger locator forms, and a traveler’s health declaration.
Will Americans speak up and demand as a free people this will not be allowed. Will the people who helped draft and who agreed to this be driven from office? Perhaps, but I doubt it very much because we seem to have arrived at that time in history and we are here and alive when it is finally about to be achieved. The dream of insane, satanic, tyrants for millennia is finally here with the technology to implement it. Global government starting with denial of medical freedom is here now.
The WHO recognized that this global power grab might not sit well with some so they included language to make it provisionally binding as soon as it is signed. It will, in other words, be legally binding while the Republicans posture and preen but do nothing to stop it. Lawsuits will be filed, but it will be legally binding on the American people thanks to this most deceitful administration. Republicans have revived the attempt to withdraw from the WHO so time will tell, but it will not take very much time at all.
Finally, folks, there will be lots of postering and grandstanding, but it will take serious resistance from the American people preferably led by their state governors to achieve anything. Review all connections with the United Nations and other world governing bodies that can supersede congress. That’s my view since I’m nostalgic for the old republic.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the most dangerous powder keg in the world right now and that is the Crimean Peninsula where Russia has its Black Sea Fleet and where Ukraine has desires of reconquest.
Transcription / Notes
POWDER KEG
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of March in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the most dangerous powder keg in the world right now and that is the Crimean Peninsula where Russia has its Black Sea Fleet and where Ukraine has desires of reconquest. Crimea has very important strategic interest to both sides and is therefore a powder keg that could explode in nuclear war.
I know that I talk about World War lll and nuclear conflict a lot, but I am not the little boy who cried wolf because there is a real wolf out there right now. Crimea, as Vladimir Putin has said a few times has more than military importance to Russia. Militarily it is home to Sevastopol Naval Base which is Russia’s only warm water base, and it provides Russia with a naval route from the Black Sea into the Mediterranean and from there into the Persian Gulf. It also has the military significance to Russia of preventing the West from using it to stage intermediate range ballistic missiles as part of its plan to surround Russia.
Crimea has spiritual significance to Putin as he has said quite often. It is the location of the Baptism of St. Vladimir who converted to Christianity and then brought the religion of Orthodox Christianity to Ukraine because he was born in Kiev, and then to all of Russia. That was around 987 and at that time there was no Ukraine and Russia because it was just Russia. Without going into the entire history, it is important to note that in 1783 Catherine the Great took Crimea back from the Ottoman Empire where it remained until the death of Stalin in 1954. Stalin’s successor, Nikita Khrushchev decided to cede it to the Soviet Socialist Republic of Ukraine which became independent after the Soviet fall in 1989 but was then a Russian state so he knew Russia would still control it. In 2014 after the fall of the Pro-Russian government in Ukraine, Russia recaptured Crimea.
So, Crimea is important to Russia for reasons I have stated, but it is also important to Ukraine. The capture of Crimea would mark the end of Russia as a great power. It would be a crushing and humiliating defeat that Putin could not possibly survive. Russia would no longer have a presence in the Black Sea and would no longer be a threat to the Ukrainian ports and it would make future Russian attacks much more difficult. It would follow then, that the entire Russian Federation would be weakened to the point of possible disintegration.
Undersecretary of state, Victoria Nuland, yes, she’s the one from the Nord Stream Report, is now saying that the U.S. is supporting Ukrainian strikes on Crimea, which drew a stern reminder from Moscow that the Crimean Peninsula is a redline the crossing of which will have consequences. Zelensky in a news conference, said that Ukraine is preparing a large operation for the de-occupation of Crimea. I pray that U.S. leaders are unwilling to continue poking the nuclear bear, but evidence is to the contrary.
It seems that Vladimir Putin is just as determined to maintain Russia’s position as a great power as the West is determined to end it. It is hard for a Westerner to understand what Crimea means to the Russian soul. For example, during the siege of Crimea by the French, British, and Turks in 1854-55, and the Germans and Romanians in 1941-42, the Red Army lost more men than the U.S. has lost in all its wars in its entire history. Here is a comparison that makes Crimea’s importance easy to understand. From an unknown Russian, “In the last resort, America would use nuclear weapons to save Hawaii and Pearl Harbor, and if we have to, we should use them to save Crimea.”
So, Crimea presents the greatest threat of nuclear catastrophe that humanity has faced. Greater than the Cuban missile crises, yes because the two sides are already at war and there were no international powers encouraging The U.S. and the Soviet Union to escalate and launch those missiles. Kennedy made a very wise and mature decision to remove U.S. strategic missiles from northern Turkey where they could be seen from Russia on a clear day and Khrushchev removed them from Cuba. Nuclear brinksmanship yes, but the players were wise, and they cared about survival. Not so in today’s struggle.
This war is very difficult to understand, and it is extremely difficult to learn the truth about what is happening. Battle lines are always fluid and changing from day to day. That is what the term fog of war means. In addition to the fog of war problems which obscure the battlefield, propaganda is as intense as it has ever been. Reporting on the war by Western media seems to be completely controlled by the U.S. government. I don’t know if that is true or not, but it seems that way to me. It is hard to find any information about who is winning this war. There is so much propaganda to benefit the Ukrainian side that I look to other sources such as Al Jazeera, Russia Today, and here in America, Colonel Douglas Macgregor.
Colonel Macgregor was instrumental in the tank battles that destroyed the Iraqi Revolutionary Guards during the first Gulf War, and he was almost National Security Advisor at one point in his career. He provides experienced and useful information about conditions on the battlefield, and like me, he wonders about the U.S. interest in one of the never ending Eastern European conflicts.
The only reason must be the U.S. desire and intent to maintain a unipolar world by whatever means necessary. To see what I mean by that just look at the Project for a New American Century. Google that or go to the project’s website to get the picture or you could read Zbigniew Brzezinski’s book, the Grand Chessboard, for the best explanation. The effort to surround, isolate, weaken, and disempower Russia is a central part of that effort, but it is failing in many ways.
Sanctions were supposed to destroy the Russian economy and isolate Russia from the rest of the world, but sanctions appear to have caused more damage to the U.S. economy and those of Western nations than Russia’s. For example, Russian oil and gas revenue is higher than it was before the war. China and Russia buy all the oil that Russia can send to them on its fleet of 600 tankers. Sanctioned countries are working on and will reportedly soon have work around systems in place to avoid being shut out of SWIFT which is the international settlement system.
The only thing the sanctions appear to have accomplished is to heighten international tensions and conflicts and make the U.S. appear to be an international bully using its world reserve currency status to bully others into compliance with its wishes. So, if the sanctions have failed, then who is winning the war. It is very hard to tell because nothing coming from the U.S. can be believed. We know for certain that Russia is pounding the Ukrainian army and its infrastructure with missiles from North Korea and drone technology from Iran and Turkey. One thing does seem clear, however, and that is that if the sanctions are failing or have failed, and the Russians really are winning on the battlefield, then only one choice remains for the U.S. leaders and that is to escalate the conflict by sending more and better weapons.
If that is true, and it seems to be, then how can the whole world be lined up behind the U.S. supported Ukrainian side. You are correct in your reasoning that both things cannot be true at once. The truth is that only the U.S. and its NATO allies are all in on Ukraine. The rest of the world, except for U.S. supported Japan and South Korea, are openly trading with Russia in defiance of the sanctions. Even India, trying to play both sides in every conflict, buys Russian oil in clear defiance of sanctions.
There is another way that this war against Russia the U.S. is fighting has damaged U.S. security. In addition to debt and forced confiscation of the labor of American citizens, is the dangerous depletion of American munition stockpiles. It takes years, not months or weeks, to replenish stockpiles that have been depleted. Many munitions plants in the U.S. have been closed since the fall of the Soviet Union more than 30 years ago. They can be restarted, but in years not months. Remember when the U.S. lost its Pacific Fleet at Pearl Harbor, it replenished even greater, but it took two years to do so.
Is it worth it then? Is it worth robbing hard working Americans and putting the U.S. in a dangerously depleted state all to preserve one of the world’s most corrupt regimes? Obviously, there is more to it than that as the U.S. has set itself on a course to surround and isolate Russia and is now in the process of doing the same thing with China. It is hard to see all this maneuvering and come to an honest opinion about it because if you are like me, you will never see your views expressed in the American media. Americans just seem to buy into or go along with whatever prevailing groupthink seems to be dominant at the time. The media presents the “facts” to us as the government delivers the “facts” to be presented to the American people.
Perhaps I’m just rambling now, but I see it every day in my law practice. If you talked to the average person in what the old news shows used to call man on the street interviews you would probably find a deep interest in many things, but not much real knowledge of history, economics, and government. Let me give you a real-life example from last Saturday from my city of Memphis. My wife and I were driving back from an early trip to the office when passing through one of the city’s busiest intersections we encountered a demonstration.
This demonstration was not a riot and although the people were quite enthusiastic about their cause, it was well disciplined. There were signs all expressing support for Ukraine and there were many Ukrainian flags to go with the signs. My wife was driving so I had a chance to pay close attention and I noticed that all the people were white, which might be unusual in a 70% black city. The other thing I noticed that I found unusual is that they were almost all white women, and mostly 20 and 30 somethings. There were a few white men, but not many. My estimate is about 25-30 people in two groups split on each side of the street.
I was left to wonder how much they know about Ukrainian and Russian history or the history of Europe for that matter. Perhaps I’m wrong and those people were not victims of mindless government propaganda, but instead were well educated in the current conflict and they just wanted to express support for the Ukrainian people in their struggle against Putin’s brutal war of aggression. Perhaps, but I doubt it.
Reports show that Americans are currently very concerned about political bias in news coverage. That comes because of the biggest story in many years i.e., Seymour Hersh’s story about the U.S. blowing up the Nord Stream Pipelines. Not a peep from the media until finally, yesterday the Washington Post printed the story. But no investigation of the allegations. What major media outlet will present a balanced, impartial look at the Ukraine War? The warmongers have spent trillions, getting the U.S. into pointless, unwinnable wars, but maybe, just maybe people are getting sick of paying the price.
Finally, folks, who will utter a kind or even impartial word about Russia or Vladimir Putin in the U.S. media today? No one, and since the U.S. President views Putin as the devil, I suppose that makes me advocatus diaboli, the devil’s advocate.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the withdrawal of Russia from the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (New Start), Mr. Putin’s annual speech to the Russian Parliament, President Biden’s trip to Poland and Ukraine, and China’s Global Security Initiative (GSI) Concept Paper.
Transcription / Notes
ETERNAL WAR AND A NUCLEAR ARMS RACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 24th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the withdrawal of Russia from the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty (New Start), as well as Mr. Putin’s annual speech to the Russian Parliament, President Biden’s trip to Poland and Ukraine, and finally China’s Global Security Initiative (GSI) Concept Paper.
President Biden reportedly left Washington in secret at 4:15 am on Sunday morning, flying to Poland where he made a speech and then he took a 10 hour train ride to Kiev Ukraine. The secrecy of the trip and itinerary was certainly understandable given the security issues with a U.S. president today. I’m pretty sure the secret service had quite a difficult time in advance work for this trip.
He chose to deliver a speech in Poland where he expressed pride in the accomplishment of building a coalition from the Atlantic to the Pacific to oppose Russia. He missed his words a little bit, but he was trying to say that NATO, the U.S., and Japan were all in on their determination to stop Putin’s brutal war of aggression. He almost always uses that rhetoric even though reportedly in a phone conversation with Putin in January as well as Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov in a meeting with Secretary of State Blinken, the Russians appealed to the U.S. to stop the inflammatory rhetoric to give diplomacy a chance to work.
One might conclude from the continuation of that language that American diplomats do not want a negotiated peace at this time, but nevertheless the President went on to Kiev as scheduled. He met Ukrainian President Zelensky, and they walked together bravely through the streets while air raid sirens screamed for the American media. The problem with the air raid sirens was that it seems as if they were staged for the TV audience because National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan told reporters that Russia had been informed of the President’s intent and his itinerary before the visit.
CNN’s Alex Marquardt reported that he had been in Kiev for five days and heard no explosions and no sirens. They started right when Biden started his stroll with Zelensky, but the two brave presidents did not scramble to the shelters and did not even get off the street. Warning the Russians in advance was understandable so that no attack would be forthcoming during the visit, but it has become a kind of tradition with our military now.
General Milley, said he assured the Chinese that he would warn them in advance of an American attack because his commander in chief was supposedly crazy. When told that Chinese balloons were floating over America during the Trump administration, Trump said that’s the first I’ve heard of it and the Joint Chiefs said yes, we decided not to tell him because he was too aggressive. So, the Biden team notified the Russians that he was going there even though they understandably kept it secret from others.
I don’t mean to make light of any of this since this war is deadly serious and raging on without end. When asked how long, the president responds, “as long as it takes.” Congress should perhaps exercise its responsibility and duty to inquire exactly how long is as long as it takes. Is the American taxpayer, suffering from inflation at home, supposed to fund this war to bleed Russia dry forever? By the way comparably speaking Europe pays very little in this struggle, which I suppose is another tradition, but it seems that escalation and the possibility of nuclear conflict grow day by day.
So, the president went to Kiev approximately one year after the Russian invasion and he gave the people a speech. “One year later, Kiev stands. And Ukraine stands. Democracy stands.”
Putin miscalculated he told us. “Russia’s aim was to wipe Ukraine off the map, and Putin’s war of conquest is failing. Russia’s military has lost half the territory it once occupied.” However, he said nothing about Keystone Pipelines as far as I know.
The war rages on, and the deaths of soldiers and civilians on both sides rages on. The war is causing a drain on American taxpayers and American munition stockpiles as well, so I find showing up to celebrate all that a little strange to me, especially with so many suffering in America. Not visiting Ohio before his trip abroad was a bad look and members of Congress on both sides noticed. Many politicians and celebrities entering Ukraine these days apparently see their visit as political tourism, but one expects more from the president. The entire photo-op thing seems a little inappropriate.
This trifecta continued on Tuesday the 21st as Vladimir Putin delivered his annual speech to the Russian Parliament which is the equivalent of the State of the Union Speech in America. He emphasized the importance of Ukraine to Russia: “I would like to emphasize once again that Ukraine is not just a neighboring country for us. It is an integral part of our own history, culture and spiritual space. It is our friends, our relatives, not only colleagues, friends, and former work colleagues, but also our relatives and close family members.” Here are some other significant words from Mr. Putin’s speech in which he reminds the Russian people about what he believes America has become:
“And here, they lie constantly. They pervert historical facts and attack our culture constantly; the Russian Orthodox Church and other religious organizations in our country. See what they do with their own peoples; the destruction of the family, cultural and national identity. Perversion, mockery of children and pedophilia are declared the norm. The norm of their life. And priests are forced to bless same sex marriages. God be with them. Let them do what they want. “It’s harder when they are right isn’t it.
He continued to address the Russian people and to tell them why he took the actions he took in Ukraine. To do that he decided to go into the history of the place. He explained that modern Ukraine was created entirely by Russia, more precisely, by Bolshevik communist Russia. That was all just background to get the people listening to understand the important part of the speech. In 2010 Washington and Moscow signed what became known as the New Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty which was intended to limit and reduce nuclear arms on either side, setting a limit of no more than 1,550 deployed warheads and 700 missiles.
In March 2021 the two sides renewed the treaty for five years, and it was not supposed to expire until February 2026 if not continued. Non-continuation of the treaty may have been a foregone conclusion given how U.S. Russia relations have deteriorated since the Ukraine War. The original Start treaty began in 1991 and the new treaty was signed in 2010 under Obama and Medvedev as a successor treaty. Putin prepped the people for the news that he had suspended Russian participation in START 2, the last remaining nuclear arms control treaty with the United States and he would keep Russian strategic forces on alert as well as modernize nuclear forces.
Decades of work to reduce tension and danger down the drain. I could take this all the way back to John Kennedy and explain the decades of hard work to reduce tension and danger if I had time. The U.S. had already pulled out of many other treaties including the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile Treaty which limited what missiles could be placed within short range of Russia. The accusations had been flying back and forth on the new treaty with Washington accusing Moscow of violating the treaty by refusing to allow inspections on Russian territory.
Putin warned the West that if it provides Ukraine with long-range weapons systems, Russia will be forced to push back the threat even farther from its borders. The suspension of the treaty indicates to me that Putin recognizes the West’s total effort in Ukraine and he is going to continue developing and modernizing his greatest deterrent. In other words, it means another nuclear arms race when the U.S. is some 32 trillion in debt and the defense budget at almost 1 trillion.
On the other side of the world the Chinese had to get their two cents in during this February of war and threats. The Chinese issued a Global Security Initiative (GSI) which called on the world’s nations to resolve disputes through dialogue and to reject power politics. The Chinese Foreign Minister spoke in Beijing on the same day as Putin’s speech and he told the forum that a nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought. He said the GSI fully elaborated ideas and principles which support that idea. Yesterday the Chinese called for a negotiated settlement and a ceasefire.
China has responsibilities as well as a firm determination to safeguard world peace and the paper lists 20 major cooperation directions. Without taking the time to list all 20, I will at least give you some of them. China supports a UN-centered security governance structure and supports UN efforts to prevent war and to lead in post-war reconstruction. He called for a stop of hegemony and bullying and to build a peaceful coexistence, with stable and balanced relations between major countries.
China’s top diplomat Wang Yi recently visited Moscow and the Wall Street Journal is reporting that Chinese leader Xi Jinping is preparing to visit for a summit with Putin in the coming months. China and Russia undoubtably want to discuss Russia’s role in what Putin portrays as his country waging war against a U.S. global order. China indicates from the GSI that it wants in on the plan and wants to play a more active role in ending the conflict. I suppose Mr. Jinping has concluded that the war with all its accompanying sanctions is no longer good for business.
Over the last few weeks the U.S. has repeatedly warned China against providing Russia with any lethal weapons or military assistance of any kind. Xi is going to Moscow anyway, I presume to solidify his partnership with Putin which is what all this diplomatic shuttling and posturing between the three countries is all about. The GSI says that the China-Russia partnership is positive for the world, but according to its polls more than 72% of respondents see the U.S. as the biggest obstacle to a Ukraine peace process.
In conclusion, this is about who runs the world and who matters in the world. As someone once said, Russia is just a gas station with nuclear weapons, but Europe recently found out that the gas station is pretty important. The U.S. and its NATO partners collectively referred to as The West seem to want a unipolar world with the U.S. running it and they are willing to go to extraordinary measures to achieve that. China, with its economy serving as the manufacturing center of the world, is a player and it demands to be considered. In short China and Russia with India as a possible third player will try to rise up to Western levels or else bring the West to their levels unless the U.S. is willing to consider them and negotiate with them.
Finally, Folks, why can’t we all just get along? Egos and dreams of world domination have existed and been fought over since the dawn of man’s time on earth. The problem now is nuclear weapons. They do not make us safer, instead they make us less safe.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the report of journalist Seymour Hersh released the 8th day of this month in which he reported that under direct orders from President Joe Biden, the U.S. Navy blew up the Nord Stream pipelines.
Transcript:
AN UNEQUIVOCAL ACT OF WAR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the report of journalist Seymour Hersh released the 8th day of this month, in which Mr. Hersh revealed that the United States Navy, at the direction of President Joe Biden, was responsible for the September 26, 2022 attacks on the Nord Stream pipelines carrying natural gas between Russia and Germany.
This story should be world wide news because it is not everyday that the United States commits an act of war against a nuclear armed nation and against one of its closest allies. Blowing up Nord Stream was an act of war not only against Russia but against Germany as well and one could argue against all of Europe which benefited from the Russian gas. Germany got its energy from Russia and that Russian gas fueled the German economy and Germany is a U.S. ally and a member of NATO. The report, however, indicates that the German Chancellor was somehow in on the deal because during the planning stages he was reported to be “firmly in the Americans camp”. Maybe then he is a traitor to his own people, but this report is not about Mr. Scholz, instead it is about President Joe Biden.
Who is Seymour Hersh and why is he reporting such terrible things about United States President Joe Biden. Controversy seems to follow Mr. Hersh since he won a Pulitzer Prize for revealing the Mai Lai massacre in Vietnam many years ago. He also reported the torture and extreme conditions of the prisoners held at Abu Ghraib. In both cases the federal government said no it wasn’t us and, in both cases, it turned out to be true. I find Mr. Hersh’s report on the attack on Nord Stream to be believable and I do accept it as true. I’m sure that as in his other exposes additional information will be found and brought out into the light.
What will happen now since an illegal and unconstitutional act of war against two nations which had not harmed the United States in any way should be an impeachment offense? It probably won’t go anywhere since the mainstream press including the New York Times and the Washington Post have been largely silent. Total silence then, in the U.S. press despite the fact or because of, depending on the perspective that Mr. Hersh has blown apart the entire narrative of the U.S. involvement in Ukraine as a response to unprovoked Russian Aggression.
In Mr. Hersh’s Report he quoted the denials of the White House and the CIA, but he is an old-school journalist and a rare one in today’s world of captive media. He does not submit his work to the CIA for approval beforehand so quoting from the article, “Asked for comment, Adrienne Watson, a White House spokesperson, said in an email, “This is false and complete fiction.” Tammy Thorp, a spokesperson for the Central Intelligence Agency, similarly wrote: “This claim is completely and utterly false.”
According to Mr. Hersh and his whistleblower sources within the government, Biden’s decision to sabotage the pipeline came after more than nine months of highly secret back and forth debate inside Washington’s national security community about how to best achieve that goal. For much of that time, the issue was not whether to do the mission, but how to get it done with no overt clue as to who was responsible. Word gets around though and people talk and once more than one person knows about something it is not so secret anymore especially when it is an unconstitutional and impeachable war crime.
Throughout “all this scheming,” Mr. Hersh’s source told him, some working guys in the CIA and State Department were saying, “Don’t do this. It’s stupid and will be a political nightmare if it comes out.” With respect to those well meaning working people the government is nothing if not stupid, but it also has complete confidence that it can shut down mainstream media anytime it wants. Sometimes the shutdown is by creating other, more pressing stories for the media to bring us such as balloons floating in North American Skies.
Anyone who knows anything about the military and how it works could tell in a minute that the balloon story is nothing but lies and disinformation probably intended to distract us and the media from the real story. F-22 stealth fighters were used in all except the attack over Lake Huron which used an F-16. Both aircraft are equipped with cameras and recording ability, yet no pictures of the targets are available. All we get from the government is hogwash such as we don’t know what it is, but we don’t rule out anything. I don’t believe that story for a minute and I hope you don’t either.
In each case the fighters used an Aim-9 heatseeking missile to attack their targets. Fighter pilots are some of the smartest and most tech savvy people in the world so why would each of them select a heat seeking missile for a target that emits no heat. The fighters are equipped with 20MM guns so why not use them? The president said he was concerned about civilian casualties on the ground so there is far more danger that an unexploded missile will land on someone’s house than a balloon. No, the missiles were probably used because they explode thus completely destroying the target and leaving no remains to be found by civilians.
Aim-9’s cost $439,000 each and 20 Millimeter rounds very little and they would allow the target to be recovered almost intact. I don’t believe any of this story since it makes no sense and is brought to us by the destroyer of the Nord Stream pipeline. It sounds like they are playing us and setting us up to be fearful of these “objects” which could be space aliens or foreign invaders, but in reality it’s a way to distract us from other far more important events.
Mr. Hersh’s story is an eye-opening and amazing piece and it details how President Joe Biden sabotaged the Nord Stream pipelines, cutting off Europe from its source of cheap natural gas. The piece reveals in great detail how the mission was conducted upon presidential orders by the U.S. Navy, and I urge you to pull it from U-Tube or Google and read it. It is the real story, not the balloons over Canada and Alaska.
For those in the Biden Administration concerned about climate change, the ruptured pipelines emitted about 778 million cubic meters of methane into the atmosphere. Methane is reported to be 82.5 times worse for the atmosphere than carbon emissions. So, an environmental as well as a geopolitical disaster. According to the report, a Stanford climate scientist noted that “whoever ordered this should be prosecuted for war crimes and go to jail.”
In the case of Mai Lai and Abu Ghraib as well, despite government denials, Mr. Hersh was proven correct. What will become of all this given the silence of the media to this point? Probably nothing because who can or will prosecute Caesar and that is what the leader of the empire has become. Victoria Nuland, undersecretary of state, Anthony Blinken, secretary of state, and Jake Sullivan, national security director, and of course Joe Biden himself, were the ones who organized the people with the expertise to pull it off. Mr. Hersh reports that Jake Sullivan headed the team.
They must be really proud of themselves. What an incredible coup. They cut Germany off from Russia and made it dependent on U.S. sources of fuel, and they destroyed Russia’s source of export income effectively rendering Germany a dependent vassal. Then they made up a story and planted it in the mainstream press that the wacky and evil Russians blew up their own pipeline because I guess those Russians are just crazy. I’m afraid that sooner or later in one way or another the American people will pay the price for this act of wanton aggression against two nations who had not harmed it.
I thought this was supposed to be a democracy. Isn’t that what we are constantly told that something threatens “our democracy.” The people’s representatives were not consulted or informed let alone the people. Since the Church Committee hearings back in the bad old Vietnam days, the Mai Lai Massacre days, the law has required congress to be informed in advance of covert operations. Don’t worry about that pesky law though because that is why regular, but elite Navy divers were used rather than covert special forces. The Big Guy could then argue that the attack was not covert, just a regular navy operation.
In the midst of a rising tide of official propaganda, it is not surprising that we turn to an individual who has shown us before that he represents the highest level of journalism and scholarship. The truth is often so painful that it is hard to even look at but nevertheless there it is. We have to look at an act of war against Germany, a close NATO ally, and Russia, a nuclear armed country, but the attack also produced what is likely the greatest peacetime destruction of civilian infrastructure in the history of the world. In terms of economic value, the pipelines cost an estimated $30 billion which is far greater than the 911 economic damage.
From the date of the attack, September 26, back to the Russian invasion of Ukraine February 24 is about seven months, and the planning went on for nine months therefore we must assume that the planning was going on long before the invasion. It’s all a lie then, the whole story the administration concocted to explain its reaction to the invasion was just a lie. Sovereign nations strengthening their relationship through economic ties thus gaining enough energy to fuel factories and heat homes. I guess that was just too much for the leader of the empire to allow.
So, we are an empire now and empires gotta empire. The combination of several empire things has created a huge new rival to oppose it. The rival is China, Russia, India and a few lesser hangers on and they all apparently have the combined aim of taking the U.S. empire down a notch or two. Power corrupts the mind and the morals and that is another result of empire, but it also means that it exists not for the benefit of its citizens. They don’t tell it what to do and they don’t control it, instead it controls them and tells them what to do.
They know it exists for the happiness of those known as the elite. They all believe basically the same things whether at the great universities or the deep state. They are the great and the good and they all work together to make sure the empire’s power constantly expands and rewards them. It doesn’t matter who you vote for because democracy has nothing to do with it. Only the results the deep state wants matters. My choice is to just say no to war. If enough Americans did that the Russians and Ukrainians would soon stop killing each other.
Finally, folks, The U.S. planned and executed a covert sea operation which remained secret until now. Who says there are no conspiracies? I miss the honest republic into which I was born and into which my parents were born. An honest republic minds its own business, and pays its own debts, but the US. Is an empire now and the empire’s product being war is funded by inflation. War and inflation. It sounds like a recipe for destruction to me.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the State of the Union Speech delivered by President Joe Biden on February 7, 2023.
SOTU-2023 A LONG POINTLESS SPEECH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the State of the Union Speech delivered Tuesday night, February 7th by President Joe Biden. I call the speech pointless because it has become just another campaign speech filled with lies and boondoggle promises of things that can’t and should not be afforded. There are always a lot of promises of a glorious new future, but it is hard to see how this old politician can lead us into such a future.
Yes, it was filled with lies or if you wish to be kind just a lot of political puffery. This entire Castle Report could be filled with nothing but a list of lies in the speech but what would be the point. I always dread the speech even if given by a president that I personally voted for let alone this one. This would have been a good year to return to the Jeffersonian practice of writing a letter and having it read to congress assembled by a clerk. Egos are just too strong, the allure of the TV cameras and the world press too much for today’s politician to resist.
The speech to a joint session is supposed to be a time for the United States to put the majesty and glory of its political system, its achievements, and its power before the world for all to see. So, the 80-year-old politician walks up to the podium and delivers a speech written by others but supposedly with his advice and approval. He brags about the economy and tells us that 12 million new jobs have been created on his watch, but he knows it is more like two million or not quite enough for each migrant he has invited. He doesn’t mention that millions of families struggle every week to buy groceries which are up in price more than 20% on his watch. Those same families struggle to buy gas to get to work since it is now over $4.00 per gallon for many.
The whole world sees this octogenarian president shouting, whispering, and lying his way through the speech. I wonder if they know it is mostly lying as the Republicans in the room seem to know. The atmosphere is raucous more like a British Parliament speech and reminds me of the way they shouted at Trump. I wonder if they know as American families know that even for those with a decent salary, inflation outstrips wage growth causing them to lose ground each month. He tells us that America is a unique nation, one that always bounces back from adversity stronger than before. For evidence he cited Covid which shut down our businesses, closed our schools, and robbed us of so much today, but thanks to his efforts Covid no longer controls our lives.
Well, no, Mr. President, Covid did not do all those horrible things, but the health authorities backed by government force did. I’m saying it was not Covid but your reaction to Covid that caused the problems. I point to Sweden as evidence because Sweden did not lock down and close businesses and that country suffered far less than we here in the U.S. did. I would suggest an apology to the millions of people whose lives were torn apart, their jobs taken away, their children barred from school rather than portraying yourself as some kind of conquering hero. Apology and accountability are in order, and we demand it from you and the government you lead.
Perhaps the president’s most cringeworthy moment was when he claimed that two years ago our democracy faced its greatest threat since the Civil War. That statement at least made me cringe and wonder how many people accept his claptrap as the truth. The truth is that two years ago we had an election in which people voted. The results of that election were contested but those who contested it didn’t claim we should have no more elections. They didn’t demand that we should stop being a democracy and go back to being a republic again although we should.
No column of tanks rolled down Pennsylvania Avenue. No general stepped in front of a microphone and announced that he was the head of a military coup that would run the government from now on. Generals and defense contractors with their revolving doors do not have to make such crude demands because they already have control, and the government does their bidding. They make wars and then they build weapons to fight them. Everybody makes out except the soldiers and civilians who fill the cemeteries.
He had a few thoughts about energy and coincidentally made an interesting admission. He chastised the oil companies for making record profits, buying back stock etc. and chided them for not investing in new drilling and new wells to produce more and hold down prices. This man who has done so much to hinder, limit, and destroy the oil and gas side of energy production lectured those same companies on producing more. He admitted that a company executive asked him why his company should invest more in light of the negative business atmosphere for oil and gas projects.
The companies say we are afraid you are going to shut down all oil wells and all oil refineries. So, why should we invest in them? The president then said that he told them we are going to need oil for at least another decade and beyond. To that admission the Democrats booed and hissed, but his statement is an admission that the oil industry does not invest in new production because it doesn’t trust him not to bring about the industry’s destruction.
Attempts to destroy the oil industry are foolish in light of the fact that we need that industry to energize the planet. Renewables are fine and a helpful complement to oil and gas if used and developed properly. A friend in the industry pointed that out to me after he heard the president’s remarks. Renewables then should serve along with oil, not in place of it. Replacing oil and gas with renewables right now would be impossible unless we have a desire to return to the 19th century. My friend also sent me a chart which shows that oil and gas are expected to grow and make up a majority of energy production beyond 2050.
When the president warned us about the scourge of fentanyl Republicans screamed secure the border, and it’s your fault. That reminded me a little of the time when congressman Joe Wilson shouted you lie at Barack Obama and was treated rather badly for it. These are different times, less civil times, and revenge is a meal best served cold as the poet says. When you are bombarded with 70 minutes of in your face lying while the liar knows he is lying and you know he is lying and he knows that you know he is lying, I suppose self-restraint is difficult. It is his fault, by the way, because the importation of fentanyl cannot be stopped or slowed with a wide open border so he must know that.
The Constitution, in Article ll says only that the president “shall from time to time give to congress information of the State of the Union.” It does not say that every year he gets a 90 minute campaign speech for free while his political opponents are to remain silent. Every year it’s the same old nonsense as this speech has turned into another political event or campaign rally. More laws, more spending, more things we don’t need and can’t afford, more wars, more weapons, more claptrap from more irresponsible politicians. It’s all just a state financed lie fest so why should it be expected to go unchallenged.
What about China? There was barely a mention even though representative Marjorie Taylor Greene paraded around the chambers before the speech carrying a white balloon on a stick. The trick was to remind the congress and anyone at home if the cameras got her that a giant Chinese balloon was allowed to complete its journey across the entire United States before the commander in chief acted. China’s spying, she said, if anyone asked her about the balloon. The president said this: “Today we are the strongest position in decades to compete with China or anyone else in the world. I’m committed to work with China where we can advance American interests and benefit the world, but make no mistake about it, as we made clear last week, if China threatens our sovereignty, we will act to protect our country and we did.”
The balloon 200 feet tall and weighing more than 2000 pounds floated across the country, clearly visible from the ground for a week. It surveilled the U.S. land based nuclear arsenal unchallenged. I know it’s suspicious because nations use satellites for surveillance and they are more effective than balloons but I still see this as a Chinese middle finger to the United States. What if it were a Chinese aircraft or God forbid a Chinese missile, would he act.
I’m intentionally not saying much about the Republican response since it is largely irrelevant. The president focused primarily on economics and the Republican response delivered by Arkansas Governor Sarah Huckabee Sanders focused on what we used to call social issues. She said the difference, or the divide is no longer left versus right, but is now normal versus crazy. There’s truth in that, but I point out that today even normal is crazy.
So, what is the real state of the union? 1. We are on the verge of war with Russia which could go nuclear at any time. 2. The president told China twice that we would defend Taiwan militarily. 3. Migrants flood our borders with 250,000 coming in December alone. There are so many flooding our cities that mayors are busing them to other places including Canada. 4. Open borders for people means open borders for fentanyl which is killing people in record numbers. 5. Violent crime is also killing people in record numbers, in fact, under new catch and release DA’s many crimes aren’t even crimes anymore. 6. Homeless flood our cities and many of them are migrants. 7. The two things everyone needs including groceries and fuel are up 20% for groceries and fuel over $4.00 per gallon for most. 8. The Chinese send a spy balloon across the entire continental U.S. and nothing is done until it reaches the ocean. 9. The nation needs leaders with integrity, honesty, and most of all honor
Finally, folks, as to the State of the Union Speech my advice to the president is just write a letter.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a corporation named Pfizer and specifically about the mRNA vaccines supposedly designed to prevent Covid infection and transmission but which have been proven time and again to do neither.
Transcription / Notes
UNPRECEDENTED HARM
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of February in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking today about a corporation named Pfizer and specifically about the mRNA vaccines designed supposedly to prevent Covid infection and transmission but which have been proven time and again to do neither.
Almost every time an objection to the vaccines such as, they have not been properly tested and private test results are withheld from the end users, we were told to just forget our skepticism and follow the science. Dr. Fauci once famously remarked “I am the science.” So today I will try to follow that advice and to the best of my ability follow “the science.”
“Covid mRNA vaccines are clearly the most failing medical product in the history of medical products, both in terms of efficacy and safety and should be withdrawn immediately as they cause an unprecedented level of harm including the death of young people and children.” Those are the words of professor Retsef Levi, an expert in analytics, risk management and health systems at Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Levi has been on the faculty at MIT since 2006 and he has more than 30 years of experience in analyzing risk in the context of health systems and health policies.
He released a video he said to share his strong conviction that all Covid-19 mRNA vaccination programs should stop immediately. They completely fail to fulfill any of their advertised promises regarding efficacy. More importantly they should stop because of the mounting and indisputable evidence that they cause an unprecedented level of harm, including the death of young people and children.
So Dr. Levi is saying that the vaccines don’t work as advertised because they do not prevent the disease they are advertised to prevent and they do not prevent transmission of the disease. Instead of being safe and effective as advertised they are actually causing a great deal of harm up to and including death especially in young healthy adults and children. They have been proven to cause myocarditis, an inflammation of the heart, which is the frequent cause of out-of-hospital sudden cardiac arrest, especially among young people.
This is the product the government of the United States required us to have injected into our bodies and that government still requires it in order to enter this country legally. The lives that were ruined, the damage to the nation’s economy, the damage to the economies of states and municipalities and the destruction of small business with resultant job loss has been incalculable.
I don’t know this for certain, but I would wager that Doctor Levi’s employer (MIT) still requires the vaccine for admittance. Most people were locked in by the vaccine literally and figuratively because they could not work, attend school, or engage in social functions such as sporting events. The government said in essence take this kill shot or you are locked out of society. Good training for what is coming later? Maybe that’s the case but time will tell.
Almost every country had invasive entry or travel requirements connected with virus testing and vaccine status. The “pandemic” itself was highly suspicious. From the very beginning it seemed that the response of the authorities was orchestrated around the world. It was as if we had many orchestras, but only one conductor. It gave off the aura of something extremely wicked. Most of the world’s governments got together and created a black out against even discussing Covid and possible cures or treatments outside the vaccine. The blackout even extended to any scientific investigation of cures. Government bureaucrats and their captive media as well as celebrities and social media influencers worked to cancel and prevent all forms of discussion. Any attempt at investigative inquiry, whether done by doctors or scientists or lay people, was characterized as misinformation or disinformation, and therefore had to be canceled.
Health is the perfect vehicle for governments to ride into control of our lives because everyone wants good health and many of us are at the mercy of government for information to help us. If governments try to impose their control for purely ideological reasons through economic or military means many will not go along but tell us it’s for our health and we are right there. All you have to do is tell them that if they don’t follow directions they will get sick and die and so will their families. Is our government wicked enough to do that? Just follow the science folks.
The President of the United States has declared that the Covid emergency will be officially over on May 11, 2023. Yes, he’s amazing that President Biden because he knows 3 months in advance the exact day it will be over. I don’t know how he knows this but perhaps he just wants to give us 3 more months of “the science.” So if you have not had enough of the useless nonsense and government mandated control you now have 3 more months to enjoy it.
Some people just will not accept the fact that this whole thing was and is about control and obedience, not health. The same day that the President made his announcement the U.S. Military Academy at West Point announced it would not lift its restriction on unvaccinated cadets. No person will be admitted without the vaccine and draconian harassment is being levied against the unvaccinated already at the academy. Some cadets report that they have been threatened with a general or even dishonorable discharge. If so that is illegal and a violation of the Uniform Code of Military Justice (UCMJ) because only a general Court Marshall or conviction of a crime can impose a dishonorable discharge.
Whether the government and its captive media have gotten the word or not the Covid narrative is collapsing thanks in part to Project Veritas. Project Veritas set up a discussion with Jordan Triston Walker under the guise of a date with one of their reporters. Mr. Walker is the Pfizer Director of Research and Development as well as the Strategic Operations MRNA Strategic Planner. In the video he describes what amounts to Pfizer’s complete capture of the agencies that are supposed to regulate it.
He also describes Pfizer’s plan to mutate viruses so that Pfizer’s profits from selling its vaccines will never end or be reduced. Just continue to invent new viruses and enhance old ones until they are more lethal and the government will buy your products to inject into their people. This video confession cracks open “the science” around Pfizer’s gain-of-function research program. These people are actually enhancing and intensifying the lethality of viruses so they can kill and injure more of us and they can then sell us their products that won’t work as they promise. How evil is that? Dr. Robert Malone describes the entire pharmaceutical industry:
“Devoid of empathy. Avarice its purpose. Its face glowing with joy, oblivious to the profound human tragedy it enables, reveling in the damage wrought to the web of humanity and the structure of a nation. Oblivious to the horror embodied in its words, in the very fabric of its language. Possessed by a deep belief in its own entitlement. Oozing dizzy narcissism. Celebrating corruption. Completely devoid of wisdom, introspection, or self-awareness of the fundamental perversion of its soul.”
Dr. Malone was asked to be a part of the Project Veritas video which shows the Pfizer Director discussing making a “mutating” Covid-19 virus for new vaccines via “Directed Evolution” research. Dr. Malone tells us that discussions of the deep evil which underlies the Covid crises has become common among many communities around the world as people are waking up.
Once again, the director from Pfizer and his video explains “the science” to us laypersons, but with one note of caution. “You have to be, like, very controlled to make sure that this virus that you mutate doesn’t create something that, like, you know just goes everywhere which I suspect is the way the virus started in Wuhan to be honest, like, it makes no sense that this virus popped out of nowhere.” Then he goes on and gets to the bottom line.
“Because , like, sometimes there were just mutations that pop up and we’re not prepared for it, like with delta or omicron and things like that. So, who knows? I mean, either way, it’s going to be a cash cow. Covid will probably be a cash cow for us for awhile going forward, which I obviously like.” So folks, this man is telling us that a pharmaceutical giant is creating viruses that destroy lives and economies and businesses and restructure the entire world so it can possibly make money trying to prevent the viruses it creates.
Pfizer did issue a statement in response saying that they did not perform gain of function or directed evolution but they did not comment on the good Dr. Director’s other assertions. Pfizer now quietly admits they did not test whether the vaccine prevented transmission. This company said and did nothing while government and corporate media told us the opposite so I wonder if there is anything behind Covid vaccines besides money because it sounds pretty evil to me.
The elite, the wise ones among us always pretend they have some special knowledge that others do not have. In the Middle Ages it was the Latin Mass and the Latin Bible. People could not read Latin or understand the Mass and that gave the Priests and the Church a great deal of power over the lives of ordinary people. Today, instead of Latin it is “the science.” Trust the science they tell us, after all who do you think you are to question the experts. We were made to feel like the ignorant masses of ancient times, but they found that we were not so ignorant.
Many reputable and highly qualified medical and scientific experts came forward to tell us the truth. It is also worthy of note that it is not the unvaccinated who are dropping dead all over the world but the vaccinated. Believe it or not in this country babies are being injected with this killer poison. Yes, its true some parents are so uninformed, so unaware that they will deliver their own babies up to the vaccine killers. Why are people across the world so blindly trusting of authority when authority is so obviously evil.
Finally, folks, in answer to the question of how can people be this evil they actually believe they are on the moral high ground. They are the good guys. They think they are saving the planet. Unless we across the broad spectrum of society come together to resist their evil plans for us they might just kill us all.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the continual ascent up the escalation ladder in Ukraine by the United States and NATO. Things are starting to look a lot like 1937 again in Europe as a limited war with limited objectives is expanding into a full-blown combined arms conflict.
Transcription / Notes
UKRAINE—SOUNDS LIKE WORLD WAR lll
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the continual ascent up the escalation ladder in Ukraine by the United States and NATO. Things are starting to look a lot like 1937 again in Europe as a limited war with limited objectives is expanding into a full blown combined arms conflict.
Deals are in the making and have been for weeks to supply Western main battle tanks to Ukraine. Those deals will open the door for more and more advanced weapons to be introduced into the struggle. The Ukrainian President pleads for more advanced Western weapons telling the world that Russian “terror” can only be stopped on the battlefield. Several NATO countries have agreed to send advanced offensive weapons into the struggle.
Pressure to commit main battle tanks and thus expand the war into a combined arms struggle has been relentless and now it looks certain that the U.S. has succumbed to that pressure. The German Government has been under the most pressure and recently accepted the resignation of the German Defense Minister because of her reluctance to supply Leopard 2 main battle tanks. Poland’s tanks came from Germany and the U.S. and are not supposed to be exported without the permission of the country of origin, but now Poland says it with send them with or without permission.
The Ukrainian forces know that Russia is only waiting for weather conditions to improve before launching an all out offensive which could prove irresistible with the current supple of weapons. Ukraine has main battle tanks already from Poland and the Czech Republic but those are old Soviet cast offs which have been modernized. What they want now are the best in the world that being the U.S. Abrams, the German Leopards, and the British Challengers.
The Leopard is the primary tank for 13 European countries and they have about 2000 scattered around Europe. Those countries would all be expected to contribute under the new agreement. Finland, not yet a NATO member, and located on the Russian border said that it will also send Leopards. The U.S. is the crucial element in the deal because German Chancellor Scholz said that his position depends on that of the U.S. If the U.S. is in and willing to send Abrams tanks then Germany is in as well. German tank maker RheinMetall says it can make 139 more tanks and have the first batch ready by April or May of this year.
The British Prime Minister Rishi Sunak pledged to provide Ukraine with its main battle tank, the Challenger 2. Britain is to start by sending 14 Challengers but that is far short of the 300 main battle tanks Ukraine asked for. Don’t worry if you were afraid the war might calm down because the Biden administration is right there to make sure it doesn’t. From Reuters:
“The United States aims to break the dynamic of grinding warfare and near-frozen front lines on Ukraine with newly announced military capabilities that it hopes will breath fresh momentum into Kyiv’s battle against Russian forces, a senior Pentagon official said on Wednesday.”
The U.S. has announced its latest weapons package worth about $2.85 billion but these new weapons are offensive and designed to be game changers. The first part of the package includes 50 Bradley fighting vehicles, a medium armored platform armed with a 25-mm gun designed to provide safe transport for soldiers on the battlefield. The Bradleys are designed to complement and fight alongside the U.S. Abrams tanks and are a perfect combo for the plains of Eastern Ukraine.
The U.S. is sending 18 Paladin 155 mm self-propelled howitzers, and 36 105mm towed howitzers The Paladin can fire its 155 mm shell 40 kilometers and travel at 39 mph. France and Germany are also sending their own fighting vehicles into the struggle. Germany and the United States will be sending Patriot air defense systems as well. In addition to those weapons I have mentioned, the following will also be sent:
100 M113 Armored Personnel Carriers, 55 mine resistant ambush protected vehicles (MRAPS), 138 High Mobility Multi-Purpose Wheeled Vehicles, RIM Sea Sparrow surface-to-air missiles which will be converted from sea launched and integrated into Ukraine’s land launched system, assorted artillery rounds, ammunition, mortars, rockets, mines, grenades, anti-personnel munitions, night vision equipment, along with spare parts.
The Russian Embassy in Great Britain pointed out to the British that bringing tanks in would intensify the conflict and add to the casualties but the British said they want to be a part of game changing developments in Ukraine. I’m guessing that they want to give Ukraine an offensive force possibly capable of retaking Crimea.
The Biden Administration went through some hand wringing exercises, but finally gave in and agreed to send 31 Abrams main battle tanks. The Western Countries’ supply of main battle tanks is a significant point, and it crosses the line previously set in support for Ukraine. Focus seems to be shifting from helping Ukraine defend itself to supplying it with offensive capabilities. Thank God there is still no indication of an intent to supply a long range strike capability. No agreement to give the Ukrainian missiles that could hit deep into Russia. If the Ukrainians got the U.S. Army Tactical Missile System then Russia’s entire position in Ukraine and Crimea could be untenable. Would the Russians permit delivery of such weapons? Just a guess, but my guess is no.
Over the first 11 months of this war the armor has been the outdated soviet T-72. The new, modern tanks like the Abrams and the Leopard are game changers and could allow a breakthrough of the Russian battle lines. The Kremlin, through Russian Foreign Minister Dimitry Medvedev, reminded the West that Russia has thousands of nuclear weapons and would use them before suffering a crushing defeat. That reality doesn’t deter the Biden Administration which seems willing to risk World War lll to bleed Russia dry.
So, NATO countries are now directly involved in war with Russia. It is no longer truthful to say they are fighting a proxy war or cheering on Ukraine from the sidelines. They are directly involved in supplying the most modern weapons, intelligence, money, ammunition and even personnel in the battle. Poland which seems to be the most belligerent of the NATO countries has troops operating in Ukrainian uniforms. U.S. and U.K. special forces are inside Ukraine supplying intelligence and training. Often these special operators are hired as contractors by the CIA to disguise their identities.
Guided missile artillery, patriot anti-missile batteries and now Abrams tanks as well as cash, drones, satellite intelligence and human intelligence. Russia has the Wagner Group, a privately owned mercenary army which is currently on the frontlines of the conflict. Russia gets drones from Turkey and Iran. Soldiers are arriving from Syria and other countries hostile to the West. China provides financial support and technology which helps Russia replenish its supplies.
The countries now directly involved in this World War lll scenario through weapons, money, intelligence, mercenaries, or financial sanctions include the U.S. U.K., Germany, France, Poland, Lithuania, Canada, Australia, Ukraine, Russia, China, Syria, Iran, Turkey, Japan, Romania, Belarus and Moldavia. That list spans most of the world and dare I say that it looks a lot like World War lll to me.
Turkey is an interesting player in international politics right now. Although it is a NATO member, it is clearly on the side of Russia and is supplying drone technology, which it got from the U.S. to Russia. It is holding up the NATO membership applications of Sweden and Finland and Turkish diplomats refuse to meet with NATO partners to discuss differences.
It will require months perhaps years to prepare Ukraine to use these new weapons. You don’t just get in an Abrams tank and drive it away, well I suppose you could do that but to operate it effectively in battle requires a great deal of training. The U.S. Army maintains bases in the U.S. designed to teach soldiers tank warfare. Some Ukrainians have been training under U.S. military leadership in Germany and some have even been trained in the U.S., but it will take a lot more so I suppose the war is projected to last a while. That’s the idea isn’t it just keep it going.
Now under the heading of just when you think it can’t get any crazier, I have to tell you about the almost 100 billion in weapons President Biden abandoned in Afghanistan. The DOD says the value of the weapons abandoned is far less than that, but nevertheless it seems that Mr. Putin is personally negotiating with the Taliban to purchase those weapons. So the United States could and probably will once again find itself supplying both sides in a war. Yes, that’s right folks each side in this Eastern European war will have high tech U.S. taxpayer funded weapons.
If that were all it would be plenty, but it gets worse. The new tanks now on their way to Ukraine or at least in the pipeline all fire depleted uranium ammunition as a way of penetrating the armor of opposing tanks. It tends to pollute the landscape on which the war is being fought but more importantly is that the Russians have said they consider it to be a nuclear weapon. This is very ominous and obviously a dangerous escalation.
In conclusion folks, this war is not about the U.S. attacking or invading some weaker country and therefore its technological superiority makes the difference on the battlefield. This is more of a peer to peer struggle where economics usually prove decisive. A million-dollar missile can and often does shoot down a billion-dollar aircraft. Each side must calculate the cheapest way to inflict casualties on the other until ultimately one side is economically exhausted. This would already have happened in Ukraine except for the many outside forces who seek to keep it going for their own reasons.
Finally, folks, I pray for a negotiated peace, and that the sides will find a solution. I don’t think the neocons in both U.S. political parties want peace, but I know for certain they are human beings and therefore capable of changing their minds, getting a revelation, seeing the light etc. and stopping this death machine before it’s too late.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about a special kind of man, that being Davos Man, who holds an annual meeting called The World Economic Forum in Davos, Switzerland.
Transcription / Notes:
DAVOS MAN—MAKING THE WORLD A WORSE PLACE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about a special kind of man on this report and that is Davos Man. He is meeting this week in a small village high in the Swiss alps called Davos. His meeting, held annually, and called The World Economic Forum, ends today so he will have hundreds of gleaming limousines take him to an airport where he will board more than 1000 private jets which will fly him to his destination. During his week in Davos he was guarded by more than 5000 Swiss soldiers less he become endangered or made to feel insecure.
Hundreds of world leaders, politicians, titans of business gathered during the past week to discuss the fate of the rest of us lesser people. Davos Man is not like us for he is a kingpin, a chief of planet earth. He is great and he is good, a one-world, deep stater, a world improver, and he alone can save planet earth from the ravages of lesser beings like us. For example the top U.S. representative was John Kerry who holds the title of climate czar, savior of the planet, or words to that effect. The attitude of Mr. Kerry reflects the attitude of many as they are made to understand their own awesomeness. Quote from Mr. Kerry:
“If you stop and think about it, it’s pretty extraordinary that we, a select group of human beings, because of whatever touched us at some point in our lives, are able to sit in a room and come together and actually talk about saving the planet. I mean, it’s so, almost extraterrestrial to think about quote “saving the planet.” If you said that to most people, most people think you’re just a crazy, tree-hugging, leftie, liberal…you know, do-gooder ,whatever…and there’s no relationship. But really, that’s where we are.”
Well, no John, actually I see you as more of a hypocritical megalomaniac who flies hundreds of thousands of miles per year in private jets to lecture us little ignorant people about how we are destroying the planet. You come to Davos to sit at the feet of a Teutonic bond villain, descended from Nazis who has the audacity to tell us that we will own nothing, and we will like it. We will not eat meat, but instead we will like our bugs, and we will never desire to stray from the tiny plot on which we are confined.
The number one Davos Man, the leader, the founder, and head of The World Economic Forum, is a German named Klaus Schwab. His Teutonic accent is very heavy so much so that he cannot say the “r” sound. He says that we little people are in for a very difficult year and we will therefore have to “write off” the huge costs of transformation. He means that the huge cost he dreams up for us will have to be borne by our labor, not his.
Since each one of us has his own destination, how does Herr Schwab know where each of us should go? He knows because Davos Man always knows best. His theme at this year’s conference was expressed by Kristalina Georgieva who heads up the International Monetary Fund (IMF). She gave voice to Herr Schwab’s transformation theme:
“2023 will be a difficult year for the world. The silver lining is we can use it to transform economies & accelerate change that’s good for our climate, good for growth. At the IMF, we recognize our responsibility to be a force for good. We’re not going to sit back and see what direction the world takes, she says; we’re going to give it a shove!”
Ms. Georgieva says that the major challenge facing the planet is fragmentation. By that she means that the global order-which Davos men and women like her created—is fragmenting or cracking up. Ms. Georgieva came to Davos to deliver her report, not to accurately deliver the truth to the assembled Davos men. Her report was prepared by all her minions at the IMF and it clearly shows that if they all work together and manage the world economy carefully the cost of this fragmentation will only be 0.2% of global output. She is quite certain it will not be 0.3 or 0.1 but 0.2 exactly.
Davos men and women are amazing and that is for sure. Imagine trying to determine first of all that unknown events will happen in a certain unknown future which will impact a largely unknown $90 trillion world economy and she knows it to a 10th of a percent. Yes, they are amazing, and they are ridiculous in their estimate of the intelligence among us little people. To think they could sell such claptrap to the world they purport to manage.
Yes indeed, what a bunch of pompous, self-righteous, popinjays, that crowd of Davos men and women. The whole crowd and all the thousands of economists in their employ. They think they can not only foretell the future, but they can actually improve it before it happens. They cannot be satisfied or content to run their own businesses, and governments, they think they have some sacred right to transform the entirety of human life on planet earth, and if anything gets in their way, we are required to “write it off.”
Yes, there is a certain degree of sorcery on tap at Davos this year. Mr. Schwab explains that we have the means to improve the state of the world. “Economic, environmental, social and geopolitical crises are converging and conflating, creating an extremely versatile and uncertain future. The annual meeting at Davos shall try to make sure that leaders do not remain trapped in this crisis mindset.”
Davos man then is an unrivaled engineer of the human species. Perhaps he falls into fatal error in his conceit. The world has gotten along for thousands of years without Davos Man and for the last few years in spite of him. Davos man and his experiments seem to have instilled in him a massive over- estimation. That has led him to overestimate his ability to engineer the social world as he has the physical world. Man has conquered most of physical earth in spite of Davos Man and even engineered his propulsion to the moon and beyond, but his world now lies at the disposal of Davos Man.
He thinks that physical engineering and social engineering are the same, but they are not, they are two not one. However, Davos Man is nothing if not an opportunist, and now he sees his chance and he seizes it. His chance lies in combining what he calls public-private engineering to alter our world in before unknown social ways. Herr Schwab from the 2018 conference:
“A new framework for global public-private cooperation has been taking shape. Public-private cooperation is about harnessing the private sector and open markets to drive economic growth for the public good, with environmental sustainability and social inclusiveness always in mind. “That sounds a lot like the old claptrap of crony capitalism whereby Davos Man profits wildly and the rest of us just accept it, but it is something else as well and that something is far more frightening.
How exactly will Davos Man fix all the world’s mistakes and problems? Climate change, global pandemics, economic inequality, and thousands of other intractable problems. The answer is by bringing the nation state to an end and ushering in global governance with Davos Man at the top of course. Sovereign nations with their pesky constitutions and parliaments may have once performed a useful service, but they are obsolete in today’s globalized world. Only global solutions are up to the massive challenges. Global institutions must, therefore, rise above the nation. Of course, here in America, that would mean Davos Man rises above our local and state communities and governments as well.
All those so-called rights like those in the Bill of Rights have to first be discredited then discarded as we in the United states are currently in the process of doing. Davos Man seeks to bludgeon national governments into embracing global perspectives. These new Davos Man global perspectives will usually come at the expense of national interests and at times very important national interests. The greatest vehicle of change to the global governance Davos Man desires is something he calls climate change.
Climate change is truly a global menace Davos Man is constantly telling us and therefore, only a truly global government acting on a global scale can deal with it. The weapons that Davos Man seeks to fight this climate change menace are either already here or on order. Centralized economic planning, global taxation, wealth redistribution, and many other schemes all must be done on a global scale. Davos Man seeks to place his claim, his tax, on the very building block of life itself, carbon.
Davos Man has made many wrong predictions over the years designed, I suppose, to scare us into his global government faster than his efforts are taking us there. You might remember climate czar Albert Gore’s prediction in 2009 that the Polar ice cap would vanish by 2014. The cap is still there and shows little evidence of vanishing. What about in 2009 when Prince Charles, now King Charles, told us we had only 8 years to save the earth. The earth still spins along hardly paying any attention at all to the new king.
Davos Man likes to lecture us mortals about how our selfish stupidity is hurting his ability to save the planet. He’s worried about our travel habits and he advises us not to fly so much. He concocts various computer glitches, he allows and encourages the combination of the airlines to eliminate competition all to make it more difficult. He enacts screening processes that cause long lines and delays that tend to make people want to cancel their vacation. Stay home, that’s Davos Man’s advice to us, just stay home. Work from home, but if you must drive then get an electric car,
Davos Man cries about the emissions from all those commercial jets, but he flies in private jets by the thousands. One of his jets, I am told, emits about two tons of carbon for each hour of flight, while the average human emits eight tons per year. That’s the total carbon footprint of the average human including everywhere they travel and everything they consume so one Davos Man on one flight will burn more co2 than the average person will in a year.
Davos Man, however, will not be deterred because he is out to save the climate and planet earth. I do not trust Davos Man with the climate or with my future. No, I don’t trust him at all, not one little bit for I think I know what he is. I have seen his kind before, and I have read about his kind’s existence during the entire 6000 years that mankind has recorded his existence on this earth. Mr. Davos Man, Klaus Schwab’s father worked for the NAZIs back in the day, so he was another master race hustler, another world improver out to save humanity so who wants to put his planet, his job, his children, and their future in this Davos Man’s hands?
Davos Man, by his very name, The World Economic Forum, claims to speak for the world, but I thought that was the job of the United Nations, but I remember now. Davos Man must destroy nation states and their individual rights to save the planet.
Finally, folks, I don’t trust Davos Man and I don’t want him in charge of my world, my planet, my climate, or even my job so I close with the words of the incomparable H.L. Mencken: “The urge to save humanity is almost always only a false-face for the urge to rule it. Power is what all messiahs really seek; not the chance to serve.”
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about euthanasia as practiced primarily by doctors in Canada but which is being made legal in more and more countries around the world.
Transcription / Notes:
EUTHANASIA A GROWING PHENOMENON
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 13th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about euthanasia as practiced primarily by doctors in Canada but which is being made legal in more and more countries around the world. The Netherlands was the first country to legalize what it called “Death with Dignity”, but Canada now seems to be the world leader in allowing doctors to legally kill their patients.
There are two types of euthanasia, assisted suicide, or mercy killing depending on what you choose to call the practice, active and passive. The passive kind is where care that could possibly prolong life is withheld allowing the person to die. That practice is legal everywhere but is nevertheless subject to stringent legal guidelines. Not many would argue with or find fault with a close relative who chose to allow medical staff to withhold treatment for a loved one who had no hope of recovery. Doctors and nurses must have responsible permission or a last will which permits the withholding of such treatment before they can do so.
Active euthanasia, on the other hand, is a completely different situation. That is where a doctor, sworn by oath to the profession of healing, deliberately causes the death of a patient and in many countries it is now perfectly legal. Active euthanasia is currently legal in the nations of Australia, Belgium, Canada, Columbia, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, and Spain. Although technically illegal in many other countries the legal system simply looks away when physicians kill or assist patients in dying.
Today, I want to start by focusing my attention on our friends in Canada and examine how they are handling the subject of mercy killing. Legally, Canada allows euthanasia for adults who have a terminal illness that has made their death “reasonably foreseeable.” That wording has drawn some criticism because it excludes some who are not terminally ill, but the Supreme Court of Canada has ruled that it could also apply to those with non-terminal, but grievous and incurable conditions. We will be able to see from some information in this report that the practice has been stretched or extended to just about anybody a physician chooses to kill or assist in dying.
I’m always interested in what our friends to the north are doing because they often show us a picture of what is coming here legally as we abandon our own faith in God as our Canadian neighbors have. I first came across this information from a report in The New Atlantic about two Canadian doctors who brag that they have killed more than 700 people combined. Doctor Ellen Wiebe who works with Dying With Dignity Canada, conducts seminars for other Canadian physicians who may have the desire to kill their patients. I know I’m being unkind because the good doctor would say that she only “assists” her patients with dying.
Dr. Wiebe says that she has euthanized more than 400 people and that is the most rewarding work she has ever done. It seems that she has been denied the joy of the medical profession known as saving lives, healing, making lives better and such other things. Perhaps she read a biography of Joseph Mengele when she was in medical school and took her inspiration from it, but nevertheless she finds killing “most rewarding.”
Another Canadian physician who works with Dr. Wiebe, Doctor Stefanie Green says quite proudly that she has killed more than 300. These doctors also seem quite proud of the fact that they occasionally kill people who have applied to be killed and have been rejected by the MAID or Medical Assistance in Dying gatekeeper. It makes no difference to doctors Wiebe and Green, they seem to answer to no one. One man whose story became public because he was killed by Doctor Wiebe even though he did not have a qualifying serious illness and the Maid had determined that he was incapable of making an informed decision about his own health. He eventually made his way to Dr. Wiebe who cleared him and euthanized him.
Doctor Green is an obstetrician who brings babies into the world while she is killing others. She says the more than 300 she has killed is her most rewarding work so I assume she enjoys taking them out more than bringing them in. She uses the word “deliveries” to describe both aspects of her work, the killing and the delivering babies.
Even though assisted suicide is illegal in the United States, California has a legal assisted suicide program. In 2021, 486 people died by assisted suicide in California while in Canada 10,064 died during the same time. MAID or Medical Assistance in Dying has grown so popular in Canada that suicide prevention hotlines try to stop people from killing themselves, while MAID hotlines direct them in how to do it. Maid has come under increasing scrutiny even in Canada because of people being killed because they don’t want to live in poverty anymore.
Drs. Wiebe and Green admit that they have a great deal of sympathy for people who are homeless and in poverty and that is a reasonable reason to allow them to be killed. Mental anguish is another listed cause that is not permitted as legal but is often used anyway. So a person comes to Doctors Wiebe or Green and says I am living in mental anguish because I am poor so I would like for you to kill me and the good doctors say OK.
One of these subjects listed in the report of The New Atlantic was a 41 year old woman who came to them and said she needed to be euthanized ASAP. According to her medical history and messages sent to doctors and family she was facing eviction, needed to crowdfund to pay for food, and was afraid that she would suffer alone. She was also afraid of being institutionalized and saw MAID as “the best solution for all. “She suffered from leukemia, but the condition was not terminal. Her letter admitted that her suffering was not physical but mental.
She was killed on her ex-husband’s birthday in 2021. A doctor, a licensed physician, a healer, gave her a lethal injection and she died in her basement apartment. I dare say the Canadian government and the Canadian Medical Association, not to mention the doctor who killed her would have agonized over a convicted murderer sentenced to death to a far greater extent than they did this poor woman. She needed mental health treatment, but instead they killed her.
Another patient was described as 55 years old who suffered from chronic pain and could not tackle the issue because of her low income. Can there be any doubt then, that the vaunted Canadian health system failed her and she was exterminated because she was poor. The presentation given to MAID to justify her death read like this, “she does not want to die , but she’s suffering terribly and she’s been maxing out her credit cards. She has no other options.”
Other patients in similar situations include a former doctor aged 68 who ran out of savings and a writer aged 57 who also ran out of savings. A 38-year-old trans woman named Lucy, an immigrant who suffered from chronic pain and felt trapped in her one room studio apartment with creepy men all around. It is unclear whether any or all of these people were legally cleared, but they were all killed. The report went on to criticize Canada’s welfare state and pointed out a rising number of people wanted to end their lives due to poverty.
This report said that all Canadians have a right to an assisted death and loneliness and poverty are not bars to exercising those rights. The trouble is that under Canadian law that statement is untrue since certain conditions have to be met for assisted suicide to be legal. Why even have the law in the first place. If it is routinely ignored by the doctors without consequences, why have the law and the conditions. In essence it is now just left up to the doctors and some don’t care whether the bureaucratic gatekeeper approves their decision to kill or not.
One man aged 65 told doctors he applied to MAID although he doesn’t want to die. He applied because he cannot afford to live comfortably. A doctor has already given one of two signatures necessary, and he awaits the appearance of the second doctor soon so he can die and not have to live uncomfortably. He says that he has no doubt that he can shop around and eventually find a doctor who will kill him. This case is evidence for the increasingly relaxed standards of Canada’s assisted suicide law.
This case indicates the slippery slope that Canada is on by its increasingly lenient assisted suicide requirements. Sometimes people report that they did not apply to be killed but doctors in the program offered to kill them anyway. That makes me think that it is not always voluntary, which is the Dr. Mengele type of nightmare that I’m afraid this will eventually evolve into.
Former Paralympian Christine Gauthier criticized her government for offering to euthanize her when she grew frustrated at delays in having a wheelchair lift installed in her home. She is a former army veteran and has competed in the Paralympics, so she has not given up on life, but the Canadian government seems to have given up on her problems. She testified before the Canadian parliament that a Veterans Affairs Canada caseworker offered her euthanasia after she expressed frustration with delays.
That is or should be the fear of every Canadian. How much longer will this program remain voluntary? How much longer will people in certain situations be allowed to continue living, using up valuable resources when some government bureaucrat can just order them killed. That would probably make keeping your mouth shut very important. This is what Ms. Gauthier told parliament happened to her. She is a former army corporal now retired and she was scheduled to have a wheelchair lift installed in her home courtesy of the Veterans Affairs Canada, but the installation had been delayed for years. Her caseworker said to her, “madam if you are really so desperate we can give you medical assistance in dying now.”
Our subject doctor Wiebe has been accused by a Jewish old person’s home of euthanizing one of their patients without consulting the home. She gave “medical Assistance in dying” to one of their patients and even his nurses didn’t know about it until well after. She has been accused of unethical behavior by the home, a charge that does not bother the good doctor at all. She said she did not regret her very rewarding work and she intends to go on killing.
Finally, Folks, could Doctor Mengele be on his way to the United states right now? I would not be surprised as we continue our descent into the hell of disregarding human life. I pray that I am wrong and created in the image of God will return to America.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the end of 2022 as the United States Congress came together in an act of bipartisanship to prevent a government shutdown and pass the $1.7 trillion, 4,155 page omnibus spending bill.
Transcription / Notes:
CONGRESSIONAL BIPARTISANSHIP
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of January in the year of our Lord 2023. I will be talking about the end of 2022 as the United States Congress came together in an act of bipartisanship to prevent a government shutdown. Congress was able to attend to its priorities quite well during December 2022 and I will be looking at the priorities of Congress as manifested by the $1.7 trillion omnibus spending bill passed at the last minute as the last act of 2022 or the first of 2023 depending how you want to view it.
I’ve heard the Democrat Party referred to as the evil Party and the Republican Party referred to as the stupid Party. Occasionally they get together and do something both evil and stupid which is known as bipartisanship. Yes, everyone knows that the U.S. is more than 31 trillion in debt it cannot repay. More than 3 trillion would have to be shaved from the budget this year to reduce the debt by 1 trillion and then do that for 31 years so unpayable is a reasonable word.
Instead, the plan is to destroy what’s left of the American economy by spending wantonly, irresponsibly, and foolishly on waste and war. The passage of the bill funnels more than $47 billion additional dollars to aid the Ukrainian efforts to fight Russia. That will bring the total aid package to roughly $111 billion. U.S. defense contractors such as Raytheon and General Dynamics will be happy since they will build the weapons paid for by U.S. taxpayers. Some of the missiles being ordered will reportedly not be ready for shipment until 2025.
What will be the results of all this spending? More of the nations’ resources will be shifted to unproductive uses such as buying weapons and buying foreign politicians. Real American wealth is reduced while unproductive dollars flood through the system. Dollars are given birth without any subsequent increase in production. Congress is just doing what it does best, destroying the economy with fake money and stupid spending.
Let’s look at just a few of the things your labor will be paying for in this bill of 4,155 pages which congress was given 3 days to read and digest.
$410 million to protect the borders of Egypt, Tunisia, Jordan, Oman, and Lebanon.
$65 million to restore Pacific salmon populations.
$3.6 million to make a hiking trail named for Michelle Obama.
$200 million to promote gender equity and equality some of which is for Pakistan.
$3 Million for an LGBTQ museum in New York.
$477,000 for the Equity Institute of Rhode for antiracism virtual labs.
$1million for Zora’s House in Ohio, a co-working and community space for women and gender expansive people of color.
$750,000 for LGBT and gender non-conforming housing in Albany, NY.
$2million for the Great Blacks in Wax Museum in Baltimore.
$750,000 for the Trans Latin Coalition to provide workforce development for transgender and gender non-conforming and Intersex immigrant women in Los Angeles.
$1.2 million for LGBTQIA+ Pride Centers.
$1.2 million for DACA recipients at San Diego Community College.
$5.4 billion in earmarks for the Democrats.
$858 billion in defense for the Republicans.
We were told before passage of this bill that aid to Ukraine was the number one issue for Republicans. That is what Senate Republican leader Mitch McConnell said anyway, but it seems that not many Republicans will admit to that. “Providing assistance for the Ukrainians to defeat the Russians, that’s the No. 1 priority for the United States right now, according to most republicans.” To that statement by senator McConnell, I say nonsense, but if it is somehow true, then that is a fine example of why America is in the deep trouble that it is in.
I don’t say nonsense because I don’t believe Ukraine is important, but because I don’t believe that giving away more billions is the most important issue for most republicans. The war in Ukraine has been the most important issue all year and it still is most important, but here in America many of us believe we have our own troubles to address, and they should come before we stick our noses in an eastern European War. The War in Ukraine has dominated world events throughout this year, and once again bipartisanship reigns in Congress as pouring more billions into an eastern European conflict can never be questioned.
With the additional money for Ukraine in this bill the total U.S. support exceeds the yearly defense budget for all other nations except Russia and China. Apparently not a single member of Congress bothered to read it and why should they? Each one knows the fix is in and the bill would be passed read or unread.
Speaking of Ukraine, its President was in America for the end of this session and spoke to a joint session of Congress. He said he appreciated all the billions, but it isn’t enough. He wants congress, on a bipartisan basis, to consider all the money they are stealing from the American people to be an investment. Yes, Mr. Zelensky was in the chamber of congress in his green sweatshirt and green fatigues. It briefly reminded me of another leader who famously wore fatigues even when speaking to the UN.
Yes, it seems that bipartisanship really is possible. The final vote in the Senate was 68 for and 29 against. There is something about dumping almost 2 trillion of debt on the backs of the American people that makes congress happy. Perhaps it was just the festive holiday season or perhaps they wanted to get out of town before the winter storm hit.
In contrast to what Senator McConnell said about Republican priorities, many Republican voters have other very important priorities none of which are addressed by this bill. The Senator most likely rarely if ever speaks to anyone outside the Washington D.C. area but If he did, he would find that virtually every American family is very concerned about how inflation is eating away at their paycheck each week.
Another issue the American people, especially Republicans, believe to be important is security of the southern border. This bill does provide $1.56 billion to Customs and border protection but it specifically prohibits use of the money for border security, new technology etc. In other words, it’s just more waste without any real benefit. The U.S., it seems, is committed to protecting borders all over the world just not its own.
The President was, of course, ecstatic about the passage of the bill. At the time of the final passage, he was so happy he was vacationing in the Caribbean at the estate of a billionaire donor. Despite the dangers of climate change he flew on Air Force One to St. Croix for a few days of golf and swimming with the sharks. The president had until December 30th to sign the bill, but he could not interrupt his vacation, so another Air Force plane had to fly the 4,155-page bill to St. Croix for him to sign. So much for climate change.
The President has decided that he must return to Washington for an important speech today, January 6th so he can continue the story of the January 6th “insurrection.” The January 6th committee has already released its report, but I doubt if the President will rely very much on it for his speech. Buried within the report was a very interesting text sent by a man named Ray Epps who was prominent on video, but somehow never charged or even arrested. Mr. Epps was on video on both January 6th and the day before hectoring trump supporters to “go into the capitol.” Epps’ texts reads as follows: “I was in the front with a few others, I also orchestrated it.”
He remains unindicted and as of this recording he is free. Why would the committee not look at him? Why would the FBI not pursue him? That one, at least, is easy, the FBI is not interested because he is one of them. The purpose of committees and investigations is no longer to find the truth but to justify the official explanation of the ruling elite.
Elon Musk’s revelations about the cooperation between Washington, its intelligence agencies, its captive media and the tech media companies was perhaps the second biggest story of the year because it proved that the media companies are no longer private but have become so directed and so intertwined with Washington that they can be said to be government agencies. The Twitter Files revealed by reporter Matt Taibbi along with Bari Weiss show a pattern of capture of tech media by the federal government in order to perpetuate government lies to the point that they all blend together.
Finally, Folks, 2022 revealed the federal government to be a quagmire of lying filth designed to gain and intensify the power and profit of the ruling elite. Maybe it’s always been that way, but if so, I admit that I have been unaware of how bad it really is. Perhaps I’m just a hopeless romantic.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about the fact that the digital prison is much closer than we might choose to think. The digital surveillance state closes its digital barbed wire around us while we are sleeping, literally and figuratively. The real food for thought today is the sobering similarity between the mark of Revelations and the Central Bank Digital Currency being tested as he speaks.
Transcription / Notes:
THE BEAST WANTS CONTROL OVER THE WHOLE EARTH
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of December in the year of our Lord 2022. We are just a couple of days from a week before Christmas and my law office will be closed the Friday before Christmas and the Friday before New Years Day so no Castle Report for the next two weeks, but I will endeavor to give you your money’s worth today. I will be talking about the fact that the digital prison I mentioned last week is much closer than we might choose to think. The digital surveillance state closes its digital barbed wire around us while we are sleeping literally and figuratively.
“And there was given to him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months. And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven. And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them; and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations. And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world. If any man have an ear, let him hear…
And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed. And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads: And that no man might buy or sell, save he had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name. Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.” Revelation 13-16 KJV.
I think about the words of Revelation 13 quite often when I see the things of today happening right before our eyes although as we all know great efforts are made to make sure we only see, read, and hear the side of the empowered ruling elite. When I read that the President of the United States invited a drag queen a man so vile and disgusting his words cannot be repeated here, to the White House, in conjunction with his signing the Respect for Marriage Act, I think about it. The real food for thought today is the sobering similarity between the mark of Revelation and the Central Bank Digital Currency being tested as I speak.
So, am I saying that I believe the CBDC is the Mark of the Beast? No, I am certainly not saying that and it’s up to you to form your own hopefully educated opinions, but I am saying that CBDC is being tested, it is ready, and many if not most will welcome it. Those who welcome it will voluntarily walk into the digital prison that is the future of humanity.
According to the Washington Post December 14th edition, The Pew Research Center found that 41% of Americans say they make zero cash purchases in a typical week. That is up from 24% in 2018 or pre-covid. Interestingly, the higher the income, the more likely a person is to rely entirely on digital money. The Post pointed out that inflation makes holding cash less attractive, so yes, the Fed is there to help with the no cash decisions we make each day.
The point, however, is not whether digital purchasing is more convenient for you, but it is that digital currency will soon be the only way and it is intended to serve as the pad lock on the digital prison door. Your currency account will be turned on by the authorities who own you and those same authorities can turn it off whenever they choose. Since it will eventually be connected to 1 billion surveillance cameras run by Artificial intelligence through facial recognition software with all data collated into your social credit score the system is similar to Santa Claus in that it knows if you’ve been bad or good. That is, good as our satanic social ruling class defines good. To be anything other than good will get your digital account penalized or as a last resort terminated.
That could mean no purchases at all including food and fuel. Your account is suspended so you officially have no money or no blips in your digitized account. No food, no rent money, no travel, no tuition for your kids, no anything else. It would behoove you then, digital slave, to play the game that your betters make the rules for. Take the mark, just go ahead, the propaganda will tell us relentlessly just go ahead and don’t listen to all those right-wing extremists, those vaccine doubters.
We have examples, after all, with the Covid vaccine. Those vaccine sceptics said don’t take it and you did not listen and so your three bouts of covid were not as bad as they would have been without the vaccine. What about all the myocarditis in healthy young people. What about all the healthy young athletes dying without cause, just sudden death syndrome, I guess. None of that is relevant today because it is all just right-wing nonsense so just make all our lives easier and take the mark. Just do what you are told to do continually on your news site TikTok.
The Washington Post, in the same article I mentioned earlier reports that President Biden runs a possible national security risk by using TikTok to get his message out despite concerns about how the site collects and shares user data. “Officials say TikTok, which is owned by Beijing-based ByteDance, is a security threat because of how much data it shares with China. The app has denied this, but White House staff cannot download it to their government phones.”
What does all that mean, who knows for sure, but it sounds like it’s all part of the plan to implement a worldwide system of control without borders, national boundaries and the like. One global world where we are all equal and all doing time in the same global digital prison. Well, that is at least the way it seems to me. The fact that China is the test country and the system there is closely watched by the likes of Klaus Schwab is no secret. Apparently, the global drive for a system to control and monitor every person is being run by the UN in conjunction with their partner the World Economic Forum and that organization’s partner the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. I think that since the divorce the Foundation is now known as the Gates Foundation. The system needs a testing ground, a test case population and right now that is China.
This undoubtedly seems dystopian to you as something only the worst totalitarian regimes would do, but that is definitely not the case. I told you last week that Klaus Schwab was an honored guest at the recent G-20 summit. That meeting is supposed to include the 20 largest economies in the world meeting to discuss policy. It is a kind of mini-UN or an organization of the very elite in all the world. These billionaires and their techno friends and their politician lapdogs don’t want to associate with the riff raff at the UN. Do you think that Klaus Schwab, Bill Gates, Joe Biden, Justin Trudeau, or Xi Jinping want to go to a meeting and discuss strategy on an equal basis with the leader of the Central African Republic or Bangladesh?
There are preliminary examples of government control of financial accounts already in play. During the recent truckers’ protest in Canada, the government froze, or seized the accounts of the truckers and those who assisted them. So, obey us or you will have your digital account frozen, the same has happened recently in Brazil during the election turmoil that has been ongoing in that country for a few weeks. A CBDC gives the government so much power that it could impose negative interest rates or said differently charge you to hold your money and charge you to access it. All transactions would be known to the government and all income would be known since only digital transactions would be legally permitted. With that knowledge there would be no need for tax returns since the government could do your taxes and deduct your payment on its own initiative.
In 2020 China launched a pilot program controlled by the Chinese Central Bank. It is in the beginning stages, but it gives Chinese authorities remarkable control and will give even more when it is complete. The People’s Bank of China has said that it would consider putting limits on the size of transactions or even require an appointment for some. So, some bank manager or really just a Chinese Communist Party functionary will be telling the Chinese people how they can and cannot use the fruits of their labor.
The system in China is linked to their social credit system whereby citizens with good behavior are whitelisted for privileges while those with bad behavior are blacklisted for denial of privileges. Here in the United States the government through the Federal Reserve is getting ready to launch very quickly. The FedNow will be an instant payment system scheduled for launch between May and July 2023. The New York Fed has launched a 12-week pilot program with American banks to test the feasibility of a CBDC in the United States. In the meantime, the IMF or International Monetary Fund is reportedly thinking of a way to connect all CBDC’s worldwide into one linked system.
Although the American people are rapidly changing and perhaps becoming less discerning, more trusting of government, and less well read, this will probably be a tough sell to them. The best salesman is always a crisis and that is why Covid was so conveniently available. You saw how quickly and how willingly the whole world surrendered its freedom and went into quarantine. The next crisis could be from energy, food, finance, or climate or perhaps all of them at once. Only the caring and considerate government will be able to deliver its children from calamity.
The Mark is being tested at the many levels I mentioned so when the crises inevitably comes look out. If you decide not to participate, then God help you because I suspect not many others will. Some suggestions I have made before, self-organize into decentralized communities and then deglobalize, i.e., try to avoid the vulnerability of the supply chain. Make friends with local farmers and ranchers whereby some type of barter system might be possible.
Finally, folks, the thin threads that hold together the world’s civilizations are unraveling. They are being deliberately tugged and pulled until they can no longer hold. What lies beyond could be more frightening than we currently imagine.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next year folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about recent and ongoing actions by the global ruling elite which may appear to be conspiracies but could be simple stupidity or just coincidence.
Transcription / Notes:
CONSPIRACY, STUPIDITY, OR JUST COINCIDENCE
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 9th day of December in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be examining recent and ongoing actions by the global ruling elite which may appear to be conspiracies but could be simple stupidity or just coincidence. The best example is the recent release of part one of the Twitter Files by Twitter CEO, Elon Musk through reporter Matt Taibbi which clearly show collaboration between the ruling Democrat Party elite and the tech companies to influence elections and suppress unwanted speech known otherwise as opinions they disagreed with.
Speaking of conspiracies, I would be remiss if I didn’t mention that two days ago the 7th of December was the 81st anniversary of the attack on the United States Naval Base at Perl Harbor. The Day of Infamy as FDR labeled it, in which some 2400 U.S. military personnel died and which launched the U.S. into the worst war in human history.
Back in 2022, it can be noted that many strange events appear to be conspiracies but can more accurately be described as stupidity by an individual or group of individuals. Sometimes the coordination of the event in question by elite actors is apparent but is that necessarily a conspiracy. Most of the players go to the same top and acceptable schools where they study under the same group of like-minded academics. They are members of the same clubs and they come up through government service in the same agencies and institutions.
Can there be any wonder that since they have so much in common, they think alike and share the same globalist goals. It is just as foolish to believe that no events are conspiracies as it is to believe that all events are conspiracies. For example, the assassination of President Kennedy, according to the Warren Commission, was the act of one deranged man, but polls reveal that the vast majority of Americans do not believe that is the case. So, the majority believe it was a conspiracy, but they feel powerless to do anything or even to mention their belief in public.
The Twitter Files reveal an unprecedented level of corruption and collusion between the U.S. government and the Big Tech companies to manipulate American elections. More than likely, it does not stop with Twitter, but extends to most or all the Tech Media Companies. There is plenty of corruption to cover everybody in this scandal, but the evidence released reveals that most Tweets were censored at the demand of the Democratic Party. One explanation is that most Twitter employees were Democrat Party supporters and more than happy to meet the demands of the Democrat elite.
The requests to censor were direct to the people at Twitter who were told to “handle them” and internal documents show that they did just that. The people in government and the insiders at Big Tech seem desperate at the prospect of what they tried so hard to censor and probably assumed would never see the light of day exposed to the light. Elon Musk, think what you will of him, is owed a debt of gratitude for his heroic defense of free speech. In one of his tweets he said, “This is a battle for the future of civilization. If free speech is lost even in America, tyranny is all that lies ahead.”
Are we about to see all the suppressed information on the Hunter Biden laptop, how the 2020 election was rigged in favor of Biden, all the lies and filthy corruption of the teachers’ unions, and more filth than even I can remember? Probably not, but we will see, as Mr. Musk now says he will reveal “what really happened” with Twitter’s suppression of the Hunter Biden story. The potential of this story to prize the lid from many other scandals or conspiracies is the most hopeful thing about it.
Ron Paul, in his most recent Liberty Report, referred to what may actually be out there. He talked about how the CIA is now openly sought after and its agents routinely hired by media outlets to manipulate what Americans are allowed to see and to know. Big tech censorship is now a critical part of the national security state.
“This is a corruption scandal so massive that it is almost guaranteed to never be properly investigated. Government itself is among the most guilty, and we know “government commissions” are really about covering up rather than uncovering the crimes committed. But the truth is powerful. Some 58 years after the Warren Report whitewashed the assassination of President Kennedy, polls show that few Americans believe the official narrative.”
The best account of this marriage between the media, the intelligence arm of government, and organized crime can be found in a two-volume set of books by investigative journalist Whitney Webb who devoted a great deal of her life to the project. The title of the two volumes is One Nation Under Blackmail: The Sordid Union Between Intelligence and Organized Crime That Gave Rise to Jeffrey Epstein. Her books tell the story of how the whole system became corrupted by the power of what was called intelligence in World War Two when the government deemed it necessary to control public reception of information.
Elon Musk used independent reporter Matt Taibbi to release the Twitter Files to the public. The media immediately attacked him for doing PR for Musk. However, Musk said he turned all the information over to Taibbi and was not overseeing its release. Former New York Times reporter Bari Weiss, whom I have mentioned in these reports before, was also involved in releasing the information.
From this information it is no longer debatable that Twitter blocked the New York Post’s story on the Hunter Biden Laptop scandal and effectively blocked the Post’s account from the public. In addition, the Twitter employees worked closely with the Biden administration to censor free speech especially about the Covid Vaccine and alternative Covid treatments. For some reason the government seems to have an unnatural interest in censoring health information.
If this information coming out about the government and Twitter were all it would be plenty, but as usual folks, it gets worse. I point you again to Rudolph Rummel’s book Death by Government, in which he documents some 200 million deaths by government in the 20th century. That figure is now up to 262 million in this century to date. Mankind has made much progress over the centuries but politically the progress since the year 815 and the adoption of the Magna Charta, has been toward the centralization of power regardless of politics. That concentration has continued in America for decades despite wars, politics, voting, civil upheaval, financial upheaval, and all matter of propaganda delivered to the masses as news or science.
The people are constantly told that freedom or democracy will improve or be made safe by one politician or another, but outright lies normally prevail in one way or another. For example, excess deaths have run rampant since the Covid vaccine was introduced. This is science and mathematics and is simply not arguable. Now, we hear constantly of the buzzword when some young person dies suddenly that it is “sudden death”, or “died suddenly” as if death without cause were a disease itself. This affliction seems to affect everyone but especially young, healthy individuals.
The population faced extreme lockdowns, or said another way prison, and in China the people are still being tortured by harsh imprisonment. Many are now on their 3rd, 4th, or 5th round of fatal injections disguised as vaccines. One would think that would be enough for the depopulation rulers and other mass killers but apparently it is not. Now we have war with the nuclear threat ever before us as well as growing famine to aid the killing of humanity. They consolidate their power, they lie, cheat, and steal to keep their power so they can obey the dictates of their globalist masters.
So, what does all this talk about globalists and their possible depopulation agenda have to do with Twitter censorship and media cooperation with government and its intelligence agencies. The answer is that it is all part of the invisible prison or the prison without walls or the digital prison that is currently under construction and almost complete for every human on earth. China is serving as a global laboratory for the whole world but the whole world is working to implement China’s successes. Censorship and the denial of access to truthful and accurate information are critical to the final enactment of the digital prison now under construction for us.
Denial of truthful information forces us into a false reality similar to Plato’s Allegory of the Cave, where people are prisoners in a cave staring at the cave walls for their entire lives. There is a fire behind them, and people walk in front of the fire so the prisoners can see their shadows on the wall. The shadows are just that shadows, but to the prisoners the shadows are reality because it is all they see. A similar denial of reality is part of our current and future invisible prison.
Your digital identity will be your digital prison in the future. The day of individual freedom and liberty is rapidly drawing to a close on planet earth. Absent the intervention of God, the implementation of this system will be irreversible, and therefore, it is very important for you to check this out for yourself. Don’t discount my report just because it may sound crazy to you.
Your digital identity will tie in with the social credit system and will control what you can do in your everyday life. Surveillance cameras with facial recognition software have been erected around the world to implement this facial recognition system. The United States has the most and China is second. Facial recognition is a great convenience and security feature of the global surveillance state. You won’t need to remember pins or passwords and since only you have your face it is advertised as more secure. Sold as good for convenience and security, it is a critical part of mass control of humanity and a part of your digital prison. Just as in China a social credit system powered by facial recognition will control your future life.
By the end of this year there will be 1 billion data collecting cameras in the world all connected to the internet and all powered by artificial intelligence (AI). Cameras and audio recording devices in cell phones, cars, and anything with the word smart in its description will continue to collect and share data about you even when you are inside your home. This data will all combine to give each individual a score based on his or her behavior and interaction with the world. Ultimately that score, your social credit score, will dictate what you can and cannot do, what you can and cannot buy, and where you can and cannot go.
The World Economic Forum describes digital identity as the new social contract. It begins with vaccine passports and ends with CBDC or Central Bank Digital Currency which is very close to implementation. So, this is the new social contract according to, Klaus Schwab, who was an honored guest speaker at the recent G-20 summit in Indonesia. He is invited and treated as if he were a head of state. I note that this new social contract is not really a contract in the sense of a bargained for exchange. It is, instead, a matter imposed by force from above.
Finally, folks, Conspiracy, stupidity, or coincidence is for you to decide, but I believe the digital prison is indeed our future unless we can rise up and prevent it. Censorship and the denial of access to opposing views is the most critical part of the implementation of the new system. Perhaps it will be a kinder and gentler prison than the crude one the Chinese Communist Party is currently running, but our elite betters experiment and learn by example.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about revolution or at least the hint of it primarily in China, but also in other countries as the people of the world start to demand freedom.
Transcription / Notes
REVOLUTION IS IN THE AIR
Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of December in the year of our Lord 2022, and I will be talking about revolution or at least the hint of it primarily in China, but also in other countries including the United States as the people of the world start to demand freedom. I make the case that conditions are ripe and growing riper by the day for a French version of Revolution.
The French Revolution began in the early 1790’s, but the conditions that provoked it had been simmering in France for at least a decade. The French government was virtually bankrupt having squandered the nation’s resources on foreign wars including the American Revolution as a proxy against the old enemy England. Conditions for the man on the street grew more and more desperate as the economy was in a state of near collapse.
Louis XVI was king and his queen, his wife, was Marie Antoinette. The king did nothing to improve conditions in the country and chose to just ignore the suffering of the people thus Marie Antoinette’s legendary reply when she was told that the people have no bread; let them eat cake. The callous attitude of the ruling elite along with the equally callous Catholic elite caused resentment to grow to an unstoppable level.
In today’s verbiage, Wall Street was doing fine, but Main Street was suffering. To cover it up the king tried to start a war with Austria which he hoped would rally the people, but it didn’t work. A people’s committee was formed, and the king was arrested. In January of 1793 he was put on trial for treason, convicted and guillotined later that month. Marie Antoinette followed him to the guillotine nine months later. The king’s sister was also beheaded, and his son died in prison while his daughter was allowed to return to her relatives in Austria.
The monarchy was abolished in France and the power of the Church over the lives of the people was broken. France has remained a secular nation to this day. Louis had been king since he was 13 years old, and he lived a life of incredible luxury and waste in a time of economic suffering. For evidence just look at pictures of the Palace of Versailles. He would not take any action to relieve the people’s suffering and instead continued his unnecessary foreign wars, and that ultimately caused the end of the monarchy and the end of the catholic church in France. It also caused the rise of Napoleon to the role of Emperor of France and Commander of the French Army.
Does any of this sound familiar because conditions could spin out of control in several places. The virus is still out there, Dr. Fauci tells us, and we should continue to get Pfizer boosters for the rest of our lives, or we will surely die. The Pfizer documents released by court order show that Pfizer knew that their vaccine caused many more deadly problems than it solved. While offering no protection or health benefits it caused miscarriages and stillbirths, heart problems, neurological problems, and even death. Pfizer knew all this in advance because these were the results of its own testing of the product yet the propaganda to get the jab was relentless.
From Paul Craig Roberts: “Was this enormous evil merely a mistake? Absolutely not. As the Pfizer documents that Pfizer wanted locked up for 75 years make clear, the pharmaceutical companies knew of the outsized danger of the vaccine. Was the vaccine intended as a population reduction measure? The circumstantial evidence is substantial that it was. The multi-decade agitation for population reduction by Bill Gates and a passel of elites and organizations and a decade or longer of research to develop the Covid Virus suggest that the vaccine had an intent that is not acknowledged, but we will never know unless someone confesses.”
The public is at least becoming aware that the lockdowns are bad especially as they are conducted in China. That country is currently in the midst of another hard lockdown as China defines it. Citizens are ordered to stay in their homes and in some cases their doors are welded shut. That was the case in the city of Urumqi where a fire broke out and killed at least 10 people, but the death number is constantly growing. The people were locked in, their doors welded shut, and firefighters could not put out the fire.
The Chinese people are outraged and are refusing to take it anymore and they are now willing to risk death to protest their enslavement. In cities across China from the largest to the smallest thousands of people clashed with police and military trying to restore order. The people are screaming for the government to lift the lockdown, but they are going even further. Cries for the resignation of Xi Jinping, and the downfall of the Chinese Communist Party are being heard.
The people are monitored and surveilled in China like nowhere else on earth. It acts as a kind of surrogate laboratory of surveilled people for the rest of the world order to study and copy. The people are expressing their anger because they know there is no believable public health reason for the oppressive imprisonment. They are in the streets and behind the barricades by the thousands, but it will take millions to force change and time will tell if that ever happens. The size, scope, vehemence, and fearlessness of the Chinese people against their oppressive Communist masters is certainly admirable and worthy of note.
People are occasionally awakened as history shows and when that happens continental shifts sometimes occur. When a nation with a billion people rises up in a cause that has unified them such as this one, there is at least a hint of revolution in the air. Louis XVI depended on the military to restore order just as Xi is doing, but we will see if order is restored, and the people return to slavery, or hundreds of millions come to town with their pitchforks and axes.
The people have even found ways around the Communist Party’s ability to monitor every cell phone conversation. It seems that Apple has an AirDrop feature in its new iPhone with a software update that went out last week. The feature allows direct communication between iPhones without going through a cell network which could be monitored or shutdown by the authorities. Chinese protesters use AirDrop to communicate, organize and evade the authorities.
The protests in China have shown us that the Chinese people are waking up to some things. The Covid restrictions and lockdowns are not to contain the spread of disease, but to control the people. It also shows that there is trouble with the regime and the Party. Is it losing its grip on the Chinese people? At the very least it shows that the people are losing their awe, their respect, for the system, and when that happens, the regime is in danger.
There have been other mass protests in other countries many of them ongoing such as Brazil, Iran, and Russia. Those people periodically protest and then return to whatever life they have, and the regimes go on but this seems different. For one thing China has had a decades long rise in economic prosperity caused by trade with the West and now that is drastically slowing. Lockdowns and sanctions have slowed Chinese growth and disrupted the supply chain so not as many make work projects and not so many uninhabited cities being built to keep the people pacified.
I have seen many videos taken on the streets of Chinese cities by foreign journalists and most of the people seem young. The young are fighting with the police and being arrested, but still, they rise up in cities all over China. In unprecedented numbers they scream for Xi to resign. How long before they scream, off with his head. Daily Covid tests and the oppressive lockdowns are making the people fearless. Many of the young protesters video the protests in hopes of sharing their experiences with the world. The city of Urumqi has had people, four million of them, locked in their homes for over 100 days and now fires have killed many. I suppose if you are going to starve or burn anyway, what difference does it make.
The old men ruling from their palace in Beijing look solid and in control at this point, but I predict they will have to become a lot more violent and draconian if they are going to contain this movement. All these people, the new poor, as Eric Hoffer called them in his book, The True Believer, are different because they can no longer be pacified. Youth unemployment is now at 20% in China.
Back in America the regime seems to be fearful, holding its breath because if the system in China collapses into chaos, then perhaps the entire woke world of the West will fall too. I hope the American people are at least becoming aware of how much they have been cheated, lied too, and deceived by this entire Covid scandal. For example, Pfizer’s annual revenue is expected to reach $101.3 billion in 2022 because of a shot that doesn’t prevent infection and doesn’t prevent its transmission. Pfizer gets its help from the federal government which bullies and harasses people into getting the shots and then instructs doctors and hospitals to only prescribe certain approved drugs which don’t work either.
This has all been a really big lie ala Josef Goebbels which is difficult to break because the perpetrators of the lie have those who hold the real information in their hands or their employ. How will the American people handle all this satanic evil that has enveloped them? Are they strong enough mentally and emotionally to accept that their government did this to them on purpose and with full knowledge of the results? Who knows, but I guess time will tell because things can change in an instant.
In China Xi Jinping never looked stronger as he consolidated power in the recent Communist Party General enclave. Then he burned people alive by welding their doors shut and all hell broke loose. Simmering resentment over Covid policies suddenly had faces attached to it. The virus and regime responses to it have now threatened the stability of the government itself.
This is causing economic repercussions around the world as supply chains are disrupted due to Chinese inability to manufacture and ship in its usual volumes. Most Western leaders, probably want to see the protests end for the benefit of their own economies and their own stability, but xi, it seems to me, is between a rock and a hard place. He can crack down as was done in Tiananmen Square in 1989 and risk intensifying the anger and protests thus risking his regime or he can relax the rules thus giving the lie to his strong man in absolute power image.
Here in America, we usually prefer the lies of our leaders to the truth, Paul Craig Roberts again: “The Covid virus did not come from a bat cave but from NIH funding first at The University of North Carolina and then Wuhan, China. The pandemic was and orchestration for profit, power, and, it appears from the deaths, disabilities, infertility, and stillbirths caused by the vaccine, population reduction. In effect, whether intended or not, the mRNA vaccines are bioweapons.”
Finally, folks, are we on the verge of another French Revolution? Probably not, but I argue that conditions are similar and as a wise person once said, those who will not learn from history are doomed to repeat it.
At least that’s the way I see it,
Until next time folks,
This is Darrell Castle,
Thanks for listening.
Darrell Castle talks about how greenwashing, or the propaganda of green energy ideology, is being used to make the unjust appear to be just, and how the real effect is a reduced standard of living for the naïve middle class and starvation for the helpless poor. Transcription / Notes: GREENWASHING THE NAÏVE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 18th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about how greenwashing, or the propaganda of green energy ideology is being used to make the unjust appear to be just, and how the real effect of that is a reduced standard of living for the naïve middle class, and starvation for the helpless poor. We see the world dividing into hostile camps right now with nations coming together to resist the moves to continue the economic hegemony of the West. The BRICS nations that I have mentioned many times are primarily an economic bloc of nations resistant to Western economic dominance but now it also includes many other things. The nations in the original bloc include Brazil, Russia, India, China, and South Africa, but now many others are lining up to join. Some of those include Argentina, Venezuela, Iran, Indonesia, and even Saudi Arabia. Yes, its ironic that long time enemies like the Saudis and the Iranians would consider coming together economically, but I guess the enemy of my enemy is my friend. The economic blocs that have developed involve nations jockeying for position in this new world that is developing and that involves a lot more than green energy. Western leaders attend their climate conferences and they set climate discussions within conferences as they did at the recent G-20 summit in Indonesia this past week. It would be funny if it were not so serious to see and hear how President Biden who just once again publicly said to the attendees, I will do my part, no more drilling in the United States. When Senator Joe Manchon called him to account for his promises regarding fossil fuels he sent Jean-Pierre out so say oh yes, we know that miners and oil workers are the backbone of the nation, etc. It’s all just hypocrisy and a pack of lies. The United States persuades the G-20 to agree to give $20 billion of U.S. money, your money, to Indonesia as a payment for the Indonesians to quit using coal and convert to solar and wind. The Indonesians took the money of course, even though their application to the Brics is pending. It is just greenwashing and really means nothing except a bribe to keep the Indonesians from representing the best interests of their own people. It could possibly mean one other thing, however, if the Indonesians actually did stop using coal. It would mean starvation for the Indonesian people as it has for many people in Europe and across Africa. These people who are coercing and buying corrupt politicians to the detriment of their own people is an old story, but it is usually a corporation giving a suitcase full of cash to some dictator or warlord. Now, it is heads of state giving the labor of their people who have already accepted long term impoverishment and hunger because their oh so virtuous and progressive leaders have insisted. Americans are struggling to buy food and fuel at ever increasing prices, but their president is bragging about giving $20 billion to subsidize solar panels and windmills in Indonesia. The stated reason was to help Indonesia transition away from fossil fuels to renewable energy. The real purpose is to bribe a Muslim country that has shown extreme hostility and persecution of Christians to switch its energy from reliable coal to unreliable wind and solar thus exposing their people to starvation. Inflation and energy shortages are problems across the world including Europe, but there the problems are exacerbated by food shortages caused by cutting the Russian supply lines and intentionally attempting to switch from gas and coal to wind and solar.
Darrell Castle talks about the elections last Tuesday, but primarily about one election which he argues illustrates better than all the others the condition of America today. He asks the question, how can this be? Transcription / Notes November 8th Was Hard to Understand Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 11th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the elections last Tuesday, but primarily about one election which I argue illustrates better than all the others the condition of America today. I ask the question, how can this be, how could this have happened, and I look for answers. Yes, that’s right I’m talking about the election of John Fetterman to the United States senate in Pennsylvania but first I must remind you that yesterday, November 10th was the 247th birthday of the United States Marine Corps. The birthday falling on Thursday is good for Marines because it means that today, the 11th is veterans’ day and that gives Marines a four-day weekend. Some 20 million have served and are serving so take a moment and honor one of them or their surviving spouse and children. John Fetterman, its very difficult to believe, but he was just elected to the United States Senate by a comfortable margin. I would never make fun of or belittle someone who has been a stroke victim and has brain damage, but neither would I want that person to fly my airliner or perform surgery on my heart. There are some jobs that require certain physical and mental skills, the absence of which eliminates one from those careers. I had to give up my dream of playing center field in Yankee stadium and of winning the Olympic marathon because I did not have the physical ability to achieve those goals. I would submit that serving in the United States Senate is similar in that one should be able to talk and carry on a conversation of complete sentences to hold that office, but the people of Pennsylvania disagree. They elected by a comfortable margin, a man who is so obviously unfit to hold the office that it boggles the mind. His words are incoherent ramblings which are nearly impossible to discern, but he was elected anyway. The people of Pennsylvania had the chance to witness the same debate with his opponent, Dr. Mehmet Oz that I did and yet they concluded that they wanted that man to represent them in the Senate. It is mind boggling that any sane person could come to such a conclusion, but despite his obvious mental shortcomings, and if he has people to help him, he will probably show up in the senate in January. His opponent was weak, that much is true. He accepted Trump’s endorsement, then once he had the nomination, he took it down from his web site thus giving the impression of being an opportunistic power seeker with no loyalty. He also refused to renounce his Turkish citizenship which was undoubtably a turnoff for many people. Turkey is a NATO member and therefore not an enemy, but it would be fair to say that it is at least hostile to the United States. Why then would they elect John Fetterman to the Senate? The answer is fairly obvious and that is that they wanted him in the Senate. They saw all his faults, which revealed to them his inability to perform the functions required, but they wanted him anyway. They knew he would be unable to discharge his duties, but they didn’t care. The election of Fetterman proves that the election of Biden was no one off for the Democrats. Being able to perform the duties of one’s office is no longer a requirement for elected office in America. It would be interesting to hear a conversation between the two of them, perhaps laughing about their elections. This is rubbing our noses in it by the Democrat elite. Their goal of filling every local office with their own people and of filling the country with new Democrats is now complete enough to give them a permanent majority. They don’t even have to put up a coherent candidate to win.
Darrell Castle talks about a speech made by Vladimir Putin on Thursday, October 29th at the Valdai Club, A Moscow based Russian think tank. Transcription / Notes THE MOST DANGEROUS DECADE SINCE WWII Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. This is Friday the 4th day of November in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about a speech made by Vladimir Putin on Thursday October 29th at the Valdai Club, a Moscow based Russian think tank. Mr. Putin emphasized his continuing struggle with the West and described this decade as the most dangerous since WWII. Mr. Putin said he had no regrets about what he still describes as a special operation meaning his invasion of Ukraine. He said that Russia has never considered itself an enemy of the West, but that period of time between the breakup of the Soviet Union and now in which the West has had undivided dominance over world affairs is ending whether the West wants it to end or not. The fall of the Soviet Union left the West in the worst possible position and that is without an enemy to motivate the people and to feed the insatiable appetite of the military, industrial, security state. Since there was no more Soviet Union against which to pit the labor of the American people the United States, bit by bit started to become more and more like its 45 yearlong enemy. That is my opinion and not one expressed by Mr. Putin. Mr. Putin made a point in his speech of always addressing the West rather than the United States directly. The West has been and is the continued adversary of Russia. The opportunity has been and is there for the asking, but the West is not interested in a diplomatic end to the struggle. Recently a group of 30 of the most liberal Democrat members of congress petitioned the White House demanding that the administration conduct diplomacy with Russia. These members of congress, possibly fearing election defeat next week, were very diplomatic in their request. They requested, “proactive diplomatic push, redoubling efforts to seek a realistic framework for a ceasefire.” Pretty mild considering another sentence in their letter. “The risk of nuclear weapons being used has been estimated to be higher now than at any time since the height of the cold war.” They went on to ask for pairing military support with a diplomatic push. Their request was not that different from what Putin has been recommending but alas, it was far too radical for this administration and its coalition of war loving globalists to accept. They were forced to retract their letter shortly after it was sent proving to the world that not even the suggestion of talking to Russia will be tolerated. The irony is that most of the talk about nuclear weapons first use, and of nuclear Armageddon, etc. has come from the White House. Putin only said that if attacked he would use any means necessary to defend Russia. That has been the policy of the United States and Russia for the entire existence of nuclear weapons. Russia has not publicly threatened to use nuclear weapons in Ukraine or anywhere else. Putin emphasized in his speech that Russia has no intent and there is no necessity for nuclear weapons in Ukraine. He did discuss his fear that the West would use a dirty bomb in a false flag attack and then blame Russia. Dirty bombs are not nuclear but instead they are radioactive material wrapped around a conventional weapon so as to spread radioactive fallout and poison a population. Now both sides accuse the other of planning such an attack. Possibly, from the tone of Putin’s speech, one might conclude that he is astute enough to understand the growing resentment of Americans toward Ukrainian president Zelensky who constantly lectures them that they haven’t done enough, haven’t sent enough, all the while the American economy careens toward a cliff. Some Democrats, their hypocrisy ever before them, are starting to understand that a growing number of Americans are fed up with it and are going to hold ...
Darrell Castle talks about a very important decision of the New York Supreme Court to strike down the city’s vaccine mandate for employees ordering them to be reinstated immediately with back pay. Transcription / Notes: NEW YORK SUPREME COURT—IT WAS ABOUT COMPLIANCE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about a very important decision of the New York Supreme Court to strike down the city’s vaccine mandate for employees ordering them to be reinstated immediately with back pay. From the Court’s decision: “It is clear that the Health Commissioner has the authority to issue public health mandates. No one is refuting that authority. However, the Health Commissioner cannot create a new condition of employment for City employees. The Health Commissioner cannot prohibit an employee from returning to work. The Health Commissioner cannot terminate employees. The Health Commissioner cannot exempt certain employees from these orders. Executive Order No. 62 renders all of these vaccine mandates arbitrary and capricious.” Now folks continuing the quote from the Court here is the kill shot for vaccine mandates at least in the City of New York. “Being vaccinated does not prevent an individual from contracting or transmitting Covid-19. As of the day of this Decision, CDC guidelines regarding quarantine and isolation are the same for vaccinated and unvaccinated individuals.” I just returned from 6 days in New York, so I was very much in a New York State of mind when I read this decision. The court was offended on behalf of the employees of the City of New York who brought this suit originally. Hundreds of people were being told that no matter how many burning buildings you have entered, no matter how many violent criminals you have confronted, no matter how many hours you drove your bus or subway train during the lockdowns, no matter how many sick people you treated, if you do not get a vaccine you personally believe to be more dangerous than the virus, you are fired. Then, to put the icing on the cake, the Mayor of New York, Eric Adams, exempted athletes, and other performers from the mandates and the court said that rendered the order arbitrary and capricious. The mandate was affecting New York sports teams from fielding some of their best players and some Broadway performers were banned as Broadway was trying to gain a footing again. In other words, it did not make economic sense to continue the ban against some. The court found that reasoning rendered the order arbitrary and capricious. The Court relied on facts that are common knowledge except among the political class pointing out that the vaccine was not absolute and although New York is 80% vaccinated cases continue to occur. President Biden said on national television that the pandemic is over. The State of New York ended the Covid-19 state of emergency over a month ago. The court pointed out that its decision was not about how effective the vaccines were but about how the City’s first responders were treated. “They worked without protective gear. They were infected with Covid-19, creating natural immunity. They continued working full duty while their exemption requests were pending. They were terminated and are willing to come back to work for the city that cast them aside.” The Court also blasted city government officials for abusing the concept of state of emergency, pointing out that such things are supposed to be temporary. The Court held that the Health Commissioner does not have the authority to enact a permanent condition of employment during a state of emergency. To grant the Commissioner such authority would violate the concept of separation of powers. The section of the Court’s ruling that may and should have an impact on other jurisdictions around the country was the question of why the mandates continued to be insisted on despite the contrary evidence.
Darrell Castle talks about the energy policies of President Joe Biden and how he is desperately trying to hold down soaring fuel prices until after the Mid-Term Elections. Transcription / Notes: BIDEN BEGS SAUDIS FOR MID-TERM HELP Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the energy policies of President Joe Biden and how he is desperately trying to hold down soaring fuel prices until after the Mid Term Elections, with very little success because It is very hard to hold down energy prices even for a month without actually producing any energy. Yes, it appears, according to the Wall Street Journal, that President Biden went begging to the Saudis for energy relief just before OPEC met on October 5th. The Journal reports: “Days before a major oil-production cut by OPEC and its Russia-led allies, U.S. officials called their counterparts in Saudi Arabia and other big gulf producers with an urgent appeal—delay the decision for another month, according to people familiar with the talks. The answer: a resounding no. U.S. officials warned Saudi leaders that a cut would be viewed as a clear choice by Riyadh to side with Russia in the Ukraine war and that the move would weaken already-waning support in Washington for the Kingdom, the people said. Saudi officials dismissed the requests, which they viewed as a political gambit by the Biden administration to avoid bad news ahead of the U.S. midterm elections, on which control of Congress hangs. High gas prices and inflation have been central issues in the campaign. Instead, the people said, the Kingdom leaned on its OPEC allies to approve the cut, which is aimed at reducing production by 2 million barrels a day.” Yes indeed, American prestige is very high at OPEC right now as the Saudis leave the President of the United States looking weak and foolish from his own act of begging what amounts to an enemy or at least a hostile nation to save his control of congress. The Wall Street Journal rates this explanation of the call to OPEC as highly plausible. The mid terms are weighing heavily on the minds of the administration as their poll numbers shrink with rising gas prices. They had been enjoying a bit of relief at the polls with Biden’s releasing Strategic Petroleum Reserves (SPR) into the market. There is only so much oil in the strategic reserves and Biden is apparently willing to use a great deal of it to buy votes in the midterms. He announced another depletion in the SPR this week which according to industry officials would take the reserves to the lowest point since the early 1980’s. The usual White House press conference by Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre produced the usual mumbo jumbo about how it is all Putin’s fault and the fault of the oil industry and even reserved a little blame for gas stations hoping, I guess, that people are dumb enough to accept such nonsense. Releases from the SPR are usually reserved for natural disasters or national emergencies so I guess faltering poll numbers and nervous reaction to the coming elections qualify as a national emergency. Reports are that the U.S. will have about 17 days of reserves left assuming no further releases. I should at least be fair to the administration though because, surprise, administration spokesperson Adrienne Watson vehemently denied that the call to OPEC had any political purpose at all. She denied that Biden was driven by political calculations. “It’s categorically false to connect this to U.S. elections. It’s about the impact of this shortsighted decision to the global economy.” Yes, a very believable explanation indeed. The President is simply concerned about the global economy and that is why he made a personal appeal and why he was so angry and threatening toward the Saudis. Once again, President Biden has left himself on the horns of a dilemma. He desperately needs energy prices to subside at least until ...
Darrell Castle talks about how President Joe Biden casually discusses the possibility of nuclear annihilation and even the probability of it. He refers to the growing likelihood of nuclear war with Russia as Armageddon, but he does nothing to tone down the rhetoric and openly suggests that is where war with Russia is headed. Transcription / Notes CASUALLY DISCUSSING ARMAGEDDON Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about how President Joe Biden casually discusses the possibility of nuclear annihilation and even the probability of it. He refers to the growing likelihood of nuclear war with Russia as Armageddon, but he does nothing to tone down the rhetoric and openly suggests that is where war with Russia is headed. Generally, the term Armageddon refers to an end of the world scenario and I don’t remember an American president during my lifetime which runs from Truman to Biden using that term before. I remember the Cuban Missile Crisis quite well as I was 13 or 14 years old at the time. Everyone was terrified even in the rural area where my family lived. The newspaper and TV told us where the priority targets were located for the Russian ICBMs. I had a job delivering newspapers and I remember the homes with blankets over their windows to prevent flying glass. People were afraid to come to the door to pay me. That was legitimate terror with nuclear missiles only 90 miles away from our shore. Kennedy and Khrushchev worked it out in a mutually beneficial deal to save the world. Kennedy removed American missiles from Turkey just over the Bosporus from Russia and Khrushchev removed Russian missiles from Cuba. No confrontation on the high seas and no inflammatory rhetoric that made diplomacy impossible. In America we assumed we won, and in Russia I’m sure Russians thought they won. The two sides fought each other for 45 years and their wars were both real and proxy. From Korea, to Vietnam, to Afghanistan they tried to weaken each other and break each other’s resolve but nuclear weapons were not threatened or discussed as a possibility. Their presence was obvious, but the threat of their use was too terrifying, but that fear, and respect doesn’t seem to exist anymore. Thursday night, October 6th the President of the United States was in New York City for a fundraising dinner for the Democrat “elite” I assume to save the Democrat majority from Mid-Term election annihilation. This was a fundraising dinner, and the President was the keynote speaker. He spoke with the usual rant about horrible domestic enemies, Republican semi-fascists, abortion, the dangers of climate change, so on and so forth. Right in the middle of all that Maga Republican nonsense he casually started talking about nuclear annihilation. Ron Paul, in his Campaign for Liberty newsletter warned us of the danger in that speech. “Never in the cold war was an American President so casual and careless about the prospect of nuclear war.” Cold War presidents apparently felt no desire to terrify the American people. Democrats and Republicans alike tried to reassure the public that everything would be alright, and we could get through this together, which-ever this we were afraid of at the time. President Biden apparently has no such fear and is totally devoid of respect for Russia and its approximately 6000 nuclear weapons. This administration seems more reckless than cautions. It is arrogant and full of itself almost bursting with hubris. It backs up its military mistakes and misinterpretations with dangerous rhetoric. My fear is that this is no bluff and is an indication of what the people, whoever they are, running this administration’s policy are actually thinking or planning. The Biden health department, the same one that gave us the Covid lockdown, and the ineffective vaccine then ordered us to take it, announced that is has spent $290 million on a drug to treat rad...
Darrell Castle talks about the FBI and how it has been converted and subverted from the world’s premier criminal investigation agency that it once was to a weapon that serves the establishment to muzzle antigovernment activism and thought, and to harass and intimidate political opponents of the administration. Transcription / Notes: THE FBI IS JUST A POLITICAL WEAPON Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of October in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the FBI and how it has been converted and subverted from the world’s premier criminal investigation agency that it once was to a weapon that serves the establishment to muzzle anti-government activism and thought, and to harass and intimidate political opponents of the administration. This is my return Castle Report after a week off and I find what the military refers to as a target rich environment. We grow ever closer to nuclear war over a country in Eastern Europe that is of no strategic interest to the United States at all. It seems likely, by an overwhelming margin, that people in Washington D.C. committed an act of war against Russia and also against Washington’s European allies by blowing up the Nordstream Pipelines as the President promised to do. Despite all those catastrophes I turn my attention inward to the FBI once again. It turns out that inward is a proper way to refer to the FBI today because it, as well as many other agencies of government, have been directed away from foreign enemies and domestic criminals and focused on political opponents of the administration. They also specialize in intimidation and persecution of people who sense and believe that something is wrong in this society and therefore they express the desire for change. You might not be aware of this fact but one of the FBI’s primary missions is the investigation of bank robberies and the apprehension of the robbers. Bank deposits are insured by the federal government and therefore bank robbery is a federal crime. In opposition to its primary mission, the FBI now commits as well as investigates, bank robbery. Hard to believe I know, but nevertheless true. The Los Angeles Times, to its credit, broke the story. It seems that the FBI has been very busy lately between raids on Mar-a-Lago and harassing peaceful protesters and prolife activists. The LA Times report tells us that the FBI neglected to tell the judge who approved a warrant for the March 2021 raid on the Private Vaults Store in Beverly Hills California that the agency planned to keep the money its agents managed to pry out of every safe deposit box in that bank which contained $5000 or more in cash, precious metals, jewelry, etc. This story obviously didn’t break for something like a year and a half until the LA Times was informed of it. The Times article goes on to report that the failure of the FBI and the U.S. Attorney’s office in LA to disclose the confiscation plan in the raid was revealed in FBI documents and depositions of agents in a class-action lawsuit by box holders who say the raid violated their rights. The specific information came from the recent testimony of a senior FBI agent. The government tried to justify the raid by saying that hundreds of boxholders were hoarding illegally obtained assets, so I guess that supposedly freed the agents to steal everything in the private boxes. The report goes on to say that FBI agents took the personal belongings of a jazz saxophone player, an interior designer, a retired doctor, a flooring contractor, and a couple of Century City lawyers among hundreds of others. They photographed customers’ sensitive documents including passwords, credit cards, prenuptial agreements, immigration and vaccination records and bank records, which all made their way into government databases. The agents defied the instructions of U.S. Magistrate Judge Steve Kim who set restrictions in the warrant he issued,
Darrell Castle talks about those who run the world or at least front for those who run it with a special emphasis on war, in particular the war in Ukraine. Transcription / Notes THE WORLD IS RUN BY LUNATICS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about those who run the world or at least front for those who run it with a special emphasis on war in particular the war in Ukraine. I know what you must be thinking. What would make Darrell refer to world leaders, even elected ones, as lunatics? How dare he make such a claim or say such a distasteful thing. Well, I make that statement because I’m trying to be kind and respectful to the world’s leaders. I’m trying to give them the benefit of a doubt for their actions because the alternative of lunatic would be homicidal maniac and I sure would not want to put that label on anyone without evidence. So, to give them the benefit of the doubt I conclude that they are simply crazy, mad as a hatter, wild as a March hair to avoid the possibility that they are taking mankind to the brink of destruction on purpose. Let’s look at some of the evidence I can offer to support my conclusions. The President of the United States does not want the war in Ukraine to end. He, in fact, wants it to get worse, to destroy more lives, more property, and the taxes of more Americans. The Administration has committed weapons to the conflict that according to the Wall Street Journal, will not be ready for shipment for three years. Number two, the President plans to name the U.S. assistance to Ukraine as a separate and distinctive military command with its own general. This from the Wall Street Journal: “The naming of the operation formally recognizes the U.S. effort within the military, akin to how the Pentagon dubbed the missions in Iraq and Afghanistan Operation Iraqi Freedom, Operation Enduring Freedom, and Operation Freedom’s Sentinel. The naming of the training and assistance is significant bureaucratically, as it typically entails long-term, dedicated funding and the possibility of special pay, ribbons and awards, for service members participating in the effort. The selection of a general, expected to be a two or three star, reflects the creation of a command responsible to coordinate the effort, a shift from the largely ad hoc effort to provide training and assistance to the Ukrainians for years.” With respect to the Wall Street Journal and thanks to it for reporting this madness, to me it says that the United States, i.e. the Biden Administration is at war with Russia and plans to be for the foreseeable future. This new command is not a plan for bringing the war to a swift conclusion nor is it a plan that includes any effort at diplomacy. It is a plan as Secretary of Defense Austin once said, to weaken Russia. It will weaken Russia in the short run, but I submit that it will also weaken the United States by bleeding the taxpayers and by the constant threat of kinetic war weaken the U.S. morale and U.S. economy, which is already obvious. The U.S. Congress should at the very least be permitted to weigh in when the U.S. is committing itself to a long war on behalf of others, a war in which the U.S. has little or no strategic interest. So. The U.S. proxy war in Ukraine will now feature a catchy name, and since the U.S. controls the narrative, it will be all Ukraine all the time in the news. Right now, the news about the war is all about the new Ukrainian advance in the Eastern Provinces in one area to within two miles of the Russian border. You Tube is filled with videos of Ukrainian soldiers using the latest, most high-tech weapons supplied to them by the United States, to destroy Russian armor, and other land vehicles as well as helicopters. The Javelin man portable, or manpad, missile has made life unlivable for Russian tanks and the roads are littered with their burned-out shells.
Darrell Castle talks about the deliberate destruction of that “golden goose” upon which rests the whole of the Western world’s economy. Transcription / Notes: KILLING THE GOLDEN GOOSE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. Today I will be talking about the deliberate destruction of that “golden goose” upon which rests the whole of the Western world’s economy. Civilization experiments with destruction and devolution by attempting a change from fossil to un-fossilized fuel which change our elite rulers tell us will save us from climate destruction and an apocalyptic future, but could the opposite be true. They know they are right, these world improvers. They know they are on the side of the angels and the rest of us who want to see civilization continue are extremists, and fascists or at least semi-fascists. For example, when recent problems in California began to manifest themselves with rolling blackouts and mandatory shutoffs of electricity due to the State’s decision to forego traditional sources of energy in favor of wind and solar officials of the state chose to double down rather than come to their senses. The Washington Post interviewed Siva Gunda, the vice chair of the California Energy Commission; “We understand we cannot have the lights go off, but the fear of these questions being brought up is not a reason to slow down from what we know is morally and societally what we need to do.” Yes indeed, those who govern California know what has to be done morally. Who cares what happens to mothers and children who sit in the dark in 100-degree heat because of what elite officials are convinced of. Who cares about the destruction of one of the world’s great economies and bread baskets. If California were its own nation, it would be the 5th largest economy in the world and it would have the world’s highest average income except for tax havens such as Monaco and Luxemburg. The government of California is intent on changing all that. Stop using your appliances, turn off your lights, keep temperatures at 78 degrees, but I suppose the higher your temps the greater your morality. Once again, the Governor of the nation’s most populous state comes across as the newest dictator in a banana republic hardly anyone has heard of. These decisions are an attempt to reverse the progress made since the advent of the industrial revolution. The industrial revolution occurred primarily in the 1800’s. Man had recorded his time on earth for about 6000 years with very little change. People still rode horses, tilled the land with wooden tools, and fought each other with spears and swords. That all changed rapidly as mankind started a sudden accent powered at first by coal then by oil. The world was no longer constantly on the edge of mass starvation. Privation and hunger were no longer the norm. Fossil fuels changed the very nature of life on planet earth. Food became so abundant that it soon reached the cheapest levels in history. No more, because basic commodities like wheat, soybeans, and corn have doubled in price, but incomes haven’t. The Covid lockdown hysteria was the beginning and the catalyst that brought a halt to the world’s economic activity, and the war in Ukraine picked up where Covid left off. Russia is the largest producer of fertilizer in the world and without that product it is difficult or impossible to grow enough food to feed a population. The proxy war being fought in Ukraine coupled with U.S. sanctions have drastically affected the supply of fertilizer resulting in mass crop reduction across the world. California leaders see the information as I do, but they plunge ahead toward the green new deal. The golden goose is struggling to survive in the golden state, but the people are yet to rise up in anger. Reality, as Philip dick once said, is that which when you stop believing in it doesn’t go away.
Darrell Castle talks about President Biden’s September 1st speech at Independence Hall in Philadelphia during which he referred to MAGA Republicans as a threat to the Republic. Transcription / Notes THE GHOSTS OF NUREMBERG Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 9th day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about President Biden’s September 1st speech at Independence Hall in Philadelphia in which he referred to MAGA Republicans as a threat to the Republic among other things. What does the speech mean and why deliver it with the red and black, tales from the crypt background with two Marines ominously visible behind him. Just about everything that can be said about the speech has been said, but I will endeavor to look at it not only from a what perspective but also why. America caught at least a partial break since the speech competed with opening night of the college football season so no contest for television viewing. I read the transcript the next morning as I usually do, and I was so intrigued I pulled the video and watched it. Have you ever watched one of Hitler’s speeches at those gigantic Nuremberg rallies? You can find them on You Tube and although you probably don’t speak German you will quickly get the idea and see the comparison. Whoever wrote Biden’s speech had undoubtably watched some of those videos because the mannerisms of the speakers and the hellish backdrop are so similar it can’t be a coincidence. The sinister screaming of the speakers with the two fists shaken in front of them, are uncanny so watch both and compare. Both speakers demonize their opponents and say that their opponents are a threat to the country and to democracy itself. I don’t mean to compare Biden to Adolph Hitler in practice only in words and mannerisms. However, that speech was virtually unprecedented in American history as much of this administration is, but I can’t help but wonder why he would want to imitate Hitler and Mussolini. I certainly can’t remember such an attack on a former president and on political opponents as this speech made. “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.” I point out to you that more than 70 million people voted to re-elect Mr. Trump so that is a lot of extremism. He then tried to soften the attack a little by adding, “Not all Republicans are to blame” but MAGA Republicans will destroy American democracy unless checked. Once again, the, my enemies are enemies of the country and must be destroyed rhetoric is eerily familiar. Now, in case you were fortunate enough to watch football instead of the speech let me share a few quotes with you: “MAGA Republicans do not respect the Constitution.” They do not believe in the rule of law.” “They do not recognize the will of the people.” “They are determined to take the country backwards—backwards to a country where there is no right to choose, no right to privacy, no right to contraception, no right to marry who you love.” They promote authoritarian leaders, and they fan the flames of political violence.” They are a threat to our personal rights, to the pursuit of justice, to the rule of law, to the very soul of the country.” The President’s rhetoric menacing, bitter, angry, threatening, and divisive directed toward half the population was shocking in that a president could and would stoop to the level of labeling tens of millions of us as enemies and a threat to democracy. The phrasing of the speech and the mannerisms reminded me of many dictator speeches in which the ground was being prepared for persecution of the “enemies of democracy.” His words were dehumanizing and most importantly they were lies and charges of which he is far more guilty than his enemies. Perhaps he was right in a reverse sort of way when he said we are in a battle for the soul of the nation. Ben Johnson writing for The Washington Stand said it like this:” Bid...
Darrell Castle talks about the FBI and the accusations about it and the Department of Justice. Is the FBI still the nation’s premier law enforcement agency and above reproach or has it devolved into just another corrupt agency acting as the muscle of the Democrat Party? Transcription / Notes: TROUBLE AT THE FBI Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 2nd day of September in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the FBI and the accusations about it and the Department of Justice that have come to light over the last few years. Is the FBI still the nation’s premier law enforcement agency and above reproach or has it devolved into just another corrupt agency acting as the muscle of the Democrat Party. There are so many scandals inside the FBI right now that it is hard to keep them straight until you realize that they are all tied together. The motto of the FBI is Fidelity, Bravery, and Integrity, and I’m sure that it accurately describes most of the men and women out there on the front lines. It does not, however, accurately describe the leadership of the FBI which appears to be irretrievably corrupt. When I say corrupt, I don’t mean they sell their badges for money like some traffic cop in a third world country. No, the FBI leadership is far worse than that, having tarnished their badges and their honor in a long list of vile, partisan activities on behalf of the globalist forces that run this administration and constantly tell us what we are supposed to believe, who we are supposed to vote for, and that all lies are truth, and all truth is lies, but let’s look at the evidence. During the presidential election campaign of 2016 and especially after Trump was elected the entire intelligence community of the United States was weaponized to prevent the election of Donald Trump and ensure the election of Hillary Clinton. When that part of the plot failed, the plotters continued after the election to smear and discredit then President Trump and his administration. Originally the plot was given the codename operation crossfire hurricane and was launched by the FBI in July 2016. The FBI set out to investigate the many links that were supposed to exist between officials of the Russian Government, Russian Bureaucrats, and Russian Oligarchs and the Trump Campaign. I’m sure you are aware that the entire plot was invented by the mind of Hillary Clinton or those within her campaign. Once Crossfire Hurricane was launched, it became all Russia all the time and to some extent that same ideology still exists today long after the entire thing was proven to be a hoax. The result has been the destruction of a once proud organization which inserted itself unconstitutionally into partisan politics. I wonder if the corruption of the 2016 campaign by the FBI and others was a one-off thing or evidence of corruption in high places going back many years. You probably remember the Hunter Biden laptop scandal which came into public view in October 2020 just before the election. Hunter took his laptop to a repair shop in Delaware and did not pick it up. In addition to thousands of pornographic images of Hunter smoking crack with prostitute there was evidence of influence peddling of his father’s influence as vice president and soon to be president as well as many other potential crimes involving foreign countries including Communist China. The New York Post broke the story and reported that the laptop was authentic and contained authentic information. The New York Times and many other media reported that it was just more Russian disinformation. Finally, almost a year after Biden was elected, the New York Times reluctantly admitted that it was authentic. A few days ago, Mark Zuckerberg CEO of Meta, formerly Facebook, went on the Joe Rogan podcast and made an admission that is still getting noticed by congressional committees. Whistle blowers inside the FBI, apparently more than a dozen of them,
Darrell Castle talks about the Attorney General of the State of New York, Letitia James, and more specifically about a recent letter she sent to the Cornerstone Church in Batavia, New York in which she warned and threatened that church regarding an event the church planned to host. The event was held on August 12-13 of this year and was called The Re-Awaken America Tour. NEW YORK’S TOP LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 26th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the Attorney General of the State of New York, Letitia James, and more specifically about a recent letter she sent to the Cornerstone Church in Batavia, New York in which she warned and threatened that church regarding an event the church planned to have and did have on August 12-13 of this year called The Re-Awaken America Tour. The Attorney general’s letter concerns me for several reasons, but it is especially concerning because it demonstrates the growing belief that government is all powerful and without restraint. It cannot be restrained by anything especially the bill of rights. She campaigned for office on a plan to use all prosecutorial resources of her office to investigate and prosecute Donald Trump. She has been true to her promise, targeting Trump and his business interests relentlessly until finally Trump invoked his fifth amendment rights and refused to answer any more of her questions. Her predecessor, Eric Schneiderman, had the same anti Trump attitude taking Trump before the courts of New York and the courts of public opinion. Deciding someone’s guilt before that person even takes office might be a little inappropriate but who cares any more about guilt or innocence. The target is either on your side of the political spectrum or he isn’t, and if he isn’t then he is fair game. Mr. Schneiderman eventually resigned in disgrace amid a multitude of sexual charges. Using the office of the Attorney General to prosecute or “get” political enemies seems to be a tradition in New York. Schneiderman’s interim continued the same pattern by issuing a press release threatening to take down the entire Trump family. In fact, all the candidates for New York Attorney General in 2018 pledged to use the office to get Trump. Ms. James was particularly aggressive saying that “The president of the United States has to worry about three things: Muller, Cohen, and Tish James.” She won the Democrat primary which in New York is the same as winning the general which she won anyway. She again pledged the immense power of the Ney York AG’s office to the task of getting Trump. Was he guilty of anything? It doesn’t matter because he was a political opponent which she disagreed with. Currently, the real law isn’t nearly as important as the political position of the prosecutor. If the prosecutor is unable to convict, she can at least make the target’s life miserable and that is a victory. Investigating a person without a reasonable suspicion that a crime is being, or has been committed, without any probable cause is a federal civil rights violation. It can serve as the basis for harassment and civil rights lawsuits. Governments and their agencies are tasked with investigating crimes and suspicious activities which may reasonably lead to the conclusion that crimes are being committed, but legally they cannot simply set out to investigate a person without cause. It is necessary to also point out that New York is currently swamped by real crime, including murder and other violent felonies. With that background on Ms. James and her office we come to the subject of this report. There have been a series of conferences perhaps 15 or 20 over the last couple of years billed as the Reawaken America Tour. They are apparently the brainchild of Clay Clark who scheduled the first one in Tulsa in April 2021. He had 50,000 requests for tickets but a venue that could only accommodate 4000.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent raid on former President Trump’s home in Mar-a-Lago in Florida. RAID ON MAR-a-LAGO Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 19th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the recent raid on former President Donald Trump’s home in Mar-a-Lago in Florida. The raid was unprecedented in American history. The raid was conducted against arguably the regime’s chief critic and political opponent: The raid was three months before a critical mid term election that is predicted to be a rebuke of the regime’s policies: The raid was conducted by the regime’s DOJ and FBI proven to be very corrupt organizations. What should we make of all this? The first thing the raid tells us is that the FBI, the DOJ, and the Biden Administration in general are liars who can’t even keep their lies straight between them. They will only admit the truth under extreme duress and when all the lies have been exposed to the world. Beset by contradictions, obvious lies, and just plain incompetence, the many explanations offered by the FBI come apart under examination. The lies make the real reason for the raid more obvious and that is that it was a political hit job on a former president to find something, anything, to keep him from running for and perhaps winning the presidency again. The president didn’t know about the raid, and he had nothing to do with it. The old, he didn’t know until he heard it on the news story again. The administration set out to distance the president from the raid I would suppose in a vain attempt to make it appear that he was not trying to persecute a political opponent. Press Secretary Karine Jean-Pierre told us no one at the White House was given a heads up on the raid. No, that did not happen you know, he learned about it through the media. So, we are expected to believe that the Department of Justice with the Attorney General appointed by the President did not even brief the president on a planned FBI raid of a former president’s home. Even though the raid was something that had never happened before in American history and it was something that could perhaps change the perception of the American people toward their government forever, the president knew nothing about it. With any president other than Joe Biden that assumption would be total fantasy, but with Biden I suppose he could have been having another lite intensity day during the briefing. For days after the raid Newsweek reported that the Attorney General, Merrick Garland, was regularly briefed on the Records Act Investigation, but he insisted he had no prior knowledge of the date and time of the raid nor was he asked to approve it. So, again, officials of the administration raid the home of a former president and neither the Attorney General nor the President knew anything about it. The Justice Department appeared to be trying to throw the FBI under the bus, but the FBI decided to not fall on its sword and started to fight back. Finally, Merrick Garland admitted that he had approved the search warrant. “I personally approved the decision to seek a search warrant in this matter.” Why would his staff and the administration try to shield him from that by lying about it. Why do they act guilty like someone caught in the act of a sloppy burglary like Watergate. Pretending that Merrick Garland was not aware was just a bit too unbelievable and the story started to unravel. Later the Attorney General of the United States, the head of the Department of Justice, Merrick Garland, admitted that he had pondered over the decision of the raid for weeks before giving his approval. The decision was the subject of weeks of meetings between senior Justice Department people and the FBI. In order to request a warrant from their hand-picked Florida Judge, an affidavit had to be prepared listing what was alleged to be probable cause for the search and probable cause that a crime had been committ...
Darrell Castle talks about the so-called Inflation Reduction Act passed this week by a dead-locked Senate 50-50 with Vice President Harris casting the deciding vote and sending it to the House where it is expected to be passed. A LONG TRAIN OF ABUSES AND USURPATIONS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 12th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the so-called Inflation Reduction Act passed this week by a dead locked Senate 50-50 with Vice President Harris casting the deciding vote. The bill is expected to pass the House as early as today. This bill makes my blood boil when I read it or when I even consider it because it is reflective of a government that no longer feels the need to hide its contempt for the average working American. This bill is evidence of the nation’s continuing ruin by design and by incompetence. We are expected to believe that spending three quarters of a trillion dollars in the teeth of inflation approaching double digits will somehow reduce inflation. The officials of this government talk a lot about taxing the rich, but apparently, they could not find enough of them to cover this monstrosity, so they have to go into your pockets and the pockets of every small business in America. They plan to do that by spending 80$ billion to hire 87,000 new IRS agents to harass and audit ordinary people who just want to make a living and feed their families. The IRS will now be the largest government agency outside the military. The FBI, for example, has 35,000 employees many of which the agency sent to raid the home of a former president to further Democrat persecution of him, and to continue our descent into third world junta status. The state department has 23, 000, but the IRS will now have 165,000 employees. The Congressional Budget Office found that the hiring of 87,000 new agents to harass and persecute average Americans would result in $200 billion of additional revenue over the next decade. More that half of the rest of the bill is devoted to enforcement. One of the theories of how to reduce inflation is to reduce demand. In other words, make things so expensive people stop spending and also take money from them so they can’t spend. This bill certainly intends to do that as it contains no middle-class safeguards and will hurt the middle class more than any other group. Retailors should be concerned as well since there will, by design, be far fewer people who can afford to shop. Yes, this is a Marxist and Orwellian nightmare rolled into one bill. It is the formula Lenin devised to destroy the bourgeoisie. He said the best way to do that would be to grind them between the millstones of taxes and inflation and that is exactly what this bill does. So, the globalist, world improvers, the wise ones who are the only ones capable of running and controlling this entire world got at least a cut down version of what they wanted. It is a small cut-down version of Biden’s original build back better idea. You may pay their salaries, but no one in Washington works for you. Chuck Schumer, Mitch McConnell and all the rest don’t work for you. None of them work for the “little man” the “working man” because they all work for a group of globalists whose reason for existing is to destroy your country, your life, and your family’s future. That is who the people you elect each cycle and those they hire and appoint work for. They want everyone taxed at a solid rate and then they want 100% compliance by way of central bank digital currencies where there can be no escape from their surveillance. The Orwellian part of it is that words don’t mean anything except what the Democrats tell us they mean. A recession is no longer a recession as the White House is free to change the meaning. We are told that Putin’s Price Hike caused it, but a massive spending bill will cure it despite Putin. Inflation is caused at least primarily caused by excess Federal Reserve money crea...
Darrell Castle talks about the island known to the West as Taiwan and offers a few thoughts on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s recent visit there. Transcription / Notes: WHAT DOES STANDING WITH TAIWAN REALLY MEAN? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 5th day of August in the year of our Lord 2022 and on today’s report I will be talking about the Island known as Taiwan except to China where it is known as China. Specifically, I will offer a few thoughts on House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s recent visit to Taiwan. Why is Nancy Pelosi’s visit to Taiwan such a big deal? After all she is not the first member of congress to visit that nation. She is, however, a duly elected, official of the United States as well as second behind Vice President Kamala Harris, in line for the presidency of the United States. I suppose that makes her visit very important to the Chinese. It is akin to a state visit to what they consider to be part of their sovereign territory. All that was well know to the speaker of the house of representatives before she planned her trip, but she did it anyway. The president said he thought it was not a good idea and so did the secretary of defense, but she went anyway. Why, what did the trip accomplish, and how did it properly represent her constituents in San Francisco? The U.S. claims that since the speaker represents the legislative branch, and the executive branch handles diplomacy and is empowered to determine U.S. foreign policy that her trip was therefore insignificant. I’m pretty sure the Chinese don’t understand or accept such distinctions. They probably don’t accept the idea that the trip was not endorsed by the president and I’m certain that to them its all part of a pre-arranged plan. China’s outrage, either genuine or also concocted, was made very clear. Some in the Chinese military threatened to shoot down her plane, but fortunately cooler heads prevailed. It seems that the Chinese do not want to provoke a full-scale war with the United States, at least not yet. The history of this conflict goes back to the end of World War ll when the forces of Mao chased Chiang Kai-Shek to what was then called Formosa. Chiang established a Chinese government in exile While Mao ran China and claimed the island of Taiwan as sovereign Chinese territory. War clouds have appeared over the island ever since and it constantly threatens the world with war today. The U.S. has always walked a line between recognition of Taiwan independence and admitting it is part of China. The diplomacy was worked out between Nixon, Kissinger, and the Chinese when Nixon “opened” China with his visit in 1974. Basically, both sides agreed to coexist and ignore the elephant in the room. The U.S. would not recognize Taiwan independence and the Chinese would not attempt to take Taiwan by force. The position of the U.S. regarding an attempted invasion by China would remain deliberately unclear and obscure so that they would never know until it happened. Would the U.S. defend Taiwan militarily or not, no one knew for sure? All that changed with a recent trip by President Biden to Japan. When asked by a reporter if the U.S. would defend Taiwan he said yes, that’s our commitment. That, of Course, has never been our commitment, but such gaffes or deliberate statements sometimes lead toward world war. The Chinese were probably amazed at the statement, and it undoubtedly accounted for some of the fiery rhetoric and threats about the trip. The Chinese military strength continues to grow and with that growth comes increasingly aggressive threats and efforts to expand in the Pacific. So far, the disputes have involved fishing rights, coastal islands, and disputed territorial waters but it remains a very dangerous situation and that’s why this trip was ill conceived in my mind. Once she announced the trip she had to go despite the Chinese threats, but more importantly because of them.
Darrell Castle talks about the evil globalists who seem to have so much influence over governments and the organizations that are suppose to serve them and now appear to be intentionally inducing famine across the world. Transcription / Notes MALTHUS WAS WRONG BUT FAMINE IS STILL IN OUR FUTURE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. I will be talking about the evil globalists who seem to have so much influence in the world today. Influence over governments and the organizations that are supposed to serve them. Population reduction through famine, war, disease, and civil disorder seems to be all part of their plans for humanity. Only a small population of compliant people can be cataloged, monitored, and controlled like animals and that appears to be what the world is giving these monsters. Thomas Malthus was an English economist who lived in the late 1700’s and early 1800’s. He developed a theory about population and food and people who adhere to his theory are even today referred to as Malthusians. He predicted that famine was the inevitable byproduct of agriculturally successful populations. His idea was that as populations advanced in agricultural ability they would grow faster as they produced more food and inevitably, they would eventually out produce their food supply and starve. Malthus predicted this result was unavoidable though tragic. We know today that he was wrong because the population of the earth is many times what it was in his day and yet, here we are. Technology and modern agricultural techniques would allow the entire earth to be well fed if only the globalists and their toadies would leave us alone. I will call them globalists for lack of a better word, but that requires a bit of explaining. I use the word globalist to define a group of people who believe it is their right, their destiny to catalog, control and manage the world’s population. To be able to do that the population has to be drastically reduced which requires and justifies the killing of perhaps billions of people. Population control has been an issue for decades at least, but the difference is that now they have the technology to finally do it. This is the generation, and the moment that the globalists have been waiting for. They are carrying out their agenda of population control at the same time they continue their goal of digital ID that allows tracking and monitoring of every person and every transaction on earth with the resulting control of entire populations as per the Chinese Social Credit System. You get a reward if you are a good little boy or girl, and you get punished if you are not. This allows the population to be killed off and still controlled if they object. Just a few examples of how the world is following the Chinese example which I believe is first because of its massive population already controlled by a small ruling elite. In Sri Lanka, which was food independent, but is now totally dependent because of changes in farming caused by those in control supposedly worried about climate change. Monster, I argue, is a perfectly reasonable word describe those who would starve their own populations. The starving people charged the government buildings forcing the resignation of government officials. The new president has enacted a QR code digital ID program to access fuel in an effort to ration it because they and others like them sanctioned fuel exporting nations, and so the people have no fuel, only the elite have fuel. The bottom line is that to buy gas for your car or any other use, you must first obtain government permission. This new system was set up in Sri Lanka by the World Economic Forum. Your national ID must be tied to an app the government provides in order to ask the government’s permission to buy some gas. The Sri Lankan government is using armed military to enforce the QR code requirement. So, whose side is the military on in Sri Lanka but also in America.
Darrell Castle talks about how polls and other measures of popular acceptability and obvious ineptitude just keep getting worse for Joe Biden and the Democrats. Transcription / Notes: THE ROARING 20’S Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of July in the year of our Lord 2022. I am going to be talking about how polls and other measures of popular acceptability and obvious ineptitude just keep getting worse for Joe Biden and the Democrats as the approval numbers for President Biden threaten the 20’s thus the title of this report. I am sure you’ve heard the expression just when you think it can’t get any worse it does. CNN has traditionally been kinder to President Biden than any other Network, even through its polling, but now that seems to have changed. The New York Times is the gate keeper for what the American Media is permitted to say about Democrat politicians and in a recent article and follow up piece the Times opened the flood gates of criticism of the President. The Times article said he’s too old, he shuffles, his aides prop him up, etc. you know the story. This article was a directive that it is open season on Joe Biden and there has been numerous criticism from the Democrat Party’s mouthpieces since then. We can’t win with him and so we have to let him go and therefore you are permitted to openly critique him is what the article was saying if one reads between the lines. Even the first lady appears to have been given the word and she did an interview where she said he had so many good things in mind, but the current problems got in the way. Stories of his wife and other staffers giving him pills to get through public appearances, etc. have appeared as well. The scary thing for the Democrats and I argue for the country is that the country seems to be dividing along class lines and the traditional lines of party support have reversed. Those who used to be assumed loyal Democrats are apparently tired of being taken for granted and are turning to the Republicans in droves. Let’s look at the most recent CNN survey. It shows President Biden with the lowest approval rating at this point in a presidency, in the survey’s history. It is a rating that is edging ever closer to the roaring 20’s. President Biden has his problems as did President Carter with the Iran hostage issue and double-digit inflation left over from the Vietnam War and the Great Society Programs, but Biden has sunk lower in the CNN poll than Carter. President Carter’s approval rate at this point was 42% according to CNN but President Biden is at 38% and keep in mind that this poll is from the very generous and friendly polling services of CNN. President Biden has no Mueller investigation and no Iran hostage situation to grease the skids to the bottom, so he has had to rely on his own efforts to get there. Just on a brief inventory, he has taken a booming economy and turned in two successive quarters of negative growth meeting the classic definition of recession. Spending and giveaway stimulus in response to COVID and other federal boondoggles helped inflation to explode, and it is now calculated at 9.1% and no relief is in sight. His disastrous retreat from Afghanistan leaving behind almost $100 billion of high-tech weapons for the Taliban and causing the deaths of 13 Americans while abandoning many others. He promised to turn Saudi Arabia into a pariah during his campaign, but there he was fist bumping the crown prince. Personally, I would never have promised to turn any nation into a pariah. That kind of rhetoric can do nothing useful except perhaps energize some of your base, and if elected, you just might need something that country is selling like Oil. I almost forgot to mention that he inherited a country which was completely energy independent. America was a net exporter of energy and did not have to go to ideological enemies with its hat in its hand. He quickly turned that into a country completely dep...
Darrell Castle talks about strategic blunders made by the United States, and followed by the West in general, that have paved the road to war and to a possible radioactive future. Transcription / Notes STRATEGIC BLUNDERS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 15th day of July in the year of our Lord 2022, and I will be talking about strategic blunders made by the United States and followed by the West in general, that have paved the road to war and to a possible radioactive future. I hope these things are blunders because if they were done with the end result in mind then that would indeed be terrifying, and it would mean that the destruction is part of an overall plan of world domination. Does it make any sense to destroy your own ability to produce energy thus making your country dependent on others and then sanction the others? It sounds like madness but that is exactly what the U.S. has done. Joe Biden cancelled the Keystone Pipeline on his first day in office as well as making it very difficult to produce energy from oil by drilling for it. The U.S. was enjoying an unprecedented energy boom and complete energy Independence with Donald Trump as president but with Biden all that has been reversed. The U.S. went from energy independence and a net exporter to begging ideological enemies for relief from skyrocketing costs. The administration’s belligerence toward Russia and its unwillingness to even discuss Russia’s security concerns has led to a war of attrition in Ukraine and now Russia appears to be winning. When is the last time Russia lost a grinding war of attrition? It has been a very long time folks. Now, the Russians laugh openly at the American sanctions which have made Russia much richer and the U.S. much poorer. Europe decided to unite with Russia as a partner regarding European energy needs to the extent that Europe became completely dependent on Russian energy. Europe then went along with American sanctions against Russia and joined the U.S. in pouring money and weapons into Ukraine. That seems like economic suicide, but I suppose it was only a strategic blunder. It has been an abject failure since it has made Russia stronger and severely damaged the economies of the U.S. and much of Europe. Germany, once the manufacturing heart of Europe, suffered through a billion-dollar trade deficit last quarter. Germany now is a net importer and thanks to the energy policies of Angela Merkel is facing a long difficult winter in the cold and dark. The green energy policies of Ms. Merkel have been a disaster for Germany and the Germans have learned the hard way that energy once lost, is very hard to regain. It is especially difficult to achieve through wind and solar when you have nothing else. France has held up a little better since, unlike Germany, it did not close down its nuclear plants. The green revolution is manifesting itself in ways those who started it failed to consider. The result of all the paranoia over climate change and the environment has been the beginning of starvation for much of the world. In Sri Lanka, for example, there is no food and no fuel to transport it if there was food. Sri Lanka was once food independent but now is totally dependent on food imports which is a recipe for catastrophe. The result was the people storming government buildings and forcing the resignation of both the President and Prime Minister. How long before the mobs of people demand more than resignations. Across Europe people are rising up in protest against policies that deprive them of their ability to grow food. What kind of politician tells his nations farmers to shut down their farms to prevent climate change, but that is exactly what the government in Holland did? The farmers did not go quietly and thousands of them are on their tractors on the road to Brussels. Farmers in many other European countries have followed suit. They are trying to save their livelihoods and the lives of th...
Darrell Castle talks about the meaning of the recent decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in the case of West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency. Transcription / Notes THE SUPREME COURT LIMITS THE ADMINISTRATIVE STATE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th of July in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the recent decision of the Supreme Court of the United States in the case of West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency. SCOTUS, in effect, reversed the long-standing rule known as Chevron Deference which permitted agencies formed by Congress such as the EPA to formulate their own policy decisions even when those decisions were not made by congress and even when they affected whole industries or entire states. In effect, Congress delegated its law-making responsibility to unelected and unaccountable bureaucratic agencies. The doctrine of Chevron Deference came from the 1984 case of Chevron U.S.A., Inc. v. Natural Resources Defense Council, Inc. Congress amended the Clean Air Act in 1977 to address states that had not attained air quality standards set by the EPA. The amendment placed onerous standards on those non-attainment states. Lawsuits were filed, decided, and appealed until the matter finally reach SCOTUS. The issue before the Court was what standard of review should be applied by a court to a government agency’s own reading of a statute that it is charged with administering. The Court upheld the EPA’s interpretation of its power and from that emerged the doctrine that became the Chevron deference. The court’s two-part test: First, has congress directly spoken to the precise question at issue. If congress made its intent clear, then that is the answer. Second, if congress has not spoken then the court defers to the Agency’s interpretation if it is based on a permissible interpretation of the statute. The Chevron case went on to become the most cited case in administrative law. The ruling that the judiciary should defer to a federal agency’s interpretation of language in Congressional legislation, or the Chevron deference has been the law from 1984 until now. Many regulatory decisions have been based on it and various regulatory agencies seem to think it makes the agency into a kind of super legislature. That all changed with the decision last Thursday in West Virginia v. Environmental Protection Agency which originated during the Obama Administration’s efforts to destroy the coal industry especially effecting the economy of the entire state of West Virginia. The EPA formulated regulations that required energy producers to transition coal-fired power plants to natural gas. The state applied to the Supreme Court for a stay pending litigation which was granted in 2016.Very unusual for SCOTUS to grant a stay before a review by the Court of Appeals. The Court was probably trying to prevent significant damage to the State of West Virginia during the long years of appeal. If the agency in the litigation ultimately loses it just says oh, I’m sorry and goes right on despite the damage suffered by the victims. When Donald Trump took office the EPA’s previous regulations were replaced with one that required coal fired plants to burn coal more efficiently but did not order them to stop using coal. The D.C. Court of Appeals struck down Trump’s regulation and Joe Biden was inaugurated the next day. West Virginia asked the Supreme Court to overturn the D.C. Court of Appeals ruling under the idea that the regulation was so substantial that it effected the entire coal industry and therefore was a violation of the major questions doctrine under the Chevron case. It further alleged a violation of the non-delegation clause of the constitution. The 6-3 decision was authored by Chief Justice John Roberts, and I quote briefly from his conclusion: “Capping carbon dioxide emissions at a level that will force a nationwide transition away from the use of coal ...
Darrell Castle talks about how the world, prodded along by the most powerful, seems to be moving inevitably toward a superpower war. Transcription / Notes SLOUCHING TOWARD WORLD WAR lll Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of July in the year of our Lord 2022, and I will be talking about how the world, prodded along by the most powerful, seems to be moving inevitably toward a superpower war. This war, when it begins in earnest will be fought between the most powerful nuclear armed countries that have existed in all of history. I have talked in the past about how the world is dividing into armed camps of nations as both sides scramble last minute to find allies to bolster their teams. The war is mostly cold right now as it is being waged economically, but ominous clouds have appeared over the cold war that tell me it could go hot at any moment. Not much appears to be happening from either side to reverse this road to World War lll. What makes any of the world’s leaders think this coming war will not go nuclear, I don’t know. Do they really think that a nation with thousands of nuclear missiles will lose a war or allow itself to suffer defeat with those missiles still in their silos? Apparently, they do think so, or at least I hope they think so, because the alternative is even more terrifying. How do world wars begin? We know for certain because we have two examples to choose from. They begin one step at a time, one provocation at a time, one insult at a time, until finally the camel’s back is broken and it’s too late. The economic sanctions against Russia have not worked as well as had been hoped so new kinds of sanctions have to be found to ratchet up the pressure. When sanctions fail to accomplish the desired result then escalation is the natural response. Recently the small, but NATO and EU member state, Lithuania blocked all the items sanctioned by the EU from being transported from Russia, through the safe passage zone in Lithuania, to the Russian conclave of Kaliningrad. That was a provocation the Russians say they are not willing to live with and Russian language was strong enough to cause the EU, but mostly France and Germany, to tell Lithuania to back off. Apparently though, the Lithuanians have given them all the middle finger on that order for now. The world waits for a country of 2.5 million people to plunge it into nuclear war. It is understandable on the part of the Lithuanians because they suffered for decades under Soviet Communism with its concrete building blocks and its lines to get potatoes etc. They don’t want to go back and who could blame them, but now they have Article 5 of the NATO charter which would permit or even require NATO to respond to a Russian attack so perhaps they are confidant enough to be reckless. The Russians responded first with strong diplomatic language, but recently they announced that they would put nuclear weapons into Belarus on the border of Lithuania and Poland. That was a pretty clear indication of the intent to use those weapons if Russian survival was at issue. Russia has also begun cyber-attacks against Lithuania. Putin, in his speech at the Russian Economic Summit in St. Petersburg, spoke as if Russia and Belarus were the same country and in fact, they are. Russian speakers, diplomats, etc. have started referring to Russia as “The Union.” These are all ominous signs, and no one seems interested in turning down the rhetoric. This past week there were two meetings on the Western side of the world and one on the Eastern side. The G-7 nations consists of Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, and the United States—plus the European Union. They met in Germany for discussions on Ukraine, but much of the talk centered on inflation and energy prices. The decision was made not to sanction Russian energy any further as the Europeans are probably worried about winter and empty gas lines.
Darrell Castle talks about the end of the unipolar world that has existed since 1991. American Foreign Policy seems to have brought about the rebirth of the cold war as the world is dividing into different camps or choosing sides in the old game of world domination politics. Transcription / Notes DANGEROUS DAYS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday June 24th in the year of our Lord 2022, and I will be talking about the end of the unipolar world that has existed since 1991. American Foreign Policy seems to have brought about the rebirth of the cold war as the world is dividing into different camps or choosing sides in this old game of world domination politics. The weapon the U.S. uses in this cold war is economic sanctions which tend to weaken the U.S. and strengthen its adversaries. A second title to this Report could be bad governance but I’m trying to be kind, so I gave it the title of the results of bad governance. The Biden Administration just announced that it is sending $1 billion more in weapons to Ukraine for 18 more Howitzers, more long-range missiles for long range rocket systems as well as Harpoon anti-ship missiles. These are weapons whose only purpose can be to strike at Russia’s Black Sea fleet. The Russians seem to be intercepting and destroying much of the shipments as they cross the borders into Ukraine so less and less are effective. The weapons shipments need no further Congressional approval since congress has already signed off on $40 billion which leaves the choice of weapons with the President or those of his choosing. This brings the total to something like $56 billion and climbing so the question becomes how much is enough, $60-$70 billion perhaps. It is apparently very expensive to weaken Russia as Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin told us was the real purpose. So, we play this cold war game as we fight a losing proxy war against Russia in Ukraine while conditions here in America are deteriorating rapidly. I call that bad governance. People are suffering but this American President seems incapable of caring or even noticing. Gas prices above $5 per gallon on average nationwide. The cost of basic food necessities soaring all of which destroys real wages of the American people. Crime rates including murder are also soaring out of control, and all taken together looks very bad. The people see the 10’s of billions being poured down the ratholes in Ukraine and they must be wondering what about us. Almost daily the administration seems to find new ways of provoking a nuclear confrontation with Russia. The latest is a blockade of materials through Lithuania to the Russian enclave of Kaliningrad which is a small sliver of land and people between EU and NATO members Poland and Lithuania. Supplies from Russia come through rail lines and gas pipelines. Lithuania announced that it was banning rail transport of goods subject to EU sanctions which includes coal, metals, construction materials and technology, or about 50% of all goods, but not food according to the Lithuanians. The Russians demanded an immediate lift of the ban or else. Or else what? The Russian statement reads like this, “If in the near future cargo transit between the Kaliningrad region and the rest of the territory of the Russian Federation through Lithuania is not restored in full, then Russia reserves the right to take actions to protect its national interests.” The usual diplomatic protests were delivered as well as a statement that the ban was a violation of Lithuania’s international legal obligations. Russia also stated that it considers the action to be “openly hostile.” The action by Lithuania to provoke a nuclear armed country with which it shares a border is a serious matter with potentially dire consequences. The Foreign Minister of Lithuania said they were simply complying with sanctions imposed by the EU, and that they were taken after consultation with the European Commission and under its guidel...
Darrell Castle talks about inflation and what economists using Bureau of Labor Statistics data refer to as the misery index. Transcription / Notes THE MISERY INDEX Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 17th day of June in the year of our Lord 2022 and on this Report, I will be talking about inflation primarily, but also what economists using Bureau of Labor Statistics data, refer to as the misery index. When will inflation subside, when will gas and food be affordable again, what is causing this misery, Those are questions worthy of our discussion today. What I will try to do today is to give you some thoughts on how regular Americans are experiencing life every day and how this extremely empathetic administration, this we are always on the side of the working people, the little people, and against big business, political party is really made up of the most callous, unfeeling people in this country. Americans are feeling the pain of this callous administration alright. They feel it at the pump, at the grocery store, on the vacation they don’t take, they feel it every day as prices continue to skyrocket with no end in sight. There will eventually be an end of course as all things end, but what will that entail, chaos, civil disorder, violence, or just the continued tyranny of the global cabal? From The Wall Street Journal: “Energy and food prices made up much of the May increase, but this is cold comfort for consumers. Americans used to be able to substitute lower-cost protein when beef prices rose. But everything at the supermarket has become more expensive in the past year—eggs (32.2%), chicken (16.6%), milk (15.9%), even soup (13.9%). Lower-wage workers are getting crushed by Bidenomics.” The Misery Index tells us something about the health of the economy and along with it the health of the nation. As the rate of inflation goes up the cost-of-living increases and as unemployment rises more and more people are dropped into poverty. The misery index then, is a look in the mirror for the economy and for the administration for that matter, telling them the condition of the average worker. Yes, ordinary people are suffering as their standard of living collapses. I usually top off my gas tank on Sunday to be ready for the drive to work the following week. The last two Sundays the price was up 20 cents per gallon each week. When people pay more and more for gas each week and more and more for food each week their families sink deeper below their former standard of living. It’s as if their wages are being cut each week. It would break the heart of anyone not a complete psychopath or in the Biden administration. What exactly has been the administration’s reaction to all this? Several evolving approaches consisting of everything from pure propaganda to wishful thinking, to embarrassing lies, have been unsuccessfully tried. The president wants the public to blame anything and anyone but himself for the misery inflation is causing. From its just transitory, and nothing to worry about to inflation is good to its Trump’s fault to its Covid’s fault to its Putin’s price hike to its big oil’s fault. It went from there to having press secretary Karine Jean-Pierre say, “We feel that we are in a good position to take on inflation.” The bottom line for the president is that the misery index is everybody and everything’s fault except his. It’s the fault of the pandemic, it’s the fault of corporate greed and the rich who don’t pay their fair share, but most of all it’s the Putin inflation tax. However, I don’t remember Putin giving away trillions with no corresponding production to offset it and I don’t remember him canceling the Keystone Pipeline or blocking drilling offshore and on federal lands, and I don’t remember that he imposed any sanctions on himself. This is all just lies to justify what president Biden and the Democrat prosperity destroying radicals in the Democrat Party tell us to cover their ow...
Darrell Castle talks about how the civilian leadership, appointed by the Biden Administration, and the upper command of the Marine Corps has accomplished something that no foreign enemy has been able to accomplish in over 240 years of combat. Transcription / Notes PRIDE GOETH BEFORE A FALL Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of June in the year of our Lord 2022 and on this Report, I will be talking about how the civilian leadership, appointed by the Biden Administration, and the upper command of the Marine Corps has accomplished something that no foreign enemy has been able to accomplish in over 240 years of combat. That accomplishment was to wear down the United States Marine Corps and force it to surrender to the forces of identity politics and to recognize publicly a month set aside to honor a certain group of people for their sexual preference alone. The title to this Report is from Proverbs 16:18 Pride goes before destruction, and a haughty spirit before a fall. So, The Few the Proud the Marines forgets the basic mission and focuses on the celebration of Pride Week. What is the basic mission of the Marine Corps? Is it to achieve diversity of all ideologies within the ranks? I was taught the mission 50 years ago as follows: To close with and destroy the enemy and to inflict maximum attrition on him. It is a mission and a history based on blood and sacrifice. Officers are taught that the order of value is first the mission and its successful completion, second the men under your authority, third your own life. You quickly come to learn and accept that your life as a second lieutenant is pretty far down the order of importance. I mention all that just to tell you that it is a beloved organization by the people who have served and most of us would not trade the experience for anything. When we were sent into battle, we knew that we had each other’s back and we depended on and relied on each other. In fact, setting aside all the patriotic stuff, we fought for each other. I assume Marines still do that and that is why division and divisive nonsense like Pride Month are such an insult to Marines. We are 10 days into Pride Month and everywhere you look there are rainbow flags signifying support for the month set aside to honor the “LGBTQ Community. “I’m an old Marine from 50 years ago so seeing a notice that the Marine Corps had finally surrendered to the woke mob was a little perplexing to me. I know things change and culture changes in keeping with the law of thermodynamics, but the Marine Corps does not change, it lives forever as is. The exact statement the Marine Corps released from headquarters Marine Corps in Washington D.C. announcing recognition of Pride Month was as follows: “Throughout June, the USMC takes Pride in recognizing and honoring the contributions of our LGBTQ service members. We remain committed to fostering an environment free from discrimination, and defend the values of treating all equally, with dignity and respect.” The image released with the statement was widely mocked on social media and was apparently taken from the 1987 film by Stanley Kubrick, “Full Metal Jacket.” The illustration was a Marine helmet with several rainbow-colored rifle bullets in the band with the words “Proud to Serve” written on the helmet. The difference between that image and the film image was that in the film version the helmet said, “born to kill. “If you saw that movie then you understand what those men portrayed as Marines endured and you might start to understand. Whether born that way or not, killing is every Marines’ job and the bottom line of his duty. I suppose they should go ahead and change the slogan used in TV recruiting commercials for years, The Few the Proud, the Marines. Now perhaps we should just say we are proud to support pride. Seriously though I don’t get this. A whole month set aside to honor certain people’s sexual preference,
Darrell Castle talks about President Biden’s commencement address to the graduating class at the United States Naval Academy last Friday and how his address reflects American foreign policy and the future service of those young Navy Ensigns and Marine Second Lieutenants as they go forth to project American power around the world. Transcription / Notes SCREAM LOUDLY AND CARRY NO STICK AT ALL Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd of June in the year of our Lord 2022 and in this Report, I will be talking about President Biden’s commencement address to the graduating class at the United States Naval Academy this past Friday, May 27th as well as how that address reflects American foreign policy and the future service of those young Navy Ensigns, and Marine Second Lieutenants, as they go forth to project American power around the world. I can’t begin this Report without reminding you that tomorrow June 4th is the 80th anniversary of the Battle of Midway. That battle fought in the dark and desperate early months of World War ll changed the course of the War and the course of history in general. Due to the sacrifice and courage of all those naval officers and men of the U.S. Navy, Japan’s ultimate defeat became inevitable, but it took three more years of bloodshed and atomic horror before they would accept it. The President of the United States celebrated Memorial Day by delivering the commencement address to the graduating officers at the Naval Academy in Annapolis, Maryland on Friday May 27th. I’m not going to indulge you by making tired jokes about his slurred delivery, his confusion, his inability to pronounce words or to say the correct words because all that is old news now. He did make some terrible gaffes and he did continue his creepy habit of leaning over the podium and whispering. He did do a lot of literal screaming when talking about Russia to these young officers. What he did not say was to me, far more important than what he did say. Just on a brief inventory he did not mention the 80th anniversary that I just discussed. It would have been a perfect time to tell them that a worthwhile goal for their naval careers would be to just begin to live up to the courage and sacrifice of those men at Midway. Most of these officers will undoubtably be posted to the Pacific where there is a growing threat of war with China thanks to his loose lips. He threatened war with China over Taiwan when answering a reporter’s question in Japan. Would the U.S. military come to the aid of Taiwan in case of a Chinese attack? Yes, he said that’s our commitment. I wonder if he is so far gone that he doesn’t know that is not our commitment and never has been, unless of course he has changed it and was just announcing the change. He undid about 46 years of American policy and relative peace with China with one sentence. What is the most important job of a U.S. President? One might argue that it is to prevent nuclear war. This man seems unaware of that job requirement and is increasingly willing to roll the dice with Russia and China. Another thing he could have told the graduates is that you are going in harm’s way, and you will be the tip of the spear delivering your aircraft and its ordinance where needed. China is a big problem now, thanks to my leadership and so, a lot will be demanded and expected of you, but I know you are up to it, and you have had the best training in the world to prepare. None of that was said of course, nothing to bolster them and to uplift them for the many years of service, apart from loved ones, that lies ahead of them. Instead, he chose to make the occasion about him instead of them. I’m certain he is unfamiliar with Teddy Roosevelt’s line from which I drew the title of this Report. Walk softly and carry a big stick the Bull Moose famously said. By that line Roosevelt was emphasizing that diplomacy is the correct way to conduct international relations and the big stick sh...
Darrell talks about ordinary people and what they face in this new world today. A world run by powerful and wealthy people who meet in dark cabal to decide the fate of ordinary people and their prodigy. Transcription / Notes ORDINARY PEOPLE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of May in the year of our Lord 2022 and this is also Memorial Day weekend when we pause to remember all those who served and especially those who died. Today I will be talking about all those ordinary people and discussing what they face in this new world today. A world run by powerful and wealthy people who meet in dark cabal to decide the fate of all those ordinary people and the fate of their prodigy as well. To introduce this Report, I turn to the words of economist Bill Bonner. “Basic expenses—food. Shelter, and fuel—are going up so fast, households have less and less left over for discretionary spending, which leaves the big box retailers with a lot of unsold product in the box. And today we feel their pain—the misery—desolation—and anguish of the working classes, both at home and abroad. These are the guys and gals with chainsaws and work belts—with 18 wheelers to edge into a tight spot—with a night shift to complete without falling asleep—with croissants to bake or laundry to wash. These are the people who made the world what it is. They fell on Normandy beaches—built the Brooklyn Bridge—put down the hardtop roads—baked the cookies—and delivered the mail. And now they are still the people who add the most real value to our lives. Not the hedge fund managers, influencers, or policymakers—but autoworkers, farmers, UPS drivers, cooks, baristas, and waiters—carpenters, plumbers, and masons. And here’s the gist of our story: the masses have been cheated, deleted, and mistreated. And it’s going to get worse.” Well amen Bill, in fact I could stop this report right now and thanks to your eloquent words my point would be made, but there is more to the story. The elite class, some 2500 of the world’s most powerful and wealthy, gather as I speak in Davos Switzerland to plot their dark, satanic agenda of world domination. They go on and on about climate change, limiting your meat intake, advising you to eat bugs and take the subway, while flying in on their private jets and flaunting their lifestyles. Their words reveal in clear focus the enormous divide between the elites and ordinary people. To kick things of in this year’s meeting of the World Economic Forum we had a speech by the WEF founder and author of the book, “The Great Reset” Klaus Schwab. Mr. Schwab, a German, but of course there are no nationalities to him, gave the opening speech and it was a real doozy. He said “the future is not just happening; the future is built by those of us in this room. We have the means to improve the world, but two things are necessary. 1. We must act as stakeholders of the world with stakeholder responsibility, i.e., act responsibly. 2. We must collaborate and work together.” This speech was given to a group of people who consider themselves far superior to the other 8 billion or so people in the world. They have not been elected or even delegated the power to build our future. Their dark vision of the future is unworkable and dystopian, but in their efforts to implement it they will tear this world apart as they are already doing. Many dictators and so-called leaders were in attendance at this meeting and that tells me where their loyalties lie. The loyalty and fidelity of the leaders of this world from Joe Biden to Emmanuel Macron, to Boris Johnson owe their allegiance to the people in that meeting and not to us. In fact, they hate us and place loyalty to their ideology over the well-being of their constituents, all those ordinary people. The evidence that they hate us is enormous and accumulating daily. Start with COVID and the economy destroying, soul-crushing restrictions placed on the formerly free world over t...
Darrell Castle talks about food by asking the question is there a worldwide food shortage or one inevitably coming and if so, is the cause deliberate sabotage of humanity or just the incompetence of the world’s leaders. Transcription / Notes FOOD SHORTAGE—INTENTIONAL OR JUST INCOMPETENCE? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of May in the year of our Lord 2022 and on this Report, I will once again be talking about food and asking the questions is there a worldwide food shortage or one inevitably coming and if so, is the cause deliberate sabotage of humanity or just the incompetence of the world’s leaders. I don’t know the future only God knows it for certain, but I can look up at the sky and see the dark clouds rolling in and make a reasonable assumption that rain is coming and soon. The price inflation and empty grocery store shelves are similar in that they tell me that a food shortage is on its way. It is hard to imagine a food shortage any where in the Western World let alone here in America, but when there is a crises like the COVID virus or even a sudden snowstorm, we get a glimpse of empty shelves. Without the panic of a crisis what could cause such a thing? It seems that there are many causes some of which are war, sanctions, inflation, reactions to COVID, and supply chain disruptions caused by a combination of all those things. Looking at sanctions placed on Russia is to the food supply as the dark clouds are to rain. When we hear the West’s politicians talk sanctions, we know we are going to be hungry. For example, the German Foreign Minister declared recently that sanctions against Russia will only be lifted after a complete withdrawal of all Russian troops from Ukrainian territory. Well now, Foreign Minister, let me think, yes, I remember now that Germans killed about 27 million Russians during WWll and isn’t that enough. Maybe you should consider sitting this one out, but I guess you must sit at the feet of your master. Crimea has been a part of Russia for hundreds of years with only a gap between 1991 until 2014. It is Russia’s only Black Sea port and only warm water port and only entry into the Mediterranean and the Persian Gulf. Now, Putin has it with a land bridge to it as well and I seriously doubt that he will give it up while he has thousands of nuclear weapons. What that means is that the sanctions will never be lifted and food problems resulting are obvious. The truth is that the supply chain problems preceded the Russian invasion of Ukraine, but the war has intensified the problems and made them far more intractable. We in America, for the most part can live with prices and supply as they are now. Even though the shelves are depleted, and the items still there cost a lot more, we can get by so the question is will it get worse? If so, how much worse, and what would that mean for the American people. I’m afraid the answer to will it get worse is yes. Prices for gasoline are over $4.00 per gallon on average nationwide now, however the critical price affecting food is not gasoline but diesel because that is what affects the price and availability of food. The supply system we have in America now is so globalized and so dependent on trucking and rail deliveries that the slightest rise causes problems and increased prices. Grocery stores have no storage capacity and are therefore dependent on daily deliveries. When the deliveries miss even one day there are shortages and soon nothing. The price of diesel has doubled in the last year and some suppliers report critical shortages both of which have a corresponding effect on food. Large trucking companies and large food distributors are warning that we are on the precipice right now and unless something is quickly done much of the world faces a food disaster. Russia and Ukraine together produce about 29% of all the wheat exports in the world. They have relatively small populations,
Darrell Castle talks about recent actions of the U.S. in Ukraine which causes him to question whether the current administration is try to provoke direct war with Russia. Transcription / Notes DOES THE BIDEN ADMINISTRATION WANT DIRECT WAR WITH RUSSIA? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 13th day of May in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be looking at some recent actions of the U.S. in Ukraine which cause me to question whether the Administration is trying to provoke direct war with Russia in place of the proxy war it is now waging with Ukrainian blood and American treasure. A second name for this Castle Report might be mind your own business. That is a concept that is completely lost on American politicians today because minding our own business is the one thing they will not do. They want to stick our collective fingers in every rattlesnakes nest they find in this world, but do anything to protect our border, not on your life. Will they do anything about rising food and fuel costs, not likely. Reports indicate that food and fuel will cost the average American family an extra $3000 this year, but pay increases are hard to come by. In other words, we are getting poorer each day, but at least Ukraine gets its weapons. How about the coming food shortage that threatens every American, no time for that, but war on the other side of the planet, we can’t wait. The U.S. seems to be pursuing a course of action in Ukraine which puts it in direct conflict with Russia. By direct I mean outside the obvious proxy war that Washington loves so much. It is a dangerous gamble, but one the administration is obviously willing to make with our lives. Once again, I ask myself if the shoe were on the other foot what would the U.S. do? These proxy wars have been fought between the powers surviving World War ll since that war ended. For example, In Korea the U.N. army led by the U.S. was opposed by Communist China and Russia with direct intervention by China, and proxy intervention by Russia. Vietnam was similar in that both China and Russia supplied weapons and intelligence to fight the U.S. enemy. It was Russian technology and air defense systems that allowed North Vietnam to shoot down so many U.S. warplanes killing and imprisoning the pilots. That situation should have ended with the fall of the Soviet Union but no, here we are again. This time the situation is reversed with the U.S. supplying the weapons, technology, and intelligence to kill Russians. The question for discussion and the danger point is how close this Administration is coming to direct involvement in the war. I was a child during Korea, but I read a lot, and I certainly remember Vietnam and what happened during that roughly 15-year struggle. I can’t recall a single instance of Chinese and Russian assistance in killing Americans in which they openly laughed at the U.S. and mocked U.S. leadership. I don’t know if it was respect among enemies or just the fear of confronting a nuclear armed superpower especially in Korea when the U.S. was the only nuclear armed nation. I suspect it was that both sides recognized the wars as struggles between two competing world systems for world domination and therefore nothing personal. Today, in contrast, the U.S. is openly killing Russians, destroying Russian war materials including capital ships, and then not only laughing, but dancing on the graves of dead Russians. Let me try to explain what I mean by that and why this policy is so dangerous. I wonder what the strategic value is, if any, in the following U.S. actions? U.S. officials told N.B.C. News that the U.S. did play a role in sinking the flagship of the Russian Black Sea Fleet, the Moskva, or in English the Moscow. I tried to analyze the sinking before the U.S. not only admitted to it but bragged about it, and I could not make sense of it. Given that the Moskva was specifically designed for anti-air defense and was more than 100 miles offshore,
Darrell Castle talks about the truth and the extraordinary efforts the Biden Administration is taking to keep us from finding it, specifically the government’s new Disinformation Governance Board formed under the Department of Homeland Security. THE TRUTH IS OUT THERE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of May in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the truth and the extraordinary efforts the Biden Administration is taking to keep us from finding it. Specifically, I will address the government’s new Disinformation Governance Board formed under the Department of Homeland Security to ferret out all the disinformation and misinformation floating around and restrict us simpletons to the truth as the Federal Government defines it. When George W. Bush consolidated several government agencies under the title of Homeland Security, I knew it was a frightening idea. The name just sounds scary, like it belongs in the history of despotic regimes with a title like Gestapo, or at least not in America. My fears about that agency have proven to be correct as mission creep has expanded it from one mission to the next. The primary mission of Homeland Security is to secure the homeland, but that is the one thing it refuses to do. Securing the homeland starts with securing the border, but this administration refuses to perform even that simple task. The border no longer exists under the current Department of Homeland Security which repeatedly sends its head, Alejandro Mayorkas, before congress to give lip service to the Administration’s lies about the border. Now, Secretary Mayorkas has a new task and that is finding and eliminating disinformation or misinformation from our minds. The Federal Government which seems to have a hard time telling the truth about anything has appointed itself the Ministry of Truth, the determiner of truth, and the decider of what we the people are able to see, hear, and say. I suppose it is almost fair to say that the federal government seeks to replace God in American lives. Have faith they tell us because we know what truth is. The secretary testified that the new board has been created “to combat misinformation ahead of the 2022 midterms”. It is to be focused specifically on irregular migration and Russia, and even more specifically to minority groups especially Hispanic or Latinx as the left likes to call them. That announced focus tells me that the Democrats are concerned that they are losing some of their support among their most loyal base. Minorities have phones and they are apparently coming across the truth from time to time about irregular migration, better known as illegal immigration, and of course Russia, stolen elections, bioweapons labs, laptops from hell, etc. If you define those on the bottom rung of society of all races as a minority, those people may be starting to wise up about what is happening and that is probably frightening to those who own their votes. They are constantly told that the Democrats are their Party, and they will be taken care of in their rightful place at the bottom. Minimum wages will be periodically raised, and stimulus money will come their way. The truth, however, is somewhat different and perhaps the bottom minority is starting to see it. Rest comfortably at the bottom they say because we feel your pain. One cannot rest comfortably on the bottom anymore even in the caring hands of the government because the bottom is constantly moving. The powers that be are bringing in more and more to the bottom so that its numbers are constantly expanding downward. Now those at the bottom must compete with the bottom of every country in the world and that is plain for anyone to see. That fact must be labeled disinformation and a giant new government board must be formed to keep us from seeing, hearing, or talking about that fact. Those at the bottom become more powerless with each passing day.
Darrell Castle talks about the U.S. decision to give another $800 million in weapons to Ukraine and whether this continued escalation is necessary. He also asks the question “Whose hands end up using them and, how do we know where the weapons go.” Transcription / Notes ANOTHER WEEK ANOTHER $800 MILLION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of April in the year of our Lord 2022 and I will be talking about the U.S. decision to give another $800 million in weapons to Ukraine which now seems to be a weekly thing. Is this continued escalation necessary and where do these weapons go? Whose hands end up using them and, how do we know? Last week Secretary of State Anthony Blinken and Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin were in Ukraine for talks with President Zelensky. This was an unusual visit for the U.S. since no official delegation has visited that country since the Russian invasion began. It was not unusual, however, for the U.S. to promise $800 million more in weapons since that seems to be an almost weekly thing now. This new package was termed foreign military assistance and was part of a new $713 million which came after two successive weeks of $800 million each. This week President Biden asked congress for $33 billion of taxpayer debt to pour into the Ukrainian black hole of war and despair. The new weapons also reflect a continuing trend of escalation in lethality including heavy artillery, armored personnel carriers, and helicopters, and tanks. The heavy artillery included 18 towed 175mm howitzers and 40,000 rounds for them. In an interesting twist of fate, the U.S. and other NATO members are also delivering ammunition and weapons from the Soviet Union remaining in European stockpiles. Poland will send several T-72 Soviet era tanks and Germany will provide self-propelled anti-air armored tanks. Those are essentially a flak gun mounted on a tank chassis. These old Soviet weapons systems will then be replaced by U.S. state of the art systems so sweet deal. I give you this partial list of weapons to demonstrate the escalation of the war in terms of lethality and danger. Poland and Germany both previously expressed reservations about continuing to escalate the struggle but have sense reversed course. That reversal came after a meeting between several NATO members and Secretaries Blinken and Austin after their Ukraine visit. The meeting was held at Ramstein, the U.S. air base in Germany. The German Chancellor Herr Scholz, in an interview just two days before with a German magazine said: “We need to do everything to avoid a direct military confrontation between NATO and a heavily armed superpower such as Russia, a nuclear power. I will do everything to avoid an escalation that could lead to World War lll—there can be no nuclear war.” Apparently, everything does not include U.S. pressure, threats, and/or promises to pay for it all. Just two days after that statement was published Germany promised to offer artillery systems and training to Ukrainian troops on German soil. The German defense minister hailed the decision as “progress.” Scholtz once again emphasized that “avoiding escalation towards NATO is a top priority for me and that’s why I don’t focus on polls or let myself be irritated by shrill calls. The consequences of an error would be dramatic.” Well, chancellor, those are fine words, but once again talk is cheap, and in the end you did exactly what you said you would not do. The risks you previously said you wanted to avoid are just as real now as they were then. In fact, the Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said the next day, “the risk of nuclear war remains a serious real danger and we must not underestimate it.” Russia currently has a stockpile of battlefield or tactical nuclear weapons estimated at 2000 while the U.S. maintains about 250. Those weapons are not designed to be city annihilators, but to be used on the battlefield against enemy troop concentrations.
Darrell Castle talks about food and what is causing the supply chain disruptions around the world. He asks if the world’s food supply really is approaching crisis conditions. Transcription / Notes IS FAMINE IN OUR FUTURE? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of April in the year of our Lord 2022 and my discussion today will be about something none of us can live long without and that is food. What is causing the supply chain disruptions around the world and is the world’s food supply really approaching crisis conditions. Governments across the Western World are starting to sound the alarm about a crisis in the supply chain especially in food. They blame the war in Ukraine for most of the problem just as they blamed COVID for the collateral damage that it caused. It is obvious, however, that the real culprit, is not so much the war as it is the reaction to the war. Just as the COVID lockdowns caused the economic devastation, severe economic sanctions placed on Russia are causing much of the supply chain problems the world is facing. American politicians seem to be incapable of facing the fact that they have overplayed their hand with the sanctions imposed on Russia. Instead of deterring Russia, the sanctions have accelerated Russian and Chinese efforts away from the dollar as reserve currency for the world. For that and other reasons I contend that the U.S. sanctions policy is doing more harm to the U.S. and Europe than it is to Russia. Russia formerly provided about 10% of the world’s oil supply so now that is effectively removed from the world market. Europe gets, or previously did get, about 40% of its natural gas from Russia. Perhaps even more ominous is that Russia is a very large supplier of wheat, fertilizer, and other components of the world’s food supply. Right now, with the agricultural system that has been in place since chemical fertilizers started to dominate the world, it is extremely difficult to grow enough food without those fertilizers. A simple fact then, that anyone but an American politician can see, is that it is not possible to destroy Russia, or to cut it off and isolate it from the global economy without causing severe damage to supply chains and food production around the world. In addition, as we all know, the U.S. relies on the dollar’s status as the world’s reserve currency to maintain its financialized dominance over the world. Much of the world is now frantically working to end that reserve currency status and leave the U.S. financialized economy holding 30 trillion of debt. Dire conditions already exist in food supply chains for much of the world. The head of the UN World Food Program has warned that this will be the worst food crisis since World War Two. Joe Biden has admitted as well that coming food shortages are real. I suppose the alternative for him would be the Baghdad Bob approach of you are not seeing this. Unfortunately, world events are coming together to accelerate the crisis and make it a lot worse. If the nations of the West were to suddenly reverse course and make an all-out effort perhaps in time it could be reversed, but that does not appear to be happening. The COVID lockdown policy in China has now spread to so many Chinese cities that an estimated 400 million people are locked down or at least partially locked down. That is more people than the entire population of the United States. That number represents about 40% of the entire domestic production of the world’s second largest economy. Chinese lockdowns are harsher than in the West and who knows what the long-term economic fallout will be. For one thing, the Chinese economy, supplier to the world, is grinding to a halt and like a giant ship, once stopped, it takes a while to restart and gain momentum. Chinese lack of production effects even our food supply. We don’t realize it perhaps, but a great deal of our food processing is done in China.
Darrell Castle talks about the economic warfare being waged across the full economic spectrum by the Western World against Russia, against Vladimir Putin, and against anyone who will not comply. Transcription / Notes ECONOMIC WORLD WAR Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Good Friday, or the Friday before Easter Sunday and this is the 15th day of April in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about the economic warfare being waged across the full economic spectrum by the Western World against Russia, against Vladimir Putin, and against anyone who will not comply. Last Tuesday, April 12th was the 77th anniversary of the death of Franklin Roosevelt. FDR conducted a world war, but he did not quite live long enough to see the end of it. Here we are 77 years later once again engaged in a worldwide struggle, but for now our participation is primarily economic and the control of all information. NATO and the United States confront Russia and challenge Russia for its invasion of Ukraine, but it is the economic model set in place at Bretton Woods after World War Two and solidified by the disconnection from gold or anything of value in 1971 that enabled the West to defeat the Soviet Union in the cold war. It is what caused Vladimir Putin to inherit a broken nation and it is what caused the Eastern European nations to want to follow the West instead of Russia. The results of economic warfare here in America include inflation hitting a 40 year high in March, with the latest CPI Index at 8.5 %. The Federal Government’s runaway money printing especially since 2020, is certainly enough to spark rising prices, but now we add a war to the equation. The effects of the war are starting to cause ripples across the entire world, more and more inflation, especially for commodities like food fuel and metals. International trade is starting to break down which will continue to cause more inflation. People expect prices to rise so they buy more thus fueling inflation even more. When my gas tank is about a quarter from full, I stop and top off because I know it will be higher tomorrow, if any is available. The supply chain is being disrupted and breaking down across the world especially in China which seems to make almost everything now. Later this year supply chain problems are predicted to hit food hard with shortages and higher prices. Doing things intentionally to make this situation a lot worse seems like madness to me, but that is apparently what is happening. Shutting down oil production in the United States and going to the Saudis with our hat in our hands at the same time we cozy up to their Iranian enemies shows either serious weakness in the current administration’s understanding of the world or suicidal intent on a national level. The Saudis recently released a comic video making fun of or mocking the president and vice president of the United States which is now viral. So, the Saudi sheiks, who murder homosexuals and who treat women as property laugh at and mock the United States and its leadership, but Washington still goes begging to them The Western Nations, led by the United States, have sanctioned just about everything in the world that is Russian. They have shut down their own fuel supply and barred any imports from Russia. The exception is Europe’s dependence on Russian gas which has been allowed to continue. What would happen if Putin simply turned off the spigot, no one seems to know, but it does serve to highlight the hypocrisy of the thing. In China, which as I said earlier, makes just about everything and ships just about everything, is so disrupted right now that by the fall of this year the world has to be in a terrible bind supply wise. First you destroy your own nation’s ability to manufacture by shipping all manufacturing to low wage countries, primarily China, then you decide to conduct economic warfare against all the countries that make everything you need to continue your way of li...
Darrell Castle discusses the law recently passed by the Florida legislature and signed by Governor DeSantis entitled Parental Rights in Education and how this law provoked the Disney Corporation to risk its reputation as family friendly in defiance of the law. Transcription / Notes PARENTAL RIGHTS IN FLORIDA AND EVERYWHERE ELSE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 8th day of April in this the year of our Lord 2022. I will be discussing the law recently passed by the Florida legislature and signed by Governor DeSantis entitled Parental Rights in Education but often defamed with the lie Don’t Say Gay. How did this law provoke the Disney Corporation to risk its reputation as a family place, a kid friendly place, a happy place, a safe place for vacation, in defiance of the law? A secondary title for this Report could be, Does the State Own Your Children? Perhaps when you deliver your kids into the hands of the state system of education or indoctrination, they are yours no longer, but wholly owned by the all-knowing state. In Florida, the governor and the legislature have decided to oppose state ownership of children. When Governor DeSantis signed the bill, he announced it as a parental rights bill that bans teachers from giving classroom instruction on “sexual orientation” or “gender identity” in kindergarten through third grade. He said in Florida, we not only know that parents have a right to be involved we insist that parents have a right to be involved. Those who insist that they have the right to sexualize and exploit young children immediately cast the bill as the don’t say gay bill, but the bill, all 7 pages of it, does not mention the word gay. The three cohosts of the Oscars mocked it, repeatedly saying gay. DeSantis gave it right back to them saying, “If the people who held up degenerates like Harvey Weinstein as exemplars and as heroes and as all that, if those are the types of people that are opposing us on parents ‘rights, I wear that like a badge of honor.” He went on to say that what they hope to do with their slogans and false narrative is camouflage their true intentions. It was expected that anytime any state legislature tried to protect the state’s children from gender identity indoctrination there would be angry pushback, but who would have thought that The Walt Disney Company would risk its reputation to go all in to defend the proposition that 5-year-olds should be exposed to sexualized content in public schools and Disney committed to further sexualizing their content aimed at young children. Disney came out swinging and did not mask the true intentions of the Walt Disney Company. The company’s statement said, “Our goal as a company is for this law to be repealed by the legislature or struck down in the courts, and we remain committed to supporting the national and state organizations working to achieve that.” That statement was a declaration of war in the culture wars currently being waged across the country. Meanwhile, Pixar, Disney’s animation studio, pressured the company to be more gay-friendly and the company quickly agreed. One has to question whether it is possible for Disney to be even more gay friendly, but the company is determined to try. The attitude of Disney is not normal. It is not normal for a once family friendly company to presume that the rights of a tiny sexual minority take precedence over the rights of parents to raise their children as they see fit. The education/indoctrination system, backed and funded by the Walt Disney Company, wants your children to be sexualized, or groomed, if you prefer, in any way they decide to do it. Parents, in their view, are to have no say in the matter. In order to destroy the old system of intact families raising their children, they want a new normal where they own your kids, and they have the exclusive right to decide what’s best for them, even if that includes perverted sexual degeneracy.
Darrell Castle talks about Hunter Biden’s missing laptop and it’s content, which now the FBI says it has no idea where it is, and asks the questions why is it important, is it a major global issue and if so, then why. WHY IS HUNTER’S LAPTOP SCANDAL A SCANDAL? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st of April in the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about Hunter Biden’s missing laptop, and its contents, which now the FBI says it has no idea where it is, and asking the question why is it important? Is it a major global issue and if so, then Why? It would be tempting to start this April Fools Day story with a line like this; Hunter Biden disgraced son of President Joe Biden, while in a crack induced hangover state, took his laptop computer to a repair shop somewhere in Delaware and then forgot or decided not to pick it up. The owner of the shop, after attempts to contact Hunter, looked at what was on the laptop and one look was enough. He took the computer to the FBI which now says it has no idea where it is. The jokes just write themselves, but the problem with that storyline is the word disgraced. Can Hunter Biden really be disgraced. When you have done what his own computer reveals him to have done and you feel no shame about it all being public for the world to see, friends and enemies alike and you are not embarrassed, is it even possible for the word disgraced to apply? I’m going to refer to this story as the laptop scandal because that word seems to fit, and it has resurfaced after 18 months. The scandal of Hunter’s laptop is that there was no scandal. The laptop story was labeled as Russian disinformation then Hunter’s computer vanished along with his mysterious business deals in Ukraine and Communist China. The scandal reemerged thanks to our friends at the New York Times who after 18 months of lying about Russian disinformation finally admitted, well yes, the information contained on the laptop is real and the laptop itself is authentic. Now that Joe Biden is President, the Times feels safe, I suppose, in finally telling the truth which might have swung the election if Biden’s owned media had not seen fit to run interference for him. The contents of the laptop are of the most vital importance to America and to Western Civilization itself, but the scandal is the fact that the scandal was hidden, buried, because nothing, especially the truth could be allowed to stand in the way of Joe Biden’s election. Even now, the contents of the laptop are off limits to ordinary people like us, but some news services have read all 1300 pages of content and have reported on them. Vladimir Putin, of course has the contents and Russia held a news conference on the 24th of March to publicly discuss part of it. The New York Post which first broke the story in October 2020 was widely denounced by the Times, I assume for failing to follow their assigned script. Finally, after 18 months of hiding and lying the Times reports that “emails obtained by the New York Times from a cache of files that appears to have come from a laptop abandoned by Mr. Biden in a Delaware repair shop.” The Times goes on to say, “these emails are authentic.” The Times reported on this scandal originally as a politically motivated dirty tricks campaign and it was, just not in the way the Times meant. I asked the question earlier whether Hunter was capable of being disgraced and now I ask the same question of the Times. I wonder if that organization is capable of shame at their public disgrace. No, the nation’s paper of record, the world’s once greatest newspaper, with all the news that’s fit to print right on its masthead continues its Democrat Party propaganda machine to this day. Recall the day when this scandal broke in honest papers like the New York Post. Donald Trump and Joe Biden were fighting it out in an election too close to call. The New York Times and its associated media vassals were not about to let a laptop...
Darrell Castle talks about how the United States has demonstrated in the Ukraine/Russia war that it can wage very effective economic warfare against other non-complying nations and what this portends for the United States and the world. Transcription / Notes THE WEAPONIZED DOLLAR AND THE COMING CASHLESS WORLD Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 25th day of March in this the year of our Lord 2022. I will be talking about how the United States has demonstrated in the Ukraine/Russia war that it can wage very effective economic warfare against other non-complying nations and what this portends for the United States and the world. There are lessons to be drawn from conflict and plans made for fighting the next war. It is a concept like a football coach studying film of his past games to learn his team’s strengths and weaknesses. Generals and Presidents learn from past wars and develop ways to prevent the same losses and to preserve the same victories. That at least partially explains why generals always seem to fight the last war as the Russians seem to be doing now in Ukraine. We can take more than one lesson from Ukraine right now such as the lesson that nuclear deterrence works as a powerful defense. I have little doubt that except for Russia’s nuclear arsenal, the U.S. and NATO would be actively involved in the air and on the ground in Ukraine. The realization that Russia’s nuclear missiles have prevented NATO’s active involvement has provoked Europe to re-arm and the U.S. is currently conducting seminars about modernizing the U.S. nuclear arsenal. In other words, another nuclear arms race. The U.S. arsenal, especially in space, has apparently been allowed to degrade since the Reagan years, and suddenly U.S. planners are confronted with two powerful nuclear armed enemies. The U.S. has demonstrated, however, that perhaps the most powerful weapon in the world today is not nuclear weapons which cannot be used without risking worldwide destruction, but the weaponized U.S. dollar. Since the Bretton Woods agreement at the end of World War ll, the U.S. has enjoyed world reserve status for the dollar. That means that world trade must be in dollars either dollars in hand or as the benchmark. No country will currently sign an agreement for future projects denominated in anything but dollars. The Euro is a distant second and the Chinese Yuan an even more distant third. During the Nixon/Ford years when the oil Sheiks in the Middle East discovered that oil could also be a powerful weapon Henry Kissinger, as Secretary of State, developed a system of trade known as the Petro Dollar system. It worked like this; The United States will use its blood and treasure to protect and guard in power the Saud Royal family as rulers of Saudi Arabia and in return they will only sell oil denominated in dollars at the prevailing market rates. Biden’s recent courting of Iran, ancient enemy of the Saud Family, along with his refusal to defend them from attacks by the Iranian armed Houthi rebels in Yemen, has convinced the Saudis to take proposals from China to sell them oil in Yuan. Nevertheless, world trade requires U.S. dollars and to get them one must have access to the place where they can be printed in unlimited amounts, the Federal Reserve. Other countries or banks that are awash in dollars are very concerned about violating U.S. banking regulations because they have witnessed the power of the dollar and the message is loud and clear. The lesson for virtually every nation and financial institution in the world is as powerful and clear as an armed strike but even more deadly. No access to dollars means no nation will take your local money to buy anything. You are effectively cut off, unable to conduct business anywhere in the world. The United States is by far the largest economy in the world and the largest importer. For example, the weakness of the Russian economy has been laid bare for the world to see.
Darrell Castle talks about the accusation of treason levied against Tulsi Gabbard by U.S. Senator Mitt Romney Transcription / Notes TRUTH IS NOW TREASON IN AMERICA Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 18th day of March 2022 and I will be talking about the accusation of treason levied against Tulsi Gabbard by U.S. Senator Mitt Romney. A different title to this Report could be The War for Your Mind as we look at some of the propaganda surrounding the war in Ukraine as well as what is propaganda and how do you separate it from truth. For many years there have been rumors that the U.S. was offshoring its biological weapons programs to other countries, but who knew that work was being conducted right on the border of Russia. A lot of people knew apparently, but it was not until a few days ago that the cat escaped from the bag. You have other cliches to use, of course, such as the toothpaste is out of the tube and cannot be stuffed back in no matter how much we want it back in. Victoria Nuland, Under Secretary of State and the author of Russian policy for several presidents was questioned under oath in a public senate hearing. Senator Marco Rubio asked her directly if there are U.S. supported bioweapons labs in Ukraine and she answered him. She seemed to not only acknowledge the existence of the labs but was concerned that their contents might fall into the hands of the invading Russians. Her shocking statement seemed to confirm the Russian claims over many years routinely explained as Russian propaganda or conspiracy theories by the U.S. and its captive media. This was supposed to be just black propaganda, or the kind put forward by an enemy to justify its aggression, but there was the under secretary and longtime Ukraine/Russia advisor confirming their existence. The Russian rumors were that a network of labs funded by the American Pentagon allegedly working with such things as anthrax, plague, and Ebola existed across Ukraine right on the border of Russia. The captive media and their fact checkers had spent several weeks denouncing and ridiculing the accusation of the Russians and now they were left momentarily speechless by Nuland’s admission. They quickly recovered their voice and sent out a spokesperson to tell us that “what Vickie meant was”, etc. Vickie did the one thing you cannot do if you work for the government now and that was tell the truth. You are apparently expected to lie to the senators under oath. Did she lie? Many people think so, but why would she lie? Only if what she said is true does the statement make any sense. The Russians have now reportedly overrun some of these labs, whither they exist or not, and captured documents which they claim have U.S. funding fingerprints all over them. Ms. Nuland confirmed about 29 labs which she tried to explain as defensive but developing the most deadly pathogens on earth for purely defensive reasons. Yes, I suppose you have to grow Ebola just in case someone attacks you with Ebola. The Nuland interview was apparently shown quite often on Russian television. Without alternative media, I don’t know if we here in America would ever have seen it. In any event it was a terribly foolish and foolhardy decision to develop and fund such things in an extremely corrupt nation and one very hostile to Russia. Many people think this story is just Russian propaganda, but The World Health Organization decided to make its opinion known. The World Health Organization (WHO) through its spokesman announced that it had advised Ukraine to destroy high-threat pathogens housed in the country’s public health laboratories to prevent any potential spills that would spread disease among the population. Many countries, including Ukraine, have public health facilities researching how to mitigate disease among animals and humans in their populations, so it was a face-saving way to word the advice. If the labs didn’t exist why would WHO give such advice.
Darrell Castle talks about sanctions and their effects on Russia, Europe, and the United States. He will also try to share some version of truth and reality in this war even though one side of the struggle has total and complete control of information. Transcription / Notes THE EFFECTS OF SANCTIONS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of March 2022. I will be talking about sanctions and their effects on Russia, Europe, and the United States, but also, I will be trying my best to discover some version of truth and reality in this war. Winston Churchill once said that in time of war truth is such a precious commodity that it must be surrounded by a bodyguard of lies. It is hard to discover truth considering that one side in the struggle has total and complete control of information, but I keep trying. How then goes the war? It is hard to tell since much of what we see, hear, and read is nothing but propaganda, but we are here to talk about a tactic today and that tactic is sanctions. Sanction is an aspect of warfare by different means. It is economic warfare, and it is propaganda. The dictionary definition of propaganda is “ideas, facts, or allegations spread deliberately to further one’s cause or to damage an opposing cause.” It is the noble lie as Plato called it more than a thousand years ago: it may be necessary to inspire people to fling themselves upon distant battlefields to fight some devil. They must, therefore, be convinced that their enemy is the devil. The war dominates the news in the present, but it will eventually cease. The economic sanctions, however, will affect the world for many years to come. We look now at just some of those effects that occur to me. The economic sanctions imposed on Russia by the U.S., the UK, the EU, and other nations are the most severe ever imposed, and they are having a drastic effect on the Russian economy and the Russian people. The U.S. alone announced 15 sanction programs with more on the way as soon as Washington can think of more. Russian banks, stocks, bonds, corporations, shipping companies, even individual Russians with money abroad have been sanctioned economically. Most importantly, the Central Bank of Russia had its accounts frozen, the first time I can ever recall that happening to a Central Bank. Even individual American companies like Microsoft, Exxon Mobil, Shell, major airlines, as well as Google and Apple have stopped doing business in Russia. Shipping companies are refusing to enter Russian ports or offload Russian ships in other ports. Many funds are divesting themselves of Russian stocks and bonds. Russian stocks and bonds are crashing as a result. Who cares, or how would this affect me here in America? There is a good chance that your retirement fund whether public or private is invested in Russian companies. If you receive a retirement pension from anywhere it could be affected. Incidentally, two of the largest companies in Russia, Gazprom, the oil giant, and Russian Railways whose stock is wholly owned by the Russian government, have bonds outstanding which are also crashing. Guess who is buying the bonds of those companies as they fall lower and lower. If you guessed Goldman Sachs and J.P. Morgan Chase, you are correct. The Russian economy is collapsing if you consider a 20% drop as a collapse. It is like what happened to the U.S. during the Covid lockdowns. The effects on the Russian people have been devastating. Empty supermarket shelves with no food available, jobs lost, with no public assistance available. I’ve seen videos courtesy of Zero Hedge and others of old babushkas wailing in the streets crying how did this happen, we are hated by the whole world, and why did this happen to us. The Russians are also wailing from the boxes containing their sons, husbands, and fathers coming back from Ukraine. That is war folks, war is blood shed on the battlefield and at home.
Darrell Castle talks about the war in Ukraine from a Russian perspective. This is possible because one can see the other’s point of view in a conflict without agreeing with the other’s tactics. He does not support the Russian invasion in any way, but wants to be free to examine evidence and draw his own conclusions without being told by opinion makers what to think. Transcription / Notes THE RUSSIAN POINT OF VIEW Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday March 4, 2022, and I will be talking about the war in Ukraine from a Russian perspective. This is possible, I believe, because one can see the other’s point of view in a conflict without agreeing with the other’s tactics. I Would not wish to be seen as supporting the Russian invasion in any way because I don’t, but I want to be free to examine evidence and draw my own conclusions without being told by opinion makers what to think. This is the 10th day of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, so a little history is in order. Thirty-one years ago, the President of the United States, Ronald Reagan, and the Premier or leader of the Soviet Union, Mikhail Gorbachev, met to discuss a possible deal to allow the Soviet Union, which was financially broke and desperate, to end peacefully, and with dignity. The deal was that the 16 Soviet satellites or colonies would become separate independent countries. East Germany would remain divided, but the wall would come down and then the two countries would be completely integrated. Reagan agreed that NATO would not expand beyond its present boundaries at that time. In other words, the Soviet colonies, now freed, would not become part of NATO. No NATO or U.S. troops would be stationed in the Russian borderland countries, and both sides would keep those countries free of offensive missiles. That part of the agreement was later formalized in a treaty to ban intermediate range missiles from that part of Europe. American presidents have denied the authenticity or even existence of the agreement, but Secretary of State James Baker was there, and he took notes, so denial of the deal only adds to the hypocrisy. The deal was made to give the world a sigh of relief from the long, expensive, and very dangerous cold war in which mutually assured destruction was the order of the day. It came after a long series of dour, hardline Russian leaders and ended with the eloquent, Westernized Gorbachev, who was succeeded by the disastrous Boris Yeltsin. President Clinton reportedly took advantage of Yeltsin because of his greed and most of all his alcoholism. NATO began its continual march to the east and to Russia’s border. During that time the U.S. withdrew from the Intermediate Range Missile Ban Treaty and moved missiles to Poland and Romania. Yeltsin held power for about 10 years and then power was transferred to a former colonel in the KGB European Division, Vladimir Putin. Mr. Putin set out to rebuild Russia’s reputation and status as a great nation and his first tactic was to divert a large part of the Russian GDP to modernizing the Russian military. NATO had advanced to the border of Ukraine by that time and there were constant rumors of Ukraine’s joining the NATO treaty. The Nation of Georgia was also a target for NATO expansion and when it became an open objective Putin invaded and put a stop to it. The West seemed to learn nothing from that event, however. Fast forward to the year 2016 and the American presidential election in which Putin and Russia were accused of interfering in the election on behalf of Donald Trump. For the next four years that was the constant theme of the American media, but the Durham investigation has revealed that the Hillary Clinton campaign instigated the entire hoax. Other than that, it was a complete lie, but I’m sure that Putin was both amused and outraged to be Clinton’s scapegoat. The interesting part of all this and the complete hypocrisy of the American leadership came into view just two yea...
In this report, Darrell Castle acknowledges that there are subjects of vital importance today, like the war in Ukraine for example, but he has decided to turn his attention back to Canada and discuss what the actions of Prime Minister Trudeau mean for us and the rest of the world. Transcription / Notes COURAGE IS CONTAGIOUS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 25th day of February in the year of our Lord 2022. I know there are subjects of vital importance today, like the war in Ukraine for example, but I have decided to turn my attention back to Canada and discuss what the actions of Prime Minister Trudeau mean for us and the rest of the world. I want to begin my discussion of Canada with a discussion of a Canadian pastor named Artur Pawlowski who is the inspiration for the title of this Castle Report. Pastor Pawlowski is also a kind if poster child for the entire incident of Canadian martial law, or as Prime Minister Trudeau calls it, the state of emergency. The good pastor was ministering to the Canadian truckers in Ottawa by conducting church services for them each Sunday. He was ordered to stop doing so by the Canadian government and he refused to comply. I invite you to watch the you tube video of his arrest if you have any doubts about what I am telling you. Surrounded by a dozen armed officers he is ordered to come along, but he does not comply. Like the Gandhi protesters in India and the followers of Martin Luther King, he drops to his knees with his hands behind his head. Evil calls to us and tells us to comply, but we are expected to refuse compliance as Pastor Pawlowski did. He did not resist he just refused to assist and forced the officers to drag him to their arrest van. The officers did not hesitate and seemed very willing to carry out their orders. The Pastor had been in trouble with the Prime Minister before since he was once ordered to stop saying negative things about the vaccine. Once again, he refused to comply, so he was ordered to put a warning label on anything he wrote or said about the vaccine. He again refused to comply. Public health officials and armed police came to his church during the Easter Service. He did not even let them begin to speak. Get out he said, leave this property immediately, I don’t want to hear a word from you, just get out, the Gestapo is not allowed here, Nazis are not welcome hear. That went on for about 3 minutes until they finally left his church. The entire incident is available on You Tube or at least it was recently. The Pastor showed the world and especially the Prime Minister that there is at least one man in this world who has the courage to stand between the state and his congregation. There are other courageous people in Canada of course. People such as the nameless old lady who was ridden down by mounted officers while she was disabled and in her electric wheelchair. That much is clear on video as is the arrests of many truckers doing nothing but sitting in their trucks. They had their property destroyed, their trucks were towed away, and they were arrested. My advice to the truckers is do what the Prime Minister ordered, just go home. Yes, go home and stay home, park your trucks, and don’t haul anything. I want to see what the PM does when nothing is being delivered in Canada. Who are these people who do such horrible things to their fellow Canadians? These people who seem to have no shame and no dignity, these people who refer to anyone who disagrees as misogynistic, racist, haters of women, deniers of science, people of the fringe and the like. The actions of one participant are used to convict all of the same behavior as the one truck out of tens of thousands with a confederate flag makes them all racists. Are these people liberals. Is that what a liberal is? The dictionary defines a liberal as “a supporter of a political and social philosophy that promotes individual rights, civil liberties,
Darrell Castle talks about the threatened war between Russia and Ukraine with the possible involvement of NATO including the United States. Transcription / Notes ANOTHER WAR OF INTELLIGENCE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 18th day of February in the year 2022 and I will be talking with you about the threatened war between Russia and Ukraine with the possible involvement of NATO including the United States. There are, as usual, a lot of hills to die on this week including Canadian Prime Minister Trudeau invoking the Emergency Act to put down with force a peaceful act of civil disobedience. We also have rising inflation with 7.5% in January the worst in 42 years resulting in Americans getting poorer each day as their wages are stolen by inflation, and soaring rates of violent crime. I have decided, however, to turn my attention to the plains of Russia and Ukraine which have been fought over for centuries and are threatening the world again. The world is tired of war, and it collectively groans at the thought of yet more blood and treasure expended for no good reason. If we have war, it will again be a war of intelligence because the brave leader must rally the people to sacrifice to defeat yet another blood thirsty dictator. Last week I told you that intelligence is provided to the president or leader from a variety of sources. Those sources know what the President wants to do, and their intelligence has a way of reaffirming and bolstering that decision. They gather it for him, and he briefs Congressional leadership to get them on board and then the people are rallied. Even the New York Times is aware of this tendency, so allow me to quote from the Sunday February 13 edition. “Intelligence agencies prodded by the White House, have declassified information, which in turn has been briefed to Congress, shared with reporters and discussed by Pentagon and State Department spokesman. But the disclosures are complicated by history. Before the United States invasion of Iraq in 2003, the Bush Administration released intelligence that officials said justified pre-emptive action, including purported intercepts of Iraqi military conversations, photos of mobile biological weapons labs and statements accusing Baghdad of building a fleet of drones to launch a chemical attack on the United States. The material was all wrong, reliant on sources who lied, incorrect interpretations of Iraq’s actions and senior officials who looked at raw intelligence and saw what they wanted to see.” The Times goes on to point out that this time its different because we have such things as satellite imagery, and so on and so forth. If you count the 15 years we were involved in Vietnam, then Desert Storm with the intervening 10 years of no-fly zone enforcement with the 18 years in Afghanistan we have been at war for something like 45 years and as the times points out it was based for the most part on a pack of lies. I won’t go into the complete history of this dispute except to say that the Reagan- Gorbachev agreement that ended the cold war and broke apart the Soviet Union pledged that NATO would not expand into the border regions of Russia. That agreement was not honored and in 2008 NATO invited Ukraine, but it declined. That was something Mr. Putin could not accept and now he is pushing back. The problem is that Ukraine’s location on Russia’s border makes it an existential threat to Russia. Estonia in the North and Ukraine in the south have Moscow surrounded. Hitler had to cross a thousand-mile frontier with a supply line 2500 miles long to get to Moscow, but the Ukrainian border is only 300 miles from Moscow. Putin can’t and won’t tolerate Ukraine in NATO or even a western dominated Ukraine. Would we tolerate a Russian dominated Mexico with Russian troops and missiles there? Will Putin invade Ukraine thus possibly triggering the fall of dominos similar to the start of World War l?
Darrell Castle talks about the Canadian Truckers Protest, specifically from the standpoint of how the leadership of Canada reacts to people who disagree. It reminds him of what George Carlin once said, “Knowing how to sing the blues is fine, but what’s really important is knowing why the blues need to be sung.” Transcription / Notes UNACCEPTABLE VIEWS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 11th day of February in the year of our Lord 2022 and today I will be talking about the Canadian Truckers Protest, specifically from the standpoint of how the leadership of Canada reacts to people who disagree. I realize that I am late to this party, but I still would like to put in my two cents worth on the topic. The Castle Report was off the air last Friday because of Joan’s illness, so I appreciate all the prayers and well wishes you sent my way. She is doing much better now that she is two weeks into the Covid symptoms. She is basically just very tired, but she hopes to return to work next Monday and after 44 years of marriage I am very grateful for the old girl and what she has meant to my life. You probably all know the story of the Canadian Truckers by now, and I’m sure you have seen the videos of thousands of trucks lining the highway for 50 miles all rolling into the capitol city of Ottawa. The truckers decided to protest vaccine mandates that were affecting their ability to work and feed their families. The mandates were also imposed by the United States, not just the Canadian government, The difference is that the US mandates, imposed by the Biden administration, restricted the Canadiens from crossing into the US and the Canadian mandate restricted their ability to work at all. To recap what happened and is still happening 10’s of thousands of truckers from all across Canada, in the dead of a Canadian winter, stopped their work, formed into a convoy, and headed to Ottawa. These men and women are just common people like you and me. They are not at all like the gilded ruling elite that claims Prime Minister Justin Trudeau among its members. If you wonder what a common man is go to the Castle Report Index and scroll down to June 19, 2020, and listen to my report entitled Century of the Common Man. Did Prime Minister Trudeau talk to them, provide food, water, and fuel to them, or even mention that they were deserving of any respect? No, he did none of those things, but what he did do was refuse to meet with them at all. He said they were an insult to memory and truth. He was apparently so confident that tyranny had completely displaced truth and he was therefore free to libel and defame any Canadian with different views. He said that unvaccinated Canadians were extremists, misogynists, and racists. He apparently thought that he could continue defaming anyone he disagreed with as the truckers began their convoy. They were just a small fringe minority, he said who hold unacceptable views. Does that term make your blood boil as it does mine and like I’m sure it did the truckers. They are still in Ottawa and say they will be there for the duration. The Ottawa police have basically declared them to be terrorists and have stolen, oh I mean confiscated their property. Friendly people try to supply them with food and have even set up a community kitchen. The police take their fuel whenever they can get their hands on it. They arrest innocent citizens doing nothing but standing by to voice their support. What of the Prime Minister, well he has disappeared since making his opening statement? I guess he is hiding in his safe house, so he won’t be forced to actually speak to real Canadians. He knows that freedom can triumph over tyranny if enough people demand it. As Ron Paul used to say, no army can stop an idea whose time has come. Even Elon Musk jumped in the debate when he tweeted, “It would appear that the so-called fringe minority is actually the government”.
Darrell Castle talks about the failure and complete collapse of the Democrat/Joe Biden agenda and the replacement of the Covid crisis with a nuclear crisis. Transcription / Notes WAR MAKES A GOOD SCAPEGOAT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 28th day of January in the year 2022. I will be talking about the failure and complete collapse of the Democrat/Joe Biden agenda. The COVID Virus was the convenient or planned vehicle to carry the agenda forward as a never-ending crisis allowing a complete totalitarian revamping of the power of government. The end of the COVID crises demands another to take our minds off the failing poll numbers and to augment government power and that crises is conflict with Russia. Everything is driven by money today, and nothing by truth and public interest or public health. It is an agenda, I will submit, that deserves rejection by all decent Americans. This quote from the recent Rally Against Mandates held in Washington lays out the destruction that is possible from the agenda’s vaccine mandates. Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. “We love the United States Constitution. And we have witnessed over the past 20 months a coup d’état against democracy and the demolition, the controlled demolition of the United States Constitution and Bill of Rights, and starting with the censorship, James Madison, John Adams, Thomas Jefferson all said the same thing; we put freedom of speech in the first amendment because all of the other rights that we were trying to protect relied on that right. If you give government the license to silence its critics, you have given them the capacity to commit any atrocity they want, and to obliterate all the amendments and rights in the constitution.” Whether you believe the COVID Virus is a man-made bioweapon accidentally or intentionally released on humanity, or you believe it to be a naturally occurring mutation of nature, as Mr. Kennedy points out, it has been and is being used to obliterate the bill of rights, thus opening the door to totalitarian rule by government. It also illustrates how easy it is to generate world-wide lock-step action by governments and their health organizations egged on by compliant media. In other words, global conspiracy is possible obviously. It is not just a few people led by Mr. Kennedy who are resisting, but the entire world especially in the West is starting to say, wait a minute, maybe we over-reacted or maybe this is over, or perhaps we should just declare victory and quit fighting. The agenda of COVID tyranny is collapsing across the West. Prime Minister Johnson of the UK canceled his country’s entire COVID restriction program as the truth about vaccine injuries became too obvious to ignore. Ireland and the Czech Republic followed. Some are holding on in obedience, but its only a matter of time because the vaccines have lost their credibility. In Florida, the governor set up clinics across the state to treat infected people with monoclonal antibody treatments and lives were being saved thus proving the vaccines unnecessary. President Biden just ordered the clinics closed as he banned the lifesaving treatment. What kind of man would condemn people to death just to avoid admitting that his enemy is right? One who is owned by the pharmaceutical industry most likely. The virus is only one crisis in the agenda and although it threatens our health there are others which threaten our income, capacity to earn a living and feed ourselves. The virus and the vaccines are being used as excuses for an obvious money driven agenda and by agendas unknown, for example: I’m going to take the position that Joe Biden is an intelligent man and not an idiot, but that makes his actions even worse because it means he is doing it on purpose. Migrants are streaming across the border in droves everyday with no tests for vaccines or mask requirements and this administration not only doesn’t care, but openly encourages it.
Darrell Castle talks about the first year of President Biden’s term from the perspective of Mr. Biden’s first press conference of the new year. Transcription / Notes JOE BIDEN’S GREATEST ASSET Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st day of January in this the year of our Lord 2022. This is a great opportunity to review one year of Joe Biden since this is exactly one year and one day since his inauguration and coincidently this week was his first press conference of the new year. I confess I did not watch the Presser live as I was at work, but I did see the replay and it left me a little depressed that the President appears to be delusional. That is if he actually believes what he said he believes. What about his first year? Did he have any successes that we can talk about? The question of what is his greatest asset, is an easy one to answer because his greatest asset for the last year and even for the year of his campaign has been that he is not Donald Trump. That’s not an asset for the 74 million Trump voters, obviously, but for all those in the extreme left of the Democrat base it is an asset. The harder question to answer is whether it is still an asset. My answer based mostly on gut feeling or instinct is no it is not. Joe is doing well though in his eyes at least as he expressed in last Wednesday’s press conference. Everything is just fine according to the President. Everything’s changing. It’s getting better the president said. If you take a look at what we’ve been able to do, we made enormous progress. If you don’t see it that way its probably because there are a lot of things you just don’t understand. The polls confirm that the American people overwhelming agree with his policies and all those polls that show otherwise, well he doesn’t believe them. I won’t call those answers delusional because politicians commonly are so narcissistic, they simply cannot come to grips with their own failure, but the polls this morning are dangerously close to the 20’s. The president believes he has made enormous progress, but he failed miserably to achieve his chief goal which was to heal the divisions caused by four years of Donald Trump and unify the country. The real Joe Biden keeps getting in the way of unity. The one that compares Republicans who disagree with his voting rights bill with Bull Connor. The one who repeatedly lies about being arrested at a civil rights march with Martin Luther King when he was normally on the other side of those issues. He doesn’t see soaring crime rates and soaring inflation as problems of his making or problems needing attention. Joe just wants to help working people. He is not Bernie Sanders he said I’m a mainstream Democrat. Everything he said seems to have two effects with each one scarier than the one before. Is he really the mainstream of the Democrat Party? If so, it spells future disaster for them because despite what the President believes or says he believes, less than one third actually approve of his performance so far. Most people can see that the enormous progress he bragged about includes the worst inflation in 40 years. Every time someone goes to the grocery store or gas station, they see his progress. Each trip families give up one more item they used to enjoy because its not there and if it was they couldn’t afford it. The supply chain disruption issues it seems, were easy to cause but very difficult to fix and there is no progress in sight enormous or slight. What about the enormous progress he made in Afghanistan? I mean, we can all see that can’t we? We are out of there and I will give him that but the way he handled those left behind was so callas the old Joe Biden was evident. He was exposed as the not so grandfatherly, cold, and incompetent that he apparently is. The people left behind to the military’s disapproval, are still there apparently under the tinder mercies of the Taliban. What about the almost one hundred billion dollar...
Darrell Castle talks about the nation’s Capital on January 6, 2021. He tells the story from a different angle that perhaps you have not heard at least not very often. He refers to his podcast of January 15, 2021 as a previous statement on the incident. Transcription / Notes JANUARY 6TH AND THE HUMAN DESIRE TO BE TREATED FAIRLY Hello this is Darrell Castle with todays Castle Report. This is Friday the 14th day of January in the year 2022 and I am going to be talking about the incident at the nation’s capital on January 6, 2021. I know you have heard the story ad nauseum from politicians and media pundits, but my goal is to tell the story from a different angle that perhaps you have not heard at least not very much. I refer you to my Castle Report index or archives of January 15, 2021, for my previous statement on January 6th. Fairness is a rather ancient concept in the Western World going back to at least the Magna Carta in 1215. It is a world under assault and very threatened right now but still the desire to be treated fairly is one of the most common desires in humanity. Lady justice that all lawyers are familiar with is a symbol of society’s efforts to be fair, to achieve justice and equal protection under the law. The lady is holding a scale in her right hand and a sword in her left, and she is blindfolded. She weighs the evidence without seeing any undue influence, and she backs up her justice with the sword. Go to Europe and you will see the same symbol with a different artist’s touch and a more medieval look to the lady. It is all a symbol of a desire, a pledge, to seek justice and fairness in our legal system. Today I am afraid we have replaced the symbol of lady justice with a pre-set orthodoxy which is clearly defined at the outset of events. In other words, we know the results we want so lets make the evidence take us there. It is even hard to determine who is in charge, who is responsible for failure. I mentioned last week that power seems to reside in a complex network of individuals and organizations pulling in different directions to achieve different ends. The one thing about power that seems clear to me is that the U.S. is ruled by monied interests, the deep state or managerial/administrative state if you prefer, and most of all lies. The lies force us to live in a false reality that sometimes is important to us so we insist that the lies are reality. The lies affect everything and pull the strings attached to the politicians so that as a nation, no sensible policy foreign or domestic is even possible. For example, it is obvious to me that the reason for the sudden push to provoke war with Russia is cover for the highest inflation in 40 years, supply chain disruption, collapsing borders stupid illogical Covid policies, etc. What does all this have to do with January 6th, I’m trying to get there. The president, early in his term, said that his goal was to correct or cure the divisions in the country caused by four years of Donald Trump. If that was indeed his goal, he has failed miserably. Just my opinion, but I sense that the country is far more divided that it was under Trump’s leadership. For example, once trusted agencies of the federal government are now routinely viewed as corrupt perhaps with more class than some banana republics, but with the same goal in mind. A recent Washington Post poll found that 34 percent of Americans think violent action against the government can be justifiable. 40 percent of republicans and 23 percent of Democrats hold that view according to the Post. In other words, whether violent action is justified or not may depend on who is elected. If Trump had been reelected perhaps Antifa and Black Lives Matter thugs would have been in the capitol instead of the idiots who were. Instead of an effort to use the riot to bring about unity or at least some understanding, the president and some other politicians use lies and exaggerations to describe it for what appears to be a naked e...
Darrell Castle talks about what in his opinion is most likely to happen in the upcoming year. What are the trends that we can expect to continue and get stronger, and what trends will weaken and perhaps die. Transcription / Notes WHO REALLY HAS THE POWER IN 2022 Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 7th day of January 2022, as well as the first Friday of a new year. Instead of a year in review this Report will focus more on what in my opinion is most likely to happen in the upcoming year. What are the trends that we can expect to continue and get stronger, and what trends will weaken and perhaps die? I spent Christmas with Joan and my sister, and we had a wonderful time together. My sister told me about the morning worship of the Dean of Canterbury Cathedral, and I’ve been listening to that each day, but perhaps the best gift and the inspiration for this title, was the Dean’s reading of the Charles Dickens novel, A Christmas Carol. He read the book in three parts, and it was wonderful to hear it in his English accent. The ghost of Christmas future, as you may recall showed Scrooge what his future would be like unless he changed. Scrooge asked the ghost if what he was seeing was what had to happen or what might happen, but he received no reply. Dickens’ novel was and is a part of and an example of the Civilization of the West, or Christian Civilization that I often remind you deserves to be preserved. By way of explanation, I defer to the words of Dr. Paul Craig Roberts. “Every great family and every great civilization has some roots in sin and crimes. What the western world has forgotten is that they also have roots in accomplishments, moral, artistic, cultural, economic, political. We should not forget that man is fallen. There are good and evil that contend for his soul. It was Christianity that gave the powerless a voice capable of challenging the voice of raw power. It was this voice, together with material interests, that produced accountable government, itself subject to a rule of law. ”Well, amen Dr. Roberts and thank you for reminding us so eloquently of what we have lost. Let’s let Dr. Roberts continue for a moment. “Today the rule of law is disappearing. The US Constitution is in tatters. Everyone has become a tyrannical dictator. Not only presidents, chancellors, and prime ministers, but also employers, school boards, university administrators, mayors, governors, airlines, restaurants, sports organizations, issue mandates that are violations of the Nuremburg Laws laid down by the United States at the WW II war crime tribunals. Now the government in Washington refuses to obey its own creation, finding that Big Pharma profits, control over citizens, and perhaps darker agendas are more important than the rule of law. ”Well, that about says it for Western man and the rule of law except that the war against those things will continue and accelerate during 2022. That is, however, just one of many battles being fought in 2022. It is indeed curious why few if any, especially in congress, raise a voice of protest no matter how many wars are fought and lost, no matter how many trillions of dollars are wasted on them, and no matter how many lives are destroyed or ruined by them. Right now, in 2022 we confront Russia across the plains of Ukraine. Some experts tell us we must confront the Russians there or we will lose credibility. That philosophy is insane and was probably cooked up by lunatics who have never confronted any armies across anything. Ukraine is on the border of Russia and is therefore a strategically important territory for them. Putin will never allow American or NATO forces to take root there nor should he. Surely there is someone in Washington who is not so blind he cannot see that. China’s aggressive defense of what it perceives as its sovereign right to the South China Sea and other Asian territories are another matter. China seems to believe that the water in questio...
Darrell Castle asks the question “Are You Fully Vaccinated?” If your answer is yes, don’t be so sure because the definition is continually changing. Transcription / Notes WHEN WILL YOU BE FULLY VACCINATED? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 17th day of December in this the year of our Lord 2021. Are you fully vaccinated? If you answer yes, well don’t be so sure because the definition is continually changing. If your answer is no, then when will you be fully vaccinated? I can answer that question in this opening paragraph and save us all a lot of trouble. The answer is that you will never be allowed to be fully vaccinated for more than a brief time because you will always need the next booster. Christmas is next week folks plus I am moving my law office to a new building next week, so I am going to leave you in peace until the first Friday in January. Speaking of peace, take time to celebrate the coming of the prince of peace into the world. This has been quite a year and that is for sure. We tried to return to normal but although the football stadiums were full again the people of some cities and some states are still not free to move about as they see fit. If only everyone would get vaccinated, we would all be fine but some people are just too hesitant or at least that seems to be the official story. The health authorities, i.e., Dr. Fauci direct us to have two injections and then after 6 months a booster and that would make us fully vaccinated so we can receive our permission card to travel and participate in a somewhat normal life. If you have not had all those injections, then you don’t get the card and only the federal courts can order your employers to continue your employment. If you go along though, whether you believe the hype or not, just go along, you will be OK and perhaps even virtuous, correct? Just comply and do whatever the authorities command. Just join the right side of history and be obedient. Well, no, that is unfortunately not correct. From the very beginning I have predicted that COVID was just the beginning and that a series of new strains and new virus would continue until we are all sick, disabled, childless, dead or at the very least totally obedient to the dictates of the new totalitarian state. First, we had the Delta Variant which seemed dangerous, and now we have Omicron which even the doctor who discovered it describes as infectious but mild. For that we must once again tear our world apart and lock ourselves inside, at least in some cities. Let me give you an example from the Los Angeles Times issue of December 15. “For many Americans who scrambled to get vaccinated against COVID-19 as soon as their turn came up, the relief of gaining immunity was just one reward. Achieving fully vaccinated status conferred a faint halo of virtue as well. Now, both the shots’ biological protection and the satisfaction of contributing to the herd’s immunity are proving short lived. And with a worrisome new coronavirus variant threatening to erode vaccine-induced immunity further, health officials are debating whether the definition of fully vaccinated should be amended to include a booster shot.” Whoa that is quite a statement isn’t it. Immunity and virtue all in one or two injections. Let me attempt to offer a translation of the Los Angeles Times newspeak. We at the times told everyone the vaccine would confer immunity and that turned out to be wrong. We told everyone that Dr. Fauci was and is a well-meaning doctor who should be listened to and followed. Just get fully vaccinated and all will be well but now we have to admit that these people are never going to stop tormenting us as long as we are willing to permit it. Nevertheless if Dr. Fauci says get a fourth shot then it must be absolutely necessary to do so. “Optimal protection is going to be with a third shot, Fauci told CNN this week. He added that while he didn’t see the official definition of fully vaccinated changi...
Darrell Castle talks about how fear of the pandemic is being used by various people around this world to dismantle democracy, obliterate constitutional rights, and usher in totalitarian governments. Transcription / Notes THE WORST THING THAT HAS EVER HAPPENED TO HUMANITY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 10th day of December in the year 2021. This report will discuss how fear of the pandemic is being used by various people around this world to dismantle democracy, obliterate constitutional rights, and usher in totalitarian governments and leaders. Before I begin I make note that last Tuesday the 7th of December, was the 80th anniversary of the attack on Pearl Harbor that launched the United States into World War ll. That date is an appropriate start from which to begin a discussion of fear and what it is currently doing to the once free people of the world. The United States had a population of about 160 million at the start of the war and during the four years of conflict about 16 million served in uniform or about 10% of the population. They served because their nation had been attacked and because evil had to be eliminated from the world. Their victory gave the world, even defeated foes, a chance at democracy or the right of people to govern themselves. Today, we find ourselves in another battle, the greatest battle of our lifetimes, possibly of all time, according to Robert F. Kennedy Jr. in his book, “The Real Anthony Fauci” which I again urge you to read. Mr. Kennedy describes how a coalition of forces—intelligence agencies, pharmaceutical companies, social media titans, medical bureaucracies, mainstream media, and the military, are using fear induced by a health crises to impose totalitarian control worldwide. Anthony Fauci is the face of this coalition, its most prominent face, because he has been medical advisor to six presidents. Mr. Kennedy argues that the concept of regulatory capture has turned U.S. public health agencies into veritable pharmaceutical companies. For example, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) receives 45% of its annual budget from big Pharma. Big Pharma receives much of its profits from the U.S. taxpayers via vaccine payments, etc., which money is then used to fund governmental agencies responsible for regulating the industry. Fauci in his role as head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) no longer looks out for public health but instead is in the business of pharmaceutical promotion. Just a few of the facts exposed in this book would be enough, but there are more than just a few. In 1984 when Fauci took over NIAID, 11.8% of Americans had a chronic disease, and now it is 54%. It was his job to research and discover why autism, allergies and many other diseases were increasing and eliminate the toxins causing it. Instead of acting as a true public health agency he used it to develop and sell pharmaceutical products. He accomplished these things by creating a climate of fear in America and around the world that would make the world run to pharmaceuticals. These drugs were funded by U.S, taxpayers and some of the profits were then funneled back to the agencies that were charged with regulating them. So much money changed hands that it corrupted everyone it touched and the incentive to create more unfounded fear increased accordingly. Originally, it was the AIDS epidemic which was supposed to wipe out the human race. It was a disease which anyone other than IV drug users and male homosexuals had only an infinitesimally small risk of contracting, but it was used to create fear in the general population and thereby sell the drug cocktails developed to treat it. AIDS was terrible and scary but something more frightening was needed to induce the population of the world to rush to the coalition’s only available preventive. A series of flus started to appear in the world usually originating in China. Swine Flu, Bird Flu,
Darrell Castle talks about the irreconcilable differences that seem to exist between members of this society right now and how those differences have led to actual casualties such as the Waukesha Christmas Parade Massacre. Trascription / Notes THE HARD CASUALTIES OF CULTURAL CIVIL WAR Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 3rd day of December in the year 2021 and I will be talking about the irreconcilable differences that seem to exist between members of this society right now and how those differences have led to actual casualties. The best example is the massacre of 6 people and injuring of 60 others in Waukesha, Wisconsin a couple of weeks ago. The beginning of this story seems simple. A small town on the west side of Milwaukee, Wisconsin held its annual Christmas parade on Sunday night a couple of weeks ago. A man driving a red SUV, reportedly a career criminal named Darrell Brooks, plowed through the spectators and parade participants, apparently on purpose, killing six people at this point, and injuring more than 60. When I say that Mr. Brooks was a career criminal, I mean that he had a record of arrest, incarceration, release, violence, rearrest, release, drug abuse, rearrest, and release stretching back 22 to years to the age of 17. He led a life of crime and violence including assault on domestic partners, rape and impregnating a teenager along with many other violent crimes. For 22 years not a single social safety net or single prosecutor stopped him until it was too late. I suggest that Mr. Brooks is the symbolic representative of one side of the cultural divide that confronts this country and the entire West. The Christmas Parade massacre was apparently no accident since Mr. Brooks has been charged with six counts of intentional murder. Many witnesses said he drove through numerous police and civilian efforts to stop him including physical barriers, so he did it on purpose. At the time he had five open arrest warrants including two felonies. Just two days before he had been arrested for deliberately trying to run over a woman and her child. For that arrest he was released on $1000 bond posted by his mother. So, for 10% or $100 to a bondsman she got him released. A few months ago, he was released on $500 bond or $50 to the bondsman from his previous violent felony charge. Court records show that he was diagnosed with bipolar disorder and depression growing up fatherless in Milwaukee. He was admitted to a mental hospital at 12 and attempted suicide numerous times in his early life after the death of his grandmother. He wrote a letter to a judge in 2007 detailing all this along with statements of the history of alcoholism and violent abuse in his family. A Christian woman tried to steer him away from his life, but he always returned to it He was an addict and habitual domestic abuser prone to violence, and threats with weapons. He abandoned his first-born son before the child was three months old. He got his first felony charge at age 17 for substantial battery after he raped and impregnated his child’s mother. He plead guilty but served just 129 days in jail. His record goes on for 22 years and his rap sheet is more than 50 pages long, but I will stop there and fast forward to the days before the Waukesha Christmas parade. Mr. Brooks was a part time rapper who used the name Mathboi Fly as his rap handle. His rap and his social media post were filled with violent hate messages directed at Jews and especially white people. He said that World War lll would start when people learn Hitler was right and did the world a favor by killing Jews The New York post investigated his social media accounts and his rap lyrics, where he bragged, again according to the NY Post, that he was a terrorist and a killer in the city. He talked incessantly about violent acts toward white people such as knocking them out and killing them. So, to put a cap on this introduction of Darrell Brooks he was a l...
Darrell Castle talks about how the reaction to the Covid 19 virus has created a climate of fear that has allowed the government to destroy the Bill of Rights with very little opposition. Transcription / Notes COVID AND THE DESTRUCTION OF THE BILL OF RIGHTS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 19th day of November in this the year of our Lord 2021, the week before Thanksgiving so no Castle Report next week. Take time to give thanks, to reflect, and to enjoy your families. Today I will be talking about how the reaction to the Covid virus has created a climate of fear that has allowed the government to destroy the Bill of Rights with very little opposition, at least until now. Socialism is the enemy of the Constitution and of constitutional government in general. Socialism is at war with the Constitution and for the last century at least, socialism has been triumphant over constitutional government. The result of that triumph has been the centralization of almost everything along with the rising power of government bureaucracies which intimidate, regulate, and control almost everything. Things such as the medical industries in western countries are now virtually owned by the various governments in which they reside. Therefore, doctors, scientists, and others in the medical profession are intimidated and influenced by the politics that now controls what they do, how they think, and what they can and will do for their patients. The advice of doctors to their patients bears a remarkable resemblance to the political thumb under which that doctor resides. Here is what most people apparently do not understand and where most, if not all, of the divide among people originates. Governments lie, cheat, and steal and they always have. Perhaps, at least it appears, that they always will, and we should, therefore, keep that fact in mind when we deal with anything governmental, or anything controlled by government. Today, unfortunately, that is almost everything. Governments are made up of mortal human beings like the rest of us, but they do not see themselves that way. The Constitution was written as a document whereby ordinary citizens could hold government accountable and prevent it from running out of control. Ordinary people were free to criticize government officials as enshrined in the 1st amendment. The triumph of socialism destroyed the Constitution or at least the Bill of Rights and so there is nothing left but the oppressive hand of government and its captive bureaucracies and captive media or propaganda wing. Since what used to pass for journalists are now captive, any dissident searching for truth will be quickly destroyed and treated as a conspiracy theorist or Russian agent. Since dissidents are not real journalists as say a writer for the New York Times or Washington Post is, they have no first amendment protection and can be arrested on made up charges at the government’s whim as was Julian Assange. The only people allowed to call themselves journalists are those who spout out the official authoritarian narrative as it is presented to them. To close this introductory section, I will quote Paul Craig Roberts: “Everyone who reads the New York Times, Washington Post, listens to NPR, CNN, MSNBC, BBC, and the rest of the official media is engaging in self-brainwashing, self-indoctrination. They are making themselves blind, stupid, and acceptable of tyranny.” This is the condition in which we now find ourselves and the rest of this report addresses how it all relates to Covid. There have been serious problems in dealing with Covid in Europe where they have no constitution and no bill of rights, just a tradition of self-government. In Italy for example, the government has decided that everyone must have a Green Pass to participate in normal Italian life. The Green Pass is what is given upon vaccination, so it is basically an internal passport. Italians have taken to the streets across Italy to prote...
Darrell Castle talks about the next battle in the vaccine wars – our children. Transcription / Notes THE NEXT BATTLE IN THE VACCINE WARS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 12th day of November in this the year of our Lord 2021. Today is the day after Veterans Day and two days after the Marine Corps birthday, but I am not talking about celebration today, instead I am talking about logic specifically the logic of the vaccine wars. When your enemy appears to be losing be careful because the fear of losing causes desperation or at least going to the next step. I’m afraid that the next step for our enemy is our children and that is my discussion topic for today. Like most of you I talk to people every day about the virus and the vaccines. Most people are nervous, scared because they have been told by people, they assume to be smarter than they are that they and their children are in extreme danger from the virus. People normally do not spend their time researching the virus, they just take the word of experts. The possibility that those experts could be intentionally misleading people goes into category of conspiracy theory. I have been bothered since the beginning of the virus by the idea that things we have been told about the virus do not make logical sense. For example, we know for a fact that the National Institute of Health (NIH) funded gain-of-function research at the University of North Carolina and then at the Institute of Virology in Wuhan, China. We know that gain-of-function is a term used by scientists that really means make a deadly pathogen more deadly and dangerous to the human population. Those are known facts, not just speculation or theories. Dr. Fauci admitted as much under questioning by Senator Rand Paul. We know that a vaccine has been developed in a hurry by three different pharmaceutical companies funded by the federal government, and we know that vaccine has already been administered to hundreds of millions of people. From that knowledge we have learned that the vaccine does not work as advertised. I mean that it does not protect against infection from the virus, and it does not prevent the vaccinated from passing the virus on to others. In fact, it appears that the vaccinated are more likely to spread the virus and are therefore more dangerous to the unvaccinated than the other way around. The vaccine causes death and injures many as is reported from the VAERS system so why the campaign to intimidate, manipulate, and force universal vaccination on the entire human race? Many doctors think the vaccine causes more harm than the virus so why? There have been many treatments for the virus proposed and used by many doctors, but they are suppressed, and we are told there are no treatments. Why is there no research into treatments and recovery protocols? We know for a fact that the testing procedure has produced so many false positives that it could not be trusted. We know that the federal government corrupted the medical establishment by paying them to count every illness as covid thus making the virus appear to be much more of a threat than it actually is. Every illness requiring hospitalization became covid because hospitals were told to report it that way. The common flu, for example, disappeared for over a year. We know that in Italy the deaths from Covid stood at over 135,000 and that figure was recently reduced to about 3500. The reason is the difference between death with covid and death from covid. Honest medical experts noticed that the average age of death from covid was virtually the same as the average life expectancy. Despite all those known facts, the President of the United States continues to tell us that we must be vaccinated. Different parts of the country and the world have reacted differently to the intimidation, but the president has now issued a mandate that all companies who employ more than 100 people must require them to be vaccinated or fire them.
Darrell Castle talks about last Tuesday’s election results and tries to make some sense out of what happened. Transcription / Notes WHAT CAUSED THE RED WAVE? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 5th day of November in this the year of our Lord 2021 and on this report, I will be talking about last Tuesday’s election results and looking for an answer to what caused the massive swing in voter sentiment that turned so many traditionally blue offices into a sea of red. Was it as the president described it, just a bunch of extremely conservative Trump supporters along with people upset because congress has delayed passage of build back better boondoggles. I will start by saying that I don’t think President Biden is correct in his explanation of the results. In fact, his reasoning makes me think he is at minimum borderline delusional. To say that the American people are so upset that congress is reluctant to pass his trillion-dollar spending bills and they took it out on unsuspecting Democrats at the polls is delusional, but I suppose he had to think of something that was not his fault. Surely, he understands that the American people can see that his unrestrained money creation in the face of steadily rising prices is causing extreme hardship. He is in the pocket, the purse, the kitchen, and the business of every American family. He and his party have rejected the problems of the middle class working American and last Tuesday those workers gave him the middle finger. Every time a person goes to the store and hamburger is 50 cents or a dollar more per pound and at the gas station the cost is 50 cents or a dollar more per gallon that family just took a pay cut. If they work for a small business as most people do, then that business probably can not afford to raise wages. If they work for a large company that can afford to raise wages, then those pay raises are passed on to customers and inflation is thereby fueled ultimately making the situation even worse. The president tells us that his new spending proposals will be free of tax increases for those making less than $400,000 per year. First of all, theft is theft whether the victim can afford it or not, but also the increased spending taxes and economically kills the working people for the very reasons listed above. Every increase in the cost of living is a tax born by working people, but not so much by the moneyed class. I therefore conclude that he and the radical left of his party are delusional and completely out of touch and out of empathy for the average working American. People don’t want his handouts in an effort to salve some of the problems he created. Oh, they will take them as most won’t reject free money, but what they really want and what they need is a good paying job with some dignity. That’s quite a formula the Democrats have, first destroy the economy, then try to repair it by printing free money for their cronies thus fueling massive inflation. Yes, there are some economic geniuses working in this administration. Let me change direction for a minute and talk about what happened, at least in the state of Virginia. That state conducts its statewide elections in odd numbered years and restricts the governor to one term although a second term is OK once a term is missed. That is what happened with the Democrat candidate Terry McAuliffe who was seeking a second term after missing a term. He was beaten by two points by Glenn Youngkin who has never held political office. Republican Winsome Sears a Jamaican immigrant who joined the Marine Corps to gain citizenship, was elected Lieutenant Governor. She presents a wonderfully emotional story of her family coming to America with $1.75 and nothing else back during the Kennedy Administration. She is an example, a living example, of what can be accomplished in America no matter what color you are. If that were all it would be plenty but there’s more. Republican Jason Miyares,
Darrell Castle talks about Pfizer’s Covid 19 vaccine for children ages 5-11 years old and its approval by an FDA advisory panel last Tuesday. Transcription / Notes THEY ARE COMING FOR YOUR CHILDREN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 29th day of October in the year of our Lord 2021, and today I will be talking about Pfizer’s COVID vaccine for children ages 5 to 11and its approval by an FDA advisory panel last Tuesday. Children are expected to start getting vaccinated as early as next week. The other vaccine companies are working feverishly to gain approval to sell their products. to 28 million unsuspecting parents. The Castle family is very excited this week as the family daughter makes another visit, she is in fact here in Germantown as I speak while she transitions from the hell that is now the golden and glorious state of California and the even more difficult city of angels. In any event we are glad to have her although for only a short time most likely. Today I must violate my own prime directive under which I have generally tried to live. You remember the prime directive from Star Trek as the Enterprise sought out new worlds and new civilizations and boldly went where no man had gone before. The prime directive was don’t interfere in those civilizations. My prime directive has been don’t interfere as well but in how the individuals I meet along the journey live their lives. Leave people alone to make what might turn out to be mistakes and to enjoy their successes. I violate that directive and plead with people not to deliver their children into the hands of those vile, wicked, soulless, Godless, people who sell COVID vaccines. I once had a five-year-old daughter, so I ask myself what would I have done to save her. The answer is anything it took. If you want my daughter, you will have to kill me first and I will endeavor to make that as difficult as possible. The same question I now pose to you. What would you be willing to do to save your child? I tell myself that if enough people had my philosophy these merchants of death would have to find another death cult to force on us. Dr. Fauci said earlier this week on ABC’s This Week, “if all goes well, and we get the regulatory approval and the recommendation from the CDC, it’s entirely possible, if not very likely, that vaccines will be available for children from 5 to 11 within the first week or two of November.” Well, I suppose it is appropriate that this ghoul appear just before Halloween to assault your children, but it is still your choice. You don’t have to do it yet, at least not in my state. Out in the great state of California, specifically in Los Angeles, no vaccine, no public school. The Biden Administration has said it is prepared to roll out the vaccine to the target age group immediately, pending approval. So, the testing period for the use of this vaccine on 5-year old’s is the amount of time it takes for an FDA panel of experts to meet and discuss it. That should make you feel really good about it folks, I mean experts have approved it. We are told by the FDA advisory panel that targeted children represent about 9% of all cases in the country. That sounds like nonsense to me but even if true the FDA should try to at least pretend to be honest and tell us that the survival rate among those under 19 is 99.9973%. I would wager that number is far higher than the survival rate for the vaccine when they start giving it to children. The experts respond that although the danger to unvaccinated children is small many of them live in high transmission environments. I know you understand what that means folks. It means that they know your kids do not need the vaccine, but they justify giving it to them by saying they are concerned your kids will transmit it to you. I suggest then that you tell them you are willing to take that chance. Now I want to give you a Nancy Pelosi style of doctor.
Darrell Castle talks about the growing sentiment, not just in America, but around the world to resist the vaccine mandates imposed by various governments. Transcription / Notes NO, THIS IS NOT NAZI GERMANY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of October in this the year of our Lord 2021 and in this Report, I will be talking about the growing sentiment, not just in America, but around the world to resist the vaccine mandates imposed by various governments. In Chicago the President of the Fraternal Order of Police or the Police Officers’ Union, John Catanzara, to voice opposition to Mayor Lori Lightfoot’s order for all city employees to be vaccinated or lose their jobs said, “this ain’t Nazi fing Germany.” The Castle family is grateful this week that we are all healthy as far as we know, and able to enjoy these beautiful warm fall days and cool nights. The family daughter is doing just fine out in the golden city of angels as well. No John, this ain’t Nazi Germany, not yet at least, as the anti-defamation league was quick to point out. That organization will not allow any comparison to the Holocaust to stand, but I will also point out that until 1933, even Nazi Germany was not Nazi fing Germany. The German people had to first elect the tyrant, then let him ignore the law, traditions and common norms, of Germany and assume absolute power. Finally, they had to follow his leadership like lambs to the slaughter. I am happy to see resistance to the government’s mandate orders develop around the world. In Chicago Mr. Catanzaro thinks the union of police officers will support their fellow officers who remain unvaccinated. “This has literally lit a bomb underneath the membership…And what are they gonna do when four or five thousand coppers say, Screw you. I’m staying home. You’re not making me get this f***ing vaccination. Don’t pay me. That’s fine. We’ll see you in court.” I hope the officers come together and support each other as their union president thinks they will. The mayor of Chicago, however, does not think they will do so, and she has taken steps to isolate and divide them. Rather than abide strictly by her October 15th deadline for all employees she called in 50 officers and told them to turn in their badges and guns. The tactic seems designed to avoid any large-scale revolt from all the officers at once. The mayor has accused the union of leading an “insurrection” which is a term Democrat politicians are rather quick to use these days when their will is not instantly obeyed. Mr Catanzara was issued a gag order by a City Court to prevent the union from encouraging officers to resist the mayor’s order. I am under no such gag order so I will encourage the Chicago Police Officers to support their brothers and sisters that have been beside them in the fight sometimes for more than 20 years. The mayor stated that the leading killer of police officers during the pandemic has been the virus. That statement resolves nothing and means nothing. For one thing it is very suspicious, but it emphasizes how they were out there on the streets interacting with people long before the vaccine was available. It also doesn’t answer the question of how many infected officers were already vaccinated. Mr. Catanzara also pointed out that not many people want to do the job in today’s anti-police climate. They can’t get anyone to go to the academy and yet she is vilifying police once again. Unfortunately, Chicago is not the only city to issue such mandates, just the loudest. New York, as usual, is right in the mix. Mayor De Blasio announced Wednesday that all New York City municipal employees will be required to receive the COVID vaccine. City workers, including fire fighters and police officers will be mandated to get vaccinated by 5 p.m. on October 29 or they will be placed on unpaid leave. He made the announcement on MSNBC’s Morning Joe that the public needs to be assured that the city employ...
Darrell Castle talks about the so-called federal mandate for employers with 100 or more employees to require the COVID vaccine for all employees which now seems to be just a bluff. Transcription /Notes THE FEDERAL MANDATE IS JUST A BLUFF Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 15th day of October in the year 2021 and today I will be talking about the so-called federal mandate for employers with 100 or more employees to require the COVID vaccine for all employees. It now seems that the whole thing was just a bluff by the Biden Administration to persuade private employers to do its dirty work. The Castle Family is doing fine this week despite the stacked odds as we head into the fall season here in the River City. The leaves are beginning to turn and fall, and soon we will enter what I refer to as leaf apocalypse in my yard. Everyone is healthy and the family daughter is still doing well out in the wonderful city of angels. Yes, the president, or whoever runs the Biden Administration, apparently knew that he had no legal authority to tell the American people that they could not work without the vaccine. In an effort to ensure that every American was vaccinated the government searched the depths of whatever passes for its mind and concluded that since there was no lawful authority perhaps private employers could be persuaded or intimidated to do the government’s dirty work for it. The president announced that he was ordering all employers with 100 or more employees to require vaccination as a condition of employment. Many employers complied with what they thought was a lawful order. Some apparently were happy to have government cover for what they wanted to do anyway, some were intimidated, and some just wanted to be down with the cause, Whatever the motivation many people lost their livelihood because of the mandate. It was supposed to apply to all fields of employment from government to medical, to industrial. I personally talked to two different heads of two medical groups who mandated the vaccine and as a result, many or most of their nurses walked out. Nurses were fired across the country especially in New York City where brave nurses went public with their decision. If the government really cared about the health of Americans, why would it orchestrate the firing of so many frontline health workers. It was all just a bluff by a federal government that has apparently descended into madness, pure evil, or both. Joe Biden has no legal authority to issue such an order and someone in his administration apparently knew that but decided to run the bluff anyway. There was no law duly passed by congress, and not even an unconstitutional executive order was issued, it was just a badly run bluff. The administration made press statements about it, and their captive media announced it as fact, but press announcements are not law either. Many companies announced that their mandates were to begin in December as required by federal law, but a few brave people refused to comply. The constitution does not give the federal government such power except when the government by decree takes control of everything as in the Civil War. No civil war exists now so the states have plenary power to regulate the health and safety of their own citizens. No authority to impose a fine on people who refuse to be vaccinated exists, at least no lawful authority. I suppose the administration was counting on the pre-programed for compliance American people to just go along, but it found that some of us are not sheep, at least not yet. The mandate was effective in intimidating companies, especially those with federal contracts into compliance. Some resisted, but we found that most state governors complained about it but used none of their executive authority to do anything about it. Some state governors did, however, refuse to comply. The governors of Florida and Texas issued executive orders which ordered employers in their states ...
Darrell Castle raises the question of who has the right to decide what goes into the heads and arms of your children. Phrased differently, who owns your children? Transcription / Notes CRIMINALIZING DISSENT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 8th day of October in the year 2021 and in this Report, I will be raising the question of who has the right to decide what goes into the heads and arms of your children, phrased differently, who owns your children? There has been conflict between parents and the government for perhaps a century but now that conflict seems to be reaching the breaking point. Parents are finally telling the government that they have been patient, but their patience is wearing thin, and the government responds with the only thing it has, force. The Castle Family finds itself in good health this weekend and for that I am grateful. Monday the 11th is my 73rd birthday so this is the last weekend of my 72nd year. Joan and I will celebrate the life that is a gift from God because he gave me Joan and she gave me the family daughter who finds herself in the wonderful and glorious golden city of Los Angeles California, this weekend, but I’m sure I will get a phone call on Monday. Yes, parents out there in the hinterlands of America have been getting a little uppity lately as they start to realize what is being done to their children and what has been done for decades. Angry parents have been appearing at Schoolboard meetings across America to protest, not just what is being taught, but arrogance of the way the boards have conducted themselves, and we are above the law, attitude of the school boards. The schoolboards, by way of the National Schoolboards Association (NSBA) wrote a letter on September 29th to the President of the United States urging the federal government to “deal with the growing number of threats of violence and acts of intimidation occurring across the nation. “The letter alleges that parents who sought to express their opposition to mask mandates, COVID-19 vaccination, and the teaching of critical race theory, have been “inciting chaos” during board meetings. The fact that the letter went to the president is an indication that the NSBA believes that the federal government controls education. The assumption is correct of course because even though the Constitution does not confer that authority the federal government through the Department of Education and the Department of Justice has control of it. Therefore, using simple logic parents have probably concluded that if the federal government is sick and perverted those same values will be imparted to their children. The letter denied that critical race theory is being taught in schools and called for a joint collaboration among federal law enforcement agencies, state and local law enforcement and with public school officials be undertaken to focus on these threats. The schoolboards are asking, without any evidence or examples of an actual threat, federal and state law enforcement to go after parents who show up at board meetings and object to critical race theory, mask mandates, forced vaccination policies, etc. It gets worse though as the letter apparently asked that federal law enforcement agencies such as the FBI, the Secret Service, and the Departments of Justice and Homeland Security “investigate, intercept, and prevent the current threats and acts of violence by whatever extraordinary measures necessary. ”The question of who owns your kids has been answered loud and clear by this letter. The schoolboards own your kids, and they want their kids. Furthermore, if you try to intervene between them and your kids, they demand the FBI and the Secret Service go after you. The Secret Service? What authority does the Secret Service have in such matters? Ah, wait a minute, I get it now. The Secret Service mission includes protection of high-profile government officials and I suppose that is what the schoolboard...
Darrell Castle talks about the decision by YouTube and Facebook to take down several videos and the channels associated with high-profile anti-vaccine activists including Joseph Mercola and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Transcription / Notes THE LIGHT SHINES IN THE DARKNESS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 1st day of October in this the year of our Lord 2021. My Report today concerns the decision this week of the social media giants, Facebook, and You Tube to take down several videos and their channels associated with high-profile anti-vaccine activists including Joseph Mercola and Robert F. Kennedy Jr. The Washington post which initially reported this decision tells us that “experts” say these men are partially responsible for helping seed the skepticism that’s contributed to slowing vaccination rates across the country. The Castle family is doing quite well this week as we are all healthy as far as I know. The 11th day of this month I will be 73 years old, and I suppose that is reason to celebrate so we will. I always thought I would remain about 25 forever and with just the right break I would win the Olympic Marathon, but alas it didn’t happen. The family daughter is doing well and rumored to be interested in possibly leaving LA. I would be happy for her as right now any place USA seems brighter. Yes, the Washington Post, spokes paper for the Democrat Party, for the Biden Administration, and for the tech giants, one of which owns the paper has reported that Facebook is Canceling two of the most important messengers of truth in America. The Post is also telling us that only the view authorized by authority is acceptable. I wonder, does that frighten anyone besides me? The toadies of the elites who think they control this world are like rats with their own light switch that they hope will keep us in the dark so we can’t see them. Naturally, when I read this article in the Post I was alarmed, and a bit flabbergasted at their brazen authoritarianism. Let’s take a closer look at some of the things the article reported. “Misinformation researchers have for years said the popularity of anti-vaccine content on You Tube was contributing to growing skepticism of lifesaving vaccines in the United States and around the world. In July, President Biden said social media companies were partially responsible for spreading misinformation about the vaccines and need to do more to address the issue.” Translation, the truth is getting out and that has to be stepped on, and hard. The worst purveyor of lies in this country basically orders its social media toadies to stop allowing the truth to be heard. The arrogance of these people never ceases to amaze me. They are now plainly out in the open with their position that only their views have a right to be heard. Once again, I ask if that frightens anyone besides me? You Tube and Facebook refer to anything anyone prints or films that is contrary to the view of the prevailing elite as misinformation. Naturally when I read the Post article, I went straight to the web sites of Mr. Kennedy and Dr. Mercola but on Wednesday the 29th of September, Lew Rockwell.com carried an article by Mr. Kennedy under the auspices of his Children’s Health Defense. The article entitled, “The Emperor Has No Clothes: COVID Math Simply Doesn’t Add Up” challenges the numbers reported by the public health officials as overstating the risk and therefore demanding such drastic measures in response. “Whether one looks at leaders’ willingness to engage in wanton economic destruction, or the rapidity with which billionaires have amassed new wealth or the multisectoral efforts to link and mine people’s intimate data, it is hard not to recognize that something much larger than a health crises is afoot. However, even if one restricts oneself to the narrow confines of the health narrative, 18 months of data—emerging in spite of ferocious censorship—have repeatedly illustrated that the official s...
Darrell Castle talks about the trustworthiness of government, primarily in the areas of COVID-19 and the vaccine mandates. Transcription / Notes DO YOU TRUST THE GOVERNMENT—ANY GOVERNMENT? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 24th day of September in the year 2021, and today I will be talking about the trustworthiness of government in many areas but primarily and specifically in the area of COVID-19 and the vaccines that the government insists we accept. My premise is that those who refuse the vaccine do not trust the government at least not as much as those who accept the vaccine. Let’s look at what trusting government often does for us. The Castle family is both happy and sad this week as the family daughter, her husband, and her dog have returned to the grand and glorious city of angels after 10 days with her parents. We saw her for the first time in 2 years and we will endeavor to keep that from happening again. My desire would be for the daughter to flee from grand and glorious Los Angeles for just about anywhere, but that is up to her and her husband. I will start my topic of government trustworthiness with a look at my own city of Memphis, Tennessee as reported by the Memphis Commercial Appeal our daily newspaper. This article was front page headline on Wednesday the 22nd which was by coincidence the first day of fall. Headline: “They need to take this vaccination, less than half of Memphis police and fire departments are vaccinated.” Well then, my premise would be that critical members of the city government do not buy into what the government is attempting to sell them, i.e., that the vaccine is safe and effective. Quote from the article: “The Memphis police and fire departments are less than 50% vaccinated, and trail Shelby County’s overall vaccination rate, according to data from the city of Memphis. The data shows that vaccine hesitancy is widespread among the city’s first-responders and other city staff.” Let’s pause the quote for a moment for me to say that hesitancy is an objectionable word because refusal would be more accurate. These are people out there on the front lines dealing with all kinds everyday and they are not hesitant, they are refusing in mass numbers. “City solid waste employees are 37% vaccinated and parks and neighborhoods are 40% vaccinated, city data showed. Shelby County has a 51.7% vaccination rate over a much larger group of people.” Yes that 51.7% includes all the primarily white suburbs while the Memphis number is just city employees in a 67% black city. You are about to see that the city council did not take these numbers like gentlemen and women. “The city employee vaccination rate sparked an angry outburst from Memphis City Councilman Edmund Ford, Sr. who told the city administration it needs to mandate vaccinations, something Memphis Mayor Jim Strickland has not done.” Oh yes, go ahead and follow your leader down the road to losing 50% of police and fire protection for your city that makes perfect sense councilman. If you don’t believe me let New York, Loa Angeles, and Chicago serve as guides for the wisdom of that approach. “Everyone needs to wake the hell up, Ford said in a monologue from the council dais after Alex Smith, the city’s head of human resources, told the council the city’s vaccination rate is about 50% and presented department level vaccination data. Shut this place down—or lay their asses off, Ford told Smith during a council committee hearing where she presented vaccination stats for the city’s 8,200 full-time and part-time employees.” We are living in an age of paralyzing fear, not just in Memphis, but everywhere. When people live in fear, they will submit to all kinds of mischief just to feel a little bit safer. Governments are more than happy to take advantage of that fear to advance their own power and control over the people they are supposed to serve. For example, the nation of Austria not only mandates the vaccines,
Darrell Castle talks about the President’s speech last week in which he basically told us that government is no longer accountable to the people, but the people are now accountable to government. Transcription / Notes PRESIDENT BIDEN DECLARES IDEOLOGICAL WAR AGAINST DISSIDENTS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is September 17, 2021, Constitution Day for those of us who still recognize the document, and today I will be talking about the President’s speech last week in which he basically told us that government is no longer accountable to the people, but the people are now accountable to government. Several times during his speech the president portrayed the unvaccinated as a potential enemy, and a domestic danger. Those who don’t want the vaccine often tend to be conservatives with right of center views so President Biden appears to have declared class or ideological warfare on dissidents. The president attacked not only the unvaccinated but everyone he considers to be accomplices in their refusal to obey him. He said this is not a freedom issue when it clearly is. He wagged his finger in the faces of the American people and said we have been patient, but our patience is running out. I wonder who exactly he means by we? He seems to be saying we the elite, we your betters, have spoken and you will obey or else. He obviously thinks of himself as benevolent dictator who has been patient with his unruly children but now its time for corporal punishment. He attacked, not just the people, but the infrastructure surrounding them which he thinks aids them in their disobedience. Dissident doctors were told that their medical boards should threaten their licenses to practice if they did not comply. Those who disagree will have the weight of the federal government brought to bear against them. He also said that the vaccinated would be turned upon them. Vaccinated America is growing frustrated he said, with the 80 million people who have not received shots and are fueling the spread of the virus. The federal government has been telling Americans for many decades what they could not put in their bodies. In fact, the prisons are almost bursting at the seams with people who put something in their bodies the federal government did not approve of. The federal government is so certain that it knows what is best for us that it claims the sovereign right to tell us that if we consume something prohibited, we will certainly go to prison. Now, for the first time the federal government, speaking through its mouthpiece, Joe Biden, claims the right to tell us what we must put in our bodies. The elites who run the government know what drugs we should not take and what drugs we absolutely must take, and furthermore their patience with us is running out. So, for the first time in the history of the world governments have claimed the right to forcibly impose mass vaccination on an entire class of people under threat of personal and professional destruction. He left no doubt that those who refuse the vaccine are really bad people and so are those who help them. He’s fed up with Republican governors who block his anti-freedom measures, and he blames them for what he tells us is exploding numbers of cases, rising hospital costs, and an increasing death toll. A small number of Americans are keeping us from turning the corner he said. These things are making people sick and causing unvaccinated people to die. If you break the rules, be prepared to pay, the president told us. What kind of president is this anyway? He presumes the right to deny us the ability to feed our families, the right to medical care, the right to travel, basically most of the things that make life enjoyable or even possible. He used every federal threat his group of tyrannical handlers could think of to coerce us into accepting a drug we believe to be dangerous, and which was concocted by experts in whom we don’t believe and certainly don’t trust.
Darrell Castle talks about lies spoken from the top of our government and its supporting bureaucracy and how those lies are being revealed and the revelations are not going over well with the average American. Transcription / Notes: THE HOUSE BUILT ON LIES IS CRUMBLING Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 10th day of September in the year 2021 and I will be talking about many examples of lies at the top of our government and its supporting bureaucracy and how those lies are being revealed and the revelations are not going over well with the average American. The Castle Family is very happy this week as the family daughter is scheduled to arrive from Los Angeles this very evening. We haven’t seen her in almost two years so if you are a parent then you know I don’t need to say anything else. This Castle Report was finished when it was too late to include the President’s dictatorial decrees about vaccine mandates. Perhaps I will be able to address them next week when we know more. I just want to say today that when a person tries to assume dictatorial powers and he is stopped by congress, the courts, or simple refusal to obey then all you have is a silly person with delusions of grandeur, but if no one stops him then he is indeed what he presumes to be, dictator. I think it was former Senator Al Franken who coined the phrase lies and the lying liars who tell them, but in any event, it is a phrase appropriate for today’s commentary. Dr. Anthony Fauci is director of the U.S. National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) and chief medical advisor to the president of the United States. He has steadfastly denied being responsible for any gain of function research into the COVID virus since the outbreak began. He testified before congress on many occasions and denied it under oath. In May 2021, for example, Dr. Fauci testified before a Senate committee investigating whether the U.S. funded gain of function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology where he stated, “NIH has not and does not now fund gain of function research in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. “A publication called The Intercept through a Freedom of Information Act Request found that NIH issued a bat coronavirus grant to a group called the EcoHealth Alliance for $3.1 million, including $599,000 that the Wuhan Institute of Virology used to identify and alter bat coronaviruses likely to infect humans. Scientists identified as experts in virology and infectious diseases looked at the reports and concluded that the grants supported the construction of coronaviruses that combined a spike gene from one with genetic information from another in order to make the resulting virus infect human cells. The COVID virus was, in other words, a laboratory generated virus specifically engineered to make it more lethal to humans. Several senators have said that Dr. Fauci should face a full investigation and should be forthcoming about his involvement, while others have called for his resignation. So, they talk and they talk and they strut across the TV screens with their meaningless words which mean nothing. Their question is “what was Dr. Fauci’s involvement, not did this man commit perjury, a serious felony, and certainly not is he guilty of one of the greatest crimes against humanity in human history. Why would Dr. Fauci, the most powerful man in international medicine, risk everything to create this deadly virus? For one thing, he did not risk everything because he knew that he was exempt from the consequences of his actions. He knew that he would not be subject to the law like us little people. He knew that there are two sets of laws and those at the top whether elected or bureaucratic are exempt as long as they are useful and cooperative. Back to the question of why he did it, he did it for money. If this report from what the Intercept obtained is true, and it is because they didn’t invent the information they obtained it from go...
Darrell Castle talks about his perceived collapse of American command leadership or command presence and what that means to America, NATO, and the West in general. Transcription / Notes THE COLLAPSE OF COMMAND AUTHORITY IN THE WEST Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 3rd day of September 2021, and this is Labor Day Weekend when we get 3 days away from work to celebrate work. I will be talking about what I perceive to be the collapse of American command leadership or command presence as the Marine officers would say it, and what that means to America, NATO, and the West in general. The Castle Family is still in good health as far as we know and looking forward to Labor Day Weekend when we will have 3 days away from work. Ribs will be cooking on the Castle grill on Monday, but the real excitement is that the family daughter will leave her safe haven in Los Angeles and head to Germantown to be with her parents’ next weekend. We haven’t seen her in almost 2 years, so we are very excited. I will put this in very common terms to start and that is that Joe Biden has lost his Mojo, his command presence. That means America has lost its Mojo as well because to the rest of the world right now Joe Biden is America. He is especially America to Communist China, North Korea, Iran, Russia, and to Islamic Jihadists around the world. You’ve probably heard the adage that power abhors a vacuum and in this case something or somebody will step in to fill the vacuum left by the collapse at the top of the American Institutions upon which American and Western safety and security depend. The Washington power establishment made up of the intelligence, security, diplomatic, and military which project American command and authority around the world are in a state of almost complete collapse. You can bet the farm that the rest of the world is noticing. This collapse has been brought to the forefront by the debacle in Afghanistan, but the rot has been eating at the foundations for some time. The debacle in Kabul gave the world and especially America a chance to see Joe Biden for what he really is, and that is a cold, calculating, uncaring, unfeeling, self-important, egotistical, and most of all incompetent leader. The world sees him and no amount of spin by the New York Times or protection from his sycophants in social media can change that. The leaders of the world have a full on, up close and personal look and what they see has changed the perception of America in the worlds’ eyes perhaps forever. NATO allies who had fought with us in Afghanistan for 20 years under the 9/11 accords of one for all found out that means exactly nothing to the President of the United States. They even resorted to begging at times pleading with the leader of the free world to please extend the August 31st deadline for the withdrawal of American troops. The allies cared about their people who would be left and trapped there at the tender mercy of the Taliban, but Joe Biden did not care, not one little bit. NATO called an emergency G7 summit of the leaders of the most powerful countries in the world in an effort to extend the deadline, but the President said no. When Churchill became so desperate for supplies that he had to go to Roosevelt hat in hand the President did not refuse or embarrass him, but instead found a way to help him in the struggle against NAZI Germany. The allies of all the NATO countries now know that Joe Biden does not give one little whit about them, their people, and much worse, his own people. In fact, thanks to Joe Biden, the Taliban are now a better armed nation than virtually all NATO countries. He left those people there. America left its own people in harm’s way, turned its back, and ran in the cowardly fashion that has become the trademark of this President. It is far more than embarrassing because it is disgraceful, unthinkable, disgusting, and cowardly and an insult to every person who has ever worn the uniform.
Darrell Castle talks about a terrible week for the Biden administration, but an even worse week for America. Transcription / Notes A TERRIBLE WEEK Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 27th day of August 2021 and today I will be talking about the last week we just lived through. It was a terrible week for the Biden administration, but even more terrible for America. 13 dead Marines in Kabul at last count along with hundreds of civilians. That number is exactly 13 more than during the entire last year of the Trump administration. It was all unnecessary so buyer’s remorse anyone. The Castle Family is doing pretty well this week considering the week we just went through. Nobody is sick as far as we know and the family daughter is out in LA avoiding the smoke as best she can, but I just hope and pray she is able to avoid the woke. Yes, it has been a terrible week for Joe Biden and for America. 13 dead Marines all good men willing to risk their lives when called upon to do so but unfortunately, they were led by cowardly imbeciles. I’m not talking about their superior officers. I’m referring to the leaders, so called, who sit in the White House and on the joint chiefs. Those leaders are a lot more concerned about teaching critical race theory at the academies and making sure transsexuals are in uniform than in preparing an army to fight and win wars. Kabul is not the only thing that makes this week a terrible Biden week. 22 dead in Middle Tennessee flooding and not a word except that climate change caused it. Millions of illegal migrants flooding across the southern border. Inflation about to reach out of control status. The oil industry broken, perhaps permanently so we have to again go begging to the Saudis. The administration apparently passing a kill list of names to our enemies and finally a President who appears to be in China’s pocket. If that were all it would be plenty, but the really bad news is that he is so demented and/or imbecilic he doesn’t care. Despite pressure from allies who followed the United States into this debacle, Biden will not extend the August 31st deadline because the Taliban won’t allow it and they hold all the cards. U.S. planes both military and commercial fly into and out of Kabul at the Taliban’s pleasure. The Taliban have a great many man portable surface to air missiles including the devastating stingers captured from U.S. forces. In addition, Russia has been giving them the SA-7 anti-aircraft systems for years. How many missiles do they have—thousands reportedly. So August 31st, just four days from now, will not be enough time especially since the Taliban will not allow unimpeded passage to the Kabul airport. How did things go so wrong so quickly? The answer lies in Biden’s stubborn and idiotic refusal to tolerate anything with Trumps name on it. Trump’s plan called for the orderly evacuation of Americans and Afghans who helped American forces over a period of about 90 days. That would be followed by the removal of much of the most dangerous American military equipment and only then would American troops gradually leave. The Taliban agreed to cooperate because it was the only way to get Americans out and get themselves in control of the country. Biden reversed Trump’s plan and first extended the deadline to August 31st. Then he abandoned the Bagram Air Base, the largest in the country, which left the remaining U.S. forces and the Afghan military without air support. U.S. troops were gone overnight, and the country was left in the hands of the Afghan army which then turned over its weapons and joined the Taliban. What happened after that has been played out in the media for the last couple of weeks. It seems very likely then, that thousands of U.S. citizens will be abandoned there. As a former military officer, I can tell you that the military can survive its incompetents, its idiots, its fools, but it has a very hard time with leadership which doesn’t even...
Darrell Castle talks about Afghanistan, and how the 20-year long effort of the United States to bring gender identity and social justice to a medieval society ends in failure in about 72 hours. Transcription / Notes AFGHANISTAN GRAVEYARD—CLAIMS ANOTHER VICTIM Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 20th day of August in the year 2021 and I will be talking about Afghanistan as the 20-year long effort of the United States to bring gender identity and social justice to a medieval society with a strange religion, strange culture, and where the word gender does not appear in any of the many languages ends in failure in about 72 hours. The Castle Family is doing well this week as the kids are back in school and the summer winds toward a close. We get up each day and go to work where we work hard and then we return home for a night’s rest and work around the daily chores of living. That is life in America today for the fortunate ones like us. I’m sure the family daughter is enjoying many of the same things safe in the golden land of Los Angeles, California. Why is Afghanistan sometimes referred to as the Graveyard of Empires? For the answer I turn to writer and economist Bill Bonner. “The British Empire concluded 80 years of warfare in Afghanistan in 1919. Their empire survived approximately 20 years after that when it faltered, declined, and was replaced by the United States as the new emperor of the world. The Soviet Empire fought there for 10 years and left in 1989. One year from the Afghanistan retreat the Soviet Empire was gone from the earth. Now the United States is withdrawing after 20 years of fighting, killing, and dying there so the future will tell us what happens to the American Empire as a result.” We do know for sure that the struggle cost the lives of some 2500 American military and a couple of thousand civilian contractors plus approximately $2.26 trillion dollars. Why do I say that the U.S. mission was a 20-year effort to teach gender identity and social justice to that medieval land? Because according to U.S. Government Reports, $787 million was spent directly on gender programs but the final amount was much larger because almost every program had gender education included. The effort apparently had mostly negative effects on a land and people who were unable to comprehend what would eventually happen. The programs included childcare for working mothers who were prevented by law and culture from working. Gender goals were required for the Afghan army which needed training in combat and esprit de corps. The primary result appears to have been rebellion and instability. In the end all the girls’ schools had to tell their kids to run for their lives. The Afghan women’s soccer team were told to burn their uniforms. People relied on the word of those in control whom they thought were honorable but, they were less than honorable plus very stupid. Often, at the moment something is happening we are told it is not happening and will never happen. This is manifestly no Saigon Secretary of State Blinken told us, but in the end that’s exactly what it was. The Afghan troops the U.S. trained and equipped for 20 years just laid down their American weapons and joined the other side. President Biden and Secretary of State Blinken were briefed by the 17 different U.S. intelligence agencies about what was going to happen. The agencies all have billion-dollar budgets, and their leadership all went to all the right schools so how could they be incompetent. The Pentagon says that for many years it had been reporting to various presidents that the Afghan army, which outnumbered the Taliban 4-1, was unreliable and incompetent. It is interesting, however, what you can miss no matter how obvious it is when you are paid not to see. Afghanistan includes dozens of tribes each with its own religion culture and language. It is preposterous to think that a western style democracy with all the current woke id...
Darrell Castle talks about the tremendous pressure being brought to bear from the government against private citizens and businesses to take or require the vaccination for the COVID-19 virus. Transcription / Notes WHY MUST THE WHOLE WORLD BE VACCINATED? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 13th day of August 2021, yes, it is Friday the 13th but whether it will prove unlucky remains to be seen. I will be talking about the tremendous pressure being brought to bear from the government against private citizens and businesses as well to take the vaccination for the COVID virus. Come out now and be vaccinated for the good of all they say. I will offer two competing theories for this pressure, and you can decide or perhaps offer your own theories. The Castle Family is still healthy as far as we know and enjoying what is left of summer. Temperatures have been in the high 90’s this week so it is still summer although the kids are now back in school. I don’t know the temperature situation where the family daughter lives, but she is healthy and safe in LA. To give us an illustrated picture of the first theory I will turn to the New York Times edition of last Sunday. The times devoted most of its editorial section to the vaccine and what the Times refers to as reluctance. “Vaccination rates are on the rise as the hesitant become less so, but the coronavirus will likely be with us indefinitely. How does one process this brutal reality? Many vaccinated Americans are tired, disgusted, and eager to assign blame. Public health experts and government officials, including some Republicans, have shifted from sensitive prodding to firm condemnation of those foregoing vaccination. Private conversations among the inoculated take an even less diplomatic turn: “We were so close, and these stupid, unvaccinated jerks ruined it for the rest of us.” The subject of the Times reporting was how all these normally amiable Times readers who believe that since they are in a socially privileged class, they have an obligation to understand and tolerate the ignorant, but toleration of dangerous beliefs is quite different from permitting them. That is a quote from the article, so all these people are angry at the non-vaccinated and wondering what to do with their anger. The bottom line is that these normally virtuous, oh so morally superior progressive Times readers want to martial the force of the government to enforce vaccine mandates. Their opinion seems to be that there is this thing out there somewhere called normal and that thing is being withheld from them and the rest of the human race. It is actually being held for ransom because a few jerks will not get the vaccine. Normal will not be allowed to return until we are all vaccinated so tell everyone you know to vaccinate everyone even kids. The government, which has the legal right to use brute force against those who haven’t harmed anyone, such as those who refuse the vaccine, should force them to be vaccinated. The holier than thou sense of self-righteous anger almost literally drips from the page of the Times, but the entire opinion presumes certain things to be true which may be entirely false. It presumes that their experts are the best most knowledgeable experts, and we should all abandon what many competing scientists and doctors say and accept their expert opinions. It also presumes that the government, through its leaders, is completely benign with the best of intentions. The only thing the government cares about is the well-being of the American people and it is willing to bear any burden and spend as much taxpayer money as necessary to ensure the best for the American people. The pharmaceutical industry is the same way of course and although it must profit to succeed, money is not the issue, the health of the American people, indeed the entire world is the issue. The only reason the industry demanded and got a complete exemption from legal liabili...
Darrell Castle talks about the 2,700 page new Bipartisan spending bill that is known as the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act. Transcription / Notes INFRASTRUCTURE, BOONDOGGLES, AND GREASY PALMS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 6th day of August in this the year of our Lord 2021, and on this Report, I will be talking about the new Bipartisan spending bill that is to be finally voted on this week or next week. The 2700-page bill known as The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act is not an investment and whether it creates any new jobs remains to be seen. Fortunately for the Castle Family we do have jobs despite the federal government’s policies this week and it is indeed a beautiful summer week in Memphis. The July heat has moderated leaving mid 80’s temperatures. The family daughter remains safe in the glorious and golden state of California. I am going to introduce this Report with a quote from Dr. Ron Paul which is a very good representation of my own views and the premise of this Report. “For Libertarians—and even many non-Libertarians—it’s not shocking to discover that a US Administration lies and deceives the electorate. For government on all levels, lying to the American people is as American as apple pie. Sometimes the liars are held to account for their deception, but most often they are not.” I can’t personally think of many lies where the government liars have been held to account so let’s take our subject for today as an example. The Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act is a lie by its very name because the planned spending is not an investment and words can not change that. If we assume that the infrastructure of America, the roads, bridges, tunnels, waterways, water systems, airports, need emergency work then we should certainly make those repairs when the money is available. These expenditures, normally made in good economic times are expenses, perhaps necessary, but not investments. No matter what slight of hand the government uses this 1.2 trillion is borrowed money. When you own a business, and you use credit there are two kinds, productive and non-productive. The business owner borrows 100k and buys a new Mercedes, that is nonproductive debt. The business owner borrows 100k and buys new equipment that will greatly expand and speed up his capacity that is productive or investment capital. Should he need to repair an existing machine so he can regain former capacity he has an expense. The roads, railways water works and airports the federal government will borrow to repair are already there therefore the credit is for expenses. The argument may be simple semantics, but it illustrates the point Dr. Paul made earlier. The $1.2 trillion in this bill is an amount that senate Democrats and Republicans agreed to as a compromise measure. The Democrats in the house want $3.5 trillion to spend and they may still get it soon but for now it’s $1.2 trillion. The $3.5 trillion house bill was to be for “human infrastructure” which of course is another government lie. The term just means that congress would not pass a bill with so much money if the real purpose were admitted. The real purpose was to fund every Democrat social program and Green New Deal program that the Democrat minds could dream up as well as rob the rest to reward their supporters. The bipartisan bill now scheduled for final vote in the senate was a compromise in which they agreed to at least call the spending infrastructure so people would not be so alarmed. Whether the bipartisan bill passes or not the human infrastructure bill is still on the table pending ultimate passage. Some people have referred to this principle as turning water into wine. In other words, 1 dollar of expenditure is predicted to gain 2 dollars of revenue, but it just doesn’t turn out that way. In fact, the dollar of borrowed money must be paid back or at least the interest paid forever.
Darrell Castle talks about the growing crime rate in our cities, some causes, and some solutions. Transcription / Notes VIOLENT CRIME AND REVOLVING DOORS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 30th day of July 2021 and on today’s Report I will be talking about the growing crime rate in our cities, some causes, and some solutions. I will share some of what is happening in the great cities of our nation and how the politicians who run those cities have chosen to react to the trends they must obviously see. The Castle Family is doing just fine right now, in good health as far as we know, and just enjoying the summer. The weather in Memphis, Tennessee right now is hot and humid with Temperatures hovering around 100. The tomatoes must be watered often to keep them growing. The family daughter is safe in LA just going about the sweet spot of her life. Speaking of Memphis, and our topic for today I want to share with you a direct quote from the Mayor of Memphis that comes from the email newsletter he sends to residents each week. “Last week, I talked about violent crime in our community and the revolving door that has unfortunately become our judicial system. I want to talk about it again this week to further reiterate that this issue is deeper than simply arresting people. It will take all of us—elected officials, the court system, public safety professionals, clergy and religious leaders, schools, and families—to solve this complex problem. EXAMPLE: September 20, 2020—suspect charged with aggravated assault (shooting at people on the interstate) $7,300 bond. September 21, 2020—suspect released on bond.November 29, 2020—suspect allegedly involved in attempted armed robbery in which four men were shot and two pronounced dead on the scene. July 21, 2021—suspect arrested and charged with first degree murder, two counts of employing a firearm during a dangerous felony, and three counts of criminal attempt felony to wit especially aggravated robbery. No bond set. ”The Mayor of Memphis, Jim Strickland shows that he at least understands the problem and that he has some sympathy and some understanding of his duty as mayor to protect the people of Memphis. He goes on to talk about what he is doing besides trying to close a revolving door such as addressing the so called “root causes of crime.” I say good job to him. No references to race or past racial injustices real and imagined, just this is a problem so let us address it together. The thing the mayor described in Memphis is happening across America and in many places, much worse than here. For example, in Chicago this month of July 582 people have been shot and 102 are dead. For the year the figures are 2522 shot and 457 dead. I could go on with similar figures from different cities all day but instead, let’s look at some causes or at least similarities. In Chicago the mayor is a black woman named Lori Lightfoot and the district attorney is a black woman named Kim Foxx. Their race and gender are important because that is the only race and gender that George Soros funds. Why would a Hungarian billionaire have interest in U.S. state and municipal elections? Why are these candidates allowed to accept foreign money in their campaigns? The primary criteria to obtain Soros money and support is that a candidate must pledge to stop prosecuting so-called low-level crime such as drug crime, prostitution, shoplifting etc. Whether I think drug crime and prostitution should be prosecuted is irrelevant. The refusal to prosecute when laws in place require that it be done creates a disrespect and disregard of the law. It is not just the refusal to prosecute that attracts Soros money, but unfortunately, it is a pledge to end cash bail. I suppose that process started under the thinking that it was unfair to the poor to require cash bail which usually required the use of a bail bondsman, but it often kept the most violent predators behind bars instead of loose among...
Darrell Castle talks about the arrival of a new crisis which he believes is headed our way and is inevitable due to the resistance to the restrictions of the COVID response; thus needed to keep the people terrified, inline, and obedient. Transcription / Notes OUR COMING CRISIS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 23rd of July in the year 2021 and on this Castle Report I will be talking about the arrival of a new crisis which I believe is headed our way and which I believe is inevitable. People are starting to resist the restrictions of the COVID response because they can see that the restrictions are not based on science and in many cases are anti science. Crisis after crisis will therefore be necessary to keep the people terrified, in line, and obedient, The Castle Family enjoyed its family reunion last weekend which was held at a beautiful mountaintop setting in East Tennessee. I’m not sure how many were there but we had food for fifty and it was mostly gone. We had a good time together catching up on each other’s lives and remembering those no longer with us. The family daughter remains in the city of angels with a new mask mandate in place. Speaking of mask mandates, those are probably the most resisted of the responses to the COVID virus. The people in authority and those who slavishly follow their dictates can no longer point to masks and tell us to follow the science, and most people know that now. Some people wear them when requested just to prevent a disturbance but some resist wearing them which occasionally results in violence. A retail store can refuse to admit you or tell you to leave, but trouble happens most often when the one refusing the mask is in a closed environment where he can’t just leave such as an airplane in flight. Over and over reports of “disturbances” aboard airplanes in flight are being reported to the extent that they are commonplace. More than 100 such disturbances occurred in the last week the airlines report. The airlines are reacting by becoming more draconian not less. The point is that the most obvious uniform of the virus is being refused by a great many people. That is an indication that going back into crisis lockdown mode will also be resisted. The vaccines were supposed to solve the problem of future worry about the virus but so far, they have not lived up to expectations. Many remain suspicious of taking experimental, barely even tested, drugs into their bodies. The wise elite seem very concerned about those who have refused their shots and appear determined to give us their drug whether we want it or not. The last figures I saw was about 67% of Americans in total have been vaccinated, but only about 48% of black Americans. When asked the question would you refuse the vaccine under any circumstances, 29% of those identifying as Republican said yes but only 6% of Democrats. I suppose the vaccines are a political statement as well as a medical one. Those figures are unacceptable to Dr. Fauci who now says that we must reconsider vaccine mandates. I suppose that means take the drug, or you will be reduced to the status of a non-person. President Biden has reportedly started his proposed door to door visits to intimidate reluctant people into taking the drug into their bodies. I predict the intimidation will get worse and worse as resistance continues to grow. The intensity of the demands from government are making me more suspicious not less, and I suspect that I am not the only one. I admit that much of what I am saying today is my own opinion although it is based on the best research I can conduct, but one thing is very clear to me. If you do not want the vaccine and you take it because of intimidation, coercion or whatever you call it, you are no longer a free person. Furthermore, not only are you unfree, but you are owned by someone or something. Your body itself is no longer yours to decide the future of how you will live.
Darrell Castle talks about the U.S. Navy and its readiness for combat as determined by a recent Congressional inquiry. Transcription / Notes WHAT IS WRONG WITH THE UNITED STATES NAVY? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 16th day of July in the year 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the U.S. Navy and its readiness for combat as determined by a recent congressional inquiry. Yes, congress or I should say some members of congress are so concerned by reports coming from the Navy including accidents at sea, fires at sea, cancellations of expensive projects, etc. that they commissioned a study and a Report which is the subject of this Castle Report. The Castle Family is doing well this week as we try to find something of what is left of those things, we used to call normal. We haven’t been together as a family in about two years so this weekend we will gather for a reunion. Joan and I are looking forward to it, but the family daughter will unfortunately be unable to leave fortress Los Angeles. There are many things of a current nature that I could talk about today. Things like the long-term dangers of intentionally destroying legal institutions, customs, and traditions to achieve a short-term goal. Things like the President of the United States channeling Joe Stalin, i.e., its not who votes, its who gets to count the votes that matters. Yes, comrade we know, and I know that is why you are so afraid of voter I.D., but Instead, I’ve decided to continue last week’s Report on how this new politically correct world is affecting the U.S. military’s readiness. I will confess that I have always loved the Navy. I spent many days being transported around the oceans of the world when I served in the Marine Corps. I’ve seen the North Atlantic and I’ve seen the South Pacific all thanks to the U.S. Navy, and that is why my ears always perk up when I hear or read stories about the current condition of the Navy. That current condition is troubling according to members of Congress, so they decided to find out exactly what is going on in the U.S. Navy. Several recent incidents including collisions at sea, a fire that killed some sailors, and the cancellation of a ship building project in which hundreds of millions had already been invested. Families complain to Congress when their kids in the Navy complain to them so Senator Tom Cotton, Congressman Jim Banks, Congressman Dan Crenshaw, and Congressman Mike Gallagher, led a commission to appoint Lieutenant General Robert E. Schmidle, USMC, Ret. And Rear Admiral Mark Montgomery, USN, Ret., to investigate and report back to Congress in writing. The review of the Navy was non-partisan and it consisted of the usual ship tours but more importantly many long form interviews with numerous personal both commissioned officers and enlisted. They sought to get to the bottom of a series of damaging operational failures in the Navy’s Surface Warfare Fleet. Can the Navy still fight, and could it defeat the Chinese Navy on the high seas? Congress wanted to know; thus, this review was conducted. Concern ran high and after this review you might have similar concerns. Concern within the Navy ran so high that when asked whether incidents such as the two destroyer collisions in the Pacific, the surrender of a small craft in the Arabian Sea, the burning of the Bonhomme Richard and other incidents were part of a broader cultural or leadership problem in the Navy, 94% said yes, 3% no and 3% were unsure. When asked if the incidents were directly connected, 55% said yes 16% no and 29% unsure. The sentiment among serving officers and men that the Navy is dangerously off course was overwhelming. There were six or seven issues that most of the sailors raised as problematic. Those issues were: 1. Insufficient leadership focus on warfighting. Finding and sinking enemy fleets should be the primary mission of a navy, but for many reasons that is barely taught now.
Darrell Castle talks about the U.S. military and its leadership specifically the teaching or indoctrination of the troops and the future officer corps, now at the academies, with the doctrine of Critical Race Theory which he argues will be a disaster for military readiness. Transcription / Notes: THE U.S. MILITARY IS BEING LED INTO DISASTER Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 9th day of July in this the year of our Lord 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the U.S. military and its leadership specifically the teaching or indoctrination of the troops and the future officer corps, now at the academies, with the doctrine of Critical Race Theory which I argue will be a disaster for military readiness. The Castle Family had a wonderful 4th of July this past weekend. We enjoyed the spring like weather and the Sunday afternoon cookout but sitting on our deck in the cool of the evening watching fireworks in the distance was the best. I think the family daughter went to her own cookout with some friends in the City of Angels, so everyone enjoyed themselves, and everyone is healthy and virus free as far as we know. Each of the military branches has a chief of staff or commander if you will. The Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps all together make up the joint chiefs. One of them is nominated by the President to be Chairman of the Joint Chiefs. He is, in effect, the chief military officer in the nation. President Trump nominated Army General Mark Milley for Chairman and he currently serves in that position. General Milley has impeccable credentials for the job both academic and military credentials. Just in a brief inventory he holds a degree from Princeton in politics, a masters from Columbia in International Relations, a masters from the Naval War College, and is a graduate of an Mit international Studies Program, and that is just his education. He served in the 82nd Airborne, the 5th Special Forces Group, the 7th Infantry Division, the 10th Mountain Division and many others. He holds the Combat Infantryman Badge and many other awards too numerous to mention and has deployed to the various war zones this country has fought in since the beginning of his 31-year career. Due to his 31 years of honorable service and his record I can still call him my brother-in-arms. It appears to me, however, that because of his testimony before the House Armed Services Committee last month regarding his order to teach Critical Race Theory to the troops and at the military academies he is in fact a boot licking lackey of the ruling elite. His history of infantry combat and in various command positions in some to the nation’s most elite units makes his offense much worse because he obviously knows better and that renders him unworthy of the troops he commands. In other words, when he insists that Critical Race Theory be taught to the military, he knows that he will be destroying unit cohesion and the respect that one soldier has for another as they depend on each other for their very lives in battle. CRT holds that there is an inborn DNA makeup of white people that makes them racists by birth. They should therefore feel ashamed to be white and see no good in themselves nor should they take any pride in the accomplishments of the West with all its racist white privilege. That approach logically will divide and foster animosity and mistrust among the ranks. The mission of the military is far simpler than any theory on race can explain. I don’t have 31 years of service as does the General, but I have served as a military officer, and I know that the bottom line is that our young men and women have to kill their young men and woman at a much faster rate than they can kill our young men and women if we are to prevail. We can apply the incredible technology advantages we have over most enemies today as a force multiplier, but ultimately, we still must have people willing and able to confront the enemy on the g...
Darrell Castle talks about the Commander-in-Chief of the United States armed forces who at least once recently relayed vital information about the American economy to a group of reporters by leaning over the podium and whispering or at least pretending to whisper to them. Transcription / Notes: OUR WHISPERING COMMANDER-IN-CHIEF Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 2nd day of July in the year of our Lord 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the Commander-In-Chief of the United States armed forces who at least once recently relayed vital information about the American economy to a group of reporters by leaning over the podium and whispering or at least pretending to whisper to them. This is also the 4th of July weekend so we will be talking a little about independence and what that concept means to Joe Biden and his Democrat Party. Here in the Castle family, we are all looking forward to three days off work to celebrate the 4th of July this Sunday. We will take Monday off work from our law practice as part of the Holiday. Independence Day has its patriotic meaning that we are all familiar with and we celebrate that of course, but we celebrate in special ways for this mid-summer holiday. The Castle family normally has hot dogs for what is usually the first and only time of the year. I’m not yet sure what the family daughter will be doing in the City of Angels, but I’m sure she will tell me soon. The President of the United States who is also Constitutionally the Commander-In-Chief of the United States armed forces recently held an informal question and answer session with a group of reporters who had been pre-selected from the White House press corps. The questions he was to respond to were also pre-selected as were his notes for the answers, but something unusual happened at that meeting. He accidentally, negligently, intentionally, or through mental decline, told the truth about a vitally important subject. When the conference was almost over one of the reporters went off script and asked him for a response to the issue of millions of jobs available, but workers refusing to fill them. President Biden leaned way over the podium toward the reporter and replied in a very creepy whisper, it’s because I gave them 1.9 trillion. Now there the President admitted that he was paying people not to work, but then it got worse. Continuing his whisper, he told the reporters that he gave them the money so employers would have to pay more for labor. I want to reserve comment on the whisper for a moment, but no, on second thought I’ll go ahead and address it. The whole thing was indeed very creepy and appeared to be the result of cognitive deficit to the point that he was unable to control himself. The whisperer has gotten a lot of airtime on Russian TV and I’m certain the Kremlin was amused by it. I wonder what Mr. Putin and Mr. Xi think about the video of the President doing such a weird thing, but I have a fairly good idea. The whisper did call more than normal attention to his remarks, but because of the whisper no one pays attention to the merits of what he said. Now let’s address what he actually whispered rather than the whisper itself. He said “I” gave them 1.9 trillion and money is continuing to be sent and that is not insignificant. He made it sound as if he was using his own money but instead, he was using yours and mine. That is a slight exaggeration because he was only adding to the debt, but the debt service must be paid by those who pay taxes. The concept of using taxpayer money to drive up the cost of labor thus bankrupting thousands of small businesses is perverse and non-sensible to me, but I wonder if others understand what he is doing. Was anybody besides me listening to his words or were you too creeped out by the whisper. It is hard to exaggerate the importance of his words to the US economy right now. First, there are Millions of jobs,
Darrell Castle explores the question of whether the FBI infiltrated the so-called militia groups the Federal Government labeled responsible for the “insurrection” at the Capitol to the extent that the FBI not only investigated the events of January 6th, but actually caused them. Transcription / Notes: SERIOUS QUESTIONS FOR THE FBI ABOUT THE 1-6 RIOTS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 25th of June in the year 2021 and on this Report, I will be exploring the question of whether the FBI infiltrated the so-called militia groups the Federal Government labeled responsible for the “insurrection “at the Capitol to the extent that the FBI not only investigated the events of 1/6, but actually caused them. The Castle family is doing fine this week despite some of the problems that go along with living in this age. Our humble garden consisting of potted vegetables on our deck is starting to ripen which is cause for excitement since we in this family take excitement from the simple things. I can’t tell you the family daughter is perfectly fine in Los Angeles this week, but she is hanging in there all things considered. The three so-called “militia groups” the federal government has named as responsible for the riots are Oath Keepers, the Proud Boys, and the three percenters. I have personally met the founder of Oath Keepers, Stewart Rhodes, and I have heard his presentation a few times. The premise of the organization is that it recruits those who have taken an oath to defend the Constitution and it believes that oath remains in effect. I have no personal experience with either of the other two. Just to cut right to the chase the FBI not only instigated the 1/6 events at the capitol, but conducted a test run in late 2020 with almost exactly, the same set of facts. The head of the FBI field office in the district where the trial run was conducted was promoted to head of the Washington DC field office and given charge of the 1/6 investigation. There are many questions to be considered but the chief one is the statement made by Stewart Rhodes. “Yep, this Whitmer Plot was a trial run for the FBI’s January 6 Insurrection Day at Capitol Hill. What happened on that day was the Reichstag Fire of the Democrat-Deep State Nazis who run the federal government today.” Should Mr. Rhodes’ statement prove to be true then it is one of the most important events in American history, a watershed event and comparison to the Reichstag Fire is not an exaggeration. Let’s take a brief look at the trial run better known as the Governor Whitmer kidnapping plot. Most of the investigations of these two events, the Whitmer kidnapping and the 1/6 events have been conducted by Revolver News, a very respected news sources and then reported by Tucker Carlson. I read Revolver’s very long and detailed report of their investigation and from that report we learn what really happened in the Whitmer plot and what probably happened on 1/6. The questions to be answered by the FBI, DOJ, Pentagon, and Network News are 1. In the year leading up to 1/6 and during 1/6 itself, to what extent did those government organizations infiltrate the three organizations labeled most responsible for planning and executing a Capitol attack. 2. What roles did they play, merely passive informants or active instigators. 3. The unindicted co-conspirators referenced in the charging documents on 1/6, how many worked as confidential informants or as undercover agents for the Federal Government. It will take persistence to get answers to those questions, but upon correct answers depends the future of this country and our way of life as Americans. The American people deserve to know the truth about what kind of country they are living in. The premise of the FBI, DOJ, and their friends in the media is that the events of 1/6 were the fault of Trump-supporting QAnon-infused “domestic terrorists”, but secondarily it was due to intelligence failures of the government...
Darrell Castle talks about the growing threat of inflation. Is it really something terrible or just a transitory phase of the economy? Transcription / Notes CAUGHT ON THE HORNS OF A DILEMMA Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 18th day of June in the year 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the growing threat of inflation. Is inflation really happening and if so, is it really something terrible, something to be feared or is it what the FED and the treasury department say that it is, just a transitory phase of the economy. This is Father’s Day weekend for the Castle family as it is for everyone else. Husband and father are the two greatest roles that a man can have as far as I’m concerned, and I thank God for the opportunity to have those roles in my own life. I’m sure Joan has something wonderful planned for me this weekend, and the family daughter will call from wherever she is in this world. What is going on in this economy right now. Are prices really out of control? Has the FED (the Federal Reserve) lost control of inflation and the economy in general or is it all just a transitory phase as we are often told? When we visit the grocery store or gas station it seems certain that inflation is a reality and not an illusion. It may be transitory, but its effect on our lifestyle and our ability to care for our families is very real. Our standard of living is being diminished every day as prices, especially for commodities we use every day are increasing. It is easy to raise prices on consumer products. All the grocer has to do is change his sign for hamburger from $3.99 per pound to $5.99 per pound and you pay a third more for the simplest American meal. When the gas station changes its sign almost daily and always upward, it costs more to drive to work or to the grocery store or to take the kids to school. When prices for such commodities increase your standard of living falls because your wages do not keep pace. Most working people in America are employed by small business and those businesses are struggling to keep their heads above water right now. I’m not talking about Google, Microsoft, or some Wall Street bank that has billions in assets and should trouble arise for them, the federal government is there ready to use your money to bail them out. No, the person who runs the small business is losing his standard of living just as you are. Wages always lag behind prices because if an increase comes it is probably yearly while price increases happen almost daily. What exactly is inflation anyway? The traditional definition is an increase in the money supply, but recently the FED and treasury departments started referring to it as an upward trend in pricing, whatever that means. The government likes to tell us that the CPI (consumer price index) is the proper measurement of inflation. The CPI is just a bundle or basket of industries or companies that the government looks at to measure pricing. On that basket depends the COLA (cost of living adjustment) for Social Security recipients as well as all federal pensions. COLA is supposed to keep those people on “fixed incomes” from losing ground to inflation, so it is to the advantage of the government to hold COLA to a minimum and that is done through adjustments to the CPI. If you want to show that there is little or no inflation, make sure to have a lot of high-tech companies in the basket. Prices on certain electronics such as TV’s have actually fallen as knowledge increases. To prevent problems on the upside just take volatile industries such as timber, meat and other foods from the basket and CPI can appear to be under control. People see the prices of things they use continuing to rise, but most do not understand what is happening and if they do understand, what can they do about it? The FED has been good in recent years at keeping inflation from their constant money pump limited to Wall Street. In recent months,
Darrell Castle talks about the question — Why would a person choose to wear a mask indoors or outdoors, but especially outdoors, if that person has been “fully vaccinated”. Transcription / Notes DO YOU WEAR A MASK OUTDOORS IF YOU HAVE BEEN VACCINATED? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 11th day of June in this the year of our Lord 2021. This Report will ask the question, why would a person choose to wear a mask indoors or outdoors, but especially outdoors, if that person has been “fully vaccinated.” Is the person relying on and following the directives of science or the directives of those experts who speak for science? The Castle family is certainly doing well this rainy week in the river city of Memphis. We are celebrating my sister’s birthday since she is a year older as of yesterday the 10th.She and I are the survivors of 8 siblings, so we celebrate another year. We have often disagreed over the years as siblings do, but we do agree that neither of us wants to live in a high-tech version of East Germany. The family daughter is happily getting back into her career out in the city of angels, trying to rediscover normal in California. The other day I had a business meeting with a businesswoman in a building here in Memphis and when I got to the meeting, she was wearing a mask, but I was not. I try to be respectful of the wishes of others especially in their place of business, and if she had mentioned it, I would have put one on, but she did not. I asked her if she preferred that I wear one and she said “no, I am fully vaccinated”. I said oh, then you are completely immune from the virus and could not possibly contract it from me and since you could not possibly be infected you could not possibly transmit it to me. Yes, she said, that’s what they tell me. If all that is true, then why do you wear a mask? For that question she had no answer because there is no answer that makes any logical sense, and she was not a stupid woman. She seemed open to discussing the matter, so I asked her if she really trusted the vaccine to be what she was told. She said “they” told her that if she got the virus after being fully vaccinated, meaning two vaccinations, she would not die or become seriously ill. I asked if she had any adverse reaction to the vaccination and she said just a little soreness. That conversation started me thinking about how even the experts at CDC now say that masks outdoors are no longer necessary. The recent email dump of 3200 emails from chief expert, Dr. Anthony Fauci, revealed that he has known for over a year that masks are ineffective at stopping or preventing the virus and that the chances of contracting the virus outdoors are virtually zero. Despite all that, I still see many people wearing masks outdoors, so I wonder why. Stuck to the front door of a business I visited recently was a sign that said no one is to enter these premises without a mask. The choice there is simple, put on a mask or go someplace else but outdoors makes me wonder. Searching for answers to my questions, I found that I was not the only one with such questions. Filmmaker Ami Horowitz does a you tube show called Ami on the loose and the show I watched was him walking around New York City interviewing people wearing masks. His first question after getting their agreement to talk to him was normally, have you been vaccinated. Virtually every person seemed happy to talk to him and almost all of them said they had been vaccinated. His next question was why are you wearing a mask outdoors if you have been vaccinated? He tried to set them free by telling them the CDC said you no longer have to wear it outdoors. When he said that a few took their mask off and thanked him. Most did not, however, and they had different but similar reasons. Some typical answers: I just like it! I got used to it. I don’t mind wearing it. Most people seemed to have adjusted to the mask as a way of life and were simply unwil...
Darrell Castle talks about how most of the original illogic and unanswered questions about the COVID virus have now been answered and those answers lead us toward the vaccine. Transcription / Notes ALL ROADS LEAD TO THE VACCINE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 4th day of June 2021 and today this report will talk about how most of the original illogic and unanswered questions about the COVID virus have now been answered and those answers lead us toward the vaccine. Why all the unnecessary fearmongering in the beginning, apparently to herd the world toward the vaccine, and that is the subject of this report. Here in Memphis Tennessee the Castle family is getting along just fine enjoying the spring weather and the beauty of nature. Most people would hardly notice the virus still lingers around just waiting for us to relax our guard. The family daughter is even starting the road back to normal or what passes for normal in California. I often used to ask myself why. That is in the beginning of the virus when everyone was very afraid, and no one seemed to know exactly what was going to happen. Why did countries all over the world suddenly adopt the same lockdown policies when those policies had never been tried before. Why were certain medications and supplements attested by many doctors as life saving suppressed and never really tested? Why were physicians at the top of the virology pyramid canceled by big tech and big media? Why did the big media companies put out the same hysteria that almost scared us all to death? Maybe there was and is more to this story than meets the eye. Maybe the reason for all these things was to steer the world to the vaccine. Is it fair to say the virus seems to have its own political agenda and its agenda always points to the vaccine? Those who manage the virus protocols for the world have been quite open in their goal of vaccinating every human on earth. That would seem to be illogical and completely unnecessary but still our managers are taking extraordinary steps to make sure it happens. For example, June is national action month to motivate us to get vaccinated by the 4th of July. I suppose the reason some are refusing is simple laziness. Maybe if the government paid us we would comply. Would it not be fair to say then, that much of the unnecessary hysteria was to help achieve that goal. It would work like the old western movies about the cattle drive. Something panics the herd, and they all start running often with fatal consequences. For us the end of the panicked running was the vaccine. Just as the cattle were too dumb to know that running was not good for them and they acted out of instinctive panic we are told to just get in line for the shot. When you ask the doctor, who insists that you get the vaccine, if it confers immunity from the virus all he can say is there’s a lot we don’t know. Well, that was a truthful answer in the vaccine beginning but there is a lot we do know right now. Let me take a moment to quote Dr. Peter McCullough, board certified cardiologist and internal medicine physician thanks to the website of Dr. Mercola. “I think this whole pandemic, from the beginning, was about the vaccine. All roads lead to the vaccine. There are plenty of places in southeast Asia and Europe where they are laying the groundwork for compulsory vaccination. Compulsory! That means someone pins you to the ground and puts a needle in you. That’s how bad the stakeholders want vaccination.” So, according to Dr. McCullough it’s all about the vaccine. The mask mandates, the lockdowns, the social distancing, the closed schools, the ruined businesses the closed churches, the daily death count on virtually all media, as well as the scenes of brave physicians and nurses clad head to foot in hazmat suits caring for rooms full of dying patients was conceived with on goal in mind: to prepare the entire earth for vaccination on an industrial scale never before seen...
Darrell Castle talks about the world post Covid, in term of the most prominent things happening in the world today — what has been gained and what has been lost in the past 15 months. Transcription / Notes OUR POST COVID WORLD Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 28th in the year 2021. This is also Memorial Day Weekend. Those of us fortunate enough to have jobs in this post COVID world will get a 3-day weekend. This Castle Report will talk about the world post COVID, known here after as simply the virus. What are the most prominent things happening in the world today and what has changed in the world post virus? What have we gained and what have we lost? The Castle family is doing well this Memorial Day Weekend. Despite the virus, we are looking forward to 3-days off work. Joan and I will pause to remember on Monday as we usually attend a ceremony at the local Veterans Cemetery to pay our respects. The family daughter is doing well with her husband in California as she told me by video just a couple of days ago. This Memorial Day Report is a good chance to also pause and remember or at least review what is happening in this country and in the world since the advent of the virus protocols some 15 months ago. Yes, approximately 15 months ago we were told to just shelter in place for 2 weeks to flatten the curve. Two weeks became 15 months and counting as the virus protocols have caused what will probably be irreparable damage to the American and world economies. The world is different now and today I want to take a brief look at some of those differences. The most obvious difference that I see is the atmosphere of fear that seems to pervade the country. Fear seems to have subsided a little, however, at least among those low-risk people who just needed an excuse not to be afraid. Here in the River City of Memphis Tennessee we are fortunate to have good leadership at both the state and local level, so we were kept well informed, and fear stayed at a minimum. When the mayor sought to comply with federal and state guidelines, he did not simply order churches to close as did Gavin Newsome in California. Instead, he gathered as many pastors as he could on a conference call, explained the situation, and asked for their permission and cooperation. I know of no harassment or threats against pastors as occurred in California. The situation in California became so bad that pastors were threatened with arrest, but some did not back down to the intimidation and sued the Governor for what they alleged to be discrimination in the way he determined what business was “essential” and what was not. Just a few days ago the court ruled in favor of the churches and ordered the governor to pay $1.35 million in attorney fees. Basically, the court ruled that a state cannot arbitrarily rule churches non-essential, while ruling other favored businesses essential. So many were upset with the Governor of California’s heavy-handed tactics which he demanded ordinary people obey while he did not have to obey, that a recall petition was circulated against him. The last count I saw had the signature totals at about 3 times the number needed to put the measure on the ballot so a recall election will be held pursuant to California law. California was not the only state to reject their governor’s actions. Tom Wolf, Governor of Pennsylvania, had his emergency powers taken away and given in part to the legislature by referendum vote. The primary thing that came out of the lockdown protocols as far as I am concerned is that they did more harm than good, and apparently, they did not stop the spread of the virus. The states that did not lockdown, such as South Dakota, and Florida, fared no worse and in many respects much better than those who locked down for the entire year. Some states are still not fully open despite CDC guidelines stating that they can be. The fear continues to inflict itself on those who internalize it.
Darrell Castle talks about the first 100 days of the Biden Administration from the perspective of how things are going and what has been accomplished. Transcription/Notes THE FIRST 100 DAYS OF JOE BIDEN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 21st of May 2021 and, on this Report, I will be talking about the first 100 days of the Biden Administration. These are the halcyon days for the administration, at least traditionally, and we should therefore take a look at how things are going and what has been accomplished. Things are going well for the Castle family as we start the transition away from a masked society to an unmasked one. So far so good for us here in the River City, but in California, the family daughter continues under the reign of Governor Gavin Newsome, but all things said we are all doing well. The first 100 days are traditionally a time of idyllic peace and goodwill for an incoming new president. The press does not question him too forcefully and he is allowed time to get his bearings and adapt to being emperor of the world. However, when a President signs 33 executive orders within one week of taking office, most on the first day, he has in my opinion, waived any right to favorable treatment he might otherwise have had. He has, essentially, converted himself from executive leader to chief legislator in one week. His actions were in violation of the Constitution so his first action after taking office was to violate his oath of office. I saw a meme the other day that sums up the Biden Presidency to date, “From energy independence for the first time in 50 years to gas shortages in 4 months. Quite an accomplishment.” Now, let’s let former President Trump put his two cents worth in: “I see everybody is comparing Joe Biden to Jimmy Carter. It would seem to me that is very unfair to Jimmy Carter. Jimmy mishandled crisis after crisis, but Biden has created crisis after crisis. First there was the Biden Border Crisis (that he refuses to call a crisis), then the Biden Economic Crisis, then the Biden Israel Crisis, and now the Biden Gas Crisis. Joe Biden has had the worst start of any President in United states history, and someday, they will compare future disasters to the Biden Administration—but no, Jimmy was better!” My guess is that a lot of Democrat politicians secretly see that quote and say that they hate him more when he is right. There is a lot of correct information in that quote if you leave out the references to Jimmy Carter, and the worst in history which is impossible to know or judge. Let’s look at some of the allegations one at a time and see if we can find any truth in any of them. The Biden Border Crisis seems to be virtually all Joe Biden’s fault or at least the fault of those puppet masters who manipulate the strings. Estimates are that more than 100,000 have crossed the border in the first 100 days. I would like to say they crossed illegally but the truth is that they were invited. I believe the first executive order that the new president signed was one completely opening the borders to anyone. That means to anyone from anywhere not matter what their intentions were upon entering this country. No one was permitted to inquire about those things. Tens of thousands of children without parents have crossed the border and thousands were being held in cages at the border until the Federal Government could find employees from the departments of Interior and Agriculture among others who would agree to take care of these children. Twenty state governors have told the administration that their states cannot take any more illegal immigrant children. What kind of country allows parents to send small children across a desert without any escort to try to find someone to take them into America. What kind of leader would allow that? I wonder if it has occurred to anyone besides me that the entire border disaster gives the lie to the idea that America is systematically racist a...
Darrell Castle talks about a new report which seems to indicate that paying people not to work makes people not want to work and he makes the case that the entire philosophy of the Democrat economic plan and approach to government is flawed, leading to chaos and violence. Transcription/Notes: LET’S PAY PEOPLE NOT TO WORK WHILE DEFUNDING THE POLICE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, May 14th in the year of our Lord 2021 and I will be talking about, among other things related to the world according to woke, a new report which seems to indicate that paying people not to work makes people not want to work. This report will make the case that the entire philosophy of the Democrat economic plan is flawed and the entire Democrat approach to government is based on lies and will lead inevitably to chaos and violence. The Castle Family is doing just great this weekend as the state of Tennessee is scheduled to come off the mask mandate. Most people seem convinced that when the masks come off tomorrow the virus will be less infectious than it is today, so I sure hope that is the case. The family daughter has her husband back in Southern California and he seems to be adjusting quite well to his return to civilization. Not much seems to be going well for the President right now. He has been pushing his spending bills through Congress which hands him not billions but trillions to give away as relief for voters and to supposedly stimulate the nation’s economy, but it does not seem to be working. Let’s take a look at some of the reasons why it isn’t working and most likely will never work. There are basically two economic theories or philosophies if government intervention is accepted as the only way and right now that seems to be the case. The first is what Joe Biden’s administration is trying to use and that is to create massive amounts of new or fake money and force it into the economy by giving it away to those favored by the regime. Ordinarily that would create massive inflation because nothing is created with all that money except debt, so you have a lot of money in circulation but no new goods to buy with it. It works out to be the freshman economics formula for inflation, i.e., too many dollars chasing too few goods. To prevent the inflation from happening the government taxes the labor of those working to take money out of circulation. They make it and put it in, then take the people’s labor through tax. The second theory or philosophy of economics is virtually the opposite of the first. Money is not created and infused into the economy through various means. Instead, taxes are lowered on working people thereby putting more money in circulation. Taxes are also reduced on business allowing production to increase so that goods that people want to buy are made. It would take courage and a little faith to decrease taxes in the face of rising debt and deficits, but history has shown that doing so actually increases government revenue and lowers the deficit. Why does the government have to intervene in the economy at all? Shouldn’t the government just let the free market solve the various ups and downs through its relentless destruction and replacement? Yes, that is the correct answer, but it is far too late for that. Government insists that it is in control of everything and will solve every problem. The people, therefore, hold the government accountable for every problem that occurs. Why doesn’t the government do something to fix this is the common refrain. I suppose we can blame 100 years of government schools for the ignorance of what government is constitutionally empowered to do. So, in that regard, the April jobs report shows some very troublesome signs. There were 266,000 jobs created but it takes 275,000 to break even. In addition, the President predicted that one million new jobs would be created in April, so his program is not working as he predicted. There were 473,
Darrell Castle talks about whether America is approaching peak woke and whether the pendulum is swinging back the other direction — could this be as bad as it gets or will we continue down the same road to our ultimate cultural and national destruction? Transcription / Notes: COULD WE BE REACHING PEAK WOKE? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 7th day of May in this the year of our Lord 2021, and today I will be looking at the question of whether we are approaching peak woke. Could the pendulum be swinging back the other direction or said another way, could this be as bad as it gets or will we continue down the same road to our ultimate cultural and national destruction. This is Mothers’ Day weekend and in the Castle Family I celebrate my wife Joan who is the mother of the family daughter. Both Joan and I lost our mothers many years ago, so we celebrate her and the family daughter whose husband returns from over a year’s exile at the bottom of the world due to the virus, so a glorious weekend of celebration for the Castle Family. What do I mean by the word woke? A good example of woke for Mothers’ Day is that the woke term for mother is birthing person. That’s right folks I wish I were kidding but I’m afraid not. Woke is an ideology of race and identity which holds basically that American white people are all racist because it is imbedded in their DNA. Often, they may not even be aware of it but that racism is the reason for the lack of success of non-whites when and if there is lack of success. I defer to Paul Craig Roberts, “The Democrats, the media, the woke intellectuals, the universities, and the public schools are hard at work preparing our doom. The United States are now the Disunited States. The blue states believe in white guilt, critical race theory, systemic racism, identity politics, and that all products of Western Civilization, even mathematics, are symbols and devices of white supremacy. The red states do not have an understanding of the ideological assault that has been mounted against them.” Dr. Roberts has given us a very good definition of the problem that the word woke, and its proponents present to us. My theory today is that we may have turned the corner, or we are at least at the edge of the corner. I want to give you a couple of examples of how things were in a different time and how they have changed today. I recently read an article from a faculty member of one our finer universities and this professor said that it was common for university faculty to live in fear that they would say something that offended one of their students. When I was in college and later graduate school in the mid 70’s debate was encouraged not feared. The graduate classes were small, and students worked in classes of 7 or 8 students with the professor, sometimes even smaller. There was no punishment for disagreeing with and debating a professor, and the professor did not get fired if he challenged our beliefs. The idea was to challenge us intellectually in order that we might consider other views and ideas. I can remember one incident in a political science class that was more philosophy than politics the professor announced that he was a socialist. Today that would be normal and expected, but back then in East Tennessee, it was shocking. He told us that socialism was the best way and the only fair system. Since debate was encouraged, I said to him that since socialism was the best system, he could probably give us 8 or 10 places where it had been tried successfully. No, well then how about just 2 0r 3 places? OK then just give us one place, just one example of how it was tried successfully and where it made the lives of ordinary people better. Well, he said, the people who have tried it just didn’t do it correctly or else the CIA ruined their efforts. The point is that debate between professor and students was seen as a teaching method and a good thing rather than something to get ...
Darrell Castle talks about his perception right now that he lives in a country occupied by a foreign and hostile force — not a foreign nation, but a foreign ideology that is foreign to everything he holds dear and everything he has believed all his life; a foreign and hostile ideology that occupies the halls of power, of education, of business and of entertainment. Transcript/Notes: I LIVE IN AN OCCUPIED COUNTRY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 30th day of April in the year of our Lord 2021. I will be talking about how my perception right now is as if I live in a country occupied by a foreign and hostile force. I don’t mean a foreign nation but a foreign ideology that is foreign to everything I hold dear and everything I have believed in throughout my life. Yes, a foreign and hostile ideology occupies the halls of power, of education, of business, and of entertainment. Today is the last Friday and the last day of April and temperatures are starting to heat up here in the River City. Yesterday the temperature was in the mid 80’s and the Castle family roses are responding with their beauty coming out for our enjoyment. We are fine and in good health now just rolling with the punches as is the family daughter out in the land of California. Speaking of living in an occupied country, many people in 1940 thought that the French army was superior to the Germans because of the vast numbers of men and tanks, but all those people turned out to be wrong. It took the Germans about four weeks to conquer France and occupy Paris. The older French people who had sacrificed so much in the previous war cried, the young men were in uniform or in the resistance, as were many of the young women. They all had a common hope, however, and that hope rested in the hundreds of thousands of young men willing to risk their lives to rescue them and their nation. We have no such hope today and that is the sad part of this story. There are no American and British soldiers coming to our rescue. That is why the resistance to our occupiers is so important just as the French Resistance was important to the Allied war effort. To have a proper understanding of the world especially the technologically advanced world of today, a nation must have an educated class of people. For example, when Otto von Bismarck led Germany in its defeat of France in the Franco Prussian war of 1870, he thanked the German schoolteachers. The Nazis took control of the schools to make sure that only Nazi propaganda was taught to the young French Children. Today, in America, a foreign ideology has complete control of education, or what is left of it, from kindergarten through university. They have left in their wake a human catastrophe of lost potential and societal destruction. Young people who endure even 12 years of stultifying politically correct propaganda are handicapped for life by the decisions of the new occupying ideology that now runs American education. Many people say that American education is a failure since it ranks near the bottom of the industrialized world, but my view is that it is a spectacular success. The schools in America are doing and doing well the job they are intended to do and that is to turn out more grist for the mill that is the godless, atheistic new world ideology that has won the war for the soul of America. The enemy responds by saying that all the problems that it has created are easily explained by systemic racism. The way that works is to attempt to convince normal that they carry some type of original racism sin in their DNA. Since normal people are systemically racist without knowing it, the system must be gamed to counter that unknown gene. The result of it all is a hostile, divided nation that can accomplish nothing except to march along to the drumbeat of the new pied piper taking us nearer the falls each day. The people who control all this are so incredibly despicable that it would be hard to over...
Darrell Castle has been an attorney for over 40 years and talks today about the trial and verdict of Minneapolis police officer Derek Chauvin for the death of George Floyd. He does not question the verdict but rather the reaching of the verdict in advance of the trial as the American legal system is based on the idea that one is presumed innocent until proven guilty in a court of law. AMERICANS ARE SEEING TWO DIFFERENT MOVIES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 23rd day of April in this the year of our Lord 2021. I will be talking about the trial and verdict of Minneapolis police officer Derek Chauvin for the death of George Floyd. I do not question the verdict, but I question the deciding of the verdict in advance of the trial. In America, the system is based on the idea that one is presumed innocent until proven guilty in a court of law. Why bother with a trial if we already know the verdict? The Castle family is doing well health wise on this Friday as we continue to enjoy spring. It has been a little chilly this week in the river city with lows in the 30’s but as a famous Russian once said, how can you enjoy summer without winter to give it sweetness. The family daughter is holding up as best one can in the city of angels. The system that I have spent my life believing in and trusting in now seems to be getting more irrational and delusional each day. Throughout my educational life I was taught that the criminal justice system was a search for truth and therein justice would be found, and when found, justice was blind. It was to operate by a system of rules that were sacrosanct and was to be as free of outside bias as it is possible to make it. The process is to be protected as more important than the outcome. The questions for the Minneapolis jury to decide were basically did Chauvin actually cause George Floyd’s death or was there some other cause, and if he did cause it, did he do it while committing a felony offense with force. The media, however, had a far different agenda which was unfortunately joined by various politicians up to and including the President of the United States, more than one member of congress, the Governor of Minnesota, and the Minnesota Attorney General. The motives of those people are personal to each of them, but the result was to take the final result out of the hands of the jury. I guess they do not trust the jury system, so they had to help it decide. The interjection of those people into what would normally be a local case as well as the media’s determination to turn it into a national one caused a great deal of damage in the case but more importantly damage to the system of justice itself. We are now left with questions such as, was the verdict just, given the facts or was the jury influenced by the threat of cities burning across America, and by politicians calls for violent confrontation, etc. The headlines of the Memphis Commercial Appeal yesterday read “Justice Prevailed.” That implies that if the jury had reached a different verdict, then justice would not have prevailed which means that the verdict was already decided in advance because no other verdict would be justice. That is a very dangerous way to treat the criminal justice system. Today you may have the media and politicians on your side so you can intimidate the results in your favor, but tomorrow it might be a different majority and a different result. What the politicians did was leave open a clear avenue of appeal which probably should have resulted in a mistrial or dismissal. To say during trial with a non-sequestered jury, that Floyd’s death was murder in the full light of day, and it ripped the blinders off our society, is influencing and intimidating a jury. When Maxine Waters came to town and urged more violent confrontation and a guilty verdict, the judge should have declared a mistrial or dismissed the charges. Instead, he admonished her for “abhorrent” calls to violence in...
Darrell Castle talks about foreign policy especially Russia, since Washington is once again rattling the sabers, threatening, and bullying those abroad. Transcription / Notes: MISJUDGING RUSSIA AGAIN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday, the 16th day of April in the year of our Lord 2021 and in this report, I will focus on foreign policy especially Russia, since Washington is once again rattling the sabers, threatening, and bullying those abroad. China and Iran are also problems, but I will save those problems for another day. I recommend my Castle Report of August 23, 2015 entitled The Mind of Russia, as a good background for this Report. You can find that by going to castlereport.us Index. The Castle Family is doing just fine right now living the good life here in the southern spring far from the virus. There is no illness in this family that we know of not even in Los Angeles. I will admit to encouraging my family to be careful and proceed with caution during this time since both Joan and I are past the age of 65. Overly cautious perhaps, but as family leader I thought it best and so far, so good. Joan and I were riding to work in her car on Wednesday of this week when I asked her why logic and truth did not seem to matter anymore. She was stumped by my question, but we continued to debate it with me giving her one example after another of how illogical the premise of this society seems to be. Just from a foreign policy standpoint I question whether anyone in government cares about what is best for America and the American people. Whether the subject is virus or Russia, the decisions lack logic, truth, and even common sense. The leaders of other countries appear to act in their own best interest, so why can’t our leaders do that for us? I suppose it makes more sense to them to concentrate on how diverse the cabinet is than to worry about destruction of the currency, offshoring of manufacturing jobs, and such mundane things. Why isn’t the United States working with the Russians to create an alliance to contain Chinese Communist expansion, instead of stupidly placing sanctions on virtually all Russian production? Maybe because Washington developed an attitude after the fall of the Soviet Union that Russia is no longer a great nation to be respected. So, Russia and Russians get sanctioned because when you control the world’s financial system you can do that, but it is just a passive act of war. It also allows the Chinese Communists to paint us with moral equivalence which is a lie that Biden apparently doesn’t have the ability to refute. The United States no longer honors the Intermediate Range Ballistic Missile Treaty with Russia and so it feels free to move rather short-range missiles to the borders of Russia. What difference does it make where the missiles are located since the US submarine launched ICBMs could hit any target in Russia within about 15 minutes? The answer is that the intermediate range missiles do not give 15 minutes of warning and in theory could annihilate Russian nuclear capability before they could retaliate. That makes Russians nervous and constantly on guard. The Biden Administration seems to be courting disaster around the world, and does not appear to be concerned about a military confrontation in Russia’s backyard. That attitude is stupid, and reckless, especially since the ability to back it up is questionable. Would Joe Biden or whoever runs that administration be willing to take the United States to the edge of war with nuclear armed Russia over Ukraine? The answer appears to be yes although when Russia threatened to close the Black Sea the two American warships patrolling there were withdrawn. It is better to pick your battles and stand firm than to bluster then back down. The United States is reportedly considering membership in NATO for Ukraine. That would be the stupidest foreign policy decision since Hitler invaded Russia.
Darrell Castle talks about the shocking levels of lies upon which almost everything presently seems to be based. The government seems to be using private companies to outsource its lies so that it’s hard to tell the difference. Transcription / Notes: Big Tech + Big Media +Big Government = A Society Destroyed By Experts Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is the 9th day of April in this the year of our Lord 2021. Today I will be talking about the shocking levels of lies upon which almost everything presently seems to be based. Previously only the government was the brunt of jokes about liars such as how do you know they are lying; their lips are moving. Now the government seems to be using private companies to outsource its lies so that it’s hard to tell the difference anymore. The Castle Family is doing fine and enjoying this beautiful spring weather with its flowers and everything green. No virus in this family that we know of and for that we are grateful. I suppose its spring in Los Angeles as well or so the family daughter tells us. In my opening paragraph I mentioned that the government seems to be outsourcing its lies to private liars, but that doesn’t tell the whole story. My theory is that this government, in conjunction with big tech and big media, wants to take actions against the American people that are so egregious and unconstitutional that even Americans might wake up and object. To avoid such objection and to hide behind a corporate veil government gets through persuasion or profit, corporations to do its dirty work. They always cite their experts as reasons why us peons are supposed to just shut up and listen to the science. For example, earlier this week Dr. Fauci announced that the federal government would not require or mandate vaccine passports. That statement is disingenuous and a good example of outsourcing because we know that President Biden is working privately with tech companies to develop a vaccine passport via a cell phone app. The government would not have to unconstitutionally order it because private business would do it for them. You want to get on this airplane, where’s your app. You want to shop here, rent a car here, or get medical treatment here, where’s your app. Sometimes the federal government even uses private business to attack state laws it considers unacceptable, Georgia for example. It seems that down in Georgia the legislature looked at their election laws and decided they could do better. The new law requires voter identification which seems like a very good idea to me. We need an ID for almost everything these days to prove that we are who we say we are, and we haven’t stolen someone’s identity. The new Georgia law is far less restrictive than the election laws in both New York and Delaware which is President Biden’s home state. Georgia has longer early voting, absentee voting without requiring an excuse etc. but the other states do not have such liberal provisions. Nevertheless, the President and many others chose to use it to make partisan political points. To put it bluntly, they lied through their teeth to advance their own political ideology unfazed by the damage their lies caused. The President can’t be given a pass because of his dementia since his lying about Georgia continues unabated even in his lucid moments. He recommended that Major League Baseball move its all-star game out of Atlanta which it did, moving it to Denver. That move cost the state of Georgia an estimated $100 million. Given that Atlanta is more than 50% black and Denver is only about 9.5% black that move had a disproportionate impact on black people. He also at least implied that the Masters Golf Tournament should be moved out of Augusta where it has been played for 87 years, but the tournament said no thanks. Apparently to President Biden requiring people to submit some form of ID with an absentee ballot instead of just a signature is so evil its worse that the Jim Crow la...
Darrell Castle talks about the ever-growing likelihood of nationwide internal passports being imposed on the once free American People. Transcription / Notes: Vaccine Passports – Keeping Us Safe or the End of Human Liberty? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, Good Friday as a matter of fact, April 2nd in the year of our Lord 2021. Since this is Good Friday, then this Sunday is Easter, the celebration of the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead. Today, I will be talking about the ever-growing likelihood of nationwide internal passports being imposed on the once free American People. The Castle Family is doing fine this Easter weekend as Joan and I will attend the sunrise service at our church Sunday morning. He lives, we believe, and since he does, we can face tomorrow and the growing Stalinist threat of the new government commonly known as the Biden administration. The family daughter will celebrate Easter in her own fashion in her adopted home of Los Angeles, California. Technological innovation is evident everywhere today, but sometimes progress goes in reverse. When that happens, we forget things like what made us free and prosperous. Sometimes technology inhibits progress and then we become willing to trade our birthright of liberty for a mess of porridge. For example, the New York Governor is implementing the hated cold war, Stalinist, internal passport that prevents freedom of movement within the state of New York. The Biden Administration is contracting with private companies to create a nationwide internal passport system. What do I mean by internal passport? You will need a form of passport like a passport to visit foreign countries, just to travel within the United States. Private firms are obviously being used to distance the administration from the publicity and to avoid constitutional issues. Just as government has long used the tech companies as fronts for the denial of free speech and to enact their censorship and propaganda programs it now will use private firms to prevent freedom of movement within the United States. This is not a theory because it is happening right now. I was introduced to a very simple version yesterday when I received via email, instructions for attending the New York Yankees home opener at Yankee stadium. Arrive early because there will be long lines the email read and no one without proof of both vaccinations or a negative test within the proscribed time period will be admitted. That kind of thing is just the beginning. But it must be stopped and resisted with everything we have. It doesn’t matter what you think about the vaccines because that is not the issue. The issue is the acclimatizing of people to the idea that to participate in society they need to comply with government mandates, and obtain government permission. That will create a caste system which we are required to welcome here in America. Naomi Wolf, interviewed on “The Next Revolution” with Steve Hilton puts it like this: “I am not overstating this. I can’t say it forcefully enough. This is literally the end of human liberty in the West if this plan unfolds as planned. Vaccine passports sound like a fine thing if you don’t understand what these platforms can do…It’s not about the vaccine. It’s not about the virus. It’s about your data. And once this rolls out you don’t have a choice about being part of the system. What people have to understand is that any other functionality can be loaded onto that platform with no problem at all. What that means is that it can be merged with your PayPal account. With your digital currency, Microsoft is already talking about merging it with payment plans. Your networks can be sucked up. It geolocates you wherever you go. Your credit history can be included. All your medical history can be included.” Naomi is not the only prominent person sounding the alarm about what is being installed. Marjorie Taylor Greene Republican from Georgia,
Darrell Castle talks about how the foreign policy of the Biden administration, in its first two months, has been a geopolitical disaster. Transcription / Notes GEOPOLITICAL DISASTER Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 26th day of March in this the year of our Lord 2021, and on this Report, I will be talking about how a few foreign policy blunders have exposed what passes for the Biden Administration to the whole world as the aged dementia patient with old, unrealistic expectations that it is. Another possible title for this report might be America as laughingstock for the world especially Russia and China. For the Castle Family we look up at the sky from the deck of our Germantown home and we can see nothing wrong, but we feel down in our very soul that there is something wrong. However, it is officially spring now and the weather is beautiful on most days. We are all healthy including the family daughter in her California seclusion. I will start this report by saying that under normal circumstances Joe Biden’s handlers, having learned their lesson, do not let him talk to foreign leaders and certainly not alone, so most of the conversations he was referring to with Vladimir Putin occurred while he was Vice President, that is, if they occurred at all. His recollection of them was on March 16, however, and therein lies the rub. Joe Biden was a braggart and a blowhard long before he became President of the United States. For evidence I will reference his corn pop story whereby he was supposed to have bested a street thug named corn pop. Since that side of him is well known, his recent interview on ABC News was disingenuous in that the interviewer must have known of his disability as well as his penchant for bragging. His tendency to glorify himself was egged on by interviewer George Stephanopoulos who should have known better. He knew or should have known that President Biden suffers from dementia and can’t at times remember that he is president and not Kamala Harris. When the interview started Biden could not seem to help himself. The report of the Democrat National Committee that accused Russia of interfering in the election to help Trump was raised by Stephanopoulos as a backdrop to the questions. Biden responded that he told Putin there would be serious consequences, etc. Then he went on to say that while alone in Putin’s office he recalled President Bush’s words that he looked into Putin’s soul. President Bush was trying to indicate that the two leaders saw eye to eye on things and he considered him trustworthy. Biden, on the other hand, supposedly said directly to Putin, “I looked in your eyes, and I don’t think you have a soul.” Biden, who is reported to be a devout catholic, should know what an idiotic and unchristian thing that is, and to say it about the leader of Russia is just so unthinking, so unprofessional that I can’t see any leader saying it to another. That statement is bad enough, but then it got worse. In a discussion about various Russians Putin supposedly assassinated abroad, Stephanopoulos asked Biden if he thinks Putin is a killer. Biden replied, I do. So, he said he told the Premier of Russia that he had no soul and then said on national television that the Russian Premier is a killer. Putin reacted in his usual calm way and just smiled when he was told about the interview. He later said when asked about it that as for his American colleague he wishes him good health. I can imagine that Putin remembers other insults and slights by Biden over the years such as his referring to Putin as the KGB thug in charge of Russia. These are things one does not say to foreign leaders especially Russians who have exceptionally long memories. These people both have thousands of nuclear missiles at their disposal so it is shocking to think that the President of the United States would stoke his own ego at the risk of danger to the United States.
Darrell Castle looks at some of the recent actions of our federal government and asks the following question: Is someone up there really stupid or is failure part of a designed and very sinister plan, or both? Transcription / Notes IS FAILURE PART OF THE PLAN? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 19th day of March in the year of our Lord 2021, and on this report, I will be looking at some of the recent actions of our federal government and asking the following question: is someone up there really stupid or is failure part of a designed and very sinister plan, or both. The Castle family is adjusting well to the switch to daylight savings time with its extra hour of daylight each day. The plants will grow faster with the extra light so spring will accelerate its arrival. In Los Angeles the family daughter seems to be doing well at least virtually. I have often wondered why the government repeatedly does such stupid things. Sometimes hindsight is 20-20 but sometimes it seems as though officials in our government see the wise choice and then do the opposite. For example, the federal government acts as if economics is not something the best and brightest in each succeeding administration can understand. The last president who acted as if he understood it was Bill Clinton. Remember his slogan; it’s the economy stupid. George W. Bush certainly did not understand it. His Middle East invasion, his 20 plus year war with its thousands of American lives, hundreds of thousands of Middle Eastern lives and 7 or 8 trillion in expenditures that could not be covered with taxes are all evidence of that. Barack Obama did not understand it. His trillions given to casino like banks serve as evidence. Trump did not understand it and his lock downs and trillions of deficit spending also serve as evidence. That brings us to Joe Biden, and he raises many unanswered questions. How could a candidate who had developed virtually no support in the primaries suddenly end up with the nomination in a landslide. Why would he pick a Vice Presidential running mate who was the first candidate rejected by fellow Democrats? How did a candidate who traveled very little, whose rallies were unattended, who stuttered and stammered over almost everything he said, who was involved in scandals from China to Ukraine, end up winning the election? Did the Democrat Party know during the election process, that he would not be able to function in the office of President and therefore the American people were deceived or defrauded by the entire election. Well, nevertheless, here he is at least pretending to be President and doing things that are either very dumb or else just part of a broader plan. If the Democrats did defraud the American people, then the Biden administration is the result of that fraud. If so, then what is the Biden Administration or who is it? Who or what do I sue for my damages from the fraud? The economic devastation caused by the weaponization of the Covid molecule including millions unemployed, hundreds of thousands of small businesses ruined, many large corporations in bankruptcy, airlines, all travel and hospitality business, all retail in a state of near collapse, is obvious to anyone. It was obvious and predictable that those things would occur. Government apparently realizes that its mistakes or deliberate decisions caused the devastation so government must at least pretend to bring relief to its dependents. Keep in mind that the federal government was already running a $3.3 trillion deficit for fiscal year 2021 so it had no money to give. The entire stimulus had to be funded with debt which can and will never be repaid so the interest will exist forever. Roughly $550 billion went directly to the individuals deemed worthy to receive $1400 each and the other $1.4 trillion went to fulfill Democrat ideology and make a lot of rich people and rich corporations a lot richer.
Darrell Castle talks about the disintegration of what has historically been America, its culture, its founding ethnicity, its language, its religion, and virtually everything that once bound the country together as a nation. Transcription / Notes THE DISINTEGRATION OF THE AMERICAN NATION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 12th day of March in the year of our Lord 2021, and on today’s Report, I will be talking about the disintegration of what has historically been America, its culture, its founding ethnicity, its language, its religion, and virtually everything that once bound the country together as a nation. The Castle Family anxiously watches the flowers as they rise this spring, to see if any will bloom but most appear to have had their buds frozen. One week of severe cold and snow out of an entire winter seems rather unfair, but there is no mercy in nature, only brutality. We are fine otherwise and enjoying the spring weather as is the family daughter in her stronghold out in southern California. I almost titled this Report the disintegration of western civilization, but I have hit that subject so often I wondered if it would turn off my faithful listeners. This is about my own country, however, at least what is left of it. Oh, I know that America is still here if you want to define it as the physical space, the land under our feet, but I am referring to the ideal that made us the greatest country, the greatest opportunity for success in the history of the world. That once great America is disintegrating before our eyes, and its course appears set and irreversible. I decided to return to the topic I have taken up many times because of a recent book and the way the author addressed the subject. The book is by Andrei Martyanov entitled “Disintegration, the Coming American Collapse so I quote from the book. “Today, the United States is not a nation, certainly not in the traditional sense of having a dominant ethnic nationality, while the foundational American meme and myth of a “Melting Pot” has turned out to be exactly that—a myth. America’s many ethnicities have not been assimilated to form a single nation, but rather are more aptly regarded as a salad bowl of divergent interests. America is a tower of Babel standing on the shaky ground of Identity Politics. Such a multicultural diverse country does not have a national interest because unity is absent. A house divided cannot stand.” So, there is no single American Identity anymore. The foundational ethnicity and ideas embodied in the Constitution are not only under attack but opposed as racist and exploitative. This attack manifests itself most prominently in the educational system to which our children are subjected, bullied, and indoctrinated. The Democrat Party has institutionalized this attack on America through its primary focus of racial politics. In fact, history itself is under attack and is systematically being cleansed and abolished. It is only a small stretch to say that what is happening in America is a form of ethnic cleansing with a purpose designed to cleanse society of all its founding, historic principles as well as its historic ethnic majority. Symbolic high tech book burnings remind us of the Nazi book burnings when students raided libraries to get the books, then pile them in the streets and burn them in massive bonfires. The Nazis told the people that anything that did not advance the cause of National Socialism should be destroyed and that is not very far away from the view that anything that does not advance the ideology of the current intelligentsia in charge of this country should be destroyed. Perhaps the best example would be the 1951 science fiction classic by Ray Bradbury entitled, “Fahrenheit 451” which was also filmed as a successful movie. The book is set in a dystopian future world in which books are outlawed as dangerous and the authorities order all of them destroyed.
Darrell Castle talks about whether the President of the United States is physically and mentally capable of doing the job he holds which includes the retaliatory launch of nuclear missiles when an enemy launch is detected. Transcription / Notes WHO IS MINDING THE LAUNCH CODES? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 5th day of March in the year of our Lord 2021. Today I will be talking about whether the President of the United States is physically and mentally capable of doing the job he holds. That job includes the retaliatory launch of nuclear missiles when an enemy launch is detected, a concept known as launch on warning. First though, the Castle family is enjoying the sudden spring like weather that has returned following our weeklong bout with freezing artic winter. Spring temperatures are here, and the ducks and geese are returning from their migration to escape the frozen lakes. The family daughter has no geese in Los Angeles, but she is doing well in the almost perfect, at least for now, weather of Southern California. Since the use of nuclear weapons brought an end to World War ll, and a beginning to the nuclear age the authority to launch nuclear missiles has resided in the President of the United States. A military officer follows the President everywhere he goes day and night with a briefcase that contains the launch codes and the launch sequence for the nation’s nuclear arsenal. The reasoning is that a launch anywhere in the world can be detected instantly and the president would have literally seconds to launch before our own strike capability was destroyed by an incoming enemy attack. American missiles must be out of their launch silos before the enemy missiles hit. As I said in my opening paragraph that concept is known as launch on warning. We are now capable of retaliation even if every launch silo were destroyed because we have nuclear missile submarines prowling 1000 feet beneath the oceans each with 24 nuclear Intercontinental Ballistic Missiles each of those with up to 10 warheads capable of hitting 10 different targets anywhere in the world. If that all sounds like madness that’s because it is. Its madness but it is also reality and for the entire nuclear age that madness has been in the hands and the mind of the President. What happens if the President loses his mind or has no mind to begin with? That is a nightmare scenario that Hollywood movies portray, but it is also unfortunately a realistic possibility. If not the President, then who? What person can be trusted what group of people can be consulted within the seconds that are available before disaster happens. The President doesn’t have to be unhinged or mad, he just has to be mentally incapable of thought or rationality to generate a nightmare scenario. President Biden is President, in part because the COVID virus allowed his handlers and his Party to keep him locked away so the American people could not see that he could not complete a coherent sentence or keep a thought in his head for a full sentence. When does he exhibit this failure today? Constantly, all the time, every single time he speaks without exception. The man simply cannot complete a sentence in a coherent understandable fashion. Most of the time when he speaks one is left wondering what he said, and if he knows where he is. I’m not trying to be unduly harsh toward President Biden or to say something that might damage him. Politically, I disagree with him totally and completely, but he is still the President and if there is a hostile launch, I would like to know that he can respond, but it is obvious to me that he cannot. If you don’t believe me just listen to him anytime he speaks in public to anyone. The other day I heard him speaking from script to a group of reporters about some policy matter and his wife Jill was right there as she always is and in the middle of one of his incoherent sentences,
Darrell Castle talks about the Governor of New York, Andrew Cuomo, from the standpoint of whether he should be impeached and not allowed to serve out his term that expires in 2022. If the answer to whether he should be impeached is yes, then why it is yes. Transcription / Notes SHOULD GOVENOR CUOMO BE IMPEACHED? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 26th day of February in the year 2021. Today, I will be talking about the Governor of New York, Andrew Cuomo from the standpoint of whether he should be impeached and not allowed to serve until his term expires in 2022. If the answer to whether he should be impeached is yes, then why is it yes. The Castle family is warm and cozy once again as the temperatures have returned to the 60’s and high 50’s. This is an amazing place to live when you can have 12 inches of snow one week and 3-degree temperatures when even the city’s water lines froze, and 70 degrees one week later. It is good to be back in the office full time. The family daughter remains just fine in 75-degree Los Angeles. What in the world is going on with Governor Cuomo? The image he has tried very hard to cultivate for himself as a model of propriety, a paragon of virtue, highly competent, great leader is in serious doubt today. Attacks are coming at him on several fronts with new accusations an almost daily occurrence. It’s almost as if his fellow New York Democrats are sharks with blood in the water. The first attack came when his top aide and secretary to the Governor, Melissa DeRosa revealed during a video conference call with state Democratic leaders that the Governor had ordered his staff to coverup the actual number of nursing home deaths in New York due to the virus. He rebuffed a legislative request in August for the information then she said, President Trump turned it into a giant political football. I suppose that almost 15000 deaths because of the Governor’s actions does make a pretty good football. Interestingly, Ms. DeRosa’s regret in her revelation was not because of what the Governor did but that the information could be used by Republicans. In addition to going after everybody, Trump directs the Department of Justice “to do an investigation into us. “We froze she said. We weren’t sure what we were going to give the Department of Justice or the New York Legislature. So, the thought that maybe the Governor had an obligation to tell the truth never occurred to them. The only thought was to find a lie that the most people would believe. The Governor had issued orders to the Health Department to issue a directive that nursing homes admit infected patients. Then he ordered New York hospitals to discharge infected elderly patients to nursing homes thus spreading the disease among the most vulnerable resulting in the unnecessary deaths of thousands. Ms. DeRosa asked the legislators to keep what happened in context. She apologized on behalf of the Governor for what she termed the inconvenience it caused them. She said she was sorry the Republicans would be able to use the information against them. No apology to the grieving families and no promises to do whatever they could to make amends. No, it was just a cold, calculated political decision. When you read or listen on video to her apology you can see that she is not apologizing for the act but for the political damage it might cause her fellow Democrats. “So, we do apologize, she said. I do understand the position that you were put in. I do know that it is not fair. It was not our intention to put you in that political position with the Republicans.” Health Committee Chairman Richard Gottfried rejected her apology. “I don’t have enough time to explain all the reasons why I don’t give that any credit at all.” Mr. Gottfried is one of the lawmakers who demanded the death data from the Governor in August. Several lawmakers expressed dismay at the callous nature of the Governor’s actions,
Darrell Castle talks about freedom of speech and why that concept is no longer held in high esteem by the new culture. Transcription / Notes AN OUTWARD SIGN OF AN INNER ROT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday February 12, in the year 2021 and today I will be talking about freedom of speech, and why that concept is no longer held in high esteem by the new culture. The title of this Report comes from an interview with Doug Casey concerning the First Amendment. Doug believes that the devaluing of freedom of speech is a sign of the inner rot of our culture. In part, this Report will also delve into the mindset behind America’s growing trend toward cancel culture or blacklisting. The Castle Family is frozen into an Arctic prison today. This is probably mild compared to what some parts of the country are going through but for us it is very unusual and very unwelcome. It started raining ice two days ago but today it is just cold. We had to work from home yesterday but today we are back at the office in good health and good spirits. The freedom of speech clause in the First Amendment was intended to be absolute as was the entire Bill of Rights and that view was upheld in past days by the Supreme Court. Today, however, thanks to the changing nature of our culture, and especially the oligarchs from Silicon Valley, the Freedom of Speech Clause and the entire Bill of Rights are no more than the symbols of a bygone, pretechnological age. The oligarchs are private companies and can ban anyone they want, but when they de-platform the president and many thousands of others it gets scary. Now even congress is in on the game by trying to ban former Trump staffers and even voters from writing or telling their story. The fact that 73 million people that we know of voted for Trump, but he isn’t allowed to communicate with them is a sign that something is seriously wrong, an inner rot as Doug Casey put it. Even before Trump was elected when it started to look like he might be nominated, the progressive world did not look at what was happening in America to determine what factors, what trends, what actions of theirs might have caused the American people to reject the establishment. No, for people who once argued that no absolute truth existed, they sure found some in a hurry. Absolute truth is contained within their paradigm, their word view and no other truth exists absolute or partial. Those people who voted for Trump, I suppose, were the deplorables of that great dissatisfied middle of America and just too ignorant to be considered. By the admission of its own editors the New York Times is published for coastal liberals and no one else so I suppose I appreciate their selling it to me. That gives me the benefit of all the news that’s fit to print. Its that news that the Times deems unfit to print that I must search for in other places. The Times’ version of the truth supports a conclusion that we have undergone a welding together of the ruling elites from the corporate and political worlds to the point where they are one and the same. Benito Mussolini was the first to spell out what he called fascism explicitly. He said that fascism would better be called corporatism or the uniting of the political and corporate worlds to work as one. Mussolini was not a Socialist so he didn’t believe the state should own the means of production just control and tax them just as we do in America today. The fascism of the fusion between the state and business world is essentially the same today, but without the uniforms and slogans. The vast sums created by the corporations and the power of the politicians work together as one and together they understand and define absolute truth and will tolerate no other. Truth to them is whatever advances their own interests because that is the true intent of the fascist state. When the corporations of Silicon Valley collude with the politicians of Washington to de-platform opposing vie...
Darrell Castle talks about Democrat efforts to complete the necessary political structure to gain a permanent hold on power. Transcription / Notes: STALIN OFTEN GOT 100% OF THE VOTE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 5th day of February in the year 2021 and in this Report, I will be talking about Democrat efforts to complete the necessary political structure to gain a permanent hold on power. I remind you that what the Democrats are working toward has been done before. In 1937 95% of the Russian people voted and Joe Stalin received 100% of that vote. It was all reported as headlines in the New York Times. Stalin was elected but he had absolute power for as long as he lived. The Castle family is doing well this week despite all the upsetting political news, we carry on. Earlier this week we celebrated the family daughter’s birthday by Zoom. We could not be together as a family, but we celebrate as best we can, and we are grateful for the video capabilities of Zoom. Joe Stalin had absolute power and complete control of the voting process and the vote count. Opposition to his candidacy tended not to survive very long. The Democrats in America are not there yet but they are building toward permanent power all the while describing their efforts as unity. They continually ratchet up the tension when they have opportunities to calm it down. Joe Biden and Joe Stalin share some frightening similarities. Joe Biden on behalf of the Democrat Party seeks total power by way of majority control of the Senate, House, Supreme Court, and the Presidency. Stalin did it by purging and executing those he feared as disloyal or enemies. I have not heard that Joe Biden is executing his enemies or those he considers disloyal, but he is purging them. Joe Stalin was so afraid of ranking military officers that he had hundreds of his most competent officers executed. When the Germans invaded his purges cost the lives of hundreds of thousands of Russian soldiers because they did not have competent officers. Joe Biden had the FBI vett and reject disloyals from the 25000 national guard troops sent to occupy Washington D.C. When Biden’s new secretary of defense took over the Pentagon, he ordered a 60 day stand down of all U.S. military personnel worldwide. The purpose of the stand down was to purge the military of white supremacy and extremism. The purge came at the same time a general office at the top of U.S. strategic command publicly stated that nuclear war with China and Russia was a real possibility. It sure sounds like the ghost of Joe Stalin wanders through the streets of D.C. Maybe the Democrats are drunk with power, maybe they serve an outside agenda, or maybe Donald Trump forced them to shed their disguise and reveal who they really are. The things I have mentioned so far have all happened in a period of about two weeks so how much worse can it get. Marjorie Taylor Greene newly elected Republican Representative from the 14th district of Georgia who was elected with 75% of the votes of her district was stripped of all her committee assignments by the Democrat majority house. They did not strip Ilhan Omar or AOC who recently said her life was in danger from the January 6th incident at the capital when she was not even in the capital. The only reason Marjorie has been treated this way is that Democrats do not like her politics, and she will not shut up and be a nice little girl. Once again, the Democrats are building permanent power and they will not tolerate dissent. The next step which is being prepared now for Marjorie is expulsion from congress. The Democrat COVID Aid bill just passed the Senate by a vote of 50-49 with one Republican dissenting. The bill will fund 1.9 trillion debt dollars for stimulus and for aiding those affected by the virus. By a vote in the senate of 50-49 with one Republican dissenting, each person who is allowed by Democrats to receive free money is supposed to get $1400 by the la...
Darrell Castle talks about the first 9 days of the Biden administration and the many unconstitutional executive orders he has signed. Transcription / Notes NOTHING SAYS UNITY LIKE SOLDIERS AND RAZOR WIRE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is the 29th day of January in the year of our Lord 2021 and I will be talking about the first 9 days of the Biden administration. President Biden used his first 9 days to rule by decree with the signing of many, (last count 30) executive orders as well as other actions designed to kill Trumpism and reestablish the authority of the global establishment. I wonder whether President Biden has the presence of mind to know what he is signing. Today in the Castle family, as far as I know, there is no sickness and certainly no virus. We are grateful for that as we try to take each day as it comes. When the grasshopper asked the master how can one remain peaceful when all around him is nothing but violence? The master replied that peace is not found in what is outside the man, but from what is inside the man. In the Castle family we seek peace in the ancient words of the Bible, and we internalize it as best we can. Speaking of soldiers and razor wire why does the national guard as well as some federal troops still occupy the nation’s capital? The only answer I can think of is all those middle American deplorables running free. Those are the people Democrats like to define as domestic terrorists, insurrectionists, religious fanatics, racists, and of course white supremacists. The pictures of the capital as occupied territory may help bolster the image that Democrats are there to stay and the rest of us may as well get used to it. The second reason can be explained from the front page of yesterday’s Memphis newspaper. Each employee of the city and county government must be vetted to make sure he was not in Washington the 6th of January. In other words, the guard remains to help stifle any remaining dissent as the witches are located. Perhaps the Democrats are having trouble stuffing the Black Lives Matter and Antifa genies back in the bottle they opened to aid Trump’s undoing. Sometimes we become what we despise. For example, the Arab Spring color revolutions that started in Tunisia and spread across the Middle East a few years ago ended up costing the Saudi government $130 billion in social services payments to quell the anger of their own citizens. When masses believe the election was stolen from them, the conclusion is that change can no longer occur by election, so their choices are limited. Why all the rage growing in the Trump voters? The left explains the burning rage building in those disenfranchised Trump voters as a desire to protect white supremacy. I want to spend some of the time I have with you today talking about the first item on the new president’s agenda and that is the Keystone pipeline. Why did he decide to cancel it, because unlike the question of soldiers in Washington, whose purpose is in doubt, the pipeline’s purpose is obvious and easily understood? Mr. Biden, excuse me, President Biden, has a long history of hating pipelines. He has 48 years of government service and he has hated pipelines that entire time. In November of 1973 as a junior senator from Delaware he voted against building the Alaska Pipeline which was the big environmental issue of that time. Then, as the first act of after inauguration in January of 2021, he revoked a permit to build a pipeline from Alberta, Canada to the central US, the Keystone Pipeline. I have remained reasonably up to date on Keystone since it was a central issue in one of my 2016 debates. In those days the criticism of the pipeline was that it would destroy the environment of Native American tribal lands, but as I pointed out it was cleverly routed away from tribal lands so that argument did not hold water. The environment in general was the next point of objection,
Darrell Castle talks about the militarization of Washington, DC, the inauguration, and the upcoming Democrat administration. Transcript /Notes IT’S FOR THE COMMON BAD Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is Friday the 22nd day of January in the year 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the militarization of Washington DC, the inauguration, and the upcoming Democrat administration with an eye toward what is really going on with all the chaos. First things first, however, the Castle family is doing fine in its efforts to cope. We are all in good health and we are finding reasons to celebrate that have nothing to do with Washington. Despite the problems, headaches, and hassles of life in the city of angels, the family daughter is doing fine as well. I have had quite a bit of experience with wire in my life of travels, I know that there is nothing that makes one feel as comfortable as armed soldiers standing behind chain link fences topped with razor wire. We may not be able to protect our borders with wire or anything else, but we can sure protect our politicians and turn our capitol into a militarized city. In the end all the military hoopla turned out to be much ado about nothing. The Democrats had to protect the inauguration from domestic terrorists. What is that, well its anyone who disagrees with the prevailing intellectual dogma of the Democrat Party. Revolution is what the Democrats have waged against America, its constitution, the rule of law, and the centuries of English legal tradition. It is a war being fought primarily against that center of America known to Democrats as the deplorables. Democrat politicians must have some object upon which to focus their wrath, to inspire their base, and to raise funds and that object is middle America. We deplorables are unfortunately getting used to being hated and demonized. Joe Biden has been sworn in so what did he say in his inaugural address? Who cares, what difference could his words possibly make? He took an oath to protect and defend the Constitution of the United States and immediately went to the White House and violated that oath. Yes, I take the position that rule by executive order is unconstitutional. I know that Trump did it too, but that doesn’t make it any less unconstitutional. The purpose of this report is not to attack Joe Biden, but to attack his ideology. His Democrat handlers will do a fine job of attacking him personally very soon. Left wing sites are already starting to publicly discuss his cognitive decline. Damaging him is not damaging the cause anymore because the Democrat power brokers have a San Francisco progressive waiting in the wings, and she is completely beholden to them. Joe has served his purpose and realized his life’s ambition so he can go away anytime that he is no longer useful to them. I am going to defer now to the eloquent words of a Lutheran pastor named Larry Beane whom I met through the newsletter of www.tomwoods.com. Pastor Beane: “I want to commend the left. They are much better at government than the right, the left understands that governance is ruthlessness. They understand that you succeed by social and political tyranny, by quashing free speech, by crushing dissent with mob rule and fear, by control of information, by dominating all the institutions of society, by seizing the reigns of power, like pyramiding interest upon interest to build a fortune out of thin air. The left has fostered cancel culture and has rolled back all standards of law and order and decency to where those who disagree will be removed. It is a fact of life. And fear of being un-personed and unable to provide for one’s family is the ultimate means of totalitarian control. Whether this is done by hard tyranny with boxcars and camps, or soft tyranny with social credit control, it doesn’t matter. The goal is control, total and unquestionable, unchallengeable control. The left understands that the news and history are ...
Darrell Castle talks about the events of January 6th in Washington, D.C. and tries to answer the questions of what happened, and what are the results. Transcription / Notes WEEKS WHEN DECADES HAPPEN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 15th day of January in the year 2021 and on this Report, I will be talking about the events of January 6th in Washington DC. What happened, why did it happen, and what is the result? Everyone has an opinion based on his own view, so let’s take a look at some of the fallout. Before I begin, I will tell you that the Castle family is doing fine here in Tennessee although we are mired in the depths of winter. For those of us in this part of country winter is not that bad so I have nothing to complain about. I’m happy to say that the family daughter is fine and virus free. She apparently only had some seasonal thing so thank God for that. The title of this report comes from a quote of Vladimir Lenin. The exact quote is “there are decades when nothing happens and there are weeks when decades happen.” Mr. Lenin was referring to events in his native Russia at the time of the revolution of October 1917. Feudalism had been the economic system and the status of the Russian people for centuries and then World War l changed everything. It destroyed the royal system across Europe and Russia. In the spring of 1917 revolution took Russia out of the war and overthrew the Czar and ended feudalism. In October of that year a second revolution brought the Bolshevik’s of Lenin to power and started the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics to replace Imperial Russia. No more feudalism then, so the government owned the means of production instead of the landowners. The people went from a feudal state in which they had a contractual right to 50% of what they produced, to a state in which they had no right to anything except the scraps from Lenin’s table. In the coming decades around 70 million people died as a direct result of the socialist revolution in Russia. Purge after purge, slaughter after slaughter, war after war, for some 65 years. Regarding Lenin’s quote, decades did happen that week in October about 6 and one-half decades. Lenin and the communists were not freely elected nor were they elevated on the shoulders of dissatisfied peasants. Instead, they took control of the central government through force and intimidation. There was another socialist revolution going on at almost the same time and that was the National Socialist Revolution in Germany. Adolph Hitler and Rudolph Hess served together in the trenches and as soon as the war was over, they set about trying to affect a coup to overthrow the German government. In 1923 they were sent to prison for 8 years where Hitler dictated his book Mein Kompf or My Battle to Hess. When they were released, they set out to bring about the plans outlined in that book. They won in a supposedly free election, but they had their brownshirt thugs roaming the streets influencing the vote. Once again, the people owned the means of production and once again the people were, in reality, the government. All production in Germany was owned by the National Socialist Government and was directed toward war preparation. Russia was virtually all agricultural before the war, but Germany had been one of the great manufacturing centers of Europe. I can draw some parallels between these two revolutions and the cultural upheavals in America today. Fast forward to the year 2021 and observe how the big lie is still the order of the day. I said those things to remind you of what socialism promises but rarely delivers. I also want to use those examples to point out that all the rhetoric and all the, we will do better than Jefferson and Madison, has happened throughout history and always with disastrous results. Mankind has recorded his time on planet earth for about 6000 years and in that time most of it has been controlled by governments through brute...
Darrell Castle talks about the state of the Union, the actual state of the Union, as he sees it. Transcription / Notes: THE STATE OF THE UNION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, the 8th day of January in the year of our Lord 2021 and on this report, I will be talking about the state of the union. I’m not referring to a speech given by some politician which is just a campaign ad, but the actual state of the union as I see it. When the events at the capitol happened on Wednesday, I had to completely revise this Report from a year in review format to where are we now. Where are we now, that’s the question so let’s take a look. First, the Castle family had a wonderful Christmas and New Years holiday even though we could not be together with the family daughter. She has been feeling a little under the weather lately which is a concern because Los Angeles is completely locked down and that makes it very difficult to see her if she really got sick. Joan and I leave her in God’s hands and try to deal with that as best we can. The state of America right now after four years of Donald Trump and after one of the most tumultuous years in my lifetime, is not good. In fact, the situation in this country is a mess or as the old sheriff in the film No Country for Old Men said, it’s a mess but if it ain’t it’ll do til the mess gets here. The best metaphor I’ve heard to describe it all is this one, “America is dead; the Republicans root for the corpse and the Democrats root for the maggots.” The events that occurred at the capitol on Wednesday of this week apparently in protest of the Senate confirming the Democrat theft of the country, have caused a firestorm of activity, some have called for the president to be removed immediately. It is unknown, at least to my knowledge, whether the people who invaded the capitol were all Trump supporters or whether Antifa invaded their ranks for a false flag attack. As usual, there will be no real investigation. The Washington Post called them a mob, the headline of my paper, the Memphis Commercial Appeal said, “Riot at the Capitol”. It was very uncharacteristic of Trump supporters to be that violent, so I suspect at least some false flag instigators were in the mix. Remember, there were no riots in Portland, Seattle, Minneapolis, New York, or Washington D.C. Those were all mostly peaceful protests although a lot of burning and looting happened. Let’s assume for a moment that those at the capitol were truly Trump supporters. What would provoke them to invade a building that is symbolic of representative government and therefore serve as a threat to that government. To say the capitol is sacred ground is an exaggeration, but it is certainly very important ground. To desecrate it as they did is very uncharacteristic of what any patriot would consider doing. President Trump missed an excellent chance to finally stand on the moral high ground. He should have said folks this election was stolen, and I have plenty of evidence to that effect, but the courts will not look at the merits of the evidence. I therefore, encourage you to accept this election and join with me in a peaceful transition. That would have set him up as an iconic figure in the future, but the moral high ground is apparently not his home. Many on the left expressed shock and outrage that such people were running around loose. They have no such qualms about Antifa and Black lives matter, however. I admit that I resent being lectured about morality by people who have a political platform the central plank of which supports and demands legalized mass murder. That double standard is part of the problem, but not all by any means. Once he had stolen the election, Joe Biden called for unity and said we should all come together as Americans. He said that after four years of relentless efforts at division by Democrats who then sought more division and conflict. Democrats have spent many years dividing us into gro...
Darrell Castle talks about President Imposed Joe Biden’s recent speeches in which he told America that he won the election fair and square and that he is not a crook. Transcription / Notes: JOE BIDEN ANNOUNCES HE’S NOT A CROOK Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 18th day of December in the year 2020. This is not the last Friday of the year because that honor goes to Christmas Day, but it’s the next to last Friday of the year. What a year it has been so good riddance to 2020. The Friday after Christmas is January 1st and that of course is the beginning of 2021, so we are almost at the end of the plague year. No Castle Report next week or New Year’s week, so I will speak to you again on January 8th which will be 3 days after the Georgia elections and that will present a better view for some type of year in review report. The Castle family is doing well right now considering the loneliness of being apart from loved ones at Christmas time. We pray that next Christmas will be different, but for now we approach the real meaning of Christmas as we are. President imposed, Joe Biden came out to speak to us after the electoral college vote the other day, and in that roughly 12-minute talk, he attempted to make it all sound legitimate. Right now, he is in Georgia campaigning for the two run off senate races to be held January 5th. If the Democrats win both races, they will control the senate 51-49, so it is something that is very critical to the success of Biden’s four years. He is telling the people of Georgia that if they give him the majority, he can give them more of what other people now own so it’s a traditional Democrat appeal. While speaking, he appeared to be a little under the weather which is understandable this time of year with the cold and the virus. He coughed a lot and later said he did not have the virus, but just a little cold. I’m glad to hear that because I thought there were no colds or flu this year only virus, but now I know that is not the case. He seemed angry about being challenged on the legitimacy of the election and spoke to tell us that the election was fair, and he is not a crook. Perhaps he is a little embarrassed about holding the nation’s highest office when he knows that it was stolen. No, he doesn’t care about that. The only thing in this war the Democrats are waging on civilization that matters to them is winning. His speeches are 12 to 15 minutes of telling us that everything was on the up and up. He won the office fair and square he said. Yes Joe, you stole it fair and square and apparently even Democrats know it, so you can stop telling us. He references the Texas lawsuit and says that the court examined it and said it has no merit but that is untrue. The court did not consider the case on the merits of the evidence. Instead, they refused to hear it and that is not the same thing. I suppose it’s the old Joseph Goebbels theory that if you tell a big enough lie and tell it often enough people will believe it. Let me give you a few quotes from his let’s all come together speech. “Today, the members of the Electoral College representing the certified winner, cast their votes for President and Vice President of the United States in an act just as old as our nation itself. And, once again in America, the rule of law, our Constitution and the will of the people prevailed” Joe you have a knack for saying the opposite of the truth and pretending you actually believe it. You have been a big part of destroying the rule of law in America. The will of the people. Don’t make me laugh. Thanks to you and your party the will of the people means nothing. The rule of law is nothing but meaningless words. You have even destroyed the English Common law based on the Magna Charta which goes back to 1215. So, Joe, congratulations on once again establishing that there are two sets of laws, one for us and one for your kind. “Our democracy pushed, threatened,
Darrell Castle talks about how the Aristocracy in various societies over the centuries have adapted to changing conditions but that very little has actually changed. Transcription / Notes: ARISTOCRACY AND THE VIRUS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 11th day of December in the year 2020 and on this report, I will be talking about how the Aristocracy in various societies over the centuries have adapted to changing conditions but very little has changed. They like to control things and things always seem fouled up under their control, but they tell us it’s not their fault. Right now, the aristocracy, the ruling elite, the powers that be, or whatever you call them are facing a very difficult set of problems. First, this week has been a happy one for the Castle family as we celebrate the 68th birthday of Joan, the family mama so happy birthday Joan. The family daughter honored her mother as best one can via video conference. Throughout history advanced societies have always had their aristocracies and the aristocrats have always had their methods of controlling the people and retaining power. Kingdoms and empires are born, and they die just like we do. When the aristocrats can keep the people foolishly unaware of the scam that keeps them in power, the system works fine. When the people start to become aware that the aristocrats are in power based on a giant deception or scam then the people lose interest and the whole thing falls apart. That pattern has been repeated for centuries. Many people can see that the hard times they are experiencing because of the virus are not being felt by their leaders. The hypocrisy so evident from the mostly Democrat leaders of our cities and states are alarming even to the woke people. The aristocracy that rules us reacts to the virus by grabbing more and more centralized control over the masses. The concept of individual freedom and individual rights disappear in a torrent of words about the common good. For centuries, the aristocracy controlled the masses by using religion. They had the only route to God and God wanted it that way. The people could not read, and their holy books were in other languages, so they accepted their misery for centuries. The printing press changed much of that because with reading came a greater understanding of their condition. In 1789 it all came to a head in France as that nation exploded in revolution. Roughly 17000 members of the religious and royal aristocracy lost their heads to the guillotine and thousands died in other ways. Revolutions often bring changes that are worse than before and this one brought the reign of Napoleon and a secular nation that is still secular today. In our modern age the ruling elite, whether elected or bureaucratic, use science instead of religion to control us. We are often told to follow the science and to listen to the experts. Many groups of power seekers compete for control over us and each has its own group of science experts. They all want power, and they want to control us in their way rather than in some other way. The cold, unfeeling nature of the aristocracy has not changed much since revolutionary France. The religious aristocracy in 1789 France blamed the starving condition of the people on the royal system and the royals blamed it on the religious order. Finally, the people had enough, and they cut the heads off all of them. Today, the Democrat order has Donald Trump to blame for every wrong turn concerning the virus, but just as in 1789, problems are starting to emerge that may not be solvable without very long-lasting results. We, in the modern world, are far too cynical to allow the elites to control us with religion. Those in the Islamic world, at least to a certain degree, are exceptions, but for the rest of us we are controlled through science. Trust the science, listen to the science, let the experts explain the science is the mantra of today’s world.
Darrell Castle talks about how the country has changed fundamentally over the last 60 years to the point where it seems obsessed by race and racial politics. Transcription / Notes RACIAL OBSESSION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle report. Today is Friday the 4th day of December in the year 2020 and on this report I will be talking about how the country has changed fundamentally over the last 60 years to the point where it seems obsessed by race and racial politics. Before I start, I will tell you that the Castle family had a wonderful Thanksgiving considering we were separated by thousands of miles because of the virus. Joan and I had a zoom dinner with the family daughter from her home in Los Angeles. First, I want to apologize and retract something I said the week before Thanksgiving. I said that the social credit system in the United States is in many ways worse than the one in Communist China. Bothered by that statement, I spent much of Thanksgiving weekend researching social credit in China particularly as applied to the Uyghur people in the extreme western province. The Uyghur lands border India to the south and Pakistan to the west with the other Stans surrounding them. When the Soviet Union broke apart independence was granted to the various Stans that were under the Soviet State. Since they gained independence from the Soviet Union, the Uyghurs started demanding an independent state of East Turkistan from Communist China. The difference of course is that China is not destitute and is perfectly capable of retaining its distant territories. I don’t want to belabor Uyghur history, but these people are held in virtual bondage and social credit is the Communist method of control. The Uyghurs are mostly Muslims of Turkic origin. They speak the language of the Turks and the Kazaks as well as Mandarin Chinese. They are lower than 2nd class to the Han Chinese rulers of Communist China. The Hans of mainland China are alright socially if they behave themselves but not the Uyghurs. The social credit system labels people as either trustworthy meaning you can travel and have a phone, etc. or untrustworthy where you can’t have those things. No Uyghur can obtain a rating higher than untrustworthy. If you see a non-Uyghur on the street in Uyghur territory you can bet, he is a State official sent to watch them. People are routinely taken from their homes to reeducation camps often leaving orphans behind. To escape is equivalent to escaping from prison, but freedom burns in the human heart despite all this. There is a strong separatist movement among the Uyghurs thus that concept is one of thee three great evils according to Communist Chinese officials. Those are separatism, terrorism, and religious fanaticism. Most of the Uyghurs are Muslim, which is somewhat tolerated, but not Christianity. Now that I have relieved my conscious regarding the Uyghur people, let me return to the United States for the rest of this report. First, the fundamental change that President Obama promised to bring about began long before he took office. There have been two great philosophical and political movements in the United States since the Declaration of Independence in 1776. For the first 187 or so years the emphasis was always patriotism. Everything taught in school was deigned to bring out the emotions associated with patriotism meaning love of country and its way of life. When the country was threatened or perceived to be threatened, men lined up around the block to fill the ranks. America was perceived as so good that it was willing to send its sons, the pride of the nation as FDR put it, to die for people they did not know and had never met. From elementary school to about midpoint of college I remember the emphasis on patriotism was basically unchallenged. That started to change early in my college years and had changed substantially by graduation. To illustrate my point when I started college two years of ROTC training was mandat...
Darrell Castle addresses the question of what happens now to our country assuming Joe Biden is inaugurated. Transcription / Notes WHAT NOW? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 20th day of November in the year 2020 and today I will be attempting to answer the question that many people have asked me about the election, what happens now. The Castle family is fine this week although a little down that we will not be together for Thanksgiving. We have chosen to not travel this season and we live in different parts of the country, so we comply with Dr. Fauci by accident. Speaking of Thanksgiving; next week there will be no Castle Report as Joan and I try to relax and give thanks as I trust you will also. Since I will not be talking next week, I will try to give you your moneys worth this week. What now? That is the question that I am often asked these days usually by someone who has no interest or experience in politics. People are worried, concerned, even frightened by the uncertainty in the country and they want an answer from someone they trust. I spoke to a family friend the other day who said she had been waiting to talk to me so she could ask me what is going on, what is going to happen in this country right now. OK if you put it that way, I’ll take a guess. I give them the only correct answer there is to the question; I don’t know. I don’t know for sure what is going to happen, but I can make what I believe to be an educated guess. First, let’s start by listing some things that I believe will not happen. I am going to assume that Joe Biden will be inaugurated in January and the Republicans will maintain majority in the Senate and they have greatly reduced the Democrat majority in the House. There will be no re-do of the census to increase the numbers of Democrats in congress. The filibuster will not be ended. There will be no statehood for Washington D.C., and Puerto Rico. There will be no court packing. Cabinet appointments will have to get through the Senate so each one will require negotiation. The Paris Accord on climate change will be back in force but will have no real teeth in the United States. The stimulus will pass but with far less than the 3.4 trillion described as only a starting point. Executive orders will be the rule of the day used to un-do Trump’s executive orders. The first to go will deal with the trade wars, especially against China and the second will be in immigration, opening the border completely. Now, I will tell you some things that I think will happen, some immediately and some over the course of the Biden/Harris term. First, the states and the Federal Government will rapidly encounter a debt problem that will require the rapid reduction of spending or the rapid rise of taxes or both. Some states are approaching catastrophe with their debt right now. For example, Connecticut now spends 31% of state revenue on debt service. This obvious problem will not deter Biden from forgiving student loans, which will force working people in red state America to fund the education of those in California and New York who chose a different course. Escalating violence will continue to plague our cities as Democrat politicians demonize and defund the police. Violence and war will continue and get worse in the Middle East. That section of the earth is an area where war is still economically feasible as is Africa, but China is interested in Africa so the US military will continue to fight endless, no-win wars across the Middle East. There will be more rather draconian measures imposed due to the virus. Vaccines should be available by April for wide use according the reports I have seen, and until then expect cases to rise giving the excuse for more lockdowns. The rising case numbers will also give an excuse for mandatory vaccine injection or very strong counter measures if it is declined. Authoritarians in and out of government will remain very busy with our permanent publ...
Darrell Castle talks about the concept of free and fair elections and addresses the question of what happens when a supposedly self-governing people do not have free and fair elections. Transcription / Notes FREE AND FAIR ELECTIONS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 13th day of November in the year 2020, and today I will be talking about the concept of free and fair elections and addressing the question of what happens when a supposedly self-governing people do not have free and fair elections. First, I will tell you that the Castle family is doing fine again. I have at least partially recovered from my melancholy and everyone else is happy and healthy. I have to mention that last Wednesday was veteran’s day and Tuesday was the 245th birthday of the United States Marine Corps. My service there is now almost 50 years in the past, but it is not forgotten. Now, some commentary about our recent presidential elections. There are so many things that could bring about the destruction of the American Republic, but one of the most obvious is a corrupt election process. We find ourselves today in a fight for the continuation of the Republic and ultimately for the survival of Western Civilization. The stakes could not be higher than they are right now. Some people are so used to losing and so self-loathing that they immediately capitulated to the enemy, but others realize that sometimes fighting to the end and even to the last man is preferable to surrender. The media immediately declared Joe Biden the winner despite the many races still in doubt and amid growing evidence of fraud. The media told us repeatedly that enough people voted for Joe Biden to elect him even though his campaign rallies, when he had them, went unattended. The media work night and day to discredit the many lawsuits challenging election results across the nation. If they are so certain these cases are frivolous or of no consequence, why not wait until they are finished to report the results? There is plenty of evidence, mountains of it, that this election was fraudulently stolen to justify declaring Donald Trump the winner or at least conducting a free and open election. One wonders how the voting population would react in a second vote if they knew their first vote had been stolen. The real question is whether the Republican Party and the Courts of the United States have the guts to face the consequences. The whole world would then know that the Democrats, with the assistance of the media, conspired to steal a presidential election and thereby reduce America to the status of banana republic. Would the damage to the reputation of the nation and the potential political instability be worth it? To me it would be worth it because the fraud must be trapped and exposed if it is to be prevented from ever happening again. It is obvious that the Democrats are not fearful of it being necessary again because they are building and are very close to having a permanent power base. The rubes out there in flyover land that I will refer to as Red State America know that the election was stolen. The question then is, will those people ever have confidence in and respect for their country again? Will they ever again respect the rule of law or what used to be the rule of law in America? Is preventing loss of confidence in the world and potential political instability here at home worth a complete demolition of the rule of law in the minds of the people? The down line elections did not work out for the Democrats except in the large Democrat cities. It is more difficult to steal votes and to have dead people and their pets vote in other venues apparently. The congressional elections clearly rejected the Democrat platform upon which the Biden/Harris team relied. They rejected court packing which isn’t about trying to support checks and balances but instead it is about institutionalizing Democrat power permanently at all three branches of gove...
Darrell Castle asks what does the election really mean for our future in America. Transcription / Notes ELECTION NIGHT—WHAT HAPPENED Hello this is Darrell Castle with Today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 6th day of November in the year 2020 and to tell you the truth I don’t feel much like talking today, but I’ll try. I won’t lie to you by telling you that the Castle family is doing fine today because some of us are suffering. I’m sure the family daughter is just fine, and my dear wife Joan just rolls with the punches and tries to keep me levelheaded, but I have been suffering since Tuesday night. There is no clear winner as of this recording, and there might not be for weeks. Will there be a new court ordered election or just endless counting and fraud allegations? One thing seems clear and that is that the world has seen the American Democratic process with all the glory and grandeur stripped away and only the chaos and division remaining. There are numerous allegations of cheating for example after the count in Michigan was finished 138,389 new ballots were located and guess what 138,389 of them were for Biden. Nothing to see here folks just move along. The three close races that could determine the election, Wisconsin, Michigan, and Pennsylvania, with Trump leading decided to suspend the count until morning. When it resumed all the new Biden votes came rolling in. So, they cheated, but that’s to be expected because as I keep saying this is war and the only thing that matters is who wins. In the end you can’t expect your enemy to play fair, and you should be prepared in case he doesn’t. The ministry of propaganda is right there to explain it all for us. There aren’t many things I know for certain right now, but it seems certain that if Biden wins, the country will be racing toward financial catastrophe and he will step on the accelerator. Of course, the Republican would have seen no alternative but to do the same thing. Big Tech censorship will continue and even increase under Biden as will illegal immigration. With tens of millions of new Democrat voters pouring over the borders allied with big tech censorship and media propaganda it will be impossible or next to it to ever succeed again. I have searched for a silver lining in this dark storm cloud and I may have found a small one in the House and Senate. Republicans retained control of the Senate losing only one seat. Mitch McConnell will remain as majority leader and if he retains the guts he learned from Donald Trump maybe that will be enough. In the House the Republicans did not lose a single seat and gained five new ones. What we have then, if Biden does win, is a weakened Joe Biden with no clear mandate and no majority in the legislature. So apparently the extreme left will not be able to control the machinery of government. It probably means no court packing, no new taxes the Republicans do not want. Biden has said he will not take Senators from the Senate to the cabinet, but Elizabeth Warren has expressed an interest in becoming Secretary of the Treasury. If she cannot raise taxes, then I expect her to go hard after those of us who currently pay taxes. I’m thinking about Robespierre right now. Well, be that as it may, as you can tell I am very depressed by the possibility that a demented, corrupt, Socialist might have just been elected to the position of head of state and commander in chief of the United States armed forces, and that may become our permanent status. I have wondered for the last 50 years or so what it was all for, all about, and now I guess I understand a little better. I wonder now why all those young people without much experience in this life and in this world are so interested in old Communists. Since I am at a further loss for words, I will let Dr. Paul Craig Roberts explain to you what this election process means: “The Digital Revolution is being used to destroy us. The Nazism of Bill Gates is so extreme as to make Hitler look like ...
Darrell Castle talks about the November 3rd election and why it may be the most important election in American history or why it may not matter at all. Transcription / Notes: THE GREATEST PROBLEMS FACING THE NATION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 30th day of October in the year 2020, the day before Halloween, the penultimate day of October in this plague year. The authorities tell us that Halloween has been cancelled this year because of the virus. We wouldn’t want any kids out having fun and possibly being exposed to the virus now would we. Right now, for my children, I would fear visible predators of the human variety more than invisible ones of the virus variety. The Castle family is doing alright as we enter the Thanksgiving month. We are certainly thankful that our family is healthy and virus free as far as we know. The family daughter is still celebrating because her team, the Los Angeles Dodgers, won the world series. Next Tuesday, the 3rd of November is election day when the people will select a president to serve for at least the next four years. Sometimes people ask me if I am a supporter of Donald Trump considering some of the things, I have said about him during his first term. In the words of my old friend Doug Casey, choosing a Republican instead of a Democrat would be like selecting a heart attack over terminal cancer. My opinion of Donald Trump has always been driven by what he represents rather than who he is and now the same is true for Joe Biden/Kamala Harris. To express more eloquently what I mean I defer to economist and commentator Dr. Paul Craig Roberts. “The November presidential election is not about a choice between a Republican and a Democrat, Trump or Biden/Kamala. It is about a choice between Trump and the Establishment. You are voting for or against the establishment. If you vote against Trump, you are voting for your continued dispossession of your personal freedom, your independence, your income and wealth if any, your integrity, the First and Second Amendments, and any hope for your future and the future of your country. It is as simple as that.” Yes, it is Dr. Roberts, as simple as that. It is a difficult struggle because the antiestablishment forces must contend with the ministry of propaganda as well as with their opponents in the election. The media acting as the propaganda ministry of the Democrat Party has tried to turn the Hunter and Joe Biden laptop scandal into a Russian disinformation operation although as the Washington Post admits, they know it isn’t so. They all work together to defeat Trump at all costs because they know what he represents and so they must act as propaganda ministry to ensure continued Elite control over Explanations of everything. Let me add one more thought or reason as an explanation of what is at stake this time. Do you believe in free Speech, well the Democratic Party doesn’t. Proof of this rather obvious fact can be easily found by looking at the New York Post story about the Biden laptop scandal, if you can find it. Hidden from us by Twitter and Facebook with the other members of the oh so progressive, but very illiberal press including NPR, CNN, the New York Times, and The Washington Post simply refusing to report it. These organizations used to be the vehicles that championed free speech but now they act only as agents of the Democrat Party. The preceding statements constitute my explanation of why this election is the most important ever. I know that is said every election cycle but this time it just might be true. Now, I want to give you the reason why this election might not matter at all, and why those issues which should have been front and center in the debates were not even mentioned. This election just might be irrelevant because neither of the candidates is likely to solve the most important problems that confront us. During the debates we saw as much of the personalities of the candidates as we ...
Darrell Castle talks about the worst enemy the United States has ever had — The New York Times and the entire corporate media. Transcription / Notes THE WORST ENEMY THE UNITED STATES HAS EVER HAD Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 23rd day of October in the year 2020 and in this rather difficult trying year, we in the Castle family are doing fine. We certainly have had our problems with business and personal life in this plague year, but who hasn’t? The family daughter has her new dog now and seems very happy so that translates to happiness for us. I would prefer to make this Report about the real problems that confront the nation right now, problems which are not debated or even talked about by the candidates, but I can’t do that quite yet. I still have another Friday before the election so maybe I will do that next week. Today I must continue the discussion of the war, the cultural war and the various combatants who wage it. Remember folks, this is commentary on the news or the comments of one person, me. I endeavor to report only what I think I can defend but still the words are mine. Wikipedia defines journalism as” the unbiased production and distribution of reports on current or past events based on facts and supported with proofs or evidences. The word journalism applies to the occupation, as well as citizen journalists who gather and publish unbiased information based on facts and supported with proofs or evidences.” That definition twice uses the word unbiased as a requirement for the profession of journalism. I would submit then, that there are no journalists at the New York Times, and that newspaper does not even pretend to meet the very basic requirements of unbiased investigation and reporting. To illustrate my point about the Times I turn to Dr. Paul Craig Roberts: “The vast majority of the New York Times’s subscribers are white people. These are people who are apparently so emotionally and mentally weak and so full of guilt and self-loathing that they support a rabid anti-American propaganda organization that brands its readers “racists” and delegitimizes the founding principles of the United States. The US Defense Secretary, Espy, distracts us with the “Russian and Chinese enemies,” while the worst enemy that the United States has ever had—The New York Times—carries on its deadly attack of deconstructing America. The New York Times’ position is that America is a racist nation by design and thus illegitimate. Neither Putin nor Xi Jinping—or both together—could do our country such great harm as does The New York Times.” By a strange coincidence when I read last Sunday’s edition of the Times, I received an email telling me that it was time to renew my yearly home delivery subscription. Once again, I had to ask myself if I was one of those self-loathing, mentally deficient people or if there existed some other reason to renew. I need the information from that paper, and notice I did not call it a newspaper, to be informed of my enemy’s tactics and propaganda. It’s similar to having a subscription to the Berlin Times in 1941. The Times’ notice of renewal told me that it was time to renew my subscription to “the most powerful journalism of our time”. They lie straight faced at the Times and that is for sure. It is unfortunately powerful, but it is not journalism under the definition that I read earlier. In fact, the Times does not even pretend to print the truth and instead it serves openly as the ministry of propaganda for the Democrat Party and the woke culture. Let me give you an example of what I mean from last Sunday’s edition. The entire editorial section, 10 full pages of the paper was devoted to lies and half truths about Donald Trump. The front page of the section said “Lies, Anger, Corruption, Incompetence, Chaos, Decay, End our National Crises the case against Donald Trump.” The second two pages said, in giant headlines,
Darrell Castle talks about religion and politics which are front and center in the Senate confirmation hearings of Judge Amy Coney Barrett as an associate justice of the United States Supreme Court. Transcription / Notes RELIGION AND POLITICS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 16th day of October in the year 2020 and so far, this month the Castle family is doing well. We have beautiful fall weather here in Memphis with warm days and cool nights. The leaves are just starting to fall as the colors begin to change. The geese are on the wing more often now although they are not coming down the Mississippi River fly way yet. That happens when cold weather hits Minnesota and Canada. Today I am going to talk to you about the two subjects we are taught from childhood to never discuss in public, religion, and politics. I will discuss those things at the same time since they are front and center in the Senate confirmation hearings of Judge Amy Coney Barrett as an associate justice of the United States Supreme Court. There may be some problems with judge Barrett’s confirmation because she is catholic, but when you take away religion as a legitimate target of attack what is left. The hearings are finished now, and the Senate Judiciary Committee has a vote scheduled for next Thursday the 22nd of October. This time it has been different since Judge Barrett has proven herself more than a match for any senator in the room and probably all of them collectively. Seeing the senators attempt to match wits with her reminds me of a famous quote attributed to General Eisenhower when he was appointed commander of the North African invasion. He said, “I have been given the task of invading North Africa against Rommel and the Africa Corps so its Huckleberry Finn against Alexander the Great.” My point is that she is intellectually superior to every one of them and they quickly came to realize it. They try to ask her questions they think will embarrass her concerning her attitude about sex, etc. but the questions have not worked. The Democrats find it hard not to admit that this woman is different from anyone they have ruined in the past. They are embarrassed about attacking her Catholic faith as well they should be, as their attacks on Catholicism ring hollow with believing Catholics. Only the unbelieving Catholics and the Pope seem to appreciate them, yet he said her faith should be “respected.” The issue of a person being disqualified from public office because of religion has come up before and I remember the time very well. When John Kennedy ran against Richard Nixon in 1960 Kennedy was from an Irish Catholic family in Boston and we had never thought of a Catholic in the office of president before. Now, we are happy if the candidate is not a member of a Jihadist group or an avowed communist, but in 1960 Catholicism was a big deal. The fear seemed to be that he would consult the pope in Rome before deciding something for the American people, in other words misguided and divided loyalties. The issue refused to go away and in fact, it grew bigger as the campaign went on so on September 12, 1960, he went to Houston to address a group of protestant ministers at the Greater Houston Ministerial Association. I have a transcript of his speech so I would like to quote a few words from it. “While the so-called religious issue is necessarily and properly the chief topic here tonight, I want to emphasize from the outset that we have far more critical issues to face in the 1960 election: the spread of Communist influence, until it now festers 90 miles off the coast of Florida; the humiliating treatment of our president and vice president by those who no longer respect our power; the hungry children I saw in West Virginia; the old people who cannot pay their doctor bills; the families forced to give up their farms; an America with too many slums, with too few schools, and too late to the moon and outer space.
Darrell Castle talks about why there has been so much hatred, so much vitriol, leading to an attempted coup by certain Democrat politicians against the President of the United States. Transcription / Notes INSANITY IS THE NEW NORMAL Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is the 9th day of October in the year 2020 and that is significant because the 11th day of October, this Sunday is my 72nd birthday. Yes, I’m 72 years old but still in very good health with no virus in sight. The Castle Family is doing fine as well, and I expect I will see the family daughter on video this weekend. Today though, I am talking not about me but about how society reached a peak and then seemed to go in reverse. I claim no knowledge of the future, and I’m no expert on prophecy, but I do claim to having at least a passing grade knowledge of the past. I recall, for example, the famous picture of John Kennedy looking out the window of the oval office, agonizing over the decision he had to make during the Cuban Missile Crises. The nation felt for him and agonized with him, and we trusted him to make the best decision he could. Fast forward to today and we find that when it was announced last weekend that the President was positive for the virus, 40% of Democrats polled said they hoped he died. Sometimes we tell ourselves that Hollywood celebrities are not indicative of the entire Democrat Party then something like this happens and we think they just may be. Society seems to have deteriorated back toward Medieval days of swords, forts, and moats. According to celebrities and political pundits, Trump testing positive reinforced everything they had been telling us for 7 full months. There is good reason to be terrified, wearing a mask is absolutely necessary, staying isolated is necessary, even if you lose your job or business. The hardships and sacrifices were necessary and worth it for the salvation of humanity. Then POTUS did what he does so often and so well; he confounded and infuriated his critics by walking out of Walter Reed Hospital 3 days later to speak to some supporters. He then got on Marine One, flew back to Washington, went to his office, and went to work. The virus it seems, is not much of a threat for most people, kind of like getting any strain of flu. Most people seem to exhibit mild flu like symptoms, like stuffy nose and cough for a couple of days and then it disappears. For some, especially if you are elderly, well, you better take precautions and act as if you understand that. After the President was released, the insanity was elevated to a new level by a tweet from POTUS that was clearly true: “we don’t shut the country down for the flu. We learn to live with it, in exactly the same way that we will obviously have to learn to live with Covid. We can’t shut down all of society in a monomaniacal battle against one thing. There will be horrific consequences.” That view is very defensible, and one held by some of the most eminent scientists and doctors in the world. Six thousand doctors and scientists just signed a statement saying essentially the same thing. Twitter attached a statement to the President’s statement saying it was ordinarily the kind of tweet they would remove, but this time they would let it stand, keeping in mind the public interest involved and of course including their disclaimer. Why some people want to keep us locked down when there is no obvious reason for it is just part of the insanity that is unknowable at this time. My hometown newspaper carried a headline the other day that said that bars and restaurants were now cleared to stay open until midnight. I wonder if the virus suddenly comes out at midnight, or if it gets worse after midnight. The New York Times carried a piece last Sunday that said that if you get the flu, not COVID, ordinary flu, then you have less chance of being hospitalized, and/or dying, if you have had a flu shot. I thought that the reason for taking the flu shot...
Darrell Castle talks about the recent presidential debate and explains what would happen if Joe Biden is elected President. Transcription / Notes: WHAT HAPPENS IF BIDEN WINS? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 2nd day of October in the year 2020. That’s right, its October already and it seems impossible but here it is anyway. What happened to this summer and what happened to this year? The virus happened I suppose, and the government reacted to it. Well, the Castle family is doing fine anyway. We are all healthy as far as we know and there is no virus among us. Today I’m talking about the debate that was held last Tuesday the 29THof September. Debate is what that television show was called but it didn’t fit any of the rules I have come to think of as governing civilized debate. In some ways it was like two chimpanzees screaming and throwing feces at each other. I have been involved in many debates in my life and in fact as a lawyer almost every conversation is a debate. I’m not talking about conversation though, but instead I am talking about formal, organized debate. When I was a presidential candidate in 2016, I was invited to a debate to be held on the campus of the University of Colorado in Boulder. It was organized by Christina Tobin of Free and Equal. I knew that with Christina involved it would be well done, and I would not be ambushed. The major parties, of course, declined to attend on the premise that to be on stage with third parties would convey some of their status to them. The candidates all stood on stage, under the lights and in front of an auditorium full of people. The moderator of the debate was Ed Asner the former star of the Mary Tyler Moore show. He played Mary’s boss and father figure, Lou Grant. I expected him to be hostile to me because he did not share my views, but my hope was that I could win him over during the questioning. He was far less hostile and far more respectful to me than Chris Wallace was to Donald Trump. Wallace’s performance was disgraceful and threw any results out the window. How can you decide about who won when the supposed neutral moderator is so openly biased to one side? Ed Asner was not openly biased except perhaps at first, but I won him over during the questions. How did I do that, by being better prepared on the issues than my opponents and by presenting myself as a person of calm and respectful demeanor. In other words, as a person you could picture holding the office he sought. The debate between Trump and Biden left me with a bad feeling and a little confused. I expected these men who have spent their lives in politics or business to be a little more dignified. Oh, I didn’t expect the oratory of John Kennedy or the quiet dignity of Dwight Eisenhower, but perhaps I didn’t expect the Hollywood clown show that I got either. It would be good to have a non-hysteric on the public stage, if not the candidates, at least the moderator. Let’s return to 2016 for just a moment. In my debate the candidates were given questions to answer and the order alternated with each question. Each candidate was given a chance to respond to an opponent’s answer for a given amount of time. A timekeeper kept time and signaled time’s up when it was up. All candidates ignored her except me because I wanted to present someone who was respectful of the rules and the other candidates. It would probably be impossible to conduct such a fair and unbiased debate with Trump and Biden primarily because the moderator was so obviously biased. I’m guessing that Chris Wallace had instructions to keep Biden from getting cornered on any issues and from showing any signs of mental decline. If those were his instructions, he fulfilled them quite well. Trump interrupted and talked over Biden a lot I suppose because Wallace would not let him respond otherwise. Both men seemed like roosters just before the fight, strutting around and determined not to appear intimidated.
Darrell talks about the nomination of Ruth Bader Ginsburg’s successor. Should there be a nomination prior to the election, and if so, who should be nominated? Transcription / Notes: WHO SHOULD REPLACE RUTH BADER GINSBURG? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is the 25th day of September in the year 2020, perhaps a year that will be pivotal in the history of the United States and the world as well. First, I want to tell you that the Castle family is doing fine during these very unusual and difficult times. The family daughter is adjusting well, and she seems more upbeat, more positive than she has in a while, and we are very grateful for that. Today, I am talking about questions that are ever before us if we watch or listen to the news at all these days. We all know that Ruth Bader Ginsburg (RBG) recently died at the age of 87 after 27 years on the United States Supreme Court. RBG had reached iconic status both as a Court Justice and as a feminist leader and trend setter. The first question to consider is does the President have the authority to make a nomination in this an election year. The answer to that question is easy; yes of course he does. There is nothing in the Constitution that restricts his authority to fill appointments in an election year. He has constitutional authority not until the election, but until his successor is inaugurated. I suppose all the controversy about it is like one of those unwritten rules of baseball that everyone abides by, or the next batter gets hit by a pitch. The problem for the Democrats accepting this political fact revolves around Barack Obama’s nomination of Merrick Garland 11 months before the end of his second term. President Obama had no chance at reelection because it was his second term. It really didn’t matter though because Donald Trump’s chances of beating Hillary Clinton were zero as we all remember. Once she was inaugurated Mrs. Clinton could then reappoint Garland or anyone she wanted. The United States Senate must confirm the President’s nomination for it to be effective and at that time, as now, Republicans were the majority in the Senate. The rules of the Senate give the Senate majority leader the power to decide which items come to the Senate floor for a vote and in Garland’s case Mitch McConnell held up the vote for 11 months. Democrats now say that it would be unfair for him not to do the same thing in this case. The truth is that there is nothing fair about war, only who wins, this is a culture war and the winner will determine our destiny. Interestingly, RBG could have helped the Democrats out by resigning during President Obama’s administration so that he could nominate her successor. She chose to stick around and continue her service, even to the point of joining in hearings on video from her hospital bed. Her daughter Jane recently gave an interview to the New York Times and in that interview, she said that her mother was certain that Hillary would be elected and that she wanted the first woman president to appoint her successor. We now have only RBG’s unrecorded deathbed statement that we are supposed to believe for who she wanted as a successor. She supposedly said as her last wish that no one would be appointed to replace her until after the next inauguration. That is a rough paraphrase, but it is close to what she is reported to have said. We don’t know for sure that she really said it because there was no recording of the words in RBG’s voice. If she did say it so what. Supreme Court justices, no matter how revered, cannot control the judiciary after their term is finished. the words mean nothing except something that we might want to consider out of respect for her. This country was already at a very toxic level of politics and her death can do nothing but inflame and add to the toxicity. We are already in a culture war, a vicious, polarized struggle for the future, and RBG’s death just added a new candidate to the ballot and t...
Darrell Castle talks about when our world, which has been torn apart by the virus and the government’s reaction to it, will be allowed to return to “normal”. Transcription / Notes WHEN WILL WE RETURN TO NORMAL? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 18th day of September 2020 the day after Constitution Day. That is a day set aside each year to remember and honor the U.S. Constitution may it rest in peace. Here at the Castle Family we are doing just fine enjoying the cooler weather kicked up by hurricane Sally which just came ashore in the Gulf. The family daughter is getting back into living in a first world country which has modern marvels such as a machine which dries clothes, a nice bed, and a real bathtub. It is good to live in such a wonderful country, and once you have been away it is easier to appreciate that. Today, we turn our attention to the subject of normal. Whatever normal is, will we ever see it again? For purposes of our discussion, let’s say that normal is whatever existed for you prior to the date the virus and the government’s reaction to it tore our world apart. People ask me from time to time, when do you think this will all be over. My answer is always the same when we have a vaccine. A more truthful answer would be never, but most people are not ready for that answer. That is what I believe, however, we will never return to normal, but why depress people with the truth. I could be wrong of course and normal could be just around the corner. I don’t think so, but I hope, and I pray that I am wrong. If normal is as simple as a vaccine, when will one be ready.? Right now, there are about 35 companies working around the clock to be the first to have an approved vaccine. The profits for that company will be enormous. Investors are aware of that and all the publicly traded companies stock prices are booming. The losers will eventually crash, but the winners will continue to make people very rich. It usually takes many years, perhaps a decade to develop a vaccine, but these companies are tasked with doing it in a few months which implies fast track approval. One of these companies is the British firm, Astra-Zeneca which is working in conjunction with Oxford University, and is currently conducting trials. The other day one of their test subjects developed “serious neurological symptoms” and was hospitalized. The last report I was able to get said that the patient is still in the hospital with, well, no one seems to know. Brain damage perhaps, maybe but they are playing it close to the vest. The FDA admitted that the results were disturbing, but Astra denies that their vaccine caused the problems. The company suspended work for 3 days but is back at it now, I believe. Some of these companies competing for the first vaccine are not ones experienced with vaccines and apparently have not made vaccines before. What happens if their vaccines are approved and you allow them to inject it into your arm? Perhaps nothing more than you are becoming immune to the Covid-19 virus. What if the vaccine is somehow defective or contains some ingredient that permanently injures you? What if it gives you brain damage, or renders you susceptible to auto immune disease, or any number of other conditions and diseases? What then, is your recourse against the manufacturer of the vaccine? The answer is none, nothing, as in zero. You have no recourse against the manufacturer because they are immune by federal law from any lawsuit for the damage they cause. The federal government has agreed with the manufacturers that they are so vital to public health that they should be immune from the damage they cause. Both the federal government and the manufacturers know that a significant number of people who are vaccinated will have permanent, life altering reactions to the vaccine. They lawsuits would be won by the plaintiff, and the jury verdicts would be enough to cause the companies to get out of the vacci...
Darrell Castle talks about the hypocracy of today’s politicians. Transcription / Notes NANCY SHOWS US THE WAY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 11th day of September in the year 2020, or the 19th anniversary of the day the world changed, and everything became different. There is good news for the Castle Family this week because the family daughter is back in Los Angeles, California. She managed to escape from her jungle confinement this week and made her way home via Auckland New Zealand. It has been a long six months away for her and in many ways, she is coming home to a different world than the one she left. Like the Barry Maguire song “The Eve of Destruction” says, “you can leave this world for four days in space, but when you come back down it’s the same old place. In many ways it is the same old California, but she left when the virus was only infecting people in China, and she went to a land completely devoid of the virus. Now she comes home to experience the panic and paranoia that is California. Joan and I are very grateful for her safe return and that is for sure. We prayed for her consistently and God was gracious to us. The family daughter is 36 years old now, but she is still our little girl. We are grateful to God for her release and for her safe travels. The entire experience has made me even more grateful that I live in America and specifically in Germantown, Tennessee. Thank God for a country that decent people still want to live in, where every modern convenience is at your fingertips and where ordinary people can pay $100 to watch multi-millionaire athletes lecture them about privilege. Here at home she will have to deal with the effects of the Covid Virus. She will have to get used to wearing a mask wherever she goes, and to going fewer places. Six months without the amenities we are all used to has made her more grateful for them. Fortunately, she lives in California, the guinea pig state, and she has a very fine example of how those in high places handle the virus and the government regulations we are expected to obey. I want to thank Nancy Pelosi, on behalf of my family, for demonstrating once again the gutter character we have come to expect from those in high places. Nancy Pelosi represents a San Francisco district in the United States House of Representatives and currently serves as Speaker of the House. The title of speaker makes her the most powerful person in the US Congress and third in the line of succession for the presidency. In California, thanks to an edict from Democrat Govenor Gavin Newsome, all hair salons in the state are closed because of the virus. If the ordered closing causes the salon owner to lose his business and be forced to lay off all his employees that’s just too bad but it only serves as collateral damage for the public safety. We all must sacrifice something for the common good, especially in California. It turns out though, that order to close and other such orders are there for little people like us and not for Nancy, Marie Antoinette, Pelosi. No, it seems that 80-year-old. Speaker of the House, Pelosi wanted to get her hair styled, so she just ordered the salon to open only for her. The whole scene was captured on the security cameras of the salon. There was Nancy, without a mask, in a salon ordered closed by the governor, the day before she delivered a televised speech in support of Joe Biden’s proposed nation-wide mask requirement. The true colors of a career politician, and the blatant, in-your-face hypocrisy, of the ruling class have never been more evident. She patronized the salon without a mask and then went on national TV to lecture us about the requirement to wear masks. When she was caught, she used the same defense as the former mayor of Washington DC, Marion Barry, when he was caught smoking crack with a prostitute, B***h set me up. I’m surprised she didn’t say it wasn’t me, orange man bad did it or made me do it.
Transcription Notes WHO WILL BE PRESIDENT IF BIDEN IS ELECTED? Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 4th day of September in the year 2020 and in this Report I will be talking about some of the comments to my last report in which I said that Donald Trump was and is a barrier to enacting the goals of the World Economic Forum as announced in their June communique. Here at the Castle Family there is good news this Labor Day weekend. We are grateful to have meaningful labor to do, and In the good news department, the family daughter tells us that there is a cargo flight to Auckland, New Zealand next Tuesday and she might possibly get a seat on it. Cargo flights from the jungle bring to mind airplanes with chickens and goats in the aisles but nevertheless she might be able to escape. In the somewhat good news department, we run an orphanage in Bucharest Romania for children who are living under the most difficult of conditions when we find them. The government forces us to hire outside people to come into our building and do things for the children from time to time. These are things that our people could do better than any bureaucrat, but we must comply with the local regulations. One of these people came into the orphanage while positive for the virus and with obvious symptoms and now our kids are all in quarantine and may not be able to start school on time. The good news is that all our kids have tested negative so far. Mia is a woman of prayer and of faith, so we leave it in God’s hands. Last week my Report was called Why all this Division, Conflict, Disorder, and Destruction. I raised the question of why the Democrat mayors of the cities and the governors of the states where the riots and looting are happening, will not do anything to stop the violence. Joe Biden finally made a statement the other day in opposition to violent looting, but only after polls showed that he was losing the law and order issue in the polls. The American people are starting to let politicians know that they have never found riots and looting acceptable forms of protest. That helps to make my point that the reason for not doing something to stop it is because the Democrat politicians think it somehow hurts Trump and his bid for reelection, and because they share the looters ideology. The tactic has been to let the looting continue until it burns out by itself and do nothing to defend your community or the people who elected you and pay your salary. Blame everything from the virus to the riots, on Trump, even if it means destruction of our cities. When the polls start to show that people realize what they are doing, then and only then, like on groundhog day, Joe Biden must come out of his hiding place and attempt to read a coherent sentence from his teleprompter. The Democrats tell us now that the violence will continue as long as Trump is in office. If you don’t elect us, we will let your cities burn. It basically just mafioso style extortion or a form of protection racket. There is growing evidence that people are becoming weary of it all. They are weary of being told that this country is no different from Nazi Germany and in many ways, the same. They are weary of being told their country is systemically racist and that they are racist simply because they are white. I talked last week about “The Great Reset” as that term is defined by the World Economic Forum. In the Forum’s manifesto, issued in June the Forum members said that we are going to have a reset of capitalism. I suspect that means a new socialist world system with government and the chosen ones of industry in partnership over this world. A new world currency, based in some fashion, on cyber technology. Return of the Paris Environmental Treaty and the destruction of American manufacturing, a new emphasis on the goddess earth, as well as a new worldwide health system based on forced vaccinations, artificial intelligence, and transhumanism.
Darrell Castle talks about the 75th anniversary of the end of the war with Japan along with the current destruction of American cities. Transcription/Notes: THE DESTRUCTION OF CITIES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. This is the 21st day of August in the year 2020 and here in the Castle family we are doing just fine except that the family daughter has had her hopes for an escape from her jungle island dashed again by a few cases of virus in New Zealand so flights have once again been cancelled. So, we talk to her on zoom, we wait, and we pray for her and her husband as they endure their 6th month of captivity. Now here is a bit of information you might not be aware of. The destruction of the cities of the world has not always been the result of Democrat politicians although, by a strange coincidence, the two we are going to remember today were destroyed under a Democrat politician. This month of August 2020 is one of such historic importance that I must take you back 75 years into history to talk about it. Why do I remind you of World War Two anniversaries and talk about that event in history so much? Because the men who fought there should not be forgotten, and because it was the last time in our country’s history that we were completely united as a people against a common enemy. This month is the 75th anniversary of many things having to do with World War II and specifically with the war against Japan. It is the 75th anniversary of the peace treaty that ended the war with Japan. It is the 75th anniversary of the dropping of the two atomic bombs on Japan, and it is the 75th anniversary of the death of the last American killed in World War II. His name was Anthony Marchione and he had just celebrated his 21st birthday. The date was August 18, 1945, two days after President Truman had ordered all American forces to cease offensive operations against Japan. The United States had a new bomber called the B-32 Dominator, which was not even used during the war, but was then being used for photo reconnaissance to make sure that Japan was complying with the cease fire agreement. The bomber was to take off from the southern tip of Okinawa and fly to Japan to photograph a Japanese airfield north of Tokyo. Tony Marchione was not a member of the regular crew but was assigned as a photographer and assistant gunner on the flight. There were a lot of Japanese military who would not accept the Emperor’s statement to the Japanese people that he had accepted the Allied terms of unconditional surrender. He explained to them in his national broadcast that the Americans had a new and most cruel bomb of such devastating power that further resistance was futile. Ordinary Japanese viewed the Emperor as a god and when he spoke that was the law, so they accepted his decision, but much of the remaining military refused and committed mutiny rather than lay down their arms. In the meantime, as Tony Marchione’s bomber reached its assigned area and began to take pictures it was attacked by four rogue Japanese fighter aircraft flown by mutinous aviators and Tony was hit at his gun turret. He bled to death in the sky while attempting to make it back to his base. Tony Marchione was the last of almost half a million American combat deaths in World War II. That was 75 years ago August 18, 1945 so he would be 96 years old if he were still alive today. A few days before that on the 6th of August 1945 a B-29 named the Enola Gay took off from its island base at Tinian headed for the Japanese city of Hiroshima. The Enola Gay dropped a 5000-pound atomic weapon named Little Boy which exploded over Hiroshima with a force equivalent to 15000 tons of TNT. Eighty thousand people died instantly with 10’s of thousands more dying of radiation over the following few days. Three days later Emperor Hirohito and his generals still scratched their heads like Hamlet, so another bomb named fat boy was used against Nagasaki with similar results.
Darrell talks about how we let Western Civilization fail because we individually and collectively failed to comprehend its virtues and stopped thinking about the divine image of God in each individual. Transcription / Notes FATAL DECADENCE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 14th day of August 2020 and on this Report, I return to an old theme and that is the defense of Western Civilization, but today I will look at it from a new direction. Today’s theme is the inherent worth of the individual or that spark of divinity that is the image of God which is the very heart of Western Civilization. Here at the Castle Family we are troubled right now. Oh, Joan and I are fine, but as my pastor once told me, you are only as happy as your saddest child, and the family daughter is troubled today. She is still stuck on her jungle island but there is a chance she can get a flight to Australia or New Zeeland in a couple of weeks. The problem is that she could end up stuck there and without her husband, so it is a cause of concern. My report to you today is not really a defense of Western Civilization at all since I have already done that many times as well as I am able. This report is rather about how we let it fail because we individually and collectively failed to comprehend its virtues. We stopped thinking about that divine image of God or if you are an atheist then just call it the inherent worth of the individual. Throughout the centuries many events have shaken the west from that path. World Wars, plagues, lean years have all occurred but somehow the west always found its way back to that single theme. I don’t know about this time though; this time seems different since forces inside the West seem dead set on destroying that civilization which has uplifted the individual for centuries. The rule of law is the first line of defense in the protection of the individual and his property and that is obviously in grave danger right now. Cities across America are all, surrendering to the mob and refusing to defend the individuals that live within them. Virtually all these cities are controlled by Democrat Mayors, Democrat City Councils, Democrat Attorneys General, and Democrat Governors. These politicians seem to consider their police forces as the enemy rather than the violent criminals that threaten their cities. For example, in Minneapolis the city council voted 12-0 to completely abolish their police force. Since that vote the murder and robbery rates have soared in Minneapolis. Undeterred, one council member even suggested that it was privilege to expect your property to be free from robbery and arson. The West Coast cities of Portland and Seattle have been torn by riots, looting, and burning for months as the Mayor and Governor will not enforce the law. I suppose they support the goals of the looters not the property owners, but for whatever reason they are willing to watch their cities burn. In Chicago currently there is widespread looting across the city including the glamour shopping districts. I saw an interview with a BLM leader, and she said that looting was reparations. She didn’t say reparations for what, and she didn’t say why today’s property owners owed her money. The only thing Mayor Lori Lightfoot is willing to do is to raise the draw bridges in hope that would keep the looters out of downtown. Chicago used to be known as the nation’s meat market. Its football team were the monsters of the midway, but now its known for looting and murder. Would you like to buy a 10-million-dollar penthouse in downtown Chicago? Yeah, I didn’t think so. Mayor De Blasio just looted the New York police budget of a billion dollars and soon after the murder and violent crime rates started soaring in NYC and haven’t stopped. People who can afford to leave are leaving in droves from America’s Democrat cities. What sane person would put up with the aggravation of living in Manhattan or downtown Chi...
Darrell Castle talks about the summer of murder, mayhem and madness that is currently occuring in the Democrat cities of America. Transcription / Notes SUMMER OF MURDER, MAYHEM, AND MADNESS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 7th day of August 2020 and that means that this week I just passed my tenth anniversary of doing the Castle Report. Ten years and more than 800 Reports later I am still doing them each week. This week the Castle Family is doing fine with no positive tests for the virus. The family daughter remains on her small island and is pretty good now at opening coconuts with a machete Here in the USA I am now headed toward my 72nd birthday which will occur in October or about 2 and ½ months from now. I mention my age only for the purpose of emphasizing how precious each moment of life is. This is one of the summers that I have been allotted by God to have and it has been lost, taken from me by the virus, by the response to the virus, and by the summer of madness, created for the most part by politicians and their cohorts. Reality, however, is not always what I would like it to be, but in any case, I must deal with it as it is, not as I would like it to be. The summer of love as Seattle mayor Jenny Durkin described, it looks a lot like the summer of murder and mayhem. The murder rate in America’s cities has skyrocketed since Democrat Mayors declared the summer of love and set about abolishing or defunding their police departments. It all makes me nostalgic for the good old days of March and April when all we had to worry about was dying from the virus. The defund the police movement apparently doesn’t sit well with the average American, but murderers, carjackers, and street thugs seem quite enamored with it. Politicians who lead movements to defund or abolish the police apparently know nothing of human nature, and they seem to have trouble understanding that without police we are all nothing but a locked and loaded mob fighting for survival. In Chicago, Mayor Lori Lightfoot again blamed the increased murder rate on guns from non-gun law states as if the street thugs and lack of law enforcement have nothing to do with it. I don’t want to hammer Chicago too badly this week since I do it each week, but its hard when a city has 107 murders in a single month and the mayor just shrugs and says , well its not my fault, its all those guns. It’s more than murder though mayor, it’s also carjackings, street robberies, and armed assaults all soaring. New York City just cut one billion dollars from the police budget thanks to Mayor De Blasio, and for June gun violence was up 130%. The number of shootings rose in every borough, and the number of people murdered rose by 30% citywide. Burglaries were up 118% and auto thefts were up 51% so all types of criminals are on the defund movement train. I wonder if the victims of De Blasio’s defund movement will get any of the billion dollars, he cut from the police budget, probably not. In the once great progressive city of Minneapolis, we find ground zero of the defund movement. The city council just voted 12-0 to completely abolish the police force. Minneapolis crime numbers are climbing to get into the New York and Chicago status. Homicides, street robberies and assaults, and carjackings are all soaring in numbers. Only 15% of Americans polled said they favor defunding the police but unfortunately those people don’t run any of our Democrat cities. Who cares what taxpaying citizens want when you have a woke army in charge? In the third precinct of Minneapolis where most of the violence occurred, more than 100 robberies and 20 carjackings were reported to the police in the last month and the police spokesman had a very helpful suggestion for the residents of his city. Prepare to be robbed and carjacked he said, and prepare to lose your cellphone and purse so don’t carry much money. That’s the Minneapolis, progressive way I guess,
Darrell Castle talks about the despair that exists among the American people caused by the virus and its economic destruction, as well as riots, looting, and other street violence. Transcription / Notes THE DESPAIR THAT COULD WRECK CIVILIZATION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 31, 2020 the last day of the seventh month of this year. I always give the date verbally and in print just in case one of the tech giants decides to cancel me it might still be possible to find past archived issues of the Castle Report through the date. The Castle family is fine today and doing well in its efforts to avoid the despair that many are feeling. The family daughter got word this week that maybe, just maybe, some flights from her island will be allowed starting September 1 so we pray for her and we wait, and we try to avoid despair. Speaking of despair, I do notice quite a bit of it in the country today. Despair means without hope and many people today are unsure where their hope is supposed to come from. People are in despair for many reasons, among them the virus and the riots, looting, and anarchy that they see portrayed on their video screens. These are all problems that are very difficult to understand especially for someone who has only the information provided by a media with an axe to grind. The virus and its subsequent problems, we are often told, should be left to the experts. So technocrats such as Anthony Fauci should decide the future of the entire world, but who elected Dr. Fauci to any office or who among us gave him the authority to decide our future. Should elected politicians not defer to the experts, then criticism quickly ensues. They must not only defer to experts, but the experts whose opinions are preferred. Mr. average then, is in despair because he knows that his life has been turned upside down, but he doesn’t know why. He is told he should not attend church, a sporting event, or a concert, but if he wants to attend a mass protest that will be just fine. His kids are afraid to attend school, but they must. He can’t take his family any where to relieve the pressure of confinement. He is criticized by some for wearing a mask and by some for not wearing a mask. He suspects that the mask is nothing more than a symbol to satisfy the mob, but he puts it on to avoid their criticism. Now, let’s look at the source of much of his despair. What is the cause of the “peaceful protests”? The protests really are peaceful, at least that is what we are expected to believe. What has been happening in Portland and Seattle are small groups of peaceful people simply expressing their opinions about something and armies of federal storm troopers arrest and molest them for no reason. Let’s take a look at what one very well-known journalist or commentator recently said about Portland. Nicholas Kristof, writing for the opinion page of the New York Times, last Sunday edition said this’ “To watch Fox News is to learn from Sean Hannity that the “Rose City” of Portland, is “like a war zone” that has been in Tucker Carlson’s words’ “destroyed by the mob.” So, I invite Hannity and Carlson to escape their bubbles and visit Portland’ stroll along the Willamette River and enjoy a glass of local pinot noir. They’ll be safe—unless they venture at night into the two blocks beside the federal courthouse. Citizens need to be vigilant there, for armed groups periodically storm the streets to attack peaceful visitors. I’m talking of course about the uninvited federal forces.” Mr. Kristoff is not a journalist, for journalists watch, do research, and write the truth as their eyes and research reveal it. Mr. Kristoff, on the other hand, writing for the greatest newspaper in the world, seeks to persuade rather than inform. Let me give you one final Kristoff quote to illustrate my point. “So, let’s be real: Trump isn’t trying to quell violence in Portland. No, he’s provoking it to divert attention from 140’000 Covi...
Darrell Castle points out some of the insanity that jumps out of the news at anyone who looks. Transcription / Notes THE LUNATICS ARE RUNNING THE ASYLUM Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday the 24th day of July in the year 2020. Sometimes It occurs to me that what I am really doing with these Reports that I present each week is chronicling the actions of the insane people who seem to be in charge now, as well as the insane people who challenge their authority. Today then, will be no different as I will point out some of the insanity that jumps out of the news at anyone who looks. Here at the Castle family we are doing fine and doing our best to hold onto our sanity in a world gone mad. Each day we watch the local government and hope that it does not choose to commit some act of insanity that will restrict our law firm’s ability to function. The family daughter remains stuck at the bottom of the world and is restricted to watching the insanity by video. Some of the things which seem to be driving the insanity right now are the coronavirus, the lockdowns and other economic destruction it has wrought, riots, looting, anarchy defined as a breakdown of law and order in the mostly Democrat cities. The breakdown seems to be fueled by the fact that the elected representatives in those cities and states often refuse to enforce the law and even openly side with the lawbreakers. When that happens destruction of the rule of law is sure to follow. For example, the city center of Portland, Oregon, the rose city, has been turned into a burned-out wreck. Years of street violence by Antifa, and now Black lives matter have finally evolved into more than 50 consecutive days of what amounts to violent insurrection. This insurrection includes attempts to burn the federal courthouse, attempts to burn the offices of the Portland Police Union as well as many other public buildings. Portland’s mayor, Ted Wheeler, Oregon Governor, Kate Brown, and Oregon Attorney General Ellen Rosenblum have joined the insurrection. Nobody seem clear as to what the riots are about or what perceived problems the rioters are protesting. I wonder if there are any law-abiding hard-working people left in Portland who just want to go about their lives in peace. That is probably the case because every demand of the rioters, no matter how ridiculous, is quickly agreed to. President Trump gave in to the siren’s call to restore order and protect federal property in Portland and sent in federal officers. These officers have apparently been arresting Antifa leaders and rioters off the streets of Portland. That was and is a mistake in my view and it is a mistake that cannot be papered over by an executive order. Not only does it violate the Constitution, but it is not even wise political move. Mayor Wheeler does not like it one bit and demanded that the federal officers, which he referred to as federal troops, leave Portland immediately. “Their presence here is actually leading to more violence and more vandalism.” I wonder how anyone would know if there was more since the city has been taken over, colonized and occupied by a foreign invasion for months. I don’t support the use of federal officers against the will of local officials either, but the reaction of the mayor to the loss of his city is interesting. I suppose that in his mind Portland’s sacrifice is collateral damage in a broader struggle. The officers were deployed from the department of homeland security and the US Marshall’s Service, and Customs and Border Protection. The executive order designed to protect statues and federal property in general which requires that anyone who damages such property must be prosecuted. That order, according to the federal government, allows federal officers to operate outside the permission of local authorities, but that view is dead wrong. US Attorneys in each district are there to investigate and prosecute federal crimes.
Darrell Castle talks about the resignation of Bari Weiss from the New York Times along with what her resignation actually says about the Times, the newspaper of record for America and the world. Transcription / Notes BARI WEISS EXPLAINS EVERYTHING Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 17, 2020 and on today’s Report I will be talking about the resignation of Bari Weiss from the New York Times along with what her resignation actually says about the Times, the newspaper of record for America and for the world. The Castle family continues to do well in our new virus dominated world, but the family daughter remains stuck now in the middle of her 5th month of exile. I will admit to allowing some anger to creep into my life over her condition. I am known to occasionally rant to Joan on the order of, “how long can they justify holding her hostage and telling her they have no idea how long her sentence is. We carry on and we try to make something positive out of our periodic video calls with her. Today I’m going to talk about what I consider to be one of the most important events in the history of American journalism, and that is the resignation of Bari Weiss. Bari was the NYT opinion columnist and editor and she resigned last Monday after sending a scathing letter of explanation to her boss, NYT publisher. A.G. Sulzberger. I’m going to let her do most of the talking today so you can understand the gravity of the reasons she cited for her resignation. In brief she cited bullying from colleagues and said that the Times is no longer a place where intellectual curiosity is tolerated and that she was essentially forced out by a mob of woke insiders who disagreed with her wrong think. “My own forays into Wrong think have made me the subject of constant bullying by colleagues who disagree with my views. “Now I will quote from her letter of resignation and you may assume I am quoting unless I indicate otherwise. It is with sadness that I write to tell you that I am resigning from the New York Times. I joined the paper with gratitude and optimism three years ago. I was hired with the goal of bringing in voices that would not otherwise appear in your pages: first-time writers, centrists, conservatives, and others who would not naturally think of The Times as their home. The reason for this effort was clear: The paper’s failure to anticipate the outcome of the 2016 election meant that it didn’t have a firm grasp of the country it covers. Dean Baquet and others have admitted as much on various occasions. The priority in Opinion was to help redress that critical shortcoming. She goes on to talk about a long list of names she was succ3essful in bringing into the paper and then we continue the quote. But the lessons that ought to have followed the election—lessons about the importance of understanding other Americans, the necessity of resisting tribalism, and the centrality of the free exchange of ideas to a democratic society—have not been learned. Instead, a new consensus has emerged in the press, but perhaps especially at this paper: that truth isn’t a process of collective discovery, but an orthodoxy already known to an enlightened few whose job is to inform everyone else. Twitter is not on the masthead of the New York Times. But Twitter has become its ultimate editor. As the ethics and mores of that platform have become those of the paper. The paper itself has increasingly become a kind of performance space. Stories are chosen and told in a way to satisfy the narrowest of audiences, rather than to allow a curious public to read about the world and then draw their own conclusions, I was always taught that journalists were charged with writing the first rough draft of history. Now, history itself is one more ephemeral thing molded to fit the needs of a predetermined narrative. My own forays into Wrong think have made me the subject of constant bullying by colleagues who disagree with my views.
Darrell Castle talks about the effort to cleanse our national history which is common for conquered people but unusual for those who remain somewhat free. Transcription / Notes THE BARBARIANS ARE INSIDE THE PALACE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 10, 2020 and on this Report I will be talking about the movement to cleanse history by removing any trace of it from our conscious thought and the result that action is sure to bring. The Castle family is doing fine right now although the family daughter is still stuck and perhaps a little lonely so many thousands of miles away from anything, she is used to. We spend some time reminiscing about days long ago when our memories tell us we were a little happier, but we know that memories sometimes deceive. What I am about to discuss in this Castle Report are not things you may have seen listed as the cause of the recent riots, looting, etc. and the failure of authorities charged with doing somrthing to stop it. Those things are just symptoms of the real problem which is the crumbling and collapse of the American civilization. We seem content now as a people to erase our history so there will soon be no memory of where we come from and who we are. This erasure of history is common for conquered people but unusual for those who remain somewhat free. The education system has, for decades, been busy propagandizing the young that cleansing should be done. The constant favorable response to each new incident by the mass media makes it seem normal for many. George Orwell had it figured out though, more than 70 years ago. “Every record has been destroyed or falsified, every book rewritten, every picture has been repainted, every statue and street building has been renamed, every date has been altered. And the process is continuing day by day, minute by minute. History has stopped. Nothing exists except an endless present in which the Party is always right.” It’s a little reminiscent of the burning of the library at Alexandria, Egypt by Julius Caesar in 48 B.C. That library supposedly contained the only collection of the world’s knowledge to that date. What survived was recopied by mostly Irish Monks laboring in monasteries to reproduce the books by hand. People want to be virtuous and good by cleansing the world of what they consider to be bad but the do gooders who strive to save the world are usually trying to concoct a way to control it. People are waking up and growing tired of what is happening to them though, and that is at least a glimmer of hope. The players in this drama are being sorted out right now in front of the eyes of the world. This is the fourth turning in which people grow suspicious of government and turn to open defiance or just ignoring it. Nations have life cycles which rise and fall over the centuries. Lord Byron told us about that long ago in the late 18th and early 19th centuries. He was an English romantic poet born in 1788 and died in 1824 so he lived 36 years. In that time, he traveled around Europe and spent 7 years in Italy. He fought in the Greek war of independence against the Ottoman Empire. During his travels he wrote his poetry but also wrote his theories on the life and death of nations. Lord Byron said that nations have life cycles like people. First, they find freedom, then glory, then wealth, then vice, then corruption, then barbarism. I add my own theories to Lord Byron’s by speculating that nations build monuments and honor their heroes during the glory years. During vice and corruption, they are too into themselves to care much about anything, but when they start to tear down the monuments they are headed toward the final barbarism. Along with the destruction and cleansing of history comes the vice and corruption, the lying hypocrisy of the people aided and abetted by the example of government. For example, last weekend, 4th of July weekend, New York City under the leadership of Democrat mayor Bi...
Darrell Castle talks about the movement to defund the police in many of our progressive Democrat cities and some of the consequences that are developing from the movement. Transcription / Notes: DEFUNDING THE POLICE MAY HAVE NEGATIVE CONSEQUENCES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 3, 2020 the day before the 4th of July when in years past we have celebrated our nation’s founding. My office is closed today in honor of Independence Day, but I maintain my lonely vigil high atop the streets of my city. I will be talking about the movement to defund the police in many of our progressive Democrat cities and some of the consequences that are developing from that movement. For the Castle Family everything is just fine as we struggle on against the effects of the virus. The family daughter still stuck but safe thousands of miles away. In honor of the 4th I will make this a little shorter today, but I need to say a few words about big city police forces and what is happening to them as they go out each day to face the most violent and relentless people among us. My observation after more than 40 years of working within the legal system in my city of Memphis, Tennessee as well as other cities around the country is that the authority figures from judges to mayors want and need the support of the police forces in their city. They always have, at least until now, given the police the benefit of the doubt. The killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis changed that perspective and city leaders in Democrat cities across the country, perhaps caught up in the moment, began to speak out against the police. People were and are upset, not with individual officers but the police in general. Calls to defund them in many places and calls for disbanding them in others became the order of the day. Police morale plummeted as the officers began to feel the city and people, they risked their lives to protect, turning their backs on them. Many officers across the country felt like they were being held responsible for what four officers in Minneapolis had done. Since this whole movement started in Minneapolis let’s look at that city first. After the George Floyd killing, the city council voted 9 to 0 to completely abolish the city’s police department. The vote will require a referendum on the ballot for popular vote in November, but such a vote must have been devastating for police morale. The council quickly voted to fund a private security force for themselves at a cost of $4500 per day each. They deliver the chaos to others through their grandstanding, but sure don’t want to be subject to it themselves. The officers repeatedly expressed the view that they had been abandoned by the city and its people. Those veteran officers eligible for early retirement went ahead and retired and many others just resigned. The president of the police union offered to resign but the officers convinced him not to. The executive director of the Minnesota police association said “Leadership really needs to turn and luck in the mirror. At the state level, at the city level, nobody’s doing that right now.” The result was that the murder rate in Minneapolis skyrocketed virtually overnight. With police not answering calls or at least very few calls the people of Minneapolis apparently decided to amuse themselves by killing each other. Out in Seattle the summer of love turned into the summer of murder, rape, and robbery much to the chagrin of Mayor Jenny Durkin. She finally ordered the police force to dismantle the foreign country established in the middle of her city. She makes the mess and her much maligned police force clean it up. In New York City mayor De Blasio always has his ear to the ground listening for the rumbles of warnings of evolving progressive agenda items. He came under pressure to defund the police and on his own authority the NYC police are now absent about one billion dollars in funding.
Darrell Castle talks about the growing levels of anarchy and violence in America. Transcription / Notes THE TRUTH IS A PRECIOUS COMMODITY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday June 26, 2020 and on this Report I will be talking about the growing levels of anarchy and violence in America. In addition, we will look for the truth and examine why it is sometimes hard to grasp. For the Castle Family this is week five post quarantine and so far so good, but there are ominous storm clouds hanging over my city with calls from city council members to go back to stage one lockdown which would be death to many if not most businesses. In times like these I really miss the family daughter who is safe but just a face on the computer screen thousands of miles from us. I don’t know when if ever flights from her island will be permitted so we pray for her and we wait. There are some very strange things happening in America today. Statues of people who built nations and who achieved great things are being toppled by people who have never accomplished anything in their lives. I’m not talking about Robert E. Lee here folks because it has gone far beyond Confederate generals. It started with monuments to Confederate dead and the Confederate battle flag and has progressed to anything by white Europeans. Here is just a partial list of monuments recently removed, destroyed, or defaced by either an angry mob or by an unelected bureaucrat who just made the decision to do it without consulting any voters. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, Phillip Schuyler, Caesar Rodney, Abraham Lincoln, Ulysses S. Grant, Juniperro Serra, Juan de Onate, William McKinley, Robert E. Lee, Christopher Columbus, Stand Watie, Miguel Cervantes, Queen Isabella of Castile. Diego de Vargas, Francis Scott Key, The Texas Rangers, Orville Hubbard, Jerry Richardson, The Richmond, Virginia Police, Delaware Law Enforcement, Oregonian Pioneers, Oregonian Pioneer Mothers, John Sutter, Theodore Roosevelt, Raoul Wallenberg. Cities across America and Europe have allowed mobs to pull down vandalize and destroy statues of historical figures from different walks of life. Cities could stop it if they choose to, but no one in the media is asking them why. The statue of Raoul Wallenberg in his native Sweden donated by Jews who survived the holocaust was torn down and destroyed. No one presumed to be white or to represent Western Civilization has been spared. President Trump, upset because of vandalism of Iconic monuments in the nation’s capital, including Abraham Lincoln, Thomas Jefferson, and the World War Two memorial, signed an executive order allowing federal authorities to arrest and prosecute those who vandalize federal property. Whether out of genuine concern or just virtue signaling to his base, Washington DC is a federal protectorate, so no such order was necessary for federal authorities to act. Some city mayors are starting to have second thoughts about allowing anarchy in their cities. At first, they seemed to have some degree of sympathy and even admiration for the goals of the mobs, but these things have a way of escalating and becoming all consuming. I suppose they learned the hard way that just because you are down with the cause does not mean the cause is down with you. In addition, lots of private tax paying citizens get caught up in the mob’s effort to destroy civilization. In Minneapolis where this all started, people used to be able to live peaceful middle America lives but no more. Now the city competes with Chicago, Baltimore, Seattle, as a haven for crime. Not just any crime but crimes of violence, especially murder. When it was limited to minority neighborhoods as it is in Chicago the city was apparently willing to put up with it, but now it is all over the progressive enclave of Minneapolis. In downtown Minneapolis, where I have spent many days, visiting friends, attending ball games and attending the Ron Paul Convention in 2008,
Darrell Castle talks about what Vice President Henry Wallace described in a 1942 speech as the Century of the Common Man. What is the status of the “common man” today? Transcription / Notes CENTURY OF THE COMMON MAN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday June 19, 2020 and on this Report I will be talking about what former vice president Henry Wallace described as the century of the common man. What condition is the common man in today since this is supposed to be his century? For the Castle Family week four out of quarantine passed uneventfully although the powers that be tell us we are now part of the masked ones whether we want to be or not. The family daughter remains marooned but safe and unmasked, virus free but in a distant land. On May 8, 1942 in the Grand Ballroom of the Commodore Hotel in New York City Vice President Henry Wallace gave a speech to a packed house. It was packed with a diverse group from 33 different nations including all the nations of Latin America. It was the Vice President after all, and the nation was in the early stages of a World War. Mr. Wallace titled his speech “The Century of the Common Man.” He reviewed the great revolutions that had engulfed the world over the centuries in which he asserted the common man had tried to uplift himself through bloodshed. He emphasized that the next century would be different, since the coming change would be for the benefit of the common man and the government would bring it peacefully. He said that he and President Roosevelt were proposing to make the following 100 years the century of the common man buttressed by the four freedoms emphasized by the President in his recent speech to congress. These four freedoms, President Roosevelt told the world, were the four freedoms that Americans held to be so dear they would be willing to die for them or go abroad and kill to protect them. The four freedoms were freedom of speech, freedom of religion or worship as the President worded it, freedom from want, and freedom from fear. We will address the state of the four in a moment but first, the vice president’s speech became an international sensation. Mr. Wallace was an avowed socialist or communist depending on who you talked to, and that was 78 years before Bernie Sanders made it fashionable to be a socialist. Composer Aaron Copeland who was the son of Jewish Lithuanian immigrants was so taken by the speech that he wrote a composition in honor of it which he called “Fanfare for the Common Man.” The piece became a part of Americana and is still played today. I’m sure you’ve heard it sometime in your lifetime. The vice president was honored by fellow socialists around the world for his idea of bloodless revolution although at the time the world was awash in blood. Mr. Wallace proposed that the government should relive the burden of individual responsibility that the common man had shouldered since the advent of America. The burden would henceforth be socialized across all strata of society. Incidentally, what is a common man. What does it mean to be called common? In the traditional European definition, it meant anyone not a member of an inherited royal status or anyone not deemed royal by a member of the royal family. Here in America where we are supposed to reject such titles, it could mean anyone not of any esteemed social status. Such things in America are usually determined by money instead of birth. At the time Mr. Wallace spoke, common men and women were dying by the millions across the world. Dying in battle, dying as collateral damage, and dying in the German Camps. When the war ended, the 15 years of the post war boom really could truthfully be said to be the golden age of the common man. Except for a few years fighting on the Korean peninsula, the common man’s plight was uplifted by the world war and its aftermath. The industrial machinery of the war was converted quickly to civilian consumer goods and that provided good...
Darrell Castle talks about the mass insanity that grips our nation and how we as the American people seem unwilling to defend ourselves from it. Transcription / Notes A COUNTRY UNWILLING TO DEFEND ITSELF Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday June 12, 2020 and on this Report I will be talking about the madness, the insanity, in which America, and perhaps all of what was once Western Civilization, finds itself. For the Castle Family this is the third week back in the office from quarantine and so far, so good. The family daughter remains marooned on her small island many thousands of miles from us, but at least safe. Perhaps in July she will be released from confinement. I’ve been thinking a lot about the concept of mass insanity and how we, as a nation, seem to be in the grips of it. To refresh my memory about how it all works I decided to consult one of my favorite books and authors and that is Charles Mackey’s “Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds”. Written in 1841 but still very relevant today Mr. Mackey explores the concept of mass or crowd insanity and how it is quite different from individual madness. The backdrop for the book was the tulip mania that gripped Europe in Mr. Mackey’s day. People trading in the future price of tulip bulbs drove the price to an unimaginable high in that day. It made no sense except when looked at from the standpoint of crowd or mob action. “When a man enters a crowd, he exits civilization.” That is obviously just as true today as it was in 1841 and as evidence, I argue that a man in a riot or even in a mass protest is a man in a crowd. His reason departs and he is driven by the hormones, the emotions of the crowd rather than his own. Men go mad in herds while they must recover their senses one by one. Friedrich Nietzsche in the same era as Mackey said that madness is a rarity in individuals but the rule in crowds. In a crowd a man is not a man but simply a face thus the expression just a face in the crowd. He is a cog in a lunatic machine. He cannot think rationally so the crowd thinks for him. Crowds need something to unite them so they will always have their devils. The devil could be policemen, whites, blacks, Muslims, Christians, progressives, conservatives etc. Whatever it is, each crowd will have its devil. It will always be a devil which inspires the crowd. I can cite no better example of crowd madness than what has happened since the murder of George Floyd by Minneapolis police a few days ago. Mr. Floyd’s death appeared to me to be a virtual assassination. Three police officers hold a man down while another puts a knee on his neck for eight minutes while being filmed doing it. It appeared to be an act of cold-blooded murder, which in a death penalty state should have sent the officer to death row. The question then is, was Mr. Floyd’s murder an indictment of America as a sick, racist society as alleged by some. I argue that it does not and furthermore, other than Mr. Floyd’s race there is not much to indicate the attack was racially motivated. I understand the argument that if he had not been black the officer would not have put his knee on his neck, but the argument may or may not be valid. Can we rationally discuss whether it’s a valid argument or not, probably not, but I will make a few points now? The submission technique that ultimately killed Mr. Floyd is one taught to US police forces by the Israeli military. Consult You Tube and you can find videos of Israeli instructors teaching the technique. They use it to subdue Palestinians in Gaza and other places they are deployed every day. One officer is to hold the subject’s legs while the other kneels on his neck to get control of him. Does that mean Mr. Floyd’s murder was not racially motivated? No, it doesn’t, and I admit that I have no way of knowing, but there is evidence that the technique is and has been widely used against people of all races.
Darrell Castle talks about China and the history of how U.S. manufacturing was shipped to the Chinese Communist Party to exploit its cheap labor. Transcription / Notes: IT’S NOT CHINA—IT’S THE CHINESE COMMUNIST PARTY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 5, 2020 and on today’s report I will be talking about China from the perspective of what all the recent “news” is about. As you may guess I have my own views on the subject which I will endeavor to share with you today. My intention was to talk about issue number one which of course is the killing of George Floyd and its aftermath, but I have gained little if any traction with my own views on the subject, so I proceed to issue number two which is China. Perhaps I can share my views on Mr. Floyd and the aftermath of his death at some other point. What is going on between China and the United States right now amounts to the result of an un-written but spoken agreement that was started in what seems like ancient history now. Before I get to that let me pause for a moment and say that when we say China did this or that, we are making a serious mistake. The rest of the world, especially in places like China and the Middle East, believe that the United States is a self-governing country. We elect our leaders, they presume, so when our leaders do something, they conclude that America did it. In their minds we are responsible for the acts of our government because we can vote. We Americans often do the same thing with China. Let me give you this example; In a fund raising letter I received from a congressman in Michigan who is also a retired army general, “It is irrefutable that China is responsible for the unchecked spread of the Corona Virus—they need to be held responsible for the havoc they have caused to our nation.” I don’t dispute the veracity of what the general said, but when he says China is responsible, I disagree. China consists of about 1.5 billion people and probably no more than about 500 of them had anything to do with the virus. Most of the 500, and that number is just a guess, are members of the National People’s Congress or the ruling body of the Chinese Communist Party. It would be more accurate and less inflammatory to say the Chinese Communist Party is responsible for the unchecked spread of the corona virus. We would then have a better, and clearer picture of where to put the blame. The Chinese government has a big advantage in these things because it is completely despotic. There are no meaningful elections and the Communist Party selects its own leaders and membership. Any leader anywhere in China from village mayor to Party Chief is a member of the Communist Party. One is either a member or he does not survive very long. During World War ll China and the United States fought as allies against the invading Japanese. The Chinese people suffered horribly under Japanese domination, a great deal of it because of their help for American military forces. Since the end of that war the United States has been in at least a cold war with the stated aims of Global Communism. Keep in mind that neither the Chinese people or the Chinese Government have ever tried an invasion of the United States, but Washington has had its military inside China and killing Chinese people beginning in 1856. I recommend three movies that deal with this subject and all involve characters acting on behalf of Washington, through its military, and all end up wandering why am I here and what am I doing. The three movies are The Sand Pebbles with Steve McQueen, 55 Days at Peking, with Charlton Heston, and The Bridges at Toko-Ri with William Holden. The growing conflict with the Chinese Government has a long history and can be couched in terms of being involved everywhere in the world under the belief that you have a right to be so involved. From the Communist side, the revolutionaries under Mao spent the years 1966 to 1976 trying to destroy capitalism and...
Darrell Castle talks about what the journalists and “experts” describe as the new normal that we are all just going to have to get used to. Transcription/Notes: NEW NORMAL IS NOT NORMAL OR EVEN NECESSARY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday May 29, 2020 and on this Report I will be talking about what the journalists and “experts” offer us as the new normal that we are just going to have to get used to. Today would be day 70 of house arrest for the Castle family or 10 full weeks without outside human contact, but we are free now having gone back to our Law Office on Tuesday of this week. The family daughter remains marooned on a small island at the bottom of the world but at least she is free of the virus. The return to the office with all my staff has been uneventful so far. The staff voiced no concern or fear at coming out of their homes and into the world. So right now, I have my staff back and all I need are the clients back and we will be at least approaching a state that we once referred to as normal. Sixty-Six days of quarantine which Joan and I faithfully adhered to finally comes to an end as eventually all things do. Strangely, although normal obviously varies from person to person, there are some who believe they know what the future normal will be for all of us and they are not shy about telling us. My hometown newspaper published a long article last Sunday entitled “Our New Normal. “In that article, the writer makes many statements which I presume she believes to be factual and she assumes that her readers will believe them to be factual as well. For example, she writes, “The new normal is not just referring to life after the pandemic, for we have no idea when that day will come. Until we get a COVID-19 vaccine, and it has been proved (sic) effective, the highly contagious coronavirus will be a threat to our health and our lives. It will be a part of our daily lives and consciousness. The sooner we accept and realize this fact, the better off we will be as a people and as a nation.” So, she states that we must accept and realize the “fact” that she gives us. Well, Ms. Norment, I beg to differ and I submit that very little of the long article is fact and a great deal of it is simply the opinion of the writer and possibly the editorial board of the Commercial Appeal. She voices the same level of fear bordering on paranoia that I have seen and heard from many people since this has been going on. The interesting part of all this is that even the once alarmist CDC no longer agrees with Ms. Norment about the terrible long term affects of this virus on our daily lives, possibly forever. It doesn’t seem to matter what anyone says, however, because many strong advocates of long-term lockdown, or lockdowners, if I may use that term, hold that view with religious zealotry. They passionately believe that the end justifies the means and that to leave confinement will expose everyone to an apocalyptic scenario. The CDC in its latest report, which was printed in the New York Times, last Sunday edition, now says that many of the things it told us early on about the dangerous effects of the virus turned out to be incorrect. For example, it now seems that that virus is only transmitted by human contact and through close quarters breathing, coughing, sneezing, etc. and not by touching a doorknob, sink, etc. It also said that the virus is almost impossible to transmit outdoors so there is nothing wrong with going to the beach or for a walk or bicycle ride. To enforce rules against such things in light of this new information must be to exhibit some type of totalitarian psychosis. That is my assessment not that of the CDC. How does that statement fit in with the video images we have all seen of Chinese trucks spraying disinfectant up and down Chinese streets, I don’t know? I will admit that it is hard to make sense of anything these days. Perhaps you are one of the true lockdowners who demand that ...
Darrell Castle reports what he can see and experience in his city of Memphis, TN each day, and how its people and its government have reacted to the many restrictions placed on the lives of the citizenry and the economy. Transcription/Notes: A REPORT FROM THE BLUFF CITY—COVID 19 OR COVID 1984 Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday May 22, 2020 the Friday before Memorial Day and the start of a three-day weekend when we are supposed to stop for a moment and remember the fallen. This is day 63 of house arrest for the Castle family, nine full weeks of full-fledged quarantine. The family daughter will spend Memorial Day weekend safe from the virus but unable to escape from a small island at the bottom of the world. For the Castle Family Memorial Day just might be the last day of house arrest since we are all scheduled to return to the office on Tuesday. The lock-down response to the virus makes it virtually impossible to celebrate the day as usual. No solemn observance at the veterans’ cemetery which Joan and I usually attend. No family cookouts in the park with children playing while parents eat and talk. It is all very sad but is it necessary? We will look at that question on this Report today. This report is based on what I can see and what I experience in my city each day, and on its people and its government. Memphis Tennessee is more than likely representative of Many other cities so most of us share the same experience. My county of Shelby contains the city of Memphis and several incorporated suburban communities with a total county population of about 1.6 million. One of the first things one might notice in Memphis are the preparations for an event that has not and probably will not happen. For the most part our mayor has done a good job considering his responsibilities. I would not want his job right now and that’s for sure. Let’s consider what he has dealt with and the results of his decisions. I’m certain of why my wife and I are socially distancing and quarantined in our homes. We both meet one or more of the risk categories that make us members of the vulnerable group. I’m not sure and I ask the question of why the children and grandchildren must be quarantined. Why can’t the young go to work to feed their families and why can’t the young enjoy themselves, after all, isn’t there more to life than the mere avoidance of death, which is inevitable for all of us. Today we see only the obvious costs of the lockdown. The destroyed economy, unemployment soaring, destroyed businesses, marriage breakdowns, lives suspended and of course suicides. The worst will come later when the destruction of our currency hits us all. The Memphis daily newspaper is the Commercial Appeal which is still printed but is no longer housed in the gigantic building it occupied before the Internet killed print news. That building is now a massive 401 bed hospital for Covid-19 patients. It was converted to a hospital by the Army Corps of Engineers at a cost of more than $100 million. The Commercial Appeal headlines announced the transformation in glowing terms, and the text explains the types of patients the hospital will care for. There is a picture of the Tennessee governor talking with a Major General from the Corps of Engineers, about the completion of his work. The article admits that there are exactly zero patients in the hospital, and it is hoped that there never will be. I have read through other sources to believe that hospital capacity in Memphis is less than 50% and ICU occupancy is less than that. Doctors have recently returned to performing non-emergency surgery so I imagine the occupancy will increase. Will there ever be a single patient at the new hospital, or will it just sit there manned and ready as a monument to over reaction? The virus and the reaction to it have caused other problems in Memphis as I imagine it has in most places. So far, the Shelby County Health Department has only encouraged ...
Darrell Castle talks about the investigation of whether or not Russia colluded with the Trump campaign to influence the 2016 election — now the investigators are being investigated. Transcription / Notes BODYGUARD OF LIES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday May 15, 2020 and I am happy to say that this Report is not about the virus. For two months it has been all virus all the time but today we return to the world of politics. This is day 56 of house arrest for the Castle family two complete months with only each other, and voices on the telephone for company. The family daughter remains safe on her small island at the bottom of the world. We plan to return to our law office starting Monday but gradually with two people at a time returning, but nevertheless we go back to the world starting Monday. The title of this report comes from a quote from Winston Churchill; “In wartime, truth is so precious it should always be attended by a bodyguard of lies.” Truth is indeed precious in part because it is so rare today. We are fighting and have been fighting for some time a different war than Mr. Churchill’s. Our war is cultural and it is a war intended to destroy our existing culture. I recently heard a lecture from a psychologist who explained that computers have essentially the same function as the human brain in that they both are processors and disseminators of information according to how they are programed. If you enter corrupt data into your computer, it will not perform its functions accurately. It is like the German Enigma code machine that Mr. Churchill referred to in the quote I mentioned. To code messages the Germans designed a machine that scrambled information in a random fashion that was mathematically difficult to unscramble. When the messages attempting to program our brains are false but presented as absolute truth from those we once trusted, our brains are almost certain to process the corrupt data in the wrong way. Today it seems that almost all the programing presented through the mass media is false and the false information is not intended to convey accurate information but to program our brains to think a certain way. For example, President Obama on CBS 60 Minutes, January 25, 2017: “I’m proud of the fact that we are the first administration in modern history that hasn’t had a major scandal in the White House.” The interviewer did not call him on his obvious lapse in memory of fast and furious or the IRS used by Lois Lerner to target and eliminate conservative groups and many other scandals. Perhaps now his perception of political invincibility bolstered by years of media pandering may be coming to an end, and history may have to reveal the truthful story behind his administration. I’ll believe it when I see it, but I am hopeful that the truth can be discovered in court through evidence. On this Report I have limited time and space and can therefore only scratch the surface of the body of lies surrounding the entire scandal commonly known as Russia gate. According to recent tweets from President Trump, it should be known as Obama gate. Why would that title be appropriate; because it is obvious from the evidence that President Obama from the very start met with the group of operatives, he then dispatched to undermine the Trump presidency. This undermining was in fact an attempt at a bloodless coup against the will of the people of the United States to make their own choice in elected officials. Right now, the House of Representatives and especially the Department of Justice (DOJ) directed by Attorney General Bob Barr, are investigating how a three-year campaign commonly known as Russia gate could proceed without a shred of evidence to support it. Please keep in mind that what I am talking about is not just my opinion or some rumor, but evidence presented to congress through thousands of pages of documents and through testimony.
Darrell Castle discusses the supression of the works of Dr. Judy Mikovits and Dr. Dan Erickson. Transcription / Notes: A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—FREE SPEECH AND DR. JUDY MIKOVITS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 8, 2020, the 75th anniversary of VE or Victory in Europe Day. VE Day is a national holiday in Great Britain as the British people pause for one day to celebrate the defeat of Nazi Germany. Today’s Report, however, will discuss the virus, the invisible enemy against which the whole world makes war, not the visible enemy of WW ll. For the Castle family, this is day 49 or seven weeks of quarantine. Forty-nine days without any other human contact. The family daughter remains safe on a small island at the bottom of the world with no flights in or out of the island for who knows how long. Last week’s Castle Report provoked one of my faithful listeners to accuse me of hypocrisy in the comment section so I might as well address his inquiry right now. His comment was partially in jest but also serious, He pointed out that I favor re-opening the economy for others, but I remain in quarantine. What kind of ex-Marine, Constitution Party member is that he wonders? You tell us to do one thing but do another yourself. I recognize a certain degree of hypocrisy in my position, but as I pointed out to the gentleman both my wife and I are over 65 and we have a law firm with many employees for whom we feel a certain responsibility. We, therefore, transferred the employees to work from home status until it is acceptable to reopen according to our local governing authority. In addition, my daughter encourages me each night by video to stay in and stay safe. Finally, I suppose it’s like the Arab proverb, I trust God, but I still tether my camel each night. For emphasis, I will quote a gentleman from the news site, The Rundown, “I favor opening, but since I have several risk factors in addition to advanced age, I will endeavor to be careful because I don’t think that I would survive if I’m infected with COVID-19. That said, I want my country and my community to survive. We should all be careful, but we should open and not kill the country.” That is not my situation, but it makes my point. Another subscriber to the same site, “I am obeying the stay-at-home order, and I only go out for medication and food, so I’m doing as told. And if I am correct, the airlines plan to get federal money for their problems, but I have no idea where my stimulus check is. Personally, I am not going to rebound from this situation easily, and I’m probably not the only one.” No, my friend you are indeed in good company. The economic cost of the lockdown will be devastating for many and perhaps permanent both economically and medically. U.S. private payrolls dropped 20.2 million in April, the most extreme drop since the Great Depression. I have little doubt that many companies and industries will be permanently destroyed or at least permanently affected. Last Tuesday Hertz Corporation announced that it has hired a company to help it plan for a Chapter 11 filing. That is the proper tactic for a company that depends on travel and there is no travel for months and perhaps a year. What is it to do with billions of debt and no revenue, except seek protection in Chapter 11? How many cars does Hertz operate each day? How many cars does it buy each year? What happens to the car and truck industry if all that activity suddenly stops permanently? Many industries already in trouble are being pushed over the edge by the lockdown. Retail has been, and is being devastated, perhaps permanently. Retail giant J. Crew just announced its liquidation bankruptcy filing, and high-end Neiman Marcus has just filed for Chapter 11 protection and reorganization. According to the trade publications that I read each day, many companies are avoiding Chapter 11 because they do not have the financial ability to reorganize.
Darrell Castle talks about his observation that in this, our Plague Year, we seem to be divided into two alternate realities, and our government lacks the courage to do nothing. Transcription / Notes: A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—THE COURAGE TO DO NOTHING Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 1, 2020, and on this Report, I will be talking about the virus once again, the plague that threatens humanity in many ways. The invisible enemy upon which we wage war. This is Day 42 of House Arrest for the Castle family, so six full weeks we have been confined with only a little time each day for a walk in the sunshine. The family daughter is making do while confined to a small island unable to return until airlines are flying again. I have a friend who went to Argentina for a couple of weeks and is stuck there until at least September 1, since flights both out and in have been banned until then. It is certainly a strange world that we live in today. In some ways it seems that we have different realities inside our heads, or perhaps we live in parallel universes. Fifty years ago, I boarded an airplane at Travis Air Force Base in California and got off in a different world, so just like that I was transported to a different reality. A simple definition of parallel would be two lines running the same direction, but which never intersect. That is a good definition of the two realities that people live in regarding our virus today. Everybody knows by now what the virus is, but we disagree completely on what the national response should be. Unfortunately, our lack of agreement seems to be running along political as well as parallel lines. The two separate views are as follows: 1. View number 1 is that the virus is very scary and extremely serious. It is so serious that if you leave your home you will get sick and possibly die. If you have your lawn mowed by a lawn service, you will get sick. If you get a haircut you will get sick. If you attend church, even six feet apart, you will get sick. Should you have any human contact at all, especially if you are over 65, you will get sick. 2. View number 2 is that the virus, and our reaction to it, is a complete farce. The lockdown is a ridiculous over-reaction akin to mass suicide. We have been turned into lemmings by the government and are now being herded toward the cliff. This lockdown is not about health at all, but is instead, an exercise in mass compliance. There are exceptions to this, but it seems to me that the two realities break down along political lines with the left view being more akin to number one and the right view being more akin to number two. Keep in mind that for most people, whichever view they hold it is their reality. I suppose it doesn’t occur to people that their view could be incorrect and simply held to reinforce a political viewpoint. Upon that political view could rest the national health and economy. In any event, the longer the lockdown continues the more sense view number two makes. I know that hindsight is 20-20, and that it is easy to second guess people in crisis decision making, but let’s look at some of the evidence that we currently have. By its own admission, the CDC sent out faulty tests, including some already contaminated with the virus. Doctors, nurses, and anyone who expressed views opposed to the official narrative of where the virus came from and how serious it is. and would be., were sidelined, fired, marginalized, etc. Many of those people were heroes on the front lines of battle. They were concerned with the welfare of their people rather than politics or money. A recent book, which I can recommend to you, now explains much of the problem. It was written by a doctor named Judy Mikovits, co-authored by a lawyer named Kent Heckenlively, with a forward by Robert Kennedy Jr. The title of the book is “Plague of Corruption”, and it is a very disturbing account. Dr.
Darrell Castle talks about how the virus and its coming vaccine have aided the final implementation of the total surveillence state. Transcription / Notes: A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—WILL YOU ACCEPT THEIR MARK? Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 24, 2020, and on this Report I will be talking about the virus, of course. What news is there except the virus, but this report is more about going to sleep in one country and waking up in another. For the Castle family it is day 35 of house arrest, and for the family daughter, she is still stuck on a small island at the bottom of the world, but all are still healthy, and we are grateful for that. My argument for you today is that the world surveillance state has been building for a long time, but the virus has given it the impetus to advance with breathtaking speed. It is now coming into existence before our eyes. The virus is the excuse for allowing the digital world powered by artificial intelligence and the real world to combine. Pretending these days have not arrived or simply choosing to ignore the facts will not save you from what is already here. The technology to track and monitor every human on earth is finally available to those who desire such control. Dire predictions from the beginning have fueled much of the hysteria. I defer to Dr. Ron Paul, “When Anthony Fauci first warned that 2 million people would die there was a race among federal, state, and local officials to see which could rip up the constitution fastest.” All the original numbers and predictions were not only wrong but not even close to correct. Much of what I am about to tell you might seem too fantastic for you to believe but if so, I invite you to do the research and check for yourself. You don’t have to take my word for it, but I’m convinced that the picture that I’m painting for you today is the correct and accurate one. To many so called “experts” present in our world today, the only way out of the Covid-19 crisies is with a vaccine to create immunity in the world’s population from the effects of the virus. Time estimates for a suitable vaccine vary from a few months up to as much as 18 months. Bill Gates says that a vaccine cannot be made available to every human on earth for at least 18 months, and the world should stay in a stringent lockdown until then. Dr. Fauci echoes that sentiment although he varies slightly in method. I note that Dr. Fauci serves on Mr. Gates’ vaccine counsel, a clear conflict of interest. I will not go into how damaging Mr. Gates’ vaccines can be, since I did that last week by quoting the work of Robert Kennedy, Jr. who says it more eloquently than I can. I am saying then that the proposal, which is actively being implemented is to risk the economy by staying locked down for months or years, but I can feel the desire to remain locked starting to slip as resistance mounts. Bill Gates has been on a worldwide media campaign to promote his vaccines. He tells us we don’t have a choice because we can never be normal again without his vaccine. It seems that the word normal has been taken from us along with many other things. I want to be normal again, since I miss my old life, so I guess I should say “OK Mr. Gates bring it on”. Mr. Gates reportedly told the President that he would have to stay in lockdown until everyone was vaccinated, unless he was willing to ignore the pile of bodies in the corner. Who is this man Bill Gates and did anyone vote to grant him such power? Everyone who gets the vaccine must get a “digital certificate” to prove they are safe, and this certificate must be easily scannable by computer or phone. I first read that some type of tiny tattoo was being considered but, thanks to the scientists at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT), the problem has been solved. MIT, in cooperation with the Gates Foundation, has developed a digital injection by vaccine. This is not technically a microchip,
Darrell Castle talks about the virus and asks the question, “Are the cures proposed for the virus worse than the disease itself”. Transcription / Notes Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 17, 2020, and on this Report I will be talking about the virus. What else but the virus and our efforts to fight the World War against our unseen enemy. I want so much to talk about some other issue but there are no issues unrelated to the virus, so it’s all virus, all the time. Here at the Castle household this is day 28 of our house arrest. We are healthy and virus free for now, and so is our daughter, who is still stuck on an island unable to return home for we don’t know how long. The question for today is, “What price victory?”. What will the efforts to fight the virus and to protect us from the virus cost us in terms of money, but more importantly, in terms of human freedom. Will a long-term lockdown save us from the virus, or will it cause more problems than it solves? There can be little doubt that locking ourselves away indefinitely will prevent our getting the virus, but if complete safety were the only issue we could lower the speed limit to 20 mph and we would be safer. Can you run a modern society without any risk? Vaccines are one proposed solution, and the loudest proponent of vaccines as a solution in the world today is Bill Gates, who also funds much of the research and profits from final delivery. Mr. Gates wants to hold the entire world in lockdown for up to 18 months while he develops a vaccine. We would then be required to have his vaccine injected into our bodies and accept a digital certificate to indicate to the world that we are safe. That digital mark would be required for many of the normal functions of life. One of the ideas proposed to solve our virus problems is a long-term lockdown, but let’s look at some of the effects that would have, and is having, on us individually and as a country. Is life simply a bodily function, or is human thriving another element of living? To thrive do we not require some occupation that is meaningful to us. If we have no profession, no occupation that we have prepared many years to perform, don’t we become like the hawks that sit on fenceposts along the interstates waiting for cars and trucks to provide their food. In effect, they are no longer hawks but buzzards just waiting to be fed. Robert Kennedy Jr. has spoken and written extensively about Bill Gates globalist agenda. “Vaccines for Bill Gates are a strategic philanthropy that feed his many vaccine related businesses (including Microsoft’s ambition to control a global vaccination ID enterprise and give him dictatorial control of global health policy.” Mr. Kennedy went on to say,” Gates obsession with vaccines seems to be fueled by a conviction to save the world with technology.” So, he’s a messiah, and I suppose he’s very disappointed that he’s not the Messiah. Mr. Kennedy points out that around the turn of this century Mr. Gates took control of India’s National Technical Advisory Group of Immunization, which mandated up to 50 doses of polio vaccines to children before the age of five. Indian doctors blame the Gates campaign for a devastating non-polio acute flaccid paralysis epidemic that paralyzed 490,000 children between 2000 and 2017. The Indian Government asked Gates to leave the country and the rates of paralysis dropped significantly. In 2017, the World Health Organization (WHO) admitted that the global explosion in polio is predominantly vaccine strain. The worst epidemics in Congo, Afghanistan, and the Philippines are all linked to vaccines. By 2018, according to WHO, 70% of global polio cases were vaccine strain. I could go on for this entire Report on what Mr. Gates’ messianic efforts have accomplished, but I will, for time reasons, mention only a few more. HPV experimental vaccines given to young girls in India’s remote provinces caused severe side effects,
Darrell Castle talks about how the Center for Disease Control (CDC) may have influenced the infection and death numbers through flawed testing. Transcription / Notes A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—ARE THE NUMBERS BOGUS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 10, 2020, Good Friday or the Friday before Easter, so I bring you good news today, or at least I have chosen to call it good. The news is the virus all the time, all news is virus news. This is the 21st day of quarantine for the Castle family. It’s been 21 days since we met another human being face to face let alone shake hands with someone. We are allowed out once per day for exercise, which is usually a brisk walk around our neighborhood while giving all other walkers a wide birth. The family daughter, stuck on a small island at the bottom of the world managed to survive a category 5 cyclone that ravaged her island, but she and her husband are currently in cleanup mode, so we are grateful for that. There is good news coming from America and other parts of the world as declining infection and death numbers indicate that we are at least starting to turn the corner. The estimated death projections for the US have been revised downward to 60,000. Governor Andrew Cuomo of New York reports that there has been a drop in the infection rate and in the rate of fatalities in New York. President Trump said that we are starting to see light at the end of the tunnel. International hot spots, such as Italy and Spain, are also seeing a decline in infections and fatalities. Austria and Denmark have announced that they will lift the quarantine orders and go back to work April 14. So, is the worst really behind us? Is the virus losing the war and on the verge of surrender? When the Spanish Flu epidemic hit some 100 years ago, we just let nature take its course but with Covid-19 we declared war, and we are still fighting. We realize that we are not immortal and with living each day comes certain risks. In the words of Jim Morrison, “we are not getting out of here alive.” Jim recognized his own mortality and he knew that each day carries a risk of death. Perhaps if we examine the numbers that I am about to give you we will come to understand that this virus is not as scary as we once thought. According to Dr. Gabriela Sequra who has practiced infectious disease medicine in both Italy and Spain there is something more than meets the eye in those numbers we read about each day. She said that we must assume that the number of asymptomatic people is much higher than the numbers of people actually sick, and if that is the case, then the case fatality rate is much lower percentage wise than is being reported. She says further, that if a hospital death certificate has the medical code for the virus on it, then the patient died from the virus even if the virus is not the actual cause of death. 87% percent of deaths in Italy are those over 70 years of age, which happens in any flu season. The average age of death in Italy is 80.3 years. Most had 3 or more serious underlying health conditions for which they were taking medication. Back to America for a moment, the CDC admits that the tests sent to the states are flawed. That is not a conspiracy theory, they admit it, and coupled with the tendency of governments to hide real information, it is very difficult to believe the official version of anything. On March 24, the CDC sent a notice to hospitals to list Covid-19 as a cause of death regardless of what the patient dies of, as long as there is a positive test. A positive test does not necessarily identify the virus, but it notes a positive reaction in the body to stress, fear, radiation, or disease. If it’s there, it’s the cause. Wait a minute. You’re telling me that no matter what killed the patient, if there was a positive of the admittedly flawed test, the virus was the listed cause of death? Yes, that’s exactly what I’m telling you,
Darrell Castle talks about the war on the virus, how the world’s economies have shut down, the United States has intentionally put itself into negative GDP to fight it, and now faces a terrible choice. Transcription / Notes: A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—A TERRIBLE CHOICE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 3, 2020, and on this Report I will be talking about the virus because nothing else is happening anywhere except the War on the Virus. The world’s economies shut down and the United States intentionally puts itself into negative GDP in an effort to slow the spread of the virus. It seems to be a World War against an enemy so small only an electron microscope can see it. Here at the Castle Household we are in day 14 of quarantine, or day 14 of Castles held hostage. I guess that means Joan and I do not have the virus although I’ve seen reports of symptoms waiting a few more days to manifest. Nevertheless, we are grateful that we and our family, as well as our law firm staff and their families, are symptom free. We continue to work in lonely isolation, however, because Caesar has decreed that our isolation must continue for another month. The family daughter continues her symptom free isolation on a small island near the bottom of the world. I wonder how long this can go on without total destruction of the American economy. The answer is not that much longer as we will see in a moment. Restaurants, bars, retail shopping, churches, whole cities shutting down as the world’s economy contracts radically. Work is not being done, wages are not being earned, and things are not being made for other people to buy. It suddenly seems to have occurred to people that without revenue neither governments nor individuals can pay their bills so perhaps the virus will bankrupt more people than it kills. In talking with people via the Internet from around the world it seems that the world is teetering on the brink of uncertainty. What will happen to us and to our countries? No one seems to know. We do know the results of uncertainty when we have seen it in the past. The great American detective Lieutenant Columbo once said, to understand something you must understand its past. So we can look at history, when we find it in pure form, and mix in a little human nature, and hopefully, out comes reality, as well as a view of what has happened in the past. People accept debt and don’t mind leverage when they have confidence of future ability to service that debt. When confidence is high, people are heavily indebted since they don’t wait to buy that new car, or that new house. When people lose confidence in the future, certainty is destroyed and they wonder; will I have a job tomorrow, will I lose the ability to meet the debt service that I have. In that case, we stop spending and circle the wagons. We go into defensive mode and perhaps contemplate what default will mean for us and our families. The result of all this is that, according to the St. Louis Federal Reserve, second quarter unemployment could reach 32% which would exceed the maximum under the Great Depression. It was 24.9% in 1933 at the peak of the depression. GDP will contract in the 1st quarter by as much as 30% for the first time in many years. According to TSA, airport passenger traffic was down 90% for the month of March. 3.2 million Americans applied for unemployment benefits two weeks ago, a record number many times over, but last week its even worse at 6.6 million. The previous high was 695,000 in 1982. The Dow Jones Industrial Average (DOW), which those in power like to use as a re-election measure, is down 34% peak to trough. Call it whatever you want, but I’m calling it the worst collapse of the American economy since the great depression. People react to all this news in different ways. Some are very nonchalant hardly paying attention at all. These folks seem to believe that the reaction of most is paranoid and way out of proportion.
Darrell Castle talks about being quarantined at home because of the virus and what that means for the country as a whole. Transcription/Notes A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—QUARANTINED Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 27, 2020, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the virus, the plague that we are all worried about. The virus that occupies much of our time 24/7. We think constantly of ways to avoid it, and ways to lessen its effects, if we are unable to avoid it. I am working from home this week as I have been ordered here by a decree from Caesar, who has decreed that we must all return to our place of domicile in order that we may be registered. The other members of my law firm are also obeying the decree to stay home, but we struggle to meet the needs of clients anyway and to keep the firm operating under these plague conditions. For me this is Day 7 of life in quarantine, or Castles Held Hostage Day 7. Joan and I are in a high-risk group in that we are both over 65 years of age, but fortunately we are in good health otherwise, and we have strong immune systems. Strong enough, time will tell I suppose. I read an article in a newspaper the other day which reported that doctors in Italy have been ordered to deny the use of respirators to anyone over 60. So, the triage has begun at least in Italy. Socialist bureaucrats order doctors to ration life saving treatments and they decide whose life is valuable enough to save. Will decisions of who lives and who dies soon be made in America by similar people? My guess is that soon such decisions will be made for Americans without their consent. Michael Bloomberg told us in a moment of honesty that Socialist, free-for-all health systems would not be affordable otherwise. The dirty triage may be coming to America, and if so, we will all scramble for scarce resources. Could we also come to realize that not even the Fed can supply everything and certainly not for free? For me, life goes on each day in quarantine. It is certainly odd not to see my staff and the clients each day, but we still have teleconference and video when necessary. I am grateful for a video conversation with my daughter stuck on the other side of the world unable to return for who knows how long. We hope and pray that the internet continues to operate so that we can have these video conversations with her because if the internet goes down or power is off, we have lost contact with her. We talk to relatives and friends from around the country each day anxious to hear if they are OK. How are you we ask? Do you feel OK? Are you coughing or do you have a fever? Are you confined in your home as we are? Do you have enough food? I ask myself what the term quarantine means where did it come from? My research reveals that the word is from a Latin word that means 40. So, quarantined originally meant confined for 40 days. In the Black Plague years, when a ship arrived, the crew would be quarantined for 40 days and if not sick, they would be released but the ship would be burned. I imagine the rats which carried the disease in their fleas escaped occasionally. 14 days or even 30 days is better than 40, so we hope, and we pray that it is of short duration. The President hopes that it ends soon because he recently said in one of his news conferences that he hopes and believes that America can get back to work by Easter. Americans are anxious to get back to work and we think we can get the country rolling again by Easter. What’s wrong with that statement that anyone could take issue with? According to the New York Times and Washington Post, everything is wrong with it. I suppose it doesn’t fit their narrative whereby we are destroyed, then saved by Democrats. Their headlines announcing what he said were, Trump wants to reopen country despite warnings, and once again, Trump breaks with public health experts. I suppose the thought of reporting it differently did not enter their ...
Darrell Castle talks about the plague year and the virus that is so disrupting American society. Transcription / Notes A JOURNAL OF THE PLAGUE YEAR—REDUX Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 20, 2020, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the plague year that we are currently in. The virus that the World Health Organization (WHO) tells us should be called Covid-19, which is a politically correct term to keep us from labeling it Wuhan flu, Kung-flu or some other such name. Those names are all racist in today’s world so we can’t use them. For our purposes, I will refer to it as Coronavirus, or simply the virus, even though I know that name is not specific enough to be technically correct. The title of today’s Report was taken from Daniel Defoe’s book “A Journal of the Plague Year”, published in 1725 by Daniel Defoe. I first read Mr. Defoe’s book in high school, but it is a stark reminder that what we are going through in our world today has happened before. It is an account of the year 1665 in the city of London and the struggles of that City’s residents to survive the bubonic plague, which they called the black death. Wagons came down the streets each morning with the driver calling for people to send out your dead. The story is in narrative form complete with graphs, charts, and government documents. It is fascinating how many of the things he tells about London are happening again today. At the time humanity had no microscopes and no idea where the plague was coming from. The prevailing theory was that it was God’s wrath on sinful humanity. The plague was far more terrible and lethal than our virus, but our virus has an advantage that old Europe’s plague did not have. Our virus can occur in Wuhan, China or Milan, Italy or San Francisco, California, then board an airplane and reappear anywhere in the world within hours. If the 1665 plague had airplanes perhaps there would be no humanity, but since then microscopes, especially electron microscopes, revealed the invisible world of disease to us. However, we are not here to discuss 1665 Europe, we are here to discuss 2020 America. Here in America everything was going along just fine. My law firm was more profitable than it had been for awhile and I was optimistic for the first time in months. I had just spoken with a friend who runs a bookstore in another city, and she was having a great year but now it looks like she will soon be closed. My law firm will be working from home, with reduced staff after this week so everything is OK, until it isn’t. This spring, hopeful and renewing as always, brings pestilence and death as well as flowers. They used to bring us bread and the circus but now with all sports and concerts canceled, its just bread, and we shelter at home to eat it. Is it true that lives of ordinary Americans can be destroyed almost immediately by someone eating a bat in China? That whole concept seems ludicrous on its face, but there is a real virus that came from somewhere. My wife’s cousin, a world-renowned physician and expert in infectious diseases, and leader in the effort to treat HIV is now positive for the Corona Virus, so we can conclude that it is real. A perfectly legitimate question is where did it come from, and how did it get here. There are a few choices that we can look at but first let me say that I have no expertise or training in the medical or scientific fields that would give me insight. I try to use logic and apply that to the events that I see and read about. The first choice then, is that the virus jumped from animals to humans at a fresh foods market in Wuhan, China, and correspondingly spread all over China, and then it got on airplanes and infected the whole world. That is actually the story that we are expected to believe, and any other version puts us into a conspiracy nut category. The second possibility is that the Chinese were working on bat viruses at their bioweapons lab located co...
Darrell Castle talks about a new Sultan, a new Ottoman dictator who has arisen in the Middle East. Transcription / Notes: THE NEW SULTAN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 13, 2020, and there are many things, including a novel virus at large in the world that makes me think Friday the 13th really is unlucky, but I know that God controls the universe so today, on this Friday the 13th we talk not about the virus, but about a new Sultan, a new Ottoman dictator who has arisen in the Middle East. The Ottoman Empire, established in the year 1299, lasted for 624 years until it was finally dissolved by World War l and Great Britain in 1923. The Empire became one of the most powerful in the world, but it was cut down to size by the war and by Great Britain, becoming the Republic of Turkey. The first leader of Turkey was Kemal Ataturk, and his influence, to some extent, is still felt in the Middle East today. The Turks recently celebrated his reign as a national holiday. The Ottoman Empire, with their leader referred to as Sultan, conquered Constantinople ending the Byzantine Empire and drove to the very gates of Vienna in 1529. They were turned back by a European army led by Polish King John Sobieski, a man who understood what Muslim conquest of Europe would mean. The Sultan of the Ottomans was an inherited title, which passed to the eldest son upon the Sultan’s death. Today a new Sultan has arisen in modern Turkey. He is a man who apparently thinks of himself as the successor to Suleiman the Magnificent and to Ataturk. His name is Recep Tayyip Erdogan, and he is quite open about his plans for the Islamic conquest of Europe. Unlike the siege of Vienna, he says he will conquer Europe through migration by releasing millions of Moslem migrants across his border. So, his strategy is not military this time, but demographic. He threatens Europe with the release of millions of migrants who will Islamize the west. He’s been making these kind of threats for several weeks now, just as he did in 2015. That time he was bribed by the Europeans with something like a few billion Euros to stop and hold the migrants in his own country. This time is different for many reasons. Erdogan is following through on his threat to use the migrants encamped in Turkey as a weapon against Europe and NATO. It’s been 71 years now since NATO was founded to jointly defend its members from invasion, but by a strange quirk of fate, the invasion comes from a NATO member. Yes, Turkey, an obvious enemy of Europe and the United States is a NATO member. In 1529, the Ottoman empire sent a large army to lay siege to the Christian city of Vienna. Forces from several allied regions of Europe and led by John Sobieski, the King of Poland and Lithuania, turned back the Moslem army and prevented the Islamization of the European Continent. This time there are some similarities and some differences. The new Sultan, Recep Erdogan, has unleashed his army of tens of thousands of mostly young men of military age upon Europe. He is in clear violation of the agreement that brought him great wealth from the collectivized efforts of Europe. The European states would much rather pay tribute to the Moslem dictators who threaten them than they would to defend themselves. I wonder if the European leaders could muster the courage to resist Hitler’s invading army today. My guess is that they would, with U.S. help, be willing to do so, but a demographic attack is a different matter. When a Moslem dictator announces in advance that he intends to Islamize your continent through demographic invasion that is tantamount to a declaration of war, but there he is as the fox in the NATO chicken coop. The Turkish government has kept a running record of the number of “migrants, or refugees” unleashed against the border of Europe as weapons of Islamization. Most of the border trouble is divided between Bulgaria and Greece at the border city of what used to be Adri...
Darrell Castle talks about the agreement for the withdrawal of American troops, signed February 29th, 2020, between the Trump Administration and officials representing the Taliban fighters of Afghanistan. Transcription/Notes AFGHANISTAN EXIT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday March 6, 2020, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the agreement, signed February 29, 2020, between the Trump Administration and officials representing the Taliban. A better name for this Report “Afghanistan Exit” might be “Gimme Three Steps”, like the old song by Lynyrd Skynyrd but that wouldn’t help me on Google. It would probably be incorrect to call this a peace deal since it is a deal which simply allows the U.S. to leave Afghanistan. Peace? Well, maybe there will be peace after U.S. troops leave but, if so, that would be an interruption of the last 200 years or so in that country. Afghanistan has been continually at war, nonstop for 40 years, and that’s two generations without a single break. Nevertheless, after 19 years of U.S. involvement in the war I certainly welcome the deal that would bring U.S. participation to an end. I wonder if any of you folks have ever been involved in a business deal whereby you were trying to sell an asset, which you absolutely had to sell by a certain date. Your opposite in the deal knows you must sell so the offer will never be what would otherwise constitute a fair price. The buyer, in other words, knows you must sell and will take advantage of your weakness. That is the U.S. position in Afghanistan, especially with the release of the Afghanistan papers in December, which we talked about, and with this being a presidential election year. So, the United States signed a deal last Saturday that purports to end the U.S. presence in Afghanistan after almost two decades of U.S. participation in the war. The agreement has a timetable for the withdrawal of American troops that starts with the current number of 13,000 and reduces that to 8,600 within 135 days. The entire 13,000 must be out within 14 months. The deal has taken more than a year to complete, with U.S. and Taliban officials periodically starting and stopping negotiations for one reason or another. It was apparently negotiated and drafted from the U.S. side by Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, who was present at the signing but did not sign it. Signing for the U.S. was Special Representative for Afghanistan Reconciliation, Zalmay Khalizad, and for the Taliban, Mullah Abdul Ghani Baradar. If the agreement were to be complied with, then all U.S. troops would eventually be coming home. President Trump hailed the deal as the fulfillment of his promise to get the U.S. out of endless no-win wars. He spoke directly with the Taliban leader by phone, the first American President to do so. Let’s look at the terms of agreement, but first, the costs of war after 19 years. You probably remember the early days after 9/11, when there were basically two forces in a civil war in Afghanistan—the Taliban and the Northern Alliance, with the Taliban’s harsh version of Sharia Law running the country. The U.S. chose to enter the war on the side of the Northern Alliance, which meant war with the Taliban. The Taliban was essentially the same group which fought the Russians from 1979 to 1989 with US aid. The Russians suffered 15,000 dead before they finally withdrew. The cost for the U.S. to this point has been over 2,400 dead and over 20,000 wounded. NATO and non-NATO allied nations have suffered 1,100 dead and 8,000 wounded. The Department of Defense (D.O.D) estimates the financial cost of the war at $737 billion, but the New York Times Sunday March 1st edition lists it at $2 Trillion. That is the more accurate figure, if you have been following this war all along. It was, and is, easy to see the figures add up far beyond what D.O.D. says. For the people of Afghanistan, the costs have indeed been high as well. More than 130,
Darrell Castle talks about the Democrat candidates and emphasizes front runner, Bernie Sanders and his call for Socialism in America. Transcription / Notes DEN OF THIEVES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday February 28, 2020 and on today’s Report I will be talking about the Democrat candidates at least the ones still allowed to stand on the debate stage and since Bernie Sanders is apparently the frontrunner, my emphasis will be on him. I devoted a previous Report to Mr. Sanders during his candidacy in 2016 entitled, “The Democratic Socialism of Bernie Sanders”. Click the link to listen to that podcast, if you are so inclined. My own observation is that since then the Democrat Party has morphed into something unrecognizable. Is this the Party of working people, the Party of JFK? No, it is now a Party of wealthy elitists who sneer and look down their noses at ordinary people. I mentioned before that Mr. Sanders refuses to allow himself to be labeled a Communist, despite his decades long defense of Soviet Communism and of Soviet satellite states, such as Cuba and Venezuela. He’s not a Communist, he insists, just a Democratic Socialist. He defines Democratic Socialism as the fight for justice, decency, and human dignity. It is the completion of the business of the New Deal begun by Franklin Roosevelt. Most of the other candidates refuse to denounce it since he is the leader people must be in favor of it, therefore, they must approve of it. Most young people seem to approve of it as well, and although fans once booed Santa at a Philadelphia Eagles game, what’s not to like about Santa Claus? There are many weird things about this election, and especially the Democrat Candidates, but one of the weirdest is that the others attack Mr. Sanders for not being liberal enough. In the Senate, he once voted against allowing gun manufacturers to be sued when their products are used to kill people. He was attacked for that vote but to his credit he owned it and said it was a bad vote. He should just stay with his first impression, but I guess he can’t do that. You are undoubtedly aware that I am an advocate of freedom, of liberty, of free markets and of capitalism. The values of freedom of thought, freedom of speech, freedom of the press, and freedom of markets are all radically under attack. Those things are why America became what it once was, and they’re all being washed away. Mr. Sanders has consistently, his whole life, had different values from the ones I just mentioned. He and his wife took their honeymoon in Moscow during the Cold War and had glowing things to say about an empire that killed, God only knows, how many of its own people; at least 70 million. The collective, as defined by and controlled by the state, rather than the individual seems to be most important to Mr. Sanders. When he was mayor of Burlington, Vermont, and 30 years old, he made Burlington a sister city to one of the dilapidated Soviet cities. He also went to Cuba and still gives glowing reports of Castro’s achievements. Castro was not all bad, you see, because he started a good literacy program. No mention of the fact that Bautista already had a successful literacy program in the 1950’s, or that literacy was restricted by Castro to the reading of Communist propaganda. The primary thing he did not mention was the fact that tens of thousands of those literate Cuban citizens risked their lives trying to float to Florida, clinging to a log so that they and their families might just experience one glimpse of a free country. Yes, Bernie, freedom is such an alluring thing that people are willing to die trying to achieve it. I’ve asked myself why this angry old man would cling to support for some of the most horrible dictatorships to exist in human history and I can’t see any logic to his views. Perhaps it is the opposite of love for them; its actually based on hatred. The enemy of my enemy is my friend,
Darrell Castle talks about Michael Bloomberg, who has now forced or bought his way into the Democratic debates, and is suddenly a very legitimate candidate for the Democrat Party’s Nomination. Transcription / Notes MICHAEL BLOOMBERG—TOO RICH TO IGNORE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 21, 2020, and on today’s Report I will be looking at Michael Bloomberg, who has now forced or bought his way into the Democratic debates and is suddenly a very legitimate candidate for the Democrat Party’s nomination. Who is this man, Michael Bloomberg, and where did he come from? Mr. Bloomberg insists that we look at him and he is willing to pay dearly for our attention. Since the debate last Wednesday night, I have been seeing commercials for Mr. Bloomberg in which Barack Obama appears with him. I suppose that means the Obama—Clinton team are all in with Bloomberg and all out with current frontrunner Sanders. President Obama said he would intervene if Sanders looked like he would be nominated and now he’s doing it. Perhaps it also means a VP spot for Mrs. Clinton, but we’ll have to wait and see. In just a little over 3 months, he has spent more than $400 million on his campaign for the Democrat nomination. Every time you turn on your TV or look at You Tube on your phone you will see Michael Bloomberg and hear that “Mike will get it done”. We will, therefore, indulge him and devote this Castle Report to learning something about him that 30 second soundbites cannot tell us. We don’t have to look very far for information though because it is hard to avoid him right now. The Sunday edition of the New York Times did a front-page article about him. He has spent so much money and bought so many TV and internet commercials that we can’t help but know what he wants us to know about him. We will endeavor to look beyond the purchased media for other information that may prove helpful. He was born February 14, 1942, so happy birthday Mr. Bloomberg. That makes him 78 years old the same as Bernie Sanders, I believe. Unlike Mr. Sanders, Mr. Bloomberg has worked for a living outside government, has built a business, and has made a few payrolls. He attended Johns Hopkins University and Harvard Business School. He built and is still majority owner of Bloomberg L.P., which makes its money by selling subscriptions for information and market data analysis. He has a listed net worth of more that $61 billion. He is, therefore, not diminished very much by his outlay so far, and he says that he is willing to spend more than a billion dollars on his presidential campaign. He was a lifelong Democrat until 2001, when he switched to the Republican Party to run for mayor of New York. He was elected Mayor in 2002 and served until 2013. I remember his campaign very well because my daughter was a student at New York University then, and I spent a lot of time in New York during those years. The controversy then was the same as now, in that he spent more than $100 million on his campaign. He switched his political affiliation to independent in 2007, and in 2018 he switched back to the Democrat Party, where he remains today. In 2004, he endorsed George W. Bush and was a speaker at the Republican National Convention. His web site says that a sense of duty and common purpose has guided him throughout his life. When someone is willing to spend more than a billion dollars to obtain a job that pays less than half a million then you know something about the lure of power and its seductive, addictive nature. If we were to compare him and current front runner Bernie Sanders, we would see some similarities and some differences. They are both white, Jewish, 78-year-old men and they both want to be emperor of the world, but the similarities probably end there. Mr. Bloomberg is a billionaire many times over and Bernie Sanders is, as Mr. Bloomberg pointed out in the debate, the nation’s best-known socialist is a millionaire with three house...
Darrell Castle talks about a few items in the President’s budget proposal delivered to Congress on February 10, 2020. Transcription / Notes PRESIDENT TRUMP’S 2020 BUDGET Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 14, 2020, and on this Report I will take the time I have with you to talk about a few items in the President’s budget proposal delivered to Congress last Monday. A letter of explanation accompanied the budget proposal. In his letter the President reviewed many of the things he considers to be accomplishments during his first term, and he closed with a call for unity; “We must work together to renew the bonds of love and loyalty that link us to one another—as friends, as citizens, as neighbors, as patriots, and as Americans.” Nancy Pelosi and the other Democrats in Congress probably got a good laugh out of his call for love and loyalty. I can’t remember a time in my life when there was less love between those in politics, or between those who follow politics than now. The term hatred is often overused and sometimes is applied to anyone who disagrees with us, but in this case, it is very applicable. Today’s politicians really do seem to hate each other, in and out of the limelight. This budget proposal calls for spending approximately 4.8 trillion in this fiscal year. That represents about 1.1 trillion more than revenue, so despite the accusations, nothing much has been cut. What the Democrats refer to as cuts that will hurt our elderly are proposals to slow the rate of increase. In his 2016 campaign, the President said the budget would be balanced by the end of his second term, but this proposal calls for spending in deficit for 15 more years. If both sides accepted this budget and followed it faithfully and no recessionary disaster happened, we would continue to borrow large sums for 15 more years. The budget proposes what the President calls “spending cuts”, but it leaves Social Security and Medicare intact. The Democrats have promised to reject the proposal out of hand. The rate of increase in Medicaid would slow by $700 billion over a decade, but Nancy Pelosi will have none of that. As a result, the fiscal problems that have led to huge deficits, despite a booming economy and record revenues from taxes, will continue. Today’s Democrats will simply not work with today’s Republicans no matter what the proposal, and therefore the debt continues to grow. There is so much vitriol between them that nothing can be accomplished with a Republican president and Democrat congress. The attitude seems to be let’s get him out of office by any means necessary and then we can do what we want to do. The swamp has absorbed the Republicans just as it will this budget. They will talk for a few months, threaten each other, threaten to shut down the government, but eventually the Republicans will capitulate because they always respond to Democrat attacks with only equal or lesser force, not overwhelming force of the kind that brings victory. Their goal seems to be just a messy tie rather than victory. The Republicans, other than President Trump, seek approval, and as a result they appear as corrupt as the Democrats. The Democrats, on the other hand, do have a philosophy and that philosophy is primarily identity politics, and if you don’t share their views you are a Nazi. The Democrats don’t seek Republican approval, they seek victory. If the Democrats really had the best interests of the American people at heart, they would turn down the volume of all the hate rhetoric and the juvenile pranks, such as tearing up the President’s speech, and work with the Republicans. They would get much more of what they want that way because the Republicans, seeking approval, will compromise. I suppose its more important for the Democrats to have constant conflict and division because they know that demographics will eventually give them the victory, and if there’s nothing left but rubble,
Darrell Castle once again talks about 2019nCOV, commonly known as Wuhan Flu. Transcription / Notes WUHAN FLU—A HIGHLY RESISTANT MUTANT SUPERBUG Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 7, 2020, and for today’s Report I have decided to once again talk about what is, or at least should be, the most important story on earth, and that is 2019nCOV, commonly known as Wuhan Flu. The World Health Organization (WHO) no longer names diseases or pathogens after people or places thus the scientific name. The name, when broken down, means discovered in 2019, it is novel or new, and it is a Corona virus. This story changed completely a few days ago when the website Zero Hedge released a report entitled “Is This the Man Behind the Global Coronavirus Pandemic?” Zero Hedge is a well-respected web site not given to exaggeration, but the post was taken down by the various tech giants and Twitter suspended their account. It seems that the official narrative of how the virus began is being carefully maintained behind a solid wall that includes virtually all mainstream media and all governments. If you want to stay online and you want to continue talking, you must continue the official narrative. Zero Hedge said that the official theory for the spread of the Corona virus epidemic, namely because someone ate bat soup at a Wuhan seafood and animal market is a fabricated farce. “The real reason behind the viral spread is because a weaponized version of the Corona virus (one of which may have originally been obtained from Canada), was released by Wuhan’s Institute of Virology (accidentally or not), a top, level-4 bio-hazard lab, which was studying “the world’s most dangerous pathogens”. It seems that this lab and Dr. Peng Zhou, Ph.D, a researcher at the lab, were very interested in bats. They knew that bats carry many extremely dangerous pathogens within their bodies but are unaffected by them. Some of these pathogens include Ebola, Marburg, Hendra, Nipah, and Sars Cov and yet the bats show no clinical sign of disease. The Institute of Virology lab discovered that the bats could maintain just enough defense against the pathogens without triggering an immune response. Dr. Zhou began studying the dampening of the immune response in bats, which allows them to live on the edge with the most dangerous pathogens on earth inside them. The lab even released a press release announcing Dr. Zhou’s achievements. The title of the release was “Wuhan has the first person in the global bat immunity research”. The press release went on to describe his credentials and staff of 80 researches who helped to uncover this knowledge. Dr. Zhou was studying how the bats carry the most nightmarish viruses on earth and yet remain immune. He also researched mutant corona viruses that were able to overcome the natural immunity of some bats. These superbug corona virus strains are not resistant to any natural immune pathway, and now appear to be out in the wild. What does all this information mean? What difference does it make whether bats are immune to virus attacks or not? It makes a difference because if we don’t know where it came from or if we maintain an official lie how can we devise a method of defeating it. What apparently happened was one of Dr. Zhou’s superbugs escaped, or was released into the world, and the Wuhan Fish Market was chosen as a convenient ruse. It further appears that the virus has been weaponized by somehow splitting and adding the HIV virus to make it much more dangerous and give it more survivability. What’s left, then, is a very deadly virus for which we humans have no herd immunity, and no internal defense. Herd immunity, as in the common cold, means that if one person has no immunity and is infected, the next person he is in contact with will be immune so the spread stops. With this virus that is not the case, so it spreads like wildfire. The most prestigious medical journal in the world the British Journ...
Darrell Castle talks about China, the United States, the Wuhan Flu, and how they seem to relate in today’s world. Transcript / Notes: GEOPOLITICS AND THE WUHAN FLU Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 31, 2020, and on this Report I will be talking about China, the United States, the Wuhan Flu, and how they seem to relate in today’s world. Please keep in mind that this story changes daily, hourly and sometimes even minute by minute, so by the time you hear it the numbers have already changed. Please keep in mind as well that I’m not a doctor or scientist but I can read. I can read, and therefore can read the reports of people who live or have recently lived in China, and I can read the reports of the (Communicable Disease Center) CDC and other health agencies. I can call people in government or the military that I know personally who have spent part of their careers working with China and, finally, I can talk to neighbors who are of Chinese descent and are traveling in Asia right now. From all these things I can draw conclusions and form opinions which I can then tell you. The strain of Coronavirus that has come to be known as Wuhan flu, and which has frightened the world and sent the world stock markets teetering and plunging downward, apparently originated in the city of Wuhan in mainland China. That’s the story we are told now anyway. You know that China considers this new flu strain serious because the Lunar New Year, China’s most important celebration, was canceled. In addition, Disneyland China is closed, airports are closed, 14 cities are quarantined with no one allowed in or out, and 48 million people are travel restricted. Foreign nationals are being evacuated from quarantined cities to their home countries. I saw a video of an airliner filled with Americans returning from China and they were taken from the tarmac in California by people in hazmat suits to be quarantined. News reports tell us that the virus likely started in a local fresh meat market in Wuhan. That market apparently sells normal meat that westerners would be used to, but also wild animals such as snakes and bats. Yes, apparently people sometimes eat bat soup. The virus, the story goes, originated most likely in snakes, and those snakes in the meat market were able to infect humans. That’s basically the explanation coming out of China and it is what we are supposed to believe. From that one case in one meat market in Wuhan China, the virus has spread around the world. The first case, or Patient Zero, as the CDC would call him, was traced back to December 10 but it wasn’t admitted by Chinese authorities until January 10. They then admitted that they had a new strain on their hands and 41 people were sick. Ultimately those 41 hospitalized people were studied to get a fatality record and 15% of them have died. As of this recording, 10,000 are infected and 213 have died. That month’s delay, according to the CDC, was very critical and allowed the virus to breakout in populations around the world. From the West Coast of the United States, to Europe, to the Middle East, cases are being reported and people are infected. The CDC and other international health agencies say that if they are allowed into China to help, which probably means take over the battle, they could probably still contain it. The Chinese seem reluctant, however, and will only allow them to help from a distance. Within two weeks from the date the disease was publicly identified 600 people around the world were infected and several had died. No border inspections stopped the virus from boarding an airplane and flying all over the world, including the United States. According to the University of Hong Kong Laboratory of Emerging Infectious Diseases, the Chinese government didn’t act quickly enough to stop the disease from spreading. So, the questions about all this are numerous, but the answers are few.
Darrell Castle talks about the rebellion of the people of the Commonwealth of Virginia to the new Democrat Governor’s and Legislature’s actual and proposed anti-self-defense laws. Transcript / Notes RISE TO REBELLION Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 24, 2020, and today I will be talking about the Rebellion of the people of the Commonwealth of Virginia to the new Democrat Governor’s and Legislature’s actual and proposed anti-self-defense laws. The people of Virginia recently elected Democrat majorities in both houses of the legislature, plus they also elected Democrat Governor Ralph Northam. The Democrats promised to move for stricter gun regulations, including possible confiscation for non-compliance, and once in office attempted to fulfill their promises. Senate Bill 16 would impose five years imprisonment on law-abiding citizens who possess some of the most common firearms in America. Under this proposed new law, people otherwise guilty of no crime, would be sentenced to five years in prison for doing something that is protected by and enshrined in the Bill of Rights. The rights listed in the Bill of Rights, as Mr. Jefferson told us in the Declaration, are given to us by God. The rights are inalienable meaning they can’t legally be taken, and we cannot legally cede them to others. Government is not the creator of these rights and therefore has no legal right to remove them from the people. Government is, in fact, required to protect those rights for that is the very reason that governments are instituted among men; that is, to protect our God-given rights. So, to carry Mr. Jefferson’s ideas one step further, we the people form governments because we know that power abhors a vacuum and that if we don’t, someone else will. We, therefore, make the government weak and divided, and separate the powers into separate branches so government cannot legally become tyrannical. We tell government that its primary reason for existing is to protect our God-given rights. The nature of government, however, is to grow and become more powerful, and to destroy the very rights it exists to protect. You may say that the people of Virginia elected this Democrat majority to their positions of lawmaker and therefore, majority rules, so they are entitled to what they voted for. However, that’s not the way it works in America. This is not a majority rules government but instead it is a republican form of government. The President is required to guarantee to the states a republican form of government. That term has nothing to do with political parties but instead it refers to representative government with minority rights. Minority rights are to be respected even above the collective because no majority is empowered to deny the individual rights enshrined in the Constitution. For example, Amendment Six grants criminal defendants the right to trial be jury, no matter what the majority says. Therefore, any new law criminalizing the right of the people to defend themselves violates the U.S. and Virginia Constitutions, and should not be enforced. The people have a duty to resist and to rise in rebellion against such a tyrannical act by government. Governor Northam is apparently quite serious about enforcing the new law, however, because he has asked the Virginia legislature for an additional $250,000 to fund the incarceration of Virginians who refuse to surrender their arms. The most alarming thing is that $4.8 million has been requested to fund an 18 member SWAT Unit to be dedicated to the forceful confiscation of arms, when necessary. I use the term arms instead of guns because I want to emphasize that the issue is not hunting but the basic human right of self-defense. The Virginia government apparently does not want its citizens to be able to defend themselves against the tyranny of armed criminals and against a tyrannical government. Jefferson told us that every 20 years there would have to be a reb...
Darrell Castle talks about the crash of Ukrainian International Airlines Flight 752, as well as the desperate conditions inside Iran. Transcript / Notes THE CRASH OF FLIGHT 752 Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 17, 2020, and today I will be talking about the crash, or more accurately, the shooting down, of Ukrainian International Airlines Flight 752. The flight took off from Tehran’s Imam Khomeini International Airport, and just about five minutes later, the Boeing 737-800 exploded in flight. No one argues about that, but what caused the explosion and crash, people do argue about. Initially, the Iranian government claimed the crash was an accident due to engine failure, so the first reaction of the Iranian Regime was to lie. I suppose the lie was to avoid international criticism, but also perhaps because that’s just what governments do. The minute I heard about it I was certain of the cause. The Iranians shot it down by mistake and as an overreaction to fears of an American attack. By week’s end the Regime admitted that the airliner was shot down by an Iranian air defense missile mistakenly fired due to “American adventurism”. The aircraft contained 82 Iranians, 63 Canadians, 11 Ukrainians, 10 Swedes, 4 Afghans, 3 British and 3 Germans, and there were no survivors. Just a few hours before the crash, the Iranians had launched missile attacks from the area near the crash at bases containing U.S. troops in Iraq. Intelligence reports indicated that about 25% of the missiles failed to ignite or misfired in some other way. Usually in these types of attacks entire missiles are located when they fail to reach the target and fail to explode. That is what happened in the attack on Saudi Arabia’s oil fields earlier last year. That tells us that the hype about Iranian missile technology may be a bit exaggerated. According to media speculation, growing pressure from Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau, and from President Donald Trump, forced the Iranians to admit that they shot the aircraft down. Whether that was the reason or not, they did admit it, and fairly quickly, and furthermore they admitted to originally lying about the cause and they apologized for that. So what really happened here, I mean why would the Iranian government would shoot down a defenseless airliner that was no threat to anyone? Speculation and guesswork are the only things we have, but I can think of a few possible reasons. The most plausible is the answer the regime gave, and that is, that it was a mistake due to a heightened alert status because of an expected American attack. That answer seems plausible to me and makes logical sense. The Iranian armed forces had fired several missiles at American forces in Iraq, so they were obviously on high alert. They were quite forthright in their admission and their apology, which is unusual and unexpected. How could such a mistake happen? That’s an easy one to answer. Untrained or inexperienced launch officer or missile troops could have panicked when he or they saw the airplane on his or their tracking target radar. It could have been a mistake in command which released the weapons to fire without proper confirmation. Remember a few years ago when the United States guided missile destroyer Vincennes accidentally shot down an Iranian airliner with 277 people on board? When tensions are high and threats are going back and forth you create a perfect environment for a fatal mistake. Another possible answer is that the Iranians deliberately targeted someone, or some group of people, on the airliner and simply used the American dispute as cover. Perhaps there were several Canadians that they thought were espionage agents or were spying on their nuclear program in some way. That possibility seems rather remote to me and it doesn’t make as much sense as the simple mistake theory. The final explanation didn’t surface until yesterday, at least that’s the first I heard of it,
Darrell Castle talks about the assassination of Iranian General Qassem Soleimani by a Hellfire missile fired from a U.S. drone. Transcription/Notes: TRUMP AND THE GENERAL Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 10, 2020, and on this Report I will be talking about the assassination of Iranian General Qassem Soleimani by a Hellfire missile fired from a U.S. drone. The attack, apparently personally ordered by President Trump, occurred at the Baghdad airport where the General had just arrived on a flight from Tehran, Iran. He was there to meet with an Iraqi named Abu Mahdi al-Muhandis who had personally planned and led the blockade attacks against the U.S. Embassy. Keep in mind that the situation is fluid and changing as I speak. A brief background to this story tells us that first an American civilian contractor was killed and several U.S. soldiers wounded in a rocket attack on an Iraqi base near KirKuk in Iraqi Kurdistan. In response, President Trump authorized airstrikes on five camps of the attackers. The targeted organization was designated a terrorist organization by President Obama’s State Department in 2009. The group has repeatedly attacked U.S. forces in Iraq. In retaliation for the U.S. bombing, protesters led by the Iraqi Muhandis, blockaded and attacked the U.S. embassy in Baghdad. Attacking embassies is a common tactic used by Middle East groups, who believe they are immune from retaliation. Remember the takeover of the U.S. embassy in Tehran in 1979, and the siege of the U.S. embassy in Benghazi, Libya during President Obama’s administration. President Trump tweeted out a threat, as he termed it, and said that Iran would pay a very big price. The Supreme Leader of Iran Ayatollah Khamenei taunted President Trump on New Year’s Day by saying “there is not a damn thing you can do.” It turns out that the Ayatollah was wrong because when his top General got off his airplane and got in the car with Muhandis, they did not make it off the tarmac before a Hellfire missile fired from a U.S. drone obliterated them. I suppose the Ayatollah confused President Trump with Presidents of his past dealing, but apparently Trump wanted to send him a Hellfire message that could be read as, “I’m not Jimmy Carter and I’m not Barack Obama, and when you kill one of us I will kill you back”. The Iranians had to retaliate, of course, so they sent some rockets into Iraqi bases where U.S. troops were stationed, apparently killing no one but appearing strong and unafraid. So, they killed some of ours and in retaliation, Trump killed some of theirs and they retaliated for that, although in a benign way designed to not require further retaliation. The President spoke to the nation and accepted their quid pro quo as the end of it as far as he is concerned. If the Iranian retaliation was planned and accepted in advance I would not be surprised. There are rumors floating around that a back channel note sent through the Swiss embassy to Tehran said that proportionate retaliation would be acceptable and I assume that means a military and not a civilian target. I’ll be surprised if this tit for tat goes any further than that because I think Trump wants to use it as an opportunity to do what he promised in his campaign he would do, and that is get the U.S. out of the eternal war business. So, perhaps a quiet deal with Iran is in place, and everyone avoids embarrassment. That’s just a guess on my part but it looks plausible. I admit thought that this idea of pre-planned withdrawal looks shaky now, considering the massive buildup of U.S. forces in the Gulf Region, so we will see. In response to all this fighting, the Iraqi Parliament met and voted to invite U.S. troops to leave Iraq immediately. Perhaps the President will accept their invitation and pull the U.S. out of Iraq as he promised to do in his 2016 campaign. Perhaps he will do that, but if so, it won’t solve the problem unless they come home complet...
Darrell Castle talks about the series of government documents recently released to the Washington Post by court order regarding the U.S. involvement in Afghanistan. Transcription / Notes: THE AFGHANISTAN PAPERS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 3, 2020, the first Friday of the New Year, and the first of a new decade. I am now 6 weeks post surgery to repair a severed tendon in my left knee and I am happy to report that I am making great progress toward being able to walk again. This week I began physical therapy and I can now bear some weight on my leg so thanks for bearing with me and thanks for the prayers and well wishes. Since this is the beginning of the New Year, a year in review episode would be appropriate. What was the biggest story of the year? My vote would go to the never ending impeachment investigation against President Trump, but there are the presidential election campaigns of all the Democrats; the Constitution becoming ever more irrelevant because it is voluntary and not self-enforcing so goodbye Constitution. I could also talk about rising debt at every level of government and the public, and the inevitable debt crises, but instead I have decided to revisit the Middle East, specifically Afghanistan. Where do we stand in Afghanistan after 18 years of fighting, dying and killing? A New Year is a good time to ask that question. Washington invaded Afghanistan 18 years ago and as a result has suffered more than 2400 dead Americans, more than 20,000 wounded Americans along with more than 110,000 Afghan dead and the expenditure of more than 1 trillion dollars. We don’t have to wonder what it was all about anymore because a report in the Washington Post published December 9, 2019 tells us. The report consists of about 2000 pages of material that a court ordered the Office of the Special Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction to release to the Post. The Report paints a Robert McNamara type picture of America’s entry into and occupation of Afghanistan. McNamara, who was Secretary of Defense, and therefore responsible for the conduct of much of the Vietnam War, in a televised interview after the war said it was all a mistake that we shouldn’t have made. He said we, and by that he meant he and president Johnson, who created the lies and deception to justify what they had already decided to do.. The Afghanistan Papers, as the Post calls the Report, I suppose to remind us of the Pentagon Papers of Daniel Ellsberg fame, paints a devastating picture of the lying fraud that made up U.S. war policy and continues to do so to this day. The report consists of interviews and recorded conversations of those who began the war, as well as the generals and bureaucrats who conducted it. It cuts across the Bush and Obama Administrations and points out that the Trump Administration is continuing down the same path. The documents contradict a long chorus of public statements telling us that victory was just around the corner and all the while their private comments reveal that it was all just a pack of lies. They knew and admitted they knew that the war was unwinnable from the start and that nothing of any value could be accomplished there. The “good war” in Afghanistan ,as President Obama called it, only required winning the hearts and minds of the Afghan people. The Report reveals three administrations at the presidential level, all acting in collaboration with military officers and civilian bureaucrats who lied deliberately, repeatedly, and systematically to the public and especially to the media about the actual conditions in Afghanistan. Thousands of documents reveal how despite knowing that the struggle was pointless and unwinnable, additional troops were continually added or “surged” into the struggle. These same officials regularly overstated the success the U.S. had in winning hearts and minds. They simply made up or invented much of the news coming from the w...
In the final podcast of this series, Darrell Castle shares thought-provoking questions regarding the results of Woodrow Wilson’s engineering the peace to “make the world safe for democracy”.
Darrell Castle talks about how Woodrow Wilson’s credit and monetary policies led us into war against Germany.
Darrell Castle talks about how the U. S. power structure was fundamentally altered to allow the end of our republican form of government. This is a review of a timeless topic from the “best of” archives while Darrell continues to recover from knee surgery. Transcription / Notes FROM JEFFERSON TO WILSON How did the United States change from the republic envisioned by the framers into a monarchy with its royal court that it has become today? I started thinking about this when I was analyzing the State of the Union speech given by President Barack Obama recently and I decided to go back and look at State of the Union speeches given in the past. What I found was that Thomas Jefferson, when he became President, decided not to give a State of the Union speech at all because he thought that walking out in front of a joint session of Congress reminded him of the British monarchy that the country had gone through a war to be rid of. Instead of a speech, he wrote a letter to Congress, intentionally vague, so that it wouldn’t seem like a royal decree and then he had a clerk read it out loud to the Congressmen and Senators. The Constitution doesn’t require a speech. Article II, Section 3, says only that from time to time the President is required to give Congress information of the State of the Union and to recommend things for their consideration. That’s all that it requires. Jefferson’s example became a tradition that was carried on until it was broken by Woodrow Wilson in 1913. The 20th century, in many ways, became Wilson’s century as he brought into existence much of what we see today. In the very least he laid the groundwork of what we have become today. Woodrow Wilson was the son of a preacher, but pursued a career as an academic. He taught at several colleges along the way before eventually taking a position at Princeton. He served as President of Princeton from 1902 to 1910. He served briefly as governor of New Jersey, 1911 into 1912, then he gained the Presidency in 1912. There was acrimony and division in the Republican Party that split the ranks and Wilson won with only 43% of the vote. From the statement of his friends and various writings, he believed that he was ordained by God to hold the position of President – perhaps the early formation of a divine right philosophy. According to his biographer, this gave him an arrogance and a smugness which masqueraded as righteousness. THE INCOME TAX, THE FEDERAL RESERVE, AND THE 17th AMENDMENT Wilson was a believer in the power of the state and he led the nation into centralization and bureaucracy. In 1913, when he took office, Congress, along with the Europeans, began handing to him the tools to attain the goals that he had for the nation. To accomplish what he wanted there had to be key changes in the power system as defined by the Constitution. The 16th Amendment giving Congress the power to tax incomes was passed in 1909, but after years of fighting was finally ratified in February 1913, just in time for Mr. Wilson’s use. The 17th Amendment calling for the direct election of US Senators was passed in 1912, but not ratified until April 1913, once again, just in time for Mr. Wilson. These two amendments changed the power structure of the nation and altered the relationship between citizens and the federal government. Occurring so closely together, along with other things that happened a few months later, it was the equivalent of a second American revolution. The direct election of Senators greatly diminished the republican form of government envisioned by the founders in which the states had influence and even control of half of the legislative branch. Senators had previously been beholden to the state legislatures and this insulated them from day to day popular opinion. There was no need for the multi-million dollar election campaigns that we see today. This also focused the Senate on the interests of the states rather than being just another popular assembly.
Darrell Castle talks about the 30th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall and why it is still relevant today. Transcription / Notes MR. GORBACHEV, TEAR DOWN THIS WALL Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 15, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the 30th anniversary of the fall of the Berlin Wall 30 years ago this week, and why it is still relevant today. On November 9, 1989, thousands of East Germans imprisoned by the Soviet System for more than four decades began the process of tearing down the wall, just as Ronald Reagan had encouraged them to do in 1987. I remember watching it on television as if it were yesterday. Another U.S. President went to Berlin in 1963 just two years after the wall was built and made a similar speech as a way of encouraging and showing solidarity with people imprisoned by that terrible regime. President Kennedy spoke outdoors, near the wall.hundreds of thousands of people on the east side of Berlin gathered to listen to his words by loudspeaker. The same thing happened when President Reagan spoke more than two decades later. Why is the fall of the Berlin Wall relevant today since it has been 30 years? For one thing it helps to remember as a way to understand where you have been. If you don’t know where you’ve been its hard to understand where you are going. A second reason would be to review the long history of the cold war, the many tactics employed, and the tactic that finally worked. Finally, it may help to understand how the soviet system denied sovereignty to captive nations as does the European Union although in a different manner today. How did it all happen to such a great city Like Berlin from which came Einstein, Planck and Heisenberg? After world War ll the allies divided Berlin into four sectors; American, British, French, and Soviet. The Soviets had the East sector and forbid travel to the West but somany East Germans were escaping into the West, an estimated 3.5 million between 1945 and 1961 that on August 13, 1961, the East German government ordered construction of a wall to prevent escape. Families were separated by the wall for decades and hundreds died trying to escape to the West. The rebuilding of Berlin post World War ll was an American achievement under the leadership of George Marshall and President Truman. When the Soviets closed off Berlin to the West, Truman and Marshall began an airlift of supplies that eventually broke the blockade. The two political systems which together destroyed Berlin, National Socialism, and Soviet Communism were necessary for the strength of each to grow and expand. Without the necessity to fight Hitler there would have been no Soviet invasion and conquest of Eastern Europe. The crackup of the Soviet Union did not happen because of Reagan’s speech although it certainly helped. More than anything it helped the morale and determination of the East German People to continue their demands for freedom and reunification. For many years the Soviet control of its Western European Empire had been teetering on the brink of collapse. The Soviet System was a good example of what a planned collectivist economy can achieve. The old jokes such as we pretend to work and they pretend to pay us, and we are in the 15th year of the 5 year plan for the Soviet economy, were actually true. Those Eastern European countries were actually burdens instead of benefits. They gave the Soviets the illusion of being a great empire, but they didn’t produce anything so they were a net drain on the Soviet economy. Since they had no first world GDP to speak of, the Soviets had to pour money into each of them to keep them going and to maintain their militaries. Sometimes you think you own something only to find out it actually owns you. Gorbachev was brought to power specifically to fix the desperate economic problems that had been hidden from the West for so long. When he saw what the problems were and that they ...
Darrell Castle talks about the CIA’s efforts and level of success in executing regime change in America. Transcription / Notes THE CIA BRINGS REGIME CHANGE TO AMERICA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 8, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about the CIA’s efforts to execute regime change in America, as they have in so many foreign countries, but first I want to at least mention that Sunday November 10th is the Marine Corps birthday and Monday the 11th is Veterans Day. I honor them wherever they are. This Report is not good news or happy news today but it is the truth as far as I am able to determine it. There has been and is ongoing a great battle for the heart and soul of America. This battle has been raging for many years but when it first began is anyone’s guess. The long and short of it is that the Deep State won and the American people lost. This was the big war, perhaps the most important one ever fought by America, and the Deep State has been able to accomplish something that Nazi Germany, the Japanese Empire, and Fascist Italy could not accomplish in four years of total war. Donald Trump apparently didn’t know that he was in a war, nor did he understand the forces allied against him. He apparently was just a babe in the woods against the big bad wolf, as manifested by the CIA. Perhaps that is why he retained so many of President Obama’s Deep State operatives in his administration. At least in World War ll we understood who and what we were fighting, but today America is no longer homogeneous. Inundated with unassimilated migrants from all over the world, it no longer has a cultural identity. It no longer has a common religious tradition, and with the secularization of society, America lost its moral framework. So we don’t know who we are fighting, and we fail to realize that an unelected department of our government is manipulating our reality to deceive us and keep power over us. There is no longer any kind of trust in American culture, and in fact, many on the left and their allies seem to despise American culture as it used to exist. Donald Trump tried to fight against all this but he really never knew what he was dealing with and, therefore, never knew what hit him. He wanted to “get along with Russia”, he wanted to withdraw troops from some of the quagmires and avoid others, he wanted to stem the tide of mass migration but his efforts have all been washed away by the power of the Deep State. One problem is that he is a statist at heart and wasn’t alarmed at calls for government to grow bigger. He doesn’t seem to understand anything about economics or have any kind of economic philosophy. Despite the growing debt, he looks for more waste and more money creation. He doesn’t seem to realize that he is the general in charge of an army in this civil war that has been raging for some time. It is a civil war in the sense that it is two forces fighting for control of one government so they can run it in their own way. That war has been lost and the Deep State was the winner and now it is in mop up mode. Oh, they will try to keep the union together for a while, but it won’t work because right now even members of the same family can’t have a civil conversation. People have come to viscerally disrespect and despise each other and Trump is simply the lighting rod or catalyst for both groups. Who knows how many regime changes the CIA has instigated around the world in the last 70 years or so. I’m sure the number is hundreds and perhaps even thousands. If they don’t like the government or the leader of some country, especially if that country is not nuclear armed, they execute a program of regime change to “give the people of that country a democracy” but it’s really a government more to CIA liking. How did I come to such a conclusion in such a short period of time? Well, I’m glad you asked. First of all, it wasn’t such a short period of time because these things have...
Darrell Castle discusses the Great Crash on its 90th anniversary in the hope that by examining the past we can learn something about the present and the future. Transcription / Notes THE GREAT CRASH PLUS NINETY YEARS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday November 1, 2019 and there are so many things we could talk about today, because so many events are happening in our current world, but instead we journey back 90 years. We look at the Great Crash on its 90th anniversary in the hope that by examining the past and its great events, we can learn something about the present and the great events of the future. Yes, it has been 90 years since the stock market crashed, sending the U.S. economy into depression. So what have we learned? That is the question for today. In August 1929 investors in the stock market were having the time of their lives, but just two months later they were jumping to their deaths from Wall Street high rises. The stock market was indeed flying high in August 1929 fueled by the Federal Reserve’s low interest rates—easy money policies of the time. Two successive administrations, those of Harding and Coolidge were in favor of the boom and wanted to keep the roaring twenties going on into the thirties, but the Fed reversed itself and began to let the air out of the financial balloon by gradually raising rates. If all this sounds eerily familiar to you it does to me as well, and that’s why we discuss it today. The Dow Jones Industrial Average reached an all time high on September 3, 1929 of 381.17, but there were plenty of warning signs of what was coming if one looked carefully. The Dow drifted up a little and down a little over the next six weeks until finally in the last week of October it crashed with one massive sell off after another. Ordinary investors joined the professionals and sold what they could of their portfolios, but many lost everything they had worked all their lives to accumulate. The market did not reach bottom until July of 1932 when it hit a low of 41 representing just 11 per cent of its high. Today the market stands at 27,071.42, a massive difference even considering inflation, but it did not fully recover its pre-crash level until 1952, so it took a world war plus about a quarter of a century to regain the level it reached in August 1929. The Great Crash was precipitated by, and exacerbated by, a series of government blunders that continued to make a bad situation a lot worse. The Fed shifted rates up and down, taxes were increased, prices were fixed, gold was seized, and many other mistakes. Since the prices received by farmers for their products had also cratered, the government assumed that prices fell because of oversupply, so the government supervised the destruction of agricultural products, including thousands of animals. This government intervention was perhaps all with good intention, but it had the effect of stifling investment and boosting unemployment so the situation for the average American went from bad to worse. In the first four years that being 1929 to 1933 the production of factories and mines fell by more than one half. Real disposable income fell 28 percent and stock prices collapsed to one tenth their previous value. Unemployment went from 1.6 million to 12.8 million in 1933, which meant that one in every four people had no job. It was not just the United States that was affected because the entire world economy was on the brink and collapsing. It brought about the rise of strong men in many nations who promised they could fix the problem. There are many theories about what caused the Great Crash and what made it get progressively worse. Many of those theories should probably be labeled myths, but for our purposes we are not here to debate the cause but to examine where we stand today, 90 years post crash. Today our economic system is under attack and is being blamed for all sorts of problems.
Darrell Castle talks about Hillary Clinton accusing Tulsi Gabbard of being a Russian asset. Transcript / Notes TULSI SPEAKS TRUTH TO THE ESTABLISHMENT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 25, 2019, and on this Report I will once again be talking about Tulsi Gabbard, whose feud with Hillary Clinton knocked Syria off the front pages at least for this week. Sometimes people comment or send me emails questioning whither I have some weird relationship with Tulsi because I occasionally speak highly of her. The answer to that question is no I have never in my life met her or even set eyes on her as far as I know, and furthermore I am aware of the downside risk of someone with the economic philosophy of Tulsi in control of our credit based centralized economy. Having given you that disclaimer we move on. She is simply the one and only Democrat candidate for President who occasionally tells the truth which makes her a target for establishment Democrats as we will see. She has criticized American Foreign Policy with its never ending wars, especially in Syria, and that has drawn the ire of old time Democrats, such as Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama. Hillary Clinton’s opponents, in any endeavor she happens to compete, are all Russian assets and, except for those evil Russians and their American assets in both Parties, she has never lost at anything. Enter Tulsi Gabbard who says, in the most recent Democrat CNN debate, “Trump won the election in 2016.” That is common and obvious knowledge to most of us but not to Hillary Clinton. The studio audience was so stunned by Tulsi’s willingness to tell the truth that it just sat there in stunned silence. If Trump won the election, then Hillary lost the election, and to publicly state that obvious fact is a clear violation of Democrat speech code and therefore Tulsi is officially off the reservation and scheduled for banishment. Hillary did what she does so well and that is character assassination through lies. “I’m not making any predictions, but I think they’ve got their eye on somebody who is currently in the Democrat primary and are grooming her to be the third-party candidate. She’s the favorite of the Russians, Clinton said, they have a bunch of sites and bots and other ways of supporting her so far.” The former First Lady and former Secretary of State of the United States cited no evidence for her assertion that a Democrat candidate for President of the United States is, in fact, a Russian agent. Perhaps everyone will soon be Russian agents except Hillary Clinton. Hillary also charged Green Party candidate Jill Stein with being a Russian asset. That’s quite a diverse group of assets the Russians have, isn’t it. Donald Trump, a Republican; Tulsi Gabbard, a Democrat; and Jill Stein, a Green, all agents of Russia so they have all the bases covered. I feel a little left out though because I was in that 2016 race and as far as I know I am free of any accusations of Russian collusion. It would probably have added to my credibility and that of the Constitution Party if Hillary had mentioned us, but alas, she has not so far. The accusations were not a joke to Tulsi, however, and she decided the best defense is a good offense. Clinton, while failing to name her directly as the one said, “She’s the favorite of the Russians. They have a bunch of sites and bots and other ways of supporting her so far. “ Tulsi acknowledged that she was the intended target and responded with the following Tweet: “Great! Thank You Hillary Clinton. You, the queen of warmongers, embodiment of corruption, and personification of the rot that has sickened the Democratic Party for so long, have finally come out from behind the curtain. From the day I announced my candidacy there has been a concerted campaign to destroy my reputation. We wondered who was behind it and why. Now we know—it was always you, through your proxies and powerful allies in the corporate media and war machin...
Darrell Castle talks about Syria and President Trump’s recently announced decision to pull US troops from that country. Transcription / Notes LEAVING SYRIA OR JUST POSTURING Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 11, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about Syria and the President’s recently announced decision to pull U.S. troops from that country, but first I want to remind you that next Friday I will be attending the Constitution Party National Committee Meeting so there will be no Castle Report next week. God willing I will be back with you Friday, October 25th. Today is my 71st birthday so Happy Birthday to me. I am using this particular one to contemplate the last 71 years and what I have done with them. Many people, perhaps even most people, are retired at my age but I am still working. I am, in fact, working today and I sit here at this moment in my office high above the streets of Memphis Tennessee, ready to do what I have been doing for 40 years. Why I am still doing this is a relevant question, but the answer is fairly simple. It’s what I do and what I know and what I’m good at. Some other reasons are that I enjoy it and I make money doing it and finally I don’t envy the lives of the retired in my profession. So 71 today, and 41 of those years have been spent married to the same woman. One of my favorite passages Psalm 68:6 says “the lonely he sets in families.” That’s exactly what he did for me and so 41 years as a husband and 35 years as a father. Twenty-seven years in the Constitution Party and almost 10 years of doing this Castle Report, with over 800 episodes now recorded. That’s enough about me because we are not here to talk about me, but about Syria. The ancient land where the Apostle Paul had his Damascus Road experience with Jesus some 2000 years ago was then occupied by the troops of the Roman Empire. Today, 2000 years later, Syria is occupied by the troops of many empires including Russia, Turkey, Iraq, Iran, and of course, the United States along with the troops of the ruling Assad family. That family has run Syria now for about 50 years and currently the ruling family leader, Bandar al Assad, does not seem anxious to give up power. In addition to the troops and equipment of all those countries, many independent military and quasi military groups occupy Syria, including what’s left of Al Qaeda, what’s left of ISIS, along with remnants of other terrorist groups such as Hezbollah, and Hamas. Some of those groups fight to control territory, some fight for or against Assad, but most fight; it seems, to act as a blocking force for their enemies. The United States, so we were told, entered Syria with its military to fight ISIS and other terrorist groups, along with the original purpose of regime change from the Assad regime to one more to U.S. liking. Bandar al Assad still runs the country, at least to an extent, but ISIS, according to President Trump, has been completely destroyed. Since ISIS has been destroyed, and that was the purpose of going there, what reason could possibly be given for U.S. troops remaining on Syrian soil? There are many reasons to remain and many people who would prefer that the United States troops remain in Syria indefinitely, as they have in Iraq and Afghanistan. The U.S. troops, which according to available reports, number only about 1000 are located along the northern border of Syria and the southern border of Turkey. The nation of Turkey, led by de facto dictator Recep Tayyip Erdogan, wants desperately to be the dominant power in the region and apparently only the United States is keeping him from asserting his dominance by military force. There is a people group spread along the southern border of Turkey and the northern border of Syria and extending into both those countries as well as north western Iraq. The Kurds are ancient enemies of the Turks and certainly do not want to be subjected to Turkish rule.
Darrell Castle discusses efforts by politicians in the Democrat Party to impeach and remove from office, the President of the United States. Transcription / Notes: IMPEACHMENT—A GENERATIONAL OPPORTUNITY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 4. 2019, and on today’s Report I want to discuss efforts by politicians in the Democrat Party to impeach and remove from office the President of the United States. From the moment of President Trump’s election the Democrats assisted by the American media and the Hollywood elite have been waging an ongoing coup against him and what he symbolizes. The seditious coup has relied on lies and deception to the FISA Court for the entirety of the Trump Presidency. They first tried a Russia collusion hoax which had the advantage of providing cover for their own collusion with Russia, but after more than two years of investigation by their special prosecutor they had not one shred of evidence. In order to charge someone under the American system of justice, especially an elected official, evidence not just gossip, is required. When Russian collusion failed, they quickly switched to “Trump is a racist”, which they still keep simmering on the back burner, but then a supposed whistleblower within the Whitehouse revealed details of a telephone call between the President and the Ukrainian President discussing Joe Biden and his son Hunter. The whistleblower complaint, as the evidence now proves, is completely false and a contrived falsity between Democrats in Congress primarily Adam Schiff and some CIA plant. The whistleblower does not meet the definition of whistleblower in that he had no firsthand knowledge or evidence to provide, and he apparently went directly to Adam Schiff and other Democrats to spend a month contriving his complaint rather than provide his information through intelligence channels. His complaint is just gossip. I heard from a friend who heard from a friend that something happened. Based on this false and contrived story an impeachment inquiry was started against the President. The Democrats chose as the spokesperson for their new no-evidence coup, Adam Schiff, a Congressman representing the 28th District of California and Chairman of the Intelligence Committee. I suppose they chose Mr. Schiff because he is obviously without any moral scruples or ethics, and has no problem at all standing before Congress and the American people and lying through his teeth about the President’s telephone conversation. That’s not even the worst of it, though, because he didn’t just lie, he read from a supposed transcript and changed the words to suit his own lying deception. I suppose he didn’t know or care that his deception would force the President to release the actual transcript, which would reveal him as the lying deceiver that he is. It’s hard to imagine a U.S. Congressman being so immoral and unethical that he would damage his own country for political benefit, but that is indeed what he did. It was, and continues to be, seditious conduct, which is a serious crime. The Democrats apparently have no fear of their own indictment or even an investigation of their conduct. I suppose they have so much experience with lying sedition that they feel immune. The Democrats in the Obama administration, along with those in Congress and the U.S. Senate, have allowed their immoral and unethical disregard of U.S. law and customs to infect many of the once trusted agencies in the U.S. government. Some of those agencies include the FBI, the CIA, and the Department of Justice, all formerly respected and trusted but now revealed to be totally corrupt. I am reminded of the old adage that one bad apple spoils the whole barrel but a better one is that if you take a bucket of clean drinking water and put in one spoonful of excrement the clean water doesn’t somehow render the excrement pure, instead all the water is now unclean.
Darrell Castle takes a look at the person who is currently the apparent frontrunner for the Democrat presidential nomination, Senator Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts. Transcription / Notes: ELIZABETH WARREN—A DISPASSIONATE LOOK Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 27, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be taking at look at the person who is currently the apparent frontrunner for the Democrat nomination, Senator Elizabeth Warren of Massachusetts. From a professional standpoint I encountered her many years ago through her work in the bankruptcy area of the profession of law. She has written, chaired committees, and generally been a respected authority in that area for several years. Senator Warren is perhaps the brightest and most articulate of the Democrat candidates with the possible exception of Tulsi. Strategic mistakes were made in her campaign that nearly killed it early on, but she brought it back from the dead and has emerged from the crowded field to challenge Joe Biden as frontrunner. When she applied for a job as a professor at Harvard Law School, she listed her race or ethnicity as Native American. Apparently no one at Harvard noticed or cared that she was the only blue eyed, blond haired, white skinned, Native American in existence. Why would she lie about her race on an application for a job at the nation’s most prestigious law school? She was obviously trying to gain an advantage over her competition by identifying herself with one of the victim groups that Harvard places such high value on. Was her lie about Native American heritage the only reason Harvard hired her, probably not, but if it were not seen as an advantage why would she lie about it? The real mistake was in not admitting the lie early in her campaign and thereby taking the sting out of it as an issue. Instead she let Donald Trump goad her into an even bigger lie by referring to her as “Pocahontas.” She tried to take the wind out of the “Pocahontas” sails by submitting to a DNA test prior to her official campaign kickoff. If she actually thought the test would reveal that she is Native American then that is more frightening that her lie. The test did show that she is 1/1 024% Native American which puts her in the 99.99% plus white category. She made a lame argument about the test but was finally forced to admit that yes, she lied about it. Most of us have lied about one thing or another in our lives and I’ll wager that not many candidates in either Party are perfect, but she made it much worse by continuing the lie to the bitter end. I thought her campaign would implode and die out after the DNA fiasco but she persevered, she improvised and she carried on. Now, here she sits as the probable frontrunner for the Democrat nomination. Well, so far this Report has been all lying hypocrisy, so let’s see if there is anything else to this woman. A campaign based on nothing but lies will usually not last through the long marathon that is today’s Presidential campaign. There has to be something in the words of real candidates except lies based on other lies if success is to be found. I am not a U.S. Senator, and I am not a Harvard professor, but I would surmise that she has made a few blunders in her debate strategy. Perhaps she assumes that in debate she is only thinking about the primaries and is therefore speaking to only Democrats and not actual real Americans. If so, that indicates another problem and that is she actually believes her own nonsense. If I were advising her, especially considering her lies about her own identity, I would tell her that in order to be taken more seriously by Middle America; she should consider toning down the identity politics rhetoric. Identity politics that is so pervasive in the Democrat Party now is about the only thing that comes across in the debates. The really scary thing is that with our new demographics, she and the other Democrats may be Middle America now.
Darrell Castle explores the recent attacks on the Saudi oil fields and what that means, or could mean, for the United States and the world. Transcription / Notes THERE’S ONLY ONE ENEMY AND THAT’S IRAN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday September 20, 2019, and on this Report I would like to spend our time discussing the recent attacks on the Saudi oil fields and what that means, or could mean, for the United States and the world. The attack was eerily familiar, especially coming so close to the 18th anniversary of the 9/11 attacks, so close to the dismissal of John Bolton, so close to the President’s talks with Iran, and so close to the Israeli elections. Whatever the cause of this attack, and whoever did it, another big war seems like a real possibility. That real possibility has caused me to wonder I could get this Report finished before Armageddon. That sounds like an intentional exaggeration but if Russia became involved which seems likely, then all bets are off. The latest mock figures I’ve seen project 34 million dead in the first few days of a US—Russia nuclear exchange. I’m certain that no nation, especially not Russia, is going to lose a superpower war when it still has missiles in its silos. Insane people, those driven mad by power, would gamble the fate of millions for something that is not even their problem or their legitimate concern. The failure of Saudi and U.S. radar and early warning systems to detect a massive drone attack on such a vital target makes me think that all U.S. interests and bases in the Middle East are very vulnerable. Whoever conducted this attack has the proven ability to disrupt the world’s oil supply and, thereby affect the economic interests of most, if not all, industrialized nations of the world. Is the world really that vulnerable to a group of seemingly primitive people living in poverty stricken Yemen? If the official story is true, and by official I mean the one the FBI tells us we should either believe or be labeled a domestic terrorist, then I suppose so. Why did the Saudi air defense systems, and even the U.S. systems in the Persian Gulf, along with U.S. satellite surveillance systems not detect this attack? That is a very good question but that is the explanation we are supposed to believe. It’s the same one asked but never answered on 9/11. How did a few Saudi tribesmen living in caves in Afghanistan defeat all 16 of the U.S. intelligence agencies, plus the world’s most sophisticated and most expensive military? That is one of those questions we are not supposed to ask because, well, because we’re just not. This Saudi attack seems to be the same kind of thing. Long before anyone knows for sure most of the media echoes the first report. Headlines from CNN, NBC, the Washington Post and other such news services said Iran attacks Saudi Arabia. It is way too early to know if that is true or not but I suppose that is what we are supposed to believe. We want to believe the powers that be, and so our natural desire to believe the narrative that has been ingrained in us for decades is difficult to resist. Iran is the one and only enemy, we are constantly reminded. John Bolton was Director of National Security until he was fired recently by President Trump. He was the most obvious war hawk, especially toward Iran, and apparently was instrumental in torpedoing Trump’s recent entreaties toward Iran. When he was fired I thought Trump might be coming to his senses and some type of dialogue with Iran might still be possible, but it now appears that is not going to happen. This attack was a very interesting coincidence indeed, but then the Middle East is a perfect environment for a coincidence. Paul O’Neil was Secretary of the Treasury in George W. Bush’s cabinet and in his book, “The Price of Loyalty” he said that in the first briefing of the National Security Council, conducted in January 2001, right after the inauguration,
Darrell Castle answers a question posed to Senator Bernie Sanders during the CNN climate change forum. Transcription / Notes: FEAR, PROPAGANDA AND MALTHUSIAN THEORY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 13, 2019, and that means its Friday the 13th, perhaps a very unlucky day, but we shall see. I had the opportunity to listen to some of the discussion put on by CNN with the Climate Change Forum, whereby the Democrat candidates for president went to a 7 hour long forum and were asked questions by a selected few audience members. Seven hours is a long time and not many could endure that, but I was able to at least get through some of the questions and answers for Bernie Sanders and in this report I will endeavor to respond to one particular question and Senator Sanders’ response. Senator Sanders was questioned by a young woman and although I could not see her I could tell from her voice that she was young. Her question and the way she phrased it, that being one of, all smart and woke people feel this way was dripping with virtuous morality. I will paraphrase her question as follows: Senator Sanders, given that the world is overpopulated and that overpopulation is causing a catastrophic destruction of the world’s climate, isn’t overpopulation a question that is worthy to be addressed by presidential candidates. Senator Sanders answer was “in a word, yes.” He went on to say that a woman has the right to control her own body so I presume he was connecting population control and climate catastrophe to abortion on demand. For that answer the senator received thunderous applause and, I suppose, a standing ovation. My answer to Senator Sanders and to the questioner will constitute the rest of this Report. Yes, Senator, a woman has the right to control her own body. Who could argue with your statement if it stands alone without explanation? A woman has the right to control her own body but children do not have that right whether they are male or female. They apparently have no rights and no choice at all in the decision of whether they should be allowed to continue their lives or not, and cold blooded homicide to eliminate them is obviously acceptable, and even desirable, to you. In the Democrat world, with rare exceptions, human babies are just the disposable product of prior decisions. In fact, given the horrors of overpopulation, a woman killing her own child is actually a virtuous and morally courageous act. The questioner’s statement about overpopulation causing catastrophic damage to the planet’s climate was stated as if it were absolute fact, but in reality it is so completely untrue that it is ludicrous. She obviously believes her statement to be true and that is the real problem, and the real issue of this entire forum. The question, according to her and many others, is no longer debatable because it is “settled.” Why is the question settled? Why can’t the issue be considered in open debate and why must we accept it as “settled”? A lot of important issues are being decided without any formal debate. Issues that are being decided without debate concern a lot of people, especially young people who unlike our questioner, actually have the best intent and want debate. They want to know if it is wrong to have children today or not. These questions have been asked and answered many times over the centuries but here they are again and we are not supposed to question or debate them. The people who impose the answers on us, along with their encouragers in the government and media,are telling us, we are the authority you can’t challenge us. Science is supposed to be a rigorous process whereby theories are tested and revised in response to objective evidence. The politicians and the other climate alarmists respond with the language of fear in order to persuade us to give up our liberty; just a bunch of lies to buttress the global elite’s chosen narrative for us.
Darrell Castle talks about the National Suicide Data Report issued last Monday by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Transcription / Notes THE ELEPHANT IN THE ROOM Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday September 6, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about The National Suicide Data Report issued last Monday by the Department of Veterans Affairs. Lots of rumors have been circulating in the veteran communities concerning suicide and the shocking number of 22 per day has gotten people’s attention, so I decided to look into this report and see if I could determine what its conclusions actually were. The VA now says that the average daily number of veteran suicides has always included deaths of active duty service members, and members of the National Guard and Reserve, not just veterans. The new report includes data from 2005 through 2015. Much of the reported information is basically the same as two years ago when statistics were reported through 2014. In a nutshell the Report concluded that the suicide rate among veterans is much higher than that of the general population, about 50% higher. According to the report, an average of more than 20 veterans every day, seven days a week, 365 days a year commit suicide. This report, unlike the first one, breaks the numbers down into categories. The actual number is 20.6 per day of which 16.8 were veterans and 3.8 were active duty service members, National Guard, and reservists. That all adds up to 6,132 veterans and 1,387 service members who die by suicide in one year and that is shocking, sad, and horrible, or whatever emotional reaction you wish to assign to it. The total is around 7500 per year and would certainly outrage and concern us if the actual war time casualty numbers were that high. In other words, we have not had that many people killed in any single year of the long, never ending desert wars. My guess is that it approaches the numbers killed in all the desert wars combined. The VA seems to be trying to portray the numbers as a public health issue which should come to the attention of public health agencies, as well as the VA. The message the VA is sending is that it is not just the job of the VA to reduce these numbers, it’s everyone’s job. The Los Angeles Times reported that, although veteran suicides were 50% higher than the general population, the numbers of those suicides who never deployed to the desert wars was slightly higher than those who did deploy. That would suggest that there is more involved than the trauma of war when a veteran decides to take his own life. The VA, I’m sure, did its best to convey accurate information in its report, but it was long on numbers and short on solutions. Perhaps that is because there is only one solution that is never tried or even discussed and that is the elephant in the room. The elephant is American foreign policy in general and it’s never ending wars in particular. Stop fighting and come home is a possible answer that could perhaps help. Veterans who fought the World Wars knew that when the enemy was defeated the war would be won and they could go home. They also had the purpose of preserving their nation from a people group who had not only the intent but the ability to destroy it. In today’s wars the veterans have no such knowledge and no such clear purpose. They go, they fight, they come home, and they go again without any hope that it will ever end. The concept of victory, we won, the war is over, let’s have a ticker tape parade never even occurs to our leaders. The cost of war, if stopped. could pay for a lot of treatment for depressed veterans, but it is much easier and so much cheaper to just give them pills. The pills are a political approach to a problem that has a much deeper psychological meaning. The President has decided that medication is the best approach because he announced Wednesday of this week that he was ordering the Department of Defense to buy “a ton” of Spr...
Darrell Castle begins the debate process concerning socialism and capitalism, the real issue in the 2020 presidential campaign. Transcription / Notes SOCIALISM IS IMMORAL AND UNETHICAL Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 30, 2019, and today I will begin the debate process concerning socialism v. capitalism. I believe that the 2020 presidential campaign will be a debate between those who advocate socialism and those who advocate capitalism, and to that end, this Report will from time to time enter that debate. I will begin with a quote from Winston Churchill, “The inherent vice of capitalism is the unequal sharing of blessings. The inherent virtue of Socialism is the equal sharing of miseries.” That quote from Mr. Churchill is from a speech before the House of Commons given on October 22, 1945. He had just brought Great Britain successfully through the most terrible war in human history and was seeking reelection as Prime Minister. Mr. Churchill was not reelected primarily because the people wanted socialism and he definitely was not a socialist. All tides rise and all tides recede; Empires rise and fall; nations rise and fall over the course of history. Socialism seems to be on the rise in America and further intervention in the economy by the government would seem to be inevitable. Those of us who think the trend toward socialism and its ideas is a bad thing should endeavor to refute those ideas by rebutting them in debate whenever possible. Through debate we can perhaps convince people that the ideas of A.O.C., and all the Democrat candidates for president, aren’t very good ones. Debate is a far better approach than violence and shouts of “send her back.” Socialism is essentially an avenue for globalism to travel on because it favors a world socialist state. Socialism advocates, such as all Democrat politicians, pretend to favor minority rights but as Ayn Rand pointed out the smallest minority is an individual and if you don’t favor individual rights how can you truthfully say you favor minority rights. I will point out that a lynch mob is a majority and it has only one dissenting vote. The individual screams don’t steal my labor and my property and the mob screams we want your labor and property for free and we will take it by majority vote. Therefore socialism is theft, but it is also the enslaving of one class of people to the government and to other more favored classes. Granted we already have a certain degree of socialism in America with social security, government control of medical care, government control of banks, etc. These things are all here to stay it seems, so they serve as anchors to allow more and more government intrusion into the economy to serve the needs of those who benefit from such intrusion politically. In other words the camel’s nose is under the tent and certain politicians are now urging us to push the whole camel in. The trend toward socialism that is gripping America and the world right now is the fourth major effort by the globalists to increase centralized control through government power in the last 100 years. For a century, certain people have been steering the government of America away from the people and into their hands. Little by little, inch by inch the camel is moving into the tent so that he is now almost completely in and could be in within less than two years. I have done many Castle Reports on the first centralized grab for power that occurred in 1913 when the Federal Reserve was established as the country’s central bank and was given control over the nation’s monetary system. Congress also gave us the income tax, which has little by little increased government power at the expense of working people. I argue that the Federal Reserve is very bad for the American people because it allows the government unlimited funds through counterfeiting and discourages any limits on spending. Perhaps the most important concept in all of this discu...
Darrell Castle talks about Jeffrey Epstein from a Different Perspective. MISINFORMATION-DISINFORMATION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 23, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be using the time I have with you to talk about the Jeffrey Epstein case. It has been my decision all along to not discuss the case because it has become so talked about it is almost common knowledge, but last Sunday, the New York Times changed my mind. The Sunday print edition of the NYT carried an article that began on the front page and continued as a full page 18. The article entitled “Epstein Feared Misery of Jail In Final Days” was well written by three NYT writers, in the fine fashion we have come to expect from the world’s greatest newspaper. The article immediately caught my eye because it was a detailed explanation of the last days and hours of Mr. Epstein’s life from the NYT point of view. I will admit that I had an opinion about the death before I read the article and the article did nothing to change that opinion. My own view of who killed Jeffrey Epstein is I don’t know who killed him but I’m convinced of who did not kill him and that was Jeffrey Epstein. I try to follow the reasoning of Sherlock Holmes and look for the impossible. Once you identify the impossible then the truth must exist somewhere in what’s left. Dr. Paul Craig Roberts mentioned in his recent article that the head of CIA Counter Intelligence once told him that when the CIA pulls off something it muddies the waters by placing different and conflicting stories in the media. The result is that people end up arguing over which story is correct so the real story is never investigated. The NYT story seems like one designed to explain and justify the official narrative of Mr. Epstein’s death. The FBI wants to label and investigate those who believe in Conspiracy Theories as “domestic terrorists”. One might wonder, then, exactly who are these potential domestic terrorists and what do they believe that has the FBI listing them potentially as terrorists. There’s no need to worry about that because the FBI was kind enough to define such a belief for us. In a letter issued by the Phoenix field office, the FBI explains that these are people who “attempt to explain events or circumstances as the result of a group of actors working in secret to benefit themselves at the expense of others and are usually at odds with official or prevailing explanations of events.” I don’t know about you, but that explanation makes my skin crawl and it sure sounds like the Epstein case. What the FBI seems to be saying is that unless you accept the official or prevailing view of events no matter how many holes are in the story, and no matter how impossible the official explanation, you could be labeled a terrorist. Well I’m sorry but that makes me doubt the official explanation even more. There exist all those questions, about all the momentous events that shaped and defined the lives of many of us, but we are never to question the official explanation no matter how childish it is, and no matter how many obvious conflicts and holes it contains. Let’s just take a brief look at the Epstein case and the way the NYT presented Mr. Epstein’s “official” suicide. The article contains none of the themes that would conflict with suicide and simply concludes that he could not cope with life in jail, especially since for the first time his vast wealth could not help him. That narrative, however, does not match the actual events that happened before the article and continued to happen after the article. The decision to deny bail despite having his $50 million dollar New York mansion as collateral was under appeal. He had reportedly met with his lead attorney and in leaving the meeting said something like see you Monday. Why would a man intending to kill himself have his bail denial under appeal? The entire arrest and charge in New York stood a good possibility of being ...
Darrell Castle talks about American sanctions placed on other countries, as well as some of the effects of those sanctions. Transcription / Notes STRANGLING PEOPLE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 16, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about American economic sanctions placed on other countries, as well as some of the effects of those sanctions. Economic sanctions are acts of economic warfare previously reserved for conduct between warring powers where war has actually been declared. They are a way, short of military conflict, for one nation to impose its will on another. For example, the British sanctioned, embargoed, and blockaded Germany after declaring war in 1939 and Germany responded in kind by imposing a U-boat blockade of Great Britain. Those nations were officially at war and therefore claimed that war as the legal authority to conduct economic warfare against each other. What then gives the United States the legal, international, or moral authority to conduct economic warfare against other nations? I suggest that it is a simple Malthusian concept of might makes right. There were a few economic sanctions imposed by Washington prior to the first Gulf War, but that War beginning in 1991, is one of my first memories of Washington’s attempts to impose its will on others by economic warfare. The economic warfare that I continually make reference to is and must be backed by actual military power in order for it to be effective. For example, you may recall that the first Gulf War did not remove Saddam Hussein from power in Iraq. Instead, a No Fly Zone, as well as economic sanctions, were imposed in Iraq that lasted until the second Gulf War, or about 10 years later. Most of the sanctions against Iraq were conducted by the Clinton Administration, eight of the ten years anyway. The Secretary of State for President Clinton was Madeline Albright, and when she was told that the Iraqi sanctions had caused the deaths of about 500,000 Iraqis, many of them children, she replied, “we think it was worth it”. It’s hard to see the value looking back on it from 25 years of history, what was gained by it all and how was it worth it? Now we find ourselves sanctioning many nations in the world, along with many individuals from those nations. The reasoning behind sanctions seems to run something akin to the reasoning behind the strategic bombing campaigns of World War ll. We don’t like your leadership and, therefore, we will keep the pressure on until you overthrow your old leaders and accept leaders more to our liking. Strategic bombing was successful in destroying the infrastructure and war making capabilities of targeted nations, but it was not successful in breaking the morale of the people so that they demanded peace from their leaders on terms favorable to their enemy. The truth is that the bombing strengthened their resolve and made them more determined to fight on. It gave the enemy leaders the opportunity to point to the destruction and say this is peace to your enemies. Now we seem to be engaged in doing both. We impose economic sanctions where bombing is not yet appropriate, or where the target nation is nuclear capable, and physical bombing where it is not. Russia was sanctioned economically because it invaded Eastern Ukraine and Crimea. My purpose here is not to defend Russian actions, but to argue that economic sanctions often make peace impossible to achieve. The Russian economy has been effectively bottled up by restrictions on its ability to sell petroleum on the world market, a product on which its cash flow depends. Russia went from being a cash flush country before the sanctions to essentially financially cashless after the sanctions. In addition, many individual Russians were sanctioned including many Russian oligarchs. To my knowledge, however, Vladimir Putin, who reportedly has about 40 billion dollars stashed offshore, has not been sanctioned.
Darrell Castle talks about why the Trump Administration chose to withdraw the United States from the Intermediate Nuclear Forces Treaty , a treaty with Russia that has been in effect for 22 years. Transcription / Notes WHY DID THE UNITED STATES WITHDRAW FROM THE INF TREATY? Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 9th, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about why the Trump Administration chose to withdraw the United States from the Intermediate Nuclear Forces Treaty or (INF), a treaty with Russia that had been in effect for 22 years. Yes, we will take a foreign policy look today in hopes that the killing abroad will drive away thoughts of the killing at home, at least for a few minutes. I try to use logic and apply it to what the world leaders are publicly saying in order to gain some perspective of what is really happening in the world and then come to some conclusion given the evidence that I have. The INF Treaty was painstakingly negotiated by President Reagan and the leader of the Soviet Union, Mikhail Gorbechev and finally signed in 1987. It became an integral step in the dismantling of the Soviet Union and the relaxation of tensions between the two countries. President Reagan acted on behalf of Europe and removed much of the nuclear threat to our NATO allies. Intermediate Range missiles have a range of 310 to 3400 miles and, therefore, were no threat to the United States. Europe, on the other hand was totally exposed to such missiles as was the Soviet Union since America had stationed Intermediate Range missiles along Europe’s eastern borders. Intermediate range missiles are extremely dangerous because the warning time of an attack is almost eliminated. The missiles can hit targets in a first strike that can greatly reduce or eliminate the ability of the targeted nation to retaliate. The treaty eliminated 2,692 such missiles with opportunities for both sides to verify elimination and it helped to establish trust between the two leaders and the two governments. Reagan’s trust but verify statement became part of folklore, but its result was a more peaceful world. Why then would the United States withdraw from a treaty that had been so beneficial to both nations? There are many collateral issues, such as, unwillingness to accord Russia much respect as a great nation after the demise of the Soviet Union and the unwillingness of the NATO countries to live up to their agreements and spend the agreed amount on their own defense, and therefore, President Trump is just saying, OK, if you won’t relieve part of our NATO cost burden as you agreed to do, then you are on your own. Those are factors, but not the real reason for ending the treaty. The real reason, in my view, is containment of China. What could a missile treaty with Russia have to do with China? That country has been in rapid expansion mode all over the world and seems to be in a kind of informal alliance with Russia against the United States. Just listen to or read the words of the leaders of the world’s nations, especially the United States, and you can often see their intent quite clearly. China has recently said that the United States is its number one enemy. You are aware that there is a trade war between the two countries and now China has expanded that to a currency war. Earlier this week, President Trump applied a 10% tariff to the last $300 billion of Chinese goods without tariff. That could be devastating to a Chinese economy completely dependent on exports. Everything made in China now costs more than before the tariffs. The world’s economy was already slowing due in part to increasing debt loads of various trading partners as well as sanctions placed on various nations by the United States. The Chinese had to either retaliate for the tariffs or lose face, so they allowed their currency, the Yuan, to devalue. They said it devalued due to market forces but everyone knows they devalued it in retaliation.
Darrell Castle talks about the war against rats being fought in the cities of America especially Baltimore, Maryland. Transcription / Notes: RAT WARS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 2, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the war against rats being fought in the cities of America, especially Baltimore Maryland. This started when Representative Elijah Cummings, a Democrat Congressman representing Baltimore, went to the southern border of the United States and made some derogatory comments about conditions at the border. In this particular case, he had a legitimate reason to go to the border since he is a member of a congressional committee with oversight of the border. I often raise the question, however, of what makes members of Congress into national figures. I believe he was elected to represent the people of Baltimore Maryland in the Congress of the United States, not to be a national spokesperson for illegal immigrants. I know what made senators start thinking they are all national celebrities. It is the 17th amendment, which changed how senators are elected. Direct election took away their duty to be responsible to the legislatures, thus representing their states and allowed them to become multi-million dollar, television-produced national celebrities. Perhaps some members of Congress also want to be celebrities, so they forget about who they are supposed to represent and start speaking for the entire country. Congressman Cummings said, in part, “I guess you feel like you’re doing a great job. Right? Is that what you’re saying? What does that mean? What does that mean when a child in their own feces, can’t take a shower! Come on man, what is that about?” Democrats and their friends in the media picked up on the feces theme and ran with it, although none of them had apparently seen any such conditions, and as far as I know, there were no photographs. Mr. Cummings tried to walk back his comments, at least a little, by explaining that some might say he was trying to beat up on the Border Patrol but that was not his intent. President Trump did see it that way, however, and came quickly to the Border Patrol’s defense. The President pointed out to the Congressman that there are a few problems in Baltimore that are not being addressed. His statement had a lot of truth in it and in America today, if there is one thing you cannot say without being called racist, it is the truth. President Trump’s reply was that the detention centers at the border are “clean, efficient, and well run, just very crowded.” By contrast he tweeted, “Cummings was a brutal bully, shouting and screaming at the great men and women of the Border Patrol about conditions at the southern border and his district is a disgusting rat infested mess. If he spent more time in Baltimore, maybe he could help clean up this very dangerous and filthy place.” I certainly don’t know about the brutal bully accusation but the description of Baltimore was spot on, as was his suggestion that the Congressman spend some time there improving his own district. The controversy continued as the media took various sides, but the President finally said something like, no human would want to live there. That allowed the media talking heads to take a little poetic license and restate what he actually said. Did he say the people in Baltimore are not human?, they asked. No, he said no human would want to live there under current conditions and that is probably a valid assumption. The powers that be, such as Nancy Pelosi and various members of the Democrat presidential candidates, all jumped on the racist train. None of them said there are no rats in Baltimore, and none of them said it is not dangerous, and none said the city is not rapidly losing population because those things are actually true. The fact is, though that many prominent people, including many African American people,
Darrell Castle talks about our current Congress and gives his reasons why he thinks this Congress is the “WOAT” – the Worst Of All Time. Transcription / Notes: Is Our Current Congress the Worst Ever? Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 26, 2019, and on today’s Report I will try to make the case that this current Congress of the United States, the representatives of the people of this nation, the people’s house, is perhaps the worst ever. In professional sports, it is currently in vogue to debate the question of who is the GOAT in that particular sport with the word “GOAT” an acronym for Greatest Of All Time — who is the greatest of all time in the NBA, the NFL, in MLB so on and so forth. No One bothers to debate who is the WOAT or the worst of all time because I suppose it would be in poor taste but it is still of interest to me. I am going to apply the world of sports to the world of government and ask, could this congress be the WOAT or worst of all time? It seems reasonable to think so given what has happened since the 2016 election and especially what has happened in the last few weeks. Here are just a few of many examples for the WOAT premise. Last Friday, one week ago, the Democrat controlled House of Representatives voted 236-173 in favor of the Equality Act. The Democrats were unanimously in favor of passing the Act, and eight Republicans crossed over and voted with them. The Equality Act is another one of those government ideas that government chooses to misname in order to deceive us of its true meaning and intent. The Equality Act actually means the opposite of what its name implies. The bill amends the Civil Rights Act of 1964, to make sexual orientation and gender identity protected characteristics under federal anti-discrimination law. One of the real effects of the bill would be to force public schools to expand female athletic teams to include biological males who identify as transgender girls. Every House Democrat but one, Dan Lipinski of Illinois, co-sponsored the bill and he eventually succumbed to pressure from leadership and signed on as a co-sponsor. Many people including many of those involved in women’s sports in states where this has already been tried, believe that it will destroy women’s sports if it is enacted into law. This bill is a good picture of the fact that the congressional Democrats have lost their hold on reality and descended into the world of fantasy. Connecticut is already allowing male trans-sexuals to participate in girls sports at the high school level with predictable results. Two male runners have dominated girls high school track since then. Some of the female competitors have described it as “demoralizing.” Title IX was passed after a long struggle to bring equality to the amount of money spent in public sports on girls and boys programs. I certainly had my doubts at the time, but it worked to the benefit of everyone. The Equality Act, if ultimately enacted into law, will most likely destroy all that, and destroy the credibility of girls’ sports along with it. Why not just abolish the separation of girls and boys sports and have sports where everyone competes equally for spots on the team? The reason is that it would not accomplish the gender blending that is the real purpose of the Equality Act. The good news is that it will have to pass the Senate in order to become law and that will be very difficult, but still it looks like the wave of the future for Democrats. The Democrats have to keep the radicals in their midst happy or, I suppose, the Legions of the Woke will arise from their slumber and voice their displeasure at their leadership. The second example of why I submit this Congress as the worst ever is its constant feuding back and forth with the President, like children on social media. Many of the social media exchanges are based on outright lies and unsubstantiated opinions, just like the kids in our middle and high schools...
Darrell Castle talks about the 50th anniversary of Neil Armstrong’s walk on the moon and asks if President Kennedy would recognize the country today. Transcription / Notes ONE GIANT LEAP, BUT WHAT NOW Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 19, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about and remembering the Apollo 11 mission which has its 50th anniversary this week. Fifty years ago tomorrow, July 20, 1969 Neil Armstrong did what no human had ever done before; he stepped from the Eagle’s ladder onto the surface of the moon. Neil Armstrong and Buzz Aldrin were the two astronauts who undocked the Eagle from the command module and Armstrong as pilot flew the ship to the area on the moon known as the Sea of Tranquility. I remember the events like they happened yesterday since I was, as was most of the human race, glued to my television for the entire mission. It was touch and go there for a while because the landing area was thought to be a flat plain but when the Eagle approached it was covered by boulders. Armstrong had to fly the Eagle across the Sea of Tranquility until he had a safe landing area and when he landed the descent engine had only 30 seconds of fuel left. When his now iconic words came over the television, “the Eagle has landed”, I still remember the relief in Walter Cronkite’s face and the excitement in his voice. Keep in mind that these men were doing something that no one had done before, something extremely dangerous, and something upon the successful completion of which rested the pride of a nation and the authenticity of its way of life. Michael Collins remained in the command module as it orbited the moon waiting for the Eagle to complete its mission. Collins’ job was to locate the Eagle in its ascent and dock with it as Armstrong flew the Eagle into the docking mechanism. If the Eagle’s ascent engine had failed to ignite, or if some tiny miscalculation had been made in the rendezvous maneuvers, Michael Collins would have been making the trip home from the moon alone. Armstrong and Aldrin spent about 20 hours on the surface of the moon. They collected about 200 pounds of rock samples and planted a flag, an American flag, on the moon’s surface. It may have been a giant leap for mankind, and a trip for all of humanity, but it was the American taxpayers who paid for it, and it was the guts and skill of three men along with the ingenuity of an entire nation that made it possible. Those who were not yet alive when the landing happened can’t grasp what a moment it was. It is no exaggeration to say that it was one of the greatest perhaps the greatest achievement of humanity in its history. The United States was in a cold war with the Soviet Union at the time and that meant an arms and technology race. The threat of nuclear war was always present and people were nervously aware of that as we changed leadership in 1960. General Eisenhower led us in war and peace for many years but he gave way to John Kennedy with the 1960 election. On May 25, 1961, President Kennedy spoke to a joint session of Congress and to the American people. He told them that the United States would put a man on the moon within the current decade. That promise was kept with six months to spare but, unfortunately, President Kennedy was not alive to enjoy it. He lived only two and one-half years after that speech. The Soviet space program had launched a Russian cosmonaut named Yuri Gagarin, who became the first human in space in 1959. It was a simple ride into space on a rocket called Vostok and a return to earth alive, but it was enough to get American attention and enough to accelerate the United States into a race that it appeared to be losing. The space race was more than just who gets to the moon first; it was a question of which system is superior, Soviet totalitarian communism or American representative self government. To some extent, I suppose that is still the question today.
Darrell Castle talks about the criminal case and investigation against Jeffrey Epstein, currently ongoing by the U.S. Attorney, Division of Public Corruption in the Southern District of New York. WHO CAN CLEAN AMERICA’S AUGEAN STABLES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 12, 2019, and on today’s report I will be talking about the Fifth of Hercules’ twelve labors. No, not really, this Report is not about Greek Mythology and its actual subject is, unfortunately,, not a myth. The actual subject is the premise that when a nation reaches the level of accepting child rape from those in high places, it is in the bottom of the pit. In the mythology of Ancient Greece, Hercules was a demi god meaning he was the result of a union between the God Zeus and a mortal woman. It seems that Zeus deceived the poor woman into thinking that he was her mortal husband, but another woman the goddess Hera was enamored with Zeus and therefore hated Hercules. She set out to create hell in his life and was fairly successful in doing so. Since Hercules was half god or demi god he had great strength and ability. He was assigned twelve labors that usually involved fighting and killing some legendary dragon or great beast but the fifth labor of Hercules is our subject for today. King Augeas had a great deal of land and the largest herd of cattle in the world. The stalls of his barn had not been cleaned in 30 years and so contained the filth of hundreds of thousands of cattle over 30 years time. Hercules task was to clean the stalls in one day so you can see that it was no small labor. Hercules was a clever and resourceful hero so he diverted two rivers to flow through the stalls thus washing them out in a single day. The question for the day then is who will clean out the Augean stable that is America today. The filth and corruption has been accumulating for over 100 years and I suppose some would say for the entire 243 years of America’s existence. Every time a hero comes along that we think is up to the task he ends up being corrupted by the filth and just adds more to what is already there so the pile gets bigger day by day. The matter that brought my mind back to Greek Mythology is the criminal case of Jeffrey Epstein filed recently in the Southern District of New York (SDNY) by the United States Attorney’s office, Division of Public Corruption. When asked why that particular department, the U.S. Attorney in charge said something like I wouldn’t read too much into that. How can we not read a lot into it? Why would the division of public corruption bring charges against a man described as a billionaire financier and who has no apparent connection with government. The answer has to lie somewhere in the corruption accumulating in Washington, which most of us hope will be at least partially cleaned out by this process. I’m sure you are aware by now that Mr. Epstein has been charged with one count of sex trafficking of minors and one count of conspiracy to traffic minors and the two charges together carry a maximum sentence of 45 years in prison. He reportedly carries a lot of names in his rolodex. Not just any names but the kinds of names that might pay huge sums for silence and the kinds of names that can get a 45 year sentence reduced to almost nothing. Please keep in mind that none of those names have even been charged, so it is all just speculation at this point, but Mr. Epstein himself has certainly been up to this behavior for decades and he has been caught and charged before. About a decade ago he was arrested and charged with running a sex trafficking operation in Florida and on his private island in the Caribbean in which several, perhaps hundreds of minor girls experienced rape and other forms of sexual abuse. I don’t like to use the terms abuse, trafficking, etc., when what we are really talking about is the rape of children. These were children from difficult situations who don’t count and don’t matte...
Darrell Castle discusses the Democrat candidates for President and the answers they gave in the recent debate. Transcript / Notes TULSI—AT LEAST A PARTIALLY SENSIBLE CANDIDATE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 5, 2019, the Friday after the 4th of July, which, is of course Independence Day. We celebrate Independence Day, or should I say some of us celebrate it because we honor our country and its 243 years as an independent nation. We remember the 243 years and the blood, and hard labor that it has taken to preserve it. On today’s Report I will be talking about the debates recently held by the Democrat Party between its 20 candidates for the office of President of the United States of America. The Democrats have so many candidates running for their nomination they have to take two nights to give them all a chance to be heard. I would guess that the movers and shakers in that Party wish that a few of them would just go away but in today’s America everybody can come and everybody can run. To talk about all the Democrat candidates would be an exercise in futility and would take weeks so I will just hit a few highlights. There was a lot of talk about a lot of things but the central theme of all the candidates without exception was anyone who wants to come to America, legally or illegally is welcome to do so and once here everything should be free. There was no concern whatsoever for the will of the American people expressed through their representatives in Congress and the Senate through laws duly passed in accord with the Constitution. The rule of law and the Constitution as the bulwark doesn’t seem to occur to them. Many of them spoke Spanish or answered in Spanish which is rude and insulting to those of us who live in an English speaking country. When asked the question, “which of you think healthcare should be free to people who are illegally in America, every single candidate raised their hands. They all oppose any and all restrictions on border crossing whether illegal or legal thus leaving the American taxpayer open and exposed to the whole world. Here’s a question I would like to have heard answers to but unfortunately it was never asked: There are currently between seven and one half and eight billion people on planet earth, ; hundreds of millions of those people live in poor countries under difficult conditions and they would very much like to live in a rich country with free stuff; many of those poor people have diseases that are untreatable and incurable where they are but who would like a shot at free western medicine so what is the upper limit of how many you would let in; how many would you let in and how would you stop the rest because the American people are on the edge of their seats waiting for your answer. You will never hear that question posed to Democrats because that would require them to face reality instead of living in fantasyland. Sometimes I feel as if I went to sleep and woke up in an alien universe. I wonder if any of them even believe half of what they said. If they do then there’s a scary future ahead for America. I have previous experience as a candidate for president and for vice president as a Constitution Party nominee, and I have been in many debates. Some of the debates I have participated in were televised although only locally and also by networks such as Al Jezeera and Russia Today. Some of the candidates I debated were serious people who were difficult to refute but most were a collection of socialists and everything free, open borders types. I always tried to conduct myself with dignity and I wanted to leave the people with the impression that I was at least capable of holding the office were I to be elected. How can you take a candidate seriously when he, as Cory Booker did, says that we haven’t talked enough about black transsexuals? Senator Booker is a Yale Lawyer and a Rhodes Scholar so he is not stupid, just diabolical,
Darrell Castle talks about what it means to be a liberally progressive city in 2019. LIBERALLY PROGRESSIVE CITIES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 28, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about what it means to be a liberally progressive city here in 2019. I will talk about what the term progressive means in general since I often ask myself, “what does that mean, progressive, and what are we supposedly progressing toward”. I wonder, and I ponder, the meaning of the terms that are supposed to describe those who live there. The idea for this Report actually came from the world of politics and the world of football, but ironically the same liberally progressive city. I read a football story a few days ago about a player who was taken number two in this year’s NFL draft by the San Francisco 49ers. The unusual thing about the player is that he once reportedly said something derogatory about a well known former 49er player and something positive about Donald Trump so the writer speculated that his value might fall due to his willingness to use forbidden speech and possess forbidden thoughts but apparently it did not. The player ended up with San Francisco anyway and the writer said that city is one of the most liberally progressive cities in the country so he didn’t know how its fans would relate to the player who is apparently not yet woke. That started me thinking about what the term “liberally progressive” really means. I know that San Francisco used to be one of the most beautiful cities in the world, but that was before it became as “liberally progressive” as it is now, so perhaps its when a city reaches third world status. I spent some weekends there in the 1970’s, and have visited it from time to time since then, but I would not want to visit now. I choose not to visit San Francisco now because it has liberally progressed from most beautiful city in the country to third world outdoor toilet. It has become a drug-infested cesspool of filth, garbage, human excrement and used needles in a very short time so I guess I do know what the term liberally progressive actually means. In his recent article, writer Michael Snyder said, “Right now, nearly a quarter of the nation’s homeless population lives in the state of California, and more are arriving with each passing day. When you walk the streets of San Francisco or Los Angeles, you can’t help but notice the open air drug markets, the giant mountains of trash, and the discarded needles and piles of human feces that are seemingly everywhere. If this is what things look like when the U.S. economy is still relatively stable, how bad are things going to get when the economy tanks.” Leilani Farha, United Nations Special Rapporteur for Adequate Housing, in a recent visit to the city, compared conditions there to the slums of Mumbai, Delhi, Mexico City, Jakarta and Manila and said the crisis in San Francisco is comparable. I was in downtown Los Angeles a short time ago and I tried to avoid the worst of it, but I was walking to dinner at a downtown restaurant with my family just as it was getting dark and I noticed that I had to be very careful not to step on people sleeping on the side walk. I’m not the only one to notice though, the Governor of California, Gavin Newsom, has also noticed his state’s liberal progression, although he apparently doesn’t like to hear about it. The Governor is also a former mayor of San Francisco, and while speaking to a local group recently, was quoted as saying, “I can’t read a damn article about this city anymore without “poop maps”. Give me a break.” Well, Governor, you might be tired of hearing about what you and your predecessors have done to San Francisco and Los Angeles, but if it were left up to me you would hear about it every hour of every day. You would see it on television and on the front pages of newspapers, and on the various social media sites you frequent,
Darrell Castle talks about the victory of Gibson’s Bakery over Oberlin College and how truth was revealed through a bottle of wine. IN VINO VERITAS—WINE BRINGS TRUTH Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 21, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about how truth sometimes does come from a bottle of wine, as the Latin title translates. The legal battle between Oberlin College and Gibson’s Bakery is the real subject for today as well as how truth was revealed in that case through a bottle of wine. Oberlin College is a private liberal arts college and conservatory of music in Oberlin, Ohio. It is the oldest co-educational liberal arts college in the United States, having been founded in 1835. It claims to be the first college to admit women and the first to admit African Americans, and today it is described on Wikipedia as “known for its progressive student activism.” The other side of the case we are talking about is Gibson’s Bakery, a small business located near the Oberlin campus since 1885. Gibson’s then is a fifth generation family owned business which has been owned and operated by the same family for more than 130 years. The elder Gipson is now 90 years old and still works in the bakery, and was present for much of the trial. This case actually started the day after the 2016 presidential election. Apparently a lot of students at Oberlin, as well as the college administration, had a hard time accepting the results of that election. The day after Donald Trump was elected, I suppose in despair and wanting to drown his sorrow, a student, who happened to be African American, along with two companions, came into the bakery, stuck a bottle of wine in his coat and walked out without paying. Allyn Gibson, whose great-great-grandfather founded the bakery, confronted the young man and told him he was going to call the police. There was a physical altercation outside when Mr. Gibson tried to take a picture, and when the police arrived Mr. Gibson was on the ground, apparently having been beaten and kicked by the three. The three men, all black, were arrested and charged, and then the president of Oberlin sent the following email to the student body: “This has been a difficult few days for our community, not simply because of the events at Gibson’s Bakery, but because of the fears and concerns that many are feeling in response to the outcome of the presidential election. We write foremost to acknowledge the pain and sadness that many of you are experiencing. We want you to know that the administration, faculty, and staff are here to support you as we work through this moment together.” The administration of Oberlin clearly had a political agenda and was willing to tie it to the incident at Gibson’s. The poor students at one of the most elite colleges in the country have apparently never experienced very much pain and suffering in their lives because they were simply unable to cope with not getting the results they wanted from the election. The College’s agenda, at least implicitly, encourages the left wing actions of the students and lets them know that it sympathizes. The Gibson’s were accused of racial profiling since those arrested were black and the Gibson family is white. Student protests formed outside the Bakery, including a boycott which the college participated in, as well as cancelling business with the Bakery. Dean of Students, Meredith Raimondo, participated in the protests along with the students although she said she was there only to support the students and protect them, but she was seen handing out flyers along with the students. The Bakery was severely damaged economically, and was virtually out of business. For several months it struggled to make ends meet and had to lay off most of its 12 employees, some of whom were black. When this type of confrontation is going on outside a business no one wants to risk going there especially with the things being said about the Gibs...
Darrell Castle talks about how human sexuality is degraded and used as a weapon against Christian Civilization. Transcription / Notes HUMAN SEXUALITY—IT’S KIND OF IMPORTANT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 14, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about a subject that is very dear to most of us. Yes, human sexuality is kind of important, but right along with it in terms of importance is human civilization. The degrading of human sexuality is just one of the many termites eating away at the foundations of human civilization. Obscenity and pornography, both tools of the termites, are perversions of the sexuality given to humanity by God. Sexuality, when used as a destructive weapon, is very effective because it appeals to our base and uncivilized nature. Civilization is in fact far too important for those of us who remain civilized, to have turned it over to a bunch of uncivilized people to set the agenda under which we must live, but that’s apparently what we did. We have about 2000 years of this civilization behind us with all its achievement in science, music, art, literature, architecture, and yes even religion. This civilization that we call “Western” or “Christian” Civilization has that name because it was the creation of the church and Christianity. The very foundation of Western Civilization, the same one the termites are eating today, was the creation of the Church. Many of the things we used to take for granted, but which now seem quaint or even backward, such as respect for and protection of women grew out of the Catholic tradition of devotion to Mary, the mother of Jesus. The art, literature, music, architecture, etc. that followed was simply an expression of that faith. Human sexuality, and especially the treatment of women, is the obvious best weapon to use in the War on Civilization and the order of being. A good example today would be a bill the Democrats call “The Equality Act”, which should tell you that it has nothing to do with equality. Instead, it is an attack on Christianity and the tenants of Western Civilization. The bill was recently passed by the House but probably doesn’t have much chance of passage in the Senate so we will hopefully escape its threat for awhile at least. In the House, every single Democrat, plus eight Republicans, voted for it. The legislation would add sexual orientation and gender identity to characteristics protected by the 1964 Civil Rights Act. The LGBTQ community is a top priority for Democrats, as Nancy Pelosi said, so they are willing to place these draconian measures on the rest of us in order to buy the votes of that community. The act would require high schools to allow biological males to compete on girl’s sports teams if they identify as a female and are in the process of becoming a transgendered person. At the last minute, an amendment was added to preserve Title 9 and women’s sports but the Democrats, the party of women, soundly defeated it. Title 9, which requires equality for women’s sports on the high school and college level, was a hard fought battle nearly fifty years ago but Democrats in the House today just throw it away as if it means nothing. They misname their bill “The Equality Act” I suppose to obscure the fact that it deprives a large portion of the population of legal protection and equality. Sexuality, used as a weapon, is not a new thing at all. We have to go back about 100 years to see the beginnings of the long fight to take away the community standards, which allowed individual communities to regulate and prevent what they deemed to be obscene. Little by little, and film by film, the battles were fought with the pornography industry, unwilling to ever concede defeat but always taking the fight to the next level. The real and final battle began in the 1970’s with the court struggles over the Paris Adult Theater cases and the Deep Throat Cases. The Paris Adult Theater cases arose out of Atlanta,
Darrell Castle talks about the recent Supreme Court opinion in the case of Box v. Planned Parenthood of Indiana and Kentucky. Transcription / Notes ABORTION AND EUGENICS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 7, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about the United States Supreme Court’s decision in the case of Box v. Planned Parenthood of Indiana and Kentucky. The Supreme Court reversed in part a ruling from the 7th Circuit which favored Planned Parenthood, but left the 2nd part of the 7th Circuit ruling intact. In 2016, Indiana passed a law that forbade Planned Parenthood from disposing of fetal remains as “infectious waste.” Yes, that’s how they referred to the bodies of the babies they killed, infectious waste. The state law said that from now on the remains have to be treated with respect, dignity and properly buried. The second part of the Indiana law prohibited abortions on the basis of race, disability or sex selection. It’s pretty easy to see that both provisions of this law come very close to recognizing the “fetal remains” as a once living human being. Planned Parenthood of course, immediately filed suit alleging that both provisions were unconstitutional and they won each step of the way up the legal ladder including the 7th Circuit. Indiana continued its appeal to the Supreme Court and that court agreed to hear it. People interested in the status of abortion law, as well as those interested in how this new court would handle such matters, watched the case with great anticipation. By a vote of 7-2 with only Ruth Bader Ginsburg and Sonya Sotomayor voting no, the court ruled the burial provision is constitutional. That ruling, without really saying it, recognizes that there is humanity in that “infectious waste” that deserves dignity and respect. Not the two ladies though, no way would those women grant any respect or dignity to unwanted “infectious waste.” On the second provision prohibiting what amounts to eugenics, the court decided to drop back and punt. They ruled that normally they don’t like to decide something that has not been looked at by at least two appellate courts and this issue has only been looked at by the 7th Circuit so they would not rule on it. That was an easy way out for them and they obviously did not feel ready to make a ruling that would prevent abortions for race, disability or sex selection. To rule that law constitutional would be paramount to saying, wait a minute you are killing innocent and helpless human beings. The Court was not ready to say that and yet they didn’t want to rule that it was ok to do so, and instead, they just let the 7th Circuit ruling that the law is unconstitutional stand. So, just to keep beating this horse for a minute, it is perfectly legal to kill babies in their mother’s womb because you don’t like their race, disability, or sex, but Planned Parenthood, as a consequence of the fetal burial provision, will have its very lucrative business of selling dead baby parts curtailed, at least in Indiana. Although he concurred in the court’s opinion, Justice Clarence Thomas wrote his own long concurring opinion in which he gave the court and the American people a history lesson in the use of abortion for eugenic and racial purposes. He traced the long ugly history of eugenics and how abortion has been used for that purpose in the past. “Enshrining a constitutional right to an abortion based solely on the race, sex or disability of an unborn child, as Planned Parenthood advocates, would constitutionalize the views of the 20th century eugenics movement.” Justice Thomas held the entire history of the abortion for eugenic purposes movement up for the whole world to see, and he rubbed the court’s nose in it for refusing to recognize it as he Quoted Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes writing for the 1927 court, “It is better for the entire world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime,
Darrell Castle talks about the insanity of warfare as a foreign policy strategy against people who have not harmed the United States. Transcription / Notes THE AGE OF INSANITY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 31, 2019, the last Friday of May, and on this report I will be talking about what I call insanity, because it makes no sense to me. It should make no sense to anyone but to those whose brains are wired to a certain end, I suppose that ripping apart the fabric of civilization in the pursuit of raw political power makes some degree of sense. May is the 50th anniversary of the Battle for Hamburger Hill and my local newspaper, the Memphis Commercial Appeal, did a special report on that battle. “As Americans this weekend memorialize the casualties of our war dead, a small band of U.S. soldiers of the 101st airborne division will recall in their collective memories that they were comrades’ in-arms of a famous battle during the Vietnam War. The Battle of Hamburger Hill, fought 50 years ago this month, is seared into the memories of its participants; a struggle in the heavily contested A Shau Valley. Fought over a specific mountain, known as Hill 937, denoted for its height in meters (approximately 3000 feet), it was also called Dong Ap Bia by the North Vietnamese, which translates into “Mountain of the Crouching Beast.” The airborne battalion of the 101st suffered 71 dead and 372 wounded, a casualty rate equal to more than 70% per cent of the battalion. This report goes on to say that they spent their last breath in a hellish place so remember them. Nothing I say in this Report is intended as a criticism of those who fought and died there or in any other place our military is committed. I was one of them almost 50 years ago and today I criticize only those who sent us and who still send us. Wasting one of the best battalions in the United States Army by sending it up that hill seems like either a monumental mistake or the height of insanity, but perhaps hindsight is 20/20. The problem lies with a foreign policy that puts people in positions of fighting wars that don’t need to be fought and frankly should not be an American concern. The United States had many opportunities to avoid what happened in Vietnam in 1945, in 1954, in 1958, and in 1963. The leadership could have chosen different paths, but instead they chose the paths with all the traps and in they went. I know that during my years as a Marine Officer almost 50 years ago, I and the other young officers with me didn’t spend a lot of time pondering these things, at least not openly. Open criticism of overall strategy by the officer corps and/or the civilian leadership would have seemed disloyal and would never have happened. We just assumed that the people we were supposed to fight needed to be fought so that’s what we did. I have had many opportunities to think about it in the intervening years, however, and I have tried to take advantage and think. It has occurred to me that when we go abroad to kill foreigners, the people we are killing, and who are trying as hard as they can to kill us, should be a direct threat to the United States to at least some degree. The people we fought in Vietnam had zero ability to harm the United States in any way whatsoever. If our enemy is not a direct threat, and in fact, is totally incapable of harming the United States then what’s the point. We fought them and they killed almost 60,000 of us and we killed God only knows how many of them, perhaps a couple of million and yet they could not have directly harmed us if we had remained as far away from there as possible. The other thing that has occurred to me over the years is that the United States has actual enemies fully capable of helping to crack apart our entire civilization sitting in the halls of Congress and the Senate. It requires a strange leap of insanity to allow that to happen, but nevertheless there it is.
Darrell Castle continues with part two of A Hero’s Journey leading into Memorial Day. Transcription / Notes A HERO’S JOURNEY—PART TWO Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday May 24, 2019 the Friday before Memorial Day, just a three day weekend for most people but for us a chance to pause and remember. To that end we continue with part two of our Hero’s Journey to honor some of those who fought World War Two, and made that hero’s journey. The early days of World War Two were desperate times for the naval and marine aviators trying to defend their ships from attack in the pacific. The only fighter aircraft they had for the first 15 months or so of the war was the F4F Wildcat which was vastly inferior to its main opponent the Japanese zero. The Wildcat did not have automatically retractable landing so the gear had to be manually retracted by the pilot turning a crank in the cockpit that operated a set of wheels and pulleys. It was less agile, less maneuverable, and slower than the Zero which all added up to a lot of dead American pilots. The pilots used to joke about the Wildcat that it was so bad that when they launched from the deck of the Carrier the aircraft should immediately be reported as missing. One man named Jimmy Thach, decided that he would do something to change that. Lt. Com. Thach said that even though the aircraft was inferior to its Japanese counterpart, the men who flew them were not. He picked two other flyers from the squadron he commanded, and invited them to a training session in his quarters. He took a few matchsticks and laid out for the other two pilots his tactical method. That method of changing tactics to accommodate the aircraft’s strengths and weaknesses redefined American fighter tactics and saved countless American lives as well as protected their ships from destruction. His theory was that since their aircraft were inferior to the enemy’s aircraft tactics had to change to even the score. His tactical change became known as the Thach weave whereby two Wildcats would weave back and forth in a kind of figure eight fashion thus making it almost impossible for a Zero to get on a Wildcat’s tail without exposing itself to attack from the other Wildcat. The three of them went up and practiced the maneuver over and over until they had it down, and then they taught it to the rest of the squadron, and to the other squadrons on their ship, the USS Lexington. Jimmy Thach went on to become the best known tactician in the navy. He also developed what became known as the big blue blanket, to help protect ships from kamikaze attack later in the war. Jimmy Thach was born in Pine Bluff Arkansas just across the river from where I live now. He did about everything a good hero can do during his journey. Throughout his forty years in the navy he was a theoretical innovator and a tactical genius. In the last year of the War he was a task force operations officer, and during the Korean War he was an aircraft carrier commander. During the cold war he contributed greatly to the navy’s anti-submarine warfare efforts. There is still an award for excellence named for him at the navy’s anti-submarine school. He was also a great fighter pilot credited with many enemy aircraft, including six in one day. He served on the staff of Vice Admiral John McCain, that’s the senator’s father, and was aboard the USS Missouri in Tokyo Bay for the Japanese surrender. He was eventually promoted to four star rank and commanded the US naval operations in Europe. He retired from the navy in 1967 with 40 years of service. He died on April 15, 1981 four days before his 76th birthday thus completing his journey. One of those men sitting at Jimmy Thach’s table to learn about the Thach weave was Edward “ Butch” O’Hare. You might recognize that name if you’ve ever flown into Chicago because O’Hare airport is named for Butch O’Hare although he was not from Chicago and never lived there.
Darrell Castle pays tribute to the Tokyo Raiders and their leader, Lt. Col. Jimmy Doolittle and explains why it is important to remember them as we approach Memorial Day. Transcript / Notes A HERO’S JOURNEY—PART ONE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 17, 2019, and on this Report I will begin the first part of a two part Report as a lead in to Memorial Day coming up on Monday May 27th. The two part series will concentrate on the stories of those who fought World War ll; one, because those men deserve it; and 2, because history is vitally important and the stories of what those men did unfortunately often die with them. It’s a different world now than the world of the World War ll veterans. It was simpler then because we knew who we were and we knew that we had something worth killing and dying for. In mythology, the hero’s journey, involves the tales of a hero who goes on an adventure, and in a decisive crises wins a victory and comes home changed by it. That is certainly the tale of the men we are going to talk about today except that many of them missed out on the coming home part of the adventure. In the early days of the war, the U.S. Navy had almost ceased to exist in the Pacific due to the Japanese attack on the naval base at Pearl Harbor. Fortunately, the only three aircraft carriers in the Pacific were at sea that day and thereby survived the attack. American industry had to be rebuilt and retooled almost overnight to completely rebuild the Navy to fight a world war. President Roosevelt wanted some way to lift the morale of the American people who were enduring the news of one Japanese victory after another, culminating in the surrender of the Philippines, along with 70,000 Filipino and American troops. The President told his military commanders that he wanted to strike at the mainland of Japan itself, but none of them believed it could be done because no land-based bombers had the range to reach Japan. Well then, what about a carrier based attack? No as well, because Japanese anti-ship and anti-air defenses would not allow a carrier to approach close enough to launch an attack. The President told them to find someone who believed it could be done and who was willing to do it. That man turned out to be Lt. Col. James (Jimmy) Doolittle, an officer who had been in the Army Air Corps, as it was known then. Since 1917. Lt. Col. Doolittle had been an accomplished flyer, having tested many types of aircraft and holding the cross country speed record as well. He was one of the pioneers in the early days of military aviation. In addition, he was an intelligent, educated man, with a PHD in Aeronautics from MIT. Lt. Col. Doolittle thought it could be done, and he set about the task of building a team of 80 men to do it. He asked for volunteers for an extremely dangerous mission and he soon had more than enough volunteers to select from. He needed 16 crews of five men to a crew or 80 men. They were tasked with something never before attempted, launching a twin engine land-based bomber, the B-25, from the deck of a carrier at sea, bombing the Japanese capitol and flying to China, knowing they could not make it and could not return to the carrier. The purpose of this Report is not to talk about airplanes, ships, or their ordinance but to tell the stories of the men who flew in them and who served on them so let’s look at what happened to those 80 men. The aircraft carrier USS Hornet was selected for the mission and the 16 B-25’s were loaded aboard and chained down on the deck. The ship and its battle group set sail for the coast of Japan intending to launch the raid 400 miles from the coast. That would leave them just enough fuel to complete their bomb runs and just make the coast of China where the Chinese would hopefully help them. However, when they were 600 miles from Japan the task force encountered a Japanese fishing vessel and the captain of the Hornet knew they had been di...
Darrell Castle talks about the economic and psychological warfare currently being conducted against Iran and asks who is really in charge of this government. Note: Just because I am critical of American foreign policy does not mean that I want some other government to prevail in this struggle. Transcription / Notes WAR—ECONOMIC AND PSYCHOLOGICAL—FOR NOW Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 10th 2019, and on this Report I will be taking you back to the Middle East since that seems to be where the action is this week. You probably remember that early in his term President Trump canceled the Iran deal negotiated by the Obama Administration. In addition to canceling the deal he re-imposed economic sanctions that severely curtailed Iran’s ability to sell its oil on the world market. The sale of oil is 40% of the Iranian GDP so preventing its sale is a crippling blow to the Iranian economy. The President did leave Iran a way out however, by granting waivers to eight countries, China, Greece, India, Italy, Japan, South Korea, Taiwan, and Turkey. The exemptions were originally for six months, which expired May 2, and the President said he will not renew them thus cutting Iran’s oil sales to zero. A wise tactic in negotiating is to always leave your opponent an honorable means of escape. When you trap a wounded animal and he has no means of escape he has nothing to lose by fighting. U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo has called on all nations to reduce Iran’s oil exports to zero. The Iranians responded by announcing the resumption of their nuclear program, and more ominously, threatening to close the Strait of Hormuz to shipping. Iran’s statement regarding the strait was something like, if our oil doesn’t pass through the strait then no other country’s oil will either. If the Iranians closed or tried to close the strait then the U.S. would have to respond militarily and we would find ourselves in a dangerous war with the potential to spread rapidly. The Iranians have said that if attacked by the U.S. they would also hit Israel, and you can be certain that Israel would hit back even harder. The United States and Iran move ever closer to war, closer perhaps than we’ve been in many years. These things usually happen step by step until some small spark ignites the explosion. Do the lives and economies of millions of people really come down to the egos of one or two people? Does President Trump really want war with Iran and is therefore trying to provoke them to action? Wouldn’t he rather go to Florida and play a couple of rounds of golf than he would to command a war possibly involving nuclear powers? Is he really in charge of this government or not? If not, then who is? If he doesn’t want war, why does he surround himself with neo-con hawks such as John Bolton and Mike Pompeo? The two of them serve as National Security Advisor and as Secretary of State, and have been pushing their “get tough” policy since they were first appointed. It’s pretty clear that they were responsible for the decision to cancel the waivers which allowed Iran a way to sell its oil, thus giving Iran no face saving way out. This whole thing stinks to high heaven and I am starting to see a nation being maneuvered into a corner with war as the only possibility. John Bolton announced last Sunday that the strike carrier Abraham Lincoln and its battle group would be sent into the eastern Mediterranean to support the carrier John Stennis already in the Persian Gulf. My understanding is that the “Abe”, as the sailors call it, transited the Suez Canal yesterday. In addition, four B-52 bombers from Barksdale Air Force Base in Louisiana, have been sent to Al-Udeid Air Base in Qatar as additional striking power, and as a psychological show of force. There is intelligence that some type of Iranian attack against U.S. forces, possibly in Syria or Iraq, was imminent, or at least that’s the report released by the U.S. Mr.
Darrell Castle discusses why history is important and why so many seek to control and rewrite it. Transcription / Notes WHY HISTORY IS IMPORTANT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 26, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking History, and why it is important, and why so many who also apparently think it’s important seek to control and re-write it until it suits their world view. The Oxford English Dictionary defines the word history as having evolved from an ancient Greek verb that means “to know”. The Greek word historia originally meant inquiry, the act of seeking knowledge, as well as the knowledge that results. If one accepts that definition then the reason for rewriting history to suit today’s ideology becomes apparent and that is to control us and our destiny by controlling who we think we are. Control of culture determines whose group or what group will dominate and determine what is known and believed and what is left unknown or unbelieved. In Marxist philosophy, cultural hegemony is the domination of a society by a group whose control comes through control of culture. It would be hard to control a society’s culture without controlling and writing its history for it is history, which allows a people to know who they are, who their ancestors were, and where they came from. Were their ancestors’ people to be proud of, to be honored, perhaps even revered and memorialized through monuments, or were they people to be ashamed of in the dominant culture of the day? Continuing with our description of cultural Marxism and how it has gained control of our culture we can see that domination of society comes through control of culture and the ideology contained within that culture. Through control of all values, beliefs, norms, attitudes and their explanations the dominant group worldview becomes the worldview of the majority who come to see its values as good for all and even inevitable. The controlling group leads the majority to see that its view is the way things should be and its values are thus justified and legitimized. Christianity dominated the West and its people for so long, and it was so ingrained in the culture, that in order for Cultural Marxism to control and dominate, Christianity had to be destroyed as the majority world view because the two are not compatible., Christianity was so commonplace and accepted that even those who followed a different religion or who didn’t accept any religion as true understood that it was good for society and so they accepted its cultural dominance. Now it seems that we are embarrassed or not permitted to even say the word lest someone hear us and lift himself out of the mind prison that has been carefully built for him. Reporting on the recent terrorist attacks in Sri Lanka, in which more than 300 Christians attending church on Easter were massacred, Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton could not bring themselves to say the word Christian, listing the victims as “Easter worshippers”. Both used the expression almost simultaneously, which leaves little doubt that the expression was planned and discussed in advance. Nevertheless, through the phenomenon of hive think, I have heard the expression many times since. That is cultural dominance at its most obvious. Christianity is so fearful and dangerous to Cultural Marxists that they can’t, or won’t, say the word. We can’t be allowed to know that Christians are being massacred all over the world even here in America. They first erase it from the history books and schoolbooks, then from the minds of our children through school indoctrination, then through politicians and celebrities who fancy themselves thought leaders. Their plan has worked remarkably well, and they now have almost complete control of the culture. Christian clergy, quite often it seems, are pedophiles, rapists, or guilty of some other egregious offense, at least the ones on TV and in the movies are.
Darrell Castle talks about the Notre Dame Cathedral fire, the arrest of Julian Assange, and the Blind Man’s Matrix of 2019. Transcription / Notes WHO IS REALLY BLIND Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 19, 2019, and on this Report I first want to mention that this is Good Friday, or the Friday before Easter. There is not much good news in this Report, however, because as King Solomon told us about 3000 years ago, there is nothing new under the sun. Said in today’s vernacular, the expression would be’ the more things seem to change, the more they stay the same”. Solomon told us that he had everything and had tried everything. He had more than 1000 women at his beck and call. He was considered the richest man in the world as well as the wisest. People come from all over the world to see his treasures and partake of his wisdom but none of it was enough. Vanity, vanity all is vanity he told us when he searched for green grass but found nothing but dry wilted grass wherever he looked. As we continue to seek the green grass today, there are two stories that happened in the past week that I want to talk about and those are the fire at Notre Dame Cathedral in Paris, and the second is the arrest of Julian Assange at the Ecuadorian Embassy in London. Both these events feed into and illustrate the point of our Report and that is that often it is the ones who are not actually blind who cannot see. They are blind to what is happening and blind to the truth. For the beginning of our story, fast forward about 1000 years from Solomon to that brief three year window when Jesus was about his public ministry. This account is recorded in the 9th chapter of the book of John, from which my pastor preached a wonderful sermon last Sunday and inspired my decision to tell the story in this manner. Jesus, as witnessed by some of his disciples, encountered a man who had been blind from birth. Jesus spit on the ground and made some mud with his saliva. He put the mud on the man’s eyes and told him to go bathe in the pool of Siloam and when he did his sight was immediately restored. The religious leaders, and the Jews who were the power structure of the day, were outraged, saying that this man healed on the Sabbath, therefore, he cannot be of God because he violated one of our rules. They went to see the man’s mother and asked if he had really been blind from birth, and she said yes. When they continued to question her she said look go ask him, he’s a grown man, let him answer you. The man’s mother threw Jesus under the bus because she was afraid of being cast out of the Synagogue. When they told the man that Jesus was a sinner, he said, I don’t know about that but I do know that I was blind and now I see. He had a face to face encounter with truth and he could not deny it but they cast him out of the Synagogue anyway. Jesus said those who are blind are the ones who see and those who see are the blind ones. When those who are blind are exposed they turn mean and seek retribution and revenge. We make up our reasons because we simply cannot accept the truth, especially when it contradicts the political narrative that we desperately cling to. The truth is a rebuke to whatever system we have chosen to believe in, so we must deny it. That is the backdrop for our story today and now you can fast forward to the year 2019. We live in a false reality today, a matrix if you will. Some of the matrix has been built by ourselves, but most of it is designed and built by the political systems under which we live, and most of all it is enforced and reinforced by the worldwide media of all different platforms. They tell us,” oh yes, all smart people see it that way so if you want to be considered smart and not a social outcast you will see it that way too.” We are just like the blind man’s mother not wanting to be cast out so we silently comply. The fire in Notre Dame Cathedral was a catastrophic event,
Darrell Castle talks about the politically correct movement and how it determines what we think by controlling what we say and the words we use to say it. Transcription / Notes THE THINGS WE SAY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 12, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about one of the many termites eating away at the foundation of Western Civilization, and that is the Politically Correct movement, specifically how that movement affects our right to speak freely. A recent quote from Paul Craig Roberts says it well: “I can remember when words now said to be offensive gave no offense to anyone. What has happened is that people have been taught to regard the words as offensive.” I do not believe that the people who push the politically correct agenda on us have good intentions. Their intentions are the opposite of good because they want to change the way we think, the way we see reality by changing the words we use, and by changing the meaning of those words. They are apparently doing so because they are opposed to the things which made Western Civilization the greatest civilization in history. We were once unique among all civilizations of history and our civilization was better than any other on earth delivering to us such things as; individualism, personal freedom, self reliance, capitalism, and I mean real capitalism as opposed to the crony capitalism of today, economic liberty, free thought, free speech, and the like. It starts with controlling the words we say, the words we are allowed to use without fear of retribution, such as social media banning and de-platforming, social shaming, loss of job and with it the ability to earn our living using the best gifts that we have, along with many other things. It is just as Orwell predicted in his book “1984”, where he created the concept of Newspeak. That was a new version of the language using all kinds of new words meaning the opposite of what was familiar to us. It was then impossible to think clearly because the words were purposefully misdefined. Examples of the misdefinition of words are numerous today, as are examples of the invention of new words to control and define us. Such terms as gender inclusivity, gender fluidity, cultural appropriation, and white privilege are spreading and becoming common thereby controlling our thought process. To some these terms are just a ridiculous joke but to others they define the world. The thinking seems to be that a person should be able to be what he thinks he is rather than how his birth defines him. If one is born a man and he would rather be a woman then we must pretend that he is a woman. I have a certain degree of sympathy with that argument from the standpoint of human freedom. If a person wants to pretend that he is a fencepost that is fine with me as long as I am free to see him for what he is. If he or she is permitted to see himself or herself any way he or she wants then why am I not permitted to see that person anyway I want? The politically correct crowd will not allow me that freedom, however. They want to legislate that I must accept the psychologically aberrated as normal. They demand laws, rules, and regulations governing what you say, think, and feel. We must be forced to respect, admire, and pay for the fantasies of a tiny minority. Disapproved speech will soon be criminalized in America as it has been in Europe, of that I have no doubt. The things we are not permitted to say quite possibly could be hate crimes and if so they could be criminally sanctioned. In Michigan right now a “hate crimes database” is being created by the state’s Attorney General, working with the Department of Civil Rights to create a database of hate and bias incidents that don’t rise to the level of crime or civil infraction. The “hate crimes unit” apparently comes on the advice of the Southern Poverty Law Center, which just issued a report on the rise of hate within the state o...
Darrell Castle talks about the West’s destruction of Christianity and its continual slide into tyranny. Transcription / Notes TYRANNY AND HYPOCRISY IN THE 21ST CENTURY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 5, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the West’s continual slide into tyranny and the continued destruction of Western Civilization, as well as offering some explanations for that slide. It seems obvious to me that Western governments are constantly reaching for more and more power and control over their nations, their citizens. They must have the power to rule and regulate every tiny aspect of their people’s lives in order to serve as a replacement for the God they think they have destroyed. Today, their dominion and power is almost absolute. There are only two forms of repression. One form is internal and the other form is external; religious repression and political repression. I was first exposed to this theory by an essay written around 1850 by a Spanish philosopher named Juan Donoso Cortes. He believed that when the religious thermometer is high, the thermometer of political repression is low, and when the religious thermometer is low, the political thermometer, or political repression is high. The theory then is that the more people are internally repressed through religion the less necessary it is for government to use violent political power to control its people. A brief look at the history of Western Civilization will give credence to the truth of Mr. Cortes’ theory. If you accept that the West has its origin in the Roman Empire we can start there. The Emperor had virtually unlimited despotic power to coerce and control the Roman people until Christianity was introduced to the Empire. Christianity has been accused of taking the warrior’s heart from the Romans and bringing a more peaceful empire, thus allowing it to be overrun and conquered by barbarians. It also resulted eventually in the coming of what is usually referred to as the Age of Faith. During that time in the West, faith ruled in the lives of people and most governments controlled their people through the requirements of the Christian religion. Government tyranny and repression actually declined in severity at least against those who practiced the Christian faith. The Age of Faith was followed by the Protestant Reformation, and then the Enlightenment, when the pendulum started to swing back to reason and what passed for science and away from what had come to be thought of as superstition. The Enlightenment broke the shackles holding people to religious belief. In France, it ushered in the French Revolution starting in 1789 followed by Napoleon Bonaparte and his secular empire. France has been a secular, state dominated, nation since then. It seems that once the power of religion is broken it can never be restored, and the people turn to their new god, the state. It seems like a very long time, but really it’s just a couple of centuries in which we have gone from feudalism, whereby people were bound to the land; to standing armies; to the division of societies into rulers and the ruled. Feudalism decentralized power, and the feudal landowners across the European Continent really existed as almost separate states. There was little reason to interfere in the day to day lives of people or attempt to micromanage their affairs. Social cohesion is best achieved through religion, and once that restraint is removed, the entire system starts to fall apart. When this happens to a society, to a people with Western traditions, that Civilization is on the road to chaos and disintegration. Yet that seems to be exactly the road we are on here in the West. In David Horowitz’s new book, “Dark Agenda”, he makes the following observation: “The progressive assault on our country begins with the assault on religious liberty and the freedom of conscience, which has been ongoing since the expulsion of religion ...
Darrell Castle talks about Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation and report regarding whether or not the President colluded with Russia to influence the 2016 election. Transcription / Notes: MUELLER TIME Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. ,Today is Friday, March 29, 2019, and on this Report I will be talking about special counsel Robert Mueller’s report of his investigation into whether or not the Trump campaign, and specifically the President, colluded with Russia to influence the 2016 Presidential election. ,I know that by now everyone of you knows about the report and its basic content, but perhaps I can touch on a few things that are different from what you may have heard. Special Counsel Robert Mueller was appointed in May 2017 so the investigation took 674 days and cost the taxpayers $25 million. The conclusion that there was no evidence that Donald Trump colluded with Russia was, or should have been, evident from the beginning. It was a “hoax” from the beginning and perhaps the dirtiest political trick in modern history. It was based on an anti-Trump dossier apparently paid for by the Hillary Clinton campaign and assembled by an ex British spy named Christopher Steele. ,The fake dossier was released to the media and was quickly all over Washington. ,The Mueller Report proves there were no credible facts that provoked the investigation in the first place. To support the allegations in the fake dossier, apparently fired FBI Director James Comey took government documents and leaked them to the media for the purpose of triggering the appointment of a special counsel, which turned out to be Robert Mueller. Keep in mind that Mueller was a special counsel, not an independent counsel. He worked for the Department of Justice rather than being independent and when he finished his investigation; he handed in his 2500 page report to the head of the Department of Justice William Barr. Mr. Barr then summarized the report into a one page letter which he sent to Congress. The way Mueller phrased the language of the report has caused some questions to arise but basically he said he did not find evidence of any crimes committed by the President but neither did he exonerate him. He failed to point out that he did not exonerate him because that is not his job. Prosecutors investigate, and if the investigation reveals evidence that crimes have been committed, they charge and indict. Some interesting facts about the investigation are worthy of note, however. Mr. Mueller took 674 days to issue his report, spent $25 million, hired 19 lawyers and 40 FBI agents, interviewed 500 witnesses, issued 2800 subpoenas, obtained over 230 orders for records; made 13 requests to foreign governments for evidence and found nothing. Donald J. Trump must be the cleanest President in recent history, perhaps in all of history, because an army of investigators examined every aspect of his life and his family’s life. I wonder if Mrs. Clinton or President Obama could have withstood such scrutiny. Perhaps we will find out someday but I doubt it. What is not in Mr. Barr’s letter to Congress is any mention of President Obama and the officials of his administration who apparently orchestrated this fraudulent set of accusations as a way of preventing the right of the American people to choose their own President in 2016, and failing that, to de-legitimize their choice and ultimately remove him from power. The people who are apparently dirty in formulating those false accusations worked for the Obama administration at some point, including Attorney General Loretta Lynch, FBI Director James Comey, and a very long list of DOJ, FBI, and CIA officials. Former head of the CIA during the Obama Administration, John Brennan, referred to a sitting President of The United States as a traitor, thus helping to undermine the President’s efforts in dealing with foreign governments, especially in the trade wars with China.
Darrell Castle introduces Matteo Salvini, Deputy Prime Minister of Italy, and his successful approach to ending illegal immigration in his country. Transcription / Notes: MATTEO SALVINI—MANY ENEMIES, MUCH HONOR Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 22, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about Matteo Salvini, the deputy prime minister of Italy, and the extraordinary courage he has shown in his efforts to curtail illegal migration into Italy primarily from Africa and the Middle East. The title of this Report is a recent quote from Mr. Salvini and it reflects his approach to his work. He believes that his enemies give him a chance to honor his promises and his love of Italy and the Italian people. Let’s take a look at who this man is and how he came to be in a position of such importance to Italy and to the world today. He is important among the world’s politicians because against overwhelming opposition he stuck his finger in the dike and is holding back migration, primarily Muslim migration, into Italy. Much to the chagrin of globalists such as George Soros who pays for much of the migration. I know that the migration, especially from Africa, is funded by Mr. Soros’ Open Society Foundation because he admits it, and even describes how and how much money he allocates to it. Mr. Salvini has demonstrated that it can be stopped, despite the opposition, if one has enough courage to do what it takes and what he promised to do if elected. Mr. Salvini is 46 years old, divorced with two children. In June 2018, he was elected Deputy Prime Minister of Italy and Minister of the Interior. He has also served as a senator in the Italian Senate and as a member of the Italian Parliament. He is usually described as “far right” by the press because he is very critical of the European Union, especially the Euro. The primary reason he is usually described as “far right or extreme right” is because he opposes illegal immigration into Italy and into Europe. He apparently believes that illegal immigration is actually illegal and should be stopped. He campaigned for office and came to power in the same wave of populist sentiment that brought the Presidency of the United States to Donald Trump. He is a populist who was elected out of similar sentiments as Mr. Trump. The politicians, who run the United States, and the European Union including Italy, are very rarely attuned to the will of their people. The result is that periodically people who live in democratic societies where they are empowered to elect leaders sometimes go off the reservation and do something the powers that be do not want them to do. I have always argued that Mr. Trump’s election was important because of what it represents rather than who he is. It represents the people rising up with whatever feeble power they have left to resist their global overlords who always seem to know what is best for them. In Italy, Mr. Salvini saw what Illegal immigration was doing economically and socially to his country and he started speaking out against it. He told the people that if they would elect him he would put a stop to it and they believed him. He is referred to by his people as “Il Capitano” or The Captain, and according to many of the publications which usually describe him as far right or extreme right, he is constantly touring Italy out among the people transmitting his energy to them. You can watch videos of him wading into the crowds, shaking hands and kissing babies. He says that’s how he gets the power, the life force, and the confidence he needs to fight off the nation-wreckers. In my view he is a good example of what is needed and what can be done by someone determined and unafraid. His quote and the title of this Report “Many enemies, much honor” basically says it all. He does have many enemies and is often the subject of vicious attacks. He just tries to keep a thick skin and let the social media comments go by. Unlike Mr.
Darrell Castle talks about the destruction of Irish Catholicism and the faith of the Irish people caused by the abuse of Irish children. Transcript / Notes THE DEATH OF IRISH CATHOLICISM Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 15, 2019, and since this coming Sunday is St. Patrick’s Day, I will be talking about Ireland, with the goal of uncovering what is going on there. What is happening on the Emerald Isle with regard to the Catholic faith and what has caused it to happen. St. Patrick’s Day brings back a lot of memories to me, especially of the friends I knew during my military service who were of Irish descent. We were all young, around 22 or 23 years old, and while I was stationed at Quantico near Washington D.C. we used to take the Eastern Shuttle up to New York or Boston for St. Patrick’s Day weekend. Those Irish guys were always a lot of fun but a word of caution is in order. My advice is to be very cautious about going out on St. Patrick’s Day to have a couple of glasses of Guinness with a few guys named Casey, Quinn, and so forth, because it will not end well I can promise you that. For me though, Winston Churchill’s quote about whiskey is true for Guinness, and that is that I have taken a lot more from Guinness than Guinness has taken from me. What about today? What’s going on in Ireland today? The Irish are an angry and deeply troubled people right now, so let’s look at what may have caused the sudden changes in that nation over the last few years. Ireland has traditionally been the most conservative and most Catholic country in Europe and, perhaps, in the world. Despite their reputation for drinking and fighting the Irish have always been devoutly Catholic people, until recently, that is. For example, Pope John Paul ll visited Ireland from September 29 to October 1, 1979, so three days including travel. John Paul was the first Pope in history to visit Ireland. He made his visit a call for peace and an end to the sectarian violence there. When he left his plane he was greeted by the President of Ireland, then flew by helicopter to his first mass where 1.2 million people came out to hear him. That number was one-third of the entire population of the country. In the three days he was there, 2.5 million people heard him live and that was two-thirds of the entire population. He passed along the streets in his bulletproof, glass-enclosed “pope mobile”, and 750,000 people lined the streets just to see him pass by. Why would almost the entire population of the country receive any man with such joy and excitement? This particular man was loved in a special way and he was also the Vicar of Christ, as they saw it. He sat in Peter’s seat and he was the earthly embodiment of their faith which meant everything to them. The Irish have suffered so much over the centuries from sectarian violence, starvation, and many other things, that the Catholic Church was the one thing they had, the only thing, that was a stable fixture in their lives. It was the place of refuge for their souls and the one place they could trust with their children. By the way, I’m not Catholic so if I get Catholic protocol a little off, forgive me. I can assure you that I have the utmost respect for members of the Catholic faith and for what the Catholic Church has meant and should still mean in America. However, Catholicism is a centralized top down faith and that makes the problems, accusations, and charges harder to defend. I just examine the facts that have been discovered and somehow try to make sense of something that makes no sense. In the United States, certain private organizations run some child care facilities under government supervision, but for the most part the care of children without parents, poor indigent children, has been taken over by the government. Here in America being “in the system” means child protective services or some such government agency.
Darrell Castle talks about tech tyrants such as Amazon, Facebook and Twitter and their efforts to silence opposing views by banning books and thoughts. Transcript/Notes TECH TYRANTS When I was in law school in the mid to late 1970’s, we had a course called Antitrust and one of our most respected law professors taught that subject. He used to tell us stories of how he spent 20 years working for the government on the case of U.S. v. DuPont and how that case eventually forced DuPont to break apart. Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday March 8, 2019 and on this Report I will be talking about the continuing efforts of the Tech Tyrants as they use their information monopolies to censor anyone and everyone they happen to disagree with. This Report deals with a subject that reminds me of Ray Bradbury’s 1953 novel “Fahrenheit 451 which was set in a future where books were outlawed and firemen would burn any they found. The number 451 was the temperature at which books would burst into flame. In 1966 the book was made into a fairly successful movie. Today it isn’t necessary to burn books since they can be digitally banned, but the effect is the same. Antitrust is not my field but the premise behind it is that no company should control the entire market because it stifles competition and hurts the consumer. Fast forward to today and you will see that Amazon not only controls virtually all of its own market, but it is threatening other markets in its product chain. Amazon trucks now roam the streets in competition with Fed Ex and UPS. I have even seen reports that Amazon would like to buy Fed Ex. For purposes of our discussion, Amazon controls the market for online book sales to the extent that virtually every brick and mortar bookseller in the country is bankrupt and out of business. The result is that, if you write a book or have a book to sell, you will sell it on Amazon or you won’t sell it. Now that Amazon has developed market control to the extent that it has almost 100 percent of the market, Amazon’s CEO, Jeff Bezos, and his board, have apparently decided that they can now ban any book or opinion that they disagree with. Jeff Bezos, the head of Amazon, and reportedly the world’s richest man at $140 billion dollars, is also one of the world’s most powerful men because he decides which opinions are worthy to be heard and which are not. He also owns the Washington Post so he always gets his opinions published, just not those he disagrees with. Now that Amazon has bought Whole Foods, it is in the grocery business as well, but that is not enough for Mr. Bezos. He also wants to develop his own chain of grocery stores to compete with every other store in America and perhaps the world thus controlling the food supply of all of us. I wonder if it scares anyone in government, anyone in the Justice Department, that one company, and in effect one man, will soon control every opinion we are able to publicly state, as well as almost everything we eat. Perhaps I’ve hit on something here and the actual reason this company wants to gobble up the entire world is power, not money. I mean, what’s another billion to a man like Bezos. But power, that addictive drug, is so alluring. What could be more ego satisfying to a power junkie than the power to control which thoughts can be expressed and which cannot. Goliath takes us down the road to totalitarian thought control, and I suppose that when Mr. Bezos is able to ban all bad thoughts, the only thoughts left will be pure like his. It seems that Amazon has been on course to digitally burn all those books the company disagrees with. Remember that if you don’t sell on Amazon you don’t sell. Many authors of many books have been taken down and are no longer available in any format. Unfortunately Amazon is not alone in its efforts at thought control. Financial institutions, such as PayPal, are supporting Amazon’s efforts. A person whose books I have occasionally read inq...
Darrell Castle talks about the lies and distortions that have made this a bad year for the mass media along with the failure of our political leadership to defend our civilization. Transcription / Notes EMPIRE OF LIES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 1, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about some of the lies and distortions that have so far made this a bad year for the mass media. The media may be having a bad year because it publishes lies and distortions, but this society often rewards liars and punishes truth tellers. Let’s start with the story of a 7 year old black girl from Houston Texas who was murdered earlier this year. Initially the reports were that she was murdered by two white racists in a red pickup truck. The usual stereotypes of what a white racist is supposed to look like and be like were all there and the media just bought it hook, line, and sinker probably because it fit and advanced their own pre-conceived political narrative. The media, whether TV or print, often reports a story as presented, just as if it were true all before any investigation is completed. They want us to assume it to be true because, I suppose, they want it to be true so badly. This little girl’s murder was front page news around the world and presented as evidence of the terrible race problems we have here in America, but when the murderers turned out to be two black gangbangers, it suddenly disappeared as a story. The prevailing sensationalist political agenda often is not advanced by the truth, therefore the truth is of little value to them. Then along came the story that I have talked about for a few weeks and that is the Covington kids and Native American Nathan Phillips. The media will not report these stories after their initial version is proven to be false, but I don’t want the real version to die, so I keep talking about them as long as possible. The Covington kids’ story should not die for a long time because of Nick Sandmann’s defamation suit against various publications, including the Washington Post. We would be well served to remember the masthead of the Washington Post, which it has adopted as its official slogan, “Democracy Dies in Darkness”. That seems appropriate now that we the people can no longer believe anything the paper prints and all stories must be investigated by real journalists, such as simple bloggers and others in the alternative media. The New York Times, the Post, and others should pay attention to their own advertising. The opportunity for the President to call attention to false stories of hate and hoaxes staged as hate crimes was there with the Covington kids but he passed on the opportunity. He originally said he might have them to the White House but changed his mind, I suppose because of advice that it would not be a wise political move. That seems to be the standard for right and wrong now—is it a right or wrong political move. For example, when he was about to sign his emergency declaration for the wall, the Angel Moms, which is a group of mothers who have had children killed by illegal aliens, were in town to oppose the new spending bill. The President said he would like to invite them to the White House but reportedly his Chief of Staff, Mick Mulvaney, and advisor Kelly Ann Conway, vetoed it because of political considerations. Ms. Conway then lectured the Angel Moms to stop their protest because it might endanger the spending bill, which she said the President desperately needed. So if this story is true, and it apparently is, the President was very much in favor of the spending bill and didn’t just sign it because he wanted to get on with his declaration of emergency. The spending bill effectively ends resistance to illegal immigration in America. It is worse than blanket amnesty because it invites those who would have come illegally to come legally. When Neville Chamberlain went to Munich to make a deal with Hitler,
Darrell Castle talks about fake hate crimes, how the media often reports them as true, as well as how this affects our country and each of us individually. Transcription / Notes VICTIMS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 22, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about what it means to be a victim and the fact that being a victim is apparently so desirable and advantageous that hardly a day goes by that we don’t have another victim on the national scene. In the Oxford English Dictionary the word victim is defined as “ A person killed or tortured by another; a person subjected to cruelty, oppression, or other harsh or unfair treatment or suffering death, injury, ruin, etc., as a result of an event, circumstance, or oppressive or adverse impersonal agency; a person who is taken advantage of; a dupe.” That’s a pretty terrible definition isn’t it? One wonders then, why so many people pursue victimhood with such vigor. Sometimes people even seek to become part of a group, to which they do not belong, but which is traditionally and historically thought of as oppressed or victimized. I suppose the reason could be to gain sympathy for their cause or to confirm a false narrative which they want desperately to be true, and having no real examples, they must invent one. Recently a group of Catholic school kids from Covington, Kentucky, in Washington D.C. for a pro-life rally, were accused of making a victim out of a Native American named Nathan Phillips but just a simple review of available video proved conclusively they were the victims instead of Mr. Phillips. Every news service in the United States had continual coverage when the story of Native American as victim fit their political narrative but, when it no longer did, they dropped the story like a hot potato. Nick Sandmann, the young man most commonly identified by the media as the villain in the Catholic school kids’ story has filed a $250 million lawsuit against the New York Times and other media defendants for defamation. The defendants may have trouble defending the lawsuit because Mr. Sandmann is not a public figure that they are free to defame without regard to how much damage they may cause. If he were a public figure he would have to prove the story was false and that the Times knew it was false and they published it with the malicious intent to defame. He is not a public figure, however, just a teenage kid so proof of malice is unnecessary. I hope he prevails in his lawsuit since that would send a message that perhaps they should at least look at the video before they defame someone. It’s almost as if we have the hate hoax du jour, and today’s story is still the Jussie Smollett fake noose, fake racist attack story. It seems that Mr. Smollett, a gay black star on Fox TV’s show Empire, alleged that he was going out for a Subway sandwich at two in the morning during a Polar Vortex in Chicago, in sub zero temperatures when he was attacked by horrible racists shouting “this is MAGA country.” These racists recognized him, you see, for although they are horrible, homophobic racists they do watch a black TV show and recognize its stars at two in the morning in sub-zero Chicago temperature. Such people seem to congregate in upscale black areas of Chicago, especially at 2 AM. These racists threw bleach on him, knocked him down, screamed homophobic and racist slurs at him and put a noose around his neck. It turns out that Mr. Smollett concocted the story with the aid of two Nigerian men, one of whom is on his show, and the other is his personal trainer. According to the Chicago police department Mr. Smollett apparently paid the two men $3500.00 and a promise of $500.00 more, to help him stage the attack, and it would probably have worked if he hadn’t picked a surveillance video camera that was pointed the wrong way. Once again, every news service in the country, if not the world carried the story front page every day.
Darrell Castle presents the essence of socialism and its current vehicle, the Green New Deal. Transcript / Notes SOCIALISM—THEFT BY MAJORITY VOTE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 15, 2019, and in the time I have with you today I will be talking about socialism and its new vehicle, the Green New Deal (GND). Socialism is an economic system whereby the government owns the means of production and eliminates private property in most cases. Rather than a company having stockholders with a board of directors who answer to them it has the government with its central planning mechanism directing what is produced and what is not, and more importantly government bureaucracy directs where that produced material will go. The objective is virtually impossible to make sustainable over time without disastrous results for the entire society. Why would anyone think that some central planning mechanism could determine how much paint, lumber, concrete, steel, etc., is needed in each state, county, and town in America? It has been tried in many places in the world for many years as it is always appealing to leftists the world over, and it has destroyed nation after nation wherever people allow themselves to be seduced by its false promises. In reality, socialism is a form of slavery, as is pure democracy, and that is why this country was founded as a Constitutional Republic. Socialism tells us that it is always acting for the common good and not for the good of greedy capitalists but in a multicultural society such as this one, the common good is very difficult to ascertain if it exists at all.. There is no common universal good to work for in multicultural societies only a multitude of diverse groups all working to achieve power and with it control over the system and over peoples’ lives. Would be socialists usually need allies in their struggle to gain power and dominance over the whole of soiety. In the case of today’s American Socialists, they ally with big media to aid their efforts and cover their misdeeds and mistakes, and deny critical information to their victims. Pure democracy is pure majority rule. It sounds so noble and grand to say we don’t need the Electoral College anymore because we are now sophisticated enough at this point in history to simply vote and let the majority prevail. People who put forward that majority rule argument are usually associated with groups who think they are, or soon will be, the majority. Socialists usually demand majority rule over individual rights as soon as they have, or think they have, a majority, so they are constantly proselytizing to gain numbers. We sometimes forget that individual rights are important, and in fact, are most important to a free people. I remind people from time to time that a lynch mob is a majority and has only one dissenting vote. The law prevails and protects individuals from abuse by the majority, at least that’s what the law is supposed to do and when properly respected that’s what it does. The slavery aspect of socialism manifests itself when a group of benevolent socialists gains control of the political and economic systems and disposes of individual rights. Once individual rights are no longer respected there is nothing to prevent all the benevolent socialists from robbing you and stealing your labor, thus you become their slave. In other words, the fruits of your labor are taken from you by force for the common good, as they define it. When our new socialists, who in our scenario have power, decide to levy confiscatory taxes; say they propose to tax certain incomes at 70% or even higher, many people think that’s great because it doesn’t include them and they seem to have no problem with enslaving and robbing others at gunpoint. That is just class envy and greed, coupled with ignorance of how the income tax started originally and expanded continually over about 100 years. They don’t seem to understand or care that,
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s State of the Union Message as well as the Democrat response to it. Transcription / Notes THE STATE OF THE UNION—A TOUGH ACT TO FOLLOW Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 8, 2019, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the President’s State of the Union Message delivered before Congress and the American people. I say that it was a tough act to follow because the Democrats did not follow it very well and did not rebut it at all. They even tried to downplay their own polls because they clearly show overwhelming support by the American people who watched the speech. This SOTU message was a good one, as these things usually go; maybe it was even a great one. The speech was remarkable in many ways. He seemed to be having a conversation with us rather than saying what he thought we wanted to hear. He was in full command of the issues and of the room. The Democrats weren’t ready for him, especially his call for unity, and it caught them on camera shaking their heads and just looking confused and whiny. I’m guessing now, but my guess is that many people were left wondering why Democrats hate him so much. I’m not going to summarize the speech for you because you probably saw it and heard it. I will instead give you my view of a few highlights from it and then some of the Democrat responses including the official response given by Stacey Abrams who narrowly lost the election for Governor of Georgia last fall. The Democrat Party obviously thinks she is an up and comer or the future of the Party otherwise they would not have chosen her for such an important speech. The President opened with talk of unity and bipartisanship which the Democrats were not prepared for. They reacted with disrespect toward the President of the United States which I take as an indication that the animosity between them is personal, more than just a matter of policy disagreement. I don’t remember seeing all the paper shuffling and bored looks at the camera in a Presidential speech before. He tried to give us a glimpse of what he means by Make America Great Again by using the speech to celebrate heroism that is ordinary in America—the kind of heroism that is exhibited every day by ordinary Americans and that did get some positive reaction. The Democrats obviously hate this man like they hate no other, and in my view, they hate those he represents as well. The hero bit embarrassed them a little but just a little bit I suspect. In other words, they don’t even have the decency to pretend to show respect to those parts of America that most of us love and grew up loving and believing were America. Invisible traits such as courage, integrity, and honor are probably lost on Democrats. The Democrats are starting to give up on pretense and finally show their true colors. His announcement of new lows, all time lows, in unemployment for African-Americans, Latinos, and Asian-Americans was met with sullen silence. Why? Well, that question is an easy one to answer. They don’t want to see Republicans or anyone else improve the lives of minorities, economically or otherwise because they want minorities to need them and be dependent on them. They have to keep minorities down and deny them the real opportunity to achieve independence. To do otherwise would deny their power base and spoil their entire political plan for ruling in the future. They have to give their constituency something so they will vote, but not the keys which open the storehouse door. He made his case for border security, immigration enforcement and a border wall. Border security provided him with what was perhaps his money quote of the evening: “No issue better illustrates the divide between America’s working-class and America’s political class than illegal immigration. Wealthy politicians and donors push for open borders, while living their lives behind walls and gates and guards.
Darrell Castle talks about Nick Sandmann and the other teenagers from Catholic High School, in Covington, Kentucky, and explains how they are casualties in a Cultural Revolution being waged against the normal and decent by Big Media and its shock troops. Transcription / Notes ENTER SANDMANN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday February 1, 2019 and on today’s Report I will be talking about Nick Sandmann and his heroic non-confrontation with some racist protestors who called themselves Black Hebrews, Black Israelites or some such thing and also one who said he is a Native American and is apparently also a Marine Corps veteran. I refer to Nick Sandmann’s non- confrontation with the protestors as heroic simply because he didn’t do anything but smile despite extreme provocation from them, and more importantly, he refused to apologize for what he did not do in an effort to appease those who hate him. I didn’t intend to talk about this story because I know you must be tired of it, but the vicious nature of the way Nick and the other teenagers with him were treated warrants some discussion. Most of what has been popularized by President Trump’s tweets as “Fake News” has at least a kernel of truth to it. The media, acting without regard to truth and integrity, twists the story into one of their own in order to advance their political agenda. The interesting thing about this story and the thing that made me want to talk about it is that this time there isn’t even a kernel of truth to the story. Everything the media reported about this non-incident is a total and complete lie without any truth whatsoever. The media used to spin stories to fit their political agenda but now apparently they just make them up or read from a script handed to them by their owners. Could I be exaggerating and the misreporting just a series of mistakes? Perhaps the media saw the story and some reporter saw a chance to gain points with his Democrat boss and he jumped the gun and reported it incorrectly. No, in this case that is not what happened and it is not conceivable that it happened that way. The media, the reporters, the TV talking heads, the networks, the liberal blog sites, all had access to all the information that I have now from the beginning. There were actual, real time videos actually taken by the racist protesters, at least an hour’s worth, of the entire event available from the beginning so it was not a mistake but a deliberate lie and an effort to destroy a bunch of totally innocent teenagers in order to advance their vile and wicked political agenda. Nick Sandmann , the 16 year old catholic kid from Covington Kentucky Catholic High School ,that is seen in all the pictures and videos smiling or as the media reports it, smirking, in the face of the Native American, wrote a public statement giving his version of the event. In his letter Nick talks about coming to Washington to attend a pro life rally with other kids from his Catholic High School in Covington Kentucky. The kids were to gather at the Lincoln Memorial to catch the busses that would take them home. While there they were confronted by some African American protestors who called these kids “racists”, “bigots”, “white crackers”, “faggots”, and “incest kids” and that is just the milder things they shouted at these kids. If you doubt me just watch the video and you will see and hear. Because they were being attacked and taunted the kids asked their adult teachers for permission to sing their school song and permission was given. There were no racist overtones to the song at all. Nick said that he believed that if he remained motionless and calm it would diffuse the situation. Unfortunately for Nick and the other kids his actions were reported differently by the media which now seems incapable of anything other than lies? He said “I never understood why either of the two groups of protestors were engaging with us,
Darrell Castle draws a comparison between China today and America today. Transcription / Notes CHINA AND THE UNITED STATES—A COMPARISON Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday January 25, 2019 and on today’s Report I will be attempting to make a comparison between China and the course it is charting for itself in the world today and America and the course it is on. For much of America’s historic years of friendship with China, that country was an impoverished third world backwater looking for allies in its struggles, but the two countries once stood together against common foes. When the United States naval base at Pearl Harbor Hawaii was attacked on December 7, 1941 the Chinese had already been fighting the Japanese Empire for 10 years. The two nations faced a common foe together. After World War ll China changed from a primitive third world country to a primitive, communist third world country. Mao’s Cultural Revolution brought with it the death of millions of China’s intellectuals and peasants who were suspect or somehow did not fit the communist ideal. Instead of its historic friendship with America, China had the collectivist idea of communism and that ideology dictates that all communist nations work together for the defeat of the West and the triumph of international communism. That’s why the communists used to constantly refer to each other as comrade since the idea of individualism was hateful to communists. President Nixon and Henry Kissinger changed much of that with their trip to china in the early 1970’s and with Mao’s death in 1976 the Cultural Revolution also died. China started to change as its potential and its failures became more and more obvious. The new China was more likely to act individually in its own best interest and as a competitor in trade with other countries of the world whether communist or not. In about 43 years since Mao’s death China has made itself into a powerful economy capable of challenging the United States on many levels. Most of the progress and the results of that progress are obvious for anyone to see if they look at it. China is close to the United States in super computers and in other areas of science such as genetic engineering and genomics. Unfortunately China does not have a history of the significance of the individual Chinese that America once had of the individual American and as a result the genetic engineering efforts have led it into cloning and other forms of genetic manipulation of humanity. The more rapidly it advances in science and computing the more the speed of advance increases so progress is exponential. The economic system of China has developed in at least a partial free market way. By that I mean that it seems to me that the Chinese government has said to its people, look you let us run the government as we see fit and play our international games and we will let you work, build businesses, have jobs and otherwise get as rich as you are able. We will guarantee that you will have a job even if we have to create the jobs by building ghost cities that no one lives in. As a result the Chinese government is left alone to do what it wants and there aren’t one billion peasants threatening to descend on Beijing with pitchforks. To get a clearer picture of what I mean let’s compare some things between China and America today. The United States is now about 22 trillion in debt on the books with an unknown but astronomical debt that is usually called unfunded future liabilities. The debt makes the United States vulnerable to the policies of the Federal Reserve especially higher interest rates. In addition to the debt the United States runs huge trade deficits each year especially with China which means much more money flows out than in. China, on the other hand, runs a large economic surplus which allows it to invest heavily in infrastructure for modernization purposes and to keep close to full employment.
Darrell Castle talks about government and private efforts to deny our right to speak freely and to profit from our own lawful businesses. Transcription / Notes FREEDOM OF SPEECH IN AN AGE OF LIES AND HYSTERIA Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday January 18, 2019 and on this Report I will be talking to you about the importance of the freedom to speak freely and how that freedom is under threat as never before in America. The first amendment to the United States Constitution states: “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to assemble, and to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.” So Congress, is prohibited from denying our right to speak freely, and later amendments apply that prohibition to the states as well. The people who founded this government, who drafted the constitution, and ratified it, understood how important freedom of speech really is. George Washington said, “If the freedom of speech is taken away then dumb and silent we may be led like sheep to the slaughter.” I suppose then that we are on our way like sheep to the slaughter because the freedom to speak freely is routinely denied in America. The term “freedom of speech” has been the subject of constitutional litigation for most of my lifetime but it is simpler than some make it. One could sum it up by just saying that it is the right to publicly state what others, especially those in power, would rather not hear. The problem today is determining whether the censorship of speech is coming from a government or private source. The wholesale denial of our right to speak has had a chilling effect on those who value freedom but unfortunately many in both the public and private worlds do not value freedom at all. It is getting harder and harder to tell the private corporations, especially those in Silicon Valley, from the government. It is unfortunately not just private companies such as YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, and Google that de-platform individuals denying them the ability to speak and thus to earn a living. It has only been a few years since people in America would have been shocked to learn that your ability to speak could depend on your politics. Today, our way of life, in America, at least the one we have always known, is under attack. Those who would deny us the right to express our opinion and to profit from our own intellectual property and labor apparently want to replace the American system with something of their own choosing, something they find acceptable. Is the issue of freedom of speech connected to the government’s abuse of power, violation of law and due process with regard to government efforts censor lawful businesses that do not fit within its desired political perspective. I am saying they are connected so let me explain what I mean. We know now that this censorship and denial of the right to express our opinions and to earn a living is not being conducted by only private corporations. That alone would be bad, but it’s actually a lot worse. Beginning with the Obama administration around 2013 the United States Justice Department implemented a program labeled “Operation Chokepoint.” Apparently that administration could not attain its political goals through legitimate legislation passed by congress because the will of the people would not permit it, but the all knowing government decides what is best for us. I suppose they think we are like children without the maturity to understand what is in our own best interest and what is not. In any event Operation Chokepoint targeted businesses the government found “unsavory” by cutting off their access to banks and credit cards. Some of these businesses included gun stores, ammunition shops, fireworks stores, small dollar lenders, and certain home based charities.
Darrell Castle was recently a guest on the Home Front program hosted by Cynthia Davis. Darrell and Cynthia discuss tariffs, immigration, Donald Trump and more.
Darrell Castle talks about the Southern border and proposes solutions to help control illegal immigration. Transcription / Notes THE GREAT WALL CONTROVERSY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday January 11, 2019 and on today’s Report I will be talking about the southern border of the United States. What, if anything, should be done about it? To build or not to build the wall, that is the question but it is not the only question. Tuesday night the President gave a prime time address from the oval office to make his rhetorical case for why the United States should build a wall on its southern border. He said that “this is a choice between right and wrong, justice and injustice. This is about whether we fulfill our sacred duty to the American citizens we serve.” Who could argue with that statement? It is certainly a matter of right and wrong but that doesn’t answer the question. Is it the right thing or the wrong thing to build a wall? Asked in a different way the question could be is it right or wrong to allow foreign aliens unrestricted access to this country at the expense of American citizens, and if not then what should be done about it? Is there a solution without a wall? The President mentioned that the problems he talked about tend to affect African American and Hispanic Americans disproportionately. In other words they are hurt the worst by the problems associated with illegal immigration. Ironically, these are some of the most fervent opponents to his agenda. He mentioned dangerous drugs in particular. As he described it, vast quantities of drugs including meth, heroin, cocaine, and fentanyl are killing our citizens at the rate of 300 per week for fentanyl alone. Since the legal market for these drugs has almost dried up meaning few prescriptions are being legally written, the vast majority come across the southern border illegally. He talked a great deal about crime and gave several statistics regarding arrests for serious violent felonies. He mentioned that thousands of Americans have been killed by those illegally in our country. Crime by illegals is one area that I have problems understanding. I understand the crimes but I don’t understand why we put up with them. Why would we intentionally allow foreign criminal aliens to run loose in our country victimizing American citizens unless we are intentionally doing it for some sinister reason? Let me bring just three recent cases into focus so we can see the faces and know something about the lives of three recent victims of the Democrat Party’s open borders, sanctuary state policies. The first two we can call a tale of two Gustavos since they both have the same first name. The first, Gustavo Garcia had a criminal record going back several years with everything from illegal weapons to drug trafficking. He was deported in 2004 and 2014. He was arrested again and ICE put a hold on him as a dangerous criminal alien. California said no we are a sanctuary state so they turned him loose. A few days later he shot a farm worker in the chest, robbed a mini mart of $2000, shot and killed a man and wounded a woman in the parking lot of a Motel 6, shot at gas station attendants killing one, fired into several homes stole a car, shot at pursuing police officers, and was himself killed in an auto crash at 100 MPH which put four others in the hospital. Number two is Gustavo Perez Arriaga who shot and killed a police officer and has a similar record of catch and release, but I’ve changed my mind. I can’t talk about this senseless violence any more so I will move on to the rest of the story. I will say though, that the Democrat politicians and some cheap labor Republicans too who pass laws which allow this mayhem to continue should perhaps be reminded of the faces of their victims. It would also be nice if the enabling sanctuary cities and sanctuary state politicians had to respond in damages to the victims and their families.
Darrell Castle talks about U.S. foreign policy and explains how times change but human nature and governments do not. Transcription / Notes: 2018 IN REVIEW PART 3—FOREIGN POLICY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 4, 2019, and on today’s Report I will bring to a close my three part review of 2018 by talking about Foreign Policy, with a heavy emphasis on the Middle East. President Donald Trump made the decision to withdraw U.S. military forces from Syria and has since seen not much in the way of praise but a great deal of criticism. It seems that virtually everyone is now a member of the Eternal War Party. One day after he made his announcement, the President and his wife made a secret trip to Iraq where he met with the troops stationed there. The troops received him enthusiastically, if you believe the videos I’ve seen of his speech to them. Perhaps the troops see the decision as I do, a Christmas present for the American and Syrian people. Secretary of Defense James Mattis didn’t see it that way, however, and resigned, but his letter of explanation puts it in different terms. He talked about betrayal of allies, which I take to mean Israel and Saudi Arabia. It’s hard for me to understand the General’s position on this especially since it was an important part of President Trump’s campaign promises. I don’t see how our leaving Syria jeopardizes Saudi Arabia or Israel but anyway good riddance. It’s probably a mistake to have a General in the position of Defense Secretary anyway. It is or should be a civilian job since civilian control of the military is the way the founders designed it, but that is just my view. Generals sometimes fail to realize that their job is not to set policy in the civilian world, and their job is not to always agree with the orders of the Commander in Chief. Instead their job is to say yes sir and carry out the order. That’s another reason why the Defense Secretary should be a civilian. I’ve read recently where several generals, including Mcchrystal and Flynn, now retired, have been very critical of their Commander-in-Chief. I’m a little amazed that they are permitted to get away with criticizing higher command. Even if retired they can be recalled to active duty and reminded of their actual status. The press had a field day with the announcement, of course, but then they always do no matter what he does. The Eternal War Party, and many others who didn’t serve themselves but think it’s great that others do, all cried retreat, surrender, etc. Think about what agenda these people are actually advocating– an illegal and unconstitutional invasion and occupation of another country. It has been about seven years since President Obama said “Assad must go”, and apart from 500,000 dead Syrians, what have we gained?Obama is gone but Assad is still there. President Trump has been widely condemned for this announcement but the same press and same politicians referred to him as “Presidential” when he twice launched cruise missiles into Syria. It seems that Trump has been pursuing a deal with Turkey in order to protect this withdrawal. Turkey has apparently agreed to help clean up and contain what is left of the ISIS force in Syria. This will hopefully help to avoid the otherwise inevitable clash between Turkish and American soldiers in northern Syria. In addition Bagdad is only 450 miles from Damascus, Syria, and 450 miles from Tehran, Iran. Trump has made it clear that he has no intention of pulling American troops from Iraq so troops could easily be redeployed to either of those countries if necessary. There is no reason for the United States to maintain troops in Syria that is not a bad reason. Despite what General Mattis thinks about the betrayal of allies, they are an important part of war, a force multiplier, but in times of peace they are a negative that must always be considered and responded to. United States, Russian,
Darrell Castle talks about the end of year status of the U.S. Economy Transcription / Notes 2018 IN REVIEW PART 2—THE ECONOMY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 21, 2018 and on my time with you today I will continue my year end review with some thoughts about the economy. Today is also the last Friday before Christmas and that makes next week the week of Christmas so I will not be with you next Friday, but God willing I will return two weeks from today and that will be January 4, 2019. Today is the day that the government of the United States is supposed to shut down because Congress is so hamstrung by politics that it will not pass a budget, as the Constitution requires it to do. The government, therefore, continues from year to year on a series of continuing resolutions. This year the President has said that he will take personal responsibility for shutting down the government if he does not get $5 billion for construction of a wall on the southern border. The Democrats, once again led by Nancy Pelosi, say that will never happen, so if no compromise is reached, let’s look at what would actually be shut down. The Republicans have already managed to pass budgets this year for about 75% of government agencies, such as Defense, Education, Labor, Health & Human Services, Social Security, and Medicare so no threatening or intimidating seniors that they won’t get their checks or medical care. The remaining 25% of government will lose its funding at midnight tonight if no compromise is reached. Upon shut down, some employees deemed to be essential such as Border Patrol and ICE will keep working and getting paid. Non-essential employees which will apparently be several hundred thousand will be furloughed. They will end up getting a paid vacation as usual but I have often wondered why we need so many non-essential employees. Many positive things have happened with the economy this year. For example, due to lessoning of anti-fracking regulations by President Trump, America is very close to achieving energy independence and has become one of the world’s leading exporters of oil and natural gas. The fracking revolution in energy is being felt throughout the economy as lower fuel prices take effect. Here in my city of Memphis, Tennessee, the price for a gallon of regular gas has fallen below $2. If it’s cheaper to deliver goods then the price of goods should be lower and demand for those goods higher. Regulations have been reduced in many other areas as well and manufacturing is starting to return to America resulting in more people working and fewer on the unemployment rolls. Trade deals have been completed with Mexico and Canada and pressure on China and Germany is starting to weaken some of the trade disparity that we have seen with those trading partners. Despite all those positives, and I’m sure there are many more, there are ominous signs hanging over the United States economy right now. First, remember what government is: an organization with a monopoly on force within a certain geographical area. Government is the only organization that can legally use force against people who haven’t harmed anyone. Government, in its very essence, is force and everything that people normally think of coming from the government is taken from the members of society by force. Government is, therefore, very dangerous and always threatening to overwhelm the society it is supposed to protect and so it must be strictly limited. The necessity of strict limits has not been adhered to by our representatives and that failure has caused most of the problems I am about to discuss. Granted, some of these problems can be resolved by high growth, or at least that’s what government often tells us. I’m certainly for tax cuts and often wish my tax burden could be lessened, but tax cuts need to be accompanied by spending cuts to match them because that is the road to fiscal solvency.
Darrell Castle talks about the status of the U.S. border and immigration at the end of 2018. ______________________________________________________________________________________ Transcription/Notes: 2018 IN REVIEW PART ONE– THE BORDER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 14, 2018, and in the time I have with you today I want to at least begin the process of our year end review by looking at what has happened, and is happening, with the border of the United States. First of all, I will tell you that I have explored in conversation with people, and paid attention to various members of what is usually referred to as the “MSM” or main stream media regarding President Trump, what they don’t like about him, etc., and I think that many people miss the point entirely. For example, the other day I was in my doctor’s office lobby bright and early waiting for my check up. The TV was on and my seat was very close so I had no choice but to listen. Senator Bob Corker, Republican from Tennessee, who is retiring this term and being replaced by Marsha Blackburn, a Republican who campaigned almost entirely on her support of President Trump as a positive thing, was being interviewed. Bob Corker was interviewed by a fawning reporter who appeared grateful to talk to him because he knew the Senator had problems with President Trump. “What is your opinion of him?” he asked. “He is loose with the truth”, the senator replied, and then he went on to add that the only thing voters want to know is are you with Trump, no issues just are you with Trump. That exchange illustrates my point better than anything I could bring you from my own memory. Senator Corker’s answer says it all, that smug arrogance of the elite. The election of Donald Trump, despite his problematic personality, and the recent yellow vest riots in Paris and other European cities have something in common. They both represent an uprising of the ordinary voter, the deplorable, the resident of flyover country, Mr. and Mrs. Middle America the common man, if you will, who are all sick of the smug elitists such as Senator Corker, who have been running the world for the past few decades or so. Even if Mr. Trump is a billionaire, they see him as the anti-elite person who finally speaks for them. When President Trump is crude, or when he mocks and laughs at the high and mighty, his supporters love him even more. They love him for all the reasons the smug Democrats and Republicans hate him. The people still think they have the ability to influence what happens to them through voting. Whether that’s still true or not is another question because the election of Donald Trump indicates it is true, but the continuing coup against him indicates it is not true. Thinking people, and most of us are, at least to some degree, know that most of what government tells us is a lie. Senator Corker said the President is loose with the truth but that is the very essence of government. If government, or anyone who is in charge of it, actually told us the truth we would see behind the curtain and know that the emperor has no clothes. We are constantly under threats that only government with more money, more power, and more invasive control over our lives can solve for us. Here in America we elect Donald Trump, but in France they go into the streets for violent riots. President Trump has disappointed his followers, or they should be disappointed, with his lack of progress on the border and immigration front. What progress has been made in 2018; not very much I’m afraid. Let me just review a few areas where I had hoped to see improvement and where there has been little or none. The biggest disappointment is no wall to speak of. This was a foundation issue in his campaign and the reason many people voted for him. “I will build a wall and make Mexico pay for it”, remember that? Perhaps that’s what Senator Corker was talking about when he said the Presi...
Darrell Castle talks about the French Yellow Vest Riots and the affect of President Macron’s taxation policies on the middle and working class people of France. Transcription / Notes: Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday December 7, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the climate change conference in Europe and the protests over increased taxation that eventually turned into riots in Paris. First, I pause to remember that today is the 77th anniversary of the Day of Infamy that was the attack by Japanese naval and air forces against the United States base at Pearl Harbor 77 years ago today. Meanwhile, anti-Macron riots have been taking place across France and threatening to spread across Europe. It seems that the French people are becoming disenchanted with the promises of the French welfare state. Perhaps they are, as Margaret Thatcher famously said, running out of other peoples’ money. The riots have morphed from a working and middle class revolt against high fuel taxes into a general protest against the high cost of living in France and against French President Emmanuel Macron, whose popularity has been falling. World leaders, or at least the ones whose countries signed the 2015 Paris climate change agreement, have been meeting recently in Katowice, Poland, a coal mining town in the Silesia region of Poland. About half of all the coal miners in the E.U. live there. It’s interesting that they would choose that region for their climate change conference but they did. The conference is for all the nations to reaffirm their commitment to the goals of the accord and they did except the United States. The climate change guidelines are really designed to punish the working people of Western Nations since the world’s worst polluters, China and India, are given a pass and the third world nations are to be provided 100 billion annually by the Western nations. Why wouldn’t China and India be cheerleaders for the agreement because it handicaps their competitors and rewards them? The third world is very excited because they profit directly from the labor of workers in the West. The President of France, Emmanuel Macron, decided that he would bring France into compliance with the agreement prior to the conference and also use France as an example so he imposed punitive tax increases on gasoline and diesel fuel as well as electricity. My understanding is that the tax brought the price of the American equivalent of a gallon of gas to about $7.50. Macron said his goal was to get people out of their cars and trucks and also avoid a worldwide catastrophe resulting from carbonization of the atmosphere. Any rational person can take a brief look at those goals and see that they are out of touch with reality. The French people saw through what was happening to them pretty quickly and took their frustrations to the streets. The protesters put on yellow vests to show solidarity and emphasize their numbers. The initial protests had no obvious effect on Macron so the protesters turned them into a riot. Protesters burned cars, a Paris tradition, smashed windows, looted stores, and vandalized the Arc de Triomphe with graffiti. More than 100 people have been injured and hundreds arrested. Macron, of course, said those responsible for the riots would pay. A French government spokesman blamed the riots escalating from protests on people who hijacked the protests. When asked why thousands of French police could not prevent the damage especially to a French landmark like the Arc, he said, “yesterday we made a choice—to protect people before material goods.” The fact is that the police took off their helmets in symbolic sympathy with the protesters. A spokesman for the protesters said that the fuel tax rise was simply the straw that broke the camel’s back. We’ve had enough, he said, “we have low salaries and pay too much tax and the combination is creating more and more poverty.
Darrell Castle talks about the United States’ involvement in Afghanistan long after Osama bin Laden’s death and questions the real reasons we are still in Afghanistan after 17 years of war. Transcription / Notes: AFGHANISTAN—17 YEARS AND COUNTING Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 30th 2018, and on today’s Report I will spend my time talking about the United States presence in Afghanistan. Sometimes we forget that our sons and daughters are still fighting there, and I don’t want that to happen, so periodically we take a look. Since the United States entered Afghanistan in 2001, 2,313 members of the American military have been killed there. You can raise that total by three, since three more were killed this week. In addition, 1,720 civilian contractors have been killed, 20,320 Americans have been wounded, and once again raise that number by three as a result of the same attack this week. Americans aren’t the only ones who have died in this war, however. The coalition dead, in addition to the Americans, would raise the total by about 1200. Just since 2015, 28,500 friendly Afghan military have died, and during the entire war an estimated 31,000 civilians have died. In total the Afghan dead including enemy, friendly, and civilian is listed at 111,000. That’s a lot of misery and suffering but Afghanistan, or land of the Afghans, has been fought over by one empire after another since 500 years before Jesus Christ walked the earth, so it is very well acquainted with misery and suffering. In 500 B.C., Darius the 1st of Babylonia conquered what is now Afghanistan, and then Alexander the Great in 329 B.C., among many others. Genghis Khan conquered there in the 13th century, but during the 1700’s it was united as a single country with Islam as the uniting force, having been invaded and fought over by a long series of Arab conquerors. In the modern era, Great Britain invaded Afghanistan on two different occasions, losing about 15,000 soldiers total in both efforts. The Russians came in 1979 and left in 1989, with 15,000 dead as well. The Americans entered Afghanistan on October 7, 2001, and are still there 17 years and counting. Why did Washington invade Afghanistan, and why is Washington still there more than 17 years later, still dying and still killing? We know that Osama bin Laden was the 911 mastermind and we know that he was hiding in some caves in Afghanistan and we know that demand was made upon the Taliban to turn him over or face the consequences. The Taliban said first of all we do not have him, and second show us the evidence of his guilt. As I recall, not much evidence of guilt was ever made public but a bombing campaign, followed by an invasion, was begun on October 7, 2001. We were going to get bin Laden. President Bush said “we are going to get him dead or alive” On May 2, 2011, President Obama sent a Seal Team into Pakistan, which then killed bin Laden. We all remember the President and Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, along with the cabinet and staff, watching on live television. That is the story we must believe because that is the official version, and if you believe anything else you will never be accepted as a rational person again. You cannot and must not believe that bin Laden died of kidney disease in 2006, although you may find ample evidence of that. Whenever he died, Osama bin Laden is dead, and if killing him was the reason America went to war, that reason ceased to exist more than 7 years ago. We are still there and we have suffered many deaths since then so there must be some other reason. Perhaps we are there to keep Muslim terrorists from using it as a training base; after all, there have been no more 911s since we invaded. Of course, I have to remind you that Saudis did the 911 attacks, not Afghans. Osama bin Laden was a Saudi apparently living in Afghanistan, but no matter whether he was killed by President Obama or kidney disea...
Darrell Castle talks about the United States Navy and its role in protecting peaceful world trade since World War II. Transcription / Notes THE UNITED STATES NAVY AND THE NEW SILK ROAD Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 16, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the role of the U.S. Navy in the world since World War Two and some things being done by other nations to counter that role today. First, let me remind you that next week is Thanksgiving Day and I plan to spend that Day with my family so no Castle Report next week. All nations need goods and services that can only be obtained from other countries. Sometimes they need raw materials for manufacturing industries, sometimes they need the already manufactured products, and sometimes their merchants just want to profit from the purchase and resale of foreign goods. There are only two ways for nations to obtain what they need from foreign countries: 1. they can take what they need by force through war; or 2. they can obtain what they need peacefully through trade. The best example of a nation choosing the war option is probably Japan in the 1920’s, 1930’s, and 1940’s. Japan had virtually no natural resources at all and had to import everything necessary to fuel its rapidly expanding Pacific Empire. It obtained the material it needed by invading and conquering one nation after another, and taking the resources of the conquered nations by force. Japan’s militaristic quest to expand its empire led directly to the start of World War Two because the only thing standing between Japan’s total conquest and subjugation of the Pacific Region was the United States Navy so that Navy had to be eliminated as a threat. Most people would argue then that the United States entry into World War Two was after the Japanese attack against the United States Navy at Pearl Harbor in December of 1941. A good argument could be made for the premise that the United States entered the conflict with Japan when President Roosevelt decided to curb Japan’s expansion and its conquest of China and brutal treatment of Chinese and other subjugated people by imposing economic sanctions on Japan. In December 1937, the Japanese army entered Nanking China which was then a capital city. The treatment of the Chinese people in Nanking was so brutal that the civilized nations of the world were shocked by it. The League of Nations held an emergency meeting to discuss the crises and it ordered Japan to leave China immediately. The Japanese ambassador to the League rejected the League’s decision and walked out of the meeting and the League. The United States was not a member of the League but President Roosevelt was offended by Japan’s action as well, and he tried to get the European Powers, such as Great Britain and France, to join him in imposing economic sanctions on Japan but they were preoccupied with Germany and would not stand united with him. President Roosevelt decided to act unilaterally and imposed a ban on crude oil exports to Japan. Later he expanded the ban to include iron ore and steel and these put Japan in a real bind. This was an example of a nation attempting to force a change in behavior of another nation through means that fall short of war. Some argue that economic sanctions are an act of war and I tend to fall into that category, but in this case something had to be done about the suffering of the Chinese people under Japanese occupation, and President Roosevelt did what he felt had to be done. Many argue that Roosevelt was just trying to force a Japanese attack to justify entering the War on behalf of European interests. I have read the books that make that argument and it is a tempting one, but I do not believe it to be true. One thing is for sure though; those sanctions put a bull’s eye on the United States Navy. The U.S. Navy was the only thing standing between Japan and its complete conquest of the Pacific region of...
Darrell Castle talks about the 100th anniversary of the end of World War I, and how that war still effects us today. Transcription/Notes DOUGHBOYS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 9, 2018, and on this Report I will spend the time I have with you reminding you that tomorrow November 10 is the Marine Corps birthday but more importantly for this week, Sunday, November 11, 2018, is the 100th anniversary of the end of World War One, or what used to be known as “Armistice Day”. I talk about the 100th anniversary in order to honor those who served, and especially those who died in that European struggle. It was a European struggle for the most part, pitting England, France, Italy, Romania, and Russia against Germany and what was then known as the Austro-Hungarian Empire. The end of the War brought an end to the Austro-Hungarian Empire as well as the Ottoman Empire. New countries were born and old countries died. Modern day Turkey, Iraq, Iran (not Persia but Iran), and Saudi Arabia were all created along with the right of Jews to immigrate to Palestine, resulting ultimately in the state of Israel after World War Two. Communism and Fascism had their start along with Lenin, Stalin, and Hitler. What caused all this slaughter that was to come from 1914 to 1918? There are many answers and probably none of them completely or totally accurate, but for one thing, Europe’s old leaders–its nobility, its royalty were all related. England, France, Germany, Austria, Italy, and Russia, all had royal families that were intermarried and interrelated. It was a family squabble with a lot of old scores and old grudges to settle. None of them could imagine the slaughter to which their people were about to be subject, or the fact that the war would destroy their families and the Royal system itself. The world was altered in virtually every way by that war, even geographically, as the geography of the continent was changed in several ways. Six thousand square miles of France was converted into an uninhabitable wilderness and vegetation has still not completely recovered. Some hills across the continent were lowered by 50 to 100 feet by the shelling. Not a single living tree stood in Belgium because of the many years of fighting there. The warring armies both used the tactic of tunneling deep under the trenches of the enemy to plant massive explosive charges and collapse the enemy trenches but the explosions also collapsed the surrounding landscape creating vast lakes that still exist today. The social order of Europe was changed by the massive number of men under arms and gone for so long. Women were pressed into service in many occupations previously reserved for men. The social class structure, which was so rigid before the war with the master-servant class system unshakable, was shaken to the core and destroyed by the war. The sons of the nobility were expected to lead the movement to fill the ranks and to provide leadership in the officer corps. So many of the nobility and other upper classes were slaughtered in the trenches there was not enough of them left to maintain the system. Women refused to go back into servitude and demanded their place in society. Women were elected to parliament for the first time. Women in parliament would have been unthinkable before the war, but people suffered so much everything was different. I said that I wanted to remind you of this anniversary as a way of honoring those who served and especially those who died. Well, there were certainly a lot of people to honor, and that’s for sure. Somewhere in the neighborhood of 15 million combatants were slaughtered in the trenches of Europe and around 40 million wounded, many horribly. Plastic surgery was begun as a way to repair some of the horrible wounds that kept men from being able to lead normal lives. Vast pandemics of disease spread across the world killing millions.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent election of Jair Bolsonaro as President of Brazil and his campaign’s close resemblance to the campaign of Donald Trump. Transcript/Notes TRUMP OF THE TROPICS—JAIR BOLSONARO Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 2, 2018, and on today’s Report I thought I would spend the few moments I have with you talking about the new President of Brazil who was elected last Sunday the 28th of October. Mr. Jair Bolsonaro is 63 years old and he will assume the office of president of Brazil on January 1, 2019. It’s important to know who our neighbors are and what they are up to and Brazil is one of our most important southern neighbors. Jair Bolsonaro is a retired military officer from the artillery and parachute divisions of the Brazilian army and has been in government service in one office or another, including six terms in Congress, since his retirement and transfer to the reserves in 1988. He was born in Brazil but his background is Italian with a little German and Portuguese thrown into the mix. His grandfather and great grandfather were Italians, as were his maternal grandparents. The reason he is sometimes compared to Donald Trump and referred to as the Trump of the Tropics will become clearer, but essentially they share some views and they also share the hatred of some of the same people especially the media. The idea that a fair election could be held in Brazil and then the loser say “OK, we lost fair and square but we are all Brazilians and we will stand together” is no more likely to occur in Brazil than it is in America. On July 22, 2018, he was officially nominated by his Party as its presidential candidate for the 2018 election. His coalition was called “God Above All”. His candidacy was contested by two separate lawsuits but the Superior Electoral Court of Brazil deferred them, and his candidacy was made official on August 6. Antonio Mourao, a retired army general, was selected as his vice presidential running mate. Early in the campaign he had an aggressive and confrontational tone, which he used to build quite a comfortable lead in the polls. The final margin of victory was approximately 55 to 45 percent. He ran on a platform of fierce opposition to socialism, and communism, as well as a preference of Taiwan over China. Those views left the supporters of his socialist opponent, Fernando Haddad, with very little that they could relate to, because they could see that if Bolsonaro won, it would no longer be business as usual in Brazil. He was elected with a strong mandate to do something about corruption, just as Mr. Obrador who was recently elected in Mexico. Brazil has a reputation of being one of the most corrupt and most violent countries in the Western Hemisphere, and the Brazilian people are finally starting to listen to people who at least say they will address it. His views are also very nationalist, pro-Brazil or what one could call “Brazil First”. He is pro-business, anti-regulation, and pro-privatization of state assets. At least in Brazil, they actually call them what they are, state assets. Here in America we would call them public assets. It remains to be seen how severe the backlash is, and whether that backlash will take over his views and affect his ability to fulfill the mandate given to him by the voters of Brazil. His appeal to the masses of Brazilians lies in his populist roots. Just as with Donald Trump, he is seen as an outsider and a populist. Although very wealthy, Mr. Trump was able to use his wealth to advantage by saying he would fund his own campaign, etc., thus part of his appeal was “I’m not for sale.” Mr. Bolsonaro emerged from the lower officer ranks of the military to serve in Congress after Brazil’s twenty year long dictatorship. He is always referred to as radical, far right, fascist, and the like by the press in Brazil and America. Just as with the Trump campaign,
Darrell Castle talks about the death of journalist Jamal Khashoggi and what his death means for the American-Saudi Alliance. Transcription / Notes: THE DEATH OF ONE JOURNALIST Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 26, 2018, and on Today’s Report I will be talking about the death, or at least the apparent death, of journalist Jamal Khashoggi. I call him journalist because that is what he was and had been since the 1970’s, an internationally prominent journalist. Let’s take a look today at who else this man Jamal Khashoggi really was. Mr. Khashoggi fled to the United States and Great Britain after writing articles critical of the Saudi Regime, especially new Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman. He obviously knew that if he ever set foot in Saudi Arabia again he would be killed or spend the rest of his life in a Saudi prison. The new Crown Prince apparently has no qualms whatsoever about using violence against his political enemies. However, I’ve heard it said that “love conquers all”, and Mr. Khashoggi apparently fell in love because he made an appearance at the Saudi Consulate in Istanbul Turkey, in order to divorce his Saudi wife and marry his Turkish girlfriend, and after he walked into the consulate, he was never seen again. This man wore more hats than just internationally famous journalist and writer for the Washington Post. He was a member of the Muslim Brotherhood and a lifelong friend of Osama bin Laden. Part of his role as a journalist was to serve as the propagandist and apologist for the terror groups Hamas and al Qaida. His fiancé waited outside the consulate for him as he was completing the paperwork but he never came to her so she called the police. The Saudis at the consulate claimed they did not know what happened to him. Back in Saudi Arabia Crown Prince bin Salman insisted that Khashoggi left shortly after completing his paperwork. President Trump called King Salman and was told that the Crown Prince was in charge of the investigation and the Prince said we had nothing to do with it. So, the King of Saudi Arabia puts the main suspect in a murder in charge of the investigation of that murder, but that is just one of the bazaar plot twists in this case. The Saudis have since changed their story back and forth several times but have settled on a version that has him dying during an “interrogation” gone wrong. The Turks, of course, have a different view of things. They say that on that same day, October 2, fifteen Saudis arrived in Istanbul in the morning and left on two different flights that same evening. The Turks produced videotapes of the fifteen Saudis arriving at the airport but close investigation revealed that some of the tapes were five years old. The Turks say they have proof that he was killed inside the consulate. Their proof includes tapes, which prove at least by audio that he was killed there. They say that his voice is clear on the tapes along with the voices of men speaking Arabic. They say you can hear how he was interrogated, tortured and murdered, at least that is the story given to the Washington Post. The Turks further claim that his body was dismembered by a bone saw and somehow transported out of the consulate, I suppose by the fifteen Saudis. Perhaps they put his pieces in diplomatic pouches and took him back to Riyadh. Now however, there are reports that his body has been discovered in pieces buried in the garden of the consul general. The Turks needed Saudi permission to enter the Saudi consulate and search, but the Crown Prince had little choice but to give permission. It appears that this body parts discovery is true, and if so, the Prince will have difficulty separating himself from it and that makes President Trump’s position even more tenuous. Surveillance video also shows a Saudi body double leaving in Khashoggi’s clothes after he was killed. So in this version of the event the Saudis included in the fifteen,
Darrell Castle talks about the rise of Western Civilization and the American ideal, and their descent into a New Dark Age. THE NEW DARK AGES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 19, 2018, and on this Report I will be talking about the rise to greatness of Western Civilization along with the rise of the American Ideal, and their fall from greatness. ,The decline of the West and especially America is on the minds of a lot of people today but what about their origins and their rise to greatness? Ayn Rand once said “East minus West equals zero.” That might be a slight exaggeration, but it is essentially correct. If you look at what other civilizations have contributed to human society over the centuries you will find that it is not very much. Even the contributions that other civilizations have made either find their origins in the West or they are an effort to imitate Western success. Western Civilization has dominated many centuries but today we look at why that is the case. Western Civilizations had its origins in ancient Greece, but it is not Greek or Roman. It began to develop in earnest about 500 AD out of the chaos of the collapse of Rome. It remains unique among the world’s civilizations because it put the individual rather than the collective in the central position. That statement answers the question of why the West has been so dominant. The individual was unique in that he was created in the very image of God. The individual bore the image of God within him and, therefore, he had rights that had to be respected because those rights came from God, not government. It took a while for those rights to achieve that respect of course, but in 1215 the Magna Charta enshrined the rights of Englishmen in the great contract with the Crown, and it made the King himself subject to the rule of law just like the average person. The American Constitution, ratified after the Revolution, separated America from England, and also made it clear that the rights of the individual could not lawfully be violated by the collective majority even by majority vote. Western Civilization, I argue now, was an attempt to spread the Christian Gospel to the world as evidenced by the writings of Christopher Columbus from his voyage to the new world, as well as many others. However, it enshrined logic and rational thought as opposed to mysticism and superstition as the correct way to deal with the world. Because of the enshrinement of logic and rational thought we have science, technology, great literature, great art, capitalism and personal freedom, progress and a whole lot more. I was in Los Angeles last week visiting my daughter and she took me to the Getty Museum where we viewed art from some of the great masters of Western Civilization, such as Monet and Van Gogh. It was there that I started to form this Castle Report in my mind. I have had the good fortune to travel the great capitols of the world in my 70 years, and in those travels I have seen its art, read its literature, and listened to its music. Most of it inspired, at least in its inception, by a belief in the Christian God. In the early days of the American Republic, the Colonies were made up largely of independent minded, self-reliant people who had a strong work ethic. These qualities were necessary for people to leave their lives in England or Northern Europe and travel across the ocean to an unknown wilderness. They had the courage, imagination, and desire to create their own destiny. These were traits the other residents of Europe did not possess and that is also part of what made America unique. When Great Britain tried to impose more control over them by use of the British Army, and by increased taxation to pay for that army, the colonials rose in rebellion. First of all, the American ideal was freedom. They didn’t want government entitlements or government-funded this and that extracted from the people against the...
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s speech to the United Nations General Assembly last week. Transcript / Notes THE TRUMP DOCTRINE AND THE GENERAL ASSEMBLY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 5, 2018, and on today’s report I will be talking about President Donald Trump’s speech to the UN General Assembly last week. The General Assembly is the only organ of the United Nations in which all nations have equal status and each nation gets one vote. The Security Council nations such as the United States, China, Russia, Great Britain, and France are largely in the General Assembly for symbolic purposes since the Security Council votes are far more important. President Trump spoke to that body made up of representatives from every nation in the world. In the beginning of his speech he noted that “In less than two years, my administration has accomplished more than almost any administration in the history of our country.” Most presidents get carried away with themselves from time to time but as far as the domestic economy goes I could make a good case for what he said being valid. $10 trillion in wealth added to the economy, four million new jobs, unemployment at record lows, consumer confidence up, and tax reform putting more of our labor back in our own pockets are all evidence that what he said had truth in it. Nevertheless, the members of the General Assembly laughed when he said it. They laughed, not with him but at him. Those UN bureaucrats laughed at the President of the United States. Hollywood comedians took the opportunity to laugh with them. I saw a video where Jimmy Kimmel, that is I think it was Jimmy Kimmel, said that the whole world laughed together at Donald Trump. When I saw that I thought, no Jimmy not the whole world, just rich, upper class, bourgeois, elitists like you and the delegates of the General Assembly laughed. You laughed not just at his words but at him and at all of us because you hate us normal Americans just as desperately as you hate him. I resent the laughter of the General Assembly more than Mr. Trump said he did because I know what that body really is. It is a bunch of nepotistic half wit brothers of dictators from poop-hole-asian countries whose brothers sent them to New York to get them out of the way for a while. They are very adept at child slavery and child sex trafficking for sexual exploitation and tolerate, even encourage it, in their hell hole countries. I could give you a stack of authority three inches thick for that opinion. If you don’t believe me, just Google UN child sex slavery or any such term. He cured their laughter with the rest of his speech, however, and later I read where many delegates said they appreciated his honesty, which I’m quite sure they are unaccustomed to hearing from any speaker let alone an American President. What he did was lay out the Trump Doctrine for them, which turns out to be a new approach to the world by America. To sum up the Trump Doctrine in one sentence I would say it means live your own lives in your own way under your own terms as long as you respect our desire to do the same. What he actually said was, “We are standing up for our citizens and for peace loving people everywhere. We believe that when nations respect the rights of their neighbors and defend the interests of their people, they can better work together to secure the blessings of safety, prosperity, and peace. Each of us here today is the emissary of a distinct culture, a rich history, and a people bound together by ties of memory, tradition, and the values that make our homelands like nowhere else on earth. That is why America will always choose independence and cooperation over global governance, and I honor the right of every nation in this room to pursue its own customs, beliefs and traditions. The United States will not tell you how to live, work, or worship.
Darrell Castle talks about the war against Western Civilization and how there seems to be a slight re-awakening of the desire for freedom, especially in Eastern Europe. Transcription / Notes EUROPEAN RE-AWAKENING Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 28, 2018, and on today’s Report I continue my discussion of the war against the founding principles of America, against Western or Christian Civilization, and against the rule of law. This week we fight the war in Europe where there are scattered pockets of people who appear to be at least starting to awaken from their slumber. The war in Europe is not being fought in old Europe for unfortunately, old Europe has already surrendered to the demands of the George Soros funded global ruling elite, in other words, they are prisoners of war. The nations, which a few decades ago resisted and defeated Nazi Germany to protect their homelands and their freedom, today cannot muster even a slight desire for self-defense or self-respect. For example, recently French President, Emanuel Macron, gave a speech in Sweden to campaign for the political parties which favored continued unlimited immigration from the Middle East and Africa into Sweden., In that speech Mr. Macron told the Swedes that there is no such thing as French culture and no such thing as Swedish culture. ,Perhaps with men like him in charge he’s actually correct or at least soon will be. ,However, in the recent Swedish elections the Swedish National Party, which is the Party that had the courage to advocate for unlimited third world immigration to at least be re-evaluated and possibly even reduced somewhat, that Party gained 18% of the vote which entitled it to some seats in the Swedish Parliament. Consequently the liberal, unlimited immigration, Swedish Democrats lost a few seats in Parliament. That is a slight glimpse of what might possibly be the beginning of discontent with what is happening in Sweden. Perhaps some of the Swedish people are growing tired of their women and children being raped by invaders that are never charged with their crimes. Sweden has gone from an almost rape free country to one leading the European Union in rapes thanks to its immigration policy. Other countries are starting to resist as well, especially Hungary and Poland. Viktor Orban, the Prime Minister of Hungary, continues to resist attack after attack from the European Union for his defense of his own country and its people. Most recently he was censured by the European Union by a two-thirds vote. The motion to censure charged him with breaching the founding principles of the Union. The censure came under Article 7 of the EU Charter, and will now be referred to the 28 member nations to consider. Ultimately the sanctions imposed on Hungary could include suspension of voting rights but that vote must be unanimous. Poland has said it will support Hungary and would never vote for such a measure so that doesn’t appear likely. This Muslim effort to invade Europe is not a new thing at all. It is, in fact, just the latest battle in a very long war. For over 1200 years now Islam has been trying to conquer Christian Europe. This is just the first invasion in which Europe’s own leaders have actually invited the invaders to come. Christianity is dead in Europe, and with it died the desire to preserve what allowed European civilization to thrive and prosper for so long. In the year 732, an Islamic army of 200,000 men invaded Europe out of the Iberian Peninsula, or what is today Spain. They advanced into France until Charles Martel, with an army of 20,000 Christian knights, defeated them at Tours. Charles, known as the Hammer, had only 20,000 men and no cavalry but he prevailed against the much larger Islamic army. The Muslim commander, Abdul Rahman, was killed in the battle and the Muslim advance into Europe was turned back for about 1000 years, which allowed the French to dominate Europe fo...
Darrell Castle talks about the war for the survival of America, the rule of law, and Western Civilization that is now being waged with Judge Kavanaugh’s nomination to the Supreme Court as one of the battle fronts. Transcription / Notes CHARACTER ASSASSINATION IS A TACTIC OF WAR Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 21, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the war that is currently being waged for the control of this nation and its people. The goals of the combatants in this war are often blurry but the goal of the side that I represent is to preserve as much of the founding principles of this nation as possible, as well as those of Western Civilization and the rule of law. The goal of the other side but appears to be the destruction of the things I am fighting to preserve. To this point the war for control of the nation and the future of the nation’s 330 million people is mostly a cold one, although that seems poised to change at any minute. War normally brings casualties and lots of them, and this one is no different. One of the casualties is Brett Kavanaugh, President Trump’s nominee for the Supreme Court. Today’s Report will use the battle surrounding Judge Kavanaugh’s nomination as an opportunity to discuss the war itself. Please keep in mind that the real issue is not how Judge Kavanaugh treated women when he was in high school 36 years ago. The real issue is Judge Kavanaugh’s conservative view of the Constitution when he is on the bench today. A war of survival is a war of desperation, and the closer one side comes to losing the more desperate that side will be. Both sides might respect a set of rules for “civilized warfare”, such as the Geneva Convention, until one starts to prevail and then its gloves off for the other. Losing means the loss of everything that side holds dear for itself and for future generations, so the rules no longer apply. The Democrats have tried very hard to destroy freedom in America. I say that with some doubt but it is true from at least one standpoint; we are no longer free to say or even think whatever we want without suffering the most dire consequences. That seems to be one of the Democrat goals then, to make only expression and thought that they agree with legally and socially possible. Despite holding all the high ground in the battlefront, such as the media high ground, the education high ground, the Silicon Valley high ground, and the high ground of Hollywood, they can see that they do not yet control a majority of America and their control of America’s future is weakening. This slipping of their control came about because of the election of Donald Trump and his unique opportunity to appoint two and possibly more Supreme Court Justices, thus swinging the ideological scale back toward the side that elected Trump to do just that. Since there is no honest reason to reject Judge Kavanaugh, dishonest ones must be devised. Character assassination is one dishonest tactic that should be expected, after all, in war it’s quite a common tactic to use. When one has no ammunition to win a debate honestly, then one will usually resort to a personal attack against the opponent. Should we be surprised then when Judge Kavanaugh has his character assassinated, and his reputation damaged or destroyed by people who have no character but do have a lot to lose. The headline in my friend Richard Viguerie’s article read, “Democrats Ruthlessly Destroy Bret Kavanaugh”. Richard then went on to point out that this judge is a man of the highest honor and reputation and all that has been damaged or destroyed by this groundless attack. All true, and he has also been vetted more than any Supreme Court nominee certainly in recent years. The FBI has conducted half a dozen background checks without any notice of misconduct, but now the Democrats insist that a new investigation be conducted by the FBI,
Darrell Castle provides commentary on the acquisition and retention of power, and those things necessary for its use to control the human population. Transcription / Notes THE ROOT OF ALL POWER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 14, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about power and its efforts to break the bonds that wise men have put in place to bind it. For example, we know that James Madison, the father of the Constitution, said “The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal government are few and defined. Those which remain in the State governments are numerous and indefinite.” The reality that we face today is the opposite of Madison’s intent. We know from past discussions that power corrupts, and that power is also addictive. Power is akin to a drug in that the more you have the more you want. The desire for power and the acquisition of power corrupts both the mind and the morals. The founders understood that and as a result they created a weak and divided system of government. They didn’t want government to become too powerful because they didn’t even trust themselves to handle the addiction. Power seeks to break its bonds and to control the human population, and that is the essence of today’s Report. Politics is pretty simple when you really analyze it. Whether we look at examples from history such as the Caesars, Lenin, Stalin, Hitler, or many others, politics is simply the acquisition and retention of power. How can I acquire more power and how can I retain the power I have. If you look carefully at the political system of today you will see that very little has changed from the days of the Roman Empire, except the technology that allows for the acquisition and retention of power on a much greater scale than ever before. Today’s power seekers have the ability to do something never before possible, and that is to control the entire human population. In other words, their addiction has gone global. In order to acquire and retain vast amounts of power two things are needed: 1. The people over whom power is exercised must be divided. We are now the most divided people in history. We are certainly divided here in America but the whole world is divided. I have never before witnessed such a complete demonization by each side in today’s divided country. Both seek to acquire more power and, as a result, quite often neither seems to care about what’s best for the whole. Media pours out a stream of division in the form of propaganda to support its own preferred agenda. The media contributes greatly to the extreme racial division and polarization in the country. Now, 63 years after the onset of the movement for civil rights for all, and almost everyone has accepted it as a reality, we are far more racially polarized than ever. The Politically Correct movement divides us by changing our language to control how we think. Those of us outside the movement resent the efforts at control and, therefore, we become more and more divided. Orwell warned us about efforts to change and control the way we think by changing our language. His creation was “Newspeak”, a new version of the English language that used all kinds of new words with opposite meanings in order to change the way people think. 2. The people over whom we exercise power must fear some outside threat. The people must be made to fear a common enemy, a common threat. For much of my lifetime, the outside threat was nuclear war with the Soviet Union. We were under constant threat of destruction from a nuclear exchange, so vast sums had to be expended on defense. When the Soviet Union dissolved we all breathed a sigh of relief because we were finally safe, but then along came Muslim terrorism as an excuse for constant fear and war. The war in Syria was cooling off, at least for America, but now the side of the Civil War backed by Russia in favor of the Assad regime seems...
Darrell Castle talks about the new trade agreement negotiated between President Trump and newly elected President Lopez Obrador of Mexico. Transcription / Notes NAFTA REPLACED—AT LEAST WITH MEXICO Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 7, 2018. Having just celebrated Labor Day with a three day weekend, we here at the Castle Report find ourselves in a contemplative mood. We continue week by week to bring all our vast resources of engineers, technicians, videographers, sound technicians and those who advise us on language, punctuation, etc., to bear in the war in which we find ourselves. The war to save our Republic and the war to save civilization is our war, our beat if you will, and we endeavor to report from as close to the front lines of that war as possible. Moderation in war is an absurdity as Von Clausewitz said, and Corporate America in its hatred and utter disdain for traditional, especially middle class, Americans must believe Clausewitz’s statement because Corporate America continually spits in their faces then rubs their noses in it, and says, buy our products anyway because we believe that you traditional Americans living in flyover country are the most ignorant, stupid and totally brainwashed people on earth. So despite our best efforts we are losing the war, and consequently the Republic and Western Civilization will soon be gone and a new civilization, once unthinkable, will have replaced it. We have much evidence for such pessimism but, as I said earlier, we are contemplative today. Perhaps very soon the ideal desired by all smart, educated, woke people will be realized and then all races, genders, and other pronouns will not only be equal but identical. Everyone will be aesthetically the same with an understanding that no difficult questions may be asked because that would be, well, difficult, and intolerant, and intolerance will not be tolerated. We ask ourselves, what is the real problem here in America and we answer; the real problem is that the body politic is infected with a disease of the heart which will be very difficult to cure and may prove to be fatal. For these reasons and many more we here at the Castle Report sometimes wonder what it would be like to impose upon ourselves the sentence supposedly given by Pope Benedict to Cardinal Mc Carrick and that was to retire to a life of penance and prayer. That is not our sentence, however, so we soldier on and continue the fight. With that in mind we turn our attention today back toward our friends south of the border, and take a brief look at the trade deal recently worked out between the incoming Mexican president, Lopez Obrador, and the American President Donald Trump. President Trump said repeatedly during his campaign that he thought NAFTA was a bad deal for the United States so when the opportunity arose he withdrew the United States from the formal NAFTA. When the new President, Lopez Obrador was elected, President Trump seized on the chance to make progress and sent a delegation to meet with him. Out of that conference evolved bilateral talks about how trade could be made better for both countries. Bilateral, obviously means between two parties and in this case it means no Canada. Canada has opted not to participate, or the United States and Mexico have opted not to include them, or it’s just a tactic to squeeze the Canadians, or Donald Trump and Canada’s Trudeau have a personal spat, but somewhere in there lies the reason that Canada has not been included to this point. The new deal, now called The U.S.-Mexico Trade Agreement, is centered on the auto industry and the labor laws surrounding that industry. Under the terms of the agreement, 75% of a car would have to be manufactured in North America, up from 62.5% under current rules. In addition, the new rules would impose a minimum wage of $16 per hour to qualify for zero tariffs. So the car would have to be at least 75% made in Mexico...
Darrell Castle talks about the murder of 20 year old Mollie Tibbetts and asks the question, who else besides her alleged murderer is responsible for her death. Transcription/Notes THE LIFE AND DEATH OF MOLLIE TIBBETTS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 31, 2018, and on today’s Report, I will be talking about Mollie Tibbetts’ life and death. Mollie was a 20 year old sophomore at the University of Iowa who went out for a jog on July 18 of this year, and was never seen alive again. Local authorities, aided by the concern of local Iowa people, searched high and low for her with nothing to show for it. A reward of almost $400,000 was raised and offered for information about where she might be. Finally, authorities located a farmer with a farm about an hour from the small community of Brooklyn, Iowa where Mollie lived. For some reason he had set up surveillance video cameras around his farm amid the thousands of acres of cornfields and along the roads. It didn’t take long to spot Mollie on camera running down an Iowa road with a strange car following her. The driver stopped and forced her into the trunk of his car. Her body was found in a field a short time later, so she was kidnapped and murdered and who knows what else. A preliminary autopsy revealed that she was stabbed to death. Cristhian Bahena-Rivera, an illegal alien from Mexico, has been charged with her murder. Mr. Rivera confessed to the murder and took authorities to Mollie’s body but he said he “blacked out” and didn’t remember anything about it. We know then who stabbed Mollie, but is anyone else responsible for her death? Richard Viguerie, in his publication Conservative HQ, said it best. “The brutal murder of Brooklyn, Iowa college student Mollie Tibbetts casts a harsh and inescapable light on exactly who is responsible for this senseless killing, and from our perspective Cristhian Bahena-Rivera, whom the Iowa Division of Criminal Investigation has named as her alleged murderer, as the means of her death, the real killers are the politicians who keep our borders open and who continue protecting illegal aliens, especially those with criminal histories. Mollie Tibbetts was killed so that somebody in Iowa could have cheap labor, and she was killed so that the Business Roundtable, the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, and the rest of Washington—Wall Street—Silicon Valley Axis, could hit this quarter’s earnings target, and most shamefully, she was killed so that virtue-signaling liberal politicians could get re-elected, and because their bootlickers in the media and their urban elite supporters in the gated communities and the security-doored co-ops and condos feel superior to her, and the other victims like her, and don’t think their lives are worth protecting.” Whatever the reason, Mollie is still dead, and her death gives us a chance to look at several aspects of the immigration system that passes laws against illegal entry into the United States and then welcomes the violators with open arms. Mollie’s town of Brooklyn, Iowa was surrounded by sanctuary cities and counties, but on July 1st, just two weeks before her disappearance, the Iowa state legislature passed a law revoking state funding for sanctuary cities and counties in the state. Two weeks too late and too little for Mollie Tibbetts. Mr. Rivera apparently used a fake or stolen photo ID and a fraudulent Social Security card to get a job at a local dairy farm. The dairy farm owner admits he did not use E-Verify to check Mr. Rivera’s eligibility for employment. Mr. Rivera, illegally in the United States for 7 years, actually fathered his own anchor baby by one of Mollie’s former classmates. Since the baby was born in the U.S., according to our current bizarre interpretation of the 14th amendment, the baby is a U.S. citizen. The arrest of Mr. Rivera caused him to be separated from his child, and if convicted he will be separated from the child for many yea...
Darrell Castle talks about Turkey, especially its arrest of Pastor Andrew Brunson, as well as U.S. sanctions on that country and the resulting Turkish economic troubles. Transcription / Notes TALKING TURKEY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 24, 2018, and on this report I will be talking about Turkey. Not the kind of turkey you might have for Thanksgiving or Christmas but the kind that is a country located on the northern border of Syria in the Middle East. The kind that is so strategically located that it controls Russian access to its only entrance to the Mediterranean. You may have heard that the United States is having some problems with Turkey right now and, in fact, has recently placed some economic sanctions on that country and some of its leaders individually. In addition, there have been disagreements over the roles of Turkey and the United States in Syria, which inspired Secretary of State Mike Pompeo to go to Turkey in June of this year and work out a deal with his Turkish counterpart to avoid conflict there. Most, or all, of the problems could have probably been resolved except for one thing, and that thing is Pastor Andrew Brunson. Pastor Brunson has lived and worked in Turkey for 23 years but one month before the 2016 elections, he was taken into custody by Turkish authorities. Mr. Brunson, an Evangelical Presbyterian pastor, was called to a local police station in the town of Izmir for what he assumed was a routine police procedure to renew his Turkish visa. After being told he was to be deported within 15 days, he was held incognito for a week. He was denied access to his lawyer, who said that he was told Mr. Brunson had refused counsel. He was denied access to the U.S. consulate, which is a violation of the Vienna Convention on Consular Relations, as well as a time-honored international agreement. For a year and a half he was held without being charged with a crime. In March 2018, he was charged with support for a terrorist group and with espionage. He was confined to his cell 24 hours a day in conditions one might expect in a Turkish prison. Finally, in July he was released to house arrest. His Turkish lawyer said he was arrested because he practices the Christian faith. His being the pastor of a small Evangelical Presbyterian church with 25 members was classified as “aiding a terrorist organization.” The Trump administration has taken the position that he was arrested and put through a sham trial because of his religious faith. Vice President Mike Pence said that publicly in a speech last July. This incident with Pastor Brunson demonstrates the turn Turkey has taken under the leadership of Recep Erdogan toward radical Islam, and away from Turkey’s long relationship with the U.S. and its allies. Erdogan rose to power democratically in 2002 but quickly began the process of transforming Turkey into a radical Islamic State. Step-by-step he assumed lifetime dictatorial powers aligning Turkey with the terrorist organizations Hamas and the Islamic State. He has been very friendly with Iran, resisting U.S. sanctions on Iran at every turn. He conducts military exercises with the Chinese and has purchased Russian S-400 antiaircraft missile systems. Since Turkey is a NATO member, he is able to provide the enemies of NATO with information on how to defeat U.S. anti-air defense systems. U.S. administrations before the Trump administration have tried to ignore the growing problems because, I would guess, of Turkey’s strategic geopolitical importance. The United States has an airbase at Incirlik, Turkey, which U.S. and NATO forces have used to project power into the Middle East and around the world. The U.S. reportedly, and ominously, has about 50 nuclear weapons stored at Incirlik. Turkey is the gateway to both Asia and Europe, serving as a passage between the two and also serving as Russia’s outlet to the Mediterranean. If that were all,
Darrell Castle talks about how the war on drugs has led to corruption both here in America and in Mexico, as well as a strategy for addressing it. Transcription / Notes CORRUPTION—NOTHING’S CHANGED IN 2000 YEARS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 17, 2018, and in this Report I will be talking about the subject of corruption, especially from the standpoint of the governments of the United States and Mexico. In Mexico, recently elected President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador will take office December 1st, armed with a public mandate to end corruption and violence caused by war with the drug cartels. His political party, the National Regeneration Movement, will have a majority in both houses of Congress. It’s been a long time since a Mexican President elect came to power with such an opportunity to actually complete his political agenda. He campaigned much as did Donald Trump, who told us he would “drain the swamp”. I doubt if Mr. Obrador ever used that term, but the concept is similar as is the agenda. He and his incoming Interior Minister obviously view the cartel violence and corruption problems as linked together. Mr. Obrador reportedly gave Interior Minister Olga Sanchez Cordero instructions to tackle the cartel problems by whatever means seem necessary. The legalization of drugs, especially marijuana and opium based drugs, would appear to be one means she is going to try. Recently I read where Hillary Clinton said, in reference to the incoming Mexican administration, they can’t legalize drugs there’s too much money in it. The reason there’s too much money in drugs is because they are illegal. If they were legal, there would still be profit in producing and selling them, about as much profit as any other agricultural product. The more harsh the laws against drugs, the more profitable they become. Now the Mexican narcotraficantes have discovered the tremendous appetite Americans have for opioids, especially fentanyl, which can be prescribed legally by doctors but not in enough quantity to satisfy those addicted. It is devastating because it is more addictive than heroin and more profitable. I’ve discovered that it takes about $3300 to produce enough fentanyl to bring 1 million dollars street value in America. Another tactic being discussed is some type of amnesty for the cartel members, but the problem is that almost all cartel members have been guilty of the most brutal crimes against people imaginable. The usefulness of amnesty then will be limited, especially when you consider that those applying for it probably won’t survive the process. What Ms. Cordero says she has in mind is at least considering the legalization and regulation of the opium trade, perhaps legalizing the sale of opium gum to pharmaceutical companies for production as with any legal drug. A legal market for the country’s opium farmers would be created with the goal of stopping or at least reducing, warring over the control of opium growing areas. The drug problems associated with addiction, such as disease, crime, etc., have also started to plague Mexico as well as the United States, so stopping the violence and cartel wars would benefit both countries. The drug wars then, are one of the things that cause corruption but if people are so offended by corruption, and if corruption at the government level is especially hated by people, what is it? What is a reasonable definition of “corruption”? The dictionary definition of corruption is impairment of integrity, virtue or moral principle, and depravity. That is a fine definition but it doesn’t really explain why so many people are so offended by it. In many countries, especially the Middle East, such countries as Egypt and Tunisia, rulers are being deposed, not for making themselves dictators but for corruption. I would accept the definition of writer Doug Casey as being the better one; “a betrayal of trust for personal gain.
Darrell Castle talks about the de-platforming of Alex Jones and his InfoWars channel, as well as the New York Times hiring of an overt racist to its editorial board. Transcript/Notes THE DEEP STATE MOVES TO SILENCE DISSENT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 10, 2018, and on this Report I will be talking about the coordinated attack by deep state corporate tech giants such as Facebook, Apple, Google/ You Tube, and Spotify. Since virtually everyone else is also talking about this subject, I will try give some different information, such as some legal arguments as to why being private might not shelter these particular corporations this time. It is common for those on the left to express hatred of capitalism and to rejoice when an anti-capitalist is elected, yet they trust the capitalist, massive, unaccountable corporations to decide for all of us what we are able to listen to and discuss. Thanks to their demands, global corporations now govern the public sphere, and decide what speech is permissible and what is not. These are private corporations and therefore not subject to first amendment restrictions, or so they believe, but they are also bigger, more powerful, and certainly richer than many governments. They are so big and so powerful that they are virtually an arm of the government, as Ron Paul has charged. Part of the coordinated attack I spoke of earlier was against the director of the Ron Paul Institute for Peace and Prosperity and Dr. Paul had some things to say about it in an interview on Tuesday. “While social media could be a real delight and very informative the biggest role social networks are playing is working with the government. The government is indirectly regulating free speech through companies like Twitter and Facebook. He went on to say “You get accused of treasonous activity and treasonous speech because in an empire of lies the truth is treason. Challenging the status quo is what they can’t stand and it unnerves them, so they have to silence people” Therefore, the tech giants are acting on behalf of government to the point where they have become virtually an agent of government. They allow the government to control speech through them as surrogate companies. There is a case, I believe, from the California Supreme Court that holds them to be similar to public utilities and Twitter has been recently sued on that premise in the case of Taylor v. Twitter. If you look at normal media such as the New York Times, that paper has control over editorial content. If it hires a profane racist to its editorial board, it is responsible for the content of what she puts in that paper and can be sued if she prints libel. The internet companies, on the other hand, argue that they have no control over content and do not edit what goes on the internet in any way. They just try to keep violent, hateful, speech off their media. That premise is easily refuted when you research the many sites where Antifa has posted actual calls for political violence, etc., so they do, in fact, control content. Alex Jones is shut down, de-platformed, shadow-banned, eliminated from the public sphere, or however you want to say it. His millions of subscribers are deprived of the opportunity to hear his views, watch his videos, listen to his rants, etc. He and his audience were starting to challenge some of the major networks for viewership and thus he was getting to be a bit of a problem for them. Keep in mind that Alex has been doing the same things for decades, but now, all of a sudden he has to be taken down. So all within a 24 hour period, Alex and much of his Infowars channel, has been banned from Apple, Facebook, Spotify, and Google/You Tube. Even Linked In took him down and he doesn’t even post there as I understand it. When Apple decided to ban him entirely, not just some episodes, the other online giant companies followed suit. So,
Darrell Castle talks about the election of Mexico’s new President, Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador and his plans to make Mexico great again. Transcription / Notes THE USA AS A PRESSURE VALVE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, August 3, 2018, and on today’s Report I will again turn my attention to the subject of migration and immigration; and because of the recent elections in that country I will look primarily at Mexico. Why do so many millions of Mexican people want to risk danger and bear the expense and hardship of coming to the United States illegally? There are many reasons, of course, but the primary reason is most likely the extreme violence, poor living conditions, and lack of opportunity caused by the drug cartels’ decades’ long wars between each other, and with the Mexican and American governments. It stands to reason then, that the migrants or immigrants must believe that life will be better in the United States than it was in their own country. If drug cartel violence really is the primary force driving people north then it also stands to reason that if the violence is reduced and the cartels weakened then migration will at least slow down. On July 1st Mexico elected as President, Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador, by an overwhelming vote. In a record turnout 53% voted for Mr. Obrador. News reports coming out of Mexico prior to the election indicated that people were upset at what they considered the impotence of the government of previous President Pena Nieto, along with his total inability to stop or even slow cartel activity. Crime is rampant, especially the crimes of kidnapping and murder, which Mr. Nieto seemed powerless to solve or prevent. Mr. Obrador will take office December 1st and mission number one will be to insure that he convinces the Mexican people, and especially the business class, that progress will be made against cartel violence. He says he wants to try innovative solutions, such as reversing the 1938 nationalization of the petroleum industry. Some other things he wants are to eliminate political immunity and other such privileges to government officials, as well as including corruption, petroleum theft and electoral fraud on the list of crimes for which there is no bail; moving the Mexican Secret Service to the Department of Defense, thus allowing for a less corrupt way of protecting those trying to defeat the cartels; establishing a right to free public education; establishing an avenue of impeachment of the President similar to the US Constitution; cutting the VAT tax by 50% in the northern border zone. These things are attacks on corruption and government immunity from it that now chokes Mexico and creates an atmosphere of distrust. By far, the biggest task before his government is stopping the cartels and regaining control of the country. He assigned that task to incoming interior minister Olga Sanchez Cordero and she says that she has carte blanc authority to try whatever seems necessary to stop the violence, and ending the drug wars is at the top of the list. Ms. Cordero has some very solid opinions about the drug wars and the damage they have caused. “What no one can deny with hard data is that, at least in the past 10 years, the Mexican government has been incapable of stopping violence and responding to it with institutional mechanisms.” Ms. Cordero is seriously considering the decriminalization of all drugs as one of her government’s prime weapons against the cartels. She believes that making drugs essentially legal would end the black market for production and would end the wars between rival cartels. The steady increase in violent crime over the past few decades is directly related to the escalation of the war on drugs both in Mexico and the United States. I’m trying to reason through how legalizing drugs in Mexico would help the United States, since the market for the Mexican drugs is the United States demand.
Darrell Castle talks about how the Democrat Party is shifting to the left and how that shift is affecting the politics of the nation. Transcription/Notes DEMOCRATS FINALLY REMOVE THE MASKS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 27, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the leftward shift of the Democrat Party, and the effect that shift is having on politics in America. Yes, the Democrat Party is being changed primarily by the demographic changes the Democrat Party has forced on the country over several decades. The old policy of gradualism favored by Democrats, whereby they ruin the country gradually so we don’t notice, is unacceptable to the new Democrats; instead they want to ruin it completely and all at once. In New York’s 14th Congressional District’s Democrat primary, ten term incumbent Joe Crowley was defeated soundly by Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, a self-proclaimed working class girl from the Bronx. It turns out though, that she’s not from the Bronx at all but from Westchester County, New York, one of the ten wealthiest counties in the United States. Westchester County is where Arkansas natives Bill and Hillary Clinton now call home. Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, at least currently, does live in the Bronx district she seeks to represent. She has what the new Democrats seem to want; she is young, 28 I think, attractive, Hispanic and very ambitious. Her victory in this fall’s election is a foregone conclusion since her district is 70% non-white with the largest percentage being Hispanic. That is the interesting thing about her win, and why I say that Democrats are finally starting to let us see who they really are. She made the statement after the election that” this is no longer the country for old white men”, and perhaps she’s right, but as we’ll see in a few minutes it’s no longer the country for old white women either. The young Democrats are taking off the gloves and they do not even seem embarrassed by their overt racist appeal which, as I said, has been made possible by decades of work by old, white Democrats who wanted power for themselves. She says that once in Congress she hopes to achieve a lot of things for her people. Free health care through expansion of Medicare, free education, and my favorite guaranteed jobs, are all on her list, but what is not on her list is how these things will be paid for. She says she’s a socialist but when questioned she reveals that she really doesn’t understand what that means. She seems to think it means that as if by magic everything will suddenly be free and her new government will reverse the laws of economics. The racist appeal of her campaign has spread across the country as she is portrayed now as a “rising star” in the new unmasked Democrat Party. Old white Democrats, such as Chuck Schumer, introduce her as the future of the Democrat Party. No country for old white men, or apparently old white women either, or at least that seems to be the message sent to Senator Diane Feinstein in California by the Democrat Party’s State Committee. Senator Feinstein, a spry 85 years old, is seeking her 5th term in the U.S. Senate, which would give her 30 years in the Senate and make her 91 years old when she finishes her 5th term. However, the California Democrat Party’s State Committee Board rejected and refused to endorse her. When the 330 member Board voted recently she got only 7% of the vote while her 51 year old Hispanic opponent, Kevin De Leon got 65% of the vote. Interestingly 28% voted to not vote or to give no endorsement, which tells me that they did not want to go on record as upsetting the establishment but they no longer want the old white woman in office. Now I ask you folks; did you think you would ever see the day when Diane Feinstein was just too conservative? She’s not liberal enough for the new Democrats and she’s too old and, most importantly, too white. The Senator is not without resources though,
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s meeting with NATO allies and Russian leader Vladimir Putin, and the Democrat Party’s reaction to the meetings. Transcript/Notes TRUMP SPEAKS THE TRUTH—IN PUBLIC Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 20, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about President Trump’s recent conference with NATO member states where he took them to the wood shed for not paying their agreed amount for defense. I will also discuss the President’s meeting with Russian Leader, Vladimir Putin, in Helsinki, Finland on July 16th. The President seems to be operating on a different premise from his predecessors, in regard to his dealing with NATO allies. His premise is, perhaps, best described as one of reciprocity. That is, the United States is no longer willing or able to underwrite the entire security of the West. The Western Allies agreed as part of the NATO alliance to spend at least two percent of their GDP on defense, but of the 28 members, only the United States, and now, Turkey are doing it. After the fall of the Soviet Union, the Western nations started cutting their defense budgets to the bone as did the United States, but they all agreed that even if they did not face the Soviet Union anymore, they would maintain the ability to resist armed attack. Article 3 of the treaty requires members not just to spend two percent of GDP on defense, but to “maintain and develop their individual and collective capacity to resist armed attack.” The President talked straight to them about their failure to meet the terms of the treaty. He referred to them as “delinquent allies”, and said they treated the United States “like schmucks”, and America like a piggy bank. He demanded from them the treatment for the United States that they expect from the United States; in other words, reciprocity. Trump obviously has a problem with the Germans that goes far beyond what they spend on defense, which is almost nothing. He said to them, “now we see the Germans whom we are protecting from Russia, collaborating with Russia, and deepening their dependence on Russian natural gas by jointly building their Nord Stream 2 pipeline under the Baltic Sea.” He went on to state publicly that other presidents have recognized these problems but didn’t do anything about them, and that is very unfair to the American people. He’s right about NATO, it is obsolete, as he mentioned during his campaign. NATO is an organization formed 69 years ago in the aftermath of the most destructive war in human history, to defend Europe from an enemy that no longer exists. It was a reasonable fear that the Soviet Union would enslave all of Europe, as it did Eastern Europe, and it did have expansionistic plans. That great cold war enemy no longer exists and the cold war is over despite the Democratic Party’s efforts to bring it back. In light of those facts, if Europe wants to be defended against imaginary enemies it should pay for that defense with its own blood and treasure. Trump’s appearance at NATO was apparently quite a show. He paid no attention to their whining about Hungary’s, and now Italy’s, harder stance against migration from Africa and the Middle East, and after his tirade started, non-members Ukraine and Georgia, which are being considered for membership, were asked to leave the room. He simply laid bare to the world what NATO has been unwilling to face publicly and that is, its decline, its non-existent enemies, its self-inflicted wounds, and the fact that, without the United States, it is obsolete and non-existent. After the summit he didn’t stay for their parties and the usual schmoozing, but instead flew off to Helsinki, Finland for a meeting with Russian leader, Vladimir Putin, and that is what made the Democrats go ballistic. They didn’t go ballistic when John Kennedy picked up the phone and called Nikita Khrushchev in an effort to avert nuclear war but now they have skin ...
Darrell Castle talks about massive unrestricted immigration from the Third World, and the economic impact it is having on San Francisco and the rest of the country. Transcription / Notes IS THIS NORMAL OR AM I IN A BAD PART OF TOWN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 13, 2018, yes, that’s right it’s Friday the 13th, and today I will be talking about San Francisco and what is happening there, including what economic impact it is having. It’s bad luck, I suppose, if you can attribute characteristics deliberately caused or caused by stupidity to luck. It is indeed bad luck for the people of San Francisco and for all the tourists and business visitors who choose to visit that afflicted city. The city of San Francisco is afflicted alright. It’s afflicted with the results of Democrat politics, including its status as a sanctuary city and California’s status as a sanctuary state. The answer to the tourist’s question that is the title of this Report is “No, I’m afraid this is now normal here in the once great City by the Bay.” Just listen to what some people who have seen it firsthand have to say about it. A tourist from Australia on social media said, “Is this normal or am I in a bad part of town? Just walked past numerous homeless off their faces, screaming and running all over the sidewalk near Twitter HQ and then a murder scene. Wife is scared to leave hotel now” A visitor from London wrote, “I’d been there less than a day, just wandering around the center, and already seen more than enough poverty and suffering to cause me wanting to leave desperately.” The president of S.F. Travel said, “The streets are filthy. There’s trash everywhere. It’s disgusting. I’ve never seen any other city like this—the homelessness, dirty streets, drug use on the streets, smash-and-grabs”. SFGate reports, “A foul odor permeated from a massive bag of human excrement sludge left on a street corner in San Francisco’s Tenderloin district Saturday. The horrendous smell and sight quickly gained notoriety when a Reddit user posted a screen shot of a report made to San Francisco’s Citizen app for identifying crimes. Twenty pounds of feces dumped on the sidewalk, the report called out.” The human feces left on the street in twenty pound piles is just the result of thousands and thousands of people permitted, no, invited, to the city to live on the streets without housing and access to restrooms. Many of these people are IV drug addicts as we will see later in this report and the city makes it easy for them with free needles by the tens of thousands. And now, at long last the results of the concerted actions of the Democrat politicians in California, and specifically San Francisco, are starting to have a significant economic impact. Hot Air.com reports that tourism is big business in San Francisco, bringing in $9 billion dollars a year to the city’s businesses. Now, a major medical convention expected to bring in 15,000 visitors and drop $40 million in less than a week has decided it will stop bringing its members to the City by the Bay because they don’t feel safe walking the streets . Well, folks the report doesn’t say but a major medical convention with 15,000 members sounds a lot like the American Medical Association to me. The San Francisco Chronicle reported that “It’s the first time that we have had an out-and-out cancellation over the issue, and this is a group that has been coming here every three or four years since the 1980’s”. Good for the AMA, if that is indeed the group that canceled. It’s time people started to vote with their pocketbooks and let politicians feel the impact of their decisions. The doctors told the San Francisco convention delegation that, while they loved the city, post convention surveys showed their members were afraid to walk amid the open drug use, threatening behavior and mental illness that are common on the streets. So,
Darrell Castle talks about how the lack of civility in politics is dividing Americans and preventing real debate and discourse, as well as causing the potential for violence. Transcription / Notes POLITICAL HYSTERIA AND THE DIVISION OF AMERICA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, July 6, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about how politics in America has been reduced to hysteria, which is continuing to widen the division between Americans. To illustrate my point I will start with a front page story from my home town Memphis Commercial Appeal newspaper, which ran on the 4th of July. The chairman of the Shelby County Democrat Party referred to local Republican nominees as “demonstrably racist, homophobic, unethical and unqualified.” It seems that the chairman did not get his way on an issue of importance to him and his party in the upcoming election and he reacted, not with debate and discourse, but with name calling. The issue that he was concerned about seems to me to be just political tactics. Why should Republicans help his party get more of his voters to the polls? Instead of seeing it that way, his reaction was to throw out the dreaded “R” word. The Tennessee Republican chairman, of course, called on the Democrat Party to condemn his “name-calling and outright lies”, but the Democrats refused and doubled down as they usually do. If I were speaking for the Constitution Party against such an attack I would take a different approach by thanking the gentleman for his honesty. That is a rare quality in politics these days, and his honesty gives us a chance to see who and what he really is, and it motivates us for the battle ahead, so thanks again. Anger, emotion, and spin rule the day in politics. Just inspire the mob to show up at the polls, even if you have to use emotional manipulation to do so. If you disagree with me I will express self-righteous hatred, and rage, and call you a fascist or a Nazi. Both left and right seem to believe that America is hanging in the balance ready to fall with each issue that confronts us and only they can save us. We don’t all read, watch, or listen to the same media anymore, a trend that is exacerbated by social media allowing us to be completely isolated from any opposing views. This creates a sense of despair about politics and society in general, as well as a belief that opponents aren’t just wrong, they are trying to destroy all that we hold dear. The left is currently out of power and appears to be losing the fight. They broadcast constantly to the mob in an effort to get them to the polls. Don’t bother trying; you can’t get ahead because the system is stacked against you because of your race, gender, sexual preference, etc. The mob is prone to violence more and more, and to calm the mob voices of rational leadership need to be heard. To their credit, both Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer rebuked Maxine Waters for her calls for harassment and violence against officials of the Trump administration. Nancy Pelosi tweeted a mild, “it was unacceptable”, comment, which is really a private way of rebuking a very public statement. Chuck Schumer, on the other hand, went on the floor of the Senate and referred to such language as un-American. Both of them then went on to say that it was all Trump’s fault. The left sees that it is losing and there are no legitimate issues left for them to campaign on. Therefore we are all racists, white supremacists, homophobic, and practically, if not actually, members of the Klan. Did you know that according to the Southern Poverty Law Center there are only about 6,500 members of the Klan left in America? Well that’s true and you know if SPLC says it’s true then it is. But we are constantly told that racism is epidemic and that all light, purity, and morality flow out of the Democrat Party into the hearts and souls of Americans. Conversation and discourse are shut down and debate is imp...
Darrell Castle shares his thoughts on the reaction of violent rage and madness exhibited by many Democrats who are unable to accept the results of the 2016 election and why there is still reason for cautious optimism. Transcription / Notes A REASON FOR CAUTIOUS OPTIMISM Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 29, 2018, and on this Report I will be talking about how losing the 2016 presidential election to Donald Trump has literally driven many Democrats, especially Democrat politicians, into a rage bordering on madness. They seem so unable to accept the fact that 63 million people rejected their ideas and voted for change, thus depriving them of the power to force others to fund their ideas that rage and madness have resulted. Despite all the bad news, all the rage and madness from the left, as we shall see, there are reasons for at least cautious optimism. Democrats are apparently so deluded as to why their candidate, Hillary Clinton, lost to Donald Trump that they think their brand of violent rage, which includes of public shaming of any official working for the Trump administration, will somehow convince voters to give them back the majority of House and Senate seats come November 2018. Their hatred of Donald Trump has never been more obviously directed at all the rest of us who reject their vision of what America should be. All semblances of decorum and class, if any ever existed among them, have been lost. They openly encourage the assembling of mobs to shame and inconvenience anyone connected to the Trump administration who dares to venture out in public. They are apparently so deluded that they think that will encourage the American people to give them back their political majority. Maxine Waters, Congress woman from California, tells us, “you ain’t seen nothing yet” and “this is just the beginning”. She is making threats that one should assume she intends to back up. There have, in fact, been threats of domestic terrorism as part of that, “this is only the beginning” quote. I quote from an article by Hamilton Nolan in Splinter entitled, “This is Just the Beginning”. In the article he asked questions of sane people, i.e., those more conservative than him, “Do you think that being asked to leave a restaurant, or having your meal interrupted, or being called by the public is bad? My fascism-enabling friends, this is only the beginning.” Later he tells us exactly what he meant: “The U.S. had thousands of domestic bombings per year in the early 1970’s. This is what happens when citizens decide en masse that their political system is corrupt, racist, and unresponsive. The people out of power have only just begun to flex their dissatisfaction. The day will come, sooner than you all think, when Trump administration officials will look back fondly on a time when all they had to worry about was getting hollered at in a Mexican restaurant.” So he is telling us, no, warning us, that domestic terrorism is coming to U.S. cities because he and his left wing friends did not get their way. He actually seems to crave violent conflict with longing and fondness. This man is not just some crackpot, although he does seem to be nuts. He has written for the New York Times and in leftist circles appears to be quite popular. He is careful not to openly call for violence but he does say that it is time to start fighting. “The people that are responsible for this are not going to get out of this with their happy, wealthy lives unscathed.” That’s you and me that he’s talking about folks. His article has been read more than 798,000 times. The radical left of the Democrat Party are quite clear about what they have planned for America if they can’t take control of it at the voting booth, and their plan is already starting to some degree. Congresswoman Maxine Waters recently encouraged her followers with this: “Let’s make sure we show up wherever we have to show up.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent report issued by the Inspector General’s Office regarding the FBI’s 2016 investigation of the Clinton email scandal. Transcription / Notes NO POLITICAL BIAS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 22, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the recent 568 page report by the Department of Justice Office (DOJ) of the Inspector General entitled, “A Review of Various Actions by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Department of Justice in Advance of the 2016 Election”. The report basically examined whether political bias affected the Federal Bureau of Investigation’s decisions regarding which investigations it undertook and how it chose to conduct those investigations. The report spent its 568 pages documenting instances of political bias one after another and then said that “the investigation did not find documentary or testimonial evidence that improper considerations, including political bias, directly affected the specific investigative decisions we reviewed.” It’s pretty clear from the evidence presented that the investigation into Hillary Clinton’s mishandling of classified material was a sham or pretend investigation. As a column in the Wall Street Journal put it “the IG report is dripping with evidence of political bias. It’s just that it deploys the evidence like a troupe of players on the stage and then tells you that the burglary you just saw enacted might have been the innocent person out for a stroll.” If the stakes weren’t so high we could just laugh all this off as a comedy of errors and one of those “move along folks there’s nothing to see here,” or perhaps “who are you going to believe, me or you’re lying eyes” moments. There is, however, a lot at risk, such as the future of the Republic, as well as corruption throughout the nation’s top law enforcement agency, and even the Department of Justice. This document confirms some of our worst fears about what has been happening in the federal government over the last few years. It directly and very clearly exposes an attack on America and Americans by their own law enforcement and justice agencies. It essentially tells us that a coup was, and is, continuing to be attempted to thwart and subvert the decisions of the American people regarding who should govern them. People in the FBI and at the highest levels of the Obama administration apparently believed not only that they were above the law, but that they would never be subject to examination or question. Why? Because there was zero chance that Donald Trump would be elected and they would do whatever it took to make sure that did not happen. Once Hillary Clinton was president the corruption could continue and they would be vindicated. The Chicago Tribune’s John Kass, in his column said, “The report crawls with bias. Deals were cut. Then Attorney General Loretta Lynch met on the tarmac with Bill Clinton. Hillary Clinton was shielded from a federal grand jury. Witnesses were allowed to sit with her during questioning. Comey had already decided to clear her before the investigation was complete.” There were apparently two sides to the corruption that is still ongoing. The anti-Trump bias which was clearly evident throughout the FBI and the entire intelligence community from top to bottom was the first side. cJohn Brennan, head of CIA, James Clapper, head of the Office of National Intelligence, and James Comey at the FBI were at the top and it permeated down the line. These are people charged with protecting the United States from its enemies, foreign and domestic, but as it turned out they were, and are, the enemies we need to be protected from. The second side involved the constant cheer-leading for Hillary Clinton throughout the chain of command ending ultimately with the President of the United States, Barack Obama. That means that Mrs. Clinton cannot be prosecuted because that would implicate President Ob...
Darrell Castle talks about the Summit held in Singapore on June 12th between President Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un of North Korea. Transcription / Notes NERVOUS IN NORWAY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 15, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the summit meeting held on June 12th between President Donald Trump and Chairman Kim Jong Un of North Korea. The two leaders met in Singapore and issued a joint statement of their agreement. I will quote from the four points of the agreement as follows: “The United States and the DPRK commit to establish new U.S. – DPRK relations in accordance with the desire of the peoples of the two countries for peace and prosperity”. This point certainly has to be considered a positive. New relations between the two countries have to be better than the old because worse than the old would be war, possibly nuclear war. In fact, war has technically existed between North and South Korea for the last 70 years, so new relations are a welcome relief. “The United States and the DPRK will join their efforts to build a lasting and stable peace regime on the Korean Peninsula.” This is again very good news because the opposite of peace is war and that’s bad. “Reaffirming the April 27, 2018 Panmunjom Declaration, the DPRK commits to work towards complete denuclearization of the Korean Peninsula.” This one is a reference to the meeting held in April between the leaders of North and South Korea in which they pledged to work toward peace, etc. Once again, to reaffirm that agreement is fantastic news for obvious reasons. “The United States and the DPRK commit to recovering POW/MIA remains, including the immediate repatriation of those already identified.” It’s about time this happened and hopefully it will bring closure to some of the families of the missing. President Trump decided to relate to his adversary as an equal, which now seems like a good idea. He was criticized in the American press for recognizing Kim Jong Un as an equal by shaking his hand and sitting on the podium in equal status with him but what was he supposed to do, refuse his hand? If he was expected to refuse the man’s hand, and perhaps turn his back, then what would be the point of the summit? A reporter from Time Magazine asked the President if he now considered Kim Jong Un his equal and the President responded, “If I have to say I’m sitting on a stage with Chairman Kim and that’s going to get us to save 30 million lives—maybe more than that—I’m willing to sit on that stage. I’m willing to travel to Singapore very proudly, very gladly.” Now that’s a pretty good answer and will make it harder for the media to marginalize the meeting by saying that Kim won by having his picture taken with President Trump. President Trump obviously decided to approach this summit with a different attitude than did the Clinton and Obama administrations. Those administrations and those Presidents basically just said look here’s 10 billion dollars, now tell us you will use it to buy food and then just shut up until I’m out of office. President Trump decided instead to establish a friendship with the man in order to accomplish something of lasting significance. Mr. Un apparently has a reputation for liking movies, so President Trump had a video made to show him what North Korea could actually be like in an atmosphere of peace. It was a pretty good video. I watched it and I enjoyed it, and apparently Mr. Kim enjoyed watching it as well. The two leaders walked together for a while with their hands on each others’ backs as two friends would. Mr. Trump showed him something from the back of his car and others joined them to look at whatever it was. Later, the President said that he advised Mr. Un to look at it from a real estate standpoint. “We were standing on a beautiful beach and I told him that instead of exploding cannon shells to imagine condominiums and hotels and places for p...
Darrell Castle talks about the arrest and imprisonment of English activist, Tommy Robinson. Transcription / Notes TOMMY ROBINSON Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 8, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about English activist Tommy Robinson who was arrested on May 25, 2018, placed in a police van, driven to jail, and within four hours had been sentenced to 13 months in prison. Tommy’s crime was called “disturbing the peace” because he was filming on his cell phone the Muslims accused of the rape of thousands of young English girls. In other words, Tommy is in jail for what we in America once referred to as “free speech”. Tommy is well known among Muslims in England and English jails have a very high population of Muslims. Chances of his survival for 13 months are slim. Another Englishman was recently given a similar sentence for placing a bacon sandwich outside a Mosque, which of course is a hate crime in England. That gentleman was murdered in jail within a few days. Tommy’s murder would be very convenient for the English government, which for 30 years has refused to do anything, not even to look at Muslim immigrants as the criminal rapists of thousands of English girls. The government is very quick, however, to imprison anyone who opposes its efforts to protect rapists from exposure. When the danger to Tommy from Muslims in prison was explained to the judge who sentenced him without notice or proper trial, according to observers in the courtroom, said he knew what he was getting himself into. So Tommy has done nothing wrong except to oppose the state in its efforts to Islamicize England, and he was vocal about it, so he had to be silenced, perhaps permanently. This judge’s attitude is typical of one who assumes that since he is part of the tyranny, he is untouchable and immune from consequences. People who allow the judge’s attitude to permeate their system of justice are no longer free and have accepted their chains. This matter is no longer about Tommy Robinson, and it hasn’t been since the moment he was arrested. That is, it is not about Tommy the man and whether you agree with him or not. Tommy himself is no longer the point. He has become a symbol for every Englishman who wants to live in a country where ancient traditions of law are upheld to protect all, even English children. Law governs the rights of free men and where there is no law, tyranny reigns supreme. The law has been king in England since the Magna Charta was adopted in 1215 but perhaps it is now in mortal danger. Those who now rule England have locked Tommy away to face imprisonment or even death without a proper trial or the right to prepare a defense. They have crossed a line that perhaps will awaken the ordinary Englishman to the reality of 30 years of crimes against the English people. This is happening across Europe now, not just in England. Under the banner of de-nazification, Germany surrenders to the invaders, as does France. The police are losing control in France, and with self-hatred and guilt dragging them down, the people are hamstrung in their efforts to stop it. The mayor of Toulon, Hubert Falco, has asked for police reinforcements after a “worrying outbreak of violence” in his city. Falco asked for national police backup after an escalating number of gang related shootings. The mayor said” I am not politicizing the issue, which is too serious to do so. We have the same problems as Marseille and Nice”. I will add that Marseille is 40% Muslim. The governments of Europe are not bothered at all by Muslim rape gangs but the one thing they do fear is Islamophobia. That is a propaganda term designed to intimidate people into becoming afraid to oppose jihad mass murder and mass rape. In the early days of National Socialist Germany, Brownshirts, i.e. Stormtroopers, organized campaigns against Jews, Gypsies, homosexuals, and unwanted professors at the universities.
Darrell Castle explains the impeachment process and how today it is being used as just another political weapon. Transcription / Notes IMPEACHING THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, June 1, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the process for involuntarily removing a President from office before his elected term is finished. The United States Constitution describes the requirements for impeachment in three different places. Despite the fact that it is constitutionally permitted and that it is constantly talked about, the involuntary removal of a sitting President of the United States has never occurred in our history. The only way to accomplish it would be through the impeachment process, as described in the Constitution. Article 1, section 2 gives the sole power to impeach, which means make charges against, to the House of Representatives, by majority vote. Article 1, section 3 gives the sole power to try the president of the United States for the charges brought against him to the Senate, which it must accomplish that by a two-thirds vote to convict. The 25th Amendment ratified in 1968 in response to President Kennedy’s assassination, allows for removal “if he is unable to discharge the powers and duties of his office.” Article 2, section 4 says “The President, Vice President and all civil officers of the United States, shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.” The men who wrote those words and ratified them in the Constitution knew all too well the English maxims, “the king can do no wrong” and “the law is in the king’s mouth”. They meant to hold public officials from the highest to the lowest to a standard of strict accountability. All of them, but especially Washington and Jefferson, were determined to take away any pretense of regal immunity from prosecution. The President, it was decided, would be personally liable to the representatives of the people for his conduct. When the President is tried on impeachment charges the Chief Justice of the United States Supreme Court presides, thus bringing all three branches into play. Although no sitting President has been forcibly removed from office, that doesn’t stop people from trying. Impeachment has become a purely political act. It is just another threat, another weapon, in the hands of something the founders did not anticipate—political parties. Congress is free to set its own standard of impeachment and therefore, a sitting president is untouchable no matter what he does until Congress decides that impeachment is in its best interest. Like so many other things in our government, impeachment is only as good as the will of congress. Yesterday I received in the mail a fund raising letter from a Republican Congressional candidate which said, “If I am not elected my opponent will lead the fight to impeach the President, so help me defend the President from impeachment and bring this win home”. Both sides are currently using the threat of impeachment for political gains against the other. There are expensive billboards across the country, including one right outside the President’s golf resort in Florida, calling for impeachment. About 63 million voters or about half of Americans, polls show, sense that their country has been taken from them. In response, back in 2016, they voted for Donald Trump, despite many obvious reasons not to do so. Evangelicals voted for him despite his lack of Christianity. Women voted for him despite his very public womanizing. Small business people voted for him despite his big business identity. These people voted for protection because they are starting to believe Reagan’s quip that “government is not the solution it’s the problem. They voted against big government, big media, big business, big education, and big religion which have all been waging war a...
Darrell Castle talks about the possibility that the forces that divide America have reached the point of irreconcilable differences and we are slipping into moral darkness. Transcript / Notes SLIPPING INTO MORAL DARKNESS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 25, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about a gang, or army if you prefer, of about 50,000 members now thought to be operating out of 42 U.S. states. ,The army is known as MS-13 and its chief and most profitable “commodity” is teenage girls. ,Trafficking teenage girls is apparently overhead free except for the drugs and alcohol, which are also trafficked but used primarily to keep the girls under control. The motto of MS-13 is “Kill. Rape. Control.” They specialize in bloody machete attacks and hacking their victims into pieces. They also engage in kidnappings and home invasions but murder by ripping apart bodies is their stock and trade. With such a motto as “Kill, Rape, Control”, why would they be given any consideration or respect, or even membership in the human race? Unfortunately there are those here in the US who do speak well of them, or at least refuse criticism. That seems to be not because this gang is worthy but because the President of the U.S. is very critical of them. This army has finally been recognized by U.S. media and brought to the front pages, not because media types are outraged because MS-13 has been running amok in the U.S. kidnapping and chopping up kids, but because President Trump, in a meeting with California immigration people, referred to them as “animals.” We wouldn’t want to hurt the feelings of any members of the most vicious gangs on earth would we? “However repugnant their actions, MS-13 gang members are human beings,” said the tweet of John Harwood of the New York Times. What President Trump actually said was “You wouldn’t believe how bad these people are. These aren’t people, these are animals, and we’re taking them out of the country at a level and at a rate that’s never happened before.” It’s hard to see how any sane, rational person could have a problem with taking them out of the country so the “animals” remark must be the controversial part. House minority leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.), called his comments a new low claiming that he was referring to immigrants in general. President Trump basically made fun of her in a later speech saying that she “came out in favor of MS-13 after the media claimed his description of the gang as animals was racist”. So that’s the point of our discussion today; when is it okay to call a group of violent, murderous thugs animals? Is it more important to protect the sensibilities of MS-13 members than it is to warn the nation of their growing numbers and willingness to commit vicious murders to protect their business of kidnapping and enslaving young girls? This is a fascinating controversy because it is so vitally important, and because it calls into question whether or not the two sides of America can ever be reconciled. The chasm that separates us is indeed deep and growing. Perhaps we have reached the point of irreconcilable differences as the divorce lawyers call it. Let’s look at a few more comments from the two sides: from President Trump, “She wants them to be treated with respect, as do other Democrats. That’s not going to be happening. We’re not going to release violent criminals into our country.” Nancy Pelosi: “These aren’t people, these are animals,” she said, quoting the president, and then continuing, “You have to wonder, does he not believe in the spark of divinity-the dignity and worth of every person? These are not people; these are animals, the president of the United States.” She continues, “Every day that you think that you’ve seen it all, along comes another manifestation of why their policies are so inhumane and why we have to continue the debate,” finally adding,
Darrell Castle discusses President Trump’s decision to withdraw from the Iran Deal and whether it was a positive or negative move. Transcript / Notes TRUMP AND THE IRAN DEAL Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 18, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be discussing President Trump’s decision to withdraw the United States from the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), better known as the “Iran Deal”. During his Presidential campaign, then candidate Trump said he would not have made the Iran Deal and that it was a bad deal, a very bad deal. So after months of speculation and rumors, President Trump finally pulled the plug on the deal. He announced the U.S. withdrawal from the deal on May 8, citing concerns that the Joint Comprehensive Plan was not comprehensive enough and did not address Iran’s destabilizing efforts in the Middle East Region. In his speech announcing withdrawal, the President said that a more constructive deal could have been struck at the time but wasn’t. “At the heart of the Iran Deal was a giant fiction: that a murderous regime desired only a peaceful nuclear energy program. Today, we have definitive proof that the Iranian promise was a lie.” Intelligence information provided by Israel was cited for proof of the lie. He said that after the deal was struck and the sanctions lifted, Iran used its new money to build its nuclear capable missiles, support terrorism, and cause havoc throughout the Middle East and beyond. The deal was so poorly negotiated, he said, that Iran would be close to a nuclear breakout even if it fully complied. The President, in his speech was apparently saying, look, this was a very bad deal for us and I am therefore canceling our participation in it. The deal would not prevent Iran from developing a nuclear bomb and threatening American cities. Interestingly, there was no accusation that Iran was not in compliance with the deal, only that it was bad for America. The President further announced that he would sign a presidential memorandum to begin reinstating US sanctions on the Iranian regime. “We will be instituting the highest level of economic sanction. Any nation that helps Iran in its quest for nuclear weapons could also be strongly sanctioned by the United States.” What does all this mean? Is the end of the deal a good thing or a bad thing? I will confess that is a very good question and one in which the answer is not very clear at all. Some of what the President intends for it to accomplish can be found in the closing paragraphs of his speech. “It has now been almost 40 years since this dictatorship seized power and took a proud nation hostage. Most of Iran’s 80 million citizens have sadly never known an Iran that prospered in peace with its neighbors and commanded the admiration of the world. But the future of Iran belongs to its people. They are the rightful heirs to a rich culture and an ancient land, and they deserve a nation that does justice to their dreams, honor to their history and glory to God.” Translation: President Trump just signed the death warrant of the Mullah regime in Iran, or so he believes. His speech was the final green light to the Iranian people to rise up and overthrow the Mullahs. Will he succeed? We’ll see since the jury has just started to deliberate on that one. He certainly has some positives in his favor as far as believing revolution will happen. 1. Iran’s economy is on the brink and the new sanctions could push it over the brink. Some of that depends on the European Union countries and whether they will support the sanctions or not. The protest movement does seem to be growing, however. 2. He is moving to shore up relations with nations long considered Iranian suppliers and supporters, i.e. North Korea and China. Would Donald Trump actually deserve the Noble Peace Prize if he negotiated peace on the Korean Peninsula and a reunification of the countries,
Darrell Castle talks about the 200th birthday of Karl Marx and what Marxism has meant to the world and what it means to us today. Transcript / Notes KARL MARX—HIS 200TH BIRTHDAY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 11, 2018. On today’s Report, I will be talking about the bicentennial of the birth of Karl Marx and what his life has meant to the world and what it means to us today. Marx was born May 5, 1818, and lived for 64 years. He was born into a middle class family and studied law and philosophy. His maternal grandfather was a Jewish Rabbi and he also had Rabbis on his father’ side. Eventually his father joined the Evangelical Church of Prussia but Karl was baptized into the Lutheran Church a little after that. He was born in the small German town of Trier but had to leave for Belgium, and then France, as more and more countries grew tired of those who advocated what Karl did. Eventually he settled in London, although he was then considered a stateless person. Marx’s theories about religion, society, economics, and politics are together known today as “Marxism”. He held that nothing much mattered in the human society except class struggle. Societies develop through class struggle, which manifests itself in the conflict between the ruling classes, or the bourgeoisie, and the working classes, or proletariat. The ruling classes control the means of production and that enables them to buy the labor of the working classes and sell it for profit. He believed that the profit of the bourgeoisie was theft from the worker. Eventually he predicted, through organized revolutionary action, that working classes would topple capitalism and replace it with a kind of utopia which he called “communism”. I would argue that where Marxism has been tried throughout its history, it has never progressed beyond socialism, and that includes Soviet Russia, and China. The Communist utopia has never been achieved because it is impossible to achieve, and efforts to achieve it led to the roughly 100 million deaths attributed to communism. Although he wrote many things, including fiction and poetry, he is known for his two most famous works, The Communist Manifesto, and the three volume, Das Capital. In his poetry he often expressed high regard for Satan, and said that he had struck a deal with him. In his poem The Fiddler, he said “With Satan I have struck my deal, He chalks the signs, beats time for me I play the death march fast and free. “ His poetry also expresses his thirst for destruction and his hatred of the existing order of society. Some of it sounds like the biblical description of Satan’s rebellion and war against God, “Then I will be able to walk triumphantly, like a god, through the ruins of their kingdom. Every word of mine is fire and action. My breast is equal to that of the Creator.” These thoughts expressed in Marx’s writings led to the deaths of 10’s of millions and probably up to 100 million. Wherever it has been tried, mass slaughter has been the result, and any social institution independent of the all-powerful state has been undermined and destroyed. Institutions, such as the New York Times and other media publications, apparently see no need to apologize for their advocacy of such a violent and destructive philosophy. One week before Marx’s birthday the New York Times published an op-ed piece after having previously published a string of pro socialist articles. The op-ed was entitled “Happy Birthday Karl Marx—You Were Right.” It was written by Jason Barker, professor of cultural studies in Kyung Hee University, of South Korea. It seems the New York Times is trying very hard to rehab a philosophy of murder and tyranny. Why is anybody’s guess. Marx was far more honest about the intent of Communism than is the New York Times today. While the Times tries to ignore the tyranny and destruction, Marx was quite open about the things that he intended to destroy: The fam...
Darrell Castle talks about how 21st century America has replaced God with a new globalist collective. Transcription / Notes THE GLOBAL COLLECTIVE—OUR NEW GOD Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, May 4, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about or at least asking the question, “has the globalist collective state” replaced God in the lives of 21st century Americans and Europeans? In a recent lecture at the University of Toronto, Professor Jordan Peterson reflected on the statement by Friedrich Nietzsche that “God is dead.” Nietzsche’s exact words were “God is dead. God remains dead. And we have killed him. How shall we comfort ourselves, the murderers of all murderers? What was holiest and mightiest of all that the world has yet owned has bled to death under our knives: who will wipe this blood off us? What water is there for us to clean ourselves? What festivals of atonement, what sacred games shall we have to invent? Is not the greatness of this deed too great for us? Must we ourselves not become gods to appear worthy of it?” Professor Peterson explains that rather than a triumphal statement, as is usually presumed, Nietzsche is really saying with his “God is dead” statement, which he made in about 1870, that we in the West no longer believe in God. Upon the belief in God, the belief in divinity, the belief in the Divine hangs all Western morality and the entire basis for Western order in society. His statement then was a lament rather than triumphal. He thought that all hell would soon break loose without a belief in the Divine to give order and meaning to society. How right he turned out to be about the 20th century. Divinity was the total moral compass upon which society rested and the scientists, university professors, intellectuals and politicians of the day destroyed it. Professor Peterson pointed out that Nietzsche saw the entire paradigm of morality on the chopping block and the result was hundreds of millions of deaths that almost destroyed the world. Don’t worry though we have found a replacement for what Karl Marx called “the opiate of the masses.” We here in the West have made an exchange since the intellectuals convinced us that we simply had to abandon, to give up God. Oh, they knew that power abhors a vacuum so they had a quick replacement all ready for us. We have not only accepted the government in exchange for God, we have allowed and even demanded that the government take God’s rightful place in the control of traditional families and community institutions. For centuries the church was one of the most important safety nets for communities but no more. Warm personal institutions and people are replaced by the cold government bureaucracies. I spend a lot of time with clients explaining to them that the system is cold and impersonal, and that it is impersonal because the system doesn’t even know who you are. To the system, people who were formerly viewed as created in the image of God are now just numbers, not neighbors and friends. To find someone who cares, the person at the mercy of the system must rely on his law firm and pray – no excuse me, hope, that at least his lawyer cares. The more people get what they need from government, in the way of health care, education, a job, income, a home, the less likely they are to rely on religion or God for their sustenance. So in this model people are provided help not from the charity of neighbors and friends but from the forced redistribution of the fruits of the collective’s labor. The church was also the anchor for strong neighborhoods and strong social ties and now that is gone as well as it all is absorbed into our new globalist multicultural world. Millions of strangers living together in the loneliest places on earth, our cities; this is the new model that has been created for us. The God of community and neighbor is replaced by the God of “everything should be free.
Darrell Castle talks about the recent U.S. missile attack in Syria and the nature of war itself. Transcription / Notes SYRIA, THE HEIGHT OF HYPOCRISY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 27, 2018, and on today’s Report I will again be discussing Syria and the United States involvement there. The further we get from the alleged poison gas attack by the forces of Syrian president Bandar al Assad upon his own civilian population, the less sense it makes. We are expected to believe that Assad used a poison gas weapon, banned by international agreement and sure to draw an immediate US response, against a civilian population, which was no threat to him, and in an area in which he was apparently just hours away from complete victory. In addition, the attack was launched immediately after President Trump announced that the United States would soon be leaving Syria. The claim is therefore not believable. I watched the speech of UN Ambassador Nikki Haley to the Security Council and her statements seem pretty implausible. She made many accusations but offered zero evidence. Her statement was a long diatribe blaming Russia for the alleged attack because Russia has refused UN inspections and sanctions on Assad in the past. She again offered no evidence whatsoever that anything she said was true. We are expected to believe and accept the statement, “the United States believes, or United States intelligence has revealed”, as evidence but that doesn’t cut it anymore. Unfortunately, United States intelligence agencies have lost the right to be believed at face value and real evidence is required. France and the United Kingdom joined in the American attack and also defended it alongside Ambassador Haley at the Security Council. However, former UK Ambassador to Syria, Peter Ford, offered a different view. Mr. Ford did not share his government’s and the media’s version of the attack. He said that he did not believe the poison gas attack by Assad forces actually happened and the whole thing was a false flag attack. Bandar al Assad is a bad dictator and the United States really doesn’t like bad dictators, or does it? Muammar Gaddafi of Libya was a bad dictator, Saddam Hussein of Iraq was a bad dictator, and so are Vladimir Putin, and Kim Jong-Un. According to Freedom House’s rating system there were 49 nations in the world, as of 2015, the last year measured, that were characterized as “dictatorships”. The United States Government provides military assistance to 36 of them. Seventy three per cent of the world’s dictators are on the dole of U.S. taxpayers. Furthermore, we are now in the 17th year of the “war on Terror”, declared unilaterally by President George W. Bush in 2001. That war seems to be spreading instead of ending so the question becomes– Where in the world is the U.S. military operating today? According to a recent article by US News and World Report entitled “Where in the World id the US Military? Everywhere”, the U.S. military is literally everywhere. American counterterrorism forces are active in 76, or 40%, of the world’s countries. Those are just the forces actively deployed fighting actual wars in 40% of the world. U.S. forces are based or located in most of the rest. Operation Enduring Freedom, which started in Afghanistan in October of 2001, has now rapidly spread around the entire world. Right now Africa, more than anywhere else, is the most active region in the war on terror and is therefore getting the most U.S. attention. Military personnel, as well as massive amounts of military technology, hardware, training and expertise are pouring in to local African military and police forces. U.S. military bases, camps, compounds, port facilities and “cooperative security locations” dot the African continent. U.S. Special Forces are being deployed to track insurgents across Africa. Drone strikes to kill targets are also increasing in frequency across the region...
Darrell Castle discusses the war in Syria and offers reasons for the current threatened American attack. Transcription / Notes RUSSIAN ROULETTE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 13, 2018, and I am going to make this Report a little longer than usual because it’s a complicated subject but also because I will not be with you next week. On today’s Report I will be talking about the chemical weapons attack in Syria that happened a few days ago. Did it really happen though? We have seen videos of injured people but are the videos recent or from other years and places? What real evidence do we have that this attack even took place and if it did what real evidence do we have that Syria and Russia did it? President Trump has said that Syria and “animal Assad” will pay a big price for something that it probably did not even do. No evidence has been presented at this point that Syria and Assad did anything. The entire scenario of a sarin gas attack in Ghouta, Syria, near Damascus on Sunday, April 4, 2018 makes no sense at all. We’ve come to expect that the senseless sometimes makes sense to politicians but this one stinks so much that anyone could smell it from a mile away. First of all, President Trump tweets that ISIS has been defeated and the United States will be leaving Syria soon. We are expected to believe that the very next day Bandar Al Assad, the President of Syria, attacks his own women and children with chemical weapons knowing that the attack has no strategic meaning or value and that it will undoubtedly provoke his superpower enemy to remain in the war and subject himself and his country to further death, destruction possibly even invasion. Further, we are expected to believe that the gas attack against Assad’s own civilian population was done with the full protection of Assad’s Russian protectors thus risking nuclear war with the United States. But both sides, armed with nuclear weapons, face each other with the entire planet at risk over something that no one seems to know who actually did it or if it even happened. No evidence has been submitted that Russia or Syria was involved. In fact virtually all available evidence indicates that they were not involved. It’s only been a couple of weeks since the two Russian agents were supposedly poisoned in London, an act which was also blamed on the Russians. That event turned out to be completely false so wouldn’t it make sense to actually seek confirmation before launching World War lll? No investigation was done into the identity of the attackers but the President of the United States’ immediate reaction was a tweet blaming Russia. One minute he respects Putin and wants reconciliation and the next he wants war. One day he is leaving Syria and the next day we are on the verge of World War lll. It’s interesting that President Trump did not blame Turkey, although Turkey is supposedly one of the countries guaranteeing the peace across Syria. A White House spokesman said “nothing is off the table”. I suppose that means nuclear war is on the table but the one thing that is off the table is an investigation to see if Russia is actually guilty. The non-investigation into the actual perpetrators might prove embarrassing, I suppose, so no investigation is conducted. However, the United States is about to carry out an act of war even though no attack on the United States is imminent, America is not threatened in any way and no authorization by the legislature has been given. The United States is sending a carrier strike group from Norfolk, Virginia to the eastern Mediterranean led by the strike carrier, Harry Truman and it’s battle group. Russia has apparently sent a group of SU-35 air superiority fighters armed with anti-ship cruise missiles to Syria. Why all this Deep State bluster and why do globalists hate Putin and Trump so badly. Why is their hatred of these two men so vile and so venal? It’s pretty simple,
Darrell Castle talks about the social credit system now being tested in China and soon to be mandatory there. Could this system be headed to America in the near future? Transcipt / Notes WE WILL CREATE AND CONTROL OUR OWN DYSTOPIA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, April 6, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about what is and what is to come in the world of social credit. You are all familiar with credit scores and how important they are to everyday living. Whether or not you can buy a house, a car or get a credit card all depend on your credit score and so does the interest rate you must pay for the money you are allowed to borrow. In my law practice I am immersed in credit scores because they are very important and very valuable to my clients. I have an online program that I offer my clients to show them how to rebuild or raise their credit score so the money they borrow will be cheaper. In a sense, we could say that our credit score, which is compiled by private organizations from private transactions, determines how trustworthy we are in the world of credit which as we all know, is money today. When you reach and maintain a credit score high enough you are trusted with credit, with other people’s money, which then has to be paid back, but for a while at least, you can live a life that most of us accept as normal today. Why limit this trustworthiness to the credit realm? Perhaps we could devise a similar system which we could call social credit. The all powerful, all seeing government, if involved at all, would only have to be involved as a partner, rule-setter, or overseer of private organizations. Our desire for a higher and higher score would make the system self-policing. That system of social credit I just described is here now in China, and coming our way very quickly. In what it calls an attempt to promote “trustworthiness” in its economy and society, China is experimenting with a social credit system that mixes familiar Western-style credit scores with more intrusive measures. It includes everything that can be assembled about a person, including such things as rankings by online payment providers to scores compiled by neighborhood associations or companies you work for or do business with. High scores are rewarded with perks, such as discounts on heating bills and lower interest loans while lower scores are restricted from buying train or plane tickets. In other words, if you have a low score your movements are restricted. By 2020, the Chinese government plans to make the social credit system national and mandatory. According to the plan’s founding document, the system would “allow the trustworthy to roam everywhere under heaven while making it hard for the discredited to take a single step.” It’s hard for me to imagine anything more Orwellian, more frightening than the type of social control I just mentioned. Can’t you imagine people scrambling to get a few extra points added to their score so they will be allowed to roam and not be one of the “discredited.” Get a traffic ticket and lose points, earn a city award, such as their “you’ve been a good boy or girl award” and get points, commit an offense against the state and get hurt badly, from triple A scores to D scores everyone scrambles to please their owners. Yes, China is rating its citizens on their daily activities. Think of when this comes to America and everything you do every day is rated and evaluated; what you buy and where you buy it, where you are at any given time; who your friends are and what scores they have; what you watch, and what on line games you play; what bills you pay, and what taxes you pay or don’t pay. Does that sound impossible for America? Well, it’s already happening in the sense that all the above information is already compiled by Google, Face book, Instagram, and others. Now just imagine all that information, which is already compiled,
Darrell Castle examines the questions of who poisoned the Skripals and where the evidence is that Russia did it. Transcript / Notes WHO POISONED THE SKRIPALS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 30, 2018, and more importantly, this is Good Friday, or the Friday before Easter. This is good news day and if there is good news out there I will find it today. First though, we have to talk and wonder, about the Skripals and who poisoned them. Were they actually poisoned? It’s hard to be sure in our world because no government, and virtually no media, can be trusted to report the truth. Something that we can be certain of, is that on Sunday, March 18, Vladimir Putin was re-elected as the leader of Russia. That’s no surprise at all, because although Russia pretends to have Western-style democracy, there is always only one candidate with any chance to win. Just before the election, the news about Sergei Skripal, age 66, and his daughter Yulia Skripal, age 33, being poisoned became Front Page news around the world. There are many questions that need to be answered about the Skirpals, and many things make the apparent attack on them seem very odd indeed. I said apparent attack because it’s best not to take anything involving government at face value. The official narrative released to the press and to the people of the world, is full of holes and raises more questions than it answers. The first question is why the government of Great Britain thinks that Russia was behind the attack. Britain, through its foreign minister Boris Johnson and Prime Minister Teresa May, said it’s “highly likely” that Russia did it. So if it is highly likely that Russia did it, why won’t the British government allow the recovered nerve agent to be examined by Russian scientists and by the Convention for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons to which all nations involved are parties? Article 9 Section 2 of the Convention reads as follows: “Without prejudice to the right of any State Party to request a challenge inspection, State Parties should, whenever possible, first make every effort to clarify and resolve, through exchange of information and consultations among themselves, any matter which may cause doubt about compliance with this convention, or which gives rise to concerns about a related matter which may be considered ambiguous. A State Party which receives a request from another State Party for clarification of any matter which the requesting State Party believes causes such a doubt or concern shall provide the requesting State Party as soon as possible, but in any case not later than 10 days after the request, with information sufficient to answer the doubt or concern raised along with an explanation of how the information provided resolves the matter.” That section says to me that when the evidence of an accusation of a breach of the Convention is requested, the evidence must be provided within 10 days. Russia and Britain agreed to this Convention, and it required them to destroy chemical weapons stocks in order to be in compliance. Russia says it destroyed all stocks under UN ,and even United States, observation. Russia has denied the poisoning and requested the evidence, but no evidence has been forthcoming. Great Britain said to Russia and the world that these people were on British soil and were poisoned with a nerve agent called Novichok, which is made in Russia and nowhere else. It’s true that Novichok is very deadly, and that it was invented by Russia in the 1970’s, but that was at least 30 years ago. Wouldn’t it be very easy for someone else to have acquired it, including those involved in the destruction of the Russian chemical weapons stockpiles? There even seems to be evidence that the Iranians were working on production. We have seen that the Convention, which was set up and agreed to as a method for handling such disputes, requires that an accused nation be given the right to...
Darrell Castle talks about how Muslim rape gangs have colonized Great Britain as well as tortured and raped thousands of British girls ages 9 to 16. Transcription / Notes BRITAIN SURRENDERS TO MUSLIM RAPE GANGS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 23, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the nation of Great Britain or the United Kingdom, as it is usually referred to today. The UK is the mother country for many of us and, as far as I’m concerned, I almost feel as much a part of it as those who live there. It’s not so great today, however, as we will see in this Report. Britain has maintained its independence for a long time, at least since the Romans left and before it was referred to as Britain. The British people have resisted invasion from Vikings, from Napoleon, and from the Spanish Armada. When Hitler demanded that they surrender in 1940 he offered them favorable terms, if they would just submit to his conquest of Europe. Churchill told Hitler that Britain would never surrender and would fight to the last Englishman’s last drop of blood. It is a brave and glorious history but what Hitler could not do with his millions of troops, his Luftwaffe, and his U-Boats in six years of total war, a horde of psychotic lunatics from the Middle East and Africa have managed to do without firing a shot. Yes, Britain has surrendered to invasion and colonization by the minions of Islam. This is a religion or ideology that has declared war on the West and has stated that it is bound by God to destroy Britain. British politicians pushed and pulled along by EU bureaucrats, and whoever owns them, propelled by the billions of George Soros and others seeking to destroy civilization as we know it, and aided and abetted by the entire mass media of the West, have destroyed the once great nation of Britain. It is no more, it is gone and just a shell remains of a once great nation. Thousands of British girls ranging in age from 9 to 16 have been systematically kidnapped; gang raped and tortured by Muslim rape gangs and no one does a thing about it. The story is so massive and the damage so horrible it doesn’t fit the narrative of today’s #Me Too media. These aren’t grown women who have been groped or harassed for sex in return for job or career advancement. These are children by the thousands who have been raped and tortured because the British people have allowed themselves to be colonized by a group of people who look on British children as filthy infidels worthy of nothing else. The British Government, currently under the leadership of the most useless Teresa May, who is apparently nothing but a puppet for EU bureaucrats, has admitted that these horrible crimes have been ongoing for at least 40 years. No one seems to know how many children have been victims but it is in the thousands. The Muslims aren’t content to just rape these girls; they have to torture and degrade them as well. That is a clear indication that their actions are driven by religious hatred of their host people and host country. You can read many examples of Muslim psychopathic rapists admitting as much publicly. So just to keep this point going on your mind; in the small town of Telford, there are more than a thousand little girls over a 40 year period that were drugged, beaten, raped, forced into prostitution and forced to take abortion pills multiple times a week. In Rotherham, it was at least 1400 children that suffered that treatment at the hands of Pakistani men. Many of these girls were tortured horribly and raped by dozens of men per day. Men lined up to wait their turns with them. The British police knew that it was happening by their own admission. Many times the police came across or were called to homes where a 12 year old girl was being raped by several men and they did nothing. Why would they turn a blind eye to the suffering of these children you ask? Why,
Darrell Castle talks about the lawsuit by the Department of Justice against the State of California seeking to reverse certain California laws that are in conflict with Federal immigration laws. Transcript / Notes COLD CIVIL WAR IN CALIFORNIA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Thank you for joining me today, Friday, March 16, 2018. On today’s report I will be talking about the conflict that continues to escalate in California as the leadership of that state defies and attempts to nullify Federal law. An interesting reversal of roles has occurred since our last Civil War as suddenly Governor Jerry Brown sounds like he is channeling John C. Calhoun against Jeff Sessions in the role of Abraham Lincoln, or possibly Ulysses Grant. It seems that California has suddenly discovered the 10th amendment just when it suits that state’s leadership to do so. Until the sanctuary cities and sanctuary state controversy came along, California didn’t seem to care much about the rights of the sovereign states, but now all of a sudden, it does. The controversy basically involves California as a state, along with a number of cities, declaring themselves as sanctuary cities in defiance of federal law on immigration. Sanctuary states and cities purport to serve as sanctuary zones where those crossing the nation’s borders illegally can flee and be free, protected from federal immigration authorities. California has, in effect, nullified federal law just as the states of the old south did prior to the Civil War. California has done things such as require employers to warn employees that immigration authorities were coming, and even require employers not to cooperate with immigration authorities. When an ICE raid was scheduled in Oakland, supposedly to arrest 800 known criminal aliens, many of them accused of violent crimes such as rape, the mayor of Oakland, Libby Schaaf warned them that the raid was coming and told them to flee. So California seeks to protect even the most violent criminals as long as at least one of their crimes was coming to this country illegally. On March 7th , Attorney General Jeff Sessions gave a speech to the California Peace Officer’s Association in which he announced that the day before he had asked the Department of Justice to file a lawsuit against the State of California seeking to set aside certain California laws which he believes violate federal law. Let me just give you a few quotes from his speech: “There is no nullification. There is no secession. Federal law is “the supreme law of the land.” I would invite any doubters to Gettysburg, and to the graves of John C. Calhoun and Abraham Lincoln. A refusal to apprehend and deport those, especially the criminal element, effectively rejects all immigration law and creates an open borders system. Open borders is a radical, irrational idea that cannot be accepted. The United States of America is not “an idea”, it is a secular nation state with a Constitution, laws, and borders, all of which are designed to protect our nation’s interests.” In response, California Senator Kamala Harris took issue with Mr. Sessions’ using Civil War rhetoric to describe the situation in California. She said, “His credibility is pretty much shot on those issues.” “California represents the future and they don’t like it. Jeff Sessions has clearly put a target on the back of California and California is going to fight.” Governor Jerry Brown referred to the lawsuit as “an act of war” and part of a “reign of terror.” Senator Harris referred to California and its policies regarding illegal aliens as the future. Let’s take a look at what our future actually will look like then, in Senator Harris’ view. The Orange County Register published in its March 8, 2018 edition, a report by the Orange County Public Works Department of its cleanup of one homeless camp in Anaheim, California; just one camp. Here’s what was collected from that one site; 808,
Darrell Castle talks about the recent Italian elections and how immigrant migration drove the results in Italy, just as they did in America. Transcript / Notes PERHAPS ITALY ISN’T DEAD YET Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 9, 2018 and on today’s Report I will be talking about the Italian elections held last Sunday. The elections in Italy are very relevant to us here in America as we will see. This Report will argue that Italy has joined a growing number of nations around the world which are starting to resist the destruction of their culture and heritage. What does it all mean? I will attempt to answer that question with this Report, and I thank you for joining me. Italy is a once great nation that has fallen on hard times recently, thanks to EU policies and regulations. It is the EU which dictates to member nations that they must resettle migrants, even if they have to displace their own people to do it. It is the EU’s common currency, the Euro, which keeps member states from devaluing their own currency to help them deal with debt. In the last four years, 620,000 migrants have settled in Italy. The Italians don’t really ask them to come but they don’t stop them either. Italy sticks out like a boot into the Mediterranean, which makes it a very convenient landing place for migrants from Libya and North Africa. Hundreds of thousands try to cross into Europe on leaky boats, which have to then be rescued and delivered to Italy by the Italian navy. As a result of the tremendous welfare costs of the migration and other policies of the EU and compliant Italian politicians, Italy is suffering in other ways as well, i.e., 11% unemployment and 34% youth unemployment, a measly 1.5% economic growth compared to the EU average of 2.4%, no growth in productivity at all, extremely high government debt across the board, declining birth rates among Italians as the population fell by 100,000 last year except for immigration, and an aging retired population with 30% over 60 years of age. All this has destroyed faith in the EU promise of the benefits that liberal democracy would bring to the continent. Migration continues to inflame, and the more the people who are concerned about it are demeaned by the press and EU bureaucrats, the more resentful they become. The mainstream politicians have no answer for those who don’t want their country turned into a third world slum. The Italian people of one village chose to celebrate their success in removing migrants from their town by baking a community cake. In the village of Sesto San Giovanni near Milan, the people have been actively working to remove migrants and in celebration of their 200th migrant leaving they baked a giant pistachio cake with 200 spelled out in green icing. Everyone was invited to come celebrate and have a piece of cake. This celebration by the blue collar people of one little village is evidence of a new attitude forming across Italy and that is — kick them out. We shouldn’t have let them come here in the first place because, thanks to the stifling EU economic policies, we are having all the trouble we can handle just feeding ourselves. The Italian voters decided last Sunday to punish the mainstream parties and politicians they blamed for the migrant crisis and for the stagnant economic conditions. There’s not much point in our trying to sort out all these parties but the thing to remember is the old EU elites who refused any limits on immigration were turned out and a new group of what the media calls “extremely right wing parties” prevailed. They are called “extreme” because, as I said before, they are tired of seeing their country turned into a third world slum, and they are not longer afraid to express that sentiment. The two parties with the most votes, the Five Star Movement and the League, are currently trying to each be the one to form a majority government under the Italian parliamentary system.
Darrell Castle recounts the powerful story of Major Roman Filipov and how his death is similar to the death of Western Civilization and the American way of life. Transcript / Notes A RUSSIAN STORY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, March 2, 2018, and on today’s report I have a Russian story for you, and that means it’s going to be gloomy and sad because, as Dostoevsky said about Russians, “only through suffering can we find ourselves.” Russia is all about suffering and probably always has been. This story involves a young man named Roman Filipov, age 34, and a Major in the Russian Air Force. Major Filipov was a fighter pilot assigned to the Russian mission in Syria. On February 2 of this year, he was flight leader of two SU-25 fighter jets on a reconnaissance mission over Syria. The Russian military referred to his mission as “observation” but the Americans would call it “reconnaissance”. Regardless of whether or not he was assigned to drop bombs, attack targets, or just observe, a mission in hostile territory is still combat and still dangerous. Major Filipov’s wing-man reported to him that a man-portable anti-aircraft missile, known to the military as a “man-pad”, was tracking him and was inbound. “Yes”, he said, “I see it”, but he was unable to avoid it and the missile struck his right wing, also damaging part of the left. Unable keep the airplane in the air he directed his wing-man to radio search-and-rescue that he was bailing out. He successfully ejected and his parachute opened as it was supposed to but unfortunately, he landed behind enemy lines, and that is where our story really begins. The American people are currently in the midst of what is, I think, their third Russia scare. Russia is being accused by a cabal of American globalists, of interfering in the recent U.S. elections in order to benefit one candidate or another. I have always had a grudging respect for the Russian people and for Russia itself. For one thing, the American politicians who hate Russia, and who tend to blame Russia for most of the problems that agitate the world, especially the ones caused by their losing an election or other problems of their own making, are the most despicable people in the United States. I usually look favorably on anything and anyone despised by my enemies, so I tend to look favorably on Russia. The current Russia scare seems to be about global geopolitics. The globalists have an agenda and apparently Vladimir Putin is not down with their cause. Putin continues to throw monkey wrenches into the globalist machinery and they continue to ratchet up the propaganda against him. Apparently Donald Trump is not down with the globalist cause either. I had hoped that he would be able to end the 70-year-long cold war with Russia, and perhaps reach some accommodation, but that would not fit with the globalist agenda. The globalists need an enemy and it seems that Russia is the designated one. Donald Trump seems to prefer neutrality with the Russians, I suppose on the theory that you can make more economic prosperity in peaceful cooperation than with constant antagonism. It would be so much easier for President Trump if he just cooperated with the globalists, but he has been unwilling to do that and thus he faces threats of impeachment due to Russian involvement in his election. These constant threats and the, “we’re going to get him one way or another rhetoric”, are just an effort to force his subservience to their agenda and bend him to their will. It is also evidence of their total disregard for the will of the American people and the concept of free elections and peaceful transition of power. Day after day we are told of a new Trump-Russia scandal that threatens to bring down the President but invariably it turns out to be false. Often these Trump-Russia scandals are mixed together with the, he once had an affair with a porn star scandals or something like th...
Darrell Castle talks about the reversal of civilization and California’s descent into third world status. Transcript / Notes GOING TOTALLY THIRD WORLD AS PUNISHMENT FOR PAST SINS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 23, 2018, and on this Report I once again rise in defense of my civilization. I watched with great interest portions of Nancy Pelosi’s marathon speech, primarily on illegal immigration, given the other day in Congress. I wonder how she could be much affected by the destruction of civilization in California. How could she even be aware of what Victor Davis Hanson has called the “reversal of civilization” in California? Living on her Northern California estate in palatial luxury, and in her multi millionaire lifestyle, she remains above and excluded from the policies she insists the rest of us accept. She is exempt from the consequences of open borders and massive immigration from the third world. NBC in the Bay area recently did a study of more than 153 blocks in San Francisco. When I read the report entitled “Diseased Streets” , my first thought was that this nation has lost the will to defend itself, but then I read Mr. Hanson’s article and I realized that civilization itself is being deconstructed before our eyes. How bad is it? Let me share a few words from the NBC report: “How dirty is San Francisco? An NBC Bay Area investigation reveals a dangerous mix of drug needles, garbage, and feces throughout downtown San Francisco. The investigative unit surveyed 153 blocks of the city—the more than 20-mile stretch includes popular tourist spots like Union Square and major hotel chains. The area—bordered by Van Ness Avenue, Market Street, Post Street and Grant Avenue—is also home to City Hall, schools, playgrounds, and a police station.” Dozens of needles litter the streets on every block along with urine, feces, and trash. The teachers say they just tell the children that those things are full of germs, dangerous, and should not be touched. What it is, and why, is a conversation that is a little difficult to have with a small child. Mothers walk their children to school and often pull them around piles of needles and human waste. Folks, let me remind you that I am talking about San Francisco, not India. Dr. Lee Riley an infectious disease expert at The University of California Berkeley, warned that once fecal matter dries it can become airborne, releasing potentially dangerous viruses, such as the rotavirus. The results of inhaling it can prove fatal he said, especially in children. Dr. Riley has researched conditions in some of the worst slums across the world and has written a book entitled “Slum Health” , in which he examines health conditions created by extreme poverty. “The contamination is much greater than communities in Brazil or Kenya or India”, he said. In those countries slum dwellings are often long term homes for families and so there is an attempt to make the surroundings more livable. The result in San Francisco is often extreme contamination. City Supervisor Hillary Ronen believes she has the solution, though. “Unacceptable, absolutely unacceptable”, she said “we’re losing tourists; we’re losing conventions in San Francisco. All of this is happening because we aren’t addressing the root, which is we need more temporary beds for street homelessness.” So there you have it folks, if we provide more temporary beds for the homeless San Francisco’s relentless slide into the third world will be halted. Supervisor Ronen wants to find the revenue to provide the beds whether its raising business taxes by ballot initiative, or taking a looking at reallocating the general fund to take it from some other place in the city. The 2016-2017 budget for San Francisco Public works includes $60.1 million for Street Environmental Services. The budget has nearly doubled over the last five years but apparently it isn’t nearly enough.
Darrell Castle talks about the advantages that Western Civilization has afforded us and how we always compare ourselves to those who we consider to have a higher standard of living than we do. Transcription / Notes MAYBE IT’S BETTER THAN WE THINK Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 16, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about some of the many advantages that we have in our world today. This is really just a continuation of my series of Reports on the advantages of Western Civilization and reasons why it should not be destroyed. My inspiration for this story came from a trip to Phoenix, Arizona last week. I was returning home to Memphis on Sunday so as usual the crowds, the airport security, the narrow seats, the endless lines all served to remind me that everything is bad today. Everything just seemed so dark, gloomy, and depressing. The final straw came in waiting for my luggage at the Memphis airport for 30 minutes while Tokyo Rose blasted out her relentless propaganda directly into my left ear from the CNN announcer on airport TV at baggage claim. Today we are constantly reminded of just how terrible things really are. All we read are stories about how all our politicians, business leaders, entertainers, and even the clergy, are corrupt at best and at worst they are racist, misogynistic, homophobic, Nazis. Very depressing indeed, but then I arrived home from the airport, picked up my copy of the Wall Street Journal and there it was; an article by Steven Pinker entitled “The Enlightenment is Working.” In response then, I offer this report on some of the good things in our world most of which are the result of “Western Civilization”. I have often used the expression that a poor person in America today lives better than a Roman emperor lived in the 1st century and I will attempt to show you why, thanks to Western civilization, that statement is still true. From the Wall Street Journal, “For all their disagreements, the left and the right concur on one thing: The world is getting worse…They look back to various golden ages when America was great, blue-collar workers thrived in unionized jobs, and people found meaning in religion, family, community and nature.” We pine away, in other words, for the good old days that never existed or were even worse. Let’s look at and attempt to measure human achievement over time, over decades, and centuries. We don’t measure our current condition by saying we are better off than ancient Romans, however, because this is 2018 America not, 1st century Rome. We can, however, look at some numbers as a guide, for example; In the U.S. just three decades ago, our annual homicide rate was 8.5 per 100,000 and now it is 5.3. Per 100,000. Eleven percent of Americans fell below the poverty line 30 years ago, and today only three percent do. In fact, the bottom half of American society today lives in relative abundance once reserved for the very top. Before air conditioning, heads of industry and even Presidents lived in sweltering heat like everyone else. Today 80% of poor households enjoy air-conditioning. Through the 1930’s only the rich had an automobile but today 75% percent of poor households have at least one car, truck or both. Just a short time ago TV was a luxury for the very affluent, and even for them only a couple of poor quality channels. Today virtually all poor households have at least one television, 40% own TV’s with plasma screens, and two-thirds have cable or satellite. Half of the poor own a personal computer and virtually all have cell phones. The search to obtain food once occupied most of the spare time of people but today the poor have more of it than they need. Obesity was once a sign of luxury, but today it is a sign of poverty. It’s not just America either because, as the Wall Street Journal puts it, “The world is giving peace a chance. During most of the history of nations and empires,
Darrell Castle talks about the extremes Democrat politicians will go to in order to resist the policies of President Donald Trump. Transcription / Notes DEMOCRATS BRING THE THIRD WORLD FOR TRUMP RESISTANCE Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 9, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the efforts of many Democrat politicians who hold elected offices in the United States to bring this country ever closer to becoming part of the third world. Some of them want smaller amounts of third world than others but some are going full poop hole country right now. The best example is Denver, Colorado, which is one of the more prominent sanctuary cities in America. The term sanctuary city means that the city wants to show itself a place of refuge for illegal immigrants so it declares that it is a sanctuary for them to flee to, and it will not enforce Federal immigration law nor will it allow Federal immigration law to be enforced there. The sanctuary policy started in the United States in the 1980’s when churches in some cities declared themselves sanctuaries for people fleeing the violence of Central America. Not to be out done by a few churches, cities, primarily in California, began to follow the churches’ example. Denver has a very large immigrant population, larger for example, than San Francisco or Philadelphia. It is also the first city to legalize the recreational use of marijuana, and that helps make Denver a place where progressive Democrats feel comfortable in their resistance to the current President and his policies. Denver’s mayor had to do something spectacular then to show how offended he was by President Trump’s referring to certain countries like Haiti as poop holes. It turns out that Haiti was referred to as a poop hole because of its lack of a city sewer system and its lack of plumbing for individual houses thus requiring millions to use outhouses, the contents of which are then disposed of in ditches or canals or in the public streets. Michael Hancock, Mayor of Denver was invited to come to the White House to discuss the nation’s infrastructure problems but he declined stating that he would not be intimidated by having the President threaten Denver’s sanctuary status. No conservation with the enemy, ever. These issues can never be resolved because we can never talk to each other about them. Nevertheless, that’s probably when Mayor Hancock started thinking about how he could make Denver more like Haiti and then it hit him. I’ll just go full poop hole right now, that’ll show him. So he decriminalized defecating and urinating in the public streets and sidewalks. Illegal immigrants coming from third world poop holes like Haiti are used to relieving themselves in public so why not make Denver seem more like home to them. Never mind the lack of sanitation, the smell, the danger of spreading disease, the rodent infestation let alone the appearance of the city, this man Trump has to be resisted at all costs. Should the cost of resistance be the ruining of a once great city, well so what? As a strange coincidence the Constitution Party has a National Committee meeting scheduled for Denver later this spring. One of my favorite hotels in the country is the Brown Palace in downtown Denver, so perhaps I will get 40 or 50 people together and we will all go relieve ourselves in the street outside the Brown Palace or better yet at City Hall. Sometimes reality is so sad you can only make a joke out of it Denver is not the only city to turn its streets into a public sewer, just the only one in America that I know of. The streets of another formerly great city, Paris, France, have also apparently been turned into sewers. Paris has in the neighborhood of 7 to 8 million people and about the same number of rats, according to a number of different organizations. Just Google “Paris rats” or “the rats of Paris” and you will see what I mean.
Darrell Castle talks about the State of the Union speech given by President Donald Trump on Tuesday night, January 30, 2018, and the Democrat reaction to it. Transcription / Notes THE STATE OF THE UNION AND DEMOCRAT SOLIDARITY Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, February 2, 2018, and on today’s report I will be talking about the State of the Union Speech given by President Donald Trump last Tuesday night. The President obviously had a plan for this speech. He probably intended it to be a unity speech full of pro-American things that any American who loves his country would have to stand and applaud for. It included very little of the usual bombast that we have come to expect from such speeches,and was, for all intents and purposes, a kinder, gentler, and more Presidential, Donald Trump. The President probably wanted this speech to be a hand reaching across the aisle and inviting opponents to work with him on fixing our immigration and infrastructure problems. The Democrats, however, came to the speech with their own pro-unity expectations, and their own agenda. Do not show any respect for this man in any way, and show only the most vile hatred and despicable incivility toward him. Do not clap for anything that you are not absolutely bound to show mild applause for, and don’t stand for anything, not even “In God We Trust.” The two agendas, so different in their intent, created one of the most embarrassing spectacles that I can remember seeing in all my years of watching State of the Union speeches. A couple of times I thought the two Parties had perhaps changed places, after all isn’t the Democratic Party the one that is supposed to cheer an announcement that black unemployment has fallen to the lowest level in history. The Democrats didn’t stand for that announcement, not even the African-Americans, so I wondered what gives here, but then I got it. They were just trying to show solidarity, even if their show is anti-American and not in the best interest of their African-American base. I guess having more African-Americans employed than ever before just doesn’t interest the Democrat Party as much as having all their voters on welfare so they will be totally dependent on Democrat politicians for their sustenance. Perhaps people out there where Americans live, i.e., outside the beltway, feel differently, perhaps they appreciate the opportunity to have a decent job. Perhaps African-American working men and women, fathers and mothers don’t really appreciate always being placed behind foreigners, who the Democrats seem to think have some kind of civil right to come to this country illegally and take their jobs. He came to speak to average Americans, normal working people, and that is what he did. He came to announce that his programs are starting to work and that is apparently more than his Democrat enemies can stand. His tax reform package is perhaps still a high risk gamble but it is already paying tremendous dividends. Here in my city of Memphis, Tennessee, a city I will add, that is desperately in need of good jobs and some type of economic growth, Fed Ex just announced that in response to the tax plan the company will spend 3.2 billion dollars on new jobs, raises, and bonuses for employees and expansion. Fed Ex will get the credit here, but the company made it clear that the tax cuts were what allowed it. The same thing has been happening around the country as hundreds of companies have announced similar intentions. When Trump spoke in Davos, Switzerland the other day, at the World Economic Forum, he hosted a dinner for European business leaders and CEO’s. He apparently wanted to talk to them about the current economic boom in America and how they could participate. The reports were that, one by one, they came by to speak with him and tell him that in light of his tax program they would be manufacturing again in America as well as investing billions.
Darrell Castle talks about what it will take to make America great again or at least make America pretty good again. Transcription / Notes LET’S MAKE AMERICA PRETTY GOOD AGAIN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 26, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the concept of making America Great Again. During the campaign and after Mr. Trump and his supporters were often asked the question; “when was America great,” in a manner designed to allow the questioner an opportunity to point out all the flaws with America at that time. This Report will help you answer that question if it is ever posed to you, and remember, great doesn’t mean perfect it just means great. Making America Great would be pretty difficult in today’s political climate, but it would be entirely possible to at least make America pretty good again, and that would be a step in the right direction, and much better than nothing. Why can’t we “Make America Great Again”? We could but that would involve doing all the things we are going to talk about plus some others that seem to have little or no interest among the people and certainly none whatsoever from the politicians. In order to be great we would have to be able to determine our own destiny and chart our own independent course in the world. That would mean withdrawal from the United Nations and other international sovereignty destroying agreements. The second step to being great again would be to repeal the Federal Reserve Act and return control of the United States monetary system to Congress where it belongs constitutionally. If you are interested in my explanation of why those things could and should be done please listen to my Report entitled, “Why the U. S. Must Withdraw from the U. N.”, dated May 13, 2016, as well as the Report entitled, “End the Fed”, dated May 20, 2016. Aside from those things, for which there seems to be little or no political will in the United States, we could at least be pretty good if we would just do a few simple but very difficult things. The first thing that must exist for a nation to at least be pretty good is respect for the Rule of Law. That just means the law applies to everybody not just to Mr. Nobody. From the President of the United States to the homeless veteran, the law applies equally. There are rumors flying around Washington that the investigation by special prosecutor Robert Mueller into the alleged collusion between the Trump campaign and Russian intelligence experts to influence the election Mr. Trump’s way has backfired in a very big way. Most of the rumors involve extensive FISA abuse (that’s the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act), as evidenced by what has come to be called the FISA memo. That act set up a special court to oversee and approve FBI and other agencies requests for search and seizures in violation of the 4th amendment, when the agencies believe National Security is at stake. Potential for abuse of the 4th Amendment rights of the American people through FISA is obvious, but perhaps, in this case the abuse was much worse in high places. Let me quote from reporter Sarah Carter: “A review of a classified document outlining what is described as extensive Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act abuse was made available to all House members Thursday (1-18) and the revelations could lead to the removal of senior officials in the FBI and Department of Justice, several sources with knowledge of the document stated. These sources say the report is “explosive” stating they would not be surprised if it leads to the end of Robert Mueller’s Special Counsel Investigation into President Trump and his associates.” The memo was pieced together from a report given to the House Intelligence Committee by the DOJ-OIG. It focuses on the weaponization of various government intelligence by various people including Loretta Lynch at DOJ, James Comey at FBI, John Brennan at CIA,
Darrell Castle addresses the President’s statement about immigration from certain countries, specifically those in Africa as well as Haiti. Transcription / Notes COMFORTING LIES AND DISTURBING TRUTHS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 19, 2018, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the President’s remarks the other day, when he allegedly referred to certain countries as “poop hole” countries. He is actually credited with having asked some lawmakers, during discussions on DACA (the delayed action on childhood arrivals) bill, that is a current matter of contention holding up passage of the budget for this year; why do we take so many immigrants from “poop hole” countries, we should be taking in more from Norway. Whether he actually said it or not is a matter of contention because he said he used strong language but not the word “poop hole”, and some of the lawmakers in attendance said that he did, in fact, use the word poop hole. Whether he actually used that word or not, I am not sure, but for purposes of this Report, I am going to take the position that he did use the word “poop hole”, in reference to some countries in Africa and Haiti, in particular. Notice that I am using the word “poop hole” countries instead of the actual word the President used because I don’t want to offend anyone who might be offended by the commonly used word for defecation. Even that is a matter of debate, however, because what did the President mean when he said poop hole? Did he intend the word “poop hole” to refer to a toilet, i.e., those countries are like toilets, or did he intend it to refer to the actual human “Heine hole”, i.e., those countries are like “Heine holes”? I’m going to take the position that he meant toilet, as has most of the media. You can scan the media around the world, and even in countries where the language doesn’t translate very well, such as Japan; the press usually says that the President referred to certain other countries as “toilet countries”. This President is often crude, but he has a knack for raising questions that lead many of us to truths we have been wondering about but perhaps did not have the courage to ask. I think his question; why do we admit so many from those countries is a legitimate question that the vast majority of Americans think should be asked and answered. Why, indeed, what do people from those countries bring to the United States besides a little bit of those countries? How could immigration from those countries benefit the United States in any way? Aren’t Presidents, Congressmen, and Senators supposed to represent the people of the United States? They take an oath to protect and defend the Constitution, but doesn’t that require them to represent us? I know what immigration in general means to our lawmakers, and too many Presidents before this one. For the Democrats it means building a permanent voting block of dependent people, who will always return the hand that feeds them to power. For the Republicans it means satisfying their crony capitalists, who fund their campaigns in return for a steady supply of cheap labor. The last two Republican Presidents before this one, accepted the seemingly inevitable march to the European-style socialist, multicultural administrative state, but this President does not accept it. For us rubes who live out here in flyover country, it means that if we want to be considered nice people, if we want to be acceptable to many of our friends and relatives, if we want to be like those in Hollywood and the media, we must enthusiastically go along and accept it all as inevitable. However, this President has given a little hope to many of us deplorables. He is giving voice to those of us who have had no voice for so many years, and so we are grateful, even if we are ashamed to admit it. That’s why so many of Mrs. Clinton’s polls were wrong. Today you either have to be very brave,
Darrell Castle talks about purchases of French landmarks by the Saudi Royal Family, attacks on French women, and especially French Jews by Muslim immigrants. Transcription / Notes EUROPEAN CIVILIZATION IS CIRCLING THE DRAIN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 12, 2018, and on today’s Report, I will be talking about some recent events in Europe and the Middle East, and what these events say about the future of Europe, especially France. From the title of this Report, you may be thinking, “he’s given up on happiness and gone off the deep end again”, but before you jump to that conclusion, just hear me out. First of all, I have made a commitment to talk about Europe in these Reports as often as possible because European Civilization is Western Civilization, and that is our civilization, at least it once was. Our story this week began in the New York Times Sunday Edition of December 17, 2017, when that paper carried a front page story about the new Crown Prince in Saudi Arabia, Mohammed bin Salman. You should remember him from the recent Report I did concerning his appointment by King Salman as his successor, as well as his efforts to reform Saudi society. It seems that the young Prince, age 32, has gone abroad looking for places to put his country’s wealth and France is one of the lucky recipients. There are many landmarks in France that represent French history and, as the tour guides will tell you, the landmarks also remind us of the glory of the age of kings. The most prominent and famous, and a symbol of France itself, is the Palace of Versailles. Louis XIV built Versailles as his permanent home during his 72 year reign, and now it is perhaps the structure that, except for the Eiffel Tower, is most representative of France and the French people. Next to Versailles once sat another château, also built by Louis XIV, on 57 manicured acres of gardens. These Chateaus are more than just symbols or landmarks, they represent the history of a once great nation, and more importantly, they should be the property of the French people who built and paid for them with their labor and blood. But nevertheless, in 2009, one Chateau was bulldozed and a new, high-tech Chateau Louis XIV was built in its place by Emad Khashoggi, nephew of the late billionaire arms dealer Adnan Khashoggi. The new Chateau recently sold for $300 million to a mystery purchaser, but a little research by the New York Times revealed the purchaser to be the Crown Prince, Mohammed bin Salman. Does this mean that France has sold its soul? Perhaps it means that France has sold its history, culture, and the nation itself as well as its soul. France is no longer even a nation-state, and it has been reduced to just a place where people live. No borders, and as the new prime minister, Emmanuel Macron, said, no culture. France sells its national treasures to the highest bidder without regard to whom or what that bidder is. There is no regard whatsoever of history, culture, tradition or religion. None of those things exist anymore since they have been exchanged for a new multicultural, open society where everything goes because nothing matters. Ethics, the foundation of civilization, has been destroyed, or at least abandoned, almost everywhere but especially in France. The new multicultural socialist state is fostered on the people, and they absorb it and embrace it because from early childhood they have been indoctrinated with the belief that all truth is just a matter of opinion and absolute truth does not exist. Right and wrong then are just matters of opinion, and opinions can change from day-to-day. Government is free and encouraged to do whatever appears necessary, without exception or limit. Government is given all power and control over everything, and is therefore responsible for everything. If your child is failing in the government’s school system, it is obviously the government’s fault and responsib...
Darrell Castle discusses how the problem of individual debt is causing a lot of the stress and anger-related problems affecting the average American. Transcription / Notes THE REAL PROBLEM WITH DEBT IN AMERICA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, January 5, 2018, the first Friday of 2018. Today I will be talking about debt, and I don’t mean the unpayable, unimaginable, debt of our various National, State and local governments. I’m going to address the plight of the Average American with regard to debt, and discuss how lives are being affected in ways perhaps we haven’t thought of before. I am, I submit, very qualified to discuss this subject, having been a bankruptcy lawyer for now close to 39 years. During the second Obama administration, and now during the Trump administration, we have been told repeatedly that we are in an economic recovery and that things are really looking up. That might be the case for some, but for the average American that is not the case. Nearly half the men ages 18-34 now live with their parents, and about one third of all Americans of that age group live with their parents. We are told that the generation now 18-34 is the first generation of Americans to have a life less well off economically than their parents. In cities like Seattle and Los Angeles, hundreds of homeless camps line the downtown streets, bridges, and overpasses. In Los Angeles more than 14,000 people live outdoors on the streets of that city. Young people, the generation I just mentioned, owe 1.5 trillion dollars for their educational loans, 10% percent of which are in default. Americans in general, owe more than one trillion dollars on credit cards, much of which is in default. About one trillion dollars is owed for car loans, which lose value the minute you drive them off the lot. Last month the average price for a light vehicle was $31,720. That’s up 75% from the average selling price 20 years ago, but during that 20 years median household income increased by only 52%. How do people make up the difference? By borrowing. Financing of the average new vehicle amounted to $30,945 last year, or 97.6% of the purchase price. In America today, we have a group of people commonly referred to as the working poor, and their debt load has nearly quadrupled in the last 20 years as a percentage of their income. Most likely, that debt can never be paid off, and that is why they are often doomed to lives of poverty without any explanation of why. Taking on such huge debt loads is a very stressful way to live, and yet for many, there doesn’t seem to be any way out. I suspect that many of our society’s social problems are fueled by this incredibly stressful, anger-inducing situation. This debt peonage has created a downward spiral on the everyday lives of Middle Class people. The mortality rate for working class white men, in particular, has risen sharply in recent years. Most of these deaths are from what have come to be called “deaths of despair”, primarily suicide, drug addiction, and addiction to legal opiates. There have been over 66,000 drug overdose deaths in the last 12 months. 70% of Americans are on some prescription drug, often to treat anxiety, depression, or suicidal thoughts. However, side effects from such drugs are often anxiety, depression, and suicidal thoughts. Let’s go back for a moment and take a look at what is the root cause of the problem. It’s true that we have wealth disparity at levels unseen since the 1930’s depression years, with 10% of Americans owning 75% of the wealth. That situation is a symptom of the problem and not the root cause, but the real issue is what caused it. The rich seem to get richer while everyone else loses ground, and that is not the way it’s supposed to work in America. A rising tide is supposed to lift all boats, i.e., a booming economy is supposed to be good for all but for many of us it just means more debt.
Darrell Castle talks about happiness and whether it is possible to achieve a happy state of mind at the end of 2017 and the beginning of 2018. Transcription / Notes HAPPINESS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 22, 2017, and on today’s report I will be talking about some reasons to be happy as we approach Christmas and the end of 2017. The Castle Report is dedicated to bringing you my perspective on the news or the things happening in our world and admittedly those things are usually bad, but today we look at happiness as an object in and of itself, and some very good reasons to be happy as we begin 2018. We might assume that people who reside in the United States, the world’s economic powerhouse, would be the happiest people on earth, but sadly that is not the case. The World Happiness Report, yes there is such a thing, reports that on a scale of 1 to 10, with 10 being very happy and 1 being very unhappy, Americans are just not very happy. In 1950, Americans rated 7.5, but today the rating is 5.5. With all the advances in technology, medical science, economics, and civil rights, we are far less happy now than we were in 1950. The US GDP per capita rose by a factor of 3 during that 67 year period but real wages relative to inflation have been stagnant or falling since we left the gold standard in August 1971; ahh but I digress. I’m starting to do what comes naturally to me, and that Is to explain why people are so unhappy and then tell you why they should be unhappy, but not today. No, today I’m going to give you only good news and tell you why we should be exceedingly happy, especially if you are of my daughter’s generation. Why should we be happy and why do we want to be happy? Happiness is the state that everyone wants above all things. How many times have you used or heard someone use the expression,”I just want my children to be happy”. It seems to be a state of mind that we can achieve for only very brief moments in our lives, and yet we would literally give anything we possess to have it. In fact, most of the things we possess we acquired in an effort to be happy. Are you really happier in your current house, your current car than in your last? I doubt it, but that promise of happiness in the things we acquire drives the modern consumer economy. Perhaps we can agree that money does not bring happiness, or said another way; happiness is not something you buy. I will argue, though, that lack of money can bring a lot of misery into your life. Aristotle wrote that happiness is the final destination, or final cause, as he called it. Without the desire to be happy, we would digress and never find our final destination. He said that happiness is the most valuable asset that a person can acquire and it is something worth spending one’s life in the pursuit of. Let’s take a few moments then, and look at some reasons to be very happy here in America, at the end of 2017 and the start of 2018. These first few reasons are numbered and come from 99 Reasons 2017 was a Great Year, courtesy of John Mauldin’s newsletter “Thoughts from the Frontline.” Death is retreating around the world. The world health organization has announced a new vaccine effective enough to end cholera. Cancer deaths have dropped by 25% in the United States since 1991, saving more than 2 million lives. Breast cancer deaths have fallen by 39%, saving the lives of 322,600 women. For the first time in history half of all the people on earth with HIV are getting treatment and aids deaths have dropped by one-half since 2005. Leprosy is now easily treatable. The number of worldwide cases has dropped by 97% since 1985 and plans are to eradicate the disease completely by 2020. Global deaths from Tuberculosis have fallen by 37% since 2000, saving an estimated 53 million lives. It seems that life-extension technology will eradicate most of humanity’s greatest killers within 10 years.
Darrell Castle talks about the destruction of our nation’s moral consensus and the necessity of secured borders. Transcription / Notes OUR CRUMBLING CIVILIZATION AND IMMIGRANT RIGHTS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 15, 2017, and on today’s report, I will be talking about how our civilization is starting to crumble at the foundation. It seems that when advancements are made by humanity, sometimes taking thousands of years to achieve, these advancements are often given back or destroyed in a few decades. Western Civilization, for example, is based on a shared moral consensus as its foundation. When that consensus is destroyed, or even weakened, the foundation of our civilization crumbles. The moral consensus underpinning Western Civilization has now been replaced by a set of amoral rules, which make up our new amoral code. The new set of rules is absolutely binding on most of us, but for a few they are not so binding. The rules we are now expected to live by make up the system of politically correct multiculturalism that totally dominates our society. You violate one of the rules at the peril of losing your job and often having your life ruined. Since there’s no morality anymore, only rules, we have lost our ability to separate right from wrong and not just the ruling elite either. Even the man and woman on the street who raise their children, go to work each day, vote, and serve on juries, seem to have lost discernment. For example, they allow their civic leaders to declare their cities sanctuary cities, meaning those who have entered this country illegally, whether they are honest, hard working people, or seven-time felons, can flee to that sanctuary city for protection. Sanctuary cities don’t want illegal immigrants to be subject to deportation, even if they have seven prior felony convictions, as did Jose Garcia Zarate when he killed Kate Steinle. Mr. Zarate had been deported five times and illegally returned to the United States each time. He was nearing release from prison for his seventh felony when the Federal Immigration Authorities, or I.C.E., requested that he be released to them so that he could be deported for the sixth time. The people of San Francisco, through their elected representatives, said no he can stay here in our sanctuary city. That decision cost a young woman named Kate Steinle her life. Mr. Zarate fired a previously stolen .40 caliber Sig Sauer handgun into a crowd of people, walking on a pier in San Francisco. The bullet apparently ricocheted off a piece of concrete and struck Ms. Steinle in the back, fatally wounding her. He then threw the stolen gun into San Francisco Bay and ran, but it was all captured on video tape. First he said he fired on purpose but was aiming at a seal, then he changed his story to say that he found the gun on the pier and when he picked it up it accidentally fired. It seems pretty clear that Mr. Zarate did not intend to kill Kate Steinle, but firing a handgun into a crowd of people has to at least constitute negligent homicide, or extremely reckless homicide, or grossly negligent second degree murder with implied malice doesn’t it? Under the law, in most areas shooting into a crowd would carry implied malice for murder, but no, the jury said not guilty, of anything, except being a felon in possession of a hand gun. I guess their reasoning was that possession of a gun is a crime but using it to kill is not. The felon in possession charge carries a sentence of three years, for which Mr. Zarate was given credit for time served and has probably been released by now. If so, Mr. Zarate walks the streets of his sanctuary city a free man while Kate Steinle is in her grave. Apparently our culture has become so perverted that we can’t even begin to tell the difference between right and wrong? Perhaps the many years most of us spend under government control, in government schools,
Darrell Castle talks about the budget debate in Congress and what is causing the impasse. Transcription / Notes HOW CAN THE REPUBLIC SURVIVE ITS ELECTED LEADERS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 8, 2017, and on today’s report, I will be discussing the National budget, due today but now postponed until December 22. Congress is supposed to pass a budget for the New Year by the end of each fiscal year, but they have been unable to do so for quite some time operating instead on a series of continuing resolutions. This is very important to each of our lives for reasons we will see. The people we elect to oversee the nation’s finances control even tiny aspects of our lives, for example, they tell me who I can hire and who I can fire, how much water I can have in my toilets, what lights I can use in my home, and how I can heat and cool my home. The point is that there so many glaring problems on the backs of the American people but our elected leaders will not deal with them except perhaps to make them worse. According to Federal Reserve statistics, the United States Government owes 20.4 trillion dollars and climbing every minute. The 75-year shortfall of promises, over actual ability to deliver, is 210 trillion dollars currently. That means that over the next 75 years, not including what’s being added every year, the Federal Government has issued promises for 210 trillion dollars more than it is capable of delivering. Our children, grandchildren, and future generations will owe more and more of their wages to tax, if they are fortunate enough to have wages. In addition to the Federal Government, virtually every state and local government is head over heels in debt they cannot pay. Private individuals have followed the government’s example into debt slavery as well. One in 10 individuals has debt in the hands of a collection agency. I mention these things just to set the stage for what the government is doing to resolve its budget problems. Congress is divided just like the rest of the nation is divided, but the difference is, that on most items in Congress, decisions are made by the majority. The Republicans hold majorities in both houses so they don’t really need Democrat cooperation, but it seems that the minority party always has leverage if it has the courage to use it. A couple of months ago Congress was unable to pass a budget so they passed a “continuing resolution” instead. That resolution provided funds to run the government until today. Now the Republicans have prepared a new continuing resolution to last until December 22, so the whole thing will have to be debated again in two weeks. If Congress doesn’t pass a 2018 budget by midnight December 22, the Federal Government will have to theoretically shut down. That is non-essential services will have to shut down. Most services and agencies will be fine and some will be partially affected. The longer the impasse lasts the more the services will be affected. National Parks, payments to Federal Contractors, certain regulatory enforcement, visa processing and other such things would be shut down. The military, federal prisons, the war on drugs, etc. will all be just fine. The last shutdown in October 2013 lasted just 17 days. Most of us survived the apocalypse just fine and laid off federal employees received their back pay for not working. Social Security checks went out on time and TSA remained on the job but still, one wonders why these intelligent people can’t agree on how much more than they actually have should be borrowed and spent. Everybody on both sides of the isle seems to want more guns, bullets, airplanes, ships, and the people to operate them. Once they have them our representatives busy themselves creating world situations that require the federal government to use them. They are willing to sacrifice a lot of things in order to purchase the items of war.
Darrell Castle explains why it is so difficult to compete at a high level in politics or even in the marketplace of ideas in our world today. Transcription / Notes COMPETING AGAINST SOROS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, December 1, 2017, and today’s report will deal with why it is so difficult to compete at a high level in politics, or even in the marketplace of ideas in our world today. A few days ago I got an email from a gentleman, followed by a requested phone call to him in which I was asked to answer a question. The question was: since it is so hard to compete with Democrats and Republicans, why can’t we in the 3rd party movement come together as one to compete with them. I explained to the gentleman my many attempts over the years to explore that possibility but have come to understand that 3rd parties have fundamental differences from each other, just as they do with the other two parties, as well principles that we are unwilling to abandon. About that same time, a person in media called to ask me my opinion on why ballot access is so hard to achieve and what it would cost to obtain ballot access in all fifty states. I explained the ballot access process and how it is controlled by those who already have it, but then I gave some thought to the rest of her question. Ten million dollars would do it I said; yes it would take ten million, starting from scratch, to get ballot access in all fifty states. The enemies of our civilization, of our nation, of our families, and of all humanity have no such head scratching moments to ponder. In October of this year one of those enemies, Mr. George Soros, donated 18 billion of his 26 billion dollar fortune to his Open Society Foundation. I’ve talked a lot about Mr. Soros but let me take just a moment to refresh your memory. He was born in Hungary to Jewish parents. His father was a successful Jewish lawyer so when the Nazis were coming to power in Germany, he could see what was eventually going to happen in his own country. He managed to get his son George an internship with a government official friendly with the Nazis. When the Nazis marched into Hungary, George traveled with his mentor in that man’s official capacity, which was to hunt down Jews and confiscate their property. George was 14 years old at the time, but he had the opportunity to watch his friends and neighbors stripped of their property and sent to the labor camps and gas chambers of Nazi Germany. That was not the only thing he learned from the Nazis because he had a chance to learn the propaganda techniques of Dr. Joseph Goebbels, the Nazis minister of propaganda. He does not feel guilty about any of it, and in fact, he now says enjoyed it, and that it was fun. His rational was that if not me then someone else would be doing it, so why not me since it will happen anyway. This is not speculation or exaggeration on my part, and I’m not just making up a fairy tale. You can watch a video interview with him on YouTube where he describes what I’ve just said in his own words on camera. He doesn’t seem to have any remorse or guilt feelings about his past or about what he is doing now, and that always made me wonder. He says in the interview that he is not religious and does not believe in God. Man created God he says, not the other way around. So there’s your answer to why he does what he does. Mentored by Nazis, while they killed his friends and neighbors, he believes in nothing outside of himself, so why shouldn’t he be completely self absorbed and selfish. He lives by no moral code and if he tried to, where would it come from. Who or what would tell him the difference between right and wrong? When there is no morality, all you have is a set of rules, which Mr. Soros is very clever at avoiding. Because of his great wealth he is completely insulated from any consequences. He fears no one and nothing as he goes about the world doing what he enjoys. Mr.
Darrell Castle talks about being thankful even while difficult circumstances surround us. Transcription / Notes GIVE THANKS – BUT SOMETIMES IT’S HARD Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 24, 2017, but more importantly today is the day after Thanksgiving, or what is commonly known as “Black Friday”. The day after Thanksgiving has developed into a kind of holiday all its own as the retailers of America start the deep discount sales that begins the Christmas shopping season. Now some stores have extended Black Friday to Thursday so Black Thanksgiving, I suppose. These retailers are counting on the lust for discount shopping but I suspect they are also counting on the distant and fading American family. We want to buy presents for each other at a discount, but we can’t stand each other’s presence for one day. Don’t get caught in that trap. Black Friday if you must, but not Black Thanksgiving, please don’t go shopping on Thanksgiving even if they are giving stuff away. Let them keep their trinkets for one more day, perhaps just long enough for you to give thanks for your family. The American family is in trouble right now, and showing signs of crumbling. The destruction of the American family coincides with the rest of America’s crumbling values, such as the high divorce rate and the extremely high rate of illegitimacy, which also coincides with the high rates of incarceration. Addiction is another difficult anti-family problem, which I will talk about in a minute. What does all that have to do with shopping; perhaps nothing, but it is an indication of lack of respect for the family unit. I said in the title of this report that sometimes it’s hard to be thankful, and that’s very true in our country and our world today. To be thankful sometimes we have to remind ourselves of who we really are and what’s eventually in store for us. On this short Thanksgiving Report, I want to mention one thing that is sweeping across America today, that makes it hard for some to be thankful. Around the turn of the last century, or the late 1800’s and early 1900’s, America did not have the concept of illegal drugs. Everything was legal, even heroin, and that drug was widely included in other formulas such as cough syrup, and elixirs designed to treat a myriad of ailments. It was even included in baby tonics, to keep baby quiet and pain free. It worked, but it created quite a few addicts, although quietly. World War l came along with its trench warfare and exploding shells. The wounded were often given heroin in its various forms, as a battlefield treatment for wounds and for pain. The result was many addicted veterans of the war, often mutilated and physically disabled and in chronic pain. The years between World War l and World War ll gave the country an opportunity to look at what had happened and heroin was banned. During World War ll, wounded men were given a battlefield shot of morphine for the pain. These men were supposed to be noted somehow so the doctor at the aid station did not give them more, but it was rarely done. While recovering they got more morphine, and before long, thousands of new addicts. This has continued on through the wars our country has fought and has gotten worse, not better. I argue that the worsening addiction rate among veterans has been caused by two things. Number one is increased effectiveness of battlefield treatment and early evacuation of causalities. Wounds that would have been fatal in Vietnam were treatable in the desert wars. The second thing was that, after 80 years on the banned list, heroin made a very legal come back by American corporations in the form of Oxycodone, Oxycontin, and especially fentanyl patches. These corporations were able to fund studies and spread enough money around to convince doctors that the new drugs were safe. The drugs are basically a new form of heroin, more addictive and more expensive than the original.
Darrell Castle talks about a new world of artificial intelligence being developed in Saudi Arabia. Transcription / Notes THE NEW SAUDI ARABIA Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 17, 2017, and on today’s Report I will continue the discussion of Saudi Arabia that we began a few weeks ago. This is an important topic today as Saudi Arabia moves rapidly to consolidate a trans-generational change of power for the first time in 50 years. The founding King has no more of his 36 sons left after the current one, King Salman, and therefore, power must pass to a grandson. King Salman, 88 years old, has selected his favorite son and close advisor, Mohammed bin Salman, age 32, as Crown Prince. It was assumed that King Salman would name Mohammed bin Nayef, head of the Interior Ministry, as his successor but instead, he selected Mohammed bin Salman. Bin Salman is apparently the favorite son and top advisor to the King and, at age 32, is young enough to rule for many years. He represents the King’s effort to restructure the House of Saud, and along with it, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and he represents the global world that is being built for us. The Crown Prince says that he is not into radical Islam at all, especially the Wahabi sect of radical Islam. Instead, he wants to modernize and bring the Kingdom and bring it into the 21st century. The King started the process with a decree that women would be allowed to drive cars. The Crown Prince decided to kick off the new Saudi Arabia with an international conference, which we will discuss at length in a minute, but for now the conference was held last week at the Ritz Carlton Hotel in Riyadh. Billionaires from around the world came, as did several of the Crown Prince’s rivals including high profile billionaire Prince Alwaleed bin Talal. He, along with 11 or 12 other Princes, were arrested on corruption charges. They are still confined to the Ritz-Carlton, which is a pretty nice place if you have to be confined. I predicted dire things for the Kingdom in my last podcast called The Rape of Yemen, including the monarchy falling to radical forces. The Crown Prince apparently intends to prevent that from happening by using force and changes designed to modernize the country. His changes, he hopes, will bring ordinary Saudis into the camp of the new country and out of the camp of the radicals. That there is more to the changes than just consolidation of power is obvious from the economic crises threatening the country. Oil was discovered in Saudi Arabia in 1938, and since that year the seemingly inexhaustible thirst of the world’s internal combustion engines for oil has made the Kingdom extremely wealthy. But what goes around comes around as they say and now the price of oil has fallen and shows no sign of relenting anytime soon. The low oil prices, competition from American fracking technology, and expected long term reduced demand for oil, have sent shock waves through the world’s oil producers. Ninety-five per cent of Saudi GDP comes from oil, which will eventually put the country into a death spiral if something isn’t done. Very soon, the Saud family, will not be in an economic position to pay the forces of radical Islam to avoid revolution. King Salman is forward thinking enough to understand this, so he has spent his last years as King grooming the new Crown Prince to take the country in a different direction. Transitioning from complete dependence on oil revenue will not be easy, but the effort to wean the Saudi people off subsidies has already started. The future plans, however, are to take the Kingdom into the new global world as a full partner with those seeking globalization at whatever price. Vision 2030 is the name of the new initiative that seeks to leverage the massive financial reserves held in the Saudi Sovereign Wealth Fund toward global investment. Still, it’s not at all clear how the young Prince will pull it ...
Darrell Castle talks about the new Federal Reserve Chairman recently appointed by President Trump. Transcript / Notes MEET THE FED’S NEW BOSS Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 10, 2017, and as you may know November 10 is the Marine Corps birthday. I couldn’t let that day go by without at least saying “Happy Birthday” to my fellow Marines. I should also mention the tragic shooting at a church in Texas as the important story for the week but, despite the tragedy, today we discuss something more mundane but something of great importance, and that is President Trump’s appointment of the new Federal Reserve Chairman. Assuming confirmation by the Senate, and that seems like a mere formality, the new Fed Chairman will be Jerome “Jay” Powell. Mr. Powell is a graduate of Princeton University and Georgetown University Law School so he is a lawyer not an economist. He is a former investment banker with a little Treasury Department time under George H. W. Bush. He was also a partner in the Carlyle Group, which is basically a Bush Family hangout for financial wheelers and dealers, but he was appointed to the Federal Reserve Board in 2012 by Barack Obama. Since Mr. Powell’s appointment he has never cast a single vote against Janet Yellen or the Federal Reserve Board’s decisions; not one no vote in six years. His series of votes supporting board decisions is very relevant because it makes him safe. Mr. Powell will not rock the boat, or so it appears. President Trump interviewed several people before he settled on Jay Powell but reportedly Steve Mnuchin, Secretary of the Treasury, pushed hard for Powell. One must assume that things will remain the same because if Mr. Powell has his own opinions about monetary policy, how would anyone know what they are since he has never dissented from standard policy? Those who have known me for a while, and have listened to my pod cast on why the Fed should be abolished, know how I feel about it, but until someone like me is elected we are apparently stuck with it so we should try to understand it. The Federal Reserve (Fed) is basically a cartel of the 12 Federal Reserve Banks and the Chairman or director of each of those banks makes up the Federal Reserve Board. The Fed board is appointed by the President, as is the chairman of the board. The opportunity to appoint directors is not as intensely examined as the opportunity to appoint Supreme Court Justices, but the board is vitally important since it determines monetary policy, i.e., interest rates, etc., for the United States. The Federal Reserve has existed since 1914, having been formed in late December 1913, but over the last four decades it has gained tremendously in power and independence in policy making. It’s during that forty-year period, thanks in part to four strong chairmen, that the Fed has been able to operate with little or no oversight from Congress or the President. The only control seems to be the President’s appointment of the Board, although from a list he is given, and appointment of the chairman, also from a list he is given. Those four Chairs were: Paul Volcker, who was brought in to raise interest rates and slow inflation during the Carter Presidency; Alan Greenspan, who served for almost 20 years and whose role was to keep the system running smoothly and it worked until the crises of 2007-8; Ben Bernanke, who came in to clean up the housing mess and instituted a policy of money printing known as “quantitative easing“, which still exists to some extent; and Janet Yellen. Under Bernanke and Yellen ,the Fed expanded its mandate to ensure full employment and protect the dollar to a role of financial stability. During the campaign, Trump seemed to be on a collision course with the Fed since he criticized Fed policy relentlessly. He even accused the Fed of keeping interest rates low in the campaign to help Clinton. Many people, myself included,
Darrell Castle talks about the 100th anniversary of the Russian Revolution and the rise of Communism and how it is still affecting our world today. Transcript / Notes 100 YEARS OF COMMUNISM AND THE DESTRUCTION OF MORAL ORDER Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, November 3, 2017, and on today’s report I will be talking about the 100th anniversary of the rise of communism and what it means for us today. Most people place the date of the Russian Revolution as November 6, 1917 but some place it two weeks earlier, depending on which calendar is used. Whichever calendar is used for the calculation, this week is the 100th anniversary for our purposes. 100 years ago this week, Vladimir Lenin and his followers rose in revolt against the Russian Czars and hundreds of years of government by a traditional inherited ruling class, who ruled a feudalistic society that was basically unchanged for centuries. The Revolution was part of the destruction of the social order across Europe, fueled by World War l. The old ruling classes were swept away along with the lives of an entire generation of young men. Communism ended Czarist rule in Russia and replaced it with a new set of rulers who soon took on much of the characteristics of the old, except far worse. The last 100 years have seen the deaths of over 100 million people as a direct result of the Russian Revolution, or about 1 million people per year. Pogroms of genocide, the purging of various classes of people, execution of military officers and anyone else in leadership, intentional mass starvation numerous times, instigation of the great terrors against the Russian people, numerous times, as well as the destruction of the Russian economy, caused by the 40 year long cold war against the West; all these things and more can be held to the account of the communists. As an economic system, communism has been a complete and utter failure wherever it has been tried but despite that it is still in vogue today, especially on college campuses. It’s usually referred to as “socialism ‘ today, instead of Communism, but it’s the same idea. You can find it doing its steady work in Venezuela and across the third world, but the disastrous results seemingly have no effect on American college professors. Socialism captured American education many years ago and the results of that capture are what we are seeing on college campuses today. Adherents to this philosophy, who currently refer to themselves as progressives, argue that the Communism of Stalinist Russia is, and was, different from their brand of Socialism, but if it looks like a duck and quacks like a duck, it might be a duck. The socialists sometimes have trouble explaining the history of their movement but they are certain that if they just tinker with it a little, all the horrible deeds of Stalin will disappear and the mistakes will not be made this time. Over and over I argue that what we are seeing today is the intentional destruction of Western Civilization, with all its benefits to mankind. In order to destroy Western Civilization, it is necessary to destroy its foundation, which is Christianity, and the Christian moral and ethical code. Those who seek our destruction, along with their encouragers in the media, politics, the corporate world, entertainment, and education, have done an excellent job of what they set out to do from the days of Lenin. The destruction of faith in God has been the ultimate goal from the beginning. Let me quote from the Communist Manifesto: “There are eternal truths, such as freedom, justice, etc., that are common to all states of society. But communism abolishes eternal truths, it abolishes all religion and all morality, instead of constituting them on a new basis; it therefore acts in contradiction to all past historical experience.” So there you have it; religion is abolished, along with its 2000 years of history and the upward ascent of the individual.
Darrell Castle talks about the NFL protests and asks the question “Should we be allowed free inquiry as to whether the protest allegations are true or not?” Transcript / Notes THE NFL PROTESTS—IS FREE INQUIRY POSSIBLE? Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 27, 2017, and as you listen to this Report, I will be in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania for the Constitution Party National Committee meeting. Today, however, I will be talking about the NFL protests again, not because I want to save the NFL but because I believe that free inquiry, or the policy of allowing all points of view to be heard on an issue, is vitally important for our society. Playing the national anthem at sporting events is a tradition whose time has probably come. Playing of the anthem at baseball games was begun during World War l to build patriotism and support for the war. Like most temporary things it continued after the war, and by World War ll, had become a tradition at virtually all sporting events. With the United States constantly involved in wars around the world there is always a need to build support here at home. The NFL protests make stopping the anthem more difficult, though, because it would appear to be capitulation to the intimidation of the players. Having said all that, I will also say that it is sensible to show respect for symbols like the National Anthem because they are part of the national consensus, part of what we are as people. Disrespecting the anthem upsets the country at its very basic level. It is crass and revolting, and in the long run will harm race relations in the United States. Let’s take a look now at what started the protests that have spread around the country. The quarterback for the San Francisco Forty-Niners, who at the time was Colin Kaepernik, remained on one knee during the Anthem and then stated: “I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of color.” He went on to say several other things but that is the statement that started it all it all. The NFL is now 70% black so white players, whether they want to or not, must show solidarity with their teammates or face ostracism. Virtually all players, it seems, are now in support of the protests and it has evolved much further than just the on field kneeling. There is a video which shows Michael Bennett, a player for the Seattle Seahawks, burning an American flag in the locker room while all the other players and coaches, including head coach Pete Carroll, stand around cheering him on. It is a very insulting and alarming video but it does serve to illustrate the deep divide that exists in America. I present a question today; How can this divide ever be closed without free inquiry? The owners considered a proposal to require the players to stand as a condition of their employment agreement but decided instead to just encourage them to stand. The players were not so inclined, however. Recently Jesse Jackson made the statement that playing in the NFL is “like slavery.” That remark is totally absurd and serves only to cheapen what human slavery actually was and is. I still think the problem can be solved through the free market by just not going to games. The solution is easy, just stop going. A group of Veterans are trying to organize the weekend of November 12th as a boycott day in honor of those serving and those who have served. The 11th is Veterans Day and the 10th is the Marine Corps birthday so perhaps fans will honor that and stay away in droves. Colin Kaepernik’s original statement perfectly reflects the prevailing narrative of the ruling elite in Western Societies today. Not just in America, but all across the Western World, his view is, in varying degrees, the prevailing one. It is passed down to us rubes through politicians, the media, entertainment, including professional sports, but especially Hollywood, and of course, education.
Darrell Castle talks about a new anti-terrorism law in France and how the French belief in its necessity is tied to the destruction of ISIS. Transcipt / Notes THE FRENCH PATRIOT ACT Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 20, 2017, and on today’s Report we journey back to the old Continent of Europe to look at the nation of France, and examine a new law recently passed, supposedly to help the French deal with terrorism. This new law actually had its origin in the attacks of November 2015, which killed more than 130 people in what is commonly known as the Charley Hebdo attacks. Since that day, France has been under an official state of emergency, which is a heightened security measures regime that was described as “temporary” when it was declared but is still in effect. This state of emergency gives local police and local administrative authorities heightened powers to arrest and detain suspects without judicial oversight. We’ll get back to this in a minute but for now just know that the “heightened security measures” empowers local police to deprive people of basic liberty without recourse to the courts, so no impartial observer to render judgment. France doesn’t have a written constitution that enshrines liberty in a written document as we do in America. French rights are written in laws passed by a Parliament and a Senate, and they are also included in tradition handed down from at least the French Revolution in 1789. When the people feel threatened and powerless they will demand protection from their government, which is always right there to provide it. Sometimes the government even provides the reason for the peoples’ insecurity in the first place. Since the Charley Hebdo attacks, terrorism has not abated due to the state of emergency but instead, has gotten worse. A total of 239 lives have been lost to terrorism including and after those attacks. Just a couple of weeks ago there was an attack in Marseille where a Muslim shouting Allahu Akbar stabbed two women to death. That French city is 40% Muslim and now the most dangerous city in Europe. The attacks increase in intensity and in number, and once again the French people demand protection. France’s new Prime Minister, Emmanuel Macron, proposed a new law, which would make the state of emergency permanent and would include some new passages, but he also left out a few things. Some things to keep in mind are that this new law is the product of a French left government, not a right wing one. Big Brother it seems is a leftist, at least in France. This act is being enacted as a response to terrorism just as was the American Patriot Act that was adopted after 9/11. Now let’s look at some of the things included in the new act as well as some things omitted. Perimeters of protection are established around public events, which negate ordinary civil liberties. These perimeters apply to any public event including rallies, protests, sporting events, concerts, etc., and they extend to a month in advance of the event. The perimeter extends 20 miles around transportation centers such as ports and airports, as well as the public venue itself. I.D. control, which means arrest without charge, is allowed for up to 12 hours, and without access to the courts. This means that a person may be held by local police for 12 hours before being charged, for any reason deemed necessary. The chief of police in each local area has the power unto himself without judicial monitoring. People may be placed in house arrest and confined in an area of exclusion from which they can’t leave. The exclusion area is like a small area in a town or province. The arrestee must wear an ankle monitor so this is in effect, sentence to a Ghetto. All “suspected” persons must give police their passwords and other computer security measures. Police have what’s called “visits and referrals”, which allow them to show up at your house and take things like co...
Darrell Castle talks about war in the nation of Yemen and its danger to the Saudi Monarchy. Transcipt / Notes THE RAPE OF YEMEN Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 13, 2017. That’s right, today is Friday the 13th, a very appropriate day to discuss the Nation of Yemen, and the war that has been ongoing there for several years. The war is bad luck indeed for the Yemeni people. I’m certain they would much prefer to go back to their lives of misery and suffering, amid the rubble that has been made of their country. Yemen has one thing going for it, though; one thing worth fighting for, one thing the great powers, such as the United States, believe to be worth the blood and treasure of their people, and that one thing is geography. Yemen happens to be located on the southern tip of the Arabian Peninsula, at the corner of the Red Sea and the Arabian Sea, and it occupies one of the great oil choke-points of the world, as well as the southern border of Saudi Arabia. Geography, then, is Yemen’s best asset but as we will see, it’s also its worst. The land that is today called Yemen has been at war for centuries, but the ongoing struggle that I address today, only decades. It seems that two rival groups, one the current government, and another group of Houthi rebels, struggle for control of the government and nation. The Houthis are followers of Abdel-Malek Al Houthi and they are Shia Muslim, as are virtually all Yemenis. This struggle on its border for control of a Shia country, in other words a civil war, right on its southern border, was too much for Saudi Arabia to resist, so on March 25, 2015, it entered the conflict. The Saudis brought along other Sunni nations including Jordan, Morocco, Bahrain, Kuwait, Qatar, Egypt, Sudan, the United Arab Emirates, Pakistan, as well as the European Union, and the United States. ISIS has now also intervened as a separate entity for reasons we will discuss later. Most of the thousands of civilian casualties suffered during this conflict have been inflicted by airpower. The Saudis have bombed Sanaa, Yemen’s capitol city, relentlessly since the start of the war. The United States has flown about 100 sorties into Yemen this year alone. In addition, the United States has troops on the ground in Yemen, mostly Navy Seals and other special forces. A Navy Seal was killed earlier this year on a mission inside Yemen. There are many nations involved, and many nations contributing to the misery, but every bomb that falls, every artillery round that lands, and every bullet that’s fired has Made-in-the-USA stamped on it. So today we look at what’s really going on here, and what’s the reason for destroying a country of 28 million people, whose lives would be very difficult in the best of times but virtually impossible in this war. According to the United Nations (U.N.), more than 12,000 civilians have been killed and wounded in this conflict. Since almost half the population of Yemen is under the age of 18, children account for a third of all civilian deaths. What infrastructure Yemen once had has been destroyed, as well as the supplies of food and fuel, resulting in mass famine. The U.N. tells us that 17 million are in famine conditions, about 6.8 million in severe famine, and about 462,000 children under age 5 are severely malnourished. Two million homes have been destroyed, and hundreds of thousands of Yemenis have fled the country. All efforts at peace seem to have failed, and so have efforts to avert a humanitarian catastrophe. These are the results of a war in a desert country that has not much going for it except geography and the homes of 28 million people. In our efforts to find a cause for all of that, and thus avert its happening over and over, we should understand the extreme anti-U.S. sentiment that has been created in Yemen by this conflict. Yemen’s people know who is dropping the bombs and whose bombs are being dropped,
Darrell Castle talks about revolution in Spain as the region of Catalonia seeks independence. Transciption / Notes CATALONIA REALLY WANTS TO BE FREE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, October 6, 2017, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the nation of Spain and the struggle of one of its regions, or provinces, to become an independent nation. We start with a little background. Prior to the start of World War Two, the Spanish Region of Catalonia sought to establish a Republic in Spain, which was was allied in its struggle with the Soviet Union. The opposing force was Spanish Dictator Francisco Franco who was allied with Nazi Germany. Adolph Hitler had begun rearming Germany from its defeat in World War l, and the Spanish Civil War gave him a chance to test his new weapons, especially the Luftwaffe or German Air Force. The new airplanes used in Spain caused Great Britain to take notice and start its own re-armament. The Spanish Civil War became a cause for celebrity attention around the world. Ernest Hemingway went there and wrote “For Whom The Bell Tolls” about it. Franco continued as Spanish head of state until his death in 1975. After his death a Constitutional Monarchy was established with 17 autonomous regions, one of which was Catalonia. The autonomy of these regions was spelled out in the Spanish Constitution of 1978, but the Constitution did not allow for complete independence from Spain. Since that time the region of Catalonia has been in a struggle with the Spanish Government in Madrid. The two sides can never agree on how much autonomy each region has or even what is meant by the term autonomy. The Catalan people have voted in non binding referendums many times and each vote is overwhelmingly for independence. Each time the Spanish Government goes to the Constitutional Court for a ruling that the referendum is illegal and unconstitutional, and each time they get it. Spain will not voluntarily let go of Catalonia, the nation’s most valuable and richest region. Catalonia is not the only Spanish Region to consider independence. The Basque region is watching these events very closely. Catalonia is located on the northeast corner of Spain. It borders France and the Mediterranean Coast, and includes the city of Barcelona. It is Spain’s number one tourist region, from which comes its highest tax revenue. The tax system is Catalonia’s reason for wanting independence, and has been since the Constitution of 1978. The Catalans are upset because more than a majority of their taxes are collected from them but used in other regions. Catalonia is being used as a tax farm by the Spanish Government to fund its welfare and vote-buying schemes in other regions. In a nutshell, the real problem with Catalonia, and Spain in general, is one of demographics. Spain has the lowest fertility rate in Europe and its population is rapidly aging. While Spain struggles to deal with an unproductive and aging population the European Union requires the immigration of a few million immigrants supposedly to replace Spanish low wage workers, but who in reality, fill the welfare rolls. Scotland could not afford to vote for independence from Great Britain because of all the subsidies it receives but in Spain the relationship is reversed and Catalonia subsidizes the Spanish Government. The Catalan people have come to the conclusion that they would be better of without the rest of Spain so they are pushing independence as far as it will go. Other regions such as the Basque region watch and wait for their own opportunity. Spain is in a very difficult spot because if Catalan is allowed to be free, other regions will follow suit and the Spanish Government will have no way to pay the debt service on the billions it has borrowed from the European Central Bank and the German Banks. In its desperation to keep Catalonia peaceably, Spain has offered to pay billions to the region.
Darrell Castle explains how the free market can control the NFL players’ refusal to stand for the national anthem. Transcript / Notes Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 29, 2017, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the NFL and the National Anthem protests. This has been a very busy week in news with many things happening that are worthy of note such as the re-election of Angela Merkel in Germany, with the German Conservative Party gaining enough support at about 13% to have seats in the German Parliament. In Alabama, Roy Moore finally won the Republican Primary for the U.S. Senate seat previously vacated by Jeff Sessions. Moore has been in the struggle many years but if he wins the special election to be held December 12, and it looks certain that he will, a populist candidate opposed to both the mainstream of his own Party as well as the Democrat agenda will sit in the U.S. Senate. In a small church outside of Nashville, Tennessee, a black racist who came to the United States from the Sudan at five years of age shot seven people, killing one so far. The shooter had apparently been radicalized by anti-white rhetoric he had read or seen on social media and decided to do something about it, so he went to a little country church and shot a bunch of older white people. My discussion today, however, is on a far more mundane subject than any of those. Today I have to talk about football because the National Football League and its players have made it virtually impossible not to talk about it. I doubt if there is anyone left in America who doesn’t know that NFL players have started refusing to stand for the National Anthem. Most kneel but a few teams have stayed in the locker rooms while the Anthem is playing. Last Sunday, at the annual game in London, the teams stood for God Save the Queen but not for the Star Spangled Banner. The fact that I am even talking about this points to how sports, especially football, have become an obsession to Americans. Every game that is played is now nationally televised, whether it’s the traditional Sunday games, Sunday night, Monday night, and now Thursday night. Families plan their weeks and evenings around NFL Football. It is, to put it mildly, very important to people, and more of an obsession than just entertainment. I’ve been a sports fan my entire life as my family is painfully aware, and if I watch television at all, it is sports. Even when there is no time to catch a full game, I will catch bits and pieces of games and follow the scores on my phone. There are tens of millions of people out there in America who are far more obsessed than I am. People physically attend each home game their team plays, and most have tailgating traditions with friends and family. It would not be unusual today for a family of four to spend 500 dollars at an NFL game with tickets, concessions, and team souvenirs. These people have had their world’s disturbed by the protests. They watch football to escape from the cultural divide, not to have it forced into their living rooms. Many argue that the players have a right to do what they are doing and many others say no, they are employees and therefore their behavior is controlled, or should be, by their employers. Here’s a very simple solution to all the protests that are now spreading to college and even high school games. Stop going, stop watching, stop buying merchandise, stop patronizing the League’s sponsors. Whether you think they have a right to not stand for the anthem or not there is one thing of which I am certain—you have an absolute right to refuse to pay to watch them do it. That’s where the free market comes in and controls sports, and anywhere else it’s allowed to. If two teams showed up to play in an empty 70,000 seat, billion dollar arena, I’m certain it would get their attention. Ideally, when teams kneel for the anthem, 70,
Darrell Castle talks about President Trump’s broken promises and the tragedy of what could have been. Transcript / Notes BETRAYAL Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 22, 2017, and on today’s Report, I will be talking about promises made and promises broken, and what might have been from President Donald Trump. President Trump campaigned on a promise that he would end DACA on his first day in office, but 8 months later he makes a feeble attempt but then reneges. Last week I said that he sent Attorney General Jeff Sessions out to announce that he was going to issue an order withdrawing President Obama’s executive order establishing DACA, but then the President invited Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer to the Whitehouse for dinner. Ms. Pelosi issued a statement summarizing the discussions and stated that there would be legislation re-establishing DACA by law, which the President had agreed to sign. There would be serious discussion about border security “less the wall.” The Whitehouse Press Secretary said that, yes, border security was discussed, but no discussion about not building a wall, there was no agreement about that. That would make Nancy Pelosi either an idiot or a public liar. That’s possible but highly unlikely. No, folks, it sure sounds like the promise which first got him noticed in the polls, i.e., “I’ll build a wall and make Mexico pay for it”, has been abandoned. Republican Speaker of the House Paul Ryan told a group of Republicans that “only one person wants a wall”. Well, Mr. Ryan, I beg to differ because 63 million Americans voted for that wall, but hey, who cares about them. Everyone in Washington not only wants no wall, they want amnesty. Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer, along with all Democrats, want it. Paul Ryan, Mitch McConnell, and all the liberal Republicans, want it. The tech company billionaires in Silicon Valley want it, and it looks like they will have it because the only ones who don’t want it are the ones with no power and no influence. Tens of millions of tax paying Americans don’t want it, but they do not count. So no repeal of DACA, and no wall, along with the destruction of the Republican Governors’ lawsuit challenging the constitutionality of DACA , those are what President Trump has delivered instead of fulfilling his promises to the voters. This President likes the deal. He is the consummate deal maker and he likes the deal more than the Constitution and the rule of law. He worked out a deal with the Democrats and they got everything they wanted, but what did we get? I just don’t see the quid pro quo. It is a very sad reminder of what could have been. This is what happens when you elect someone with no ideological motivation. He had the power to withdraw President Obama’s unconstitutional Executive Order on his first day as he said he would, but he chose not to. What a message that would have sent around the world, but instead, he chose to send a message of betrayal. I remember President Reagan’s amnesty bill in 1986, which was supposed to be the last one, and was supposed to include border security. What amnesty did instead was to deliver California to the Democrats forever. That’s not enough for the Democrats though, they want the entire country forever. This all brings two questions to mind; what is the value of citizenship, and what is the value of coming to America legally? American citizenship has always been the golden prize, the brass ring that millions around the world desired, but was obtainable by only a few. Five cities in Maryland have now passed laws making it legal for non citizens to vote. In Philadelphia, a city Councilman recently stated that hundreds of non citizens vote there. So once again, what’s the point of legality? Perhaps America is now a “failed state”. I looked “failed state” up in the dictionary and it said “a state that deteriorates to where conditions and responsibilities of a sovere...
Darrell Castle explains DACA and discusses Attorney General Jeff Sessions’ defense of the rule of law and how it applies to the ending of DACA. Transcript / Notes Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 15, 2017, and on today’s report I will be discussing DACA, which stands for Delayed Action for Childhood Arrivals. In June of 2012, President Obama, after Congress repeatedly denied his request for Congressional implementation, decided to take legislative action on his own authority, by executive order. President Trump campaigned on a promise of ending DACA “on his first day in office.” It took more than eight months but he finally got around to withdrawing President Obama’s executive order. Last week Attorney General Jeff Sessions was sent out before the cameras to make the announcement that DACA would be ending. That, in and of itself, is probably significant because President Trump is usually not shy at all about the limelight, but it is through Attorney General Sessions’ remarks that we will approach this discussion because his remarks contained as fine a description of why the rule of law is important that you will ever hear or read. He said that to have a lawful system of immigration that serves the national interest, we cannot admit everyone who would like to come here. Therein lies the rub, because so many Democrats and Republicans consider their own interests and the interests of their Party’s leadership, but not the national interest. DACA was a program that provided a legal status for recipients for a renewable two year term, as well as work authorization, and participation in the social security program. These benefits went to about 800,000 illegal aliens who were supposed to be exclusively children but apparently were also a lot of adults. Notice I used the term “illegal aliens” to describe these people because that is the description in America’s immigration laws, and it is the description used in his announcement by Jeff Sessions. It is more accurate than the politically correct “Dreamers” that is in vogue today. Jeff Sessions described for us what President Obama did in implementing DACA. “In other words, the executive branch, through DACA, deliberately sought to achieve what the legislative branch specifically refused to authorize on multiple occasions. Such an open-ended circumvention of immigration laws was an unconstitutional exercise of authority by the Executive Branch.” He then went on to give a description of why the rule of law is so important especially with regard to immigration. “We inherited from our founders—and have advanced—an unsurpassed legal heritage, which is the foundation of our freedom, safety, and prosperity. As the Attorney General, it is my duty to ensure that the laws of the United States are enforced and the Constitutional order is upheld. No greater good can be done for the overall health and well-being of our Republic, than preserving and strengthening the impartial rule of law. Societies where the rule of law is treasured are societies that tend to flourish and succeed. Societies where the rule of law is subject to political whims and personal biases tend to become societies afflicted by corruption, poverty, and human suffering. To have a lawful system of immigration that serves the national interest, we cannot admit everyone who would like to come here. That is an open border policy and the American people have rightly rejected it. Therefore, the nation must set and enforce a limit on how many immigrants we admit each year and that means all cannot be accepted.” Well, Amen Attorney General Sessions, I could not have said it better myself. DACA is sold to us as a system of compassion. It would not be compassionate to take away from these “children” who were brought here by their parents or others but not by their own rational choice, the legal rights once granted to them. I would point out the rights once granted under D...
Darrell Castle discusses how corporations and government have joined forces to destroy the right to speak freely in America. Transcript / Notes CORPORATISM AND THE DESTRUCTION OF FREE SPEECH Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday, September 8, 2017, and on today’s report I will be discussing the topic of whether the right to speak freely still exists in America, or whether it has been extinguished by the combined efforts of Corporate America and Government America. When Benito Mussolini rose to power in Italy, he adopted the Roman Fasces as his symbol, the Fasces is an axe surrounded by reeds or sticks, denoting centralized power. Since he chose that symbol, his system of government became known as “fascist” but he said it would be more accurate to call it “corporatism”, because of its blending government and the corporate world into one. In this report, I argue that we are at least approaching that position today with regard to free speech rights. In 2011, the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology conducted a study to determine who owns what and who controls what in the corporate world. They studied 37 million different corporations and investors, finally narrowing it down to 43,000 trans-national corporations. The 43,000 corporations were all “inbred”, or said another way, they all owned each other. The group was then narrowed down to 167 corporations that actually control all the others, and of that 167, just 20 banks control them. That study was in 2011, and I’m sure the number of the most powerful banks is much smaller now. For example, Goldman Sachs was 19th on the 2011 list and it would be hard to imagine a more powerful financial organization now. These financial houses become revolving doors for the government with their CEO’s rotating in and out of the office of Treasury Secretary, etc. Government blends with, and virtually becomes one with, the corporate world. It is widely assumed that in 2007, when the global financial system was on the verge of collapse thanks to risky investments by the great financial institutions, Henry Paulson, of Goldman Sachs, briefed Congress so they could engage in insider trading in order to profit individually from the disaster. Insider trading was perfectly legal for them but a crime for us. This report is not meant to be a discussion of banks and their power over all of us and how they have enslaved the whole earth through credit and debt owed to them, but instead it is a discussion of free speech, and how the corporate world is uniting to control it for their own purposes. We are at, or at least nearing a point, where only one view is acceptable to be presented. I don’t mean that only one view is right because that is normally the case, I mean that only one view can even be discussed. Should any view other than the prevailing narrative widely considered acceptable be presented, there will be severe repercussions. I don’t mean that someone from the government will show up at your door with a gun and arrest you. The first amendment is still in effect to that extent, although what you say or write could qualify as hate speech, in which case the government might make an official visit. What I mean by severe repercussions is that the corporate world will act in place of the government and will release its hounds to destroy your life. James Damore, an engineer at Google is an example that most everyone is familiar with. Mr. Damore is a highly intelligent man working for one of the world’s most powerful and sought after companies. He was educated at MIT and Harvard where the smartest kids in the country go. Google recruited him to do coding and other computer engineering. He was privy to much discussion at Google about the company’s lack of diversity in its work force. It was apparent that virtually all of the company executives and lower ranking employees accepted the discrimination narrative as explanation.
Darrell Castle talks about the President’s speech announcing a new strategy in Afghanistan. It looks a lot like the old strategy. Transcript / Notes A NEW STRATEGY IN AFGHANISTAN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday September 1, 2017, and on today’s report I will be discussing President Trump’s speech, given on August 21, in which he discussed “our path forward in Afghanistan”. He stated that his gut instinct told him to leave Afghanistan, and he likes to follow his instincts, but sitting behind the desk in the oval office gives one a perspective that he cannot see otherwise. The United States, with Donald Trump as President, is not the first empire to attempt to conquer, pacify, or force to the bargaining table the Afghan people, in whatever political form they existed at that time. The armies of Alexander the Great, Genghis Khan, the Mongols, the British Empire, and the Soviet Union have all been broken or blunted on the rugged terrain, history, and religious fervor that make up Afghanistan. Now Donald Trump has been convinced that he is different from the others and his investment of thousands of more troops will make the difference. Perhaps he missed history at Fordham and the Wharton School. That’s really sad because the people he is committing to battle are our future, our sons and daughters are being thrown into this “new strategy.” So, it looks as if the new strategy is the same as the old strategy. Meet the new boss, same as the old boss, at least in this regard. Your gut instinct was correct, Mr. President, and you should follow it. You criticized President Obama for his no-win wars, and now you announce a strategy to do essentially the same, except with a few meaningless changes. During the campaign you stated that Ron Paul was right—that we should never have gone into Afghanistan. What happened to that opinion, Mr. President? I imagine that it disappeared when all those Generals appeared in your administration. These are all Generals who have never won a war. They all have sterling combat records but were dispatched to fight endless no win wars, and perhaps that clouds their perspective. We seek victory in Afghanistan, the President said, but we can’t seem to define what victory even is. How will we know it when we see it? Who was the last General to have actually won a war and, therefore, would know victory when he saw it. The World War ll generals led by General Eisenhower, I suppose, and that was 72 years ago. Richard Nixon was quoted as having said that Ike would be able to control the Generals because he had been a General and would not be intimidated by them, but most presidents would be. More than 70 years of fighting and dying, but never being able to sail into the enemy’s harbor to accept surrender, has to affect the psyche of career officers service-wide. The President spent several minutes of his speech complimenting the military and saying how grateful we are etc., but apparently he intends to continue using them in the same way. He said that he had arrived at three fundamental conclusions about America’s core interests in Afghanistan. First, “our nation must seek an honorable and enduring outcome worthy of the tremendous sacrifices that have been made.” That is an impossible goal unless he wants to commit American troops to Afghanistan permanently. Perhaps that is what he means, i.e., to have Americans in protected enclaves in firebases around Afghanistan forever, but I don’t think so. No, I think he is talking about the same strategy that failed in Vietnam, and that is to make it so costly in lives for the Taliban that they are anxious to enter into negotiations for some type of power-sharing arrangement. Number one, that sounds a lot like the political arrangement that existed before we got there, and number two it won’t work. The enemy forces in Afghanistan will never negotiate in earnest. Why should they negotiate when they can wait u...
Darrell Castle discusses George Soros and the Soros plan for destroying Western Civilization. Transcription / Notes THE MAN WHO DESTROYED WESTERN CIVILIZATION Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday August 25, 2017, and on today’s Report I will be talking about what happens when one man has an unlimited amount of money at his disposal, and that man turns out to be despicable, even evil, and is dedicated to the destruction of the Western World. That man walks the world today completely free. He is known as George Soros. Soros was born in Budapest, Hungary, August 12, 1930, so that makes him 87 years old right now. Although born a Jew, and obviously a child during Hitler’s rise to power, Soros makes no secret of his help for the Nazis during their conquest of Hungary. He brags about it, in fact, and makes quite a show of explaining how he helped the Nazis locate and confiscate Jewish property and round up his fellow Jews. It was fun he said. A video of him laughing while he explains all that is available on you tube for anyone to see. In 1947, he immigrated to England where he attended the London School of Economics, and afterward held jobs at various banks before he started his own hedge fund. That’s just a little background on Mr. Soros but our present discussion concerns where he is today, and what he is doing right now. He currently has a net worth listed at $25.2 billion and he seems determined to use that money to destroy what the Western World has built over the last 2000 years or so. He, through his “Open Society Foundation” is busy importing millions of unemployed African men into Europe to effectuate his destruction. In 2016, Pew Research reported that 73% of the refugees coming into Europe were men. If you take out Syrian war refugees, the number of women went to almost zero. So these are not families scrambling to escape a relentless regime like when people fled from the Nazis in his native Hungary. These people do not come as a family unit. They do not apply for entry through lawful channels and it is not their intention to build vibrant communities, or anything else of value. Italy, in particular, is staggering under the load. In the last three years, 500,000 have arrived just by boat. During the last week of June of this year 12,000 required emergency rescue services at sea. The expense of rescuing, feeding, clothing, and housing these people falls on Italy’s taxpayers. This is in spite of an already faltering economy, heavily indebted to the EU and the German Banks. Spain’s condition is most likely just as bad. Last year Soros wrote an opinion piece in the Wall Street Journal explaining how his Open Society Foundation pays for the transport of migrants from North Africa to the European coastline. He said in that article that he had allocated $500 million for the purpose of transporting Africans to Europe. His premise, he says, is noble. Europe should do more for migrants and all that, but he only pays to transport them and the rest is up to Europe’s ordinary working people. People like Soros know that their wealth insulates them from the problems caused by their actions. Europe and the European Union is a lawful society – organized, educated, and industrious. It has five times the GDP of Africa with only half the people. Africa has none of these things. It is lawless, chaotic, and success stories are few and far between. Who can blame African men for trying to escape the grinding poverty and chaos of day to day existence in the poorest culture on earth? If I were a young African man I’d probably be on a boat to Europe right now. Soros apparently sees this opportunity to take advantage of Africa’s plight and Europe’s gullibility to destroy civilization, thus allowing him to build the kind of world he has apparently always wanted. Very few countries in Europe are able or willing to resist his money and influence.
Darrell Castle presents how the RAISE ACT would change American immigration policy. Transcription / Notes THE RAISE ACT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday August 18, 2017, and on today’s Report I will be talking about the Raise Act, which stands for Reforming American Immigration for a Strong Economy Act. The discussion of this new proposal will give us a chance to take a look at current American immigration policy. The Raise Act, then, is an attempt to reform American Immigration Policy and base it on a different set of assumptions. The Raise Act was proposed by Senator Tom Cotton, the junior Senator from Arkansas, who filed it in February 2017. A brief look at Senator Cotton’s background tells us that he is from a family of Arkansas farmers and that he attended Harvard University, where he graduated with honors. He then graduated from Harvard law school, but instead of practicing law, he enlisted in the United States Army, serving two separate tours in combat, one in Iraq and one in Afghanistan. The Raise Act so far has attracted one co-sponsor—David Perdue, the junior senator from Georgia. President Trump is on board with the Act, and in fact, you will often see it cited as Trump’s immigration bill. Keep in mind that this bill seeks to reform American Immigration Policy for legal immigration, and it has nothing to do with illegal entry into the country. The Act seeks to change or reform the policy that allows people from foreign countries to legally acquire permanent resident status in the United States. The current immigration policy of the United States consists of three basic parts and each part has many sub-parts. The first part is immigration for the so-called “green card people.” These are foreigners who are allowed permanent status in the United States with a green card. They can do anything an American Citizen can do except vote. After they’ve been here a few years, they can apply for citizenship. Immigrants can then bring as many relatives as they want, i.e., the so-called “chain migration”. Senator Cotton’s bill would limit chain migration to spouses and dependent children only. Refugees are also included in this category. In 2016 we admitted 85,000 with refugee status; in 2015 it was 70,000; 2014, 70,000; 2013, 70,000. The Raise Act would limit refugees to 50,000 per year, so not that big a change. Also within this immigration category is the so called diversity lottery. That is where people from other countries can enter a lottery and 50,000 are selected each year for permanent residence. Last year over 14 million registered for the lottery. The vast majority of the 50,000 selected were from Africa and the Middle East. The Raise Act would eliminate the lottery altogether. Immigration under the Raise Act would be based on a points system. Accepted Applications would be limited to 140,000 per year, and spouses and minor children would count against the 140,000. To be placed in the applicant pool a person would need 30 points. Points would be awarded based on age, education, English language proficiency, extraordinary achievement, i.e., a Noble Prize winner gets 25 points, actual job offer with a salary at least 150% of what local Americans would make, and investment of money in a new enterprise. The criticism of this points system is usually that it doesn’t provide a path to entry for less skilled workers but the idea is to raise the status of the American worker by limiting foreign competition for less skilled jobs. The second category of current immigration policy is guest workers. These are people who are admitted for a fixed term, not permanently, and only to perform a specific agreed upon job. The points system under the Raise Act would obviously drastically affect the guest worker program. If the Raise Act seeks to base American Immigration Policy on a different set of assumptions as I’ve said it does,
Darrell Castle reports on an espionage scandal involving information technology professionals working for several Democrat members of the U.S. Congress. Transcript / Notes THE IT SCANDAL IN THE DEMOCRAT PARTY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday August 11, 2017, and on today’s report I will be talking about another scandal in Congress – this one apparently limited solely to Democrat members of Congress and their employees. I will admit that I struggled with what to call this report. Should I call it the Awan scandal, the Democrat espionage scandal, the Debbie Wasserman Schultz scandal, but I wanted to be fair and not say anything untrue or at least explain that these things are still, hopefully, under investigation and therefore as yet unproven. Some of the things in this report are so obvious that most people will have no trouble seeing that there is something very wrong in Congress, particularly on the Democrat side since this scandal is apparently limited exclusively to them. Another interesting thing about this scandal is that it is being reported almost exclusively by conservative web sites and news services. Let’s take short look at what this scandal really is, and what brought it to this stage. Starting with one person in about 2003 (but the whole family in 2009), several Democrat members of Congress, at least 49 but up to 80 of them, hired five members of a Pakistani family to do their IT or Information Technology work. The leader of the decision to hire them was a member of Congress from Florida, and Chair of the Democratic National Committee, Debbie Wasserman Schultz. These five Pakistanis were paid at least 4 million dollars, and possibly a lot more, for their services over that period. The investigation into their activities started, it seems, about four months ago. The conservative website The Daily Caller has been out front with reporting on this so I will quote the site for a summary, “Five members of a Pakistani family under criminal investigation for allegedly misusing their positions as computer administrators for dozens of Democrats in the House of Representatives were paid at least $4 million from July 2009 to the present…some of the dozens of House democrats—many of whom serve on the intelligence, homeland security and foreign affairs committees—who employed the suspects were inexplicitly paying people they rarely or never saw. The suspects had full access to the emails and office computer files of the members for whom they worked.” The names are Imran Awan, the leader, his brothers Amid, and Jawal, Imran’s wife Hina Alvi, Amid’s wife Nataliva Sova, who is probably Russian, plus Imran’s friend Rao Abbas who is 20 years old and his last job before Congress was at McDonald’s, a job from which he was fired. Rao Abbas was paid $165,000 per year. All these people were paid enormous salaries especially considering what members of Congress actually make and what congressional staffers normally make. On Fox News, Judge Andrew Napolitano referred to the group as “the Awan Spy Ring.” He said they had access to the emails and computer files of every single member of Congress – Democrat and Republican – and was selling what they found. He did not say who they were selling to but they have been connected to Pakistani Intelligence (the ISI), Hezbollah, the Muslim Brotherhood, and other terrorist or terrorist-supporting organizations. One of the allegations is that these people, who were not particularly highly skilled, were paid millions because of the information they found on congressional computers i.e. bribes. If that is so, it would explain a lot of what appears to be the insanity of Congress but is in reality acquiesces to bribery. This scheme or hiring plan, if you will, was apparently concocted by Debbie Wasserman Schultz, the congresswoman from Florida. From 2011 until 2016, she was the chair of the Democrat National Committee.
Darrell Castle reports on the lawsuit filed by Sarah Palin against The New York Times for libel. Transcript Notes Sarah Palin vs The New York Times Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday August 4, 2017 and on today’s Report I will be talking about a lawsuit that was filed on June 27, 2017 by Sarah Palin against The New York Times for libel. The case was filed in the Southern District of New York and assigned to Judge Jed Rakoff who has been on the Federal Bench since he was appointed by Bill Clinton in 1996. The New York Times, the gray lady, I have always thought of it as the best newspaper in the world and I have had home delivery for many years. The masthead of the Times says everything. “All the news that’s fit to print” right on the upper left column of the paper, has been synonymous with the Times since the beginning. But according to Mrs. Palin and her legal team, and by the Times own admission, as we will see, this time they printed something that was not fit to print. The June 14 2017 edition of the Times carried an editorial on its opinion pages entitled America’s Lethal Politics. The point of the article was to put forward the argument that political rhetoric from certain people was responsible for inciting political violence such as the violence that wounded Representative Gabby Giffords and killed six people in 2011. The article was written shortly after the attack on a Congressional baseball game that wounded Representative Steve Scalise. A quote from the Times editorial provoked Mrs. Palin to action: “Was this attack evidence of how vicious American politics has become? Probably. In 2011, Jared Lee Loughner opened fire in a supermarket parking lot, grievously wounding Representative Gabby Giffords and killing six people, including a 9-year old girl. At the time, we and others were sharply critical of the heated political rhetoric on the right. Before the shooting, Sarah Palin’s political action committee circulated a map that showed the targeted electoral districts of Ms. Giffords and 19 other Democrats under stylized cross hairs. But in that case no connection to the shooting was ever established.” So, with one brief paragraph the world’s best newspaper basically accused Mrs. Palin of inciting mass murder. Well, it turned out that no connection to the shooting was ever established because there was no connection to the shooting. Mrs. Palin’s electoral map had nothing to do with the shooting and the Times apparently knew that. Jared Loughner was apparently a very disturbed man who had a personal fascination with representative Giffords which was not even connected to her political views. The times quickly figured out that they had published something that they apparently knew to be false because two days later on June 16 they published the following “correction”: “An editorial on Thursday about the shooting of Representative Steve Scalise incorrectly stated that a link existed between political rhetoric and the 2011 shooting of Representative Gabby Giffords. In fact, no such link was established. The editorial also incorrectly described a map distributed by a political action committee before that shooting. It depicted electoral districts, not individual Democratic lawmakers, beneath stylized cross hairs”. The correction was too little too late for Mrs. Palin who apparently decided that enough was enough. She contacted her lawyer in Tampa Florida who together with a New York firm filed suit on June 27, alleging libel and slander, but Mrs. Palin is obviously a public figure and the law holds that in order to recover for such offenses a public figure must prove actual malice. What is actual malice? According to Black’s Law Dictionary it is “the deliberate intent to commit an injury, as evidenced by external circumstances.” So the defendant or the one who defames has what could be termed a qualified privilege to defame public figures. The public figure, on the other hand,
Darrell Castle defends Capitalism and talks about the difference between Free Market Capitalism and Crony Capitalism. Transcript Notes CAPITALISM—FREE MARKET NOT CRONY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 28, 2017 and on today’s report we will be discussing Capitalism, some of its attributes, as well as some reasons why it is rapidly going out of fashion, especially among the young. That it is losing its grip on the West is confirmation that Western Civilization with all its advantages such as the rule of law and especially the ascendency of individual rights as opposed to state power, is in steep decline. That’s too bad, because virtually everything valuable built in the last 2000 years owes its existence to Western Civilization and along with it, capitalism. Reason Magazine conducted a recent poll among those age 18-24 and 58% of them said they view socialism favorably and capitalism unfavorably but at the same time 64% said they favored the free market rather than government managed markets. Those opposing ideas show ignorance of both systems. I think it was F. Scott Fitzgerald who said “the test of a first rate intelligence is the ability to hold two opposing views in the mind at once and still retain the ability to function.” In a separate study conducted by Harvard University 51% of the same age group said they did not like capitalism and 42% said they did like it. It was Mark Twain who said “don’t let schooling interfere with your education.” I would wager that most of those polled at Harvard on both sides of the equation have dreams of a Wall Street job someday or at least dreams of working for one of the Fortune 500 companies. But, after many years of indoctrination by Marxist professors who could blame them for being confused? These young people have all grown up in a world of ever increasing state power and state control of everything. For at least 12 years, and for most of them much more than that, they have been subjected to relentless government propaganda at least 8 hours a day. The state has had control of these people far more than their parents even if their parents had the best of intentions. When not in direct state sponsored propaganda sessions young people today are under the relentless influence of peer groups through social media which shapes their lives. They are simply creatures of their programming. Capitalism seems harsh to those who are dependent on government or who want more people to be dependent on government. It seems hard because it is hard and through harsh destruction of failures, mistakes, etc. the system as well as individuals gets stronger and stronger. Your child becomes stronger by walking, falling and getting back up, not by having you carry him for his entire life. In the truly free market, personal responsibility has not been killed by the demand of universal rights and equality of outcome. There is no free child care, health care, college, housing and it is still necessary to save and work hard to succeed. The free market is admittedly very hard. It doesn’t care about your feelings, your ethnicity or your gender identity. It provides no safe spaces or trigger warnings it is in fact the opposite of those things. The free market is risky because in order for an economic system to flourish it needs risk. It is ruthless and dream crushing and will callously disregard your personal wants and needs. It is, as Joseph Schumpeter argued a force of creative destruction. In other words if the too big to fail banks had been surrendered to the free market for destruction, younger, more profitable banks would have taken their place and by now the system would be back on its feet and going strong instead of having the same government supported debt based casinos now with more debt and more risky investments than ever. The ever increasing and ever more strident critics of capitalism have been able to confuse many by failing to distinguish between real...
Darrell Castle talks about the arrogance of the news media and CNN’s attack on the free speech and privacy rights of Mr. Han A. Solo and by implication all Americans. Transcript CNN—CONSIDER THE SOURCE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 21, 2017 and on Today’s report we will be talking about the incredible losing streak CNN has been on for the last couple of weeks and what the Cable News Network has done this time. But first let’s talk about some of the things that have been happening in the world since I talked to you last week. My wife and I flew to Los Angeles immediately after posting last week’s report to see our daughter and son-in-law. She had quite a weekend planned for us with some interesting people. We saw Tony Bennett at the Hollywood Bowl. Tony is in his 90’s now but he still puts on a great show. Meanwhile, in Europe, Hamburg Germany hosted the G-20 summit which also turned out to be quite a show. Tens of thousands of protesters, estimated 30-40 thousand, poured into the streets These Antifa or Anti-Fascists are becoming more fascist by the day it seems. Antifa mobs burned cars, attacked police, and attacked anyone they considered to be not one of them. They also burned and looted businesses. The mayor of New York City, Bill DeBlasio, was right there with them strutting through the streets of Hamburg, hating the police, hating America, and most of all hating Donald Trump. The protesters reserved their strongest hatred for capitalism which they blamed for causing the things they hate namely prosperity and liberty. Capitalism is the greatest engine of prosperity for the greatest number of people that has yet existed therefore they hate it. Why would these people burn and loot businesses; because they are Communists and Communists are thieves. They are totalitarian thieves but they usually want to legitimize their theft by the use of what they call democracy. This year, 2017, is the 100th anniversary of the rise of communism in the Soviet Union with its roughly 100 million deaths it is not something to march in the streets in support of. Fortunately that is not what we are here to report today. We have something far more interesting to discuss and that is The Cable News Network (CNN). For the last few weeks CNN has been making more news than it has been reporting. First, the network had to back away from a couple of stories linking Trump officials to Russia, and a few executives were fired as a result. Here’s a little background on the real story of today’s report in case you haven’t heard it. Several years ago, long before he became president, Donald Trump did a professional wrestling show with Vince McMahan, the head of the professional wrestling organization that put the show on. It was billed as the battle of the billionaires and Mr. Trump was supposed to fight or wrestle Vince McMahan. Mr. Trump was the winner and McMahan took quite a beating. It was all for show of course and everyone knew it. Fast forward until present day when a clever internet user took the fight video and superimposed CNN’s logo over Vince McMahan’s head so that it looked like President Trump was pummeling CNN. When President Trump saw it he sent it back out through his own social media account and it went, as they say, viral. Instead of just laughing it off with a comment about how clever it was the arrogant and self righteous people at CNN took it upon themselves to hunt down a private citizen who was well within his legal rights and apparently blackmail or coerce that person into a groveling apology. The internet user went under the name HanA…Solo. The letter A was actually the common term for rectum but I will refer to him as Han A. In case you haven’t watched a movie in the last 50 years or so, Han Solo is a character from the Star Wars series of movies. A CNN official named Andrew Kaczynski took it upon himself to hunt down HanASolo and discover his real name so he could unleash CNN’s m...
Darrell Castle discusses the Supreme Court’s recent decision involving the First Amendment and the Freedom of Speech Clause. Transcript SCOTUS SAYS IT’S OK TO HATE AGAIN Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Castle Report. Today is Friday July 14, 2017. In this Report I will be talking about the recent United States Supreme Court decision in which the court unanimously held that so called hate speech is protected under the 1st amendment. The decision was 8-0 since Justice Gorsuch had not taken his seat at the time of the ruling. This case arose eight years ago when an Asian rock band out of Portland Oregon decided to call itself “The Slants”. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office kept the band from registering its name and rejected its appeal citing the Lanham Act which prohibits any trademark that could disparage or bring into contempt or disrepute any person living or dead. A lower Federal Court agreed with the band but then the Patent and Trademark Office filed suit to avoid being compelled to register the name. On Monday June 19, the Supreme Court sided with The Slants. Writing for four of the judges, Justice Samuel Alito said “The idea that the government may restrict speech expressing ideas that offend strikes at the heart of the first amendment. Speech that demeans on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, religion, age, disability, or any other similar ground is hateful, but the proudest boast of our free speech jurisprudence is that we protect the freedom to express the thought that we hate.” Writing for the other four Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote, “A law found to discriminate based on viewpoint is an egregious form of content discrimination, which is presumptively unconstitutional. A law that can be directed against speech found offensive to some portion of the public can be turned against minority and dissenting views to the detriment of all.” The Justices, had a problem with the idea that commercial speech can be cleansed of any content deemed offensive by the government. Cleansing commercial speech of anything offensive or even determining what is offensive is not the government’s responsibility. This decision, will have far reaching results. For example, one benefactor of the decision is the Washington Redskins of the National Football League. In June 2014, the Trademark Trial and Appeal Board of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office ordered that all registrations for the Redskins trademark be canceled under the disparagement clause. That decision was the result of the decades long battle with various Native American heritage groups who believed the name Redskins to be offensive and disparaging to Native Americans. The Redskins filed suit challenging the Constitutionality of the disparagement clause but that suit was stayed pending the outcome of The Slants case. I imagine that Redskins owner Dan Snider’s team of lawyers was in the Trademark Office the next business day after this decision came out. Other business people whose brands have been rejected or who didn’t file because of the disparagement clause can now file freely. The Redskins have fought to keep their trademark in the face of claims that the name is a racial slur. The Slants had its trademark rejected first in 2010 on the grounds that it was hurtful to a stigmatized community. The band contended that marginalized groups should “determine what’s best for ourselves”. Whether or not Asian Americans are a marginalized group in America is another argument but with this decision the Supreme Court has unanimously ruled that it is not up to the government to manipulate the rules and punish individuals in order to correct perceived societal injustices. This decision by the Supreme Court was a major victory for the First Amendment and for freedom of speech in general. The American Civil Liberties Union called the ruling “a major victory for the First Amendment”. What then is freedom of speech as it is set out in the First Amendment.
Darrell Castle talks about Puerto Rico’s desire to become the 51st state and what if anything it brings to the table. Transcript PUERTO RICO WANTS TO BE THE 51st STATE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s podcast. Today is Friday July 7, 2017 and on today’s pod cast we will be talking about the territorial island of Puerto Rico, its debt and its desire to become the 51st state. On June 11th of this year a non-binding referendum was held in Puerto Rico concerning whether the Island should seek statehood in the United States or not. The ballot had three possible choices: become a state of the United States, become an independent nation, or remain in current status. 97% voted to become a state of the United States but only 23% of eligible voters actually voted. Four previous referendums have been held on the Island, the last in 2012 but this is the first time the vote for statehood was so overwhelming and part of our discussion will concern why. Puerto Rico currently has roughly 79 billion in debt in the form of bonds plus about 49 billion in unfunded liabilities primarily in the form of pension funds for government employees. These debts are unpayable have reached default status and earlier this year the Island requested bankruptcy protection but according to US law that protection is not available to Puerto Rico as a territory and not a state. Every Politician that I can account for in Puerto Rico wants statehood as does every Democrat politician on the mainland. Why, because it would provide access to U.S. Bankruptcy courts as it did for the city of Detroit a couple of years ago and it would provide a few million dependent Democrat votes as well as two more Democrat senators and a few more Democrat members of Congress. The current Puerto Rican debt is four times that of Detroit when that city went into bankruptcy. The newly elected governor of Puerto Rico is Ricardo Antonio Rossello . He was educated at the University of Michigan and M.I.T. where some of the smartest people in the country end up. He focused on research into stem cell technology and worked in that research at Duke University. He served as a delegate to the Democratic National Convention in 2008 and 2012 and founded an organization dedicated to statehood and that organization propelled him to the governor’s office. The governor understands statehood to be the avenue of economic improvement for Puerto Rico and makes no secret of his desire for it. After the referendum, he was quoted as saying the United States Congress must listen to the unfettered will of the majority. He went on to talk about how the United States tries to spread democracy around the world so it simply must agree to the democratic will so close to home. However, it is not the governor of Puerto Rico who will decide this question, nor is it the majority of the people of Puerto Rico, but it is the U.S. Congress. Yes, Congress makes the decision after consideration of all the factors including what the Puerto Rican people themselves want, what the bondholders want, what the Democrats want and what the Republicans want. I hope that Congress takes time to ask and to explore exactly what this island territory could add to the United States that we don’t already have. The island is more than 100 billion in debt and the bondholders want to be paid or they want to execute on Puerto Rican assets and they know that with statehood and a legitimate bankruptcy filing they could not do that. They are all in on statehood but not until they have been paid. George Pataki, the former governor of New York, represents many of the bondholders and he supports statehood but not until his clients have been paid. So both sides claim statehood as the prize to be gained. Bondholders and their lobbyists say that statehood can come but not until they are paid. Governor Rosello says the bonds can be paid but not until statehood arrives. He says that Puerto Rico’s territorial status limits opportunities for economi...
Darrell reviews the Supreme Court’s decision reinstating President Trump’s travel ban on people from Muslim countries. Transcript TRAVEL BAN REINSTATED—WELL SORT OF Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday June 30, 2017 and on today’s pod cast we will be talking about this week’s Supreme Court’s per Curiam, which means unsigned, decision in what is commonly known as the travel ban case. The Court unanimously stayed or scaled back most of the relief granted by the lower courts in this case. The case involves an executive order from President Trump to ban new travel visas for travel to the United States for people from six countries—Libya, Iran, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, and Yemen. The Court halted the stay imposed on the President’s order temporally and agreed to hear the full case in the October 2017 session of the Court. The Justices stated that the President has a high interest in enforcing issues of national security. “The Government’s interest in enforcing, and the Executive’s authority to do so, are undoubtedly at their peak when there is no tie between the foreign national and the United States.” The lower courts seemed to find some kind of U.S. Constitutional right that supposedly exists in foreign nationals but the Supreme Court basically said that such a right can be stayed by executive order when the foreign national has no legitimate tie to the United States. The first circuit to hear this case was the 9th Circuit from an appeal of a Federal District judge in Hawaii. That Judge, who was appointed to the position by former President Obama issued an order in effect countermanding the President’s executive order and the 9th Circuit upheld the Judge’s decision. The 9th is the most overturned circuit in the country. It is based in San Francisco but also sits in other western cities. This case was an easy one for the Supreme Court as the 9th circuit denied the President’s right and duty to protect the interests of the United States and its people and it tried to find or establish rights in foreign nationals where none existed. Let’s look for a minute at what this decision really means and what its limitations are. President Trump called the ruling “a clear victory for our national security”. “As President I cannot allow people into the country who want to do us harm.” The decision was a unanimous 9-0 but there are various opinions as to its effect. The American Civil Liberties Union suggested that the decision would allow for “only the narrowest implementation of the travel ban that would “tear families apart”. Justices Thomas, Alito, and Gorsuch would have let the ban take effect without restriction just as the President signed it. Justice Thomas said the government made a strong showing of a likelihood of success when the full case is heard in October. The court permitted the administration to impose a 90 day ban on travelers from Libya, Iran, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, and Yemen and a 120 day ban on all refugees entering the United States with the following exception: the ban may not be enforced against foreign nationals who have a credible claim of a bona fide relationship with a person or entity in the United States. The exception is very important. The purpose of the ban is to keep out people who hate the United States and its people and who want to do them harm. It might not be all that difficult for those desiring to enter the United States to assert a “credible claim of a bona fide relationship with a person or entity in the United States.” Plenty of wannabe terrorists probably have business interests or family members already here. Justices Thomas, Gorsuch, and Alito dissented from the portion of the order imposing the restriction. They said the restriction would burden officials with deciding “on peril of contempt” whither those desiring to enter had a credible claim. So that is the threat then. Officials would be held in contempt for violating the restriction, I suppose,
Darrell Castle talks about the crisis with North Korea and poses the question – Is North Korea a legitimate nuclear threat to the United States that must be attacked and destroyed militarily? Transcript NORTH KOREA—NUCLEAR THREAT OR JUST BAD PEOPLE Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s podcast. Today is Friday June 23, 2017, and on today’s podcast we will be talking about the crisis with North Korea from the perspective of whether or not that nation is a serious nuclear threat to the United States, or whether it is just a place run by really bad people or perhaps really bad lunatics. North Korea is about the last place one would normally think of as a serious threat. It can’t even feed its own people without massive help from China and the West. It can’t seem to make anything such as appliances, air conditioners, cars, etc., most of which it imports from its Chinese benefactor as well as its sworn enemy, South Korea. North Korea keeps its people, those not confined at hard labor in concentration camps, in a total media blackout. It has been run as a matter of inheritance by the same family of dictators for decades. The current one, Kim Jong-un seems like the craziest one yet. He appears to be rather insecure and is constantly trying to convince the world that he is powerful, and a man who leads a nation to be feared and respected. He acts a lot like a spoiled adolescent looking for attention. In April of this year, Kim held a big parade in his capital city of Pyongyang in which he, in the grand style of the Soviet Union’s May Day parades, showed off a “terrifying array” of massive nuclear capable missiles. The world wasn’t fooled, however, and headlines around the world poked fun at him for his wooden missiles, and missiles that can’t fly. He keeps saying that all the missiles he keeps testing, most of which fail, are nuclear capable, but there is no evidence that he has successfully mounted a nuclear warhead on one, or that he even has nuclear warhead capability for that matter. The United States is certainly treating North Korea as a serious and legitimate nuclear threat. The Trump administration seems to be weary of Kim’s constant belligerence, and threats to attack the United States and its allies. The attack carrier USS Carl Vinson and its entire battle group has been on station off North Korean waters for a couple of months, and now a second carrier battle group, the Ronald Reagan, has departed its home port of Yokosuka, Japan for the short sail to North Korea. Now the carrier USS Nimitz and its battle group have reportedly sailed for North Korean waters. A total of three strike carrier battle groups, each with about 100 attack aircraft capable of hitting anywhere in North Korea will soon be deployed off its coast. Keep in mind that when carriers are deployed somewhere they are unavailable to be used anywhere else. With the George H.W. Bush in the Persian Gulf that’s four front line carriers committed long term. It is also very expensive to keep an entire battle group at sea. I can’t confirm absolutely the figures but I’ve read reports that say $25 million dollars per day for each group, so if accurate, that’s $100 million per day for the four groups. In addition, the United States has taken other action in what appears to be a coming and increasingly unavoidable war. Global Intelligence expert and chairman of Geopolitical Futures Mr. George Friedman stated recently at a Strategic Investment Conference lecture that “it has become apparent that the US is preparing to attack North Korea”. Mr. Friedman, who has long been a US Government advisor, went on to say that the B-52, B-2, and B-1 bombers based in Guam would be the axis of attack supported by over 100 fighter aircraft. Civil defense exercises and briefings are being conducted in Guam since it is a US territory and has to be protected. Mr. Friedman says that he doesn’t think that North Korea has offensive capabilities of striking the US mainland...
Darrell Castle discusses the recent election in the United Kingdom as well as recent acts of terrorism there and the lack of response to those acts. Transcript WAR OF VALUES Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday June 16, 2017 and on today’s pod cast we will primarily be discussing the recent elections in the UK as well as acts of terrorism in the old world. There are many things we could be discussing as the world lurches from one disaster to another such as the recent shooting of four people by a former member of Bernie Sanders’ campaign team. When left wing propaganda sites spew out their rhetoric 24/7 because they will not respect the will of the people and when left wing politicians themselves refuse to rebuke assassination parodies, etc and when their rhetoric as well as their actions is a continual incitement to violence perhaps it’s because they want someone to act on their words, and this time someone did. Today however, we turn our attention to the recent election in the UK in which the Conservative Party under Theresa May received 48’9% of the vote compared to the Labour Party under Jeremy Corbyn which received 40.3%. This was a disaster for Ms. May and her Party which will now have to accept a coalition partner with which it only partially agrees in order to achieve a majority and thus be able to govern under British Parliamentary rules. The British system is different from ours in that there’s no President and no Senate, only a House with the Speaker of the House running things as Prime Minister, and other House members are in his cabinet. There are 650 seats in the British parliament so it takes 326 seats to achieve a majority. That has to be achieved by one party or by a coalition of parties which can then go to the Queen to formalize a new government. Before the election the Conservatives held a majority of six or 331 seats. They lost 12 so they have 3 19 and the Prime Minister had to go to the Irish Union Party for ten votes giving them a 4 vote majority. The Irish Unionists make up those who originally favored Union with Great Britain in the long struggle between the two countries. They are pro EU and want a “soft Brexit” which means still in the EU economic zone with EU open border rules which will give migrants a clear back door into Britain. This is all the result of Ms. May’s apparent political mistakes in calling for the snap election in the first place and of her reaction to recent terrorist attacks especially. She was appointed after the resignation of David Cameron who resigned because he opposed Brexit, and she wanted to be elected to shore up her bargaining position with the EU bureaucrats. There have been 3 fatal terrorist attacks in Britain in the last 3 months. The first at Westminster Bridge left 5 dead, the second at the Arianna Grande concert left 22 dead and the most recent at London Bridge left 8 dead for a total of 35. The London Bridge attack was a truck into a crowd of people and then 3 Muslims jump out with knives and start stabbing people. There were reports of a young woman being stabbed 12 to 15 times while begging for help. There was no help because the British people are unarmed in the face of this invading enemy. Finally one lone and very brave but also unarmed police officer tried to intervene with his baton and he was hospitalized in critical condition for his trouble. The politicians all said nice things about him and gave him a medal but a hand gun with proper training could have saved a lot of lives. The tepid reaction from Ms. May probably cost her Party its majority. All she has are words, no real action to combat the attackers, just words i.e. enough are enough, but we can’t abandon our human rights to hunt these terrorists oh but her most important idea is regulation of the internet. Regulation of the Internet is supposed to control terrorist communications. There seems to be no concept of Brittan in mortal danger with the enemy inside th...
Darrell Castle speaks about President Trump’s decision to withdraw from the Paris Climate Change Agreement and the world’s reaction to that decision. Transcript BACKING OUT OF PARIS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s Pod Cast. Today is Friday June 9, 2017 and on today’s pod cast we are going to be discussing the decision by President Donald Trump to fulfill one of his campaign promises and withdraw America from the Paris Agreement on Climate Change signed last year by then President Barack Hussein Obama. The Agreement was designed to limit and eventually end fossil fuel energy production in the world. Anyone can see that it is not in America’s best interest to do that since doing so would damage the American economy and destroy the jobs of many people. I’ve seen estimates of about 8 million jobs in the US. The agreement was signed by all but two nations those being Nicaragua and Syria. All 195 nations besides those two signed the agreement. It had the appearance then of being universal, but it was only universal in appearance not in application. For example, the United States agreed to reduce emissions by 26% over 15 years while China, one of the world’s biggest polluters, agreed only to work toward stopping emissions from rising by 2030. Chinese emissions could continue rising until then and China would still be in full compliance. So there is no enforcement provision, no penalties for non-compliance and therefore no way to gain compliance from reluctant nations except possibly peer pressure. The primary downside mechanism to the agreement is obvious and that is that prosperous, productive, successful and developed countries are punished much more severely than the others. Successful countries are expected to loot their populations and ruin their lifestyles to comply with demands for them to severely cut back energy and manufacturing sectors. The agreement is just that, an agreement, not a treaty. President Obama did not choose to go through the process of treaty ratification which would have required a 2/3 senate approval, and it therefore has no real legal force. All this talk about the content of the Agreement is not to delve into the actual words of the agreement, but instead to set up the real purpose of this discussion and that is the reaction to President Trump’s decision to do what he clearly said he would do and what 62 million or thereabouts elected him to do. Pulling out of the agreement was a gesture to his America first promises. There is nothing in this agreement for America and he recognized that. His “I was elected to represent the people of Pittsburgh not Paris” comment is evidence that he recognized the fact that this agreement was just another move by the globalists who control the European Union and possibly the United States as well. The completely out of control reaction to the pullout comes from two viewpoints; ignorance because some people actually believe that Donald Trump is responsible for everything bad that has happened or ever will happen. If you think that is an exaggeration I will clarify it for you in a moment. The other half of the out of proportion reaction is fear that others will now have the courage to follow suit, Just as Marine Le Pen’s election in France could have started a movement out of the EU. The globalists are afraid of any challenge to their control filtering down to the herd. The reaction or over reaction then is also a gesture just as pulling out was a gesture. President Obama’s legacy is at stake. His dream of a world with socialism forced on the unwilling is at stake, a Euro-Centric one world central government is also at stake so the herd has to be kept in line unless they want to experience the same criticism and ostracism. Even if everything the climate change people say they fear was a reality this agreement would do nothing to solve it. According to estimates I’ve read from people I trust who have dissected the actual agreement,
Darrell Castle talks about the Manchester bombing along with President Trump’s message delivered in Riyadh, Saudi Arabia. TRANSCRIPT MANCHESTER AND THE PRESIDENT’S MESSAGE TO MUSLIMS Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s podcast. Today is Friday June 2, 2017 and on today’s podcast we will be discussing the recent terrorist bombing attack conducted against people attending a rock or pop concert in Manchester, England. The performer at the concert was Arianna Grande, apparently a huge American star who appeals primarily to early teen girls. Salman Abedi, age 22, acting in the name of the religion of peace, strapped a bomb lined with nails to his chest and walked into the arena where thousands of people including many children were enjoying the concert and blew himself up. The explosion created instant carnage with 22 dead and over 100 wounded. Many of the wounded were critical and may have died since the last report of casualties. There were many stories of families picking nails from the faces of their daughters after the blast. Nothing gets to people like attacking their children. As my pastor once said, “you’re only as happy as your saddest child.” Mr. Abedi’s parents immigrated from Libya to the UK in the 1980’s to escape, they said, the repressive regime of Moramar Gaddafi . They settled in Manchester in a Libyan community that now numbers over 20,000 and had several children there including the bomber who was born in 1994. In 2011, after President Obama, along with the leaders of England and France, invaded Libya and killed Mr. Gaddafi, the Abedi’s returned to Libya but Salman then age 17 stayed in the UK with his younger brother Hashiin, and his older brother Ishmael. His sister Jomana returned to Libya with her parents. Jomana, who works at a Mosque in Libya, said that her brother was kind and loving and she congratulated him on entering paradise. Apparently the Religion of Peace rewards the murder of children with entry into paradise for the murderer. To me, living in the West, this all seems twisted, sick, and demented but to adherents of the Religion of Peace, I suppose, it makes perfect since. At the time of this recording, 14 people have been arrested as having been connected to the attack, including Salman’s younger brother Hashin who is being considered an accomplice, and his father in Libya who was described as a member of an Islamic extremist group. I remind you though, that killing unbelievers is not extreme in Islam, but is required by the Muslim Holy Book. The purpose of terrorism after all is to create terror and what better way to terrify a population than to attack its children. What better way to deliver the message, you can’t even protect your most vulnerable from us and we will conquer you all in time. To me this indicates that the goals of multiculturalism and diversity are higher on the UK priority scale than their children. The British media, especially the UK guardian, made much of the fact that Mr. Salman was born in Britain so immigration had nothing to do with it. The real enemy and the thing to be avoided at all costs, the media told us, is Islamaphobia, but does the fact that our bomber, Salman Abedi, was born in the UK make him a home grown terrorist. His father never left his extremist Islamic group even in Britain and the family didn’t assimilate to British life and in fact apparently hated the country that had taken in the parents. That is one of many problems with multiculturalism. It doesn’t create a “melting pot” but instead just moves a foreign culture from one place to another. Prime Minister, Theresa May, did take action though. She sent armed soldiers into the streets to patrol near British monuments and tourist attractions while uttering the same bland phrases such as hope, peace, etc. Maybe she should consider sending some of the soldiers to the border as border security. That would be a change I could believe in. In a population of about 65 million,
Darrell Castle discusses Trump vs Comey, the Trump – Russia investigation, and what it all means for America. TRANSCRIPT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s podcast. Today is Friday, May 19, 2017, and today we will be discussing the global empire that used to be America, but is now just the United States or as some have taken to calling it “the deep state.” Every global empire has to have its secret police, and the United States is no exception. There are 16 different intelligence agencies all coming under the department of homeland security. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) is one of those agencies. Its director is appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate. The director of the FBI is, therefore, under the Executive branch and since the FBI is law enforcement, it also comes under the Department of Justice, making the FBI’s direct boss is the Attorney General of the United States who now is Jeff Sessions. Since it is one of the intelligence agencies the FBI is also responsible to the Director of National Security. The President is free to fire the Director of the FBI anytime he wants to, but he does so at his own peril. Why, because not even Presidents can mess with the secret police. They know everything about everybody and everyone in Washington knows it. People in Washington who have been there awhile are all terrified of the secret police that know all their secrets and can deliver them up to the justice system or ensure their electoral defeat anytime they get out of line. The FBI was formed in 1924 under the leadership of a Federal investigator named J. Edgar Hoover. Mr. Hoover made his reputation investigating those deemed “disloyal” during World War l. He ran the FBI from his appointment in 1924 until his death in 1972, so 48 years. During that time he built a revered agency that was admired by the American public because it was totally independent and was “untouchable.” In reality, the FBI was an investigative agency, so it investigated. Apparently, it investigated everything and everybody, utterly intimidating Washington. Who doesn’t have some secret that he would not want revealed. Those in Washington who served for many years had long dossiers of misdeeds all chronicled by the FBI and held by Mr. Hoover. Harry Truman, who had many famous run ins with Mr. Hoover once said, “we want no Gestapo or secret police. The FBI is tending in that direction—this must stop.” Many Presidents, if not all of them, wanted to fire Hoover but were intimidated by him, his popularity, and his dossiers. Both John Kennedy and Lyndon Johnson (LBJ) had public disputes with him. I lived through those years and remember many of them. LBJ once famously said when deciding whether or not to fire Hoover “better to have him on the inside of the tent urinating out than on the outside of the tent urinating in.” Mr. Johnson used his own vernacular but I have to make this podcast acceptable to you. More recently Senate minority leader Chuck Schumer D-NY in early January of this year, so weeks before the inauguration, on the Rachel Maddow show said, “Let me tell you, you take on the intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you”. Every one of both parties is afraid –and intimidated. President Trump has obviously had his problems with James B. Comey. Mr. Comey was appointed by Barack Hussein Obama on September 4, 2013 and served until fired by Donald Trump on May 9, 2017. When I heard that Trump had decided to let Comey continue after his inauguration I knew that was a mistake. He could have made a change just because he wanted to have his own people with him. Mr. Comey is not J. Edgar Hoover and he did not serve 48 years so firing him then would have been understandable and without controversy. Instead he foolishly let the security guard of the deep state ensconce himself even deeper into the furniture I don’t know if the things being said about President Trump are true or not.
Darrell Castle talks about why the 2017 presidential election in France was so important to Americans. PODCAST TRANSCRIPT Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday May 12, 2017 and on this pod cast we are going to be discussing the recent elections in France. Why was the election of a French President vitally important to Americans and to the entire world? I have had a fondness for France and the French people for a long time. When I think of the French people I don’t think about the ignorant ones in the man on the street pre-election interviews who say I’m voting for Macron because Le Pen is racist, xenophobic, homophobic, claustrophobic, hydrophobic, etc. Instead I think about the French officers I served with; I think about Bridget Bardot and Katherine Denueve. I think about the beauty and romance of Paris and the French countryside. It’s been a while since I’ve since France, too long in fact. I have not been there since the Muslim invasion. So Emmanuel Macron won and is the savior of the EU in its current form. Why wouldn’t he win? Liberal Rothchild banker, endorsed by the EU, endorsed by the bureaucrats in Brussels, by Barack Obama, and by the French ruling class his victory was assured. I read one comment on Face book that said “so one socialist defeats another socialist, who cares. So why should we care? In many ways Le Pen is even more socialist than Macron but she wanted to save and preserve the French Nation by controlling the French border and by leaving the Euro zone to go back to the French currency, the Franc. Macron, on the other hand prefers to bleed the French people on behalf of the European and German central banks. Even ISIS recognized her potential. An ISIS spokesman was quoted as saying “we don’t care who wins; if its Le Pen violence and riots will give us France and if Macron wins immigration will continue and either way we have France. For me, I wanted Le Pen to win because I wanted to see France defend itself. I wanted to see the French people get up off their knees and stop licking Muslim boots. If they were defeated they would at least go down fighting. Instead they chose submission. They bend their collective knees to Islam in the name of tolerance and inclusiveness. Emmanuel Macron will now attempt to put a parliamentary government together to govern France but it will be difficult for him because the French electorate seems very divided. Marine Le Pen says she is now retired from politics. She said she never wanted to be in politics she was just trying to save her country. From the number of abstentions and ruined ballots it appears that a parliamentary majority will be difficult for Macron to achieve. Marine Le Pen promised to secure France’s borders and to leave the European Union or at least set a referendum to vote on doing so had she won. Emmanuel Macron, on the other hand, is a globalist as I said, former Rothchild banker, who adamantly supports EU membership and is pro Islamist. He has been quoted as saying “there is no such thing as French culture”. “When I see an Algerian or Moroccan I see a Frenchman.” The vote in the runoff election was 66% for Macron and 34% for Le Pen. That is an increase in votes for Le Pen’s Party, Front National, from 22% in 2002 to 34% this time. It means though, that 66% of French voters want France to become a colony of North Africa and the Middle East. Isn’t it ironic that France, once a great empire, colonized many countries in Africa including Libya, Algeria, and Mali and now these countries are returning the favor. The globalists rejoice at Macron’s election because their foundation, i.e. the EU can continue. If Le Pen had won and France had left the EU, the entire house of cards would probably have crumbled. His first phone call after his victory was assured was to Angela Merkel, the Chancellor of Germany. Not to Le Pen, not to his staff but to Merkel. Their conversation was reportedly very warm and Mrs.
Darrell Castle and Cynthia Davis recently discussed how the Senate makes decisions on who to confirm and why Neil Gorsuch would be approved despite fears of a filibuster.
Darrell Castle recently returned to the airwaves with this interview on the Home Front program, hosted by former Missouri State Representative, Cynthia Davis. Darrell and Cynthia talk about President Trump’s wiretapping allegations, what the government already can do without a search warrant and the future of Obamacare.
Darrell Castle was recently a guest on the Home Front program, hosted by former Missouri State Representative, Cynthia Davis. Darrell reported on his recent Presidential campaign as he and Cynthia discussed what to expect from the next administration and where we must go from here.
Darrell Castle was interviewed by David Tulis on Hot News Radio 1240 AM, Chattanooga, Tennessee, as the “Honorable Alternative” in the 2016 Presidential race.
Darrell Castle gives his response to the first Presidential debate held on September 26, providing his perspective on the issues.
On September 17, Darrell Castle participated in a Constitution Day Town Hall where he answered questions submitted by campaign supporters from around the country. The event was held at the Stone Castle Hotel in Branson, Missouri.
Darrell Castle was recently a guest on the Gold Newsletter podcast hosted by Fergus Hodgson. This was a particularly good interview and we thought Darrell’s regular podcast listeners would appreciate hearing it.
Darrell Castle talks about the Constitution Party, his 2016 Presidential Campaign, and his vision of victory. THE LIFE OF THE PARTY Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday July 29, 2016 and on today’s podcast we are going to discuss the Constitution Party and where we go from here. In many ways the Constitution Party is a mirror of America which was founded by people with a youthful, energetic, attitude. Those were people who left stagnant and oppressive Europe to create a life for themselves in a new world. They wanted to be free to choose their own pursuit of happiness. That freedom allowed them to carve a nation out of a wilderness, a nation based on principles that allowed the most prosperity for the most people in history. Today, America doesn’t seem so young anymore. We seem older, more fearful, less willing to explore, to risk danger. Even the young are frightened of the future which seems to hold grim economic realities for them. There is an attitude of pessimism rather than optimism and that is very un-American. We as Americans have always been optimistic, especially about our children’s future which we always have expected to be brighter than our own but now a majority of parents say they don’t expect their children to do as well economically as they have done. What has caused this change of attitude in America? The comparison of America’s founding with that of the Constitution Party may seem like a stretch but there are many similarities. When Howard Phillips wanted to start a new political party he did it because life in the Republican Party was stagnant and oppressive for him. He recruited the rest of us and we launched the Party with a youthful belief that we would prevail and eventually supplant the Republican Party. Today, however, many of us in the Constitution Party don’t seem so young anymore. I’m not just talking about those who are no longer young in age, but I also mean those who are no longer young at heart. There are 25 year olds with old attitudes toward life. They seem unexcited about being alive and unexcited about the future and there are plenty of 85 year olds who look at each day as an exciting gift from God. In terms of the constitution Party then, what is the difference. I submit that the difference is a vision of victory. When we started the Party we all believed that success was possible so we committed our lives to the project. We all worked hard, we gave our money, we raised money, and we recruited new members. Now it seems that we have lost that vision of victory that we originally had. In other words, many of us no longer believe that victory is possible. Howard used to tell us that “to achieve victory, first you must seek it.” Today I think some of us have lost sight of the belief that victory is something we are seeking. When that happens people just go through the motions of what they are required to do without any real enthusiasm or effort. The audiences that I speak to sometimes remind me of some churches I’ve been in where the members have been in the service of the church so long they just want to sit and let someone else do it. The irony is that this election cycle presents us with the greatest opportunity in the history of the Constitution Party and perhaps in history period. The Democrats and Republicans have handed us the chance we’ve been waiting on for 24 years. There are so many dis-satisfied people that many people who previously would not give us the time of day are coming our way. People sense that something is desperately wrong in this country. Perhaps they understand that they may be living in the declining empire era of American history. If you use ancient Rome as an example you should be able to see the pattern. Rome started as a monarchy and evolved into a Republic just as America did. After many years the Roman Republic degenerated to the point where strong Caesars took control and the Republic became an empire.
At this critical time in American history, Darrell Castle explains why he put aside his business and personal life to run for President and why he feels it is so important that he win. Overcoming challenges from the current political structure of the country where media controls the news, he sets out what must be done immediately by the American people to prevent the loss of the Constitution and the American Republic. Right now, please take a moment to financially support Darrell’s campaign and share this message with everyone you know using all forms of media and creative ideas. Whether you like it or not, the future of your country is in your hands. How will you line up in the battle for liberty? Go to: www.Castle2016.com to donate and to learn more about Darrell, the Constitution Party and how you can help. WHY AM I RUNNING FOR PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES Hello this is Darrell castle with today’s podcast. Today is Wednesday, July 20, 2016 and on today’s podcast I am going to answer a question I am asked quite often, and that is, why are you doing this. Sometimes the questioner precedes the question with a statement such as “since you know you can’t win, why are you doing this?” That is a question I ask myself quite often and Joan and I have had many long discussions about it. In answer to the statement, I don’t accept it as true because I am a believer in God and I choose not to impose my limits on Him. If He can create the heavens and the earth as the Bible says he did, then He can determine who wins this election. The second reason that I don’t believe that I can’t win is that people have a chance to hear me and then decide for themselves how they want this country to go, although the mass media tries to ignore me and shut me out of any coverage. More important than the news they speak incorrectly about or with bias about is the news they choose to simply ignore. If the major networks reported on my nomination and carried the Constitution Party convention live, carried my speech live, reported every public word I said with bated breath, and then said “If he gets enough access to the 50 ballots he could be a real force.” Now that would change things, but that did not happen. What can happen though is that the American people don’t have to follow the media like a Pavlovian experiment. They could actually do something different and when we all wake up after the election, I could be President and then everything that we have accepted as normal for many years would be different. Now, back to the central question of why I am running for President. It’s because I believe that everything I hold dear is at risk. I told a reporter once that I am trying to save my country, trying to save the Republic but that doesn’t go far enough. Civilization itself is at risk. The civilization going back to the Magna Carta is at risk. Let’s say that the Magna Carta represents the rule of law before the Constitution was adopted. The concept that the law applies to all and that from the king to the average citizen, all are subject to it and no one, president or citizen is above it came from that document and was then enshrined in the Constitution. That concept of the rule of law, is dead or dying right now. That it is dead was made clear to us unequivocally by James Comey’s press conference about Mrs. Clinton’s email scandal. There are now two sets of laws; one for the elite and one for us. I would use my Presidency to re-establish respect for the rule of law. The Constitution itself is dying and will be dead in less than four months. Mrs. Clinton obviously has no respect for it and Mr. Trump apparently doesn’t even know what it is. He gives it no regard whatsoever and recognizes no limits on his power should he be elected. My election would put a halt to that continuing increase in authoritarian government. I run to limit the power of government in general and the Presidency specifically, rather than to increase it.
Darrell Castle argues and presents evidence for the proposition that our nation may have reached a state of terminal decline. TERMINAL DECLINE: the life cycle of nations and how we can determine when they reach a state of terminal decline. Nations have life spans like people, and their life spans are often observable. A nation begins its existence and its rise, based on a shared determination and a strong work ethic. These things propel its rise to a high level of productivity which in turn creates prosperity. A greater and greater abundance is enjoyed by the nation’s population, which leads the population to become easy prey to empty political claims that largesse from the state can and will enrich all. The largesse results in complacency, which then turns into apathy. When a nation reaches its peak, a majority of the people will have traded in their work ethic for the un-achievable promise of ever-increasing government largesse. At that point the decline is terminal, and set in stone. The population never realizes that the largesse to which it is addicted is, in effect, the reason for the ever increasing need for more and more largesse because the declining work ethic has destroyed prosperity. Once this has occurred the work ethic continues in decline and the nation continues into a death spiral. A nation reaches terminal decline not just economically but in many ways. Moral values, sound principles of economics, productivity, an independent media and basic freedoms, once taken for granted, all decline together. Education levels decline to the point where the only things being published whether in electronic media or print media are more empty promises, along with empty theories to support them. The classic mistake of empowering the government to take charge and make changes usually results in the weight of the nanny state’s boot on the neck of the economy, which causes the economy to lose its vibrancy and its way. These things work to the detriment of all except those directly connected to or employed by the government. The government also recognizes this and tries to employ more and more, and even imports more and more, people to become dependent on its largesse. The nation peaks and heads to eventual collapse as government actions continue to feed the decline. The question then becomes what happens after the crash? Will the nation be able to just hit the reset button and start over? Will new James Madisons and Thomas Jeffersons emerge to restart the process? The decline envelops everything and all aspects of socio-economic and political existence are included. The nation must be completely rebuilt from scratch. Moral certitude, which once destroyed, is virtually impossible to rebuild. A sound economic foundation, a return to productivity, and a solid work ethic, require basic freedoms to drive them. If it were even possible to accomplish these things it would require generations. Nations normally are never able to return to their former levels of prominence. Some of the things that our society faces which have led me to this conclusion are everyday news. Many people seem unable or unwilling to keep two thoughts simultaneously in their heads. For example, it is quite possible to oppose the police murdering citizens and also oppose citizens murdering police at the same time. The security system that holds true in America is trust, and that trust plays out as legitimacy, which makes it possible to govern a huge nation mostly by consent. We have played the racial, religious, etc., card one time too often, and it is having results. It is not possible to set one group against another endlessly without serious consequences. Suddenly our fragility is so obvious that it looks as if we might morph into an unrecognizable America at any moment. Rule from above through dissension below is tearing apart the very fabric of American society. After Dallas where do we go and what do we do? We have created a militarized police force and ...
Darrell Castle discusses how the rule of law and the right of the people to govern themselves are in grave danger. THE REAL MEANING OF THE CLINTON DECISION Hello, this is Darrell Castle with today’s podcast. Today is Friday, July 8, 2016, and on today’s podcast we are going to discuss the death not only of the rule of law, but of the people’s ability to govern themselves. I’m not going to rehash the information that you already know about James Comey’s press conference in which he said essentially that there was evidence of broken laws, which would have been prosecuted in others but not in one of our Royalty. That is a rough paraphrase but accurate. What I intend to discuss is what the actions of Mrs. Clinton, and what Mr. Comey said about those actions, really mean. What does all this really mean for those of us living in 2016 America? It means that after 800 years of Western Civilization, a Civilization that lifted mankind from the dark ages and set him on an ascendant path is dead. The Magna Charta, written 800 years ago and signed as a compact between kings and ordinary citizens, contained the concept that no one was above the law and that the law applied equally to King and citizen alike. All that is dead now and it was explained to us quite clearly on national television. There are now just two classes of people in America, the Royalty who rule us, and all the minions who struggle under their burden. The fact is, though, that all Mr. Comey’s announcement did was remind us of a fait accompli. Self-rule died in the West some time ago and now the form of government is one of rule by a tiny elite. We have to be reminded from time to time, otherwise we might get above our collective places We are told constantly that we are a democracy as evidenced by the elections that we hold periodically. That is all given as evidence that we are still a land where, as Mr. Jefferson put it, governments derive their just powers from the consent of the governed. But, the reality is that we are governed without consent by an entrenched ruling class of self-anointed intellectual elite. Our new ruling class is at least partially hereditary, globalist and anti-nationalist, very rich, anti-democratic, and malignant. The philosophy to which the new rulers require strict adherence is globalism, which includes the destruction of the middle class across all western countries by shipping production and its jobs to low wage countries such as China, Vietnam, Bangladesh, Malaysia, Indonesia, India, and so forth. Any and all measures are used to destroy the sovereignty of all nation-states, especially those in the West which were once the very bastion of Christian values and the Civilization those values built. These things are accomplished in part by constantly expanding centralized state power as in the various regional governments such as the European Union, and with the unlimited growth of federal power. The second leg of our ruler’s stool is massive, unlimited, uncontrolled immigration from third world countries, especially Muslim countries. This further weakens nations with a Christian Civilization background by importing a cultural, racial, and religious population that will not assimilate and is often openly hostile to the host country. The third leg is the suppression of free speech or politically-correct demands on thought and expression. Social media in all its forms, workplace intimidation, intimidation in higher education along with career threatening or ending insults, and slanderous accusations all suppress the ability or even the desire to express a non-collectivist thought. All must swear allegiance to the thought police who control our desire for multi-culturalism, multi-racialism, anti-nationalism, massive immigration. All must further express disdain and even hatred for one’s own culture nation, religion (if it’s Christianity), and all must say that Islam is a religion of peace.
Darrell Castle gives his thoughts on Brexit including the future of self government in the United States and the world. Transcript… Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday July 1, 2016 and on today’s pod cast we are going to discuss the popular referendum (commonly known as Brexit) recently held in the United Kingdom in which the British people by a vote of 51.9% to 48.1% voted to leave the European Union. The vote was non binding of course, and Parliament has the final say but this was still perhaps the most significant referendum held in Europe in many, many years. As an anti-globalist and someone who values the independence of his own country, I took a special delight in the vote. The vote gave a sense of encouragement to independence minded people around the world. Finally we have a victory. Finally something we can point to and tell the self appointed elite intellectuals who run the world that there are more of us than there are of them. It was a historic restoration of the Old World’s ancient liberties. Perhaps it was a restoration of that great charter of liberty, the Magna Charta. It was certainly the loudest repudiation of the collectivist policies of the new socialist world with its growing leviathan of rule by remote, unelected bureaucrats, who continually work to subvert the democratic process. Perhaps I am so giddy I am exaggerating the effect but I don’t think so. I know that the elite are not finished and as we speak they work in dark cabal to undo the vote and put the masses back where they belong. Foreign Policy Magazine, the publication of the Council on Foreign Relations carried a column by member James Traub who argued that the elite need to “rise up” against the “mindlessly angry” ignorant masses in order to prevent globalization from being derailed by the populist revolt that led to Brexit and the rise of Donald Trump. Mr. Traub went on to say that Brexit was a citizen’s revolt and an utter repudiation of bankers and economists and an example of how extremism has gone mainstream. He called for the establishment Parties in Europe and the United States to combine their efforts to “keep out the nationalists.” Mr. Traub’s tone in the article was one of utter contempt toward those “ignorant masses” who still love their countries, their values and their religions. He described the pro-Trump people as “know nothing” voters and he sneers down his patrician nose at the voters in Poland who express concern for their values and tradition. Further globalization he said will pit the poor and non-white marginal people against working-class whites or as he calls them angry fist shakers. So Mr. Traub, a Harvard graduate from a super-billionaire family that owns the Bloomingdale’s chain of luxury department stores does not know or care how immigration, globalization, job off-shoring, etc. impact ordinary people. He and his elite friends are completely disconnected from reality but instead of humility they just double down on contempt driving many into the arms of Trump and ensuring many more Brexit like votes. I’m very glad that he said what he said because it draws the battle lines and lets us know for sure what’s at stake in this war that we are finally starting to recognize. These elite seek everything we have including our values, tradition, religion, freedom, way of life, privacy, and even our kids. While all this was going on the leaders of Canada, Mexico, and the United States met in Ottawa to “deepen their economic ties in light of uncertainty in the European Union. All this talk from the elite rulers tells me that the democratic process is dead. We, that is the masses are not qualified to decide anymore. Mr. Enrique Pieta Nieto, President of Mexico openly called for the nations of Mexico, The United States and Canada to merge. Martin Schultz, President of the EU Parliament was quoted as saying; “It is not the EU philosophy that the crowd can decide its fate.
Darrell Castle takes time while on the campaign trail to talk about the right of free people to defend themselves in light of the shooting in Orlando. Transcript… Hello this is Darrell Castle with today’s pod cast. Today is Friday June 17, 2016 and on today’s pod cast we are going to be discussing the right of free people to defend themselves. By now we know about as much about what happened in Orlando as the government will allow us to know. The media will not actually conduct an investigation; instead it will just repeat the government’s version of the story over and over until enough of us accept it as the truth and condemn anyone who doesn’t believe it. I won’t repeat the media stories of the actual event then because I would rather examine the reaction to the event. President Obama took awhile to frame his response finally speaking to the nation at 2PM on the day after the attack. He said the shooting was being investigated as both as a hate crime and an act of terrorism. “This massacre is therefore a further reminder of how easy it is for someone to get their hands on a weapon that lets them shoot people in a school, or in a house of worship, or a movie theater, or in a nightclub. And we have to decide it that’s the kind of country we want to be. And to actively do nothing is a decision as well.” The Orlando attack does not easily fit the left’s usual narrative for how these things work. The shooter is supposed to be from a bad, politically incorrect group when he attacks a good politically correct group. For example this time the shooter was a registered Democrat. That fact should surprise no one since most Muslims are registered Democrats. I suppose they understand that the Democratic Party supports the destruction of European Civilization and values thru multiculturalism and diversity. The Republican Party supports it as well but they are ashamed of their support so they are not open about it. Everywhere we look now, we have one official narrative pushed upon us. The government, the media, educational institutions, and entertainment all tell us that the good people have the moral high ground and therefore should be able to dictate and control the agenda. The good people, as they define them, are homosexuals, transsexuals, Muslims, people of color, women, feminist men, left leaning people of all colors, and other victim groups. Differences that may occasionally occur between these groups should not divert our attention from the fact that they are all victims and therefore “good people.” Everyone else is by elimination “bad people.” Traditional men and women of all colors, conservatives of all colors, theologically conservative Christians, Trump supporters, and of course supporters of the Constitution Party and its candidate, Darrell Castle. The bad people try to spoil the world for all the good people by arguing that self defense is a basic human right and they will not be disarmed and enslaved. The influence of the bad people can be minimized by importing good people into the country to dilute the influence of the bad people so the borders are left open and Muslims are invited and encouraged to immigrate to Europe and America. This entire line of reasoning was dealt a serious blow by the attack in Orlando. According to President Obama the shooting was the fault of all the average bad people for not loving the gay community enough. We need the strength and courage to change he said. But the shooter was not an average guy since he was clearly in the good person camp. He pledged his allegiance to ISIS. He was interviewed at least twice by the FBI for links to terrorism and reportedly told them that he someday wanted to be a martyr. His ex-wife even said that he was gay and you can’t get any better than that. There are at least nine countries, all predominantly Muslim, Yemen, Iran, Iraq, Mauritania, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Somalia, and Sudan which openly support the death penalty for homosexuality as dictated by ...
Darrell Castle argues that the original intent of the U.S. Constitution is still relevant today but it is poorly understood and never applied.
Darrell Castle discusses the intended and original purpose of law and argues that it has been perverted today.
Darrell Castle discusses Article 1, Section 1 of the United States Constitution and argues that it is most important.
Darrell Castle explains his reasons why the United States should end the Federal Reserve’s control of the United States’ monetary system.
Darrell Castle gives his reasons why he believes the United States must immediately withdraw from the United Nations. Transcript Today I am going to give an account of why I believe the United States should withdraw from membership in the United Nations. As a presidential candidate, I have made this one of the cornerstones of my campaign. I’ve said that this is one of the first things that I would do if I were elected – to withdraw the United States from the United Nations. These are my thoughts on why that should be done. When the suggestion is made that the United States should regain its sovereignty and chart its own course, isolationism is usually the accusation. No one seriously maintains that the U.S. can remain isolated from the forces that agitate the world today, a world closely inter-related in trade, finance, instantaneous communications and so forth. The question is then how to deal with other nations while keeping our sovereignty, our freedom and our independence intact. Can the U.S. keep its own laws, its own constitution, set its own policies, or do we have to surrender to the decisions and dictates of an international collective of nations? Many would love to see American nationhood fade into history. Unfortunately, our government today is riddled with such people. They fear not just the power of America, but the ideas that still make us the most powerful nation on earth. Those ideas serve as a contradiction to the way the rest of the world operates: American ideas, which would serve us even more if we were once again a free and independent nation. The overwhelming success of the U.S. – politically, economically, culturally and so forth – depends upon a set of religious, political and legal ideas that have set us free to worship, to think, and to act as free Americans. Those ideas have never been replicated anywhere else on earth. Material prosperity springs from that freedom, and it is a renewable resource as long as freedom remains. The ideas of America are not compatible with membership in the U.N. The U.N. is world headquarters for “the church of unbelieving humanism.” The fundamental doctrine of the U.N. is that the world should be a global collective, redistributing shares of material prosperity to every human on earth. That is a religious and not a political idea. Faith in God is replaced by faith in humanity. The U.N. is the sanctuary of the adultery of men. To U.N. believers, its very name is sacred, inspiring all to devotion. The earth is the Great Mother and produces some product, but not enough. Rationing has to resolve the lack. Some have to be taxed so rationing can occur to provide equal shares. Injuring the earth is the “crime” of injuring the Great Mother. This thought process takes U.N. believers back to ancient pagan days of a god or gods thought to be mythical, which, in reality, are satanic. When the U.N. headquarters was built in 1946, a meditation room was included in which the only object inside the room is a rectangular black rock, symbol of the underworld thrust up from the world below. Collective action is the U.N. global strategy to weaken and isolate America. We are therefore more isolated in the U.N. than we would be out of it. The U.S. is isolated a little bit at a time, lest we awaken from our slumber and withdraw. Little by little the “redistribution strands” are woven tighter and tighter around us. Within the overall doctrine of redistribution is concealed a hidden teaching, the doctrine of rationing. U.N. believers are driven by a desperate conviction that some people have too much. It is not so much that they want to give more to the have-nots and have compassion. No, they just have the “knowing feeling” that everyone is using up too much of the earth’s resources, except for the other most primitive and backward tribes, already living on a subsistence level. They say the advanced nations in their arrogance are injuring the earth,
Darrell Castle talks about Puerto Rico and the effects of its un-payable debt and he offers a solution.
Darrell Castle discusses the twenty-eight pages redacted from the 9/11 Commission Report and how the relationship between the governments of the United States and Saudi Arabia relate.
Darrell Castle discusses the convention and the Constitution Party’s 2016 Presidential and Vice Presidential nominees.
Darrell Castle talks about the War on Terror, the rights of terrorists and poses the question — Why don’t we identify who we are fighting?
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of the growing threat of terror, this time from an historical perspective.
Darrell Castle discusses the recent terrorist bombings in Brussels, Belgium and some of the policies that allowed them to happen.
Darrell Castle talks about the re-starting of the nuclear arms race and offers some reasons why it is happening.
Darrell talks about the tendency of governments to involve themselves in the affairs of others and he offers his opinion on why they do it.
Darrell Castle talks about the impact of the negative interest rate and the failure of the central bank managed economy.
Darrell Castle argues that despite the fact that the Anglo-Protestant heritage that held us together is gone, there is some good news out there somewhere.
Darrell concludes his discussion of the destruction of Western Civilization and argues that it has been replaced by a tiny ruling elite.
Darrell Castle continues his series on the destruction of Western Civilization and argues that America is set to participate in a global cashless currency.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of the destruction of history’s greatest civilization and argues enterprise and state have cooperated to financialize all human experience.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of the destruction of Western Civilization and argues that depopulation is a primary tactic.
Darrell Castle talks about how the Common Law evolved – how important it was and how it was lost.
Darrell Castle discusses the President’s gun speech as part of the continued destruction of The Rule Of Law and of Western Civilization in general.
Darrell Castle talks about the major events of 2015. “It is the nature of the State to seek dominance over the population. Freedom will not ultimately remain intact if we leave it unattended. America need forward thinking leaders — leaders who do not apologize to the politically-correct demands of the thought police. Self-hatred and appeasement only foster more disrespect. We must find a way to chart our own course in the world as free and independent people.”
Darrell Castle discusses the Paris Agreement On Climate Change and argues that it is one more link in the chain of Global Government.
Darrell Castle talks about President Obama’s speech on terrorism and the San Bernardino attack and he argues that the President is wrong about which side of History we are on.
Darrell Castle talks about Turkey shooting down a Russian SU-24 aircraft possibly because it was attacking Turkey’s oil revenue from the Islamic State.
Darrell Castle talks about the Muslim custom of killing relatives usually one’s children in the name of honor.
Darrell Castle discusses American foreign policy and asks the question “Is it a conspiracy or are we really that stupid?”
Darrell Castle discusses Muslim immigration into Germany and contends that the Muslim ideology is similar to National Socialism.
Darrell Castle talks about the travails of the Russian people over the last 800 years and why that explains Russian behavior today.
Darrell Castle discusses Israel’s security from its founding until now, especially in light of President Obama’s Iranian Agreement.
Darrell Castle discusses whether or not Vladimir Putin’s words and deeds indicate that he is a Christian.
Darrell Castle talks about the crime of child rape and how two fine soldiers have been forced out of the Army for refusing to protect child rapists.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of human migration with an emphasis on causes and results, and the dispossession of our American birthright.
Darrell Castle continues his discussion of Muslim immigration into Europe and the United States. We invaded them, now they invade us, and history repeats.
Darrell Castle recently joined former state representative, Cynthia Davis, on her Home Front program where they discussed Christian persecution and provided some needed context to better understand where we are at today.
Darrell Castle discusses the Schengen agreement, which creates open borders across the European Union, and the continuing migration crisis.
Darrell Castle discusses the realignment of Middle East nations resulting from President Obama’s Nuclear Deal.
Darrell Castle discusses proposals to the minimum wage and whether they are good solutions to a very bad problem.
Darrell Castle discusses the campaign of Hillary Clinton to become President of the United States as well as the FBI’s investigation of her.
Darrell Castle talks about the vast system of slavery and rape on a mass scale run by the Islamic State.
Darrell Castle discusses what the Trump campaign really means, and what we can learn from his campaign.
Darrell Castle continues his previous discussion about the human tidal wave of Muslim and African migration into Europe and the United States.
Darrell Castle talks about the wave of Christian persecution sweeping the world and the fact that governments turn their heads.
Darrell Castle discusses the agreement between the United States and Iran which allows Iran to continue its nuclear development program.
Darrell Castle talks about the deal between Greece and Europe to keep Greece in the Euro and what it means for the United States.
Darrell Castle talks about the billions given in subsidies to farmers each year and the effect subsidized farming has on the U.S. economy.
Darrell Castle talks about the Investor State Dispute Settlement System within the Trans-Pacific Partnership and the unconstitutional nature of such corporate courts.
Darrell Castle talks about the Greek bankruptcy and the financialized Fascist system that controls the world.
Darrell Castle talks about the upcoming military exercises known as “Jade Helm” that will be conducted across nine states and asks “What is going on here?”
Darrell Castle talks about the recent SCOTUS decision allowing same sex marriage and offers some ideas for resistance.